DPA 568 HUNTERS AND GATHERERS

2008–2010 GRADUATE BULLETIN

MAR 598 SYNOPTIC AND MESOSCALE METEOROLOGY 2008-2010 Graduate Bulletin Shirley Strum Kenny, President

Many Voices, Many Visions, One University As members of Stony Brook University, we acknowledge that the primary purpose of this community is education, including academic achievement, social development, and personal growth. In committing ourselves to study and work at Stony Brook, we agree to promote equality, civility, caring, responsibility, accountability, and respect. We also recognize the importance of understanding and appreciating our differences and similarities. As members of a respectful community, we will not encroach on the rights of others, either as individuals or as groups. We recognize that freedom of expression and opinion entails an obligation to listen to and understand the beliefs and opinions of others, and to treat others fairly. We strive to be a responsible community. We are accountable individually for our personal behavior and development, and collectively for the welfare of the community itself. We encourage all Stony Brook community members to celebrate and express pride in our community’s academic, athletic, and social accomplishments, and to involve themselves in the surrounding local communities. In affirming this statement, we commit ourselves to becoming dedicated, active, and full members of Stony Brook University in each and every role we assume. —Year of Community Initiative A Message from the Provost

raduate school can be one of the most exciting and interdisciplinary interactions. Stony Brook is fortunate to rewarding times of your professional life. It is an oppor- have two close neighboring institutions that substantially G tunity to learn in depth about disciplines that intrigue broaden the intellectual opportunities for students and faculty. you, hone your skills of inquiry, to make contributions to knowl- Brookhaven National Laboratory to the east is an internation- edge through your own scholarly efforts, and in many cases to ally known center of research in physics, biology, chemistry, explore the joys of teaching others. You will also form some of and other disciplines. Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory to the the professional and personal relationships that will shape your west is similarly well known for its excellence in the biomed- life. I hope you will consider Stony Brook as the place to do ical sciences. Stony Brook shares graduate programs with your graduate work. Our University, now celebrating only its these institutions, as well as a wide range of rich and informal 50th anniversary, has quickly become recognized as one of the interactions that inevitably occur when a large concentration best institutions of higher learning in the nation. Our reputation of scholars occurs in a small geographical area. is based on an excellent faculty and staff who are organized into The Long Island region is also home to growing electronics the traditional College of Arts and Sciences, an extensive and biotechnology companies. Many of these have been started Health Sciences Center, the School of Marine and Atmospheric by Stony Brook faculty and maintain close ties with the Sciences, the College of Engineering and Applied Sciences, the University. As well, our proximity to New York City pro- Business School, and our new School of Journalism. These vides countless opportunities for collaborations in the arts, Colleges and Schools create a stimulating atmosphere across a connection to the business world, and interactions with col- diverse set of disciplines and provide many opportunities for leagues at its many universities. Much of this work is facili- exciting and rigorous interdisciplinary scholarship. tated by our Stony Brook Manhattan location. Your years in graduate school will also be a time to develop Many graduate students become junior colleagues of their close relationships with faculty mentors as you learn the sub- professors by providing instruction for undergraduates. A stance of your discipline and begin to develop and organize full and rewarding time in graduate school should include the your own ideas about your areas of interest. Stony Brook opportunity to develop your skills as a teacher and to learn encourages a diversity of intellectual interactions among stu- to integrate fully your scholarship and your teaching. Stony dents and faculty, as well as outreach to neighboring institu- tions and to our community. Your development into a cre- Brook recognizes the importance of helping graduate stu- ative scholar is a prime goal of graduate education at Stony dents learn to teach and the significance of their contribution Brook. You will find that Stony Brook has high standards for to the education of our undergraduates. its faculty and students, and you will come to realize that this Come and visit our campus and community. You may not level of excellence provides a benchmark against which to realize how beautiful Long Island is or appreciate the many judge your future achievements. opportunities that are provided by having New York City As you consider graduate schools, explore the relationships only 60 miles away. If you do visit, I hope I meet you. that faculty have with their students and the opportunities for Whatever your educational future holds, I wish you well.

Eric W. Kaler A Message from the Dean

he Graduate Bulletin provides important information Departments and graduate programs provide more about Stony Brook’s rules, regulations, and graduate detailed information about their own rules and procedures, T admission and degree requirements. It is intended to and each department has a complete compilation of Graduate guide the study of students enrolled in our postbaccalaureate School policies. Please be sure to consult all of these sources degree programs, but not to substitute for the advice that can of information; your success here may depend upon it. be provided by the faculty. Graduate students should read If you encounter problems or difficulties during your studies, and understand the introductory sections of this book and the deal with them promptly and completely. If you cannot find a sections about their own programs. Of course, they are solution, contact the Graduate School; we can usually correct expected to be familiar—and to comply—with these rules. any problem that is brought to us in good time.

Lawrence Martin

2 Table of Contents

An Introduction to Stony Brook ...... 5 Music (MUS) ...... 266 Campus Resources and Student Services ...... 15 Neuroscience (NEU) ...... 277 Nursing, School of ...... 280 Financial and Residential Information ...... 23 Oral Biology and Pathology (HDO) ...... 281 Admission to Graduate Study ...... 33 Philosophy (PHI) ...... 285 Academic Regulations and Procedures ...... 37 Physics and Astronomy (PHY) ...... 291 Physiology and Biophysics (HBY) ...... 302 Degree Requirements ...... 43 Political Science (POL) ...... 308 Degrees and Advanced Graduate Certificates Awarded . . .49 Professional Development, School of ...... 315 Degree and Advanced Graduate Certificate Liberal Studies ...... 315 Professional Studies ...... 315 Program Descriptions ...... 53 Teaching ...... 316 Africana Studies (AFH) ...... 54 Educational Leadership Program ...... 317 Anatomical Sciences (HBA) ...... 58 Advanced Graduate Certificate Programs ...... 317 Anthropological Sciences (DPA) ...... 62 Psychology (PSY) ...... 319 Anthropology (ANT) ...... 67 Public Health ...... 327 Applied Mathematics and Statistics (AMS) ...... 71 Social Welfare, School of ...... 339 Art (ARH, ARS) ...... 80 Sociology (SOC) ...... 349 Biochemistry and Structural Biology (BSB) ...... 89 Technology and Society (EST) ...... 354 Biomedical Engineering (BME) ...... 93 Theatre Arts (THR, DRM) ...... 360 Business, College of (MBA) ...... 100 Women’s Studies (WST) ...... 365 Chemistry (CHE) ...... 110 Writing and Rhetoric (WRT) ...... 368 Comparative Literary and Cultural Studies (CLCS) ...... 118 Computer Science (CSE) ...... 125 Directories, Maps, Index, Subject Codes ...... 371 Creative Writing and Literature (CWL) ...... 138 Directories ...... 372 Dental Medicine, School of ...... 141 Campus Map ...... 374 Ecology and Evolution (BEE) ...... 142 Directions to Stony Brook ...... 376 Economics (ECO) ...... 147 Index ...... 377 Education and Teacher Certification Professional Education Subject Codes ...... 380 Program ...... 151 Electrical and Computer Engineering (ESE) ...... 160 English (EGL) ...... 169 European Languages, Literatures, and Cultures (GER, RLF, RLI, SLV, DLG, DLF, DLI, DLL, DLR) ...... 176 Genetics (BGE) ...... 186 Geosciences (GEO) ...... 190 Health Technology and Management, School of ...... 199 Hispanic Languages and Literature (SPN) ...... 200 History (HIS) ...... 207 Linguistics (LIN, ESL) ...... 214 Marine and Atmospheric Sciences (MAS) ...... 219 Materials Science and Engineering (ESM) ...... 228 Mathematics (MAT) ...... 235 Mechanical Engineering (MEC) ...... 242 Medicine, School of ...... 250 Molecular and Cellular Biology (MCB) ...... 251 Molecular and Cellular Pharmacology (HBH) ...... 257 Molecular Genetics and Microbiology (HBM) ...... 262

3 Graduate Bulletin Equal Opportunity Press Date: Summer 2008 and Affirmative Action

The information in this publication is Stony Brook University does not dis- This publication can be made available accurate as of the press date. Courses criminate on the basis of race, religion, in alternative format upon request. listed in the Graduate Bulletin are sub- sex, color, national origin, age, ject to change through normal academic disability, marital status, arrest record, channels. New courses and changes in criminal conviction, or status as a dis- The Graduate Bulletin was produced existing programs are initiated by the abled or Vietnam-Era Veteran (or by University Communications: responsible departments or programs other protected category of eligible Yvette St. Jacques, Assistant and approved by the appropriate cur- veteran) in its educational programs or Vice President riculum committees, the appropriate employment. Also, the State of New Joanne Morici, Director of academic dean, and the dean of the York prohibits discrimination on the Editorial Services Graduate School. Circumstances may basis of sexual orientation. Karen Leibowitz, Art Director require that a given course be with- Discrimination is unlawful. If you are Lynne Roth/Susan Scheck, Editors drawn or that alternative offerings be a student or an employee of Stony Cover: Milton Glaser, Inc. made. Names of instructors of courses Brook University and you consider Stony Brook University thanks and days and times of class sessions are yourself to be the victim of illegal dis- the following for use of their given in the class schedule, available to crimination, you may file a grievance in photography: Peter Finger, students at registration. writing with the Office of Diversity and John Griffin, Matthew Klein, All students are reminded that Stony Affirmative Action within 90 calendar Sam Levitan, Media Services, Brook University is subject to the poli- days of the alleged discriminatory act cies set forth by the Board of Trustees or within 90 days after the conclusion of David Roberts, Juliana Thomas, of the State University of New York. the semester in which the alleged dis- Courtesy of NASA, Department of Fees and charges are set in accordance criminatory act occurred. Anthropological Sciences with such policies and may change in If you choose to file a complaint with- response to alterations in policy or in the University, you do not lose © 2008 by Stony Brook University actions of the legislature during the two- your right to file with an outside year period covered by this publication. enforcement agency such as the New The University reserves the right to York State Division of Human Rights change its policies without notice. or the United States Equal Additional bulletins are published and Employment Opportunity Commission. made available for undergraduate, For more information about this office professional development (SPD), and and its many programs, please visit health sciences students. www.stonybrook.edu/diversity For general information about gradu- Any questions concerning this policy ate programs and/or an application, or allegations of noncompliance should please write or phone: be directed to:

The Graduate School The Office of Diversity and Stony Brook University Affirmative Action Stony Brook, New York 11794-4433 Administration Building 201 (631) 632-GRAD (4723) Stony Brook University (631) 632-7243 (fax) Stony Brook, NY 11794-0251 www.grad.sunysb.edu (631) 632-6280

The general University telephone number is (631) 632-6000.

4 An Introduction to Stony Brook AN INTRODUCTION TO STONY BROOK

Stony Brook Soars: Brook is one of ten universities given a The University has state-of-the-art An Overview National Science Foundation recogni- equipment, including an IBM Blue Gene tion award for integrating research supercomputer, located at Brookhaven Located on Long Island’s North Shore, and education. Lab; spectroscopy labs; imaging facili- Stony Brook is a 1,600-acre universe in Research expenditures at Stony Brook ties; the Van de Graaf Nuclear which world-renowned faculty have were $184 million in 2007, the most fed- Accelerator; and much more. Additional created a stimulating, highly interac- eral dollars of any institution in SUNY. research units right on campus include tive environment for graduate studies. With 710 patents worldwide during the Stony Brook’s innovative Centers for With the collaborative, interdiscipli- past 10 years, Stony Brook has reaped Molecular Medicine and Biology nary atmosphere of the departments, some $137 million in royalties. Learning Laboratories; School of outstanding faculty, and a dedication Marine and Atmospheric Sciences; to providing students with a variety Emphasis on Research Stony Brook University Cancer Center; of opportunities for research, the Stony Brook faculty are among the top Heart Center; Ambulatory Surgery Graduate School offers students a in their fields. The commitment to both Center; Institute for Theoretical well-rounded education that fully research and excellence has led to many Physics; and the High Technology enables them to excel in whatever groundbreaking discoveries, such as the Incubator, among others. The Frank career path they choose. development of ReoPro®, recommended Melville Jr. Memorial Library, with Stony Brook University was estab- for all cardiac angioplasties; the cause more than 2.2 million books and 3.8 lished in 1957 as a college for the prepa- of and a new early-diagnostic test for million publications in microformat, is ration of secondary school teachers of Lyme disease; discovery of the link one of the largest academic libraries in mathematics and science; the first between smoking and emphysema; con- the nation. campus was located at Oyster Bay, struction of the first nuclear magnetic Long Island, on the grounds of a former resonance image of a living organism; Living in Stony Brook Gold Coast estate. In 1962, a new campus invention of an ultrasound method to The University is located in mid-Suffolk was built in Stony Brook, on land speed up the healing of bone fractures; County, about 60 miles east of New donated by local philanthropist Ward identification and cataloging of 328 dis- York City—one of the most desirable Melville. Part of the State University of tant galaxies; technologies for 3-D com- places to live on the East Coast. The New York system, Stony Brook now puter visualization; and the discovery of campus is nestled amid scenic towns encompasses 222 buildings on 1,600 the link between birds and dinosaurs. and wooded areas, with the Long Island acres. In the 50 years since its founding, Stony Brook’s partnership with gov- Sound just minutes away to the north, the University has grown tremendously, ernment and industry plays a vital role and the white sandy beaches of the and is now recognized as one of the in the economy of the metropolitan Atlantic Ocean a 45-minute drive to the nation’s important centers of learning region. New York State has invested south. Nearby is the historic village of and scholarship, and has been designated $50 million in Stony Brook’s planned Stony Brook, with its breathtaking one of two flagship universities in the Center of Excellence in Wireless and harbor views, quaint shops, and pic- New York State university system. Information Technology. Tens of mil- turesque cottages. In town are the Stony Brook ranks in the top 2 per- lions of dollars in anticipated federal cent of all universities in the world. The funding will make the Center a quarter- Museums at Stony Brook, the largest London Times Higher Education of-a-billion dollar effort to place New privately funded history and art museum Supplement placed Stony Brook 136th York at the forefront in the next epoch on Long Island, the landmark Three among more than 8,300 universities of the information revolution. Village Inn (circa 1751), and the Stony worldwide, and in the top 50 in North Stony Brook is the only public uni- Brook Grist Mill, which dates back to America. Among science universities, versity with two National Science 1699 and is open to the public for tours. Stony Brook ranks in the top 100 in the Foundation Materials, Science, and The conveniences of the modern world world, top 25 in North America, and top Engineering Research Centers, in the are at hand as well—Stony Brook and 10 among public universities. Stony fields of polymer interfaces and thermal nearby Port Jefferson, Lake Grove, and Brook has been ranked among the top spray high-performance coatings. The Smithtown boast every shop imagin- 100 national universities in America and study of plastics translates to engineer- able, from specialty to superstore. For among the top 50 public national uni- ing careers for graduates and real- those with children, the University has versities in the country by U.S. News & world solutions for local and national on-site daycare services and proximity World Report. business communities. to the highly regarded Three Village Stony Brook is a member of the presti- Stony Brook co-manages Brookhaven School District. gious Association of American National Laboratory in partnership with Stony Brook has become a leisure- Universities, the invitation-only organi- Battelle Memorial Institute, joining an time resource to Long Island residents. zation of the best research universities elite group of universities that run fed- The Staller Center for the Arts features in North America. The University has eral laboratories. Located near campus, productions by world-class artists in a been listed as one of the “100 Best the lab affords faculty and students a Broadway-caliber theatre; a first-run Values in Higher Education” among unique opportunity to work among sci- cinema utilizing Suffolk County’s public universities, according to entists from around the world. Also largest screen; an art gallery that spon- Kiplinger’s Personal Finance magazine. nearby is the world-famous Cold Spring sors exhibitions by faculty, students, Ten doctoral programs are ranked in Harbor Laboratory, where Stony Brook and artists of the region; and its popular the top 40 nationwide, with two in the researchers and students collaborate Summer Film Festival, including indie top ten and four in the top 20. Stony with scientists from other institutions. features making their premiere.

6 AN INTRODUCTION TO STONY BROOK

For sports and fitness enthusiasts, and Applied Sciences, the Van de Graaf Stony Brook’s Manhattan facility, the University has a 5,000-seat indoor nuclear accelerator, the Administration located at 401 Park Avenue South, is Sports Complex and a 8,300-seat out- Building, Jacob K. Javits Lecture designed to accommodate special door athletic stadium for Stony Center, Computer Science Building, undergraduate, graduate, and non-credit Brook’s Division I teams. The Student Educational Communications Center, courses, plus seminars, internships, Activities Center houses the Wellness Computing Center, Stony Brook Union, and events. It has 11 classrooms, two Center, run by the Department of Sports Complex, Student Activities conference rooms, faculty office space, Campus Recreation, which offers a vari- Center, and other service and activities and an open area for lectures, recep- ety of fitness classes and the use of buildings. In front of the Staller Center tions, and conferences. state-of-the-art equipment. for the Arts is an outdoor plaza in which Students Off campus, you can attend art open- concerts and gatherings are held. ings in the Hamptons and view indepen- Adjacent to Staller is the Charles B. Stony Brook’s enrollment is 23,354 dent films at the Cinema Arts Center in Wang Center, a 120,000-square-foot students. Graduate students number Huntington village. The many restau- conference facility and venue for cultural, 7,829 while undergraduate students rants in Port Jefferson have fresh professional, and educational events. number 15,525. The Health Sciences seafood, and you can take a ferry ride The Center also has Asian food, Center provides undergraduate and across the Sound from Port Jefferson to sprawling gardens, pools, and terraces. graduate education to 2,500 students in medicine and health professions. Bridgeport, Connecticut. For a relaxing On the East Campus, the Health Graduate students come from most weekend drive, you can visit the winer- Sciences Center houses academic and states in the nation and from many ies, orchards, and farmlands sprawled support areas for five professional countries around the world. across Long Island’s scenic East End. schools and University Hospital, which Stony Brook is committed to ensuring The region is a naturalist’s dream. On opened in 1980. There is the 350-bed educational opportunity at the under- campus is the 26-acre Ashley Schiff Long Island State Veterans Home, graduate, graduate, and professional Nature Preserve. To the east lie thou- which opened its doors in 1991; the levels to students from groups that sands of acres of pine barrens preserved Long Island High Technology Incu- from development. Long Island’s hun- historically have not been equally rep- bator, which opened in 1992 and houses resented in higher education. The dreds of miles of coastline attract start-up companies in biotechnology University recognizes its responsibility many swimming, boating, and fishing and other high-tech fields; the new to develop leaders among these groups enthusiasts from around the world. Ambulatory Surgery Center, a spa- and values the contribution to the Life at Stony Brook has something for cious, state-of-the-art facility designed educational environment made by a everyone. There is the tranquil pace of to create a stress-free outpatient diverse student population. the surrounding community, with its surgery experience for adult and pedi- winding roads and gracious homes. At atric patients; the Heart Center, per- Faculty the same time, there are the cutting- forming 500 heart operations annually; edge resources and the abundant culture The vast majority of Stony Brook’s fac- and the new Cancer Center, offering ulty members hold doctoral degrees, of the University itself. And easily the only comprehensive cancer pro- accessible by car or train is the excite- and 90 percent or more are engaged in gram backed by University-based active research leading to publication, ment of Manhattan. research. At Stony Brook, diversity is a necessity much of it supported by external grants Encircling the academic buildings are and contracts. The faculty-student ratio for intellectual excellence. Since a third of the residential quadrangles, which are is about one faculty member for every the graduate enrollees are African- the basic social units for on-campus 14 students. American, Latino, Native American, and students, providing residence halls, Eminent faculty members include international students, Stony Brook is a dining rooms, and a range of student- Einstein and Distinguished Professor place where cultures converge for the sponsored enterprises and social Emeritus C.N. Yang, Nobel Laureate in mutual enrichment of all. facilities. A complex of one-, two-, and Physics; John Milnor, Distinguished The Campus three-bedroom apartments that houses Professor and holder of the Fields Medal, married and graduate students is located Director of the Institute for Mathematical The fountain at the center of the six- near the Health Sciences Center. Sciences; Gail Mandel, Howard Hughes acre Academic Mall is a focal point for Additional graduate student residences Medical Institute Investigator and social activity. Surrounding the fountain are located on the West Campus. Distinguished Professor in Neuroscience; are lawns, shrubs, gardens, trees, and a On the south campus, beyond the University Professor John H. Marburger brook that cascades down steps leading nature preserve and linked by shuttle in Physics and Electrical Engineering, to the campus’ main entrance. A nature bus to the rest of the campus, are 11 former president of Stony Brook and cur- preserve, six miles of bicycle paths, buildings housing the School of Marine rently President Bush’s National Science park benches, an apple orchard, and a and Atmospheric Sciences and the Advisor; and Artists-in-Residence in duck pond are interspersed among the School of Dental Medicine. Music, the Emerson String Quartet and spacious plazas, modern laboratories, In fall 2007, Stony Brook Southampton, Ani Kavafian. and classroom buildings. Surrounding located on Long Island’s east end, opened Distinguished Professors the Frank Melville Jr. Memorial its doors. Classes at Stony Brook John Fleagle in Anatomy; James Glimm Library at the center of the campus are Southampton are centered around envi- in Applied Mathematics and Statistics, the academic buildings for the Colleges ronmental sustainability, public policy, also recipient of the 2002 National Medal of Arts and Sciences and Engineering and natural resource management. of Science; William Lennarz and Rolf

7 AN INTRODUCTION TO STONY BROOK

Sternglanz in Biochemistry and Cell Morton Meyers in Radiology; and John in 10 areas, the M.A. in 28 areas, and Biology; Clinton Rubin in Biomedical Gagnon in Sociology. the M.S. in 21 areas. Also offered are a Engineering/Biotechnology; Benjamin Distinguished Teaching Professors Master of Business Administration, Chu and Iwao Ojima in Chemistry; Barry Jack Stern in Anatomical Sciences; Alan Master of Music degree, a Master of Fine McCoy, George Sterman, and Peter van Tucker in Applied Mathematics and Arts degree, a Master of Philosophy Nieuwenhuizen in the C.N. Yang Statistics; Robert C. Kerber in degree, a Doctor of Musical Arts degree, and a Doctor of Arts degree in Foreign Institute for Theoretical Physics; Arie Chemistry; Fred Ferguson in Children’s Languages. In the Health Sciences Kaufman in Computer Science; Lorne M. Dentistry; H. Barry Waldman in General Center the M.D. and Ph.D. degrees are Golub in Dental Medicine; Douglas Dentistry; Michael Barnhart in History; offered by the School of Medicine, the Futuyma, Jeffrey Levinton, and James Patrick Grim and Helen Rodnite Lemay Rohlf in Ecology and Evolution; Gregory D.D.S. by the School of Dental Med- in Philosophy; Thomas Hemmick and Belenky, Serge Luryi, and Armen icine, the M.S.W. and Ph.D. degrees by Harold Metcalf in Physics and Zemanian in Electrical and Computer the School of Social Welfare, and the Astronomy; Norman Goodman in Engineering; E. Ann Kaplan in English; M.S. degree by the School of Health Sociology; and Jonathan F. Levy in Donald Weidner in Geosciences; Herman Technology and Management and the Theatre Arts. Lebovics in History; Robert Aller and School of Nursing. At the undergradu- Cindy Lee in the Marine Sciences Distinguished Teaching ate level, many departmental major Research Center; Miriam Rafailovich in Professors Emeriti programs and interdisciplinary pro- Materials Science and Engineering; H. Elof Carlson in Biochemistry and Cell grams leading to the B.A., B.S., and Blaine Lawson Jr., Dusa McDuff, John Biology; Homer Goldberg and Rose B.E. degrees are offered by the College Milnor, and Dennis Sullivan in Zimbardo in English; Barbara Elling in of Arts and Sciences, the College of Mathematics; Fu-Pen Chiang in Germanic and Slavic Languages and Engineering and Applied Sciences, and Mechanical Engineering; Sami Said in Literatures; Judith Tanur in Sociology; the Health Sciences Center. Medicine; Eckard Wimmer in Molecular and Thomas Liao and John Truxal in Genetics and Microbiology; Gilbert Technology and Society Academic Units Kalish in Music; Lorne Mendell in Distinguished Service Professors Neuroscience; Israel Kleinberg in Oral David W. Krause in Anatomical Sciences; College of Arts and Sciences Biology and Pathology; Arthur P. Mario Mignone in European Languages The College of Arts and Sciences Grollman in Pharmacological Sciences; and Cultures; Gilbert Hanson and Robert consists of the following departments: Edward Casey, Richard Howard, and Liebermann in Geosciences; Malcolm Africana Studies, Anthropology, Art, Don Ihde in Philosophy; Gerald E. Bowman in the Marine Sciences Asian and Asian American Studies, Brown, Janos Kirz, Konstantin K. Research Center; Barry S. Coller in Biochemistry and Cell Biology, Likharev, Edward Shuryak, Philip Medicine and Pathology; Richard Fine in Chemistry, Comparative Literary and Solomon, and Gene Sprouse in Physics Pediatrics; Vincent Iacono in Cultural Studies, Ecology and and Astronomy; Stuart McLaughlin in Periodontics; Peter Paul in Physics and Evolution, Economics, English, Physiology and Biophysics; Mark Astronomy; Dorothy Lane and M. European Languages and Literatures, Schneider and Jeffrey Segal in Political Christina Leske in Preventive Geosciences, Hispanic Languages and Science; M. Christina Leske in Medicine; Said Arjomand and Norman Literature, History, Linguistics, Mathematics, Music, Neurobiology and Preventive Medicine; Arthur A. Stone in Goodman in Sociology; and David Behavior, Philosophy, Physics and Psychiatry; and Marvin Goldfried and K. Ferguson and Lester Paldy in Astronomy, Political Science, Daniel O’Leary in Psychology; Nicholas Technology and Society Fisher in School of Marine and Psychology, Sociology, and Theatre Distinguished Service Atmospheric Sciences; Stephen Cole in Arts; and of programs in Women’s Professors Emeriti Sociology. Studies and Writing and Rhetoric, as Velio Marsocci in Electrical Engineering; well as the Latin American and Distinguished Professors Emeriti Robert Cess in the Marine Sciences Caribbean Studies Center, the Paul Poppers in Anesthesiology; Jacob Research Center; J.R. Schubel, former Language Learning and Research Bigeleisen and George Stell in Dean and Director of the Marine Center, and the Humanities Institute. Chemistry; Louis Ripa in Children’s Sciences Research Center; Irwin Kra in In the biological sciences, the Ph.D. Dentistry; Theodosios Pavlidis in Mathematics; Stanley Alexander in degree is offered in Cellular and Computer Science; Robert Sokal in Medicine; Sidney Gelber in Philosophy; Developmental Biology, Ecology and Ecology and Evolution; Louis Simpson in Eli Seifman, Social Sciences Evolution, Genetics, Molecular Biology English; Donald Lindsley in Geosciences; Interdisciplinary and Director Emeritus and Biochemistry, and Neuroscience. Joel Rosenthal in History; Robert Cess of the Center for Excellence and English, Hispanic Languages and in the Marine Sciences Research Center; Innovation in Education. Literature, Music, and Philosophy Herbert Herman in Materials Science offer the Ph.D., as does Comparative and Engineering; Charles Rosen in Degree Opportunities Literary and Cultural Studies, within Music; Seymour Cohen and Edward Graduate study is offered in more than the Ph.D. in English. European Reich in Pharmacological Sciences; Paul 40 different graduate studies areas as Languages offers M.A. degrees in Grannis in Physics and Astronomy; well as in the five schools of the Health French, Italian, German, and Russian. William Van der Kloot in Physiology and Sciences Center and the School of The Department of Art offers the Ph.D., Biophysics; Milton Lodge in Political Professional Development. The doctoral M.F.A., and M.A. degrees. The Science; Howard Rachlin in Psychology; degree is offered in 40 areas, the M.A.T. Department of Theatre Arts has a

8 AN INTRODUCTION TO STONY BROOK program leading to the M.F.A. and Music is exclusively offered for law firm Stemming from the 1963 mandate of offers, in addition to the Ph.D. and the managers, with most courses offered at the Muir Report that recommended the M.A., the D.M.A. and the M.M. Stony Brook’s Manhattan facility. creation of new medical, dental, and The departments of Anthropology, The Interim Dean for the College of nursing schools, today the Health Chemistry, Geosciences, Economics, Business is Joseph W. McDonnell. Sciences Center (HSC) is composed of History, Mathematics, Physics, five professional schools—Dental and Astronomy, Political Science, College of Engineering and Medicine, Health Technology and Psychology, and Sociology offer Ph.D. Applied Sciences Management, Medicine, Nursing, and and M.A. degrees. The College of Engineering and Applied Social Welfare—that offer full-time Every graduate program is guided by a Sciences consists of seven academic professional education to nearly 3,000 director and an executive committee, and units: The departments of Applied students and conduct programs in establishes its own entrance standards Mathematics and Statistics, Biomedical research, service, and continuing educa- and degree requirements in addition to Engineering, Computer Science, tion. The M.D. and Ph.D. are offered by those of the Graduate School. For Electrical and Computer Engineering, the School of Medicine, the D.D.S. by the detailed descriptions of the programs, Materials Science and Engineering, School of Dental Medicine, the M.S.W. consult the individual listings. Inquiries Mechanical Engineering, and Technology and Ph.D. by the School of Social and Society. Six of these units offer should be addressed to the appropriate Welfare, and the M.S. by the School of programs leading to the Master of graduate director. Health Technology and Management Science and Doctor of Philosophy The office of the dean of the College of and the School of Nursing. A master’s in degrees; the Department of Technology Arts and Sciences is located in the public health is also offered. Additionally, and Society offers a program leading to Melville Library, Room E-3320. The the Master of Science degree. the Long Island State Veterans Home phone number is (631) 632-6991. Each department has its own labora- serves as a teaching center for students from all professions. College of Business tories for teaching and research; in addition, collaborative research pro- More than 2,500 skilled professionals The College of Business offers an grams are carried out utilizing the from the Long Island region have volun- M.B.A. degree with concentrations in facilities in the College, as well as in tary and part-time faculty appointments finance, management, marketing, infor- the Health Sciences Center, the College bringing academic prowess to the HSC’s mation systems management, human of Arts and Sciences, the Marine five schools. While teaching a full load of resources, and health care manage- Sciences Research Center, Brookhaven courses per semester, full-time faculty ment. The regular M.B.A. consists of a National Laboratory, the New York pursue scholarly research and publica- 60-credit program plus an internship. State Center of Excellence in Wireless tion, as well as curriculum development Students with more than five years of and Information Technology, the and active participation in campus business experience or an advanced Advanced Energy Research and committee activities. degree beyond the bachelors may qualify Technology Center, and several other All HSC students, as part of their for the accelerated program, which off-campus national and industrial clinical training or fieldwork, work for a consists of a 48-credit program. laboratories. The graduate programs in specific time with some of the Long Courses for the M.B.A. program are the College of Engineering and Applied Island health and welfare agencies. The held during the day, evening, and Sciences are designed to train both Health Sciences Center also sponsors Saturday. Most courses are offered on academically oriented students and conferences, workshops, and lectures for the Stony Brook campus, but a few those with professional goals in indus- the general community. trial and governmental occupations courses are offered in Manhattan on The HSC schools share instructional requiring an advanced degree. weekday evenings for the convenience space and multidisciplinary laboratories Each academic department/school of students who work or live in New in addition to the support services of the evaluates candidates for admission to its York City. HSC Library and the Coller Learning programs. Prospective applicants The College also offers its “Stony should address inquiries directly to the Center, the Division of Laboratory Brook Fast Track M.B.A. Program,” graduate director of the appropriate Animal Resources, Media Services, and which consists of a combined under- department. the Office of Student Services. The graduate and M.B.A. degree program, The Dean of the College of Center also includes a bookstore, bank, typically taken over a five-year period. Engineering and Applied Sciences is and food service area for the conve- Students in this program take an under- Yacov Shamash, whose office is located nience of its students and faculty. graduate major outside of the College of in the Engineering Building, Room 100, As one of the nation’s leading academic Business and take the regular M.B.A. (631) 632-8380. health centers, the HSC is committed to program with courses beginning in the fulfilling its abiding missions: research- summer before the senior year. Health Sciences Center based patient care, education, basic and In addition, the College has an Unleashing the power of medicine clinical research, and community service. Executive M.B.A. program for employ- through technology has been the catalyst Using multidisciplinary foci and partner- ees of businesses that contract with for sweeping changes in health care this ships that create a synergy among the Stony Brook. Students in these pro- decade. Already the discoveries made by schools and departments with external grams must have at least five years of Stony Brook’s basic and clinical resources, the HSC has developed business experience. Courses for these researchers who develop new approaches centers of excellence in cancer, heart, programs are often held on the employ- to treatment, new drugs, and new neonatology, autism, and molecular er’s premises with tuition paid for by the methods of transplantation have changed medicine, among others. It is develop- employer. One such Executive M.B.A. the quality of life for Americans. ing a comprehensive academic Long

9 AN INTRODUCTION TO STONY BROOK

Island Cancer Center that includes serves the health care needs of the nearly Center’s training of health professionals broad-based clinical care, as well as three million residents of Long Island and requires special academic programming clinical, translational, and basic provides training for physicians, nurses, and support services, significant sections research programs. social workers, dentists, and allied health of the data contained in the Graduate In 1998, Stony Brook established an professionals. The HSC, with its 504-bed Bulletin are not applicable to the HSC. NIH-funded General Clinical Research hospital, its 350-bed nursing home, and a Exceptions are the Ph.D. programs in Center (GCRC), one of only 70 nation- dental care center that provides for Basic Health Sciences, which include wide, which offers the very latest in 42,000 patients visits a year, represents Anatomical Sciences, Molecular clinical research and provides a strong an extraordinary resource to Long Microbiology, Oral Biology and infrastructure that enables clinician Island. The hospital has been ranked one Pathology, Pathology, Pharmacological scientists to conduct extramural-sup- of the 15 best major teaching hospitals in Sciences, Physiology, and Social Welfare. ported research studies. Additionally, the the U.S. It treats 28,000 inpatients and The Health Sciences Center Bulletin Centers for Molecular Medicine have for- provides 400,000 outpatient visits each can be obtained by contacting the HSC malized interdisciplinary collaborations year. Through subspecialties, the School Office of Student Services at (631) 444- by creating laboratories, some virtual of Medicine’s 18 clinical departments offer 2111, or by contacting the office of the and some real, that extend beyond the consultation and care using a full array of dean of a specific school. traditional departmental boundaries. specialized diagnostic and treatment School of Marine and The health sciences curricula have been techniques. The hospital is the only Atmospheric Sciences continually refined, strengthened, and tertiary care hospital in Suffolk County expanded to keep pace with the ever- and serves as the region’s “quaternary” The School of Marine and Atmospheric changing health care professions, but still hospital, providing services to the Sciences (SoMAS) is the State maintain an educational philosophy that region’s high-risk medical patients. There University of New York’s center for emphasizes individualized instruction are nine intensive care units dedicated to marine and atmospheric research, edu- and development of the complete profes- anesthesia, burn, cardiovascular, coro- cation, and public service. More than sional. The Graduate Program in Public nary, neonatal, and transplant patients. 200 graduate and undergraduate stu- Health enables students to combine their The neonatal intensive care unit provides dents from 16 different nations current- career studies with courses or a master’s the only tertiary care services for prema- ly work and study at SoMAS. It offers a degree in public health. At some time in ture and newborn infants in Suffolk Master’s and a Ph.D. program in their studies, many HSC students spend County. Utilizing the latest diagnostic Marine and Atmospheric Sciences, both time in the developing global world. and evaluative techniques, the prenatal with tracks in Marine Sciences and Whether it is pursuing a degree in public diagnostic unit—the only American Atmospheric Sciences. SoMAS also has health that offers several varied con- Institute of Ultrasound in Medicine advanced certificate programs in Waste centrations or participating in global (AIUM) accredited unit on Long Management and Oceanic Science. health seminars, students are being Island—identifies potential problems and The Master’s and Ph.D. graduate prepared for the future. solutions for high-risk pregnancies. programs emphasize integrative and Stony Brook ranks within the top ten in In addition to being the only academic- interdisciplinary approaches to solving the nation in per capita faculty research based hospital in Suffolk County, problems in marine sciences. Students among public research universities and University Hospital serves many may choose to specialize in any one of has emerged in the top 10 percent in regional roles. As the designated the research topics currently pursued royalty earnings among all universities. Regional (Level I) Trauma Center, by SoMAS faculty. Candidates may According to a survey done by the helicopter and ground transports deliver apply for admission at either the M.S. Association of University Technology Suffolk County’s most seriously injured or Ph.D. level. Managers, the University placed 12th and ill patients to the hospital. The The Ph.D. Program in Marine and among the 139 institutions in the country seven-bed shock trauma room is specifi- Atmospheric Sciences Atmospheric track in royalties generated by its scientific cally designed for treating patients with is designed to prepare students to identi- discoveries. Its total was higher than that problems ranging from multiple traumas fy and solve problems in atmospheric sci- of New York University, Johns Hopkins, to cardiogenic shock. University Hospital ence. The graduate programs emphasize and Harvard. The majority of research also serves as the county referral center independent thinking and skills in analyt- contributions come from the Health for all psychiatric emergencies. The ical, numerical, and laboratory tech- Sciences Center. Two HSC research hospital is designated as the regional niques to solving problems in weather, discoveries, ReoPro®, used in coronary perinatal center and the regional kidney climate, and environmental change. It disease treatment, and Periostat®, used transplant center, and also houses a car- builds on a flexible, interdisciplinary pro- in gum disease treatment, were the diac diagnostic center, a sleep disorders gram and prepares students to become greatest royalty income generators. The laboratory, and a Lyme disease center. effective, independent problem solvers. development of the yeast two-hybrid Adults and children with a variety of Students are free to emphasize their own system by School of Medicine faculty has chronic conditions such as diabetes, cys- interests in atmospheric science but are revolutionized the study of protein- tic fibrosis, and multiple sclerosis receive expected to acquire a broad base of protein interactions and is one of the specialized care and advanced services. interdisciplinary knowledge. most highly cited technologies in bio- Detailed information about the profes- Ph.D. students in the Marine track are medical research. sional programs offered by the five broadly trained in oceanography. The As the major teaching facility for the schools and the graduate program in program is designed to be flexible for a educational programs of the Health public health is contained in the Health broad range of research specialties in Sciences Center, University Hospital Sciences Center Bulletin. Since the biological, chemical, geological, and phys-

10 AN INTRODUCTION TO STONY BROOK ical aspects of oceanography. There is and at other institutions as well as other range of comprehensive courses in considerable stress on integrative and professionals. Students admitted to this business and technology. interdisciplinary approaches to solving program complete two full-time semes- For more information or to apply for oceanographic problems. ters (18 credits) of intensive, specialized admission, visit SPD on the Web at M.S. students in the Atmospheric track graduate studies in our core curriculum, www.stony brook.edu/spd, call (631) 632- receive rigorous training in atmospheric or the equivalent, under the supervision 7050 (option 3), or write to N-201 Ward physics, thermodynamics, dynamics, of a faculty sponsor. The program is Melville Social and Behavioral Sciences radiative transfer, and their application intended to supplement a student’s pri- Building, Stony Brook University, Stony in one of the areas of weather forecast- mary educational and professional goals. Brook, NY 11794-4310. ing, satellite and conventional atmos- Qualified students are provided with a pheric data analysis, numerical modeling, broad background in oceanography as Research and climate change. The program pre- well as opportunity for in-depth course Research and scholarly and creative pares students to gain strong communi- work in highly specialized topics. activity constitute a primary University cation, analytical and computer skills for School of Professional Development mission, closely coupled with training, positions in research, education, manage- especially at the graduate level. As a ment, and environmental protection. The School of Professional Devel- SUNY campus, Stony Brook has its Master’s students in the Marine track opment (SPD) offers graduate degree sponsored project funds administered are provided with a thorough education and certificate programs designed for under a statewide memorandum of in physical, biological, chemical, and geo- working adults. Courses are scheduled understanding by the Research logical aspects of oceanography, plus rig- in the evenings, on Saturdays, online, Foundation of SUNY (RF), a 50-year- orous training in scientific communica- and in off-campus locations. Students old not-for-profit corporation whose tion. Students conduct independent may enroll on a part-time or full-time local activities are directed by Stony research in a wide variety of research basis. Two of the University’s three Brook’s Vice President for Research fields and write a dissertation. This pro- largest part-time graduate programs acting as RF’s campus Operations gram is ideally suited to prepare stu- are offered through SPD: the Master of Manager. The Foundation also provides dents for positions in research, manage- Arts in Liberal Studies and the the flexibility to establish affiliated ment, environmental protection, and post-Master’s Advanced Graduate corporations to facilitate university- resource development. Graduates will Certificate in Educational Leadership. industry-government partnerships and have a firm basis for more advanced These programs are available in on- accelerate the growth of research study and the tools and training needed campus or online formats. Students may opportunities; for Stony Brook these for effective careers. take some or all of their courses via the include Brookhaven Science Associates, The Advanced Graduate Certificate Internet, without ever coming to cam- through which Stony Brook, acting Program in Waste Management, pus. Other SPD programs that have an through the RF of SUNY, and Battelle designed for professionals who confront online option are the Master of Memorial Institute manage Brookhaven the complex problems of waste manage- Professional Studies and Advanced National Laboratory for the U.S. ment and disposal, provides the educa- Graduate Certificates in Human Department of Energy, and Long tional background necessary to make Resource Management and Coaching. Island High Technology Incubator, Inc., informed decisions on these often contro- Prospective students can obtain the Long Island’s first facility for versial matters. This certificate is espe- graduate credential they need to technology start-ups, ranked first in a cially important for those who consider become New York State certified sec- recent National Business Incubation access to the most current expertise in ondary school teachers through SPD’s Association survey. For the past three waste management essential to working Master of Arts in Teaching (M.A.T.) years, SUNY has ranked in the top 15 effectively in their careers or public ser- programs. M.A.T. programs include nationally in technology transfer, as vice activities. It is structured to meet Biology, Chemistry, Earth Science, measured by licensing revenues the immediate demands for waste man- English, Spanish, French, German, received for its technologies, according agement solutions and the more long- Italian, Mathematics, Physics, and to the Association of University range goal of promoting the environmen- Social Studies; five-year combined Technology Managers; the Stony Brook tal and economic welfare of the region. B.A./M.A.T. and B.S./M.A.T. degree campus is responsible for generating The program is offered in collaboration programs are also available in the more than 95 percent of those revenues with the Waste Reduction and above-named areas. and for 30 to 70 percent of technology Management Institute, part of SoMAS. SPD’s Advanced Graduate Certificate transfer activity among SUNY’s 64 This advanced graduate certificate artic- programs address the needs of the campuses, including invention disclo- ulates with the Master of Arts in Liberal region as well as emerging professions. sures, patents, and licenses. Studies and the Master of Professional These 18- to 21-credit programs can be Stony Brook generates more than Studies through the School of taken alone, or as part of a master’s $184 million in annual research activity Professional Development as well as the degree program. Program offerings from external sources across the spec- Master’s degree in Marine and include those in coaching, educational trum of disciplines. More than 2,500 Atmospheric Sciences. computing, environmental manage- sponsored projects are under way at The advanced graduate certificate pro- ment, human resource management, any given time in the form of organized gram in Oceanic Science is designed to information systems management, and research, training programs, public make the unique resources of SoMAS operations research. service activities, and educational sup- available to professionals as well as to SPD also has a non-credit Division of port; some 900 graduate students annu- scholars both within the SUNY system Career Development that offers a wide ally are supported by these projects.

11 AN INTRODUCTION TO STONY BROOK

The offices reporting to the Vice Campus-Community Ties needs of its patients. The Hospital offers President for Research assist highly specialized services, using the researchers through the following major As the public university center for the most sophisticated instrumentation and functional activities: metropolitan New York region, Stony computerized physiological monitoring Office of Multidisciplinary Brook plays a major role in the Long systems available. Programs: Coordinates the develop- Island community. The University is Through subspecialties, the ment of multidisciplinary programs or the largest single-site employer on Departments of Medicine and Surgery interdisciplinary research and/or training Long Island, with more than 13,500 offer consultation and care using a full proposals and fosters cross-disciplinary full- and part-time employees. It is array of specialized diagnostic and treat- interaction among faculty. This office also estimated that the University gener- ment techniques. The Hospital consists maintains an online database of ates approximately $2.5 billion annually of 504 beds, of which nine intensive care in regional economic impact. researcher interests and expertise and units are dedicated to anesthesia, burn, What sets Stony Brook apart from provides campus-wide access to thou- cardiovascular, coronary, pediatric, most other institutions of its kind is the sands of funding opportunities that are medical, surgical, and transplant University’s commitment to support keyed to match researcher interests. and partner with local businesses. To patients. It houses the area’s only Office of Sponsored Programs: that end, the University has developed Perinatal Center, providing care to Coordinates proposal submissions, several innovative economic develop- women and infants with complex needs. negotiates contract and grant awards, ment programs that provide vital The Hospital also performs more than and accepts and establishes sponsored assistance to Long Island’s growing 500 cardiac procedures annually, awards on behalf of the University. companies. The University sponsors including open heart surgery, and has a Office of Grants Management: two State-designated Centers for new orthopaedic facility with the Monitors sponsored award expenditures Advanced Technology—the Sensor resources to treat even the most complex and cost sharing activity and provides Systems CAT and the Center for skeletal problems. financial accounting and reporting to Biotechnology—which are designed to The Long Island State Veterans sponsors and project directors. promote industry growth vital to the Home is a 350-bed nursing home that Office of Research Compliance: state’s economic future. Also fueling new serves New York State veterans. It is Administers the campus’ compliance economic growth is the University’s located on the University campus, one- with laws and regulations dealing with Long Island High Technology Incubator, half mile east of University Hospital. research involving human subjects, where entrepreneurs occupy nearly The Veterans Home is unique in the laboratory animals, and recombinant 200,000 square feet of commercial space United States because it is the first DNA; monitors compliance with and have earned more than $100 million nursing home to be fully integrated into federal and university requirements in annual revenues. A second incubator, the health care, educational, research, regarding conflict of interest relating to founded in cooperation with Computer and regional development missions of a sponsored research; and coordinates the Associates International Inc., is devoted major university. investigation of allegations regarding to software development, making Stony Regional business and civic leaders scholarly misconduct. Brook the only SUNY campus with Office of Technology Licensing: two new business incubators. Faculty help guide the Stony Brook Assists in the preparation of invention and graduate students are encouraged to Foundation—the University’s indepen- disclosures and marketing of such prop- take their technology to the marketplace dently incorporated development arm— erty to the private sector; focuses on and enroll in the Incubator program. The and community members with special issues regarding patents, copyrights, Incubator Web site is at www.lihti.org interests in campus programs partici- technology transfer, and intellectual The Small Business Development pate in the Association for Community- property of all kinds. Students are Center at Stony Brook has created or University Cooperation, the Friends of saved 3,000 jobs on Long Island in the urged to consult this office regarding the Staller Center for the Arts, and past decade, and the Strategic any agreements involving research the University Hospital Auxiliary. In Partnership for Industrial Resurgence activities in which they are named or addition to the University’s many has worked with 220 companies on more which they may be asked to execute degree programs, there are broad than 1,150 projects, creating or saving with external organizations. opportunities for credit-bearing and 8,500 jobs. The region’s extraordinary noncredit instruction for individuals Office of Economic Development: profusion of coastal environments is a pursuing specific, limited objectives or Links the academic and research living laboratory for the School of resources of the campus with the eco- Marine and Atmospheric Sciences, one seeking personal enrichment. nomic needs of Long Island and New of the world’s leading centers for coastal In addition to its function as Long York State and supports resources oceanography. Island’s major research university and related to them. University Hospital serves the source of advanced and specialized These offices recognize the importance health-care needs of the residents of instruction, Stony Brook provides a of research and scholarly and creative Long Island and provides training for social and cultural center, a specialized effort to the University, the region and physicians, nurses, social workers, den- referral center for health care, recre- State, and society at large, and stand tists, and allied health professionals. ational opportunities, and a broad range ready to assist and advise faculty and Since opening in 1980, the Hospital has of other services for individuals and student researchers in the pursuit of utilized the very latest in medical knowl- groups in the public and private sectors. these essential activities. edge and technologies to meet the special Several hundred concerts, lectures,

12 AN INTRODUCTION TO STONY BROOK films, theatre productions, art exhibits, to the Stony Brook campus. For tick- Conduct Code. In addition, the judiciary and sports events on the campus are ets and information, go to educates the campus community about open to the public each semester, www.stallercenter.com or call the the code and provides a learning experi- many at no charge. It is estimated that Staller Center Box Office at (631) 632- ence for students who volunteer to several hundred thousand people 7233. The Box Office is open from 12:00 become student hearing board members. attend these events annually or visit pm to 6:00 pm, Monday to Saturday, For questions regarding the Conduct the campus to take advantage of other and one hour before performances. Code, the judiciary process, or proce- facilities and services. dures for filing a complaint, please see Department of Athletics http://studentaffairs.stonybrook.edu/ Staller Center for the Arts The Intercollegiate Athletics Program judiciary or contact the Director of Stony Brook University’s Staller provides young men and women unique Judicial Affairs, 347 Administration Center presents the most comprehen- opportunities for learning not found in Building, [email protected], sive program of cultural arts on Long other academic environments of the (631) 632-6705. Island. Staller Center is the only arts University. The Program embraces the facility to offer professional music, NCAA’s principles of sportsmanship and Parking and Traffic dance, theatre, fine art, and film. The ethical conduct, and in so doing, provides All graduate students who operate a University Art Gallery presents pro- student-athletes with opportunities to car on campus are required to obtain a fessional artists’ exhibits as well as develop positive character and leader- campus permit. Regulations have been the work of Stony Brook faculty and ship qualities through competitive sport established to govern vehicular and students in the Fine Arts program. participation and community service. pedestrian traffic and parking on high- Staller Center’s professional perfor- The Intercollegiate Athletics Program ways, streets, roads, and sidewalks mance season opens in September and is committed to achieving academic and owned, controlled, or maintained by the includes dozens of live professional athletic excellence and to promoting the University. These regulations apply to events. World class artists and ensem- general welfare of its student-athletes. students, faculty, employees, visitors, bles such as Savion Glover, Midori, the In achieving these goals, the Program and all other persons upon such premises. Ramsey Lewis Trio, the Moscow State conforms to the letter and spirit of all Online registration, campus informa- Symphony Orchestra, and the rules and regulations of the University tion, bus schedules, rail links, parking Emerson String Quartet appear on the and of all the athletic bodies of which it regulations and appeal procedures, Staller Center stages alongside other is a member. and much more can be found on the internationally renowned musicians, Through its various activities, the Parking Services Web site at dancers, actors, and actresses. The Program offers broad opportunities in www.parking.sunysb.edu. Commuter Renaissance Jazz Series brings leading an environment that is free of bias—it students can sign up to purchase permits jazz musicians to the intimate Staller supports equitable opportunities for all for the Stadium Lot and two additional Center Recital Hall. The “Not Just for students and staff, including women and premium lots: the Life Sciences Lot Kids” series offers live musical theatre minorities. The diversity of offerings and the ESS Meter Lot. Payment for and other attractions for children and and participants plays an important role premium lots can be made by charge their families. Additional performances card or the fee can be added to your produced by outside presenters are on in improving campus life for students, University Account. Evening students the calendar, such as the Long Island faculty, staff, and the community. may want to take advantage of the Philharmonic and the Seiskaya Ballet Policies and Procedures evening garage pass, which costs $11.37 production of The Nutcracker. per month and is valid after 3:00 pm A popular Film Series each semester Monday to Friday. If you don’t have includes an eclectic schedule of films, Maintenance of Public Order computer access, call Parking Services including foreign and art films that The University wishes to maintain the at 632-AUTO for more information. may have had limited engagements at public order appropriate to a university local theaters. campus without unduly limiting or Student Conduct Code and Staller Center presents events pro- restricting freedom of speech or peaceful duced by Stony Brook University’s assembly. The State University Board of Campus Safety departments of theatre, music, and art. Trustees’ Rules for the Maintenance of As a document, the University Student Students in the Department of Music Public Order (Part 535 of Title VIII— Conduct Code defines acceptable commu- perform under the direction of Stony Compliance of Codes, Rules, and nity behavior. For a resident student, it Brook faculty, artists-in-residence, Regulations of the State of New York) translates into respect for your neigh- and guest artists. The Stony Brook are available on the Judicial Affairs Web bors and their property. It prohibits Symphony Orchestra performs site http://studentaffairs.stonybrook.edu/ tampering with fire safety equipment, throughout the season. judiciary/order i.e., fire alarms, fire extinguishers, fire In July, Staller Center presents the bells, etc. It includes respecting state Stony Brook Film Festival, which Office of the Student Judiciary property as well as maintaining an showcases dozens of independent films The Office of the Student Judiciary is acceptable noise level in the residence from the United States and abroad. responsible for investigating and halls conducive to study and sleep. Films are in competition and awards adjudicating cases of alleged student For all students, the Student Conduct are presented at the end of the 10-day misconduct (in nonacademic matters) Code supports compliance with state festival. The event attracts thousands in violation of the University Student and federal laws pertaining to drugs,

13 AN INTRODUCTION TO STONY BROOK alcohol, weapons, discrimination, physical abuse, sexual assault, acquaintance (date) rape, relationship violence, and racial, sexual, or sexual preference harassment. The Advisory Committee on Campus Safety will provide upon request all campus crime statistics as reported to the U.S. Department of Education. Direct such requests to Douglas Little, Assistant Chief of University Police, at (631) 632-7786. The U.S. Department of Education Web site for campus crime statistics is http://ope.ed.gov/security/search.asp and search for Stony Brook. To obtain a copy of the code or informa- tion regarding campus regulations and disciplinary proceedings as well as proce- dures for filing a complaint, contact the Director of Judicial Affairs in the Office of the Student Judiciary, 347 Administra- tion Building, or call (631) 632-6705. A copy of the code can also be found at http://ws.cc.stonybrook.edu/stuaff/ Student_Handbook_2001.pdf

14 Campus Resources and Student Services CAMPUS RESOURCES AND STUDENT SERVICES

Athletic Facilities Wing also has office space for Athletics (opposite the Stony Brook Union). It The Sports Complex is actually two administration staff as well as a new stocks a wide selection of new and used separate buildings, Pritchard equipment room, training room, and textbooks, reference books, study aids, Gymnasium and the newer West Wing. locker facilities. general books, school supplies, art sup- plies, engineering supplies, residence Pritchard Gymnasium Athletic Training Room Pritchard Gym is one of the original The athletic training room contains hall living supplies, Stony Brook logo buildings on campus, built in the late rooms for hydrotherapy, rehabilitation, clothing, Seawolves logo clothing, class 1960s when the campus moved to Stony private physicians examination, as well rings, gifts and novelties, greeting Brook from its Oyster Bay location. The as a general treatment area. The facility cards, health and beauty aids, electron- gymnasium is 20,000 square feet and has houses equipment to ensure the student- ics, stationery, backpacks, magazines, three regulation basketball courts that athletes are getting the best treatment candy, and snacks. can be divided by a moveable wall into available. An auxiliary training room in Shop early for the best selection of two separate rooms. The smaller part of the new Kenneth P. LaValle Stadium used books and to avoid the rush at the beginning of the semester, or reserve the gym is equipped with drop-down supplements the primary room. your textbooks online at www.stony batting tunnels used by the baseball and Squash Court/Lounge brook.edu/bookstore softball teams during the winter The West Wing also has six squash The Bookstore buys back textbooks months and inclement weather. The courts that get used daily for classes and year-round at wholesale prices. To get gym is primarily used now for physical recreation. The court space and its the best price for your unwanted text- education classes, recreation, and adjoining lounge area were made possi- books, sell them back to the bookstore team practices. ble by a gift from Stuart Goldstein. The as soon as finals week begins. Also located in the Pritchard side of lounge serves as prime space for meet- The University Bookstore’s general the Sports Complex is the 25-yard ings and receptions throughout the year. books department carries many refer- swimming pool, the weight room, and Kenneth P. LaValle Stadium ence and technical titles that relate to various Athletics and Physical Education Kenneth P. LaValle Stadium opened in academic programs and a wide selection offices. Pritchard has seen major reno- 2002 and is the new home to the football of general reading books and magazines. vations to its office space in the past few and lacrosse teams. The state-of-the-art Titles not in stock can be special ordered years. One of the biggest additions and facility is the largest outdoor facility in at no additional charge. For more infor- most utilized areas is the Goldstein Suffolk County and has become the mation, call the University Bookstore at Academic Center. backdrop for some of Long Island’s most exciting sports events. The 8,200- (631) 632-6550. Goldstein Academic Center The Bookstore Campus Account The Goldstein Academic Center was seat stadium was built at the cost of $22 million and its unique design provides (BCA) is a taxable debit account. It dedicated in December 1997 through a offers the convenience of purchasing gift made by Stuart Goldstein and the fans with a tremendous stadium experi- ence. It has a three-tier press box on textbooks and school supplies in the Sunny and Abe Rosenberg Foundation. University Bookstore, Matthew’s HSC The Center is the primary study hall for the east side and accommodates six luxury suites, a spacious working press Medical Bookstore, and the Seawolves the student-athletes and is equipped MarketPlace without carrying cash; with the latest computers and network box area, television and radio booths, and a camera deck on the roof. The just present your University ID card. A connections for Internet access. The BCA can be opened in increments of academic advisors and student-athlete south building houses the offices for the football and lacrosse staff as well as $100; choose an amount from $200 to service offices are located in the Center $1,000. The amount you select is as well. locker rooms for the teams. The facility was named Kenneth P. LaValle charged to your Student Account and Dance Studio Stadium in honor of the New York may be deferred against financial aid or Also in the confines of Pritchard Gym is State senator who was instrumental in paid in monthly installments using the a 600-square-foot dance studio equipped making the stadium a reality. University’s Time Option Payment with hardwood floors and ballet bars. Plan (TOPP). It must be listed on your The room is used for physical education Baseball/Softball Complex Sitting back-to-back at the north end of TOPP application. To open a BCA classes and the Recreation Department account, visit www.stony brook.edu/bca. uses it for multiple activities. the Athletic property is the baseball/ softball complex. The baseball field is in No refunds can be provided until the West Wing its original location and had a face-lift end of the academic year unless a Opening in 1990, the West Wing was when the skinned area was redone and student officially withdraws from the one of the biggest additions to the new drainage and sprinkler systems University. campus in many years. The arena is were installed. The softball field was The University Bookstore also offers 40,000 square feet and houses three displaced when LaValle Stadium was the following services: regulation basketball courts with the constructed, and is now located next to Prepackaged Textbook Program: center hardwood floor serving as the the baseball field. Both fields have 25- Customers who preorder get first main court for basketball and volleyball. foot scoreboards courtesy of Coca-Cola. selection of all used books in stock. The arena has a 177-meter rubber sur- The fields are the primary practice and Used books save 25 percent off new-book face track surrounding the perimeter of competition facilities for the two teams. prices. Reservations must be received the room. In addition to basketball and 30 days prior to the start of classes. Once volleyball, the arena is home to Bookstores your textbook reservation and class numerous trade shows, ceremonies, and The University Bookstore is located on schedule are submitted, you will be concerts throughout the year. The West the ground level of the Melville Library contacted to confirm your request.

16 CAMPUS RESOURCES AND STUDENT SERVICES

Textbook Guarantee Program: Gold The University Bookstore and the has the overall responsibility for manag- Shelf Tags in the textbook department Health Sciences Center Bookstore are ing the computing, networking, and indicate that a professor has ordered a both operated under the direction of the telecommunications at Stony Brook. The required textbook on time and students Faculty Student Association’s Retail University’s computing and networking are entitled to the following guarantee. Services Committee. FSA’s Bookstore environment is characterized by an If the tag is gold and the required book Contracts Administrator, Donna O. ever-changing array of hardware, soft- is not available during the first two Klingel, can be reached at (631) 632-9829 ware, network connectivity, and con- weeks of class, you get a $5 voucher to or [email protected] sulting services. In addition to the ser- be used toward the purchase of the Career Center vices listed below, which are available to book. Restrictions do apply and are the entire campus community, individual posted in the Bookstore. The Career Center, a member of the Student Affairs family, assists graduate departments offer computing and net- Credit Card Authorization: Parents working facilities for their constituents. can place their credit card on file with students with all types of career deci- sion-making and planning concerns. The campus network is connected to the University Bookstore to allow stu- both the commodity Internet at 310 dents to make purchases. Additional Services range from providing industry panels with potential employers to On- Mbps and Internet2 at 200 Mbps. Both information and a printable Adobe Campus Recruiting and job/internship connections are at the OC3 speed, Acrobat PDF version of the enrollment fairs. Graduate students may find the 155MBPS. All of the academic buildings form is available at www.sunysb.edu/ Center’s practice interviewing and and residence halls are connected to the provostliasn/bookstore/students/ personal assessment instruments espe- network with fiber-optic cable. Off-cam- ccpreauth.html. cially helpful in making the transition pus access to the computer network is Parent’s Lifeline: A variety of special from an academic setting to the pri- available by calling (631) 762-1000. For services are available for parents, so vate/public sector. The Career Center additional information about network- they can send balloons, cakes for any offers individual and group counseling occasion, flower bouquets, and small ing services, please refer to the campus on the topics of job-search strategies, care packages. Call (631) 632-6553 to home page (www.stonybrook.edu) under résumé writing, and interviewing. make arrangements. “For Students, Division of Information Students can access the Center’s Web Technology,” or call (631) 632-6120. Hours of Operation: site at www.stonybrook.edu/career, Two Sunfire 4810 and other Sun appli- Monday 8:15 am-6:00 pm which has valuable job-search links cation and files servers comprise the Tuesday 8:15 am-7:00 pm such as ZebraNet, our comprehensive administrative computing environment. Wednesday/Thursday student résumé database and referral These machines serve as the administra- 8:15 am-6:00 pm system. Graduate students are invited tive servers and database repositories Friday 8:15 am-5:00 pm to visit the Career Center, which is for the University’s business systems. located near the foot of the Zebra Path Saturday 12:00 pm-4:00 pm Electronic mail is provided through walkway and on the ground level of the Please Note: The bookstore is open Lotus Notes, Unix mail, and POP3 and Melville Library, Room W-0550. The for extended hours during the first two IMAP servers. High-speed printing is office is open Monday through Friday, weeks of each semester. provided by the three Xerox Docuprint from 8:30 am to 5:00 pm. Call (631) The Health Sciences Center (HSC) 65 printers. For information about com- Bookstore is operated by Matthew’s 632-6810 for an appointment or drop in for an on-the-spot visit with one of our puter accounts, contact the Computer Medical Bookstores under the direction Accounts Office at (631) 632-8011. of the Faculty Student Association. peer counselors. Client Support Services are available. Located in Room 310 on Level 2 of the Child Care For more information call (631) 632-9800. Health Sciences Center, it offers the The University has on-campus, year- General computing resources are avail- largest selection of medical/health sci- round child care services for 160 children able to all students through Instructional ence books in the region, in addition to ranging in age from two months to five Computing, with offices in S-1460 textbooks, school supplies, a range of years. Stony Brook Child Care Services Frank Melville Jr. Memorial Library college merchandise, daily necessities, is a nonprofit, nationally accredited and medical equipment for practitioners. (631-632-8050). Here students can use center providing service for University The HSC Bookstore honors special book Macintoshes, PCs, and Unix worksta- students, faculty, and staff. The Center is tions. Student consultants are also requests, providing customers with easy staffed by professionals in the early access to the hundreds of thousands of available to answer questions and childhood field who are assisted by stu- assist students in using these systems medical reference titles available. The dents enrolled in coursework practice. HSC Bookstore also carries a wide (631-632-9602). Students can obtain infor- Hours of operation vary. Fees are mation on the additional eight public selection of imprinted clothing and gifts, charged on a scale based on income. sites as well as documentation for using greeting cards, stationery items, general The primary aim of the Center is to the various computers. One-hour intro- reading books, and magazines. provide a warm, supportive, and creative ductory courses are offered to help stu- Hours of Operation: atmosphere in which each child and his or dents use the public computing facilities. Monday-Thursday 8:30 am-6:00 pm her family are regarded as individuals. Any Stony Brook student may obtain an Friday 8:30 am-5:00 pm For more information or an application, Saturday 9:00 am-1:00 pm call (631) 632-6930. account on the instructional computing For more information, call the HSC facilities for e-mail, Internet access, and Bookstore at (631) 444-3685 or visit Computing Services general computing. Computer accounts www.matthewsmedsuny.com The Division of Information Technology are available from the Library SINC site.

17 CAMPUS RESOURCES AND STUDENT SERVICES

Counseling Center All information and documentation of provide small travel grants to students The University Counseling Center pro- student disabilities is confidential. presenting scholarly or artistic work at vides consultation, crisis intervention, Students are responsible for identify- conferences, provided their depart- brief psychotherapy, group and couple’s ing and documenting their disabilities ments have an active senator. The GSO therapy, psychiatric services, and refer- through the DSS office. Students receive disburses department allocations (cash ral services for longer-term therapy for assistance with special modified housing grants) to the graduate student body students matriculated in a degree pro- and on-campus transportation. DSS can in each department to be used as the gram and who are registered for a mini- assist with University procedures and students see fit, such as to purchase mum of six credits. Counseling services requirements; test accommodations; equipment and supplies or to sponsor a are available year-round and are free of counseling; and the recruitment of read- visiting scholar. To guide graduate charge. All information about counseling ers, interpreters, and note-takers. students in areas such as landlord/tenant at the Center is strictly confidential, Students who anticipate requiring and matrimonial law throughout the except information that is needed in sit- assistance should contact Disability year, the GSO provides its members with uations of imminent threat or danger. Support Services at (631) 632-6748/6749 access to a local attorney free of charge, The Center also provides training in (VOICE/TT is available) as early as pos- and hires tax preparers each year to mindfulness meditation, which is recom- sible to allow time for implementing rec- assist both domestic and international mended for many students who experi- ommended services. For more informa- students with their tax returns. In ence anxiety or depression. Consultation tion, please visit the DSS Web site at addition, the GSO publishes The is provided on mental health issues to http://studentaffairs.stonybrook.edu/dss Graduate Student Survival Guide at the University as a whole. The the beginning of each fall semester to University Counseling Center is located Graduate Student Organization provide a “student’s eye” perspective on the second floor of the Student The Graduate Student Organization on the operations of the Stony Brook Health Center. During the academic (GSO) is the duly elected representative campus and the resources available at year, it is open from 8:00 am to 5:00 pm, body for graduate student governance the University and in the surrounding Monday, Wednesday, Thursday, and on campus. All graduate students who communities. Friday, and on Tuesday, from 8:00 am to pay the activity fee, including those in The GSO office is located in the 7:00 pm. During the summer, interses- the School of Professional Development Student Activities Center, Room 227. sion, and spring recess, it is open from (SPD) and the Health Sciences Center, For more information log onto 8:00 am to 4:00 pm, Monday to Friday. are members. Each department is eligi- www.sbgso.org, call (631) 632-6492, or Appointments for an initial consulta- ble to have at least one representative in e-mail [email protected] tion can be made by calling (631) 632- the GSO Senate, which sets policy and 6720. In emergency situations, students oversees the GSO budget. Student Activity Fee should tell the receptionist that this is an The GSO acts as a liaison between the The Student Activity Fee enables the emergency and they will be seen right graduate student body and the GSO to provide its members with access away without a scheduled appointment. University administration. The Senate to valuable and unique programs and For mental health emergencies after serves as a forum for articulating and services each semester. Any student can hours and on weekends, students should formulating graduate student interests. apply to the GSO for a waiver of the stu- call University Police at 911 or go to The GSO Executive Council advocates dent activity fee prior to the deadline University Hospital. Students who are these interests in regular meetings with stipulated on the GSO Web site. not experiencing an emergency but who the University President and the Dean want to speak with someone after hours of the Graduate School. The GSO Senate Intensive English Center or on weekends may call the Response appoints graduate student representa- E-5320 Melville Library Hotline at (631) 751-7500. tives to a number of influential Stony Brook University Because adjusting to the University University advisory and policy-making Stony Brook, NY 11794-3390 can be stressful, new students are encour- committees, and dispatches delegates to Phone: (631) 632-7031 aged to come to the Center in their first the University Senate. These represen- Fax: (631) 632-6544 year rather than wait until they experi- tatives advocate graduate student Web site: www.sunysb.edu/iec ence a serious crisis. Students should visit interests within the University’s E-mail: [email protected] the Center’s Web site at http:// administrative structure and report to The Intensive English Center (IEC) studentaffairs.stonybrook.edu/counsel/ the GSO Senate on new policy develop- offers non-credit courses on a year- for more details about services and for ments. The GSO is a participating mem- round basis: a spring semester starting links to useful resources, including pam- ber in both the statewide SUNY in late January, a fall semester starting phlets on relevant mental health topics. Student Assembly and the National Association of Graduate-Professional in early September, and a six-week Disability Support Services Students (NAGPS), which advocate summer program starting in mid July. Disability Support Services (DSS) coor- for SUNY and graduate-professional Students are placed in levels ranging dinates advocacy and support services students on the New York State and from low intermediate through pre- for students with disabilities. These ser- national levels, respectively. academic advanced by means of compre- vices assist integrating students’ needs The GSO is also a service-based hensive diagnostic examinations in the with the resources available at the organization that provides a number of beginning of each session. Classes meet University to eliminate physical or financial services for graduate students five days a week for a minimum of 18 programmatic barriers and to ensure at Stony Brook. Resource Allocation hours. Core courses include daily an accessible academic environment. Project (RAP) funds, for instance, instruction in speaking, listening, read-

18 CAMPUS RESOURCES AND STUDENT SERVICES ing, and writing skills. These courses are Students who are not citizens or per- informational and cultural needs of the supplemented by elective courses that manent residents of the United States University community. The Frank include: Grammar, Oral Communication, typically enter the U.S. in non-immi- Melville Jr. Library (Main Library) pro- Pronunciation/Accent Improvement, grant F-1 student or J-1 exchange vides both an intellectual and physical TOEFL Preparation, American Film visitor status. Certificates of Eligibility focal point for the campus and is among and Culture, and Business English. (Form I-20 for F-1 status or Form the largest academic libraries in the During the summer, the IEC offers DS2019 for J-1 status) will be required nation. Within the Melville Library are full-time and part-time programs supple- when applying for an F-1 or J-1 visa at collections in biology, computer science, mented by cultural and recreational a U.S. embassy or consulate abroad. engineering, fine arts and music, general activities. Students who have a minimum Certificates of Eligibility are issued to science, geosciences, humanities, and TOEFL score of 75 (iBT) may take the students who have been admitted to a social sciences. Service units in this IEC part-time program and enroll in full-time program of study, have provided building provide ready access to 41,700 credit-bearing university courses. proof of financial support for their current print and online periodicals, The IEC welcomes graduate students proposed program of study, and have more than 7,000 feature or educational who wish to improve their English provided proof of English language videos and DVDs, government docu- proficiency or to satisfy the Graduate proficiency. Students who are not yet ments, music scores, maps, microfilm, School’s English proficiency require- proficient in English may wish to apply and legal material. Other service units ments. The TOEFL requirement may be to the Intensive English Center. of note are the Music Library and waived for prospective graduate students Orientation and Registration Listening Center, a Patents and with a minimum TOEFL score of iBT 75 International Services provides a Trademarks Depository, a student who successfully complete the advanced mandatory orientation program for all lounge, two instructional computing level with a grade of B or better. new and transfer international students classrooms, a video viewing center, and The IEC will issue an I-20 form (for before the start of classes. International a variety of study areas. an F-1 visa) to applicants who meet students are required to arrive on The Reference Department in the IEC admission requirements. For campus by the first day of orientation Central Reading Room includes print, applications and more information, and attend all mandatory orientation microfilm, and online indexes to current please contact the IEC office. sessions. Details about arrival and ori- periodicals, encyclopedias, information, entation are contained in the arrival specialized reference works, and 47 com- International Academic Programs booklet and letter from International puter workstations. Reference staff (nine The Office of International Academic Services. New non-immigrant students librarians) provide on-demand assistance Programs administers programs with are required to report to an internation- and instruction in searching for and eval- overseas universities and also brings stu- al student adviser at the start of the uating information, using library dents from other countries to this cam- semester for a personal interview. resources, and doing research in particu- pus. Graduate students who intend to Students transferring from another lar areas. AskALibrarian, offering e-mail study or do research abroad should con- U.S. school must coordinate the transfer and chat (Monday through Friday from tact this office to complete University- process with their current school and 9:00 am to 5:00 pm), provides online mandated health and personal forms. report to an international student reference assistance. To reach a refer- For more information, call (631) 632- adviser during orientation to complete ence librarian call 632-7110. 7031 or visit the office in E-5340 the transfer procedure The Special Collections Department Melville Library. After Orientation houses the Senator Jacob K. Javits Collection of 2 million items of memora- International Services International Services is required to make many reports to Immigration and bilia and private papers, as well as the The Graduate School Customs Enforcement (ICE) in the William Butler Yeats Microfilmed Suite 2401 Computer Science Bldg. Student and Exchange Information Manuscripts Collection, the University Phone: (631) 632-INTL (4685) System (SEVIS) to record arrival on Archives, the Environmental Defense Fax: (631) 632-7243 campus, full-time enrollment, changes of records, and holdings of many Long www.grad.sunysb.edu/international address, changes in program, and other Island political, cultural, and business E-mail: InternationalServices@stony issues. International students must manuscripts and records. brook.edu familiarize themselves with these Three science branch libraries in SEVIS requirements in order to comply other buildings—Chemistry, Math/ International Services provides advice Physics/Astronomy, and the Marine and and assistance on U.S. government with U.S. immigration regulations. It is important for students to maintain Atmospheric Sciences Information immigration regulations and cross-cul- contact with their international student Center (MASIC)—provide more tural issues relating to study, teaching, advisers for advice and assistance. Each specialized resources and services in research, and living in the United semester, workshops on various topics their subject areas. The Health States. International student and schol- are held for international students. Sciences Library, separately adminis- ar advisers are the Designated School International Services also serves as a tered, is located on the East Campus in Officials (DSO) and Responsible and liaison between students and the com- the Health Sciences Center, Level 3. Alternate Responsible Officers (ARO) munity Host Family Program. Collectively, the University libraries con- on campus who are responsible for tain more than 2.2 million bound volumes assisting students and scholars in Libraries and 3.8 million microforms. Library obtaining and maintaining valid F-1 or The Stony Brook campus has a number holdings may be accessed through the J-1 status in the United States. of libraries established to meet the Stony Brook Automated Retrieval

19 CAMPUS RESOURCES AND STUDENT SERVICES

System (STARS), the online catalog Off Campus Housing quick bite or a relaxing lunch: Delancey that displays the holdings of all West Off Campus Housing, located in the Street Kosher Deli, Fusion, the Union Campus libraries, with the exception of FSA Suite, Room 250 of the Stony Deli, Union Station, the University materials that are not completely cata- Brook Union, is available to assist Café, and Wolfies. They all offer an loged (i.e., some government documents, students in finding off-campus living appetizing array of possibilities. detailed microfilm contents, special col- arrangements. This service includes a The Stony Brook Union serves as the lections, University archives, and maps). searchable database of available rental headquarters for many student groups. The Health Sciences Library catalog is housing options, tenant information, In addition, the student newspapers; accessible on the Library home page. tips for renters, listings of short-term WUSB-FM (90.1), the University radio The University libraries have a wide and interim housing, bed and breakfast, station; television station and audio- range of leased online resources includ- hotel and motel information, and local visual services; and a new, 100-computer ing subscriptions to more than 300 elec- transportation information and maps. SINC site are all located in the Union. tronic databases, books, and archives, The office is open Monday to Friday The Inter-Fraternity/Sorority Council as well as more than 40,000 electronic from 9:00 am to 4:30 pm. Call (631) 632- Office is on the lower level and the full-text journals. Computer worksta- 6770 or visit the Web site, which con- Interfaith Center’s Ministries’ offices tions are located throughout the tains an interactive database, at and lounges are on the second floor, library’s facilities. Web access is avail- http://och.vpsa.sunysb.edu offering Baptist, Catholic, Islamic, able to most of its specialized databases Jewish, and Protestant services and from all personal computers on campus. Ombuds Office activities that are open to all. Religious Off-campus Web access to most of the The services of the University Ombuds and personal counseling services for library’s online resources is available to Office are available to all students, fac- students of these and other denomina- users with a valid Stony Brook ID. ulty, and staff. The office provides an tions are also provided through the Instructions for using the databases are informal, receptive place to turn for Interfaith Center. For more informa- available on the library’s home page. help if you are having trouble getting tion about the Center, please call (631) Assistance may also be obtained from the through a bureaucratic maze or need 632-6565. DoIt Web site, Instructional Computing help resolving a dispute or problem Center, Reference Department, and most related to your life or work at the Student Activities Center library service desks. University. All matters handled by the The Student Activities Center (SAC) The library sponsors or co-sponsors Ombuds Office remain confidential. opened in 1997 and forever changed the author readings, concerts, exhibits, Depending on the nature of the question way students, faculty, and staff interact lectures, and tours throughout the year. or problem, the Ombuds Office might on campus. Everyone seems to come to Check the library or University home offer specific advice or informal media- the Center at some part of the day, for page or other campus newsletters for tion, provide information, or make the either a meal, a program, an exhibit, a dates and events. appropriate referral to facilitate a reso- meeting, or an activity. From the soaring Brochures, handouts, and information lution. The Ombuds Office is also open windows in the two-story dining hall sheets explaining library policies, how to those who simply need someone to that overlook the Academic Mall, you to use the library, how to access elec- listen impartially and privately and to are treated to a panoramic view tronic resources, how to do research, suggest a course of action. The stretching from the Administration and where books, magazines, and ser- University Ombuds Office is located in Building to the east, and Earth and vices are located are available in the Room W-0505, Melville Library. Hours Space Sciences to the west. Central Reading Room on the first floor are 9:00 a.m. to 5:00 p.m. Monday Services offered within the Center or in Circulation Services on the third through Friday. Walk-in visits are include a wireless network (first and floor of the Melville Library. Additional possible, but scheduled appointments third floors); the Seawolves Marketplace detailed information on library activi- are recommended. The phone number is convenience store; U.S. Post Office; a ties, building maps, collections, offices, (631) 632-9200. full-service bank with ATMs; an and servicesis also available online. auditorium that seats 595; two multi- When classes are in session, the Stony Brook Union purpose ballrooms; an art gallery; a Melville Library is generally open from The Stony Brook Union is a magnet for courtyard; nine meeting rooms; offices 8:30 am to 12:00 pm (Central Reading concerts, dances, movies, parties, student for clubs and organizations; a ticket Room to 2:00 am) Monday through activities, and a great place to meet new office; several lounges; and two Thursday; 8:30 am to 8:00 pm on Friday; friends. The Lounge on the main floor is Wellness Centers where you can work 10:00 am to 6:00 pm on Saturday; and a very visible place to become part of out. There are lockers available for 12:00 pm to 12:00 am on Sunday the action and participate in all the fun. commuters in the lower level. (Central Reading Room to 10:00 pm). You can find sales of clothing, jewelry, Administrative offices for the Dean of Study hours are extended just before plants, posters, etc., all in the lobby Students and Commuter Student final exams. The schedule varies in the area. The Stony Brook Union has seven Services are located on the second winter and session sessions. The meeting rooms, a 350-seat auditorium, a floor, as are offices for Student library’s information phone line is (631) ballroom, an information center, crafts Activities, Reservations, and Facilities/ 632-7160; it is available continuously center, Interfaith Center, café, barber Operations managers. with a recording of the current hours shop, UNITI Cultural Center, Off- Hours of Operation for the Student Activities and any emergency information. For Campus Housing Office, an ATM Center and Stony Brook Union further information check our Web machine, and Enterprise Rent-a-Car. During the fall and spring semesters page: www.stonybrook.edu/library There are several places to go to for a both buildings are open Monday

20 CAMPUS RESOURCES AND STUDENT SERVICES through Friday, 7:30 am to 12:00 pm; Lower Level Room 010 and the Sports Activities staff offers assistance in Saturday and Sunday, 9:00 am to 12:00 Complex Dance studio. Fitness classes organizational development and pro- pm. During recesses and intercession it include: body sculpting, boot camp, gram advisement to more than 300 is open Monday through Friday, 7:30 kickboxing, Pilates, resistance ball, student clubs and organizations and 32 am to 7:00 pm and is closed New Year’s spinning, step aerobics, and yoga. fraternities and sororities. Staff mem- Day, Easter Sunday, Memorial Day, Wellness Center: The Wellness bers work with students on the event Independence Day, Labor Day, Center is located on the third floor of planning process, and help clubs and Thanksgiving, and Christmas Day. the Student Activities Center Room organizations with block booking, budget Note: Hours are subject to change. 307. Amenities include Cardio Theater, issues, evaluation of events, meeting For more specific building hours infor- cardiovascular equipment, free weights, space, program advisement, recognition mation, call (631) 632-6820. locker rooms, physioballs, selectorized for new clubs, space reservation, techni- The Department of Campus Recreation weight training circuit, shower facili- cal requirements for student-sponsored Wellness Center ties, and strength training equipment. events, and the annual registration Have a Ball with Campus Recreation: The Wellness Center is fully equipped process for student groups. The office Don't just sit there on the bench! Get with cardiovascular equipment, includ- coordinates many traditional campus- into the game by trying one of the many ing: bikes, Concepts II rowers, Cybex wide programs, such as Campus Life programs the Department of Campus Arc trainers, elliptical trainers, and Life Time, the Commencement speaker Recreation sponsors every year just for Fitness treadmills. selection process, Opening Week you. These programs include intramural Sport Clubs: The sport club program Activities/Chill-Fest, Roth Regatta, sports, fitness programs, informal is an integral part of campus recreation. and Student Activities Fairs. Activities recreation, sport clubs, special events, It fills the void between intramural staff collaborate with other depart- and equipment rentals. Our primary sports activities and intercollegiate ments to implement other major campus goal is to enhance the quality of life on athletics. Sport clubs provide our stu- programs such as Diversity Day, campus for students, faculty, and staff dents the opportunity to participate in Homecoming, Strawberry Festival, and by providing a diversity of programs highly competitive sport activities, learn many more. and facilities to meet their recreational new skills, improve skill levels, and Craft Center needs. Here are some of the programs enjoy the recreational and social bene- Located in the basement of the Student you can join: fits derived from sports involvement. Union, the Craft Center provides the Informal Recreation: Commonly Sport clubs are formed by students students with a place to relax, develop referred to as “Open Rec”, it gives indi- who are motivated by a common inter- their creative spirit, and meet new viduals the opportunity to participate in est and have a desire to participate in people. In its noncredit courses, stu- drop-in activities such as badminton, a sports activity. A sport club may be dents can learn about beaded jewelry, basketball, fitness activities, indoor oriented toward competition, recre- ceramics/pottery, drawing, Ikebana soccer, racquetball, squash, swimming, ation, teaching, or solely socialization (Japanese flower arrangement), paint- and volleyball. Weekly schedules are purposes. ing, photography, and many other art available through the Department of forms. They can also take part in the Campus Recreation. Advance reserva- Student Activities leisure classes with choices such as tions are necessary for racquetball and The Office of Student Activities is the defensive driving and bartending. In squash court use. primary focal point for the planning, the studio, members often get hands-on Intramural Sports: Offers opportuni- coordination, and implementation of a expertise from its friendly and compe- ties for students, faculty, and staff to broad range of cultural, developmental, tent instructors. Different community participate in team and individual sport educational, leadership, recreational, events such as the popular craft night competitions. Sports include basketball, and social programs. The office consists (once a semester), craftmaking at cam- bowling, dodgeball, flag football, indoor of four functional areas: Clubs and pus festivals, and pottery sales (about and outdoor soccer, softball, volleyball, Organizations and Weekend Life; four per semester), put the Craft and wiffleball. Special tournaments are Fraternities and Sororities; Leisure Center amongst the student’s favorites. scheduled for badminton, racquetball, Programs and Art Gallery; and Student Overall, the Craft Center is a must-see and tennis. Individuals as well as teams Media. The organizational structure for the creative student on a budget. are encouraged to participate in intra- compliments this mission: to provide Student Media murals. Pick up entry forms in the main student programs and services, to fos- High-quality noncommercial FM radio lobby of the Sports Complex or stop by ter student development, to interact is provided for the campus and commu- the Department of Campus Recreation and collaborate with all facets of cam- nity, reflecting a broad spectrum of (located on the bottom floor of the pus life for activities and program educational, informational, musical, and Pritchard Gymnasium). Regular season development, and to provide experi- news programming 24 hours a day, games are played Monday through mental opportunities for the acquisition seven days a week, on WUSB 90.1 FM. Thursday from 3:00 pm to 11:00 pm. of skills. The Student Media office sponsors inde- Our most popular intramural/recre- Student Activities provides a variety pendent projects and internships. The ational sport activities are 5-on-5 of programs and services to facilitate office coordinates fundraisers for the basketball, indoor soccer, the ski trip, the co-curricular and personal develop- radio station and advises student media and whitewater rafting. ment of Stony Brook students and the groups, including closed-circuit TV, Fitness Programs: Fitness classes are campus community. Students experience journals, newspapers, and online media. scheduled in the Student Activity opportunities for leadership develop- There are several news organizations Center Aerobic Studios located on the ment and personal growth. The on campus: Statesman, Stony Brook

21 CAMPUS RESOURCES AND STUDENT SERVICES

Press, SB Independent, AA E-Zine, procedures are subject to change, vet- may receive semester hours of elective Blackworld, and Korean Life. SBU-TV eran students should maintain regular credit by presenting a DD214, DD295, a is the television station on campus and contact with the office at (631) 632-6700 copy of a Community College of the students are able to learn about the TV or [email protected] Air Force transcript, or a certificate of industry and produce news and enter- The office also provides certification training to the Office of Admissions. tainment shows. and tuition deferment services. For additional information or to schedule an Writing Center Student Health Services appointment, visit the Web site at The Writing Center is the tutorial com- Student Health Services is located on www.sunysb.edu/stuaff/vets or call the ponent of the Program in Writing and the first floor of the Infirmary Building office at (631) 632-6700. Rhetoric, and it provides free, individual and provides for the health needs of Information regarding VA benefits, mentoring for writing to all members of registered students. For more informa- including eligibility, payment informa- the Stony Brook University community. tion, please refer to the Student Health tion, remaining entitlement, or the The tutors at the center work with a Service section in the next chapter on address of the nearest regional office wide range of students, staff, and faculty, Financial and Residential Information. is available through the VA at and they are sensitive to the needs of 1-888-GIBill-1 (1-888-442-4551). native English speakers as well as the Veterans Affairs Transfer Credit from Military Service concerns of people whose primary lan- The Office of Veterans Affairs (VA), For information about transfer credit guage is not English. Tutors are located in Room 347 of the from military service school, please trained to work with all aspects of writ- Administration Building, offers services make an appointment with the Office of ing and will address a broad range of in applying for VA educational benefits. Admissions/Transfer. writing issues such as planning, orga- All veterans, veterans’ dependents, and Military service school courses will be nizing, revising, and editing. Although active duty personnel may utilize these evaluated with reference to the recom- they cannot edit or proofread writers’ services. Stony Brook University is mendation of the American Council on work for academic honesty reasons, approved for the education of veterans, Education when official credentials/ they do model and practice strategies of service members, and dependents of vet- transcripts have been presented by the effective proofreading and editing. The erans eligible for benefits under the pro- student to the Office of Admissions. Writing Center offers appointments and grams of the Veterans Administration. Such recommendations are not binding drop-in sessions (although availability is New veteran students should report upon the University. In no instance often limited), and online tutorial by to the Office of Veterans Affairs at the may any of the hours of credit be sub- e-mail. Please call (631) 632-7405 for the time of application to the University. stituted for specific courses, but they current schedule and an appointment, All veterans need to report after regis- may be substituted for electives. or visit www.stony brook.edu/writing tration for each new semester. Since Students who have successfully com- center. The office is located in benefit allowances and VA policies and pleted basic training in the armed forces Humanities 2009.

22 Financial and Residential Information FINANCIAL AND RESIDENTIAL INFORMATION

Financial Information Activity Fee Billing Statements First Semester and Account Balances Tuition and Fees Full-time graduate student After registering, all students will be All bills are due and payable (unless (except professional) $22.00 sent a billing statement for tuition and properly deferred by guaranteed finan- Part-time graduate student 7.00 fees with instructions for making pay- cial aid) within 30 days of registration or Dental student 37.50 ment. If the student does not receive a by the published due date on the billing billing statement within 30 days after Second Semester statement, whichever is sooner. Tuition registration, it is the student’s responsi- Full-time graduate student and fees are estimated as of November bility to contact the Student Accounts (except professional) $22.00 2007 and are subject to change without Office at (631) 632-2455 for a bill and Part-time graduate student 7.00 notice. pay the full balance by the due date. Dental student 37.50 Application Fee $60 Students with outstanding balances Academic Year will receive multiple statements Tuition Full-time graduate student throughout each semester. Each billing Full-Time Graduate Students (except professional) $44.00 statement will list the amount due to G1 or G3—12 credits Part-time graduate student 14.00 the University. Tuition, fees, and other Dental student 75.00 First Semester University charges assessed on each NY State resident $3,450 billing statement will be due in full by Non-resident 5,460 Comprehensive Fee the due date appearing on your state- ment. Unpaid charges from the previ- Second Semester Fall Semester ous statement will be brought forward NY State resident $3,450 Full-time graduate student and additional charges, payments, and Non-resident 5,460 $406.50/term credits will be shown. composed of: Academic Year The billing statement also will show College Fee 12.50/term NY State resident $6,900 and subtract any authorized deferments Infirmary Fee 115.50/term in the calculation of the amount due. Transportation Fee 105.00/term These include student loans, TAP Full-Time Graduate Students Technology Fee 173.50/term awards, and tuition scholarships. G2 or G4—9 credits Part-time graduate student Students must have proof of approved First Semester composed of: aid, waivers, or scholarships in order to NY State resident $2,592 College Fee $.85 per credit properly defer payment. Without satis- Non-resident 4,095 Infirmary Fee 11.65 per credit factory evidence to defer, students are Transportation Fee 10.50 per credit expected to pay charges up front and Second Semester Technology Fee 17.35 per credit wait for reimbursement when the aid, NY State resident $2,592 waiver, or scholarship funds are actual- Non-resident 4,095 Spring Semester Full-time graduate student ly received. Students should apply early Academic Year $406.50/term for financial aid they expect to use to NY State resident $5,184 composed of: pay their University bill, and are Non-resident 8,190 College Fee 12.50/term encouraged to join the Time Option Infirmary Fee 115.50/term Payment Plan. Part-Time Graduate Students Transportation Fee 105.00/term All students are responsible for mak- G1, G2, G3, G4, and G5—1 credit Technology Fee 173.50/term ing sure that a correct address is on file and they must inform the Registrar’s NY State resident $288 per Part-time graduate student Office of any change of address. Failure semester credit hour composed of: to receive a bill due to an incorrect College Fee .85 per credit address will not be accepted as a reason Non-resident $455 per Infirmary Fee 11.55 per credit for waiving late payment fees. semester credit hour Transportation Fee 10.50 per credit Failure to pay the amount due by the Technology Fee 17.35 per credit due date will result in an automatic assessment of the incremental late pay- Full-Time Medical Students ment fee of $40 up to a maximum of NY State resident $9,400 per semester Lost Identification Card $25.00 $150 per semester. Pending financial aid Non-resident $16,750 per semester Late Registration Fee $40.00 will not be accepted as a reason to NY State resident $18,880 per year Transcript Fee $5.00 waive late payment fees. Non-resident $33,500 per year Returned Check Fee $20.00 Payment of Tuition and Fees Full-Time Dental Students Late Payment Fee $40.00/up to $150.00 Payments made by check or money NY State resident $8,100 per semester Add/Drop Fee $20.00 order must be made payable to Stony Non-resident $16,250 per semester Required Student Health Brook University. Payment can be mailed to P.O. Box 619, Stony Brook, NY State resident $16,200 per year Insurance $409.00*/Fall NY 11790, or made in person at the Non-resident $32,500 per year $563.00*/Spring, Summer (Subject to change for 2008-09 year.) Bursar’s Office in the Student Services Lobby in the Administration Building.

24 FINANCIAL AND RESIDENTIAL INFORMATION

Web payments can be made through Deferments Six-Week Summer Term the Solar System (www.stonybrook.edu/ Tuition Liability Schedule Students receiving awards provided by solarsystem). You will need the Stony the State of New York, managed by the Tuition and Fee Liability during: Brook ID number and password to University, or payable to the University, Tuition Fees access the payment option. After logging 1st week 0% 0% may utilize deferments equal to the in, click “For Students, Financial 2nd week 70% 100% amount of the award. Only current Services, Account Summary/What Do I 3rd week 100% 100% awards are deferrable; only tuition, Winter Session Owe?” Complete the payment informa- room, board, and bookstore accounts Tuition Liability Schedule tion, and the payment will be posted to charges are deferred. Deferments the student account. Any check that Tuition and Fee Liability during: include: fails to clear is subject to a $20 handling Tuition Fees 1. All campus-based financial aid pro- fee, and may be subject to a $40 late 2nd day 0% 0% grams with the exception of the payment fee. 3rd/4th day 1st week 65% 100% Federal Work Study Program and after 1st week 100% 100% All payments should include your Student Employment Stony Brook ID number for prompt and 2. Tuition Assistance Program Tuition Liability Schedule for Fall 2008 proper credit to your account. Mailed Awards Registration Withdrawals during: payments must be postmarked by the 3. Federal Pell Grants Tuition Fees due date to avoid the late payment fee. 4. Federal Stafford Loans (Subsidized before 9/8/08 0% 0% 9/9/08 to 9/15/08 30% 100% Students are encouraged to pay by mail and Unsubsidized) 9/16/08 to 9/22/08 50% 100% or by the Solar System. 5. Veteran’s educational benefits All New York State resident graduate 9/23/08 to 9/29/08 70% 100% 6. Vocational rehabilitation benefits after 9/30/08 100% 100% students receiving support from the 7. Private, public, or industrial University must apply for TAP, regard- scholarships, grants, internships, Note: The first day of classes as sched- less of eligibility. New York State resi- and loans (including foreign uled by the campus shall be deemed to dent graduate students must receive a government scholarships) be the first day that classes are offered, valid TAP award certificate or TAP Deferments are available only upon as scheduled by the academic calendar. denial letter, or the scholarship will be completion of all necessary paperwork After 0% liability, tuition will be pro- reduced by the maximum amount. and receipt of valid documentation. The Student Accounts Office offers rated according to the schedule above, NYS Tap awards may be deferred and all fees are due in full. After 100% the Time Option Payment Plan, which against your bill if you have received an allows for the payment of your student liability, a student is liable for tuition award certificate from HESC listing and all fees in full. Students who regis- account on a monthly basis throughout SUNY Stony Brook. To use your subsi- ter for courses and who do not file the the semester. This plan is not a loan, so dized or unsubsidized Stafford loan as a appropriate withdrawal, or do not drop there is no credit check, nor interest or deferment, you must return the Master before the end of the fourth week of finance charges. The only cost is a pro- promissory note to HESC in Albany. classes, are liable for their full charges. cessing fee to help defray the adminis- Teacher Waiver certificates, Tuition Students who decide not to attend trative expenses of the program. You Eligibility forms, and State tuition after registering must formally cancel may enroll in the TOPP program by waivers must be received by the their registration at the Registrar’s completing the TOPP process in Student Accounts Office before the end Office. All refunds or adjustments of SOLAR (under Financial Services) or of the second week of classes. Waivers charges are based on the date the with- by completing the application and work- and certificates must be approved by all drawal occurs, not on the date of the last sheet (located in the Dollars and Sense necessary parties and not expired. class attended. If students are unable to Guide). Mail it with the processing fee cancel or withdraw in person, written and first payment to: Withdrawals and Tuition requests may be sent to the Office of Bursar’s Office Liability Records or faxed to (631) 632-9491. P.O. Box 619 Students are advised to retain a copy of Stony Brook, NY 11790-0619 Tuition the withdrawal letter for the Student Delinquent Accounts A student who is given permission to Accounts Office.You should be aware cancel his or her registration or who is that even after an official withdrawal, Students with an outstanding balance withdrawing from classes shall be liable you may be subject to financial liability on their accounts are not eligible to reg- for payments of tuition and all fees in according to the published tuition ister at the University or participate in accordance with the appropriate tuition liability schedule. room selection. No student may receive liability schedule: There is no tuition liability for a stu- a degree, certificate of completion, or Fall and Spring Academic Semester dent who withdraws by call to active transcript until all charges due to the Tuition Liability Schedule military service before the end of an University or any of its related divisions academic term. This only includes Tuition and Fee Liability during: are paid in full. Delinquent accounts may courses in which he or she does not Tuition Fees be transferred to private collection agen- 1st week 0% 0% receive academic credit. cies or the New York State Attorney 2nd week 30% 100% Non-attendance of classes does not General’s Office for collection, and will 3rd week 50% 100% classify as an official withdrawal, and be subject to additional interest and/or 4th week 70% 100% does not relieve the student of his or collection fee charges. 5th week 100% 100% her financial obligation, or entitle the

25 FINANCIAL AND RESIDENTIAL INFORMATION student to a refund, and non-payment be granted after the first week of classes. register for a federal PIN number. The does not constitute an official with- Any student can apply for a waiver. PIN serves as your electronic signature drawal from the University. Note: The first day of classes shall be on federal applications and documents considered the first day of the semes- such as the FAFSA. In addition, it Housing ter, quarter, or other term; the last day allows you to access your personal All requests to cancel housing and of finals week shall be considered the information in various U.S. Department refund-related fees must be made in writ- end of the semester. of Education systems. You can apply ing to Division of Campus Residences, for a PIN at the U.S. Department of Mendelsohn Quad, Stony Brook Financial Assistance University, Stony Brook NY 11794-4444. Education’s PIN site, www.pin.ed.gov For information on housing cancellation The mission of the Office of Student File the Free Application for Federal deadlines, call the Division of Campus Financial Aid Services is to assist stu- Student Aid (FAFSA): Go to FAFSA Residences at (631) 632-6750. dents and their families in taking full on the Web (www.fafsa.ed.gov) and advantage of their financial aid opportu- apply online. When you apply online, West Campus Meal Plan Office nities by providing applications and pro- you get your results faster. In addition, The office is located in the Stony Brook cessing information about available help with filling out your FAFSA is Union, Suite 250, and addresses all grants, scholarships, work opportunities, issues related to West Campus meal built into the system. If you prefer not and student loan programs. plans and dual meal plans (for HSC stu- to apply online, you can mail a paper Financial aid helps to provide access dents only). Hours are Monday to FAFSA to the federal processor. to a quality college education for all, Friday, from 9:00 am to 4:30 pm; the NY State Residents–Apply for the regardless of economic background. phone number is (631) 632-6517. Tuition Assistance Program (TAP) and The primary responsibility for meeting To obtain a new ID card or replace an other NY State grants and scholarships: college costs rests with the student existing card, go to the Administration If you file a FAFSA electronically, indi- and his/her family. Financial aid is based Building, Room 103. To add money to a cate that you are a New York State on need and is intended to supplement Resident or Commuter Meal Plan, visit resident, and list Stony Brook’s federal www.campusdining.org. This site also the family’s contribution. To obtain maximum consideration for school code (002838), you will be able to allows students to report lost cards, link to your online TAP application at the check balances, review spending history, financial aid, please study the informa- end of the FAFSA session. If you missed and the site explains the different meal tion available, follow instructions provid- the NYS link, or you filed a paper plans that are offered. ed on application forms and other materi- To address a vending issue or problem als, and pay careful attention to deadline FAFSA, go to “Anytime TAP on the related to an ID card not working in the dates. Timely submission of application Web” at www.hesc.org to complete the Cash-to-Card machines and/or laundry forms and other required documents is application process. equipment, call C-L-E-A-N (2-5326) or required to process your financial aid. The Award Process go to the Meal Plan Office, Suite 250 of Application Forms Upon receipt of the completed FAFSA the Stony Brook Union. To apply for all types of financial aid, the data, the Office of Student Financial Student Activity Fee Office of Student Financial Aid Services Services will create a financial aid The Graduate Student Organization will recommends the following steps: award package and send award notifica- grant a full refund of the student activity Register for a Federal PIN (Personal tion to the student. Students will be fee to all students who withdraw within Identification Number): Before you provided with instructions on how to the first week of classes. No refunds will begin the application process, you should accept/decline the aid offered and also 1 on how to report additional awards not Estimated Student Expenses 2007-2008 (NY State Residents) listed on their award package. Students can review and accept/decline Full time/On campus Full time/Off Campus their awards online in real time by Direct Costs: Tuition $6,900 $6,900 accessing Stony Brook’s “SOLAR Fees 854 854 System” link (www.stonybrook.edu). 2 Room 5,670 2 Board 3,200 Financial Aid Eligibility Total Direct Costs: $16,624 $7,754 Financial aid eligibility is based on Indirect Costs: financial need. Financial need is the dif- 2 Books $900 $900 2 ference between the “Expected Family Transportation 500 2,550 2 Contribution” and the “Estimated Cost Personal 1,292 10,778* of Attendance” (also referred to as the Total Indirect Costs: $2,692 $14,228 “Student Budget”). The “Expected Total Cost: $19,316 $21,982 Family Contribution” (EFC) is the (Out-of-state graduates add $4,020) result of the income information that a 1 All charges are subject to change following regulations from the State of New York, State student provides on the FAFSA, calcu- University of New York, and Stony Brook University. Fees and room and board charges dis- played are the current 2007-2008 charges and are estimated to increase by five percent lated with a formula determined by the for the 2008-2009 school year. U.S. Congress. The EFC is listed on the 2 These costs may vary depending on academic program and/or personal circumstances Student Aid Report that is available to and/or housing or meal plan selected. applicants after they file the FAFSA. *Includes a $9,436 allowance for room and board. The “Estimated Cost of Attendance”

26 FINANCIAL AND RESIDENTIAL INFORMATION includes estimates for tuition, fees, Partial tuition scholarships may also be nominated for a Graduate Council fel- room, board, books, transportation, and awarded. The amount of such awards lowship but whose ranking fell just personal expenses. Direct costs are paid may vary but are stated in the annual below the cutoff may be offered a directly to the University; indirect costs offer/award letter. Pieper award. Established in 1996, the will vary by student. Pieper bequest seeks to acknowledge Graduate School Traineeships graduate student potential. The Pieper Financial Aid Application (Teaching Assistantships, Graduate award is a one time $3,000 lump sum Deadlines Assistantships) stipend and is in addition to any support offered by the student’s program. Programs Deadline to Apply Graduate traineeships are awarded on a Federal Work Study March 1* competitive basis (judged by such W. Burghardt Turner Fellowships Federal Perkins Loan March 1* criteria as academic achievement, Turner fellowships are available for Tuition Assistance May 1** financial need, and potential for profes- qualified incoming masters and doctoral Program (TAP) sional growth and societal contribution) students. These fellowships are avail- by the Graduate School on recommen- *The FAFSA must be date-stamped able to U.S. citizens or individuals with dation of the program for one year, and by the federal processor on or before permanent resident status who have may be renewed for up to four years. March 1 preceding the fall term. demonstrated they will contribute to Effective Fall 2007, a full assistantship **The Express TAP Application (ETA) the diversity of the student body in the had a minimum stipend of $15,145 for must be completed on or before May 1 of program and have shown how they have the academic year. the spring term. overcome disadvantage or other impedi- Research Assistantships ment to success in higher education. Financial Aid Programs Turner candidates are nominated by Appointments are for predoctoral can- Financial aid is divided into three basic their respective graduate programs. A didates whose special training and categories: institutional aid, federal and Turner Advisory committee reviews qualifications enable them to serve as state aid, and external support. There and ranks candidate files. Typically, assistants to project directors or prin- are three types of aid: grants, loans, and 20 Turner fellowships are available each ciple investigators in certain programs. employment opportunities. Grants, academic year. In Fall 2007 a Turner In most cases the research work which include scholarships and fellow- fellowship for a doctoral candidate associated with the assistantship will ships, do not have to be repaid. Loans carried a total stipend of $17,573, a full also contribute to the student’s thesis carry some form of interest payment tuition scholarship, and subsidized or dissertation. Research assistantship and must be paid back to the lender. health insurance coverage. In limited stipend levels vary by discipline, but Employment opportunities afford the instances, fellowships for master’s candi- are usually slightly higher than a student the chance to earn an income dates may be available and carry a total teaching or graduate assistantship. while attending school. stipend of $10,000 plus a full tuition Graduate Council Fellowships scholarship. The Turner fellowships Institutional Aid serve as a catalyst for increasing the Graduate Council fellowships are University Tuition Scholarship diversity of the student body. The available for exceptionally qualified University tuition scholarships may be Turner fellowship program assists and incoming doctoral students. These fel- awarded to cover all or partial tuition encourages its recipients in accepting lowships are available to U.S. citizens charges. Full scholarships cover the cost and carrying out their social responsi- and permanent residents only. GCF of the University-required full-time bility as future leaders and educators candidates are nominated by their credit load at the rate charged to New in their respective communities here in respective graduate program. A York State residents except for (1) inter- the United States. national students, (2) first-semester Graduate Council Fellowships and out-of-state students, and (3) U.S. Awards committee reviews and ranks Mildred and Herbert Weisinger nationals or resident alien students candidate files. Each fellowship is Fellowship Award without New York State residency who renewable for up to five years. In Fall The Mildred and Herbert Weisinger have been granted an exemption by 2007, a Graduate Council fellowship Fellowship Award is made to a gradu- the Graduate School because obtaining carried a minimum stipend of $17,573, ate student in financial need so that he residency would be impractical. which was comprised of a partial or she may complete a dissertation that For students in categories (1), (2), Teaching/Graduate assistantship and a otherwise would be delayed. and (3), a full tuition scholarship cov- fellowship award of $10,000. Many Dr. Madeline M. Fusco ers the cost of the University required programs couple the Graduate Council Fellowship for Women full-time credit load charged at the fellowship ($10,000) award with a full assistantship, increasing the academic out-of-state rate. The Fusco award, endowed in 1991 and Out-of-state students receiving tuition year stipend to more than $25,000. supplemented in 1994, is awarded annu- scholarships who are U.S. citizens or These awards also provide a full tuition ally to a minority or woman graduate permanent residents must apply for scholarship and subsidized health student who is completing a disserta- New York State residency during their insurance coverage. tion and has demonstrated financial first semester of graduate study at need. Nominee files are submitted by Stony Brook. Students who fail to do so Dorothy Pieper Merit Awards for each graduate program. The Graduate will be liable for the difference between Outstanding Entering Doctoral Students Council Fellowships and Awards com- the in-state and out-of-state rates. Entering doctoral students who are mittee reviews all of the candidate files.

27 FINANCIAL AND RESIDENTIAL INFORMATION

William W. and James W. Catacosinos including the National Science Federal Subsidized Stafford Loan Fellowship Foundation, U.S. Department of Energy, Subsidized Stafford loans are available The Catacosinos fellowship was estab- National Aeronautics and Space through participating lenders to matricu- lished in 1979. It may be awarded annually Agency, and U.S. Environmental lated students enrolled for at least six to the graduate student who has made Protection Agency. They are applied credits per semester who demonstrate the most outstanding contribution during for directly by the graduate student financial need. The federal government the preceding year in the field of com- and awarded by the funding agency. pays the interest while the student is puter science, including applications of Some agencies require applicants to be enrolled at least half-time and for six techniques of computerization in any aca- citizens or nationals of the United months after leaving school. Graduate demic discipline. The fellowship carries States. Specific information and applica- yearly limits are $8,500 with a total an academic year stipend and provides a tions for these fellowships can be cumulative limit of $65,000, including full tuition scholarship. Candidates are obtained online or on the Graduate undergraduate loans. The interest is 6.8 nominated by their graduate programs. School Web site. percent. Fees of up to two percent may be deducted from the loan proceeds by Pope Fellowship in Italian Studies Veterans Educational Benefits the lender. Students who are eligible for veterans The Pope Fellowship is awarded each Federal Unsubsidized Stafford Loan year by the Center for Italian Studies benefits should obtain an application to a student enrolled in the Italian form from the Office of Veterans Affairs, Unsubsidized Stafford loans are avail- Graduate Program who is in need of Room 347, Administration Building, able to matriculated students enrolled financial assistance and has an out- (631) 632-6700. Students are advised to for at least six credits a semester who standing academic record. Fellowships contact the Office of Veterans Affairs are unable to demonstrate financial may be renewed for up to three years concerning veterans benefits as soon need. Interest begins accruing while in and are in the amount of $1,500 per as possible, where they can receive school. Graduate yearly limits are year. For further information, contact assistance in applying for benefits. $12,000 with a total cumulative limit of the Center for Italian Studies. $65,000, including undergraduate loans. Federal Work Study (FWS) and FWS The interest is 6.8 percent. Fees of up Sea Grant Scholar Awards Community Service to two percent may be deducted from the loan proceeds by the lender. Sea Grant Scholars receive a stipend This program provides employment Terms and conditions are the same as that permits the student to work directly opportunities to eligible matriculated for the subsidized loans. on Sea Grant-funded research in coastal students. The award amount is based zone management, marine environmental on the student’s financial need, the Federal Graduate/ studies, coastal oceanography, and availability of funds to the campus, the Professional PLUS Loans related fields. The stipend is compara- number of hours the student can work Federal Graduate/Professional PLUS ble to that of a graduate assistantship per week, and the current pay rate. The Loans are available to graduate/profes- and is renewable for one additional minimum pay rate for jobs is $7.15 per sional students who have completed the year under the Sea Grant Thesis hour. There are also limited employment Free Application for Federal Student Completion Award. opportunities for eligible students through FWS Community Service. The Aid (FAFSA), have applied for the annu- Federal Student Aid application for Federal Work Study is al maximum loan eligibility under the included as part of the FAFSA applica- Federal Subsidized and Unsubsidized Externally Funded Graduate Fellowships tion. On-campus job opportunities are Stafford Loan Program, and have Fellowships are available in various listed on the Stony Brook Solar System enrolled for at least half-time (six credits fields from agencies and organizations at www.stonybrook.edu. per semester). In addition, the student cannot have an adverse credit history. The interest rate is a fixed 8.5 percent. Standard of Satisfactory Academic Progress Only for the Loan fees totaling three percent of the amount borrowed are deducted from the Purpose of Determining Eligibility for State Student Aid loan proceeds. Repayment of principal plus interest begins 60 days after the Semester Calendar loan is fully disbursed unless a defer- All Graduate-Level Programs ment is granted through the lender or Before being loan servicer. The annual loan limit is the certified for 12345678 student’s cost of attendance minus any this payment anticipated financial aid received. A student must have accrued at Federal Perkins Loan least this many 0 6 12 21 30 45 60 75 Perkins loans are available to matricu- credits lated students based on need. This With at least loan carries a five percent interest this grade 0 2.0 2.5 2.75 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 rate deferred until nine months after point average graduation (or until the student falls below six credits for the term). Although the annual federal award

28 FINANCIAL AND RESIDENTIAL INFORMATION limit is $6,000 per year, the average HESC presumes the student meets the and regardless of legal residencies yearly award at Stony Brook is $1,500. residency requirement. established elsewhere. Students who This is due to a limited amount of federal 2. If the student is the spouse or were residents of New York State before funding. Priority consideration is dependent of a member of the armed meeting citizenship requirements are given to students who file their forces who is a legal resident of New considered to meet New York State FAFSA by March 1. York State but is stationed out of state, residency requirements for any term of U.S. Department of Education HESC presumes the student meets the study beginning after they have met Fellowships: Jacob K. Javits Fellowship residency requirement regardless of citizenship requirements if they have how long the member of military has been residents of the state for at least This program provides fellowships to been absent from New York State 12 months. students of superior academic ability and while on active duty. Loss of Residency: New York State exceptional promise to assist them in 3. If the student is a member of the residency is lost when the student dis- undertaking study at the doctoral and armed forces who is not a legal resident Master of Fine Arts levels in selected continues permanent legal residence in of New York State but who is stationed the state. The student is ineligible to fields of arts, humanities, and social on full-time active duty in New York sciences. Students are selected on the receive any state-sponsored financial State, the residency requirement is aid award that requires New York basis of demonstrated achievement and waived effective with the 2005-2006 financial need. State residency for any term of study academic year. To qualify for the waiver, For more extensive information about beginning after residency is lost. the student must submit official docu- the program, please visit www.ed.gov/ Disputed Residency: In most instances mentation confirming full-time active programs/jacobjavits/index.html HESC will provide students whose resi- duty status and duty station. dency it is questioning with a New York Graduate Assistance in Areas of 4. If the student is the spouse or State Residence Review Questionnaire National Need (GAANN) dependent of a member of the armed before a final residency determination is forces who is not a legal resident of GAANN fellowship grants are held by made. Students who need to document New York State but who is stationed on several programs. Although students legal residence must complete this full-time active duty in New York are not eligible to directly apply for this questionnaire and return it to HESC. State, the residency requirement is grant, those interested should contact Students who have been denied an waived effective with the 2005-2006 their academic department for informa- award on grounds of residency before academic year. The student must submit tion. The fellowship provides a stipend submitting a questionnaire may appeal official documentation confirming both in the amount of the individual’s finan- by submitting the questionnaire. the full-time active duty status and cial need not to exceed $30,000 (in fiscal Dependent students who wish to apply duty station of the member of the year 2006) and provides an institutional for recognition of a residency separate armed forces and the student’s status payment that funds tuition, fees, and from their parents should submit the as spouse or dependent of that person. related costs associated with the fellow. questionnaire, which is available from Duration of Residency: For grant HESC by request. State Student Aid and scholarship programs requiring award recipients to be New York Satisfactory Academic Progress Tuition Assistance Program (TAP) State residents, the student must be a In order to receive TAP payments, TAP is available to New York State legal resident of New York State for at least 12 months before the term for students must comply with the residents for attendance at accredited Standards of Academic Progress of the New York State campuses. It provides which assistance is sought. Graduate NY State Education Department. tuition assistance for matriculated students who have not been legal These regulations provide that students graduate students enrolled full-time residents of New York State for at least meet minimum academic achievement (12-credit minimum) and in good 12 months can satisfy this requirement if requirements in order to receive pay- academic standing according to State they are currently legal residents, were ment of awards. Good academic standing Education Department requirements. legal residents during their last two consists of two elements: TAP award amounts are based on New semesters of undergraduate study, and York State taxable income and range have continued to be legal residents until 1. Satisfactory academic progress: A from a minimum of $75 to a maximum of matriculation in their graduate programs. requirement that students accumulate a $550 for graduate students. However, nonresidents who begin full- specified number of credits and achieve time study in New York State during a specified grade point average each New York State Residency Requirement their first year of residing in New York term of the award. Eligibility for state-sponsored scholar- State are not eligible for state-sponsored 2. Pursuit of program: A requirement ships and awards is limited to students student aid even though they may have that a student complete (pass or fail) a who meet New York State residency resided in New York State for 12 or more certain percentage of credits each term requirements. months. Veterans or former National of an award. Legal Residence Requirement for Service Volunteers who were legal The chart on page 28 provides a Members of the Armed Forces, Their residents of New York State upon entry detailed analysis of the State Education Spouses, and Dependents into the service can meet the 12-month Department’s requirements. Note that 1. If the student was a legal resident requirement if they re-establish legal the minimum achievement standards for of New York State when he/she entered residency within six months of release payment of awards are less demanding into the service and has maintained that from active duty, regardless of how long than those established by the University legal residence while in the service, they were absent from New York State for good academic standing.

29 FINANCIAL AND RESIDENTIAL INFORMATION

A student who fails to meet these mini- Brook. Apartments are composed of rich mix of diverse cultures provides mum standards for any one term will be three separate complexes: the Harry students with a unique opportunity to ineligible to receive an award payment F. Chapin Apartments, Arthur A. experience international living. for the following term. Each applicant, if Schomburg Apartments, and West eligible, can be approved for no more Apartments. These housing units pro- Eligibility than one waiver of the minimum achieve- vide apartment-style living for families Eligibility is limited to the following ment requirements during his or her and graduate students. All apartments categories (not in any priority order): career as a graduate student. Students are fully furnished, and selected apart- 1. Families with children are eligible who fail to meet these requirements will ments have been partially adapted to to live only in the Chapin Complex. receive notification in the mail as to their accommodate individuals with mobility- 2. Only married couples, approved next appropriate course of action. related challenges. domestic partnerships, and single heads Chapin consists of 12 separate build- of households may live in the one- and Information ings, with a total of 240 apartments. The two-bedroom units. For more information about financial aid, one- and two-bedroom apartments are 3. Single graduate students assigned primarily to families. The visit www.stonybrook.edu/financialaid Apartment Rental Rates or contact the Office of Student two-bedroom apartments typically Financial Aid Services (Federal Code house two couples, one in each bedroom, Apartment rates vary according to 002838), Room 180 Administration or four single students. Three-bedroom apartment size and the number of occu- Building, Stony Brook, NY 11794-0851; apartments house single students, each pants. A $200 room deposit is required to phone: (631) 632-6840; fax: (631) 632- with two per bedroom. Several three- ensure a space at the time of application. 9525; e-mail: [email protected]. bedroom units have been renovated into Rents include utilities, cable TV For more information from agencies four-bedroom apartments, each with including HBO, and telephone service. other than the University, call the single occupancy rooms. Three-bedroom All charges are subject to change with- Federal Student Aid Information apartments have two full bathrooms; out notice. The monthly rents pertaining Center at 1-800-4FEDAID for FAFSA two-bedroom apartments have one and to the various apartment/room arrange- questions (www.fafsa.ed.gov) and the one-half bathrooms. All apartments ments for 2007-2008 are as follows. Higher Education Services Corporation have a kitchen, a dining area, and a liv- Chapin Apartments at 1-888-NYS-HESC for TAP and loan ing room. No storage facilities are Four-bedroom questions (www.hesc.org). available for furniture or other personal (each bedroom) $523 to $587 property. Chapin is located on East Full one-bedroom $1,079 Residential Information Campus near the Health Sciences Center and University Hospital. Full two-bedroom $1,608 On-Campus Housing Schomburg consists of two residential Two-bedroom, shared New graduate and family applicants who buildings and a separate commons (each bedroom) $775 to $807 apply by May 15 are guaranteed hous- building for the community center. Three-bedroom, shared $387.50 to ing. Family housing is not guaranteed, There are a total of 72 apartments con- $405.50 but is subject to availability. sisting of one- and four-bedroom A or C room, shared $358 to $380.50 There are a variety of on-campus living apartments. One-bedroom apartments B room, shared $336 to $354.50 arrangements for single graduate stu- are reserved for couples without chil- dents and couples with or without dren. Four-bedroom apartments house Schomburg Apartments children. The University apartment com- four single students. The residents’ Full one-bedroom $1,165 plexes offer double rooms, and one-, two-, mailboxes, laundry facilities, and a three-, and four-bedroom apartments. general-purpose lounge are all located in Four-bedroom, shared (Most new students should expect to be the community center. The Schomburg (each bedroom) $599 assigned a room with a roommate.) apartments are adjacent to Kelly Quad West Apartments All housing assignments are made on and near the LIRR train station and One-bedroom (in six-bedroom a first-come, first-serve basis, according campus bus routes. (Please note that it apartment) $856.25 to the date the housing application and is very difficult for new applicants to advance deposit are received by the obtain an assignment in the Schomburg Facilities Division of Campus Residences. apartments.) Each bedroom in the Chapin and Application instructions will be distrib- The West Apartments house a mix of Schomburg apartments comes fully uted to all new students by their acade- upper-division undergraduates and equipped with a phone with free, unlim- mic departments shortly after accep- graduate-level students. Single- and ited incoming and on-campus calling and tance to the program. Space is limited double-occupancy bedrooms are avail- phone mail. Residents of West and request of room type cannot be able. All units are fully furnished and Apartments have phone jacks in every guaranteed. Students are encouraged to are equipped with air conditioning/heat- room but must provide their own tele- apply at the earliest possible date. For ing units. Administrative services, a phones. Additional services, e.g., off- more information, call the Division of fitness center, computing center, and campus, long-distance, and international Campus Residences at (631) 632-6750. community space are provided in the calling, are also available. Ethernet con- West Apartments Commons. nectivity is available in Chapin, University Apartments Many of the graduate residents of Schomburg, and West. The telephone University Apartments provide hous- University apartments are from coun- lines also provide a closed-circuit TV ing for graduate students at Stony tries outside the United States. This connection through which residents

30 FINANCIAL AND RESIDENTIAL INFORMATION receive cable TV service including HBO. (one large room, bathroom, closets, questions, call the Student Health To provide further convenience for kitchenette) in a house or apartment Services at (631) 632-6740. residents, pay phones are located in complex is approximately $700 to each of the laundry rooms. $1,100 per month. Apartments in hous- Mandatory Infirmary Fee Blue-light telephones, for use in emer- ing complexes usually provide more The mandatory Infirmary Fee is includ- gencies, are located all across campus. space and privacy. A conventional one- ed in the graduate student comprehen- The blue-light phones in Chapin are bedroom apartment, including living sive fee for all full-time and part-time next to the bus stop and outside the room, dining room, kitchenette, bath- day students, which funds the Student complex office. In Schomburg, the blue- room, and closet space, usually ranges Health Center. Part-time evening stu- light phones are next to the community in price from $700 to $1,300 per month. dents may use the Health Center on a center and between buildings A and B. Utility costs, except electricity, are fee-for-service basis. A summer fee is These phones can be used only to make often included in the price. House charged for those registering for classes, on-campus calls. rentals in the area range from $1,000 to for an 800 course, or other zero credit Parking in the lots for Chapin and $3,000 per month, not including utili- courses. There is a mandatory health Schomburg apartments is reserved for ties. The price depends on the number and history form required for full-time residents’ vehicles only. All authorized of rooms in the house, the condition of students before registering for classes, vehicles must display a parking sticker. the house, and its distance from the in conjunction with a requirement of Coin-operated laundry machines are campus. Other, slightly cheaper house proof of immunization for measles, located in buildings B, C, E, and K in rentals are available in towns located to mumps, and rubella. Chapin, in the commons building in the south and east of campus at a dri- Schomburg, and on each floor in West. ving distance of some 20 to 30 minutes. Student Health Insurance Plans Laundry rooms are accessible to resi- For more information, visit Off- There are four plans available, depending dents at all times. Campus Housing, located in the FSA on employment and citizenship status: Mail is delivered daily, except on Suite, Room 250 of the Stony Brook the required Student Health Insurance Sundays and holidays. The Stony Brook Union, visit interactive Web site Plan, the Graduate Student Employee Post Office delivers mail directly to the http://och.vpsa.sunysb.edu, or phone (NYSHIP) and Research Foundation mailboxes located in each complex. (631) 632-6770, Monday to Friday, 9:00 Graduate Student Employee (POMCO) The Chapin Community Center, am to 4:30 pm. Health Plans, and the mandatory Schomburg Commons, and West International Student and Scholar Commons are available for use by all Student Health Services Health Insurance Plan. residents of the University Apartments Student Health Services is located on for parties or other social, cultural, and the first floor of the Infirmary Building Required Student Health Insurance Plan educational events. and provides for the health needs of All full-time, matriculated non-interna- Day care centers are located on West registered students. The Medical Clinic, tional students are billed for this insur- Campus. Residents may also make staffed by board certified physicians, ance plan as soon as they register for baby-sitting arrangements among physician assistants, nurse practition- classes. It is the default insurance plan themselves. ers, and nurses, offers treatment for a if a graduate student is not eligible for multitude of medical and minor surgical one of the other insurance plans Off-Campus Housing problems. Specialty services such as described below. In order to remove the Off-Campus Housing provides infor- gynecology and dermatology are also insurance charge from the University mation concerning rentals of rooms, available by appointment. Services at bill, students must complete an online apartments, and houses in the local the Student Health Services are avail- waiver through their SOLAR account area. All landlords listing property able throughout the year. All information by the due date indicated (this is usual- with Off-Campus Housing must sign a is confidential. There is a mandatory ly the last date for adding or dropping statement assuring nondiscriminatory infirmary fee for all full-time registered courses). Late waivers are not accept- practices; listings do not become avail- students and part-time day students. ed; students will remain on SHIP and able until such assurance is received. Fee-for-service care for part-time must pay the bill. Off-Campus Housing and the University evening students is available. This plan is administered by the may not become involved in landlord- The Health Service hours are Monday Chickering Group and covers a broad tenant disputes. through Friday, 8:00 am to 12:00 pm and range of necessary medical services, both The common price per month for a 1:00 pm to 5:00 pm, Tuesdays 8:00 am to on and off campus. Some of the covered furnished room is $500 to $700. Kitchen 7:30 pm during the semester; 8:00 am to services are physician visits, X rays, diag- privileges are often included in this 12:00 pm and 1:00 pm to 4:00 pm in the nostic testing, surgery, in-patient hospi- price. Rooms available in houses rented summer and intercession. In an emer- talization, and mental health visits. Use of by other students are also listed. gency, students may use the Emergency network providers is the best way to Arrangements can sometimes be made Department of University Hospital on a receive low-cost medical services. To find to share a complete house for $400 to fee-for-service basis (not covered by the a participating provider, please go to $650 per person, per month plus a per- infirmary fee). Health insurance is www.chickering.com, and enter policy centage of the utilities cost. Apartment required for all full-time, matriculated, number 890444 for Stony Brook. listings cover those available in stan- domestic students. For information The annual cost of the plan for 2007- dard apartment building complexes and regarding the insurance requirement, 2008 was $972, billed by semester. those available in private homes. The please call (631) 632-6054. Dependent annual cost was $3,368 for a usual rental rate of a studio apartment For further medical information or any spouse/partner, and $1,689 for a child (or

31 FINANCIAL AND RESIDENTIAL INFORMATION children). Costs are subject to change available at the time of publication. Other Expenses each year. Coverage runs from August Graduate Assistants, Teaching Food 16 through January 15, and January 16 Assistants, and Research Assistants through August 15 each year, and the who enroll in either NYSHIP or There are many places on campus to get cost may be paid through the Time POMCO (see above section) do not a snack, grab a cup of coffee, or enjoy a Option Payment Plan or via financial aid. apply for a waiver of the mandatory full-course meal. Whether you are a More information can be found at health insurance. These student resident or commuter student, hungry www.chickering.com, or by contacting employees must first enroll at the at 7:30 a.m. or 2:00 a.m., there is a very the Insurance Office (open Monday- Student Health Insurance Office for large selection of food options available. Friday, 9:00 am-4:00 pm in the West either the NYSHIP or POMCO insur- Campus Dining Services offers several Campus Student Health Service) at ance plan within 30 days of their acade- different meal plans to meet the needs (631) 632-6331, or by sending an e-mail mic appointment. The mandatory health of resident and commuter students. To insurance fee will then be removed from to [email protected] sign up for a meal plan or ask questions their accounts by the eighth week of the about an existing plan, visit the Meal Graduate Student Employee Plans semester (the MEDEX fee will remain Plan Office, located in the Stony Brook Graduate student employees (teaching on the University bill and must be assistants, or TAs, and graduate paid). Those GAs, TAs, and RAs who do Union, Suite 250, or call (631) 632-6517. assistants, or GAs) are eligible to enroll not enroll on time for NYSHIP or Students who live in residence halls in a comprehensive health insurance plan POMCO will remain on the mandatory or areas designated non-cooking must negotiated under the auspices of the health insurance plan for the entire enroll in a resident meal plan regardless Graduate Student Employee Union semester. In addition, GAs, TAs, and of class year or tenure. The cost of a (GSEU). Research assistants (RAs) may RAs are billed for the mandatory health resident meal plan ranges from $1,500 enroll in the Research Foundation insurance for any period they do not to $2,324 (prices are subject to change). Graduate Student Employee Health have payroll deductions for either Students who reside in University Plan. Both plans provide substantial NYSHIP or POMCO. The mandatory apartments can sign up for the coverage for enrolled graduate student health insurance is billed in full monthly Apartment 500 or 250 meal plans, which employees and their dependents or eli- amounts, i.e., a minimum of $73.25 per are tax-exempt declining balance plans gible domestic partners. Coverage month (during the 2007-2008 year). comprised of Campus Points. When a Registered students who are depen- includes necessary medical care for food or beverage purchase is made, the dents of TAs, GAs, or RAs, must do two emergencies, hospitalization, office visits, amount is automatically deducted from things at the Insurance Office: they prescriptions, and many other services, the meal plan account. Students may must first enroll in either NYSHIP or with discounts for dental and vision care. request a receipt from any dining POMCO, and then complete a waiver The Research Foundation and State cashier, which lists the balance of the University of New York (SUNY) pay for the mandatory health insurance plan by the third week of the semester. account. These plans are only available 90 percent of the cost of individual to apartment residents. Unused points coverage and 75 percent of the cost of Annual fees (2007-2008) for spouses will carry over from the fall to the dependent coverage. The student were $2,034 and for children, $1,095. spring semester, but not to summer pays the balance through payroll deduc- Fees for 2008-2009 were not available at sessions or the following academic year. tions. Both the SUNY and Research the time of publication. An Apartment 500 or 250 can be billed Foundation plans are administered by Registered graduate students who are to your student account. You can also Human Resource Services through the studying in their home countries for the Student Health Insurance Office. For entire semester are also billed for the replenish your account in increments of more information, call (631) 632-6144. insurance plan and MEDEX. However, $150, $250, or $500 and have it billed to To enroll in either of these health these students will be waived from the your student account as well. insurance plans, eligible TAs, GAs, and insurance and MEDEX fees if they Commuters and apartment residents RAs must complete an enrollment inform the Health Insurance Office of can open a Budget Meal Plan, which is a form within 30 days of the academic their current situation by the third prepaid tax-exempt plan that can be week of the semester via e-mail (or appointment. Special orientations will opened with a minimum of $50. This have their academic department inform be held during the fall semester to plan is comprised of Campus Points and the Insurance Office by that date): provide students with detailed infor- may be replenished in $25 increments. [email protected] mation and enrollment forms. To find out about menus, hours, or The international policy covers all special events, call (631) 632-MEAL or necessary medical expenses up to Mandatory International Student and visit www.campusdining.org $100,000 per illness or accident. The Scholar Health Insurance first $4,000 of medical bills are paid at Where to Eat on Campus This insurance plan is a requirement 100 percent if the first medical visit was Campus Connection at H-Quad for all non-immigrant international to the Student Health Service. The next (631) 632-1515 students who wish to attend Stony $3,000 of medical bills is subject to a co- Brook University. International grad- payment of 20 percent. Once medical Kelly Dining Center (631) 632-6519 uate student employees are also billed bills go over $7,000, the insurance pays Roth Food Court (631) 632-9377 for this health insurance plan. The 100 percent once again. Student Activities Center (631) 632-1242 annual fees for 2007-2008 were $879 For information about the mandatory Union Deli (631) 632-6528 for the health insurance, and $72 for health insurance plan please contact the Union Commons (631) 632-6466 MEDEX. Fees for 2008-2009 were not Health Insurance Office at (631) 632-6054. Wolfie’s Restaurant (631) 632-6566

32 Admission to Graduate Study ADMISSION TO GRADUATE STUDY

Requirements for Admission An offer of admission to graduate for admission to a doctoral program and study at Stony Brook is for a specific to be eligible for consideration for Admission to the Graduate School semester. An applicant who is accepted TA/GA support, although candidates requires that the applicant have the to a program and is unable to enroll for with lower scores may be considered in preparation and ability that—in the the semester specified should request a special circumstances. judgment of the program and the deferment of admission from the primary All doctoral students and master’s Graduate School—are sufficient to department or program. If the request is students who are awarded a teaching enable satisfactory progress in the granted, the student will be sent a new assistantship will be exempt from ESL degree program. A U.S. bachelor’s courses with a TSE of 55, an IELTS degree or the equivalent is required (for offer of admission for the subsequent semester and the Graduate School will be speak subscore of 7, or an iBT speak example, a four-year/120-credit-hour subscore of 28. All other doctoral and accredited program) with a minimum notified accordingly. Students who do not enroll within 12 months of the TA/GA students will be required to overall grade point average of 3.0 on a 4.0 take the SPEAK test on arrival. The scale; the student must present evidence original offer of admission must submit a new application and fee. International TSE and TOEFL iBT are administered that such a degree will be awarded by at centers throughout the world several the time graduate work is to begin. students must submit a new “Request for Certificate of Eligibility and times each year; applicants should for- Application for admission to the ward their scores directly to the Graduate School is made to a specific Declaration and Certification of Finances” form to request an updated Graduate School (the Stony Brook code program for a designated degree. is 2548). The SPEAK test is adminis- Form I-20 or IAP-66 valid for the updat- Additional admission requirements tered at Stony Brook University during ed semester of admission. Unused Forms are listed in each program’s section of Orientation for all students who have I-20 or IAP-66 must first be returned. this publication. To be considered for not taken these particular language admission, all students must submit Graduate Record Examination proficiency exams. Further information a complete application online as well as is available by contacting the Education The GRE General Test is required of all the following documentation to the Testing Service, Princeton, New Jersey prospective graduate students. Several graduate program: 08540, USA, or at www.toefl.org. programs also require an Advanced • Two official copies of all previous Students who take the International Area Test. Please refer to the admission transcripts for all colleges and univer- requirements of the specific program of English Language Testing System sities attended, including junior and interest. Applicants who have taken the (IELTS) tests instead of the TOEFL senior college and graduate transcripts GRE should request that Educational are not required to take the TSE. A (if transcripts are in a foreign lan- Testing Service forward scores directly score of 7 will be considered passing. guage, certified English translations to the Graduate School (the Stony Further information is available by are required in addition to the original Brook code is 2548). Failure to submit visiting the IELTS Web site at documents); GRE scores with the completed applica- www.ielts.org • Three letters of recommendation; tion will prevent the review of student Performance in the IEC and on the • Scores for the Graduate Record applications by the program. Photo- SPEAK test will determine whether a Examination (GRE) General Test copies are not acceptable. student will be cleared or assigned to an sent directly from ETS (photocopies To register for the GRE, please see ESL (English as a Second Language) are not acceptable); the following Web site: www.ets.org course. • Documented proficiency in English Health Records for international students (see the English Proficiency Requirements for English Proficiency Requirements for Non-Native Speakers of English All accepted students are required by Non-Native Speakers of English Students are expected to read, write, and New York State law to file a completed below for details). speak English. They are also expected to health history and physical examination comprehend the spoken language. with the Student Health Service. To fill out an application, students Transfer students may submit copies of must go to www.grad.sunysb.edu and Applicants whose first or primary lan- guage is not English must demonstrate their health forms from their former create an online account. A nonrefund- schools provided they contain the infor- able application of $60 must be charged proficiency prior to matriculation. To be considered for admission, an applicant mation required by the Student Health via credit card when submitting the must present a passing score for either Service and are less than two years old. online application. the TOEFL or IELTS tests. Students who fail to meet this requirement cannot International Students Early application is suggested for stu- be admitted and must enroll in a course dents seeking financial support. To at the Intensive English Center (IEC) Financial Verification receive full consideration for admission and achieve satisfactory grades before Applicants who are not citizens or with financial support, complete admis- admission to graduate study. Students permanent residents of the United sion and financial aid applications should who have taken either of these tests States must provide the University be filed by January 15 for the fall more than two years ago must retake with verification that the necessary semester and October 1 for the spring the test. funds are available to finance their semester. Admission decisions are made A minimum score of 550 (paper) or education at Stony Brook and for living by programs. Late applications will be 213 (computer) is considered passing for expenses. The University form accepted, but will be considered only by TOEFL. For the iBT (internet) the SUSB103R2 must be submitted for this the programs where openings still exist. score is 80 for general admission and 90 purpose before immigration documents

34 ADMISSION TO GRADUATE STUDY will be sent to the admitted students. Transfer from Other Institutions year must be provided, including (The form SUSB103R2 may also be A candidate for the master’s degree total cost of education and amount downloaded at www.grad.sunysb.edu may petition to transfer a maximum of and types of financial aid received); under the heading “International 12 graduate credits from another insti- • Currently enrolled undergraduate Students.”) tution toward their master’s degree students in a U.S. institution who hold a cumulative GPA of 3.75 or better. A I-20 Documentation requirements. These credits must be from an institution authorized to grant current transcript is required for this Government regulations require that graduate degrees by recognized to be approved every international student attend the accredited commissions and meet the • Students who have a fellowship/schol- institution that issued the I-20 used for following guidelines: arship through McNair, Project 1000, entry into the United States. Transfers • Credits must not have been used to SEEK, and AGEP. between institutions may be possible if fulfill the requirements for either a a student can show that he or she baccalaureate or another advanced To qualify, students must request a reported to the original institution with degree or certificate. waiver from the program they are apply- the appropriate clearance. • Credits must not be more than ing to when they apply for admission, and should include any necessary Non-Matriculated Status (GSP) five years old at the time the student is admitted to graduate study at documentation listed above. The Any person holding a bachelor’s degree, Stony Brook. Courses older than five department will then make a formal its equivalent, or an advanced degree years will be accepted only in rare request to the Graduate School using from an accredited institution of higher circumstances. the “Waiver Requests Form” provided learning is eligible to be considered for • A course listed as both graduate by the Graduate School. admission to the University as a non- and/or undergraduate level will not be Readmission matriculated graduate student. Such considered for transfer. students may enroll in graduate courses • Credits must carry the grades of A or Graduate students who have interrupted through the School for Professional B. “Pass” or “Satisfactory” grades are their attendance at Stony Brook by Development (SPD) as non-degree not transferable unless these grades withdrawing from the University or by students after submitting a completed can be substantiated by the former taking a Leave of Absence must be application form to SPD. Contact SPD institution as B (3.0) or better. readmitted to reactivate their graduate for additional information at (631) 632- • Grades earned in transferred courses career. The student initiates the 7050 or at http://ws.cc.sunysb.edu/spd/. are not counted as part of the overall process by submitting a completed Non-degree students who later wish to GPA at Stony Brook. “Readmission” form to their program. pursue a graduate degree will need to • Work from one master’s degree is not The form can be downloaded at make a formal application for admission transferable to a second one. www.gradsunysb.edu to the Graduate School and a degree • Students returning from a currently program and may transfer a maximum Transfer Between Primary and approved Leave of Absence are gen- of 12 credits taken in non-matriculated Secondary Programs erally guaranteed readmission. status to the graduate degree program. A maximum of 12 graduate credits from • Students not on an official Leave of Stony Brook, which were earned in a Absence must pay a $500 readmission Transfer of Credit primary program prior to a student fee. A maximum of 12 credits may be trans- being accepted into a secondary pro- • International students must also sub- ferred to a master’s program at Stony gram, can be applied to the secondary mit a new financial affidavit and be Brook with the approval of the program program. Credits applied to the degree cleared by an international student and the Graduate School provided that requirements of a primary program advisor before the readmission they have not been used toward the cannot be applied toward the degree process can be concluded. requirements of a secondary program. satisfaction of any degree require- If the program approves the request, ments here or at another institution. A Special Circumstances the readmission form is submitted to candidate for the doctoral degree may the Graduate School for final approval. transfer those graduate credits that are The program or the Graduate School allowed by the appropriate departmental Waiver of Application Fee may set specific requirements to be ful- or program committee. All applicants are required to pay the filled by the readmitted student during application fee. Exceptions include: the first year of their readmission. Transfer from Non-Matriculated Status • Students who reapply for admission Students transferring from non- within one academic year; Conditional Admission matriculated status are limited to a • Students who are U.S. citizens and In exceptional cases where certain maximum of 12 graduate credits for have current documentation from a admission requirements are not met or master’s degrees. Students must be financial aid administrator of an the undergraduate preparation is inade- formally matriculated into a degree appropriate college or university offi- quate, an applicant may be admitted program before the petition to trans- cial substantiating that they are cur- conditionally. Such applicants will be fer is submitted. All graduate courses rently enrolled and that the payment considered on probation during the first completed in non-matriculated status of the application would create a semester. Program recommendation will be counted as part of the total financial hardship (complete financial and Graduate School approval are graduate grade point average (GPA). information for the current academic required for conditional admission.

35 ADMISSION TO GRADUATE STUDY

• Students admitted conditionally for • G1: First-year master’s student. G1 between two departments or colleges. a low cumulative GPA must earn an students must register for 12 credits Students are allowed to take a specified overall graduate average of at least per semester. number of graduate credits that will a B (3.0) during the first semester • G2: Advanced master’s student who count towards the undergraduate and of enrollment to be permitted to has completed 24 or more graduate graduate requirements, subsequently continue.In this case, the student is credits or a master’s degree in a closely reducing the total time for completion considered to have achieved regular related graduate degree program at of the master’s degree. For more infor- status. Stony Brook University are coded as mation, please contact the specific • A student admitted conditionally G2. G2 students must register for nine department or program of interest. because of a low cumulative GPA who credits per semester. fails to earn a B (3.0) average in the • G3: First-year doctoral student. G3 first semester will not be permitted to students must register for 12 credits reenroll. Both the student’s program per semester. and the Graduate School may set • G4: Advanced doctoral student who has conditions that the student must completed 24 or more graduate credits satisfy during the early period of or a master’s degree in a closely related graduate work. graduate degree program at Stony Brook University are coded as G4. G4 Change of Graduate Program and/or students must register for nine credits Academic Level per semester. Should a student wish to change pro- • G5: Advanced graduate student grams or academic levels following enrolled in a doctoral degree program admission and matriculation, a “Change that has been advanced to candidacy of Graduate Program and/or Academic for the doctoral degree by the tenth Level” form must be submitted to the day of a semester or term. G5 students Graduate School with original signatures must register for nine credits unless by both prior and new department or instructed otherwise. program chairs and advisors. The form can be downloaded at www.grad. A G1 will be automatically converted to sunysb.edu. In addition, international a G2 when the student has completed 24 students who seek to change their or more graduate credits at Stony program must obtain approval of an Brook; a G3 will be automatically con- international student advisor. verted to a G4 when the student has completed 24 or more graduate credits Secondary Program at Stony Brook; Incompletes are not Should a student wish to add a sec- completed credits. The conversion of G4 ondary program to his or her primary to G5 is an administrative change that is program of study, a “Permission to done by the program and the Graduate Enroll in a Secondary Degree or School upon advancement to candidacy. Certificate Program” form must be submitted to the Graduate School with Part-Time Students original signatures by both the primary Incoming part-time students admitted and new department or program chairs. to the Graduate School will register Final approval rests with the Graduate for no more than 11 credit hours School. International students are per semester. Programs may, in consul- required to obtain approval of an inter- tation with the Dean of the Graduate national student advisor. School, regulate the proportion of part-time students in their graduate Academic Level program. Part-time students are classified as Full-Time Students G1, G2, G3, or G4 depending on the pro- gram to which they have been admitted Students admitted for full-time study to and their previous graduate training. the Graduate School will usually register for either 12 or nine credit hours per • The academic level of a G1 or G3 stu- semester based on their academic level. dent who has completed 24 credits of Responsibility for certifying the full- coursework at Stony Brook is time status of graduate students rests changed to G2 or G4, respectively. with the Office of the Registrar. Incoming full-time graduate students Combined Bachelor’s/Master’s are classified as G1, G2, G3, or G4 Programs depending on the program to which Five-year bachelor’s/master’s programs they have been admitted and their pre- are available in several academic vious graduate training. departments. Some are joint programs

36 Academic Regulations and Procedures ACADEMIC REGULATIONS AND PROCEDURES

All programs, regulations, and sched- for the nomination of students and to take any courses outside of their ules of dates are subject to change or applicants for fellowships, traineeships, primary degree plan. withdrawal depending on the availabil- assistantships, and tuition scholarships, • Tuition scholarships only apply to ity of funds and the approval of pro- as well as for the administration of grad- courses that fulfill degree require- grams by appropriate state authorities. uate programs, including coursework, ments in the program providing the It is the student’s responsibility to be supervised research, teaching assistant- scholarship. A student with a full-time aware of University regulations and ships, and graduate examinations. It is nine-credit tuition scholarship from a procedures as set forth in this Bulletin the program that certifies to the primary program may take a course in and in official campus publications Graduate School that the student has a secondary program. However, if a and notices. completed all degree requirements. student with a nine-credit tuition Graduate programs not housed in scholarship from their primary pro- Organization of Graduate specific departments are governed by gram wishes to take a course in a Education at Stony Brook interdepartmental faculty committees secondary program, it must be in chaired by a Graduate Program Director. addition to the nine credits applying Under the direction of the provost, For purposes of graduate education, toward the primary program during Graduate School administration rests they function as do departments in the same semester. with the Dean and the administrative other disciplines. staff of the Graduate School in conjunc- Course Changes tion with the Graduate Council. Registration • Graduate students may add or register for classes through the fifteenth day The Graduate Council All students enrolled in the Graduate of classes. School in any program, whether in The membership of the council includes • Through the fifth day of classes, residence or absentia, must register one representative from the library, one graduate students may drop classes each fall and spring for at least one professional employee and two repre- without incurring a tuition liability graduate credit until all degree require- sentatives each from the faculty of the and without a W (withdrawal) being Health Sciences Center, the College of ments have been met. A student is not recorded. Engineering and Applied Sciences, the considered to have registered until • From days 6 to 10, students may be Division of Humanities and Fine Arts, enrollment is posted on the University able to drop classes with an approved the Division of Social and Behavioral system, SOLAR, and arrangements petition from the Graduate School with- Sciences, and the Division of Natural regarding tuition and fees have been out a W (withdrawal) being recorded. Sciences. One of the two Health made with the Bursar’s Office. Tuition liability may be removed by Sciences Center representatives must • Students who hold a TA, GA, RA, Student Accounts on request. be from Basic Health Sciences. fellowship, or tuition scholarship must • From days 11 to 15, graduate students Additional members include two gradu- be registered as full-time students may only drop from courses if an even ate students chosen by the Graduate by the fifteenth day of classes each number of credits are added in a single Student Organization. Elected faculty semester. transaction (i.e., a swap of 12 credits members serve for three years with • Students failing to register before the for 12 credits), or they may withdraw staggered terms. The chair and the sec- first day of classes or before late regis- from a class. When a student with- retary of the Graduate Council are tration begins may still register during draws from a class, a W is posted and elected by the council. Among other the first 15 days of the semester, but tuition is charged based on the duties detailed in the “Faculty By- will be charged a late fee of $40. Tuition Liability schedule. This Laws,” the council must approve all • Students who have not been granted information is available at the graduate programs before their an official Leave of Absence by the Registrar’s Web site: http://ws.cc.suny submission to the SUNY System Dean of the Graduate School and have sb.edu/registrar. For swaps between Administration Office and the State not yet registered will be considered to these dates, graduate students must Department of Education. have withdrawn from the University. petition to the Graduate School. Students can swap only if they peti- The Department/Program • Students are responsible for making sure they are registered on time. tion to the Gradaute School using the Each department exercises a large mea- appropriate forms; swaps cannot be Programs or individual faculty sure of responsibility for its graduate done on SOLAR. members do not have authority to programs. Under the general responsi- • Retroactive add/drop petitions must waive these rules. bility of the departmental chair, each have the approval of the Graduate department has a Graduate Program Course and Credit Enrollment Program Director and the Graduate Director who administers graduate School and will not be processed by activities. Each program also has an The majority of credits taken during the Registrar’s Office until the $20 appeals and grievances committee any semester must apply toward a stu- processing fee is paid. dent’s primary degree program. Failure comprised of equal numbers of faculty Advancement to Candidacy and graduate student members. to comply with the guidelines below will Individual programs select graduate result in the tuition scholarship being A student may be advanced to candidacy applicants and recommend them for rescinded for the semester. (G5 status) after completing Graduate admission to the Dean of the Graduate • All students must have prior permis- School and program requirements other School. The programs are responsible sion from their department/program than the dissertation or its equivalent.

38 ACADEMIC REGULATIONS AND PROCEDURES

• Students on academic probation can- • Any semester in which a student is on another unit of the SUNY system or at not be advanced to candidacy. an approved Leave of Absence does the graduate center of CUNY, the stu- • Advancement to candidacy is granted not count in the calculation of the stu- dent should obtain an application from by the Dean of the Graduate School dent’s time limit for degree completion. the Program Director to apply for upon recommendation of the Graduate • Students planning to return from admission to take the desired courses at Program Director. leaves should complete a “Readmission the host institution. • Students must advance to candidacy Form for Graduate Students.” • The recommendation from the pro- at least one year before the beginning This form can be downloaded at gram should state that the student has of the semester in which they plan to www.grad.sunysb.edu. Students the proper prerequisites and that, if the defend their dissertation. Students in should submit this form to their pro- courses are successfully completed, the D.M.A. program may be advanced gram for departmental approval by the credit for them will be accepted toward for one semester prior to their final chair or director. The program then the degree. recital and graduation semester. forwards this form to the Graduate • The statement from the program • Requests for advancement to candidacy School for final approval and process- director requires approval from the must be received by the Graduate ing. Students are advised to begin the Dean of the Graduate School. The School from the program by the tenth readmission process preferably two approval will then be sent to the day of classes for the advancement to months in advance of the term for Dean of the Graduate School of the take effect that same semester. which they wish to register. host institution, who will clear it with the department concerned. Degree Candidacy Withdrawal from the University When approval is obtained, the stu- dent will be admitted to take the All degree candidates must register for The process of withdrawing from the courses requested. at least one graduate credit during the- University is a formal procedure, which • The student will pay appropriate sis or dissertation research for the the student must initiate. A student tuition and fees at the host institution. semester in which the degree is awarded. finding it necessary to withdraw from If the student has a tuition scholarship Students on approved Leaves of the University must submit a letter of at Stony Brook, that scholarship will be Absence do not register for those intention to the Graduate Program recognized by the host institution. semesters for which a leave has been Director and the Graduate School. granted; however, they must be read- • Students may withdraw from the At the completion of courses, the host mitted and register for the semester in University up to the last day of classes; institution will, on request, send a tran- which the degree is awarded. however, financial liability to the script to Stony Brook. University still remains. Permission Inter-University Doctoral Consortium Leave of Absence may be granted by the Graduate School Leaves are generally granted for one by submitting a completed “Retroactive The Inter-University Doctoral Consortium semester or year at a time, renewable Withdrawal” which can be downloaded (IUDC) is comprised of several univer- upon request for a maximum of two at www.gradsunysb.edu sities in and around New York City, years, and should be requested prior to • Students are urged to discuss all including Columbia, CUNY, Fordham, the beginning of the semester. To withdrawals with their Graduate New School University, Princeton, and request a leave, the student must have Program Director and academic advi- Rutgers. Eligible graduate students in been registered for the previous sor before such an action is taken. the arts and sciences will be able to reg- semester. The Request for Leave of International students must discuss ister for some courses at these institu- Absence form can be downloaded at withdrawals with an international stu- tions for Stony Brook credit, and www.grad.sunysb.edu and should be dent advisor before initiating the library privileges will also be extended submitted to the Graduate Program process as a withdrawal may jeopardize to participants while registered. Director for approval. If the Graduate their immigration status. Interested students should contact Program Director approves the their Graduate Program Director. request, approval is then recommended Unauthorized Withdrawal • Students may only register for courses to the Dean of the Graduate School. In A student who leaves the University not available at their home institution. addition, international students who without obtaining an official withdrawal • Students will pay appropriate tuition seek a Leave of Absence must obtain may forfeit the privilege of honorable and fees at their home institution. approval of an international student withdrawal and endanger prospects of • Consortium registration is intended advisor. Military Leave of Absence will readmission to the Graduate School. for advanced doctoral candidates and be granted for the duration of obligated Such students will be reported as hav- is restricted to graduate courses. service to students in good standing. ing failed all courses for which they Grading System • A student on academic probation may were registered the semester they left be granted a Leave of Absence with the the University. The following grading system will be understanding that re-enrollment is used for graduate students in graduate SUNY Exchange Program subject to conditions imposed by the courses: A (4.0), A- (3.67), B+ (3.33), B Graduate School and the program. When the special educational needs of a (3.00), B- (2.67), C+ (2.33), C (2.00), These conditions will be specified in doctoral student at one SUNY institu- C- (1.67), F (0.00). Pass/No Credit writing at the time the leave is tion or the Graduate Center of CUNY (P/NC) and grades of D are not approved. can be served best by taking courses at approved grades for graduate students.

39 ACADEMIC REGULATIONS AND PROCEDURES

• A student’s permanent academic S/U (Satisfactory/Unsatisfactory) Academic Probation record must reflect a final grade or a A grade of S indicates passing work When a student’s cumulative graduate withdrawal grade for each course in (equivalent to the grade of B or higher) GPA falls below B (3.0) for grades which he or she is enrolled. earned in courses numbered 500 and • If a final grade has not been reported in those courses so designated by the by the scheduled deadline, or if the program and approved by the Graduate above taken at Stony Brook, the stu- deadline has not been appropriately Council where the usual mode of evalu- dent shall be placed on probation. extended, an F will be recorded. ation is impractical. A grade of U indi- • If the student’s overall GPA has been • Graduate students may repeat courses cates unsatisfactory work. S/U grades raised to B (3.0) by the end of the next without limit. Credits will be counted are not calculated as part of a student’s semester of enrollment after being toward the degree only once, and only cumulative or semester GPA. first notified of probation, the student the most recent grade will be used to Courses that are usually offered on a will be returned to regular status. calculate the cumulative GPA. This S/U basis are so indicated in the • Students may be on probation for a option does not apply to variable or graduate class schedule published for maximum of two semesters. repetitive courses. each term. • A student on academic probation who • A student’s official transcript will R (Registered) fails to achieve a 3.0 cumulative GPA show all grades received and the by the end of the second semester on cumulative GPA will reflect all grades. R is assigned to indicate attendance probation will usually not be permitted during the first semester in a year-long to re-enroll. I (Incomplete) course. The final grade will be assigned • A student who has changed a regis- An I is an interim grade given at the after the completion of two semesters. tered area of graduate studies may, discretion of the instructor at the stu- upon the request of the new program, dent’s request and upon evidence that NR (No Record) have their record treated as two sep- good cause, such as serious illness, An instructor may assign a temporary arate records. The GPA for the new prevented the student’s completion of report of NR only for students who area of graduate studies may be cal- course requirements. In granting a have never, to the instructor’s knowl- culated from the beginning of the grade of I, the instructor signifies a edge, participated in the course in any semester in which the change became willingness to receive student work way. An NR report is not to be inter- effective. and submit grades in accordance with preted as a grade but only as an indi- • A student enrolled part time who has these deadlines. cation of a temporary state of affairs accumulated six semester credits with • Auditing a subsequent offering of the that requires prompt resolution a cumulative average below 3.0 will course may not make up an Incomplete. leading either to removal of the course have two semesters, or six additional • Final grades for students granted tem- from a student’s program or to the credits (whichever comes first) to porary reports of an Incomplete must assignment of a grade. bring their cumulative GPA to 3.0. be submitted by the first day of classes • An unreported grade or Incomplete of the semester following the Change of Grade is not calculated in determining the eligibility for academic probation. Incomplete. However, the instructor Grades appearing on a student’s acade- Programs may have additional may require that the work be com- mic record may not be changed after requirements as specified in program lit- pleted at any time prior to the end of one calendar year from the start of erature. Failure to meet these require- the Incomplete extension period. term in which the grade was incurred. Students should confer with their ments may result in academic probation. instructors to establish how far in • A final grade may not be changed on advance of the deadline work must be the basis of work completed after a Standards of Academic completed. term has ended. Conduct • A final grade appearing on a stu- • An instructor may request an exten- The University expects all students to sion of the original Incomplete by dent’s academic record at the time of graduation cannot be changed to cooperate in developing and maintain- sending written notification to the ing high standards of scholarship and Office of Records/Registrar before any other grade subsequent to the graduation date. conduct. Graduate students come under the first day of classes. Any extension rules and regulations outlined in the will usually be limited to the last day Grade changes that involve changing Grievances and Appeals section of the of classes of the semester following one grade to another, changing an online Graduate School Policy Manual, that in which the course was taken. incomplete to a letter grade after the located at www.grad.sunysb.edu/ Any subsequent exception must be first day of classes, or changing an policies.shtml appealed by the student with a writ- incomplete to a letter grade after an Students are expected to meet acade- ten letter of support or denial by the extension has expired, must be approved mic requirements outlined in this faculty member addressed to the by the Dean of the Graduate School. Bulletin and financial obligations as Graduate School. specified in “Financial and Residential Auditing If final grades are not reported to the Information” to remain in good stand- Office of Records/Registrar by the Auditing is permitted by special arrange- ing. Certain non-academic rules and specified dates, the grade of I will auto- ment between student and instructor. No regulations must also be observed. matically change to I/F. record is kept of such courses. The University wishes to emphasize

40 ACADEMIC REGULATIONS AND PROCEDURES the policy that all students are subject Detailed procedures for the appeals http://ws.cc.sunysb.edu/registrar/tran- to the rules and regulations of the and grievance process are available in sreq.htm. If making requests by mail, University currently in effect, or which, the Graduate School or in the Graduate address a letter and mail payment to from time to time, are put into effect by School Policy Manual, which can be Transcripts, P.O. Box 619, Stony appropriate authorities. Students, in found at www.grad.sunysb.edu Brook, NY 11790-0619. Fax requests accepting admission, indicate their will- require a VISA, MC, or Discover card ingness to subscribe to, and be gov- Student Educational Records number and expiration, and your sig- erned by, these rules and regulations. The Family Educational Rights and nature as approval to charge your They also acknowledge the right of the credit card; send information to (631) University to take such disciplinary Privacy Act permits current or former students to inspect and review their 632-9318. For additional information, action, including suspension and/or visit http://ws.cc.sunysb.edu/registrar expulsion, as may be deemed appropri- educational records. Students are also All financial obligations to the ate. University authorities will take accorded the right to a hearing to ques- University must be satisfied before a action in accordance with due process. tion the contents of their educational records. Written consent of students transcript can be released. A request Academic Honesty and Scholarly may be required before personally iden- for a transcript must be made by the Misconduct tifiable information about them will be student. Students who have both an undergraduate and a graduate tran- Intellectual honesty is the cornerstone released from their educational records script and want only one of them sent of all academic and scholarly work. as provided by law. should specify it in their request. Therefore, the University views any Specific guidelines and procedures are form of academic dishonesty as a seri- contained in the Policy Manual of the Partial transcripts of either the under- ous matter. Detailed procedures for University, T-507, “Family Educational graduate or graduate academic records hearings and other functions at the judi- Rights and Privacy Act.” A copy of this are not issued. ciary processes are available in the manual is available in the Reference Graduate School or in the Graduate Room of the Melville Library. Equivalent Opportunity/ School Policy Manual, which may be After administrative remedies avail- Religious Absences found at www.grad.sunysb.edu able at the University have been As students may be unable to attend exhausted, inquiries or complaints may Appeals and Grievance Procedures classes on certain days because of reli- be filed with the Family Educational gious beliefs, section 224-a of the A variety of appeals and grievance Rights and Privacy Act Office, Educational Law provides that: procedures are available. These com- Department of Health and Human • No person shall be expelled from or plement other means to address and Services, 330 Independence Avenue, resolve concerns of graduate students, S.W., Washington, DC 20201. be refused admission as a student to such as the Graduate Student Applicants or students may waive an institution of higher education for Organization, Graduate Student their rights to inspect confidential let- the reason that he or she is unable, Employees Union, the Graduate Student ters or statements of recommendation. because of religious beliefs, to attend Advocate, and for graduate research classes or to participate in any exami- assistants, the Research Foundation. Transcripts nation, study, or work requirements on a particular day or days. Students encountering difficulties with Students who wish to have Stony Brook program or Graduate School policy or • Any student in an institution of higher transcripts forwarded to another insti- procedure, or with faculty or staff, education who is unable, because of tution or agency, or to themselves for should discuss the problem with their religious beliefs, to attend classes on a their own use, must submit their advisors and their Graduate Program particular day or days, be excused requests at least two weeks before the Directors whenever possible. from any examination or any study or transcripts are needed. Requests can be work requirements. • The Graduate Program Director or made via a student’s SOLAR account, • It shall be the responsibility of the program chair may refer a student’s an online request form, mail, facsimile, faculty and of the administrative grievance to the Departmental or in person at the cashier window of officials of each institution of higher Grievance Committee, which may not the Bursar’s Office. The fee for each education to make available to each include anyone named in an individual transcript is $5. Each request must student who is absent from school, grievance case. include: • Grievances that either cannot be because of religious beliefs, an equiva- resolved or should not be reviewed at • Your name; lent opportunity to make up any the department/program level may • Your social security number or examination, study, or work require- be brought to the Dean of the student ID; ments that he or she may have Graduate School. The Dean will con- • Your current address and telephone missed because of such absence on sult as needed with the Graduate numbers (both day and evening); any particular day or days. No fees Council Appeals Committee. • Your degree date or term of last shall be charged by the institution for • Grievances that involve allegations of attendance; making available to the said student scholarly misconduct must be adjudi- • The exact address to which you want such equivalent opportunity. cated by the Office of the Vice your transcript sent. • If classes, examinations, study, or President for Research. For the online request form, visit work requirements are held on Friday

41 ACADEMIC REGULATIONS AND PROCEDURES after 4:00 pm or Saturday, similar or makeup classes, examinations, study or work requirements shall be made avail- able on other days, where it is possible and practicable to do so. No special fees shall be charged to the student for these classes, examinations, study, or work requirements held on other days. • It shall be the duty of the faculty and of the administrative officials of each institution of higher education to exercise the fullest measure of good faith. No adverse or prejudicial effects shall result to any students because of their availing themselves of the provisions of this section. • Any student who is aggrieved by the alleged failure of any faculty or admin- istrative official to comply in good faith with the provisions of this section shall be entitled to maintain an action or proceeding in the supreme court of the county in which such institution of higher education is located for the enforcement of his or her rights under this section. • As used in this section, the term “institution of higher education” shall mean schools under the control of the Board of Trustees of the State University of New York, the Board of Higher Education of the City of New York, or any community college. Academic Calendar

Stony Brook University operates on a semester system, with fall registration occurring during the last week of August. The fall semester usually starts the first week of September and finishes before December 25. The spring semester usually begins the last week of January and finishes the third week of May. The last week of each semester is devoted to final examina- tions. In addition to these two semes- ters, classes are offered during a January Winter Session term and two Summer Session terms. A detailed academic calendar is pre- pared each year and is available at http://ws.cc.sunysb.edu/registrar

42 Degree Requirements DEGREE REQUIREMENTS

It is possible to learn without being gram after the change is approved and semester of practicum in teaching educated. Learning merely implies the communicated to students at the time under supervision. The form this amassing of knowledge. An educated of admission. The University reserves practicum takes may differ by disci- person is much more than a receptacle the right to alter these regulations pline. It might include seminar or class for facts. He or she is able to present without notice. presentations, assisting in laborato- those facts to others with grace and ries, leading discussion sections, or clarity, and to manipulate and juxtapose The Degrees of Master of Arts, grading. Grading experience by itself them with a broader base of knowledge Master of Business will not be considered sufficient for to gain new insights. Finally, an educated Administration, Master of Fine satisfaction of this requirement. person never ceases to test his or her Arts, Master of Music, and Faculty are responsible for providing knowledge against the highest standards informal feedback and formal evaluation. of scholarship and to develop new ways Master of Science of thinking about the facts that he or she Master of Arts, Master of Business D. Thesis and Comprehensive encounters or uncovers in the course of Administration, Master of Fine Arts, Examination a lifetime. Master of Music, and Master of Science The requirement for the thesis and Education at the graduate level clearly are advanced degrees implying the acqui- comprehensive examination varies from implies the amassing of knowledge sition of knowledge and skills beyond program to program. Some programs beyond that gained in an undergraduate those required for a baccalaureate. require a thesis and others require a degree, but the nature of the knowledge • Some of these degrees may be taken comprehensive examination, while some and the ways in which it is gained and en route to a doctoral degree, while require only a master’s paper. used are also significantly different. It others are terminal. • For specific requirements, refer to each is expected that graduate students will • All master’s degrees imply the program’s section of this Bulletin. gain detailed knowledge about a more recognition of their holders as skilled • If a thesis is to be filed with the specialized field than at the under- practitioners of their disciplines. Graduate School, it must be prepared graduate level. The process of acquiring • To be awarded a master’s degree, it is according to the Guidelines for the that knowledge is also much more inde- necessary to demonstrate a grasp of Preparation of Theses and pendent and more reliant upon the advanced knowledge through course- Dissertations available on the Graduate initiative of the student. In spite of the work and the ability to learn indepen- School Web page. necessarily specialized nature of the dently and to communicate effectively • Multiple authorship of a thesis is not new knowledge, at Stony Brook gradu- with one’s peers. permissible. ate students are expected to maintain a • The granting of the master’s degree is broad perspective on their studies, based upon the completion of any E. Degree Application such that they are able to take part in special program requirements in Students must apply for graduation scholarly discourses in the broadest addition to the items listed below. online at the Graduate School Web page possible range of disciplines. Graduate in accordance with published deadlines. students are, therefore, responsible for A. Courses and Grade Point Average This includes doctoral students who extracurricular self-education within • A student must achieve a 3.0 overall intend to receive a master’s degree dur- and beyond their own fields of study; GPA in all graduate courses taken at ing the course of their doctoral career. the mere satisfaction of the technical Stony Brook to receive a degree. A mini- If degree requirements are not met, requirements for a degree is not suffi- mum of 30 to 60 credits of graduate work students must reapply for any subse- cient to make one an educated person. is required to receive a master’s degree. quent awarding periods. With education comes responsibility. • At the written request of the new F. Registration Stony Brook demands the highest level program, the record of a student who of scholarly ethics from all members of has changed his or her registered area Degree candidates must be registered in the academic community. Graduate of graduate study may be treated as the semester they intend to graduate. students must make themselves aware two separate records for the purposes Students who intend to graduate in the of the ethical issues of academia in of meeting degree requirements. The spring or fall must register for at least general, and of their own fields in par- GPA for the new area of graduate one graduate credit. Students who ticular. No degree candidate can be study may be calculated unofficially intend to graduate in the summer can considered fully educated who lacks an from the beginning of the semester in register for zero credits, but it still must appreciation of these values and a which the change was effective. be a graduate level course. dedication to upholding them. The degree requirements listed in the B. Language Proficiency G. Program Recommendation Bulletin are correct as of the press date Although the Graduate School does When all program requirements are and apply to graduate students first not require proficiency in a foreign completed, the Graduate Program matriculated in the academic years language for the master’s degree, Director may recommend to the Dean of 2008-2010. The requirements in this programs oversee their own foreign lan- the Graduate School that the master’s section are the minimal ones mandated guage requirements and the evaluation degree be granted. by the Graduate School; the individual of proficiency. Students must comply graduate programs may set additional with program requirements. H. Time Limit requirements. Any changes in require- The following guidelines apply to all ments will apply only to students who C. Teaching first-time matriculated students first matriculate in their particular pro- Some departments require at least one enrolled in the Graduate School.

44 DEGREE REQUIREMENTS

• Full-time students must complete significant way to that body of knowl- from beginning of the semester in all degree requirements within three edge and has transmitted the new which the change was effective. years. knowledge, thus teaching the world • Part-time students must complete all something new. A person who has B. Language Proficiency degree requirements within five years. received the doctorate has mastered Although the Graduate School itself • In exceptional cases where the pro- appreciation of the ethical questions does not require proficiency in a foreign gram cannot be completed within and has adhered to the highest ethical language for the Ph.D. degree, programs these periods, students may petition standards of the discipline. It is further oversee their own foreign language for an extension of the time limit. expected that the future work of the requirement and evaluation of profi- Petitions may be in letter form and candidate for the Ph.D. will maintain ciency. Students must comply with require the approval of the student’s and uphold the same standards of schol- program requirements. The proficiency advisor and Graduate Program arship demanded for the degree, so the examination must usually be passed title and its meaning continue to apply. Director. Requests for a time-limit before permission is given to take the The three requirements for the Ph.D. extension must be filed before the preliminary examination. limit is exceeded and must contain a are assessed in the final defense significant justification. The final deci- of a dissertation. C. Preliminary Examination sion rests with the Dean of the • The dissertation should demonstrate The purpose of the preliminary exami- significant original work. Graduate School, who may impose nation is to ascertain the breadth and • The final dissertation should be pre- additional requirements. depth of the student’s preparation and sented with clarity of thought and • The “Request for Waiver of Graduate to appraise readiness to undertake excellence of exposition that make it Time Limit” form can be found by significant original investigation. selecting the forms link from the suitable for publication as a book or a • At the discretion of the program, the Graduate School Web page at series of papers in learned journals. preliminary examination may be oral, www.grad.sunysb.edu. These peti- • The dissertation should demonstrate tions require the approval of the stu- a breadth and depth of the candidate’s written, or both, and may consist of a dent’s advisor and Graduate Program knowledge beyond the confines of his series of examinations. Director. Requests for a time limit or her own research and is also criti- • The preliminary examining committee extension must be filed before the cally assessed in the defense and is appointed by the Graduate Program limit is exceeded and must contain a at various examinations during the Director. significant justification. The final student’s studies. • The preliminary examining committee decision rests with the Dean of the Admission to the Graduate School must include at least two faculty Graduate School, who may impose does not automatically qualify a student members from the program and may additional requirements. as a candidate for the Ph.D. degree. include one or more members from Formal recommendation of advance- outside the University or program. I. Standards ment to candidacy for the Ph.D. degree • Results of the preliminary examination Appreciation of the ethical questions must be made to the Graduate School will be communicated to the student as and adherence to the highest ethical by the program after a review of the soon as possible and to the Graduate standards of the discipline are required. student’s performance in courses, School within one week of the comple- independent study, and program tion of the examination. Master of Arts in Liberal examinations. A candidate for the Ph.D. • A repetition of the preliminary exami- Studies Degree degree engages in research leading to nation, upon failure, may be scheduled a dissertation. Listed below are the at the discretion of the program. The This is a terminal, non-research degree minimal requirements mandated by the Dean of the Graduate School must offered by the School of Professional Graduate School. The individual pro- approve a second repeat. Development (SPD). See the SPD section grams may set additional requirements. of this Bulletin for more information. D. Advancement to Candidacy A. Courses and Grade Point Average A student may be advanced to candidacy The Ph.D. Degree The student will follow an approved when all Graduate School and program The degree of Doctor of Philosophy was program of courses determined to meet requirements for the degree other than historically the first degree to be con- his or her needs and to satisfy program the dissertation have been completed. ferred by universities. It is granted in requirements. • Students on academic probation can- recognition of a candidate’s high level of • A student must achieve a minimum not be advanced to candidacy. scholarly competence and demonstrated 3.0 overall GPA in graduate courses • Students must be classified as a G4 at ability to conduct and report significant taken at Stony Brook to receive a the time of request. research independently and effectively. doctoral degree. “Doctor” is the Latin Word for • At the written request of the new • Advancement to candidacy is granted “teacher.” “Philosophy” in its broadest program, the record of a student who by the Dean of the Graduate School definition means “all knowledge.” The has changed his or her registered area upon recommendation of the Graduate modern sense of the title “Doctor of of graduate study may be treated as Program Director. Philosophy” refers to one who compre- two separate records for the purposes • Students must advance to candidacy hends all knowledge in his or her chosen of meeting degree requirements. The one year (minimum two semesters) field and has mastered an area of spe- GPA for the new area of graduate before the beginning of the semester in cialization. He or she has added in a study may be calculated unofficially which they plan to graduate.

45 DEGREE REQUIREMENTS

E. Dissertation open to all interested members of the may vary from the Graduate School A dissertation is required for the Ph.D. University community. norm and are described in the individual degree. It must convey in a clear and • All candidates must provide the program requirements for the degree. convincing manner the results of Graduate School with a dissertation Unless specified, however, the Graduate an original and significant scholarly abstract or recital program, as well School regulation takes precedence. investigation. as other relevant details, at least three weeks in advance of the pro- J. Degree Application • Depending on the character of the posed event. The Doctoral Defense student’s research, the Graduate The student must apply for graduation Announcement form is available on the Program Director will appoint an online at the Graduate School Web page Graduate School Web page. appropriate advisor or supervisory in accordance with published deadlines. • The Graduate School will be responsi- committee in consultation with whom If degree requirements are not met, ble for advertising the defense to the the student will conduct an investiga- students must reapply for any subse- University community. tion and write a dissertation. quent awarding periods. • All dissertation defenses shall take • The dissertation must be prepared place on campus and require the full K. Registration according to the Guidelines for attendance of the dissertation examin- the Preparation of Theses and Students who intend to graduate in the ing committee. Any exceptions from Dissertations available on the spring or fall must register for at least this practice will require approval from Graduate School Web page. one graduate credit. Students who intend the Dean of the Graduate School. • Multiple authorship of a dissertation to graduate in the summer can register • The examination that follows the public is not permissible. for zero credits, but it still must be a defense may be either open to the graduate level course. F. Dissertation Examining Committee public or closed, at the discretion of the dissertation examining committee. L. Program Recommendation The dissertation must be approved by • The signatures on a committee a dissertation examining committee When all program requirements are approval form, which appear on page including at least two faculty members completed, the Graduate Program ii of the student’s dissertation, will of the program, one member outside Director may recommend to the Dean of indicate approval of the defense of the the program or University, and one the Graduate School that the Ph.D. dissertation itself. member who may be either internal or degree be granted. • The student has three months follow- external to the program. ing a successful defense to submit the M. Time Limit • The dissertation advisor cannot final version of their dissertation to serve as the external member. The time limit for a doctoral degree is the Graduate School. The semester seven years for a student who has a • The chairperson must be a member the student submits the dissertation previous graduate degree or 24 credits of the program and cannot be the dis- will be the semester that the degree of graduate study in such a degree pro- sertation advisor. will be awarded. gram. For all other students, the time • The outside member should have • A student may register for no more limit for a doctoral degree is seven expertise in the student’s research than one additional semester follow- years after completion of 24 graduate- field so as to be able to understand, ing the successful defense of the dis- level credits at Stony Brook University. criticize, and contribute to the dis- sertation. • In exceptional cases where the pro- sertation, as well as to judge the gram cannot be completed within quality and significance of the H. Teaching these periods, students may petition research. At least one semester of practicum in for an extension of the time limit. • Requests for committee approval teaching under supervision is required. • The “Request for Waiver” of Graduate must be sent to the Graduate School The form this practicum takes may dif- Time Limit form can be found by at least four weeks in advance of the fer by discipline. The experience selecting the forms link from the scheduled dissertation defense. might include making seminar or class Graduate School Web page at • Graduate programs must send presentation, assisting in laboratories, www.grad.sunysb.edu. These petitions requests for dissertation examining or leading discussion sessions. Grading require the approval of the student’s committee approval to the Graduate experience by itself will not be consid- advisor and Graduate Program School by the fifteenth day of classes ered sufficient for satisfaction of this Director. for the semester in which the stu- requirement. Faculty are responsible • Requests for a time limit extension must be filed before the limit is dent is defending or at least four for providing informal feedback and exceeded and must contain a signifi- weeks before the defense, whichever formal evaluation. comes first. cant justification. I. Residence Requirements • The final decision rests with the Dean G. Dissertation Defense of the Graduate School, who may At least two consecutive semesters of impose additional requirements. Examination of the dissertation involves full-time graduate study in the program a formal oral defense. This event will be granting the degree are required. The The Doctor of Musical Arts conducted by the dissertation examining purpose of the residence requirement committee and will not be chaired by the is to ensure that the graduate student Degree advisor of the dissertation. participates in the professional life of The degree of Doctor of Musical Arts • The formal defense must be announced the program beyond class attendance. (D.M.A.) is the only nonclinical doctoral at least three weeks in advance and is Some program residence requirements degree offered at Stony Brook other

46 DEGREE REQUIREMENTS than the Ph.D. The fundamental requirements: online at the Graduate School Web page requirements for the D.M.A. are essen- • Completion of three of the four public in accordance with published deadlines. tially those for the Ph.D. with the recitals; If degree requirements are not met, exception that the scope of the original • Completion of the two graduate semi- students must reapply for any subse- work and the scale of the research are nars or proseminars required for the quent awarding periods. somewhat reduced. generation of doctoral essays and The requirements for expertise within completion of two MUS 695 courses I. Registration the subject area and for clear exposition with a grade of B or better to work on Students who intend to graduate in the are equal to those for the Ph.D. In the revisions for each essay; spring or fall must register for at least case of the D.M.A., clarity of exposition is • Completion of requirements C one graduate credit. Students who intend demonstrated through the medium of through I of the Music section of the to graduate in the summer can register recital. Graduate Bulletin. for zero credits, but it still must be a Admission to the Graduate School does • Students on academic probation can- graduate level course. not automatically qualify a student as a not be advanced to candidacy. candidate for the D.M.A. degree. Formal • Students must be classified as a G4 at J. Program Recommendation recommendation of advancement to the time of request. When all program requirements are candidacy for the D.M.A. degree must • Advancement to candidacy is granted completed, the Graduate Program be made to the Graduate School by the by the Dean of the Graduate School Director may recommend to the Dean Music program after a review of the upon recommendation of the Graduate of the Graduate School that the D.M.A. student’s performance in courses, Program Director. degree be granted. independent study, and program • D.M.A. students may advance to candi- examinations. The requirements listed dacy one semester prior to graduation. K. Time Limit below are the minimal ones mandated by E. Doctoral Recital The candidate must satisfy all require- the Graduate School. The Music program ments for the D.M.A. degree within may set additional requirements. The student must demonstrate a distin- seven years after completing 24 grad- guished level of performance in the uate-level credits at Stony Brook doctoral recital. A cassette recording of A. Course and Grade Point Average University. the recital is to be kept permanently in The student will follow a program of the University Library. In addition, an • The Request for Waiver of Graduate courses determined to meet his or her unofficial copy of the program must be Time Limit form can be found by needs and to satisfy the program submitted to the Graduate School. selecting the forms link from the requirements. Graduate School Web page at • A student must achieve a minimum F. Teaching www.grad.sunysb.edu. These petitions 3.0 overall GPA in graduate courses At least one semester of practicum in require the approval of the student’s taken at Stony Brook to receive the teaching under supervision is required. advisor and graduate program director. D.M.A. degree. • Requests for a time-limit extension • At the written request of the new The form this practicum takes may differ program, the record of a student who by discipline. must be filed before the limit is has changed his or her registered area • It might include making seminar or exceeded and must contain a signifi- of graduate studies may be treated as class presentations, leading discussion cant justification. two separate records for the purposes sections, or grading. • The final decision rests with the Dean of meeting degree requirements. The • Grading experience by itself will not of the Graduate School, who may GPA for the new area of graduate be considered sufficient for satisfac- impose additional requirements. studies may be calculated unofficially tion of the requirement. from the beginning of the semester in • Faculty are responsible for providing The Master of Philosophy which the change became effective. informal feedback and formal evaluation. Degree B. Contract Toward Candidacy G. Residence Requirement The degree of Master of Philosophy is intended as a formal recognition of what The student must fulfill the specific At least two consecutive semesters of is informally known as “ABD” status. requirements of an approved contract full-time graduate study in the program This degree is normally reserved for toward candidacy. granting the degree are required. The purpose of the residence requirement is students who have advanced to candi- C. Language Proficiency to ensure that the graduate student dacy in a Ph.D. program but are unable Although the Graduate School does not participates in the professional life of to complete the remaining require- require proficiency in a foreign language, the program beyond class attendance. ments. The degree implies educational the Music program oversees its own for- Some program residence requirements achievements well beyond those eign language requirements and the evalu- may vary from the Graduate School required for a regular master’s degree. ation of proficiency. Students must comply norm and are described in the individ- The Master of Philosophy degree is with their program requirements (see the ual program requirements for the available in every program that awards Music section of the Graduate Bulletin). degree. Unless specified, however, the Ph.D. Requirements for the M. Phil. Graduate School regulation pertains. are identical to those for the Ph.D., D. Advancement to Candidacy except that the submission and defense A student may advance to candidacy H. Degree Application of the dissertation are not required. after completion of the following The student must apply for graduation

47 DEGREE REQUIREMENTS

Awarding of the Degree When all requirements have been com- pleted, the Graduate Program Director will so certify to the Dean of the Graduate School and recommend that the degree be awarded. Degrees are awarded three times a year: May, August, and December. A formal cere- mony, however, takes place only at the May and December commencements. To be eligible for a degree, a student must have completed all University requirements, all program degree requirements, satisfied any provisional admission requirements, submitted the appropriate manuscripts, obtained all University clearances, and have main- tained matriculation according to the regulations outlined under the section “Maintaining Matriculated Status,” elsewhere in this Bulletin. Waiver of Regulations The Dean of the Graduate School in individual instances may waive speci- fied requirements. A petition for such a waiver must be endorsed by the Graduate Program Director, who shall append the reasons for believing that requested waiver would not result in a breach of the spirit of the regulations.

48 Degrees and Advanced Graduate Certificates Awarded DEGREES AND ADVANCED GRADUATE CERTIFICATES AWARDED

Degrees and Advanced Graduate Chemistry (CHE, TCH) Ph.D. in Chemistry Certificates Awarded Chemical Biology The Graduate School at Stony Brook University offers Chemical Physics graduate degrees through a number of departments and M.S. in Chemistry M.A.T. in Chemistry (TCH) programs. Graduate curricula at Stony Brook are grouped below by the graduate degree programs that have been Comparative Literary and Cultural Studies (CLG) approved and registered with System Administration of the M.A. and Ph.D. in Comparative Literary and Cultural Studies State University of New York and the State Education Advanced Graduate Certificate in Cultural Studies Department. All graduate degrees are awarded in the name Computer Science (CSE) of the program. Some of the degrees listed have concentra- M.S. and Ph.D. in Computer Science tions below them (in italics). These refer to an approved and Creative Writing and Literature (CLG) regulated curriculum within the graduate program organized M.F.A. in Creative Writing and Literature to focus on an area of special interest. The codes shown in this list are abbreviations for the disciplines in which a student Ecology and Evolution (BEE) Ph.D. in Ecology and Evolution can receive a degree or advanced graduate certificate; they M.A. in Biological Sciences are designators for courses offered by the program. Applied Ecology The list below does not include graduate degrees offered by the School of Dental Medicine, School of Medicine, School of Economics (ECO) Ph.D. in Economics Nursing, School of Health Technology and Management, and School of Professional Development. Electrical and Computer Engineering (ESE) M.S. and Ph.D. in Electrical Engineering Graduate Programs (Codes) Ph.D. in Computer Engineering Africana Studies (AFH) Advanced Graduate Certificate in Computer Integrated Engineering M.A. in Africana Studies English (EGL, TEN) Anatomical Sciences (HBA) M.A. and Ph.D. in English Ph.D. in Anatomical Sciences M.A.T in English (TEN) Interdepartmental Doctoral Program in Anthropological Sciences (DPA) European Languages, Literatures, and Cultures (GER, RLF, RLI, SLV, DLG, Ph.D. in Anthropology DLF, DLI, DLL, DLR) Archaeology D.A. in Foreign Languages (French, German, Italian, Russian) Cultural Anthropology M.A. in Germanic Languages and Literature Physical Anthropology M.A. in Romance Languages and Literature M.A. in Slavic Languages and Literature Anthropology (ANT) M.A.T. in Russian, French, German, Italian (TRU, TFR, TGR, TIL) M.A. in Anthropology Archaeology Genetics (BGE) Physical Anthropology Ph.D. in Genetics Socio-Cultural Anthropology Geosciences (GEO) Applied Mathematics and Statistics (AMS) M.S. and Ph.D. in Geosciences M.S. and Ph.D. in Applied Mathematics and Statistics Hispanic Languages and Literature (SPN) Computational Applied Mathematics M.A. and Ph.D. in Hispanic Languages and Literature Operations Research M.A.T in Spanish Statistics Advanced Graduate Certificate in Operations Research History (HIS) Advanced Graduate Certificate in Quantitative Finance M.A. and Ph.D. in History M.A.T. in Social Studies Art (ARH, ARS) M.A. and Ph.D. in Art History and Criticism Information Systems Engineering (CSE) M.F.A. in Studio Art M.S. in Information Systems Engineering Advanced Graduate Certificate in Art and Philosophy Linguistics (LIN, ESL) Biochemistry and Structural Biology (BSB) M.A. and Ph.D. in Linguistics Ph.D. in Biochemistry and Structural Biology M.A. in Teaching English to Speakers of Other Languages (TESOL) Biomedical Engineering (BME) Marine and Atmospheric Sciences (MAS) Ph.D. in Biomedical Engineering M.S. and Ph.D. in Marine and Atmospheric Sciences M.S. in Biomedical Engineering Advanced Graduate Certificate in Ocean Sciences Medical Physics Materials Science and Engineering (ESM) Advanced Graduate Certificate in Biomedical Engineering M.S. and Ph.D. in Materials Science and Engineering College of Business (MBA) Mathematics (MAT) M.B.A. in Business Administration M.A. and Ph.D. in Mathematics M.B.A. in Business Administration (Exec. Option) M.A.T. in Mathematics M.S. in Technology Management M.S. in Management and Policy Mechanical Engineering (MEC) Advanced Graduate Certificate in Finance Ph.D. in Mechanical Engineering Advanced Graduate Certificate in Health Care Management Mechanical Design Advanced Graduate Certificate in Human Resource Management Solid Mechanics Advanced Graduate Certificate in Information Systems Management Thermal Sciences and Fluid Mechanics

50 DEGREES AND ADVANCED GRADUATE CERTIFICATES AWARDED

M.S. in Mechanical Engineering Physiology and Biophysics (HBY) Manufacturing Ph.D. in Physiology and Biophysics Molecular and Cellular Biology (MCB) Political Science (POL) Ph.D. in Molecular and Cellular Biology Ph.D. in Political Science Biochemistry and Molecular Biology American Politics Cellular and Developmental Biology Political Economy and Public Policy Immunology and Pathology Political Psychology/Behavior M.A. in Political Science Molecular and Cellular Pharmacology (HBH) M.A. in Public Policy Ph.D. in Molecular and Cellular Pharmacology Psychology (PSY, BIP, CLP, EXP, SCP) Molecular Genetics and Microbiology (HBM) Ph.D. in Biopsychology (BIP) Ph.D. in Molecular Genetics and Microbiology Ph.D. in Clinical Psychology (CLP) Music (MUA, MUP) Ph.D. in Experimental Psychology (EXP) M.A. and Ph.D. in Music Ph.D. in Social/Health Psychology (SCP) Composition M.A. in Psychology (PSY) Ethnomusicology Social Welfare (HWD) Music History and Theory Ph.D. in Social Welfare M.M. and D.M.A. in Music Performance Sociology (SOC) Neuroscience (NEU) M.A. and Ph.D. in Sociology Ph.D. in Neuroscience Technology and Society (EST) Optoelectromechanical Systems Engineering (ESE) M.S. in Technological/Systems Management M.S. in Optoelectromechanical Systems Engineering Educational Technology Oral Biology and Pathology (BHS, HDO) Energy and Environmental Systems M.S. and Ph.D. in Oral Biology and Pathology Global Operations Management Theatre Arts (THR, DRM) Philosophy (PHI) M.A. in Theatre M.A. and Ph.D. in Philosophy M.F.A. in Dramaturgy Advanced Graduate Certificate in Art and Philosophy Physics and Astronomy (PHY) Women’s Studies (WNS) Ph.D. in Physics Advanced Graduate Certificate in Women’s Studies Biophysics Writing and Rhetoric (WRT) Chemical Physics Advanced Graduate Certificate in Composition Studies M.S. in Physics Scientific Instrumentation M.A. in Physics

51 Degree and Advanced Graduate Certificate Program Descriptions AFRICANA STUDIES Africana Studies (AFH)

Chair: Floris Cash, Ward Melville Social and Behavioral Sciences Bldg, S-245, (631) 632-7472 Graduate Program Director: Anthony Hurley, Ward Melville Social and Behavioral Sciences Bldg., S-235, (631) 632-1366 Assistant to the Chair: Phyllis Zenker, Ward Melville Social and Behavioral Sciences Bldg., S-249, (631) 632-7470

Degree awarded: M.A. in Africana Studies

The Department of Africana Studies, in Studies could also be taken by students Associate Professors the College of Arts and Sciences, offers in the M.A.T. program in Social Studies Cash, Floris, Ph.D., 1986, Stony Brook a course of studies leading to the degree Education to fulfill the requirements of University: African American history; African of Master of Arts in Africana Studies. that program. American women’s studies; U.S. social and The purpose of the M.A. in Africana The Department of Africana Studies political history; Latin American history, slavery, Studies is threefold: to meet the need provides academic excellence in teaching and women. for academic inquiry at the graduate and research on African Diasporic life Frank, Barbara, Ph.D., 1988, Indiana level into the history, experiences, and and culture as part of its mission at Stony University: African Mesoamerican and African perspectives of peoples of African her- Brook University. The M.A. faculty of Diaspora art history. itage worldwide; to broaden the scope of the Department of Africana Studies is Hurley, E. Anthony, Ph.D., 1992, Rutgers academic offerings at the graduate level composed of full-time AFS core faculty, University: Francophone literature of the within the SUNY system and at Stony AFS joint appointees, and Affiliate fac- Caribbean and Africa; Caribbean poetics; Brook University specifically; to ulty from other departments. Afro-Caribbean culture; Caribbean American literature. enhance professional development in careers in a range of professions where Facilities and Resources Owens, Leslie, Ph.D., 1972, University of knowledge of the Black experience is Research and laboratory facilities are California, Riverside: African American history; U.S. southern history. increasingly useful, such as cinema stud- accessible in the Ward Melville Social ies, education, law, management, medi- and Behavioral Sciences Main Library. Joseph, Peniel, Ph.D., 2000, Temple cine, museum curator studies, public It subscribes to more than 35 electronic University: African American history; civil rights black power movements; black cultural, health, public service, and social welfare. journals related to Africana Studies. In social, political, and intellectual history, black most cases virtually the entire run of an The M.A. degree requires a total of 30 feminism; African diaspora; global studies; important journal is available online graduate course credits with an overall race and urban history. minimum GPA of 3.0. Eighteen of these through JSTOR. The Departmental facilities consist of the Richard B. Moore Walters, Tracey, Ph.D., 1999, Howard credits will be in the Africana Studies University: African American, Caribbean, and Library, a generous gift of 1,000 books Graduate Core Curriculum. Twelve African literature; Pan-African literature; Black credits may be part of an elective mix of from Joyce and W. Burghardt Turner, a British literature and culture; 20th-century AFS graduate courses and electives civil rights activist and faculty emeritus American and British literature; journalism. taken outside the Department of of the Department of History. The AFS Assistant Professors Africana Studies. The 12 credits include Library, with a computer terminal and a master’s thesis (six credits); tutorials; projection screen, serves as a primary Brown-Glaude, Winnifred, Ph.D., 2003, Temple University: Race and ethnicity in the or study abroad. The foundation courses study space and as a seminar room for graduate courses. The AFS Media Caribbean and Latin America; gender and are required of all students pursuing an development; intersectionality; women and M.A. degree in Africana Studies. The Center and Archives room may be used to expand a graduate emphasis on film informal economics; race and race relations in two-semester sequence will introduce the United States; sociology of the body; studies and digital imaging. students to the theoretical and method- Black feminism; social research; feminist ological issues of Africa, Caribbean/ Faculty research method. Latin America, and the United States. A Affiliate Faculty required research seminar introduces Professors Arens, William, Ph.D., Dean, International students to the historiography of the Ferguson, David, Ph.D., 1980, University of Academic Programs (IAP), 1970, University of African Diaspora. California, Berkeley: Joint appointment with Virginia: Social anthropology; conservation; Department of Technology and Society; quanti- Students will be afforded an opportu- Africa and the Mediterranean. nity to participate in a study abroad pro- tative methods; computer applications (espe- Kaplan, Elizabeth A., Director of the Humanities gram conducted in Africa and/or the cially intelligent tutoring systems and decision support systems); mathematics, science, and Institute, Ph.D., 1970, Rutgers University: Caribbean/Latin America. Stony engineering education. Literary and film theory; feminist studies; mod- Brook’s International Academic Fouron, Georges, Ed.D., 1985, Columbia ern American literature; 19th-century American Programs Office (IAP) is committed to University: Social studies education; bilingual literature; postcolonial British literature, film. travel-study programs in the Caribbean education; identity; Haiti; immigrants’ experi- Kittay, Eva, Ph.D., 1978, City University of and in Africa both in the summer ence in America; transnationalism. New York: Philosophy of language; philosophy months and during the University’s win- Vaughan, Olufemi, D.Phil., 1989, University of and literature; feminism. ter session in efforts to widen the range Oxford: African politics and history; interna- Miller, Wilbur, Ph.D., 1973, Columbia of approaches to international under- tional relations. Recipient of the State University: U.S. social and political history; standing. A small number of the courses University Chancellor’s Award for Excellence in Civil War and Reconstruction; crime and offered by the M.A. program in Africana Teaching, 1997. criminal justice history.

54 AFRICANA STUDIES

Simpson, Lorenzo, Ph.D., 1978, Yale Admission PHI 504 Racialized Oppression and the University: Contemporary continental philoso- Idea of Humanity phy (hermeneutics and critical theory); philos- The admission standards and selection ophy of the social sciences; philosophy of sci- procedures will be identical to those fol- MUS 507 Studies in Music History: ence and technology; neopragmatism and lowed by the Graduate School of Stony African Music post-analytic philosophy; philosophy and race. Brook University. In addition to the HIS 515 Race, Citizenship, and Global minimum Graduate School requirements, Tomes, Nancy, Ph.D., 1978, University of Culture Pennsylvania: American social and cultural the Department of Africana Studies has history; medicine, nursing, and psychiatry; specific degree requirements. MUS 541 Music and Race: Black Music women and the family. (Cross Cultural Study and Music) A. A bachelor’s degree is required Associate Professors with a minimum grade point average of ARH 547 Topics in Global, Colonial, and Cormier, Harvey, Ph.D., 1992, Harvard 3.00 (B). Diasporic Art University: American philosophy; William James and pragmatism; philosophy and culture. B. Two official copies of previous col- HIS 562 Introduction to Modern African lege transcripts must be submitted. History Cooper, Helen, Ph.D., 1982, Rutgers University: 19th-century British literature; C. Three letters of recommendation FRN 564 Seminar in Francophone 20th-century Black British literature and film; that address the applicant’s potential to Literature Caribbean African and Indian literatures; succeed in a program of graduate study. feminist theory; colonial discourse theory; HIS 616 Twentieth-Century African cultural studies. D. Submission of scores from the Political History Lim, Shirley, Ph.D., 1998, University of Graduate Record Examination (GRE) California, Los Angeles: Asian American General Test. Courses women’s cultural history. E. A personal interview is encouraged. AFH 520 The Caribbean and the Literary Mar, Gary, Ph.D., 1985, University of Imagination California, Los Angeles: Logic; philosophy of An examination of the literary representa- mathematics; contemporary analytic philoso- Degree Requirements tion of the Caribbean through an extensive phy; philosophy of religion. Requirements for the M.A in study of selected fictional and theoretical writings. This seminar will include an exami- Masten, April, 1999, Rutgers University: 19th- Africana Studies nation of the representations of the century U.S. cultural history. The requirements for the master’s Caribbean by African American as well as Mendieta, Eduardo, Ph.D. 1978, Northwestern degree in Africana Studies are intended Caribbean writers. University: 19th-century philosophy; Hegel; to bring sharper focus to what the 3 credits, ABCF grading aesthetics and literary theory; philosophical Department of Africana Studies has long AFH 524 Contemporary African Diasporic psychology; philosophy of medicine. identified as teaching and research in the Literature and Film Oyewumi, Oyeronke, Ph.D., 1993, University African Diaspora. Contemporary African American Diasporic of California, Berkeley: Gender; race; family; Literature and Film offers a comparative cultures; knowledge; social inequalities; In addition to the requirements analysis of 20th- and 21st-century African globalization. imposed by the Graduate School, the Diasporic writers and filmmakers and their following are required: explorations of race, class, and gender. To Sellers, Christopher, Ph.D. 1992, Yale establish the shifting nature of African University: M.D. University of North Carolina, Course Requirements Diasporic intellectual thought, we shall con- Chapel Hill, 1992; U.S. environmental, indus- sider how each successive generation of writ- trial, and cultural history; history of medicine 1. Foundations in Africana Studies, I, II ers and filmmakers builds upon discussions of and the body. AFS 500; AFS 501 (6 credits) racial identity, black sexuality, and social mobility. To demonstrate how discussions of Scheckel, Susan, Ph.D., 1992, University of 2. Research Methods in Africana race have evolved over time texts will be California, Berkeley: Early American literature. Studies read in conjunction with each other. So for Sugarman, Jane, Ph.D. 1993, University of AFS 502 (3 credits) example, Fanon’s seminal text Black Skin California, Los Angeles: Ethnomusicology; White Masks, a text that seeks to explain the world music cultures, southeastern 3. Three courses (9 credits) from the racialization of society, the double conscious- ness of black people, and the superiority com- European music. following courses: plex of white people, will be read against Paul AFH 520, AFH 524, AFH 528, AFS Assistant Professors Gilroy’s Against Race, a text arguing for the 530, AFS 433, AFS 536, AFS 540, deconstruction and recognition of race as a Chronopoulis, Themis, Ph.D. 2004, Brown AFS 550, AFS 555, AFS 570 cultural construct. Other topics for discussion University: U.S. urban history; race, and focus on how “newer” writers delve into ethnicity; popular culture; public policy; 4. Additional 12 credits chosen in questions of sexuality from a fresh perspec- world cities. consultation with the student’s advisor: tive. Comparing Morrison’s Sula with Cheryl West’s play Before it Hits Home, for Hildebrand, Elisabeth, Ph.D., 2003, including a master’s thesis, example, demonstrates that writers are now Washington University, St. Louis: African peo- AFS/AFH 599 (6 credits); exploring questions of sexuality in more ples and cultures; ancient African civilizations; electives chosen in consultation provocative ways, i.e., West’s uncovering of ethnobotany; ethnoarchaeology. with advisor; or study abroad the “downlow” lifestyle lived by Black men, Moehn, Frederick, Ph.D., 2001, New York and the health concerns related and the dan- University: Ethnomusicology; world music cul- Elective courses offered by other gers of sexually transmitted diseases such as HIV/AIDS. tures, Latin American music. departments may be accepted for the M.A. degree: Prerequisite: Permission from advisor Phillips, Rowan, Ph.D., 2003, Brown 3 credits, ABCF grading University: Poetry; American, African PHI 501 Theories of Race American, and Caribbean poetics.

55 AFRICANA STUDIES

AFH 528 Contemporary Black Literature and AFS 502 Research Methods in Africana Music such as John Miller Chernoff’s African Cultural Criticism Studies Rhythm and African Sensibility or Paul This course is designed to introduce students This course is an introductory graduate Berliner’s The Soul of Mbira. Students will to some of the major contemporary literary course in the theory and practice of social sci- present their research to class towards the and cultural theorists from the 20th and 21st ence research applied to studies of the end of the term. centuries (Fanon, Patterson, Baker, Christian, African Diaspora. It provides an introduction Prerequisite: Permission of course instructor Gilroy, Mercer, Morrison, Gates, Patterson, to the fundamentals of social research by 3 credits, ABCF grading CLR James, etc.). Earlier scholars from the comparing the approaches of several different 19th century such as Anna Julia Cooper or research methods. Focusing on research AFS 530 Slavery and the Atlantic World Du Bois will be referenced also, but the main design, data collection, data analysis, and the This course will examine the experiences of focus will be on the 20th- and 21st-century ethics of research, we will explore the people of African descent as participants in a writers. Through an examination of major strengths and weaknesses of the different coerced migration that created the African literary and cultural movements such as research methods. We will ask how ideas Diaspora. The transatlantic slave trade led to Negritude, the Caribbean Artists Movement, around race, class, and gender shape the an enduring image of black men and women The Black Arts Movement, and the Post-Black kinds of research questions we ask, the types as transported commodities. Therefore, it has Artists Movement, students will gain insight of materials we use, and how we define our had the greatest impact on the construction into how black scholars both critique and relationships with our subjects. A central of the African Diaspora giving rise to new contribute to the artistic, political, and social purpose of this course is for students to communities of people across the globe. discourse of the day. An application of demonstrate knowledge about the fundamen- Fall, alternate years, 3 credits, Postcolonial, Feminist/Womanist, and Cultural tals of research design, specifically as they ABCF grading Criticism will aide the students in their reading pertain to the African Diaspora. Students will of the critical materials. be required to develop a research proposal AFS 533 Race Gender and Globalization Fall, alternate years, 3 credits, that will be critiqued by the instructor and This seminar explores current issues and students in the class. ABCF grading debates relating to the racialized and gen- Fall, 3 credits, ABCF grading AFH 564 Seminars in Francophone Literature dered effects of globalization. Topics include an overview of the sociology of globalization Close examination of the literature written in AFS 504 Racialized Oppressions and the and theories of globalism/the global system, French of the Francophone world outside of Idea of Humanity transnational migrations and the new global France, with special emphasis on the litera- When one reads accounts of slavery, genocide, labor market, globalization and race/ethnicity, ture of the Caribbean and Africa. This course the systematic denial of rights to a group women and globalization, local-global linkages, will pose and explore questions such as: What because of a racial identity, the question and resistance to globalization. is Francophone literature and what are the always arises whether the oppressors view Prerequiste: Permission of advisor implications of a literature considered as the racialized other as fully human? This ques- “Francophone”? What are the functions of tion and what it means to view an individual or Fall and Spring, alternative years, 3 credits, writing in French in a “postcolonial” context? group as “fully human” will be explored. How ABCF grading Prerequisite: Permission of advisor have philosophical understandings of the moral 3 credits, ABCF grading importance and the moral meaning of “human- AFS 536 Africa and Globalization ity” served to exacerbate, moderate, or fight This seminar will discuss the interconnection AFS 500 Foundations in Africana Studies against racial oppression? How does racial between this enduring crisis of the modern Core course required of all students pursuing and gender oppression compare in this African state and the impact of globalization, a master’s degree in Africana Studies. The respect? Is there a comparison to be made especially after the collpase of communism in two-semester foundation courses will intro- between racial oppression and the treatment Eastern Europe. We will critically explore the duce students to the theoretical issues of the accorded to disabled people with respect to implications of these complex regional and Africana Diaspora. The term Diaspora the understanding of what it is to be human? global political and economic forces for emerg- became popular during the mid-1960s among Does shifting the ground from a biologically ing African social formation, the viability of American and African American scholars based concept such as “humanity” to a philo- African states and societies, new migration who were studying the black experience as sophical concept of “personhood” serve to patterns, transnationalism, and diasporic an aspect of the African experience. The justify or serve as a tool against these identity- connections especially since the decolonization parameters of Africana Diaspora studies will based oppressions? Does shifting the ground process in the 1950s. cover the themes of involuntary and volun- justify the analogy of racism with the abuse of Spring, alternate years, 3 credits, tary migration, the historical, political, and animals, as in the idea of “speciesism”? We will ABCF grading cultural perspective of the black experience. explore as many of these questions as interest The course will promote an understanding of dictates and time permits. AFS 540 The Black Power Movement the Black Diaspora. Prerequisite: Permission of advisor This course examines the Black Power Prerequisite: Permission of advisor Fall, 3 credits, ABCF grading Movement. Stokely Carmichael’s call for Black 3 credits, ABCF grading Power broke through commotion of everyday AFS 507 African Music politics during 1966’s Meredith March Against AFS 501 Foundations in Africana Studies This is a selective introduction to African Fear. Soon after, and for the next decade, Black Core course required of all students pursuing music and the music of the African Diaspora. Power galvanized African American politics, a master’s degree in Africana Studies. The We will read from major scholars in the field engendering radical movements for social, two-semester foundation courses will intro- of African music studies such as Simha Arom, political, and cultural transformation that duce students to the theoretical issues of the Christopher Waterman, Gerhard Kubik, impacted blacks in the United States and Africana Diaspora. The term Diaspora Michele Kisliuk, Ruth Stone, Kofi Agawu, beyond. An emerging historiography traces became popular during the mid-1960s among and others. Students will get a broad the roots of Black Power in the postwar black American and African American scholars overview of the music of the major regional freedom movement, finding cultural and who were studying the black experience as subdivisions of Africa (for instance, North political touchstones for future Black Power an aspect of the African experience. The Africa, Central Africa, South Africa, etc.), as activism among civil rights renegades, trade parameters of Africana Diaspora studies will well as an historical perspective on the musi- unionists, and black nationalists. We will cover the themes of involuntary and volun- cological issues that have been central to examine works produced during the Black tary migration, the historical, political, and Africanist musicology and ethnomusicology. Power era and this new scholarship to ana- cultural perspective of the black experience. There will be regular reading, listening, and lyze the Black Power movement’s legacy in The course will promote an understanding of short writing assignments, occasional quizzes, the politics and culture of African Americans. the Black Diaspora. a book review, and a final research project of 16 Permission of advisor is required. This course Prerequisite: Permission of advisor to 18 pages. For the book review, students is offered as both HIS 540 and AFS 540. 3 credits, ABCF grading will write about a monograph on African 3 credits, ABCF grading

56 AFRICANA STUDIES

AFS 541 Music and Race: Black Music monographs and journal articles on 20th- the class can construct consistent themes on (Cross-Cultural Study and Music) century African social and political history, the interplay of political transformation in This seminar will examine how certain widely and the recent scholarship on state/society the 20th century. held conceptualizations about race (and in relations, the seminar will explore the interac- Prerequisite: Permission of advisor some instances, ethnicity) are articulated, tions between state institutions and structures 3 credits, ABCF grading reinforced, or challenged in music making and of society in colonial and post-colonial Africa. consumption, on the one hand, and in scholar- Prerequisite: Permission of advisor ship about music on the other. Writings on 3 credits, ABCF grading race and music have tended to be about Black culture(s). In this course we will critique this AFS 570 The Black Radical Tradition focus and the construct of Black music in This course examines the black radical tra- great detail. The course requires extensive dition from slavery to the present, paying readings on these topics; listening to musical particular attention to 20th-century social examples (in-depth knowledge of music theory movements and the intersection between is not necessary); vigorous class discussion trade unionism, black nationalism, interna- and written reaction papers; and a final tionalism, and Marxism. Black radicalism has research paper and class presentation. a long history in the United States and Students may choose to explore other aspects beyond. At its core, this tradition has housed of music and race besides Black music in their diverse, at times conflicting, ideological final papers (for example, how Orientalism strains, personalities, and organizations has been constituted in music and musical ranging from black feminists, Marxists, criticism and scholarship). socialists, liberals, trade unionists, artists, and Prerequisite: Permission of advisor intellectuals. In the process this tradition has 3 credits, ABCF grading run afoul of more mainstream expressions of Black protest (although in certain eras such AFS 550 Women of Color in the Modern as during the Black Power movement it has World; Shifting Identities and represented the mainstream), and the black Feminist Visions radicals are often marginalized as wild-eyed This course explores the various ways in dreamers, naive to the ways of the world. which gender, race, and class, along with 3 credits, ABCF grading other aspects of identity, shape the lives and experiences of women of color in the United AFS 616 Twentieth-Cenury African Political States and globally. It presents the ongoing History debates concerning the interconnections This seminar is an extensive exploration of of gender, race, and shifting identities. It African political history in the 20th century. will examine the relationships between the It examines the major themes that have construction of personal identities, identity shaped the formation and the decline of the statuses, cultural and ideological meaning modern African state since the imposition of systems, and the search for alternative colonial rule in the late 19th century. images. Cross-listed with WST 550. Drawing from monographs and journal articles Prerequisite: Permission of advisor on 20th-century African social and political Fall, 3 credits, ABCF grading history, and the recent scholarship on state /society relations, the seminar will explore AFS 555 Sociology of Gender and the interactions between state institutions Development and structures of society in colonial and The 1960s marked a transition in global eco- post-colonial Africa. The seminar is broadly nomic relations from one characterized by structured around key themes which are pre- colonial extraction and exploitation, to sustain- sented in chronological order. These themes able development emphasizing economic are divided into three major sections. The growth and the alleviation of poverty. It was first section, which deals with the colonial quickly discovered, however, that the effects period, will examine the following themes: of development were beneficial for some but partition and conquest, African resistance to devastating for others, especially poor women. early colonialism, the historical processes of The discovery led many scholars and practi- state formation in Africa, the colonial economy, toners, especially those who embrace feminist and the interaction between the world reli- ideologies, to demand that development gion (Christianity and Islam) and colonial rule. agencies and policies be sensitive to gender The second section on the postcolonial era issues. This seminar will focus on gender and examines the following themes: the historical development, in theory and practice, in the processes of state formation in Africa, com- global South. It will promote students’ under- munal identities and social change since standing of the central role that gender decolonization, the patriarchal society and plays in the success and assessment of the crisis of the state, and the new debates on development strategies. democratization and civil society in the post- Prerequisite: Permission of advisor Cold War era. The final section examines the Fall or Spring, alternate years, 3 credits, international politics of African states from both theoretically and historical perspectives. ABCF grading The relevant themes here include the impact AFS 562 Introduction to Modern African of the major powers on African subregions in History the Cold War and post-containment eras; the impact of multilateral agencies on African This seminar is an extensive exploration of political, economic, and social developments; African history in the 20th century. It exam- and regional organizations and African states. ines the major themes that have shaped the The structure of the course is intended to be formation and the decline of the modern coherent but flexible, so some basic trends in African state since the imposition of colonial the reading assignments can be identified and rule in the late 19th century. Drawing from

57 ANATOMICAL SCIENCES

Anatomical Sciences (HBA)

Chair: William Jungers, Health Sciences Center T-8, Room 040, (631) 444-3122 Graduate Program Director: Maureen A. O’Leary, Health Sciences Center T-8, Room 088, (631) 444-3730 Staff Associate: Christine Johnson, Health Sciences Center T-8, Room 040, (631) 444-3114

Degree awarded: Ph.D. in Anatomical Sciences

Multidisciplinary Graduate Students in the program have the oppor- of 3.0 in all undergraduate coursework Program in Anatomical tunity to master a variety of research and 3.25 in science courses; methods and analytical strategies: C. Letters from three previous Sciences behavioral ecology, biogeography, cinera- instructors; The Department of Anatomical Sciences, diography, electromyography, finite within the Health Sciences Center, offers element analysis, kinematics and kinetics, D. Results of the Graduate Record a multidisciplinary graduate program in vivo bone strain measurement, phylo- Examination (GRE) General Test and leading to the Ph.D. degree. Students genetic systematics, principles of paleon- TOEFL for international students; receive comprehensive training to pre- tological fieldwork, quantitative morphol- pare them for teaching and research in ogy including scaling (allometry) and mul- E. Acceptance by the Department the areas of evolutionary morphology, tivariate morphometrics, and scanning of Anatomical Sciences and by the functional morphology, musculoskeletal electron microscopy and tandem-scan- Graduate School. biology, systematics, and vertebrate ning, reflected-light microscopy. In special cases, students not meeting paleontology. Graduate students are requirements A through D may be guided through a program of courses Facilities admitted on a provisional basis. designed for their particular needs. In These students must act to remedy The Department has exceptionally this regard, the Department of deficiencies within the first year, well-equipped research facilities. These Anatomical Sciences interacts not only following the requirements include a primate colony and the appa- with other departments in the School of of the individual graduate studies. Medicine but also with those in the ratus necessary for telemetered elec- tromyography; cinematographic and College of Arts and Sciences (e.g., Faculty Departments of Anthropology, Ecology cineradiographic motion analysis equip- and Evolution, and Geosciences), as well ment; force-plates; scanning and trans- Distinguished Professor as other regional doctoral programs mission electron microscopes; tandem- Fleagle, John G., Ph.D., 1976, Harvard University: (American Museum of Natural History, scanning, reflected-light microscopes; Evolutionary biology of higher primates; vertebrate City University of New York). three-dimensional reflex microscopes; paleontology; behavioral and experimental analysis The program is concerned with the and two-dimensional and three-dimen- of comparative musculoskeletal anatomy; skeletal growth and development. analysis and interpretation of gross ver- sional sonic digitizers. For students with a focus on paleontology, the Department tebrate structure in relation to adapta- Distinguished Service Professor has a recently constructed Vertebrate 4 tion and systematics. Training and Krause, David W., Ph.D., 1982, University of Fossil Preparation laboratory with con- research focus on (a) an evolutionary Michigan: Vertebrate paleontology; mammalian temporary equipment for preparation, perspective in the analysis of morphology, evolution; functional morphology of masticatory molding, and casting original fossil including the roles of function, structure, and locomotor systems. material. The Department also has and phylogenetic history, and (b) the original fossil collections, extensive cast Distinguished Teaching Professor structural adaptations of bone as a load- collections, and several ongoing paleonto- Stern, Jack T., Jr., Ph.D., 1969, University of bearing tissue, including the physiologic logical field projects in Africa, China, Chicago: Functional gross morphology; mechanisms of osteogenesis and osteol- Madagascar, and the western interior of relationship between primate locomotor behavior ysis. Both the locomotor and the cranio- and structure; human muscle function in North America. Finally, the program dental systems are regions of current relation to athletic activity and orthopaedics; offers extensive microcomputing and interest and investigation within the radiotelemetered electromyography. excellent mainframe computing facilities. program. Several faculty in the Professors Department specialize in the application Admission Brink, Peter R.,2 Ph.D., 1976, University of of experimental and quantitative tech- In addition to the minimum Graduate Illinois: Physiology and biophysics of junctional niques to the analysis of the relationship School requirements, the following are and excitable membranes. between form and function. Studies of required: Demes, A. Brigitte, Ph.D., 1982, University skeletal adaptations are also facilitated by A. A bachelor’s degree with the of Bochum, Federal Republic of Germany: collaboration with the Musculoskeletal following minimal preparation: Biomechanics; functional morphology; Research Laboratory of the Department mathematics through one year of scaling effects on locomotion. of Orthopaedics. Questions of systematics 1 calculus; chemistry, including organic Grine, Federick E., Ph.D., 1984, University are approached at many different levels, chemistry; general physics; and one of Witwatersrand, South Africa: Hominid ranging from alpha taxonomy to higher- year of biology with laboratory; evolution; functional morphology of the order relationships utilizing such tech- masticatory system; vertebrate paleontology; niques as phylogenetic systematics. B. A minimum grade point average dental structure and comparative odontology.

58 ANATOMICAL SCIENCES

Jungers, William L., Chair, Ph.D., 1976, instances, a student already in the then becomes a formal candidate University of Michigan: Paleoanthropology; program may be awarded an M.S. degree for the Ph.D. comparative primate anatomy; biomechanics; upon completing an approved course of primate paleontology and systematics. study, including a minimum of 30 gradu- D. Dissertation Proposal Examination Larson, Susan G., Ph.D., 1982, University of ate credit hours, and either passing a Following advancement to candidacy, Wisconsin: Functional morphology of human comprehensive examination, or submit- the student selects a dissertation advisor and nonhuman primate locomotor systems; ting and defending a master’s thesis. and committee consisting of at least two human and primate evolution; telemetered additional members of the Department electromyography. Requirements for the Ph.D. Degree of Anatomical Sciences and one person Martin, Lawrence B., Dean of the Graduate from outside the Department. In consul- 1 In addition to the minimum requirements School, Ph.D., 1983, University of London, tation with this committee, the student England: Primate evolution; thickness, of the Graduate School, the following prepares a dissertation proposal. development, and microstructure of dental are required: enamel; neogene vertebrate paleontology. The dissertation proposal examination A. Formal Course Requirements consists of an oral presentation of this Rubin, Clinton T.,3 Ph.D., 1982, Bristol The following courses are required proposal to the Department as a whole, University, England: Structural adaptation in for all students in the program: bone; skeletal remodeling and morphology. followed by an oral defense before the dissertation committee. This examination Susman, Randall L., Ph.D., 1976, University of 1. Human Gross Anatomy and Chicago: Functional morphology and behavior Embryology should occur no later than 12 months after passing the oral preliminary of primates; evolution of apes and humans; 2. An approved course in Statistics gross anatomy. examination. In addition, students are required to Associate Professors E. Ph.D. Dissertation 1 take three courses chosen in consultation Doran, Diane M., Ph.D., 1989, Stony Brook with the student’s advisor such as: The student, under the supervision of University: Behavior and ecology of African apes; the dissertation committee, performs relationship of positional behavior and morphology. 1. Genetics the research leading to the preparation 4 O’Leary, Maureen A., Ph.D., 1997, Johns 2. Organ Systems of a written dissertation. The disserta- Hopkins University: Vertebrate paleontology; 3. Neurosciences tion must contain the results of original 4. Functional Morphology or phylogenetic systematics; mammalian evolution. and significant investigation. Animal Mechanics Assistant Professors 5. Vertebrate Evolution F. Dissertation Defense Kley, Nathan J., Ph.D., 2001, University of 6. Principles of Evolution or Following completion of the disserta- Massachusetts Amherst: Functional morphology Macroevolution and evolution of feeding and locomotor systems tion, the student presents his or her 7. Developmental Biology in vertebrates; phylogenetic origin, findings in a formal public oral defense. interrelationships, and early evolution of snakes. 8. Systematics The defense is conducted by the disser- Seiffert, Erik, Ph.D., 2003, Duke University: Depending on the area of specialization, tation committee, but is not chaired Primate systematics, evolutionary history of students may be required to take by the student’s advisor. Following the placental mammals, biogeography. additional courses, such as Biomedical presentation of results, the student is questioned by members of the committee Adjunct Faculty Engineering, Mammalian Evolution, and by other members of the audience. Jouffroy, Francoise K., Ph.D., 1962, Université Solid Mechanics, or Systematics. de Paris: Comparative vertebrate anatomy; All students must achieve a B or G. Teaching Requirement functional morphology of locomotion; histo- higher in all required courses and must Every student is required to teach chemistry and immunohistochemistry of muscle. maintain a B average or higher in all medical human gross anatomy (HBA Leakey, Meave G., Ph.D., 1968, University of elective courses. 531) at least once before graduation. In North Wales: Human evolution, primate addition, students receiving a teaching evolution, Africa. B. Preliminary Examination assistantship are required to teach. Mittermeier, Russell, Ph.D., 1977, Harvard All students are required to take University: Ecology and behavior of primates; an oral preliminary examination upon H. Residence Requirement primate conservation. completion of formal courses, normally at The University requires at least two Number of teaching, graduate, and research the beginning of their fourth semester. consecutive semesters of full-time grad- assistantships, Fall 2007: approximately 7 All students will be examined in human uate study. Generally, the demands of 1) Joint appointment, Department of Anthropology gross anatomy and embryology. The the course of study necessitate a longer 2) Joint appointment, Department of Physiology third subject will depend on the period of residence. However, pursuit 3) Joint appointment, Department of Biomedical student’s area of specialization, such as of a degree on a part-time basis will be Engineering musculoskeletal biology, neuroanatomy, considered under special circumstances. 4) Joint appointment, Department of Earth and or vertebrate evolution. Space Sciences Courses C. Advancement to Candidacy Degree Requirements The faculty will recommend a student HBA 521 Gross Anatomy of Head, Neck, M.S. Degree Requirements to the Graduate School for advancement and Trunk Tutorial laboratories with emphasis on dis- Graduate Studies in Anatomical Sciences to candidacy upon satisfactory completion sections of the human head, neck, and trunk. does not accept students whose goal is a of all required coursework and the Prerequisites: Permission of instructor master’s degree. In exceptional preliminary examination. The student Fall modules, 8 credits, ABCF grading

59 ANATOMICAL SCIENCES

HBA 531 The Body HBA 561 Human Gross Anatomy Spring, alternate years, 4 credits, A lecture and laboratory with emphasis on A lecture and laboratory course that includes ABCF grading dissection of the entire human body. Topics dissections of the entire human body. The include functional and topographic anatomy, course is organized in three modules: (1) thorax HBA 590 Projects in Anatomical Sciences embryology, clinical correlations, and an and abdomen, (2) head and neck, including Individual laboratory projects closely super- introduction to radiology. neuroanatomy, and (3) limbs. It covers vised by faculty members to be carried out in Prerequisites: Permission of instructor regional and conceptual information on the staff research laboratories. Fall, 8 credits, S/F grading gross anatomy of all organ systems in the Prerequisite: Permission of instructor human body. Fall and spring, 1-6 credits, S/U grading HBA 540 Human Anatomy for Physical Prerequisite: Permission of instructor for May be repeated up to three times for credit Therapists students not enrolled in Stony Brook’s Lecture followed by laboratory dissection of Occupational Therapy, Physician Assistant, HBA 656 Cell Biology the human body. Regional approach to the or Respiratory Therapy programs Introduction to the structural and functional gross anatomy of the human body for physical Summer, every year, 5 credits, ABCF grading organization of cells and tissues and to the way structure relates to function. Particular therapy graduate students (DPT). The May be repeated once for credit emphasis is placed on nuclear and chromoso- course is presented in three modules. Module mal structure, signal transduction, protein one covers the back, thorax, abdomen, pelvis, HBA 563 Aspects of Animal Mechanics An introduction to biomechanics. Covers translocation, the cytoskeleton, and the and perineum. Lectures will cover the freebody mechanics and kinetics as applied to extracellular matrix. The interaction of cellu- regional anatomy of the above as well as vertebrate locomotion. Considers the struc- lar structures and components and their reg- conceptual information about the peripheral ture and physiology of muscle as it relates to ulation is stressed as is the organization and nervous system, the heart, and respiratory adaptations of the musculoskeletal system. interaction of cells in tissues. The course is system. Module two covers the brain, head, This course is offered as both HBA 563 and comparative and includes examples of cells and neck. Lecture will address the anatomy DPA 563. and tissues from vertebrates, invertebrates, plants, and prokaryotic systems. and organization of the central nervous system, Prerequisite: Introductory physics and Prerequisite: Matriculation in graduate pro- the cranial nerves, introduction to the biology or permission of instructor gram or permission of instructor anatomy of the special senses, and mastica- Spring, odd years, 2 credits, ABCF grading Summer, 4 credits, ABCF grading tion. Module three will offer an expanded view of the functional anatomy of the limbs HBA 564 Primate Evolution HBA 690 Graduate Seminar The taxonomic relationships and evolutionary and musculoskeletal system. Lectures will Seminars by graduate students on current lit- history of primates as documented by their erature in the areas of the anatomical sciences. address the functional anatomy of the hand fossil record and structural and chemical Prerequisite: Permission of instructor and the foot as well as posture and locomotion. evidence. Emphasis on primates prior to the In module three clinical faculty will address origin of the human lineage. This course is Fall and spring, 1 credit, S/U grading the latest developments in radiology and offered as ANT 564, DPA 564, and HBA 564. May be repeated three times for credit skeletal imaging, and the clinical anatomy of Spring, even years, 4 credits, ABCF grading HBA 692 Advanced Topics in Anatomical the back, shoulder, elbow, hand, hip, knee, HBA 565 Human Evolution Sciences Literature and foot. Tutorial readings in anatomical sciences with 6 credits, ABCF grading A survey of the fossil record of hominid evo- lution through the Pliocene and Pleistocene periodic conferences, reports, and examina- with emphasis on the morphological struc- tions arranged with the instructor. HBA 541 Evolutionary Anatomy Prerequisite: Permission of instructor A lecture and laboratory with emphasis on ture and function of locomotor, masticatory, Fall and spring, 1-2 credits, S/U grading dissection of the entire human body. Includes and neutral systems. Includes utilization of functional and comparative anatomy with comparative anatomical material and exten- May be repeated for credit sive cast and slide collections. This course is special emphasis on the musculoskeletal HBA 695 Practicum in Teaching morphology of humans and higher primates. offered as ANT 565, DPA 565, and HBA 565. Practical instruction in the teaching of This course is offered as both DPA 541 and Fall, even years, 4 credits, ABCF grading anatomical sciences carried out under faculty HBA 541. supervision. Prerequisite: Permission of instructor HBA 566 Studies in Functional Morphology Introduction to the theory and methods of Prerequisites: Permission of instructor Fall, 8 credits, ABCF grading functional morphology. Various methods of 1-4 credits, S/U grading HBA 550 Vertebrate Evolution analysis and the application of experimental May be repeated for credit techniques such as electromyography or bone Survey of the fossil record of vertebrate strain analysis are discussed as they pertain HBA 699 Dissertation Research on Campus evolution. The course emphasizes the origin, to the understanding of the interaction Original investigation under supervision of phylogeny, comparative and functional mor- between form and function. Special emphasis thesis advisor and committee. phology, biogeography, and paleontology of is placed on the analysis of human and nonhu- vertebrate animals. Laboratory included. Prerequisites: Advancement to candidacy man primate morphology, and the application The lectures and laboratories will utilize an (G5); permission of thesis advisor; major of this analysis to interpretation of the fossil extensive collection of comparative anatomical portion of research must take place on evidence for human and nonhuman primate SB campus, at Cold Spring Harbor, or material, fossil casts, and slides. evolution. This course is offered as both HBA Prerequisite: Previous course in human or 566 and DPA 566. at Brookhaven National Lab vertebrate anatomy and permission of Prerequisite: Permission of instructor Fall, spring, and summer, 1-9 credits, instructor Summer, even years, 2 credits, ABCF grading S/U grading Spring, alternate years, 4 credits, May be repeated for credit ABCF grading HBA 582 Comparative Anatomy of Primates The comparative anatomy of living primates. HBA 700 Dissertation Research off Campus– HBA 560 Advanced Regional Anatomy Laboratory dissection with emphasis on Domestic Advanced human gross anatomy for graduate relating structural diversity to behavior and Prerequisites: Must be advanced to candidacy students or advanced undergraduates in biomechanics. This course is offered as both (G5); major portion of research will take biology, anthropology, and other life sciences. HBA 582 and DPA 582. place off campus, but in the U.S. and/or Prerequisite: Permission of instructor Prerequisite: HBA 364 and previous course U.S. provinces (Brookhaven National Lab Fall, Spring, Summer, 3-8 credits, in human or vertebrate anatomy and and Cold Spring Harbor Lab are considered ABCF grading permission of instructor on campus); all international students

60 ANATOMICAL SCIENCES must enroll in one of the graduate student insurance plans and should be advised by an International Advisor Fall, spring, and summer, 1-9 credits, S/U grading May be repeated for credit HBA 701 Dissertation Research off Campus– International Prerequisite: Must be advanced to candidacy (G5); major portion of research will take place outside of the U.S. and/or U.S. provinces; domestic students have the option of the health plan and may also enroll in MEDEX; international students who are in their home country are not covered by mandatory health plan and must contact the Insurance Office for the insurance charge to be removed; international students who are not in their home country arecharged for the mandatory health insurance (if they are to be covered by another insurance plan they must file a waiver by the second week of classes; the charge will only be removed if other plan is deemed comparable); all international students must received clear- ance from an International Advisor Fall, spring, and summer, 1-9 credits, S/U grading May be repeated for credit HBA 800 Full-Time Summer Research Full-time laboratory research projects super- vised by staff members. Prerequisites: Permission of instructor and full-time graduate student status 0 credit; S/U grading May be repeated

61 ANTHROPOLOGICAL SCIENCES

Anthropological Sciences (DPA)

Director: Andreas Koenig, Anthropology, Ward Melville Social and Behavioral Sciences Building, S-517, (631) 632-1513 Graduate Secretary: Jean Moreau, Ward Melville Social and Behavioral Sciences Building, S-501, (631) 632-7606

Degree awarded: Ph.D. in Anthropology

Interdepartmental Doctoral Also in the Department of Anatomical of the IDPAS. All rules, regulations, and Program in Anthropological Sciences is a biomechanics lab that requirements of the Graduate School, Sciences includes equipment and facilities for Stony Brook University, must be satis- force-plate analysis, high-speed cine- fied in addition to those described in this The Interdepartmental Doctoral Program matography and cineradiography, and section. Interested students should in Anthropological Sciences (IDPAS), in three-dimensional morphometrics, as request information and application the College of Arts and Sciences, is an well as bone strain and telemetered forms as early as possible, especially if interdisciplinary and interdepartmental electromyography. Scanning and trans- they plan to apply for financial aid. program leading to the Ph.D. degree that mission electron microscope facilities In addition to the admission require- draws upon faculty and resources from are available elsewhere on campus. ments of the Graduate School, the the Departments of Anatomical Students have access to excellent IDPAS requires: Sciences, Anthropology, Asian Studies, libraries and collections and to campus A. A bachelor’s degree from an Geosciences, and History. The goal of computing services. accredited college and a minimum the IDPAS is to train students for Fieldwork opportunities are available grade point average of 3.0 (B) careers in research and teaching in in archaeology, paleontology, and prima- in all undergraduate coursework archaeology, cultural anthropology, and tology. There are active sites for primate and 3.25 in the major field of physical anthropology. Students in the behavior research in Central Africa, concentration; Ph.D. program who have already been Madagascar, and Thailand. The new B. Results of the Graduate Record advanced to candidacy may, upon peti- Turkana Basin Institute provides IDPAS tion, receive a master’s degree without Examination (GRE) General Test; students with access to field opportuni- C. Test of English as a Foreign submitting a master’s thesis. ties for paleontology and archaeology in Language for international northern Kenya. Additionally, the archae- students–minimum score: Facilities and Research ology faculty have active field sites in 550 (paper exam) or 220 Opportunities Eritrea, Kenya, Long Island, Sudan, and (computer-based exam); Extensive laboratory space as well as Turkey. Paleontological field research is D. Acceptance by the IDPAS desk space is available for all graduate ongoing in Argentina, Ethiopia, India, and the Graduate School. students. The archaeology and physical Kenya, Madagascar, Mali, North anthropology labs housed in the America, and South Africa. Ethnographic Faculty Department of Anthropology provide work is ongoing in China, East Timor, facilities for the analysis of artifact col- Indonesia, Madagascar, Mexico, Spain, Distinguished Professors lections—especially stone tools and fau- and Venezuela. Students may be invited Distinguished Professor: Fleagle, John, Ph.D., nal remains, application of remote sensing to participate in these projects. 1976, Harvard University: Primate and human and Geographic Information Systems The Institute for Long Island evolution; primate behavior; functional (GIS), analysis of primate or human Archaeology conducts cultural resource morphology; growth and development. remains, and advanced electron management studies throughout the Distinguished Service Professor: Krause, microscopy (EM). Housed in the New York metropolitan area and pro- David W., Ph.D., 1982, University of Department are archaeological collec- vides support for graduate students Michigan: Evolution, form, and function of mammalian dentition; evolutionary history tions from Africa, Long Island, the Near interested in local archaeology. The and paleobiology of early mammals, particu- East, and South America. A fully Institute has a research library with larly primates. equipped preparation lab provides oppor- extensive holdings on local archaeology tunities for state-of-the-art mineralized and history, and its large collections of Distinguished Teaching Professor: Stern, Jack T., Jr., Ph.D., 1969, University of tissue research. prehistoric and historic materials are Chicago: Functional morphology of primates; Outside of the Department of available for student research projects. biomechanics of muscle. Anthropology, interested students have Admission to the Ph.D. access to the research facilities for com- Professors parative primate morphology, human Program Arens, W., Ph.D., 1970, University of Virginia: anatomy, and human and primate evolu- Application procedures and require- Social anthropology; conservation; Africa and tion housed in the Department of ments determined by Stony Brook the Mediterranean. Anatomical Sciences, which are at pres- University, as set forth in this bulletin, Chittick, William C., Ph.D., 1974, Tehran ent unparalleled at any other institution. must be followed. Applications will be University, Iran: Comparative religious systems; The collections include primate fossils; reviewed by the admissions committee Islam; Middle East. primate osteological material from Africa, of the IDPAS, and successful applicants Demes, Brigitte, Ph.D., 1982, University of Asia, and South America; and living will be considered for financial assis- Bochum, Federal Republic of Germany: nonhuman primates, including New tance through the award of a teaching Biomechanics; functional morphology; and Old World monkeys and lemurs. assistantship (TA) by the TA committee allometry; primates.

62 ANTHROPOLOGICAL SCIENCES

Doran-Sheehy, Diane M., Ph.D., 1989, from socialism; East Asia, China, Overseas may be substituted for BEE 551 with University at Stony Brook: Primate behavior Chinese, Japan. the permission of the faculty in the and ecology, socioecology of African apes. Shea, John J., Ph.D., 1991, Harvard student’s track), (b) BEE 552 Biometry Gilmore, David, Ph.D., 1975, University of University: Old World paleolithic archaeology; (an equivalent statistics course, e.g., Pennsylvania: Complex societies, stratification, lithic analysis; Near East; Europe; Africa. PSY 501 and PSY 502, may be substi- and peasant culture; Europe; Mediterranean. Research Associate Professor tuted with permission of the physical Grine, Frederick E., Ph.D., 1984, University of Borries, Carola, Ph.D., 1989, Georg-August anthropology faculty), and (c) DPA 541 the Witwatersrand, South Africa: Hominid University, Goettingen, Germany: Primate ecology Human Evolutionary Anatomy. evolution; functional morphology of the and behavior, sociobiology; Asia. Students on the Primate Behavior masticatory apparatus; diet reconstruction; track must take (1) BEE 551 Principles Assistant Professors dental anthropology; mineralized tissues. of Evolution, (2) BEE 552 Biometry (an Hildebrand, Elisabeth, Ph.D., 2003, University Hicks, David*, Professor, D.Phil., 1972, equivalent statistics course, e.g., PSY of Washington: Archaeology, early farming, Oxford University, England: Religion; kinship; Africa, paleoethnobotany. 501 and PSY 502, may be substituted Southeast Asia. with permission of the physical anthro- O’Leary, Maureen A., Ph.D., 1997, Johns Jungers, William L., Ph.D., 1976, University of pology faculty), and (3) BEE 550 Hopkins University: Origin of primates and Michigan: Primate and human evolution; anthropoids; vertebrate paleontology; mam- Principles of Ecology or BEE 586 functional morphology; biomechanics. malian systematics; functional morphology; Evolutionary Ecology. Additional Krause, David W., Ph.D., 1982, University of pattern of evolution. elective courses may be completed Michigan: Evolution, form, and function of Rasbury, Troy, E., Ph.D., 1998, University at during the second and third years of mammalian dentition; evolutionary history and Stony Brook: Sedimentary geochemistry; study under the supervision of the paleobiology of early mammals, particularly chronostratigraphy; geochronology. Guidance Committee. primates. Rossie, James, Ph.D., 2003, Yale University: 2. Archaeology Program: Required Larson, Susan, Ph.D., 1982, University of Primate evolution, fossil catarrhines, East Africa. Wisconsin, Madison: Functional morphology; courses that form the basis of the primates; biomechanics. Seiffert, Eric, Ph.D., 2003, Duke University: The qualifying examination are: evolution and reconstruction of early placental Martin, Lawrence, Dean of the Graduate mammalian phylogeny and biogeography. (a) ANT/DPA 515 Archaeological School, Ph.D., 1983, University of London, Twiss, Katheryn C., Ph.D., 2003, University of Theory, (b) a graduate-level Statistics England: Hominoid evolution; enamel thickness; California, Berkeley: Old World archaeology; course, and (c and d) two survey cours- enamel microstructure and development. zooarchaeology; origins of agriculture; food; es chosen from ANT/DPA 511 Stone, Elizabeth C., Ph.D., 1979, University of Near East. Paleolithic Archaeology, ANT/DPA 513 Chicago: Old World archaeology; Origins of Agriculture, or ANT/DPA state formation; ancient economy and society; Number of teaching assistants/graduate 512 Comparative Civilizations. assistants/research assistants, Fall 2005: 28 Near East, remote sensing and GIS. Additional requirements include (a) Number of graduate fellows, Fall 2005: 4 Wright, Patricia C., Ph.D., 1985, City ANT/DPA 516 Research Design in University of New York: Primate behavior and Archaeology, (b) one laboratory meth- ecology; rainforest conservation; Madagascar. Degree Requirements ods course chosen from ANT/DPA 517 *Receipient of the State University Requirements for the Ph.D. Degree Primitive Technology, ANT/DPA 518 Chancellor’s Award for Excellence in Research in Anthropology Lithic Technology, ANT/DPA 519 and Creative Endeavor For a full description of IDPAS Zooarchaeology, ANT/DPA 526 Remote Research Professor requirements and deadlines, please Sensing and GIS, or an additional labora- Leakey, Meave G., PhD., 1968, University of request “IDPAS Rules, Regulations, tory course approved by committee, North Wales: Human evolution, primate Requirements, and Procedures” from and (c) one area course chosen from evolution, Africa. the graduate secretary. ANT/DPA 560 Ancient Mesopotamia, ANT/DPA 562 Long Island Associate Professors A. Course Requirements Archaeology, ANT/DPA 564 African Bernstein, David J., Ph.D., 1988, State University of New York at Binghamton: Completion of a minimum of 48 grad- Stone Age, ANT/DPA 585 Prehistoric New World archaeology; paleoecology; uate credits, maintaining a minimum Peoples of the Americas, or ANT/DPA coastal societies; subsistence studies. 3.0 average in all graduate courses. 650, 651, 652, 653 (with committee Koenig, Andreas, Ph.D., 1992, Georg-August Not more than four credits of SPD or approval). Students must also take one University, Goettingen, Germany: Primate equivalent coursework may be applied elective course outside the archaeology ecology and behavior; evolution of social toward the satisfaction of IDPAS subdiscipline (e.g., ANT/DPA 565 behavior; Asia. course requirements. Human Evolution, ANT/DPA 566 Hunters and Gatherers, ANT/DPA 582 Kramer, Karen, Ph.D., 1998, University of New 1. Physical Anthropology: Required Mexico: Life history theory, reproductive ecolo- Human Demography, ARH 541 Topics courses are (a) DPA 564 Primate gy, demography, household economics, evolu- in Ancient Art, GEO 521 Isotopes and Evolution, (b) DPA 565 Human tion of human juvenility, cooperative breeding, Trace Element Geology). Students must Evolution, (c) DPA 567 Primate Maya, Mesoamerica, have had one season of archeological Behavior and Ecology. Other required Madagascar agriculturalists. fieldwork (with committee approval) courses toward completion of study in Ruf, Gregory A., Ph.D., 1994, Columbia before advancing to candidacy. University: History and anthropology; political the Evolutionary Morphology track and economic anthropology; theory and include (a) BEE 551 Principles of 3. Cultural Anthropology: Required methodology; rural industrialization; transitions Evolution, (BEE 561 Macroevolution courses that form the basis of the

63 ANTHROPOLOGICAL SCIENCES qualifying examination are (a) DPA 501 tion proposal will be defended orally at a tems and the environment. Readings include Development of Anthropological Theory, seminar open to the academic community both classic studies as well as contemporary research, with particular emphasis placed on (b) DPA 540 Readings in Ethnography and to which all IDPAS faculty and the various dimensions and scales of social and Ethnology, and (c) DPA 520 students are invited at least two weeks organization and activity, and on the role of Principles of Social and Cultural in advance. Students should aim to cultural, religious, and political institutions in Anthropology. Other courses required complete and defend their dissertation shaping ecological relationship as well as for completion of the cultural anthro- proposal during their third year in the economic behavior. 3 credits, ABCF grading pology program include (a) DPA 620 program. Upon successful defense of the Research Seminar in Topical Problems, proposal, the student may be advanced DPA 503 Social Organization (b) DPA 640 Research Seminar in to candidacy. The M.A. may be awarded This course explores theoretical models and Ethnography and Ethnology, and at this point. Dissertation research, empirical observations of human social organi- (c) three additional credits of DPA 540 writing, and examination are supervised zation in a comparative perspective, including such topics as demography and behavioral Readings in Ethnography and Ethnology. by the dissertation guidance committee. ecology, kinship and marriage, reciprocal Other courses that may be taken at exchange, and political dimensions of resource the discretion of the student’s guidance E. Teaching Requirement mobilization in small-scale as well as complex committee include DPA 509 Seminar In accordance with Graduate School societies. Organized around different layers of regulations, every student must gain human sociality, the course examines social in European Ethnography, DPA 561 dependence among humans and nonhuman Peasant Societies and Cultures, and some teaching experience. This may primates, evolutionary explanations for human a statistics course. involve the presentation of a number mating strategies, cooperation in child-rearing, of lectures in a course offered by a paradigms of descent and affinity, and the B. Qualifying Exam member of an IDPAS faculty. Upon dynamics of hierarchy and alliance in egalitar- ian cultures as well as stratified states. The qualifying examination must be advancement to candidacy, a student 3 credits, ABCF grading taken after two or three semesters of may be assigned greater teaching study (depending upon subfield) and responsibility in the form of an under- DPA 509 Seminar in European Ethnography passed at an appropriate level. The graduate course to be prepared and Investigation and discussion of selected qualifying examination is administered taught under the supervision of a topics and problems concerning European societies and cultures. The perspectives of to each student by the examination IDPAS faculty member. This arrange- culture history and current fieldwork are committee of IDPAS. The examination ment will be made in consultation with employed. This course is offered as both ANT varies by subfield. Students in Physical the student and with the approval of 509 and DPA 509. Anthropology are required to develop a the TA committee and the student’s Fall, 3 credits, S/U grading publishable research paper, students in advisor. No student will be required May be repeated for credit archaeology take an oral exam, while to teach more than one course per year, DPA 511 Paleolithic Archaeology students in cultural anthropology take a and credit for teaching assignments will A survey of the archaeological record of for- written exam. The material covered in be given under the aegis of DPA 600. aging peoples in Africa, Europe, and Asia prior the qualifying examination comprises to the emergence of agriculture. The course that covered in the courses specified F. Written Dissertation and Defense emphasizes particular problems including the relationship between behavioral and biological above as well as that covered by the pre- The approval of a written thesis and its change, different adaptive strategies in scribed reading list for the selected field. successful oral defense to the committee temperate and tropical zones, the origins of and the University community at large modern humans, and the emergence of com- C. Language Requirement are required. plex hunter-gatherer societies. This course is The student must select the suitable offered as both ANT 511 and DPA 511. G. Time Limit Prerequisite: Any other archaeology course language(s) necessary for the chosen Fall, 4 credits, ABCF grading field of specialization with the approval The candidate must satisfy all require- of the guidance committee. Language ments for the Ph.D. degree within seven DPA 512 Comparative Civilizations tests must be passed prior to advance- years after completing 24 credit hours A comparative study of the processes of socio- cultural evolution from the beginnings of ment to candidacy. Language tests are of graduate courses at the Stony Brook sedentary life to the achievement of early administered by members of the IDPAS University department or program in civilization in the Near East, Egypt, the Indus faculty, by special arrangements, which the candidate is to receive his or Valley, China, Mesoamerica, and the Andean or through standardized tests. Before her degree. area. The seminar covers such topics as urbanization, demography, irrigation, craft recommending that a student be specialization, militarism, and trade and permitted to engage in fieldwork, Courses exchange. This course is offered as both ANT the guidance committee may ask the 512 and DPA 512. student to demonstrate ability to speak DPA 501 Development of Anthropological Prerequisite: Graduate standing or Theory the language required for fieldwork. permission of instructor Survey of the development of anthropological Spring, 4 credits, ABCF grading D. Preparation of Dissertation theory from the 19th century to the present. This course is offered as both ANT 501 and DPA 513 Origins of Agriculture Research Proposal DPA 501. This course will trace the history of anthropo- The dissertation proposal is prepared Spring, 4 credits, ABCF grading logical thought on the origins of agriculture under the direction of the dissertation and will assess the evidence from the Old DPA 502 Social Ecology guidance committee, which is composed and New Worlds for this economic revolu- This course explores theoretical and method- tion. The course will not only explore areas of at least three IDPAS faculty members ological issues in the study of human social where early agriculture is evidenced, but and an external member. The disserta- activity and its relationship to ecological sys- will also contrast these areas with those

64 ANTHROPOLOGICAL SCIENCES where agriculture was a later development. DPA 520 Principles of Social and Cultural special emphasis on the musculoskeletal mor- Emphasis will be on the environmental, Anthropology phology of humans and higher primates. This technological, biological, social, and cultural Concepts and principles of social and cultural course is offered as both DPA 541 and HBA 541. processes associated with the “Neolithic anthropology; historical background, structure Prerequisite: Permission of instructor Revolution.” This course is offered as both and function, social processes, transactions, Fall, 8 credits, ABCF grading ANT 513 and DPA 513. culture, communication, continuity, and other Fall, 4 credits, ABCF grading change; topics and problems of contemporary DPA 550 Theory and Methodology in interest. Some ethnographic monographs are Primatology DPA 515 Theory and Method in Archaeology discussed in terms of their relevance to the Comprehensive overview of the theory and general concepts and principles treated in the Theoretical and methodological approaches methodology used in the study of primate seminar. This course is offered as both ANT employed in archaeology. The goals of the behavioral ecology. Includes ecological field 520 and DPA 520. course are to provide an historical perspec- methods, behavioral observations, analytical Fall, 4 credits, ABCF grading tive on the growth of theory and method in techniques, nonparametric statistics as well as archaeology and to examine in detail some of planning, presenting, and reviewing research. DPA 526 The Use of Remote Sensing and Offered as both ANT 550 and DPA 550. the pertinent research topics being studied GIS in Environmental Analysis Fall, even years, 3 credits, ABCF grading today. This course is offered as both ANT 515 An introduction to the use of aerial and and DPA 515. satellite imagery in environmental analysis DPA 559 Archaeology of Food Fall, 4 credits, ABCF grading and the manipulation of geographic data sets Explores the archaeological study of food of all types using Geographic Information and foodways. The emphasis is on the social DPA 516 Research Design in Archaeology Systems. This course is designed to teach stu- aspects of food, particularly its roles in past An examination of the ways in which dents in archaeology, physical anthropology, power structures, social relationships, con- archaeologists develop successful research and related disciplines how satellite imagery ceptions of identity, ritual practices, and strategies for arriving at answers to key combined with various maps can be manipu- gender roles. Also covers the theoretical and questions in the field. Students will analyze lated using GIS software to perform powerful methodological approaches archaeologists grant proposals that received funding from geographic analysis. Although students are use to study food in the past. the major sources of funding for archaeology eventually likely to use these tools in many Fall, alternate years, 3 credits, before developing research proposals of their different parts of the world, this course focuses ABCF grading own. The aim of the course is to provide the on Long Island as a research area, and each class with the skills needed to plan their student designs and completes a research DPA 560 Ancient Mesopotamia future research and compete successfully project on a particular section of the area, An examination of the cultural history of for funding both for their thesis research and focusing on the habitats of local wildlife, the Mesopotamia based on the archaeological, tex- in their future careers. locations of archaeological sites, coastal tual, and art historical record. Focusing on the Fall, alternate years, 4 credits, regimes, etc. This course presumes computer fourth through second millennia, this course literacy and familiarity with database manage- ABCF grading investigates both the long-term developmental ment. This course is offered as both ANT 526 process of this civilization, and ways to under- DPA 517 Primitive Technology and DPA 526 and coscheduled as HPH 658. stand its settlement systems, urban structure, social and political organization, economic An introduction to the technology of hunter- Spring, 3 credits, ABCF grading structure, and the role played by religion. gatherers. The course examines how DPA 527 Field Methods and Techniques in Fall, even years, 4 credits, ABCF grading archaeologists use both ethnography and Archaeology experimentation to shed light on prehistoric The course will be held during the summer DPA 561 Peasant Societies and Cultures human technological adaptations. Techniques only. It consists of field and laboratory work The concept of peasantry is examined from for making and using primitive tools are on an aspect of Long Island’s archaeological political, religious, and social class viewpoints practiced in weekly laboratory sessions. heritage. Students’ time is divided between as well as from the more traditional economic Fall, alternate years, 4 credits, surveying and excavation in the field and view. These agricultural peoples, who are ABCF grading artifact analysis in the laboratory. Such essentially preliterate and preindustrial, are May be repeated for credit techniques as map and air photo reading, described and analyzed especially in relation survey, instruments, stratigraphy, conserva- to the national societies of which they form a DPA 518 Lithic Technology tion, typology construction, etc., are taught. part. This course is offered as both ANT 561 A detailed overview of the methods archae- Students are exposed to the full range of and DPA 561. ologists use to extract behavioral information excavation, survey, and laboratory methods Spring, 3 credits, ABCF grading and techniques. This course is offered as from prehistoric stone tools. The course both ANT 527 and DPA 527. examines raw material economy, technological DPA 562 Long Island Archaeology strategies, tool use, and discard behavior. Prerequisite: Graduate standing or Life on Long Island and the surrounding Analytical methods are practiced through the permission of instructor area from its first settlement by Native Americans 12,000 years ago until the end of computer-assisted analysis of stone tools from Summer, even years, 3-9 credits, the 19th century. Trends and changes in simulated archaeological sites. ABCF grading human behavior are studied in the context of Spring, alternate years, 4 credits, DPA 540 Readings in Ethnography and environmental and cultural processes affect- ABCF grading Ethnology ing all of northeastern North America. A survey of the more important and better Spring, 3 credits, ABCF grading DPA 519 Archaeozoology documented cultures and societies of selected An introduction to the study of animal bones world ethnographic areas and the implications DPA 563 Aspects of Animal Mechanics from archaeological sites. Special emphasis of data from these for current approaches and An introduction to biomechanics. Covers is on identification of fragmented bone, problems in ethnology. This course is offered freebody mechanics and kinetics as applied to identification of bone surface modification, as both ANT 540 and DPA 540. vertebrate locomotion. Considers the struc- calculation of indexes of abundance, and meas- Spring, 3 credits, ABCF grading ture and physiology of muscle as it relates to urement and metrical analysis of mammal May be repeated for credit adaptations of the musculoskeletal system. bone. Computer analysis is stressed, and the This course is offered as both HBA 563 and class seeks to synthesize traditional archaeozo- DPA 541 Evolutionary Anatomy DPA 563. ology and actualistic studies. This course is A lecture and laboratory with emphasis on Prerequisites: Introductory physics and offered as both ANT 519 and DPA 519. dissection of the entire human body. Includes biology or permission of instructor Fall, odd years, 4 credits, ABCF grading functional and comparative anatomy with Spring, odd years, 2 credits, ABCF grading

65 ANTHROPOLOGICAL SCIENCES

DPA 564 Primate Evolution HBA 582 and DPA 582. DPA 640 Research Seminar in Ethnography The taxonomic relationships and evolutionary Prerequisites: HBA 364 and previous course and Ethnology history of primates as documented by their in human or vertebrate anatomy and This course is offered as both ANT 640 and fossil record and structural and chemical permission of instructor DPA 640. evidence. Emphasis on primates prior to the Spring, alternate years, 4 credits, Fall and spring, 1-3 credits, S/U grading origin of the human lineage. This course is ABCF grading May be repeated for credit offered as ANT 564, DPA 564, and HBA 564. Spring, even years, 4 credits, ABCF grading DPA 583 Human Demography DPA 650 Research Seminar in Archaeology The study of human demography has had a 4 credits, S/U grading DPA 565 Human Evolution long-standing focus in anthropology, archae- A survey of the fossil record of hominid evo- ology, economics and sociology for the simple DPA 680 Special Seminar lution through the Pliocene and Pleistocene reason that the distribution and density of peo- Selected topics in cultural and social anthro- with emphasis on the morphological structure ple fundamentally shapes many other aspects pology. Topics reflect current interests of and function of locomotor, masticatory, and of the human condition. Human Demography faculty and graduate students. This course is neutral systems. Includes utilization of com- gives students an overview of population offered as both ANT 680 and DPA 680. parative anatomical material and extensive dynamics both as they change through time Fall and spring, 1-3 credits, S/U grading cast and slide collections. This course is offered and differ across cultures. The course starts as ANT 565, DPA 565, and HBA 565. with outlining the history of population stud- DPA 699 Dissertation Research On Campus ies. Following this introduction, the three Fall, even years, 4 credits, ABCF grading Prerequisite: Must be advanced to candidacy major components of population change—fer- DPA 566 Studies in Functional Morphology tility, mortality, and migration—are explored (G5); major portion of research must take Introduction to the theory and methods of in depth. We then survey the seminal transi- place on SB campus, at Cold Spring Harbor, functional morphology. Various methods of tions in human demographic history from or at Brookhaven National Lab analysis and the application of experimental hunting and gathering to domestication and Fall, spring, and summer, 1-9 credits, techniques such as electromyography or bone through modern postindustrial times. Drawing S/U grading from the ethnographic, human ecology, demo- strain analysis are discussed as they pertain to May be repeated for credit the understanding of the interaction between graphic, and archaeological literature, students read and discuss human demography from a form and function. Special emphasis is placed DPA 700 Dissertation Research Off Campus– variety of perspectives. The course includes on the analysis of human and nonhuman pri- Domestic some simple computations and a lab. mate morphology, and the application of this Prerequisite: Must be advanced to candidacy Spring, 3-4 credits, ABCF grading analysis to interpretation of the fossil evidence (G5); major portion of research will take for human and nonhuman primate evolution. DPA 585 Prehistoric Peoples of the Americas place off campus, but in the U.S. and/or This course is offered as both HBA 566 and Life on Long Island and the surrounding area U.S. provinces (Brookhaven National Lab DPA 566. from its first settlement by Native Americans and Cold Spring Harbor Lab are considered Prerequisite: Permission of instructor 12,000 years ago until the end of the 19th on campus); all international students Spring, even years, 2 credits, ABCF grading century. Trends and changes in human must enroll in one of the graduate student behavior are studied in the context of envi- insurance plans and should be advised DPA 567 Primate Behavior and Ecology ronmental and cultural processes affecting A comparative approach to the behavior and all of northeastern North America. by an International Advisor ecology of living lemurs, monkeys, and apes. Summer, alternate years, 3 credits, Fall, spring, and summer, 1-9 credits, Emphasis is placed on sociobiological theory; ABCF grading S/U grading life history strategies; morphological adapta- May be repeated for credit tions; comparisons of primate communities in DPA 600 Practicum in Teaching Asia, Africa, Madagascar, and South America; DPA 701 Dissertation Research Off Campus– 1-12 credits, S/U grading and primate conservation. This course is International offered as both ANT 567 and DPA 567. May be repeated once for credit Prerequisite: Must be advanced to candidacy Fall, odd years, 4 credits, ABCF grading DPA 602 Research Seminar in (G5); major portion of research will take Anthropological Theory DPA 568 Hunters and Gatherers place outside of the U.S. and/or U.S. This course is offered as both ANT 602 and provinces; domestic students have the option An examination of the relationship between DPA 602. ecology and adaptation to explore the cross- of the health plan and may also enroll in Fall and spring, 0-12 credits, S/U grading cultural diversity of hunter/gatherers. The MEDEX; international students who are first part of the course looks at a number of key May be repeated for credit in their home country are not covered by theoretical issues and debates that surround DPA 610 Individual Research mandatory health plan and must contact the study of hunter/gatherers. Once this foun- Research supervised by faculty. Students the Insurance Office for the insurance dation is laid, students learn about modern and must have permission of instructor and enroll charge to be removed; international students historic hunter/gatherers from all the major in appropriate section. This course is offered geographic regions of the world. This overview who are not in their home country are as both ANT 610 and DPA 610. draws on studies from behavioral ecology, eth- charged for the mandatory health insurance noarcheology, and cultural anthropology. The Fall and spring, 1-12 credits, S/U grading (if they are to be covered by another insur- focus of the course is both to explore hunter/ May be repeated for credit ance plan they must file a waiver by the gatherer variation in relationship to their envi- second week of classes; the charge will only be ronment, and to give the students an apprecia- DPA 620 Research Seminar in Topical Problems removed if other plan is deemed comparable); tion of the ways in which hunter/gatherers all international students must receive have been historically documented. The course This course is offered as both ANT 620 and clearance from an International Advisor is designed to be applicable to archaeologists, DPA 620. anthropologists, and those in other disciplines Fall and spring, 3 credits, S/U grading Fall, spring, and summer, 1-9 credits, who make inferences about past ways of life. May be repeated for credit S/U grading Spring, 3-4 credits, ABCF grading May be repeated for credit DPA 630 Research Seminar in Physical DPA 582 Comparative Anatomy of Primates Anthropology DPA 800 Summer Research The comparative anatomy of living primates. This course is offered as both ANT 630 and This course is offered as both ANT 800 Laboratory dissection with emphasis on DPA 630. and DPA 800. relating structural diversity to behavior and Fall and spring, 3 credits, S/U grading 0 credit; S/U grading biomechanics. This course is offered as both May be repeated for credit May be repeated

66 ANTHROPOLOGY

Anthropology (ANT)

Chair: Diane M. Doran-Sheehy, Ward Melville Social and Behavioral Sciences Building N-533, (631) 632-9445 Director of M.A. Program: Katheryn C. Twiss, Ward Melville Social and Behavioral Sciences Building S-533, (631) 632-1539 Graduate Program Coordinator: Jean Moreau, Ward Melville Social and Behavioral Sciences Building S-501, (631) 632-7606

Degree awarded: M.A. in Anthropology

The Department of Anthropology, within the and the Mediterranean, Madagascar, Faculty College of Arts and Sciences, offers a gradu- North America, and Southwest Asia Professors ate program leading to the M.A. degree. In (the Middle East). the M.A. program candidates may study Arens, William, Dean of International toward a master’s in anthropology with a con- M.A. in Anthropology Academic Programs, Ph.D., 1970, University of Virginia: Social anthropology; conservation; centration in archaeology, physical anthropol- The M.A. program in Anthropology is Africa and the Mediterranean. ogy, or sociocultural anthropology. Admission designed for students who wish to pursue and degree requirements are the same but Doran-Sheehy, Diane M., Chair, Ph.D., 1989, anthropological training for careers in Stony Brook University: Primate behavior and the course of study differs. education or for those whose undergrad- ecology; socioecology of African apes. Facilities and Research uate training did not prepare them for Gilmore, David, Ph.D., 1975, University of Opportunities doctoral-level work in Anthropology. Pennsylvania: Complex societies; stratification; Full-time or part-time attendance is pos- peasant culture; Europe; Mediterranean. Research and teaching facilities are main- sible. Students are expected to choose Grine, Frederick E., Ph.D., 1984, University of tained for the study of dental structure and their subfield (archaeology, physical Witwatersrand, South Africa: Hominid evolu- microwear, human and primate evolution, anthropology, or social/cultural anthro- tion; functional morphology of the masticatory lithic technology, paleoethnobotany, remote pology) and contact the person with system; vertebrate paleontology; dental struc- ture and comparative odontology. sensing and geographic information systems whom they wish to study prior to applica- (GIS), and zooarchaeology. The archaeology tion. However, admissions decisions are Hicks, David, Ph.D., 1971, London; D.Phil., 1972, Oxford University: Oral literature, ritual and physical anthropology laboratories con- made by the admissions committee, not tain state-of-the-art scanning and digitizing and belief, mythology, kinship, politics, by individual faculty members. By the Southeast Asia, East Timor. equipment and a variety of microscopes. The time they have completed 15 credits of GIS Laboratory contains eight networked Leakey, Richard, E.F., Sc.D., 1998, Stony graduate work, students are expected to Brook University: Wildlife conservation; human Pentium computers configured to run request a guidance committee consisting evolution; climate change. ArcGIS 9 software. of three faculty members, at least two of Martin, Lawrence B., Dean of the Graduate Teaching collections include exten- whom must be members of the School, Ph.D., 1983, University of London, sive primate and hominin fossil cast col- Department of Anthropology, who will England: Primate evolution; thickness, devel- lections as well as modern human skele- guide them through the preparation of a opment, and microstructure of dental enamel; tons; Near Eastern ceramics; stone thesis proposal and the completion of the neogene vertebrate paleontology. tools from Africa, Europe, the Middle M.A. thesis. Stone, Elizabeth C., Ph.D., 1979, University of East and North America; and faunal Chicago: Old World archaeology; state forma- assemblages from North America and Admission tion; ancient economy and society; Near East; remote sensing and GIS. Southwest Asia. In addition, the In addition to the admission require- Institute for Long Island Archaeology ments of the Graduate School, the Wright, Patricia C., Ph.D., 1985, City (ILIA) maintains a large collection of Department of Anthropology requires: University of New York: Primate behavior and ecology; rain forest conservation; Madagascar. library and archival materials relating A. A bachelor’s degree from an accred- to the history and archaeology of ited college with a minimum grade point Research Professor coastal New York. average of 3.0 (B) in all undergraduate Leakey, Meave E., Ph.D., 1968, University of For students interested in anthropo- coursework and 3.25 (3.0=B) in the North Wales: Human evolution; primate logical research in the New York/Long major field of concentration; evolution; Africa. Island area, there is a research room B. Results of the Graduate Record Associate Professors containing an expanding collection of Examination (GRE) General Test; documentary material. The Institute Bernstein, David J., Ph.D., 1988, University at Binghamton: New World archaeology; paleoe- for Long Island Archaeology performs C. Test of English as a Foreign cology; coastal societies; subsistence studies; cultural resource surveys and environ- Language for international students with a minimum score of 550 (paper cultural resource management. mental impact statements for the area exam) or 220 (computer-based exam); and provides equipment for survey, Koenig, Andreas, Ph.D., 1992, University of Göttingen, Germany: Primate behavioral ecology; excavation, and data analysis. D. Acceptance by the Department of social evolution; community ecology; Asia. Students may be invited to participate Anthropology and the Graduate School. in ongoing archaeological, ethnographic, Shea, John J., Ph.D., 1991, Harvard University: Old World Paleolithic archaeology; paleontological, or primatological llithic analysis; Near East; Europe; Africa. research conducted by the faculty in Africa, East and Southeast Asia, Europe

67 ANTHROPOLOGY

Research Associate Professor (Approved by Committee) 3 theory from the 19th century to the present. Borries, Carola, Ph.D., 1989, University of Göttingen, 4. ANT 599 M.A. Thesis Research 6 This course is offered as both ANT 501 and DPA 501. Germany: Primate reproductive strategies; behavioral 5. Electives chosen from among Spring, 4 credits, ABCF grading ecology; social structure; Asia. ANT 510, 511, 512, 513, 514, Assistant Professors 516, 517, 518, 519, 526, and ANT 502 Social Ecology other courses offered in This course explores theoretical and Hildebrand, Elisabeth, Ph.D., 2003, Washington Anthropology, Ecology methodological issues in the study of human University (St. Louis): Archaeology; early farming; social activity and its relationship to ecological and Evolution, History, Marine Africa; paleoethnobotany. systems and the environment. Readings Sciences, or other programs chosen Rossie, James, Ph.D., 2003, Yale University: Primate include both classic studies as well as contem- with the approval of the student’s evolution; fossil catarrhines; East Africa. porary research, with particular emphasis guidance committee. 10 placed on the various dimensions and scales Twiss, Katheryn C., Ph.D., 2003, University of of social organization and activity, and on the California, Berkeley: Old World archaeology; Total 30 role of cultural, religious, and political institu- zooarchaeology; transition to agriculture; food; tions in shaping ecological relationship as well * In some instances equivalent courses may be Near East. as economic behavior. accepted if they have been previously approved 3 credits, ABCF grading Research Assistant Professor by the student’s guidance committee. ANT 503 Social Organization Leakey, Louise, Ph.D., 2001, University Physical Anthropology Credits College London: Mammalian evolution, climate This course explores theoretical models and 1. ANT 564 Primate Evolution 4 empirical observations of human social change, Africa. 2. ANT 565 Human Evolution 4 organization in a comparative perspective, 1) Recipient of the State University Chancellor’s 3. ANT 567 Primate Behavior including such topics as demography and Award for Excellence in Scholarship and Creative behavioral ecology, kinship and marriage, Activities, 2005; Recipient of the President’s Award and Ecology 4 reciprocal exchange, and political dimensions for Excellence in Scholarship and Creative Activities, 4. BEE 552 Biometry 4 of resource mobilization in small-scale as well 2005 5. ANT 599 M.A. Thesis Research 6 as complex societies. Organized around dif- 6. Electives chosen from among ferent layers of human sociality, the course examines social dependence among humans other courses in Anatomy, Degree Requirements and nonhuman primates, evolutionary expla- Requirements for the M.A. in Anthropology, Ecology and Evolution, nations for human mating strategies, cooper- Anthropology with Concentrations or other programs chosen ation in child-rearing, paradigms of descent and affinity, and the dynamics of hierarchy in Archaeology, Physical with approval of the student’s guidance committee. 8 and alliance in egalitarian cultures as well as Anthropology, and Social/Cultural stratified states. 3 credits, ABCF grading Anthropology Total 30 In addition to the requirements of the Social/Cultural Anthropology Credits ANT 509 Seminar in European Ethnography Graduate School, the following are 1. ANT 520 Principles of Investigation and discussion of selected required: topics and problems concerning European Social and Cultural societies and cultures. The perspectives of Anthropology 4 culture history and current fieldwork are A. Completion of a minimum of 30 2. ANT 540 Readings in employed. This course is offered as both ANT graduate credits, maintaining a 3.0 Ethnography and Ethnology 3 509 and DPA 509. average; 3. ANT 599 M.A. Thesis Research 6 Fall, 3 credits, S/U grading May be repeated for credit B. A course of study planned and 4. Electives chosen from among carried out with the approval of the ANT 500, 501, 509, 561, 602, ANT 511 Paleolithic Archaeology student’s M.A. guidance committee 620, 640, and other courses A survey of the archaeological record of (this may require examinations, library offered in Anthropology, foraging peoples in Africa, Europe, and Asia Psychology, Sociology, or prior to the emergence of agriculture. The research, laboratory study, and/or course emphasizes particular problems fieldwork as the basis of the M.A. other programs chosen with including the relationship between behav- thesis, which must be accepted by a the approval of the student’s ioral and biological change, different adaptive committee appointed by the program— guidance committee. 17 strategies in temperate and tropical zones, no final defense is required); the origins of modern humans, and the emer- gence of complex hunter-gatherer societies. Total 30 C. Minimum residence of one year. This course is offered as both ANT 511 and DPA 511. The requirements for the three tracks Courses Prerequisite: Any other archaeology course in Anthropology differ, but students may Fall, 4 credits, ABCF grading ANT 500 Social and Cultural Anthropology take courses in the other subdisciplines Study of the forms of social organizations: ANT 512 Comparative Civilizations as electives. The requirements are family, kinship, economic, political, and reli- A comparative study of the processes of as follows: gious, as found among simple and complex sociocultural evolution from the beginnings societies. A basic graduate-level course of sedentary life to the achievement of early Archaeology Credits designed for students whose previous back- civilization in the Near East, Egypt, the ground is in other fields. 1. ANT 515 Theory and Indus Valley, China, Mesoamerica, and the Fall, 3 credits, ABCF grading Method in Archaeology 4 Andean area. The seminar covers such topics May be repeated for credit as urbanization, demography, irrigation, craft 2. ANT 527 Field Methods specialization, militarism, and trade and and Techniques in Archaeology* 6 ANT 501 Development of Anthropological exchange. This course is offered as both ANT 3. Graduate Statistics Course Theory 512 and DPA 512. Survey of the development of anthropological Prerequisite: Graduate standing or

68 ANTHROPOLOGY permission of instructor cation of bone surface modification, calculation as both ANT 540 and DPA 540. Spring, 4 credits, ABCF grading of indexes of abundance, and measurement and Spring, 3 credits, ABCF grading metrical analysis of mammal bone. Computer May be repeated for credit ANT 513 Origins of Agriculture analysis is stressed, and the class seeks to This course will trace the history of anthro- synthesize traditional archaeozoology and ANT 550 Theory and Methodology in pological thought on the origins of agriculture actualistic studies. This course is offered as Primatology and will assess the evidence from the Old and both ANT 519 and DPA 519. Comprehensive overview of the theory and New Worlds for this economic revolution. Fall, odd years, 4 credits, ABCF grading methodology used in the study of primate The course will not only explore areas behavioral ecology. Includes ecological field where early agriculture is evidenced, but ANT 520 Principles of Social and Cultural methods, behavioral observations, analytical will also contrast these areas with those Anthropology techniques, nonparametric statistics as well as where agriculture was a later development. Concepts and principles of social and cultural planning, presenting, and reviewing research. Emphasis will be on the environmental, tech- anthropology; historical background, structure Offered as both ANT 550 and DPA 550. nological, biological, social, and cultural and function, social processes, transactions, Fall, even years, 3 credits, ABCF grading processes associated with the “Neolithic culture, communication, continuity, and other Revolution.” This course is offered as both change; topics and problems of contemporary ANT 559 Archaeology of Food ANT 513 and DPA 513. interest. Some ethnographic monographs are Explores the archaeological study of food and Fall, 4 credits, ABCF grading discussed in terms of their relevance to the foodways. The emphasis is on the social general concepts and principles treated in the aspects of food, particularly its roles in past ANT 515 Theory and Method in Archaeology seminar. This course is offered as both ANT power structures, social relationships, concep- Theoretical and methodological approaches 520 and DPA 520. tions of identity, ritual practices, and gender employed in archaeology. The goals of the Fall, 4 credits, ABCF grading roles. Also covers the theoretical and method- course are to provide an historical perspec- ological approaches archaeologists use to tive on the growth of theory and method in ANT 526 The Use of Remote Sensing and study food in the past. archaeology and to examine in detail some of GIS in Environmental Analysis Fall, alternate years, 3 credits, the pertinent research topics being studied An introduction to the use of aerial and ABCF grading today. This course is offered as both ANT 515 satellite imagery in environmental analysis and DPA 515. and the manipulation of geographic data ANT 560 Ancient Mesopotamia Fall, 4 credits, ABCF grading sets of all types using Geographic Information An examination of the cultural history of Systems. This course is designed to teach stu- Mesopotamia based on the archaeological, ANT 516 Research Design in Archaeology dents in archaeology, physical anthropology, textual, and art historical record. Focusing on An examination of the ways in which archae- and related disciplines, how satellite imagery the fourth through second millennia, this ologists develop successful research strate- combined with various maps can be manipulat- course investigates both the long-term devel- gies for arriving at answers to key questions ed using GIS software to perform powerful opmental process of this civilization and ways in the field. Students will analyze grant pro- geographic analysis. Although students are to understand its settlement systems, urban posals that received funding from the major eventually likely to use these tools in many structure, social and political organization, sources of funding for archaeology before different parts of the world, this course focuses economic structure, and the role played by developing research proposals of their own. on Long Island as a research area, and each religion. student designs and completes a research The aim of the course is to provide the class Fall, alternate years, 4 credits, project on a particular section of the area, with the skills needed to plan their future ABCF grading research and compete successfully for fund- focusing on the habitats of local wildlife, the ing both for their thesis research and in their locations of archaeological sites, coastal ANT 561 Peasant Societies and Cultures future careers. This course is offered as both regimes, etc. This course presumes computer The concept of peasantry is examined from ANT 516 and DPA 516. literacy and familiarity with database manage- political, religious, and social class viewpoints Fall, alternate years, 4 credits, ment. This course is offered as both ANT 526 and DPA 526 and or HPH 658. as well as from the more traditional economic ABCF grading view. These agricultural peoples, who are Spring, 3 credits, ABCF grading essentially preliterate and preindustrial, are ANT 517 Primitive Technology described and analyzed especially in relation An introduction to the technology of hunter- ANT 527 Field Methods and Techniques in Archaeology to the national societies of which they form a gatherers. The course examines how archaeol- part. This course is offered as both ANT 561 ogists use both ethnographic and experi- The course will be held during the summer and DPA 561. only. It consists of field and laboratory work mentation to shed light on prehistoric Spring, 3 credits, ABCF grading human technological adaptations. Techniques on an aspect of Long Island’s archaeological for making and using primitive tools are heritage. Students’ time is divided between ANT 562 Long Island Archaeology practiced in weekly laboratory sessions. surveying and excavation in the field and artifact analysis in the laboratory. Such tech- Life on Long Island and the surrounding area Fall, alternate years, 4 credits, from its first settlement by Native Americans ABCF grading niques as map and air photo reading, survey, instruments, stratigraphy, conservation, 12,000 years ago until the end of the 19th May be repeated for credit typology construction, etc. are taught. century. Trends and changes in human behavior are studied in the context of environ- ANT 518 Lithic Technology Students are exposed to the full range of excavation, survey, and laboratory methods mental and cultural processes affecting all of A detailed overview of the methods archaeol- and techniques. This course is offered as both northeastern North America. ogists use to extract behavioral information ANT 527 and DPA 527. Spring, 3 credits, ABCF grading from prehistoric stone tools. The course Prerequisite: Graduate standing or permis- examines raw material economy, technological ANT 564 Primate Evolution sion of instructor strategies, tool use, and discard behavior. The taxonomic relationships and evolutionary Analytical methods are practiced through the Summer, even years, 3-9 credits, history of primates as documented by their computer-assisted analysis of stone tools from ABCF grading fossil record and structural and chemical simulated archaeological sites. evidence. Emphasis on primates prior to the Spring, alternate years, 4 credits, ANT 540 Readings in Ethnography and origin of the human lineage. This course is ABCF grading Ethnology offered as ANT 564, DPA 564, and HBA 564. A survey of the more important and better Spring, even years, 4 credits, ABCF grading ANT 519 Archaeozoology documented cultures and societies of selected An introduction to the study of animal bones world ethnographic areas and the implications ANT 565 Human Evolution from archaeological sites. Special emphasis is of data from these for current approaches and A survey of the fossil record of hominid evo- on identification of fragmented bone, identifi- problems in ethnology. This course is offered lution through the Pliocene and Pleistocene

69 ANTHROPOLOGY with emphasis on the morphological structure and function of locomotor, masticatory, and neutral systems. Includes utilization of com- parative anatomical material and extensive cast and slide collections. This course is offered as ANT 565, DPA 565, and HBA 565. Fall, even years, 4 credits, ABCf grading ANT 567 Primate Behavior and Ecology A comparative approach to the behavior and ecology of living lemurs, monkeys, and apes. Emphasis is placed on sociobiological theory; life history strategies; morphological adapta- tions; comparisons of primate communities in Asia, Africa, Madagascar, and South America; and primate conservation. This course is offered as both ANT 567 and DPA 567. Fall, odd years, 4 credits, ABCF grading ANT 568 Hunters and Gatherers The course focuses on the relationship between ecology and adaptation to explore the cross- cultural diversity of hunter/gatherers. The first part of the course looks at a number of key theoretic issues and debates that surround the study of hunter/gatherers. Once this founda- tion is laid, students learn about modern and historic hunter/gatherers from all the major geographic regions of the world. This overview draws on studies from behavioral ecology, ethnoarchaeology, and cultural anthropology. The focus of the course is both to explore hunter/gatherer variation in relationship to the environment, and to give students an appreci- ation of the ways in which hunter/gatherers have been historically documented. The course is designed to be applicable to archaeol- ogists, anthropologists, and to those in other disciplines who make inferences about past ways of life. Spring, 3-4 credits, ABCF grading

ANT 583 Human Demography hunting-gathering lifeways, plant and animal ANT 630 Research Seminar in Physical The study of human demography has had a domestication, the origins of village life, and Anthropology long-standing focus in anthropology, archae- state-level societies. This course is offered as both ANT 630 and ology, economics, and sociology since the distri- Spring, odd years, 3 credits, ABCF grading DPA 630. bution and density of people fundamentally Fall and spring, 3 credits, S/U grading shapes many other aspects of the human ANT 599 M.A. Thesis Research May be repeated for credit condition. Human Demography gives students Fall, spring, and summer, 0-6 credits, an overview of population dynamics both as S/U grading ANT 640 Research Seminar in Ethnography they change through time and differ across May be repeated for credit and Ethnology cultures. The course starts with an outline of This course is offered as both ANT 640 and the history of population studies. Following ANT 602 Research Seminar in DPA 640. this introduction, the three major components Anthropological Theory Fall and spring, 1-3 credits, S/U grading of population change—fertility, mortality, and This course is offered as both ANT 602 and May be repeated for credit migration—are explored in depth. We then DPA 602. survey the seminal transitions in human Fall and spring, 0-12 credits, S/U grading ANT 650 Research Seminar in Archaeology demographic history from hunting and gath- 4 credits, S/U grading ering to domestication and through modern May be repeated for credit postindustrial times. Drawing from the ANT 610 Individual Research ANT 680 Special Seminar ethnographic, human ecology, demographic, Research supervised by faculty. Students Selected topics in cultural and social anthro- and archaeological literature, students read pology. Topics reflect current interests of and discuss human demography from a variety must have permission of instructor and enroll in appropriate section. This course is offered faculty and graduate students. This course is of perspectives. The course includes some offered as both ANT 680 and DPA 680. simple computations and labs. as both ANT 610 and DPA 610. Fall and spring, 1-3 credits, S/U grading Spring, 3-4 credits, ABCF grading Fall and spring, 1-12 credits, S/U grading May be repeated for credit ANT 800 Summer Research ANT 585 Prehistoric Peoples of the Americas ANT 620 Research Seminar in Topical This course is offered as both ANT 800 and Life in the Americas from the first settlement DPA 800. at the end of the Ice Age until the arrival of Problems This course is offered as both ANT 620 and S/U grading the Europeans in the 15th and 16th centuries. May be repeated The culture, history, and evolution of pre- DPA 620. historic peoples of North, Central, and South Fall and spring, 3 credits, S/U grading America are treated. Specific topics covered May be repeated for credit include settlement by North Americans,

70 APPLIED MATHEMATICS AND STATISTICS

Applied Mathematics and Statistics (AMS) Chair: James Glimm, Mathematics Building P-137, (631) 632-8355 Graduate Program Director: Xiaolin Li, Mathematics Building 1-121, (631) 632-8354 Graduate Secretary: Christine Rota, Mathematics Building 1-122, (631) 632-8360

Advanced Graduate Certificate awarded: Advanced Graduate Certificate in Operations Research Degrees awarded: M.S. in Applied Mathematics and Statistics; Ph.D. in Applied Mathematics and Statistics

The Department of Applied Mathematics control theory, stochastic modeling, must satisfy designated course and grade and Statistics, within the College of and structure-based drug design. Most point average requirements during the Engineering and Applied Sciences, offers doctoral students are supported first year of graduate study before being programs in computational applied through either a research or teaching admitted to full degree candidacy. mathematics, computational biology, assistantship. operations research, and statistics, The Ph.D. program normally takes Advanced Graduate Certificate leading to the M.S. and Ph.D. degrees. about four to five years for students Program in Operations The Department offers an integrated with a strong analytical and computing series of courses and seminars, super- background. The M.S. programs, when Research vised reading, and facilities for research. pursued on a full-time basis, may be This advanced certificate program of Emphasis is on the study of real-world completed in three or four semesters. 18 credits, consisting of six three-credit problems, computational modeling, and Students who have taken graduate courses, trains students in the funda- the development of necessary analytical courses before enrolling at Stony Brook mental mathematical tools for working concepts and theoretical tools. A state- may request transfer of credit (limited to in the operations research profession. of-the-art, computational laboratory is six credits). If such a request is approved, Operations research is the field of operated for student education and it may be possible to complete the M.S. applied mathematics related to efficient research. A University-based, 100Tf, degree in two semesters. It is strongly management of the activities of govern- BlueGene super computer and an xx node urged that all applicants develop some ment agencies, nonprofit organizations, linux cluster are available for student facility in computer programming. and private companies. The following access. This laboratory includes an A more detailed description of the courses are required for the certificate: advanced parallel supercomputer that is graduate program is available from 1. AMS 507 Introduction to Probability one of the most powerful machines of its the Departmental office. This includes type on the East Coast. It also features a specific distribution requirements, fields 2. AMS 540 Linear Programming network of advanced Unix workstations of specialization, and information on the 3. AMS 550 Stochastic Models and modern printing facilities. The preliminary and qualifying examina- laboratory’s full-time staff is available to tions. Interested students should request 4. AMS 553 Simulation and Modeling help students become familiar with the information and application forms as 5. AMS 572 Statistical Methods for laboratory facilities. early as possible, especially if they plan Social Scientists Students participate in joint research to apply for financial aid. with five national laboratories, several 6. Elective chosen by student in industrial groups, and various science, Admission consultation with advisor biomedical, and engineering programs. For admission to graduate study, the Students, who receive a broad training, minimum requirements are as follows: Combined B.S./M.S. Degree find themselves excellently prepared Undergraduate applied mathematics A. A bachelor’s degree in chemistry, for careers in government and industry majors with strong academic credentials engineering, mathematics, physics, or in which mathematics is used as a com- (minimum of 3.00 in the Applied the social sciences with a strong mathe- putational or conceptual tool. Mathematics major) may apply for matics background; Faculty research programs receive admission to the special Bachelor of significant external funding and provide B. A minimum grade point average of Science-Master of Science program in students with an opportunity for active at least 3.00 in all courses in pertinent Applied Mathematics and Statistics at participation in a variety of projects in or related fields; the end of the junior year. The combined all areas of the Department. Faculty B.S./M.S. program in Applied C. Results of the Graduate Record interests include applied graph theory, Mathematics and Statistics allows stu- Examination (GRE) General Test; biostatistics, combinatorial optimizations, dents with superior academic records to computational biology, computational D. Three letters of reference and all use up to nine graduate credits toward fluid dynamics, computational statistics, transcripts of undergraduate study the B.S. and M.S. requirements. In data analysis, flow through porous media, completed; essence, those nine credits count toward fracture mechanics, inverse problems, two goals simultaneously. Normally, it E. Acceptance by both the Department mixed-boundary value problems, non- would take six years to complete two of Applied Mathematics and Statistics linear conservation laws, nonparametric separate degrees. With the combined and the Graduate School; statistics, reliability theory, robust esti- B.S./M.S. program, there is only a five- mation, sequential decision making and F. Students admitted provisionally year commitment (10 semesters). The

71 APPLIED MATHEMATICS AND STATISTICS advantage of the combined program is Additional information may be obtained Srivastav, Ram P., Emeritus, Ph.D., 1958, that the M.S. degree can be earned in less from the graduate program director at Lucknow University, India; Ph.D., 1963, D.Sc., time, thus costing less money, than the Department of Applied Mathematics 1972, Glasgow University, Scotland: Fracture required by the traditional course of study. and Statistics, Stony Brook University, mechanics; integral equations; mixed bound- In the first semester of the senior Stony Brook, NY 11794-3600. ary value problems. year, students in the B.S./M.S. program Tewarson, Reginald P., Emeritus, Ph.D., 1961, may take up to six graduate credits. Faculty Boston University: Numerical analysis and In the second semester of the senior Distinguished Professors computational methods; sparse matrices; year, they become enrolled as graduate generalized inverses and large nonlinear Glimm, James, Chair, Ph.D., 1959, Columbia systems; mathematical models of diffusion students, and continue on as graduate University: Nonlinear equations, conservation problems in biology and medicine. students during the fifth year. Because laws; computational fluid dynamics; students in this program only need to mathematical physics. Zhu, Wei, Ph.D., 1996, University of California, earn 111 undergraduate credits, they Los Angeles: Biostatistics; optimal experimental Distinguished Teaching Professors are usually finished with undergraduate design; linear models; structural equation coursework by the first semester of their Tanur, Judith, Ph.D., 1972, Stony Brook modeling. senior year. If needed, they may continue to University: Application of statistics in social sciences; survey methodology. Associate Professors take some undergraduate courses after they become graduate students. Tucker, Alan, Ph.D., 1969, Stanford University: Samulyak, Roman, Ph.D, 1999, New Jersey When the student is accepted, permis- Graph theory; combinatorial algorithms. Institute of Technology: Mathematical physics, computational applied mathematics. sion will be granted to take six graduate Professors credits that will be applied toward the Ahn, Hongshik, Ph.D., 1992, University of Assistant Professors master’s degree. The requirements for Wisconsin, Madison: Biostatistics; tree- Green, David, Ph.D., 2002, MIT: the B.S. degree must be completed structured regression. Computational biology; protein structure. before admission to the graduate pro- Arkin, Esther, Ph.D., 1986, Stanford Hu, Jiaqiao, Ph.D., 2006, University of gram. At least 24 additional credits University: Combinatorial optimization; network Maryland: Stochastic optimization, dynamic including the requirements stated in the flows; computational geometry. programming. Graduate Bulletin must be earned to Beltrami, Edward J., Emeritus, Ph.D., 1962, Jiao, Xiangmin, Ph.D., 2001, University of qualify the student for the master’s Adelphi University: Optimization techniques; Illinois: Numerical analysis, computational degree. Further information about the models for public systems analysis. geometry. combined program may be obtained Chen, Yung Ming, Emeritus, Ph.D., 1963, New Rizzo, Robert, Ph.D., 2001, Yale University: from either the graduate program York University: Numerical analysis and Computational biology; structure-based drug director or the undergraduate program. methods; numerical methods for solving inverse design. problems; large-scale numerical simulations. Xing, Haipeng, Ph.D., 2005, Stanford Part-Time Graduate Studies Deng, Yuefan, Ph.D., 1989, Columbia University: University: Financial econometrics; time In addition to the full-time graduate Molecular dynamics; parallel computing. series modeling. program leading to the M.S. and Ph.D. Dicker, Daniel, Emeritus, D.Eng.Sc., 1961, degrees with specializations in computa- Columbia University: Boundary value problems Research Professor tional applied mathematics, operations of solids and fluids; aeroelastic analysis of Frey, Robert, Ph.D., 1986, Stony Brook research, and statistics, the Department suspension bridges. University: Quantitative finance. conducts a part-time program on campus. Feinberg, Eugene, Ph.D., 1979, Vilnius State The part-time program is governed by University, Lithuania: Probability theory and Research Assistant Professor regulations governing the resident full- statistics; control theory and applications in Yu, Yan, Ph.D., 2005, Stony Brook University: time program with the exception that communication systems; transportation; Numerical analysis and computational fluid students in the part-time program have computer networks and manufacturing. dynamics. greater flexibility in choosing the time for Finch, Stephen, Ph.D., 1974, Princeton Adjunct Faculty University: Robust estimation and the qualifying examination if they are 1 nonparametric statistics. Badr, Hussein G., Associate Professor, Ph.D., contemplating pursuing the Ph.D. 1980, Pennsylvania State University: Li, Xiaolin, Ph.D., 1987, Columbia University: The purpose of the part-time program Operating systems; computer system Computational fluid dynamics; numerical analysis. is to provide an opportunity for men performance evaluation. and women who are employed full time Lindquist, Brent, Ph.D., 1981, Cornell Bender, Michael,1 Associate Professor, Ph.D., to pursue graduate study leading to University: Flow in porous media; computational 1996, Harvard University: Combinatorial fluid dynamics. advanced degrees in applied mathemat- algorithms. ics, operations research, and statistics. Mendell, Nancy, Ph.D., 1972, University of 2 Applicants who hold a bachelor’s degree North Carolina at Chapel Hill: Biostatistics. Dubey, Pradeep, Professor, Ph.D., 1975, Cornell University: Game theory; mathematical in applied mathematics, engineering, Mitchell, Joseph, Ph.D., 1986, Stanford economics. mathematics, life sciences, physical sci- University: Operations research; computational 3 ences, or social sciences with a strong geometry; combinatorial optimization. Ferguson, David, Professor, Ph.D., 1980, University of California, Berkeley: Mathematics background in undergraduate mathemat- Reinitz, John, Ph.D., 1988, Yale University: education; educational technology. ics, will be considered for admission to Theory of fundamental biological processes; this program. Qualified students may bioinformatics; optimization; developmental Grove, John,4 Professor, Ph.D., 1984, Ohio State continue beyond the master’s degree for biology and gene regulation . University: Conservation laws; front tracking. the Ph.D. degree.

72 APPLIED MATHEMATICS AND STATISTICS

Pinezich, John,5 Professor, Ph.D., 1998, Stony Degree Requirements AMS 556 Dynamic Programming or Brook University: Radar; ballistics; sonar; Requirements for the M.S. Degree AMS 553/CSE 529 Simulation and acoustics. Modeling or In addition to the minimum Graduate AMS 542/CSE 548 Analysis of Sharp, David,4 Professor, Ph.D., 1963, School requirements, the following are Algorithms California Institute of Technology: required: One course in statistics Mathematical physics; computational fluid A. Course Requirements AMS 595 Fundamentals of Computing dynamics. The M.S. degree in the Department of 4. Statistics Simmerling, Carlos,6 Associate Professor, Applied Mathematics and Statistics AMS 510 Analytical Methods for Ph.D., 1995, University of Illinois at Chicago: requires the satisfactory completion of a Applied Mathematics and Statistics Protein structure. minimum of 30 graduate credits in letter- or 1 Skiena, Steven, Professor, Ph.D., 1988, graded (A, B, C, F) graduate courses. AMS 504 Foundations of Applied University of Illinois: Combinatorial algorithms; All credits in satisfaction of the Mathematics and computational geometry; data structures. degree must be at the graduate level. AMS 505 Applied Linear Algebra Skorin-Kapov, Jadranka,7 Professor, Ph.D., The Department may impose additional AMS 507 Introduction to Probability 1988, University of British Columbia, Canada: requirements as described below. In AMS 570 Mathematical Statistics I Mathematical programming; production addition, the average for all courses AMS 572 Exploratory Data Analysis management. taken must be B or higher, and at least AMS 575 Internship in Statistical Sokal, Robert R.,8 Emeritus Distinguished 18 credits of all courses taken must Consulting Professor, Ph.D., 1952, University of Chicago: carry a grade of B or higher. AMS 578 Regression Theory Numerical taxonomy; theory of systematics; The student pursues a program of AMS 582 Design of Experiments geographic variation; spatial models in ecology study planned in consultation with an AMS 595 Fundamentals of Computing and evolution. academic advisor. The program and any subsequent modifications require Elective Requirements for the Spirov, Alexander, Associate Professor, Ph.D., approval by the graduate program M.S. Degree 1987, Irktsk State University: Computational director. biology. Any graduate-level AMS or other graduate-level courses in a related Wang, Jin,6 Assistant Professor, Ph.D., 1991, Core Requirements for the discipline approved by the graduate University of Illinois: Biomolecular folding and M.S. Degree program director may be used to recognition: protein–protein interactions. 1. Applied Mathematics satisfy the credit requirement beyond Weinig, Sheldon, Professor, Ph.D., 1955, the core course requirement. Columbia University: Manufacturing AMS 501 Differential Equations management; material sciences. and Boundary Value Problems B. Final Recommendation AMS 503 Applications of Complex Zemanian, Armen H.,9 Distinguished Professor, Analysis Upon fulfillment of the above require- Eng.Sc.D., 1953, New York University: Network AMS 504 Foundations of Applied ments, the faculty of the graduate theory; food system modeling. Mathematics program will recommend to the Dean AMS 505 Applied Linear Algebra of the Graduate School that the M.S. Number of teaching, graduate, and research AMS 526 Numerical Analysis I degree be conferred or will stipulate assistants, Fall 2007: 75 AMS 527 Numerical Analysis II further requirements that the student AMS 595 Fundamentals of Computing must fulfill. 1) Department of Computer Science 2) Department of Economics 2. Computational Biology C. Time Limit 3) Department of Technology and Society AMS 507 Probability All requirements for the M.S. degree AMS 510 Analytical Methods for must be completed within three years 4) Los Alamos National Laboratory Applied Mathematics and Statistics of the student’s first registration as a 5) Advanced Accoustical Concepts MCB 520 Graduate Biochemistry OR full-time graduate student. 6) Department of Chemistry CHE 541 Biomolecular Structure and Analysis 7) W. Averell Harriman School for Management and AMS 530 Principles in Parallel Requirements for the Ph.D. Degree Policy Computing A. Course Requirements 8) Depratment of Ecology and Evolution AMS 532 Laboratory Rotations and 9) Department of Electrical and Computer Journal Club in Computational Biology The course of study prescribed for Engineering AMS 533 Numerical Methods and the M.S. degree provides basic guide- Algorithms in Computational Biology lines for doctoral study. The student AMS 535 Intro to Computational pursues a program of study planned in Structural Biology and Drug Design consultation with an academic advisor. CSE 549 Computational Biology The program and any subsequent 3. Operations Research modifications require approval of AMS 510 Analytical Methods for the graduate program director. Applied Mathematics and Statistics AMS 507 Introduction to Probability B. Qualifying Examination AMS 540 Linear Programming A student must pass a qualifying AMS 550 Stochastic Models examination to be allowed to continue

73 APPLIED MATHEMATICS AND STATISTICS toward the Ph.D. degree. The qualifying to be recommended for advancement to AMS 502 Differential Equations and examination is given twice a year candidacy. This status is conferred by Boundary Value Problems II at the beginning and end of the spring the Dean of the Graduate School upon Analytic solution techniques for, and proper- ties of solutions of, partial differential equa- semester and is designed to test the recommendation from the graduate tions, with concentration on second order student’s preparation to do research program director. PDEs. Techniques covered include: method in Applied Mathematics. Each student of characteristics, separation of variables, G. Dissertation must demonstrate competency in eigenfunction expansions, spherical means, The most important requirement of Green’s functions and fundamental solutions, algebra and analysis and in-depth and Fourier transforms. Solution properties the Ph.D. degree is the completion of a knowledge in one of the following areas: include: energy conservation, dispersion, dissertation, which must be an original dissipation, existence and uniqueness, maxi- Computational Applied Mathematics scholarly investigation. The dissertation mum and mean value principles. Computational Biology must represent a significant contribution Prerequisite: AMS 501 to the scientific literature and its 3 credits, ABCF grading Operations Research quality must be comparable with the AMS 503 Applications of Complex Analysis Statistics publication standards of appropriate A study of those concepts and techniques in and reputable scholarly journals. complex function theory that are of interest C. Research Advisor for their applications. Pertinent material is H. Dissertation Defense After completion of at least one year of selected from the following topics: harmonic The student must defend the disser- functions, calculus of residues, conformal full-time residence and prior to taking mapping, and the argument principle. the preliminary examination, the student tation before an examining committee. Application is made to problems in heat con- must select a research advisor who On the basis of the recommendation of duction, potential theory, fluid dynamics, and agrees to serve in that capacity. this committee, the Department of feedback systems. Applied Mathematics and Statistics Spring, 3 credits, ABCF grading D. Preliminary Examination will recommend acceptance or rejection AMS 504 Foundations of Applied This is an oral examination adminis- of the dissertation to the Dean of the Mathematics tered by a committee and given to the Graduate School. All requirements for An introductory course for the purpose of student when he or she has developed the degree will have been satisfied upon developing certain concepts and techniques a research plan for the dissertation. successful defense of the dissertation. that are fundamental in modern approaches There must be at least one year to the solution of applied problems. An The plan should be acceptable to the appropriate selection of topics is based on student’s research advisor. between advancing to candidacy and the concepts of metric spaces, compactness, scheduling a dissertation defense. sequences and convergence, continuity, E. Mathematical Writing Requirement differentiation and integration, function I. Minimum Residence The mathematical writing requirement sequences, contraction mapping theorem. Strong emphasis on proofs. is associated with the preliminary oral At least two consecutive semesters of Fall, 3 credits, ABCF grading examination. The student must submit full-time study are required. a document, typically 20 to 25 double- AMS 505 Applied Linear Algebra J. Time Limit spaced pages long, containing the Review of matrix operations. Elementary literature search synopsis for the All requirements for the Ph.D. matrices and reduction of general matrices by elementary operations, canonical forms, and proposed dissertation as well as degree must be completed within seven years after the completion of 24 graduate inverses. Applications to physical problems. research work accomplished to date. It Coscheduled as AMS 505 or HPH 695. must be given to the members of the credits in the program. The time limits Fall, 3 credits, ABCF grading preliminary examination committee at for the qualifying and preliminary least one week before the oral presen- examinations and advancement to candi- AMS 506 Finite Structures Problem solving in combinatorial analysis tation. The document must have the dacy are described in the Departmental Graduate Student Handbook. and graph theory using generating functions, written approval for good English and recurrence relations, Polya’s enumeration writing style as well as correct content K. Teaching Requirement formula, graph coloring, and network flows. by the student’s thesis advisor and a 3 credits, ABCF grading One academic year of teaching faculty member, not of the preliminary experience is required. examination committee, who is appointed AMS 507 Introduction to Probability The topics include sample spaces, axioms of by the graduate program director. probability, conditional probability and inde- International students may need Courses pendence, discrete and continuous random extensive writing assistance from the variables, jointly distributed random vari- ESL Tutoring Center established to AMS 501 Differential Equations and ables, characteristics of random variables, Boundary Value Problems I law of large numbers and central limit theo- provide exactly this kind of technical Examples of initial and boundary value prob- rem, Markov chains. Note: Crosslisted with writing tutorial support. Tutorial lems in which differential equations arise. HPH 696 assistance in writing, if needed, will Existence and uniqueness of solutions, 3 credits, ABCF grading also be provided to native students. systems of linear differential equations, and the fundamental solution matrix. Power AMS 510 Analytical Methods for Applied F. Advancement to Candidacy series solutions, Sturm-Louisville theory, Mathematics and Statistics eigenfunction expansion, Green’s functions. Review of techniques of multivariate calculus, After successfully completing all Prerequisite: AMS 505; recommended pre- convergence and limits, matrix analysis, requirements for the degree other than requisite AMS 504 vector space basics, and Lagrange multipliers. the dissertation, the student is eligible Spring, 3 credits, ABCF grading Prerequisite: A course in linear algebra and

74 APPLIED MATHEMATICS AND STATISTICS in multivariate calculus ings. Applications in pricing American industrial scientists interested in parallel Fall, 3 credits, ABCF grading options, interest rate sensitive derivatives, computing and its applications to large-scale mortgage-backed securities, and risk manage- scientific and engineering problems. It focuses AMS 511 Foundations of Quantitative ment. Whenever practical, examples will use on the three main issues in parallel computing: Finance real market data. Extensive numerical exer- analysis of parallel hardware and software Introduction to capital markets, securities cises and projects in a general programming systems, design and implementation of parallel pricing, and modern portfolio theory, including environment will also be assigned. algorithms, and applications of parallel com- the organization and operation of securities Prerequisite: AMS 512 and AMS 513 puting to selected problems in physical science market, the Efficient Market Hypothesis and 3 credits, ABCF grading and engineering. The course emphasizes its implications, the Capital Asset Pricing hands-on practice and understanding of Model, the Arbitrage Pricing Theory, and more AMS 515 Case Studies in Computational algorithmic concepts of parallel computing. general factor models. Common stocks and Finance Prerequisite: A course in basic computer their valuation, statistical analysis, and portfo- Actual applications of Quantitative Finance to science such as operating systems or archi- lio selection in a single-period, mean-variance problems of risk assessment, product design, tectures or some programming experience context will be explored along with its solution portfolio management, and securities pricing Spring, 3 credits, ABCF grading as a quadratic program. Fixed income securi- will be covered. Particular attention will be ties and their valuation, statistical analysis, paid to data collection and analysis, the design AMS 532 Laboratory Rotations and Journal and portfolio selection. Discussion of the devel- and implementation of software, and, most Club in Computational Biology opment and use of financial derivatives. importantly, to differences that occur between This is a two-semester course in which stu- Introduction to risk neutral pricing, stochastic “theory and practice” in model application, and dents spend at least eight weeks in each of calculus, and the Black-Scholes Formula. to the development of practical strategies for three different laboratories actively partici- Whenever practical, examples will use real handling cases in which “model failure” makes pating in the research of participating market data. Numerical exercises and projects the naive use of quantitative techniques dan- Computational Biology faculty. Participants in a high-level programming environment will gerous. Extensive use of guest lecturers drawn will attend and give research talks at weekly also be assigned. from the industry will be made. Journal Club during the rotations. An overall 3 credits, ABCF grading Prerequisite: AMS 512 and AMS 513 grade is assigned and an evaluation form is 3 credits, ABCF grading completed by the supervising faculty member AMS 512 Capital Markets and Portfolio and provided to the student for constructive Theory AMS 520 Mathematical Modeling in the feedback. Development of capital markets and portfolio Analysis of Public Systems Fall and Spring, 0 credit, S/U grading theory in both continuous time and multi- Review of models relating to the questions of May be repeated period settings. Utility theory and its applica- the improvement in delivery of urban service tion to the determination of optimal consump- systems (e.g., fire, police, health, sanitation, AMS 533 Numerical Methods and tion and investment policies. Asymptotic transit). Topics include optimal location and Algorithms in Computational Biology growth under conditions of uncertainty. districting of public facilities, distribution An in-depth survey of many of the key tech- Applications to problems in strategic asset networks, models of congestion and delay in niques used in diverse aspects of computa- allocation over finite horizons and to prob- municipal services, and optimal deployment tional biology. A major focus of this class is on lems in public finance. Whenever practical, of emergency vehicles. how to successfully formulate a statement examples will use real market data. Numerical 3 credits, ABCF grading of the problem to be solved, and how that exercises and projects in a high-level program- formulation can guide in selecting the most ming environment will also be assigned. AMS 526 Numerical Analysis I suitable computational approach. Examples Prerequisite: AMS 511 Direct and indirect methods for solving will be drawn from a wide range of problems 3 credits, ABCF grading simultaneous linear equations and matrix in biology, including molecular modeling, inversion, conditioning, and round-off errors. biochemical reaction networks, microscopy, AMS 513 Financial Derivatives and Computation of eigenvalues and eigenvectors. and systems biology. No prior knowledge of Stochastic Calculus Co-requisite: AMS 505 biology is required. Further development of derivative pricing Fall, 3 credits, ABCF grading 3 credits, ABCF grading theory including the use of equivalent martin- gale measures, the Girsanov Theorem, the AMS 527 Numerical Analysis II AMS 535 Introduction to Computational Radon-Nikodym Derivative, and a deeper, Numerical methods based upon functional Structural Biology and Drug Design more general understanding of the Arbitrage approximation; polynomial interpolation and This course will provide an introduction to Theorem. Numerical approaches to solving approximation; and numerical differentiation computational structural biology with applica- stochastic PDE’s will be further developed. and integration. Solution methods for ordi- tion to drug design. Methods and applications Applications involving interest rate sensitive nary differential equations. AMS 527 may be that use computation to model biological sys- securities and more complex options will be taken whether or not the student has com- tems involved in human disease will be introduced. Whenever practical, examples will pleted AMS 526. emphasized. The course aims to foster col- use real market data. Numerical exercises Spring, 3 credits, ABCF grading laborative learning and will consist of presen- and projects in a high-level programming tations by the instructor, guest lecturers, and environment will also be assigned. AMS 528 Numerical Analysis III by course participants with the goal of summa- Prerequisite: AMS 511 An introduction to scientific computation, rizing key methods, topics, and papers relevant 3 credits, ABCF grading this course considers the basic numerical to computational structural biology. techniques designed to solve problems of Fall, 0-3 credits, ABCF grading AMS 514 Computational Finance physical and engineering interest. Finite May be repeated for credit Review of foundations: stochastic calculus, difference methods are covered for the three martingales, pricing, and arbitrage. Basic major classes of partial differential equations: AMS 536 Molecular Modeling of Biological principles of Monte Carlo and the efficiency parabolic, elliptic, and hyperbolic. Practical Molecules and effectiveness of simulation estimators. implementation will be discussed. The stu- This course is designed for students who wish to Generation of pseudo- and quasi-random dent is also introduced to the important gain hands-on experience modeling biological numbers with sampling methods and distri- packages of scientific software algorithms. molecules at the atomic level. In conjunction butions. Variance reduction techniques such AMS 528 may be taken whether or not the with the individual interests, molecular as control variates, antithetic variates, student has completed AMS 526 or AMS 527. mechanics, molecular dynamics, Monte Carlo, stratified and Latin hypercube sampling, Spring, 3 credits, ABCF grading docking (virtual screening), or quantum and importance sampling. Discretization mechanics software packages can be used to methods including first and second order AMS 530 Principles in Parallel Computing study relevant biological systems(s). Projects will methods, trees, jumps, and barrier cross- This course is designed for both academic and include setup, execution, and analysis. Course

75 APPLIED MATHEMATICS AND STATISTICS participants will give literature presentations integer programming, including cutting plane AMS 553 Simulation and Modeling relevant to the simulations being performed and branch and bound algorithms, necessary A comprehensive course in formulation, and a final project report will be required. and sufficient conditions for optimality of implementation, and application of simulation Familiarity with UNIX (Linux) is desirable. nonlinear programs, and performance of models. Topics include data structures, simu- This course is offered as both CHE 536 and selected nonlinear programming algorithms. lation languages, statistical analysis, pseudo- AMS 536. This course is offered as both MBA 544 and random number generation, and design of Prerequisite: CHE 535 or permission of AMS 544. simulation experiments. Students apply instructor Prerequisite: AMS 540 or MBA 540 simulation modeling methods to problems of Spring, 0-3 credits, ABCF grading their own design. This course is offered as Spring, 3 credits, ABCF grading CSE 529, AMS 553, and MBA 553. May be repeated for credit AMS 545 Computational Geometry Prerequisite: CSE 214 or equivalent; AMS 310 or 507 or equivalent; or permission of AMS 537 Dynamical Models of Gene Study of the fundamental algorithmic prob- instructor Regulation and Biological Pattern Formation lems associated with geometric computations, This is a graduate course in the fundamental including convex hulls, Voronoi diagrams, 3 credits, ABCF grading theory of genetic function and biological pat- triangulation, intersection, range queries, AMS 554 Queuing Theory tern formation in animal development. The visibility, arrangements, and motion planning course covers dynamical (sometimes called Introduction to the mathematical aspects of for robotics. Algorithmic methods include physiological) models of these processes at a congestion. Birth and death processes. Queues plane sweep, incremental insertion, random- variety of mathematical levels. Biologically, with service priorities and bulk-service ization, divide-and-conquer, etc. This course is the emphasis will be on E. coli and the fruit queues. Analysis of transient- and steady- fly Drosophila, with a careful discussion of offered as both AMS 545 and CSE 555. state behavior. Estimation of parameters. key experimental results for nonspcialists. Prerequisite for CSE 555: CSE 373 or Applications to engineering, economic, and We will study the use of both deterministic CSE 548 other systems. This course is offered as both and stochastic differential equations to solve Spring, 3 credits, ABCF grading MBA 554 and AMS 554. fundamental scientific problems such as the Prerequisite: AMS 507 phage lambda lysis/lysogeny decision, the AMS 546 Network Flows Fall, even years, 3 credits, ABCF grading engineering of artificial gene circuits, and the Theory of flows in capacity-constrained determination and regulation of the morpho- networks. Topics include maximum flow, AMS 555 Game Theory II genetic field in animal development, particu- feasibility criteria, scheduling problems, Refinements of strategic equilibrium, games larly the segmentation field in Drosophila. matching and covering problems, minimum- with incomplete information, repeated games 3 credits, ABCF grading length paths, minimum-cost flows, and asso- with and without complete information, and ciated combinatorial problems. This course is stochastic games. The Shapley value of games AMS 538 Methods in Neuronal Modeling offered as both MBA 546 and AMS 546. with many players, and NTU-values. This course is offered as both ECO 605 and AMS 555. Presentation of the mathematical modeling Prerequisite: AMS 540 or permission of approach to information processing in nerv- Prerequisite for AMS 555: AMS 552/ECO instructor ous systems, from the level of individual ionic 604. Prerequisites for ECO 605: ECO 604 channels to large-scale neuronal networks. Spring, 3 credits, ABCF grading and Graduate standing in the Department The course covers kinetic models of synaptic AMS 547 Discrete Mathematics of Economics or permission of the transmission, cable theory and compartment Graduate Director. This course introduces such mathematical models for neurons, multiple channels and Spring, 0-3 credits, ABCF grading calcium dynamics, spike-train analysis, and tools as summations, number theory, binomial modeling small neuron networks. coefficients, generating functions, recurrence AMS 556 Dynamic Programming 3 credits, ABCF grading relations, discrete probability, asymptotics, Stochastic and deterministic multistage May be repeated for credit combinatorics, and graph theory for use in optimization problems. Stochastic path algorithmic and combinatorial analysis. problems. Principle of optimality. Recursive AMS 540 Linear Programming This course is offered as both CSE 547 and and functional equations. Method of succes- Formulation of linear programming problems AMS 547. sive approximations and policy iteration. and solutions by simplex method. Duality, Prerequisite for CSE 547: AMS 301 Applications to finance, economics, inventory sensitivity analysis, dual simplex algorithm, Spring, 3 credits, ABCF grading control, maintenance, inspection, and replace- decomposition. Applications to the transporta- ment problems. This course is offered as both tion problem, two-person games, assignment AMS 550 Operations Research: Stochastic MBA 556 and AMS 556. problem, and introduction to integer and Models Prerequisite: MBA/AMS 550 or MBA/AMS 558 nonlinear programming. This course is offered Includes Poisson processes, renewal theory, 3 credits, ABCF grading as both MBA 540 and AMS 540. discrete-time and continuous-time Markov Prerequisite: A course in linear algebra processes, Brownian motion, applications to AMS 562 Numerical Hydrology 3 credits, ABCF grading queues, statistics, and other problems of Numerical solution methods for the equations engineering and social sciences. This course of incompressible flow in porous media with AMS 542 Analysis of Algorithms is offered as both MBA 550 and AMS 550. special emphasis on groundwater flow. Finite Techniques for designing efficient algorithms, difference and finite element methods for Prerequisite: AMS 507 or equivalent including choice of data structures, recursion, steady-state and transient flows-boundary branch and bound, divide and conquer, and 3 credits, ABCF grading conditions, range of validity and stability of dynamic programming. Complexity analysis the numerical schemes, and numerical arti- of searching, sorting, matrix multiplication, AMS 552 Game Theory I facts. The approach is hands on, with example and graph algorithms. Standard NP-complete Elements of cooperative and noncooperative problems being computed. This course is problems and polynomial transformation games. Matrix games, pure and mixed strate- offered as both GEO 564 and AMS 562. techniques. This course is offered as both gies, and equilibria. Solution concepts such as Prerequisite: AMS 526 or permission of AMS 542 and CSE 548. core, stable sets, and bargaining sets. Voting instructor Prerequisite for CSE 548: CSE 373 games, and the Shapley and Banzhaff power Fall, alternate years, 3 credits, ABCF grading recommended indices. This course is offered as both ECO Spring, 3 credits, ABCF grading 604 and AMS 552. AMS 565 Wave Propagation Prerequisite for ECO 604: Graduate standing Theory of propagation of vector and scalar AMS 544 Discrete and Nonlinear Optimization in the Department of Economics or permis- waves in bounded and unbounded regions. Theoretical and computational properties of sion of Graduate Director Development of methods of geometrical discrete and nonlinear optimization problems: 0-3 credits, ABCF grading optics. Propagation in homogeneous and

76 APPLIED MATHEMATICS AND STATISTICS anisotropic media. using log linear models. Logistic regression. statistical procedures: one-sample Wilcoxon 3 credits, ABCF grading Prerequisite: AMS 572 tests, two-sample Wilcoxon tests, runs test, Spring, 3 credits, ABCF grading Kruskal-Wallis test, Kendall’s tau, Spearman’s AMS 566 Compressible Fluid Dynamics rho, Hodges-Lehman estimation, Friedman Physical, mathematical, and computational AMS 575 Internship in Statistical Consulting analysis of variance on ranks. The course gives description in compressible fluid flows. Directed quantitative research problem in the theoretical underpinnings to these proce- Integral and differential forms of the conserva- conjunction with currently existing research dures, showing how existing techniques may tion equations, one-dimensional flow, shocks programs outside the Department. Students be extended and new techniques developed. and expansion waves in two and three dimen- specializing in a particular area work on a An excursion into the new problems of multi- sions, quasi-one-dimensional flow, transient problem from that area; others work on prob- variate nonparametric inference is made. flow, numerical methods for steady supersonic lems related to their interests, if possible. Prerequisites: AMS 312 and AMS 572 or flow, numerical methods for transient flow. Efficient and effective use of computers. equivalents Spring, 3 credits, ABCF grading Each student gives at least one informal lec- Fall, 3 credits, ABCF grading ture to his or her colleagues on a research AMS 569 Probability Theory I problem and its statistical aspects. AMS 588 Biostatistics Probability spaces and sigma-algebras. Prerequisite: Permission of instructor Statistical techniques for planning and analyz- Random variables as measurable mappings. 3-4 credits, ABCF grading ing medical studies. Planning and conducting Borel-Cantelli lemmas. Expectation using clinical trials and retrospective and prospec- simple functions. Monotone and dominated AMS 577 Multivariate Analysis tive epidemiological studies. Analysis of sur- convergence theorems. Inequalities. Stochastic The multivariate distribution. Estimation of vival times including singly censored and dou- convergence. Characteristic functions. Laws the mean vector and covariance matrix of the bly censored data. Quantitative and quantal of large numbers and the central limit theo- multivariate normal. Discriminant analysis. bioassays, two-stage assays, routine bioas- rem. This course is offered as both AMS 569 Canonical correlation. Principal components. says. Quality control for medical studies. and MBA 569. Factor analysis. Cluster analysis. Prerequisite: AMS 572 or permission of Prerequisite: AMS 504 or equivalent Prerequisites: AMS 572 and AMS 578 instructor 3 credits, ABCF grading 3 credits, ABCF grading Fall, 3 credits, ABCF grading AMS 570 Introduction to Mathematical AMS 578 Regression Theory AMS 589 Quantitative Genetics Statistics Classical least-squares theory for regression Definition of relevant terminology. Statistical Probability and distributions; multivariate including the Gauss-Markov theorem and and genetic models for inheritance of quanti- distributions; distributions of functions of classical normal statistical theory. An intro- tative traits. Estimation of effects of selec- random variables; sampling distributions; duction to stepwise regression, procedures, tion, dominance polygenes, epistatis, and limiting distributions; point estimation; confi- and exploratory data analysis techniques. environment. Linkage studies and threshold dence intervals; sufficient statistics; Bayesian Analysis of variance problems as a subject of characteristics. estimation; maximum likelihood estimation; regression. Brief discussions of robustness of Spring, odd years, 3 credits, ABCF grading statistical tests. estimation and robustness of design. Prerequisite: AMS 312 or equivalent Prerequisite: AMS 572 or equivalent AMS 591 Topics for M.S. Students 3 credits, ABCF grading 3 credits, ABCF grading Various topics of current interest in applied mathematics will be offered if sufficient AMS 571 Mathematical Statistics AMS 581 Analysis of Variance interest is shown. Several topics may be Sampling distribution; convergence concepts; Analysis of models with fixed effects. The taught concurrently in different sections. classes of statistical models; sufficient statis- Gauss-Markov theorem; construction of con- Prerequisite: Permission of instructor tics; likelihood principle; point estimation; fidence ellipsoids and tests with Gaussian 3 credits, ABCF grading Bayes estimators; consistency; Neyman- observations. Problems of multiple tests of May be repeated for credit Pearson Lemma; UMP tests; UMPU tests; hypotheses. One-way, two-way, and higher- Likelihood ratio tests; large sample theory. way layouts. Analysis of incomplete designs AMS 592 Mathematical Methods of Finance Crosslisted as HPH 697 or AMS 571. such as Latin squares and incomplete blocks. and Investments I Prerequisite: AMS 312; AMS 570 is Analysis of covariance problems. A broad-based course in mathematical mod- preferred but not required Prerequisite: AMS 570 or equivalent eling and quantitative analysis of financial 3 credits, ABCF grading 3 credits, ABCF grading transactions and investment management issues such as debt and equity, measures of AMS 572 Data Analysis I AMS 582 Design of Experiments risk and returns, efficient markets and effi- Introduction to basic statistical procedures. Discussion of the accuracy of experiments, cient set mathematics, asset pricing, one- Survey of elementary statistical procedures partitioning sums of squares, randomized factor and multiple-factor models, portfolio such as the t-test and chi-square test. designs, factorial experiments, Latin squares, selection, futures and options. Procedures to verify that assumptions are confounding and fractional replication, Fall, 3 credits, ABCF grading satisfied. Extensions of simple procedures to response surface experiments, and incomplete more complex situations and introduction to block designs. Coscheduled as AMS 582 or AMS 593 Mathematical Theory of Interest one-way analysis of variance. Basic exploratory HPH 699. and Portfolio Pricing data analysis procedures (stem and leaf plots, Prerequisite: AMS 572 or equivalent Calculation of simple and compound interest straightening regression lines, and tech- 3 credits, ABCF grading poses elementary arithmetic or algebraic niques to establish equal variance). problems. Variable interest rates (including Coscheduled as AMS 572 or HPH 698. AMS 586 Time Series indexing), inflation, changes in the exchange Prerequisite: AMS 312 or permission of Analysis in the frequency domain. Peri- rates of foreign currency, and changes in the instructor odograms, approximate tests, relation to laws, such as income tax, create investment Fall, 3 credits, ABCF grading regression theory. Pre-whitening and digital risks. The course is intended to develop fibers. Common data windows. Fast Fourier problem-solving skills and adopts both AMS 573 Design and Analysis of transforms. Complex demodulation, Gibbs’ deterministic and stochastic approaches. The Categorical Data phenomenon issues. Time-domain analysis. perspectives of the consumer and the investor Measuring the strength of association between Prerequisites: AMS 507 and AMS 570 are taken into account. The material helps pairs of categorical variables. Methods for 3 credits, ABCF grading students prepare for the actuarial examina- evaluating classification procedures and inter- tions. Topics are selected from the following: rater agreement. Analysis of the associations AMS 587 Nonparametric Statistics simple and compound interest, fixed-rate among three or more categorical variables This course covers the applied nonparametric loans and mortgages, annuities and capital

77 APPLIED MATHEMATICS AND STATISTICS budgeting of pension plans, variable interest Liapunov functions. Analytical and geometri- pursue research in applied mathematics. rates, bonds, prepayment and default cal investigations of second-order equations Varying topics from nonlinear programming scenarios, and currency baskets. such as van der Pol’s and Lienard’s equations. and optimization to applied graph theory Prerequisite: AMS 310 or permission of Prerequisite: AMS 501 and applied combinatorics may be offered instructor 3 credits, ABCF grading concurrently. Fall, 3 credits, ABCF grading Prerequisites: AMS 540 and permission of AMS 620 Theory and Applications of instructor AMS 594 Mathematical Methods of Finance Large-Scale Networks 3 credits, ABCF grading and Investments II A rigorous treatment of mathematical tech- May be repeated for credit This course employs the techniques of math- niques used to answer many practical ques- ematical statistics and empirical finance, e.g., tions arising in the study and design of AMS 644 Special Topics in Applied estimation theory, linear and nonlinear large-scale networks. Emphasis on the devel- Probability regression, time series analysis, modeling opment of algorithms. Several lectures devoted The course is designed for second- and third- and simulation to examine critically various to specific applications to computer networks year graduate students with a background in models of prediction for asset-pricing, pricing to be used throughout the course. probability and stochastic modeling who wish of derivative products and term-structure of Prerequisite: AMS 540 or equivalent to pursue research in applications of the interest rates assuming stochastic volatility. 3 credits, ABCF grading probability theory. Several topics may be Statistics necessary for analysis is incorpo- taught concurrently in different sections. rated in the course. AMS 621 Finite Element Methods for Partial Prerequisites: AMS 550 and permission of Prerequisite: AMS 592 Differential Equations instructor Fall, 3 credits, ABCF grading Variational form of the problem, Ritz Galerkin, Fall, 3 credits, ABCF grading collocation, and mixed methods; triangular, May be repeated for credit AMS 595 Fundamentals of Computing rectangular (2-D), and tetrahedral (3-D) ele- Introduction to UNIX operating system, C lan- ments; accuracy, convergence, and stability; AMS 651 Nonlinear Analysis and guage, graphics, and parallel supercomputing. solutions of linear, nonlinear steady-state, Optimization Fall, 1 credit, ABCF grading and dynamic problems; implicit and explicit Iterative methods for solving nonlinear time integration; equivalence of finite- operator equations. Frechet differentials. The AMS 596 Fundamentals of Large-Scale element and finite-difference methods. Newton-Raphson method in function space Computing Prerequisite: AMS 502 or equivalent and nonlinear boundary value problems. The Overview of the design and maintenance of 3 credits, ABCF grading Courant penalty concept and constrained large-scale computer projects in applied math- optimization. General multiplier rules. Variable ematics, including basic programming tech- AMS 623 Topics in Systems and metric gradient projection for nonlinear niques for massively parallel supercomputers. Control Theory least-square methods, with applications. Prerequisite: AMS 595 or permission of This course is designed for second- and third- 3 credits, ABCF grading instructor year graduate students who wish to pursue Spring, 1 credit, ABCF grading research in the area of systems and control AMS 652 Special Topics in Game Theory theory. The students are expected to have a The course is designed for second- and third- AMS 597 Statistical Computing strong research background in linear algebra year graduate students who wish to specialize Introduction to statistical computing using and differential equations and basic knowl- in the mathematical theory of games. SAS and S plus. edge in systems and control theory. Prerequisites: AMS 552 and permission of Fall, 1 credit, ABCF grading Prerequisite: Permission of instructor instructor Spring, 3 credits, ABCF grading 3 credits, ABCF grading AMS 599 Research May be repeated for credit May be repeated for credit 1-12 credits, S/U Grading AMS 627 Theory of Integral Equations and May be repeated for up to 12 credits AMS 670 Special Topics in Probability and Their Applications Mathematical Statistics AMS 605 Probability Theory II Integral equations with degenerate kernels, The course is designed for second- and third- Advanced probability. Conditional sigma- equations of the second kind, iterative solu- year graduate students with a strong founda- fields, stochastic processes, Brownian motion, tions, contraction mapping principle, tion in analysis and statistics who wish to Markov property, weak convergence, infinitely Fredholm theory, and spectral theory for pursue research in mathematical statistics. divisible distributions, martingales, stochastic symmetric kernels. Volterra equations of Several topics may be taught concurrently in integrals, stochastic differential equations, the first and second kind, equations with different sections. and stochastic approximation. weakly singular kernels, simultaneous sys- Prerequisites: AMS 569, AMS 570 Prerequisite: AMS 569 or permission of tems, and applications. 3 credits, ABCF grading instructor Prerequisites: AMS 504 and AMS 505 May be repeated for credit 3 credits, ABCF grading 3 credits, ABCF grading AMS 607 Advanced Stochastic Processes I AMS 628 Applications of Functional Analysis AMS 675 Special Topics in Applied Statistics Theory and application of continuous time Introduction to such topics as unbounded The course is designed for second- and third- stochastic processes, continuous time martin- operators and the closed-graph theorem, year students with a strong foundation in gales, square-integrable martingales, Brownian convexity, weak convergence in Hilbert statistical analysis who wish to pursue research motion, stochastic integrals and Ito’s formula, space, and degree theory. Applications to in applied statistics. stochastic differential equations, and appli- monotone operators and the stability of non- Prerequisites: AMS 507, AMS 572 cations to financial mathematics. linear systems, to Schwartz distributions and 3 credits, ABCF grading Prerequisite: AMS 605 or AMS 569 passive linear systems, and to the solution of May be repeated for credit Spring, 3 credits, ABCF grading nonlinear equations. Prerequisite: AMS 504 or equivalent AMS 676 Internship in Applied Mathematics AMS 615 Advanced Stochastic Processes II 3 credits, ABCF grading Directed research and/or practical experience Existence, uniqueness, and continuity theo- in industry, financial and consulting firms, and rems. Approximate solutions by method of AMS 641 Special Topics in Mathematical research institutions. Students are required iteration. Study of autonomous systems. Programming to have a Department faculty adviser who Phase-plane analysis, periodic solutions. The course is designed for second- and third- coordinates and supervises the internship. Singular points, cycles, and limit cycles. year graduate students with a strong founda- Submission of the final report is required. Theory of bifurcation. Stability theory and tion in linear algebra and analysis who wish to 0-9 credits, S/U grading

78 APPLIED MATHEMATICS AND STATISTICS

AMS 683 Biological Physics and Biophysical AMS 700 Dissertation Research Off Chemistry: Theoretical Perspectives Campus—Domestic This course will survey a selected number of Prerequisite: Must be advanced to candidacy topics in biological physics and biophysical (G5); major portion of research will take chemistry. The emphasis is on the understand- place off-campus, but in the U.S. and/or ing of physical organization principles and U.S. provinces (Brookhaven National Lab fundamental mechanisms involved in the biological process. The potential topics and Cold Spring Harbor Lab are considered include: Protein Folding, Protein Dynamics, on campus); all international students Biomolecular Interactions and Recognition, must enroll in one of the graduate student Electron and Proton Transfer, Motors, insurance plans and should be advised by Membranes, Single Molecules and Single an International Advisor Cells, Cellular Networks, Development and Fall, spring, summer, 1-9 credits, S/U grading Differentiation, Brains and Neural Systems, May be repeated for credit Evolution. There will be no homework or exams. The grades will be based on the AMS 701 Dissertation Research off Campus– performance of the term projects. Crosslisted International with PHY 680 and CHE 683. Prerequisite: Must be advanced to candidacy 0-3 credits, ABCF grading (G5); major portion of research will take AMS 690 Special Topics in Differential place outside of the U.S. and/or U.S. Equations and Applied Analysis provinces; domestic students have the option The course is designed for second- and third- of the health plan and may also enroll in year graduate students with a strong founda- MEDEX; international students who are tion in analysis who wish to pursue research in their home country are not covered by in applied mathematics. Several topics may be mandatory health plan and must contact taught concurrently in different sections. the Insurance Office for the insurance Prerequisites: AMS 501, AMS 504 charge to be removed; international students 3 credits, ABCF grading who are not in their home country are May be repeated for credit charged for the mandatory health insurance (if they are to be covered by another AMS 691 Topics in Applied Mathematics insurance plan, they must file a waiver Varying topics selected from the list below if by the second week of classes; the charge sufficient interest is shown. Several topics may will only be removed if the other plan is be taught concurrently in different sections: Advanced Operational Methods in Applied deemed comparable); all international Mathematics students must receive clearance from an Approximate Methods in Boundary Value International Advisor Problems in Applied Mathematics Fall, spring, summer, 1-9 credits, S/U grading Control Theory and Optimization May be repeated for credit Foundations of Passive Systems Theory Game Theory AMS 800 Summer Research Mixed Boundary Value Problems in 0 credit, S/U grading Elasticity May be repeated Partial Differential Equations Quantitative Genetics Stochastic Modeling 3 credits, ABCF grading May be repeated for credit AMS 695 Special Topics in Numerical Analysis and Scientific Computing The course is designed for second- and third- year graduate students with a strong founda- tion in applied linear algebra and numerical analysis who wish to pursue research in applied mathematics. Several topics may be taught concurrently in different sections. Prerequisites: AMS 505, AMS 526 3 credits, ABCF grading May be repeated for credit AMS 698 Practicum in Teaching 3 credits, S/U Grading May be repeated for credit AMS 699 Dissertation Research On Campus Prerequisite: Must be advanced to candidacy (G5); major portion of research must take place on SB campus, at Cold Spring Harbor, or at Brookhaven National Lab Fall, spring, and summer, 1-9 credits, S/U grading May be repeated for credit

79 ART

Art (ARH, ARS)

Chair: Anita Moskowitz, Staller Center Room 2221, (631) 632-7260 M.F.A. Graduate Program Director: Stephanie Dinkins, Staller Center Room 4287, (631) 632-7270 M.A./Ph.D. Graduate Program Director (acting): Barbara Frank, Staller Center Room 4219, (631) 632-7270 Graduate Secretary: Staller Center Room 2228, (631) 632-7270

Degrees awarded: M.A. in Art History and Criticism; M.F.A. in Studio Art; Ph.D. in Art History and Criticism

The Department of Art’s master’s and artists, arts agencies, galleries, muse- in an M.F.A. group exhibition in the doctoral programs in Art History and ums, and other cultural institutions University Art Gallery. Normally, the Criticism and the Master of Fine Arts throughout the metropolitan area. Art M.F.A. requires three years of full-time program in Studio Art occupy unique History students also have the opportu- residency. Students are not accepted positions among graduate programs in nity to gain valuable experience as man- into the M.F.A. program on a part-time art studies. The Department’s programs aging and business editors for the basis. The degree is especially suitable have been built with a strong emphasis respected semi-annual journal, Art for students who plan professional on modern art and contemporary visual Criticism, published by the Department involvement in the making of art as culture, comprising a range of critical, under the editorship of Donald Kuspit. artists, and may also be the degree of theoretical, and interdisciplinary inter- choice for those preparing for careers in ests. Rather than being isolated at a Degree Programs arts administration, art education, or special or autonomous art institute or M.A. in Art History and Criticism gallery and museum work. school, these programs have all the The M.A. in Art History and Criticism is Ph.D. in Art History and Criticism advantages associated with the intellec- a two-year, 36-credit degree program tual environment of a major research that offers an integrated curriculum of Stony Brook’s Ph.D. program in Art university. Students have the opportu- art history, criticism, and theory with a History and Criticism is designed to nity to explore other fields in addition to particular focus on modern and contem- encourage students to apply what they Art History and Criticism or Studio Art, porary art and visual culture. It presents have learned at the master’s level and may elect to complete one or more the graduate student a unique opportu- toward more intense and individual advanced graduate certificate programs nity for innovative study in art criticism research. It is organized to allow stu- in Art and Philosophy, Cultural Studies, and theory and traditional study in art dents to further their areas of study by and Women’s Studies, among others. history. The goals of the program include concentrating on major and minor fields that are a function of the individual Because of the Department of Art’s the development of the critic or historian interests of the student and reflecting extensive undergraduate programs, who can combine the various fields of art the strengths of the faculty. The empha- Stony Brook is the only major university historical study with a critical conscious- sis of the program is on integrating in the New York metropolitan area to ness and awareness of larger intellectual research and analysis into a single cur- offer teaching experience to first- and/or issues involved in such work. For exam- riculum with a particular focus on art second-year graduate students in Art ple, seminars are offered on the history criticism and theory and an interdiscipli- History and Criticism or Studio Art. of art criticism; the development of alter- nary approach to modern and contempo- Such experience is an important asset in native perspectives on art; the develop- rary art and visual culture. The program today’s job market. ment of practicing art critics; and the culminates in the oral defense of a sub- Graduate studies are facilitated by interdisciplinary study of modern and stantial written dissertation on an origi- Stony Brook’s ideal location halfway contemporary art, among others. The nal topic. Students are not accepted into between the art centers of New York program culminates in the preparation the Ph.D. program on a part-time basis. City and the Hamptons, along the beau- of a written thesis. Part-time study is This degree is considered essential for tifully wooded North Shore of Long allowed in this degree program. The M.A. those intending to engage in advanced Island. Classes, lectures, and confer- in Art History and Criticism can be con- academic research, teaching, and publish- ences are also offered at Stony Brook sidered appropriate preparation for Ph.D. ing in the field of art history and criticism, Manhattan; at the Pollock-Krasner degrees in art history or other fields. House in East Hampton, administered and may provide a significant advantage Students also move on to careers in arts to those entering the professional art under the auspices of the Department of education, or gallery and museum work. Art and the Stony Brook Foundation; world of museums and galleries. and at the Pollock-Krasner Study The M.F.A. in Studio Art Advanced Graduate Certificate Center at Stony Brook Southampton. The M.F.A. in Studio Art is a flexible 60- All curricula are designed to take advan- credit terminal degree combining studio (AGC) in Art and Philosophy tage of the full range of museums, gal- work, academic studies, and theory. (ArtPHIL) leries, and libraries of the metropolitan Although the degree requirements con- [Note: This is an optional opportunity for region as well as the facilities of a major centrate primarily on studio practice, ARH or ARS students, as are the certifi- research university campus. Thanks to the program requires several liberal cate programs in Women’s Studies and the well-established ties of Stony Brook arts courses as well as a teaching Cultural Studies. This advanced gradu- faculty to the professional art world, our practicum. The program culminates in a ate certificate program is separate from students are regularly placed in intern- one-person thesis show accompanied by the degree programs of the Department ship and apprenticeship programs with a written thesis, as well as participation of Art.]

80 ART

The Art and Philosophy (ArtPHIL) contemporary art, including the annual landmark museum and a forum for Advanced Graduate Certificate is a 15- M.F.A. show. lectures, seminars, and other academic credit (minimum) program designed to In addition, the Department has sub- activities. The Study Center comprises provide an interdisciplinary concentra- stantial graduate studio space available at extensive reference materials and tion in aesthetics, art history, art theory other locations on the campus. Each archives, including books, journals, oral and criticism, contemporary continental M.F.A. student is provided individual histories, photographs, and available philosophy, and visual arts, for students studio space and there are large common for research. already enrolled full-time in a Stony spaces used regularly for discussion, Brook graduate degree-granting pro- temporary exhibitions or installations, Admission gram (Ph.D., M.F.A., M.A. in Art History and documentation of work. The Admission to the M.A. and Ph.D. and Criticism, Philosophy, Studio Art, or Graduate Library Gallery provides exhi- Programs in Art History and Criticism a related discipline such as Comparative bition space with media exhibition equip- In addition to the requirements of the Literature, Cultural Studies, English, ment and network connection for M.F.A. Graduate School, the following informa- Hispanic Languages, Music, Theater, students, and there are several other on- tion and prerequisites should be noted: etc.). ArtPHIL graduate courses are campus locations where students have Admission for full-time study may be regular seminars, offered primarily by opportunities to exhibit their work. for either the Fall or Spring semester, the Departments of Art and Philosophy. Studio facilities in the Staller though the former is advisable, both for To satisfy program requirements, courses Center include full foundry, metals, financial awards (at the Ph.D. level) and must be approved by the ArtPHIL and wood shops; a ceramics and for organizing the course of study. Part- Program Director. All ArtPHIL students ceramic sculpture studio; spacious time study is permissible for qualified must take the joint seminar offered by painting, drawing, and studio class- M.A. candidates only. Admission into two faculty members, one in Philosophy rooms; printmaking studios with the M.A. and Ph.D. programs is at the and the other in Art. etching, stone lithography and photo discretion of the Departmental graduate For students enrolled in an ARH or plate-making and screen printing facil- studies committee with the final PHI graduate program, nine of the 15 ities; extensive digital facilities; and a approval of the Graduate School. credits must be earned outside the home shooting studio with gang and individual Admission to the program assumes a graduate program. The six credits earned darkrooms. The Visual Resources minimum of a B average in undergradu- toward the graduate degree in the home Library offers an extensive slide and ate work, meeting the standards of department may be applied toward the digital image collection to support the admission to the Graduate School. The ArtPHIL Graduate Certificate. Students teaching and research needs of the minimum TOEFL score for admission is enrolled in Stony Brook graduate pro- Department, videos and print journals, 550 (paper), or 213 (computer), or 90 grams other than ARH or PHI should as well as computer equipment for the (Internet-based test); OR an IELTS consult with their home departments to ongoing development of a database and total score of 6.5. In order to teach, any determine whether credits earned for digital imaging capacity. Art history graduate student whose native language the ArtPHIL AGC can be applied to the classrooms are equipped with slide pro- is not English must score 55 or above on primary graduate degree program. jectors and data projectors. The main the TSE or SPEAK test or obtain a For complete admission requirements, library houses extensive collections of score of 7.0 or better in the speaking approved courses, and enrollment forms scholarship on the arts, including recent component of the IELTS test. The Web in the ArtPHIL AGC program, please exhibition catalogues and the most site for ETS (TOEFL and GRE) is visit: http://ms.cc.sunysb.edu/~hsilver important art history and criticism jour- www.ets.org man/ArtPHIL/ArtPHIL.htm. Students nals. In addition, art history and criti- It is recognized that M.A. and Ph.D. interested in the ArtPHIL program are cism students have the opportunity to applicants may come from a wide vari- advised to seek enrollment early in their gain business and editorial experience ety of backgrounds that will require primary degree program. To discuss by assisting with the production of the individual structuring of their programs program details and enrollment proce- respected journal Art Criticism, pub- to suit their needs. Applicants will ordi- dures, contact Prof. Hugh J. Silverman, lished semiannually by the Department. narily have a bachelor’s degree with an ArtPHIL Program Director, at Proximity to New York City makes Art History major or minor; however, [email protected] available the numerous ateliers, galleries, this requirement may be waived at the libraries, museums, and publishing insti- discretion of the Departmental graduate Facilities tutions of the greater metropolitan area. studies committee. Those without a Classes, lectures, and conferences are Since 1976, the Department of Art has demonstrated background in art history also now offered at Stony Brook’s enjoyed the resources of the Staller may be advised to take undergraduate Manhattan facility, conveniently located Center for the Arts. This 226,026-square- courses in the Department prior to at 28th Street and Park Avenue South, foot building includes the Departments of admission to the program. All applicants and easy to reach by bus, train, and sub- Art, Music, and Theatre and is a vibrant are encouraged to submit a sample of way. Finally, the Pollock-Krasner House hub of concerts, lectures, performances, written work with their application. and other cultural activities. The complex in East Hampton and the Pollock- includes faculty and staff offices, art Krasner Study Center in Southampton, history classrooms, and a graduate Long Island, are affiliated with the lounge. The first floor of the Art wing University. Once the home and studio of features a magnificent art gallery space Jackson Pollock and Lee Krasner, the devoted primarily to exhibitions of Pollock-Krasner House is now a both a

81 ART

Admission to the M.F.A. Program in Professors Cooper, Rhonda, Director of the University Studio Art Bogart, Michele H., Ph.D., 1979, University of Gallery and Lecturer, M.A., 1972, University of Chicago: American art and visual culture. Hawaii: Far Eastern art. In addition to the requirements of the Graduate School, the following informa- Buonagurio, Toby, M.A., 1971, City College of Harrison, Helen, Lecturer and Director of the New York: Ceramics; ceramic sculpture; Pollock-Krasner House and Study Center, tion and prerequisites should be noted: drawing. M.A., 1975, Case Western Reserve University: Admission for full-time study will be Guilmain, Jacques, Emeritus, Ph.D., 1958, American art. granted to begin in the fall semester only. Columbia University: Medieval art; archaeology. Admission into the M.F.A. program is at the Larese, Steven, Technical Specialist and Kuspit, Donald B., Ph.D., 1971, University of discretion of the graduate faculty with final Lecturer, M.F.A., 1975, University of Cincinnati: Michigan; D.Phil., 1960, University of Visual resources curator; painting and drawing. approval of the Graduate School. Frankfurt, Germany: Art criticism; aesthetics; Admission to the program assumes a 20th-century and Northern Renaissance art. Mafucci, John, Technical Specialist and Lecturer, B.A., 1998, Stony Brook University: minimum of a B average in undergradu- Levine, Martin, M.F.A., 1972, California ate work, meeting the standards of College of Arts and Crafts: Printmaking. Sculpture technician and studios manager. admission to the Graduate School, and Moskowitz, Anita, Chair, Ph.D., 1978, New Part-Time Faculty taking the GRE (Graduate Record York University: Medieval and Renaissance art Brooks, Sarah, Adjunct Lecturer, Ph.D., 2002, Examination) General Test, as required and connoisseurship. Institute of Fine Arts, New York University: for all applicants to the Graduate School. Pekarsky, Melvin H., M.A., 1956, Medieval art and architecture. The minimum TOEFL score for admis- Northwestern University: Drawing; painting; Leslie, Richard, Adjunct Lecturer, Ph.D., 2003, sion is 550 (paper), or 213 (computer), or public art. Graduate Center of the City University of New 90 (Internet-based test); OR an IELTS Pindell, Howardena, M.F.A., 1967, Yale York: 20th century; northern Baroque; and total score of 6.5. In order to teach, University: Painting and drawing. history of photography. which is a requirement for the M.F.A., Rubin, James H., Ph.D., 1972, Harvard any graduate student whose native lan- University: 18th- and 19th-century art; Nelinson, David, Adjunct Lecturer, M.F.A., 2004, guage is not English must score 55 or art and politics. Stony Brook University: Painting and drawing. Oberst, William, Adjunct Lecturer, M.F.A., 1997, above on the TSE or SPEAK test or Associate Professors obtain a score of 7.0 or better in the Stony Brook University: Painting and drawing. Dinkins, Stephanie, M.F.A., 1997, Maryland speaking component of the IELTS test. Institute College of Art: New media; photography. Paradis, Jason, Adjunct Lecturer, M.F.A, 1998, The Web site for ETS (TOEFL and Stony Brook University: Painting and drawing. Erickson, Christa, M.F.A., 1995, University of GRE) is www.ets.org California, San Diego: Director, Consortium for Richholt, Dan, Adjunct Lecturer, M.F.A., 1994, All candidates for the M.F.A. program Digital Arts, Culture, and Technology. Stony Brook University: Sculpture. must enter with a minimum of 40 semes- Electronic installation, digital media, video art. Schneider, Gary, Artist-In-Residence, M.F.A., ter hours of credit or the equivalent of Frank, Barbara E., Ph.D., 1988, Indiana 1979, Pratt Institute: Photography. undergraduate work in Studio Art in a University: African, Mesoamerican, and B.A., B.S., B.F.A., or similar program. African Diaspora art history. Semergieff, Christopher, Visiting Artist, M.F.A., 1979, CUNY, New York. The candidate must submit with his or Lutterbie, John, Ph.D., 1983, University of her graduate application 15 to 20 slides Washington: Performance and theatre studies. Weil, Marianne, Adjunct Lecturer, M.F.A., 1986, of work or other appropriate materials Nagasawa, Nobuho, M.F.A., 1985, Hochschule School of Visual Arts: Sculpture and design. that may include NTSC VHS video der Kunste Berlin, Germany: Sculpture. Affiliated Faculty tapes, DVDs, or CDs. Applicants should Assistant Professors also have a minimum of 15 semester Kaplan, Elizabeth Ann, Distinguished Professor of English and Comparative Literary and hours of credit in art history, theory, or Gerbracht, Grady, SMVisS (Master’s of Science in Visual Studies), 1999, Massachusetts Cultural Studies; Director, The Humanities criticism. At the discretion of the Institute of Technology: Visual and conceptual Institute at Stony Brook, Ph.D., 1970, Rutgers graduate faculty, those without suf- design; photography; digital media. University: Film and cultural studies, women’s ficient background may be advised Goodarzi, Shoki, Ph.D., 1999, University of studies, psychoanalysis. to complete further undergraduate California, Berkeley: Ancient Near Eastern art. coursework prior to acceptance and Munich, Adrienne, Professor of English, Ph.D., Monteyne, Joseph, Ph.D., 2000, University of admission to the program. Decisions 1976, City University of New York: Victorian British Columbia, Canada: Early modern art by the graduate art faculty on these literature and culture, feminist theory, material history and criticism. culture, fashion theory. matters are in addition to, and not in Patterson, Zabet, Ph.D., 2007, University of Silverman, Hugh J., Professor of Philosophy lieu of, the general requirements of California, Berkeley: History and theory of and Comparative Literary and Cultural Studies, the Graduate School. digital media. Program Director, Advanced Graduate Faculty Uroskie, Andrew, Ph.D., 2005, University of Certificate in Art and Philosophy, Ph.D., 1973, California, Berkeley: History and criticism of Stanford University: Aesthetic, cultural, and art The faculty of the Department of Art late modernism, film and photography in the theory, continental philosophy, contemporary consists of artists and scholars of national art of 1960s and 1970s. European thought and cultures. and international reputation who are Adjunct Faculty, Technicians, and actively involved in the practice of art, art Professional Staff Number of teaching, graduate, and research criticism, or art historical research. Cassidy, James, Technical Specialist and assistants, Fall 2007: 25 Artists on the faculty have published Lecturer, M.A., 1986, Adelphi University: numerous books and articles in major Photo/printmaking technician and studios scholarly journals or presses. manager.

82 ART

Degree Requirements ARH 554 Topics in Visual Culture that time submit a prospectus outlining Requirements for the M.A. Degree (three credits) the nature and aims of the thesis. The thesis shall be a significant original ARH 570 Issues in Architectural in Art History and Criticism work in the form of one or more essays History and Criticism (three credits) A. Course Requirements relevant to the examination of art history, The student will be required to com- 3. Humanities and Social Sciences criticism, and theory. plete successfully 36 credits of graduate Electives (six to nine credits) work, as outlined in the list of courses Two or three courses in the humani- Requirements for the M.F.A. below. A student must achieve a 3.0 ties and/or social sciences, to be chosen in Studio Art overall grade point average to receive a in consultation with a faculty advisor The Department accepts only full-time degree from Stony Brook. and with the approval of the Director of students into the M.F.A. program. 1. Required Courses (12 credits) Graduate Studies. These courses may be A. Course Offerings in anthropology, dramaturgy, history, ARH 502 History of 19th-Century Art Courses are offered in ceramics, Criticism and Theory (three credits) literary studies or criticism, musicology, sociology, etc., but cannot be in studio art. ceramic sculpture, computer and elec- ARH 503 History of 20th-Century tronic media, drawing, painting, photog- Art Criticism and Theory (three 4. Thesis Credits (three to six credits) raphy, printmaking, and sculpture. In credits) ARH 598 Thesis (three to six credits) addition, studio courses offered through Note: A student who takes only two art other departments may satisfy area-of- ARH 540 Methodologies of Art concentration requirements, subject to History (three credits) history and criticism courses must take three humanities and social science approval by the Studio Art faculty and ARH 592 Teaching Practicum electives, and vice versa. Total elective the Director of Graduate Studies. (see below) credits must be 15. B. Liberal Arts Requirement 2. Art History and Criticism (six to B. Comprehensive Examination Students are required to take three or nine credits) This test of basic competency is designed four graduate liberal arts courses (in ARH 501 Theory and Criticism: From to assess the student’s knowledge of indi- anthropology, art history and criticism, Antiquity through the Renaissance vidual artists and works of art, and of par- cultural studies, dramaturgy, history, (three credits) ticular periods and dates in the history of literature, musicology, and philosophy, art. It will include slide identifications among others). ARH 591 Practicum in the Writing of and definitions of terms relevant to the C. Demonstrations of Studio Proficiency Art Criticism (three credits) history of art and art criticism. The stu- All M.F.A. candidates should demon- ARH 541 Topics in Ancient Art dent must take this examination before strate proficiency through the develop- (three credits) the end of the third semester of study to continue in the program. An extension ment of a comprehensive body of work. ARH 542 Topics in Medieval Art will be allowed to part-time students. Proficiency is determined by the faculty (three credits) through periodic evaluation of the work, C. Foreign Language including midterm and final critiques ARH 543 Topics in Renaissance Art each semester, and thesis exhibition (three credits) A reading knowledge of French or German must be acquired before gradu- review by the student’s thesis commit- ARH 544 Topics in Early Modern Art ation. Students planning to advance to tee in the third year. (three credits) doctoral work will be encouraged to D. Final Year and One-Person Exhibition ARH 545 Topics in 19th-Century Art master both of these languages. During the final year, in addition to reg- (three credits) D. Teaching Requirement ular coursework, the student will prepare ARH 546 Topics in 20th-Century Art All graduate students will be expected a one-person thesis exhibition for the (three credits) to assist in teaching a minimum of one Graduate Library Gallery or some other suitable venue on campus. As part of the ARH 547 Topics in Global, Colonial, semester. The course in which the stu- thesis requirement, the student will and Diasporic Art (three credits) dent will assist shall ordinarily be an introductory-level undergraduate course. submit to the Department appropriate ARH 548 Museum Studies Seminar Competency in teaching will be judged visual documentation (color slides, digital (three credits) through teacher evaluation question- images, photographs, videos) of the exhibition and a written commentary ARH 549 Topics in American Visual naires and classroom visits by the that conforms to the Graduate School’s Culture (three credits) course’s faculty supervisor. requirements for master’s theses. The ARH 550 Inquiries into Art Criticism E. Thesis written thesis should complement the and Theory (three credits) At the beginning of the third semester, visual work as an articulation of the the student, together with his or her student’s thoughts and objectives within ARH 551 Topics in Performance directing committee, which shall consist the broader context of arts and ideas. (three credits) of the student’s advisor and one or two Third-year students will also participate ARH 552 Topics in Contemporary Art other faculty members, will jointly agree in the University Art Gallery’s annual (three credits) on a thesis topic. The student must at M.F.A. group exhibition.

83 ART

E. Teaching Requirement ARH 540 Methodologies in Art Criticism and Theory All graduate students are required to History (three credits) ARH 501 Theory and Criticism: From assist in teaching a minimum of one ARH 502 History of 19th-Century Art Antiquity through the Renaissance semester; this course offers three credits Criticism and Theory (three credits) (three credits) toward the M.F.A. degree under ARS ARH 550 Inquiry in Art Criticism and 531. In addition, the Department of Art ARH 503 History of 20th-Century Art Theory (three credits) requires a preliminary semester of Criticism and Theory (three credits) observing in the course to be taught ARH 602 Practicum in Teaching ARH 551 Topics in Performance under faculty supervision during the (three to six credits) (three credits) following semester. The semester of ARH 552 Topics in Contemporary Art observation offers an optional three 2. Electives (24 credits) (three credits) credits toward the degree. Beyond the Students are required to take at least three- or six-credit teaching practicum one course from each of the following ARH 554 Topics in Visual Culture applied toward the degree, all other three categories: Art Criticism and (three credits) teaching by students with teaching Theory, Art History, and Modern and ARH 570 Issues in Architectural assistantships is part of their obligation Contemporary Visual Culture. History and Criticism (three credits) and is done without academic credit. Art History ARH 591 Practicum in the Writing of F. Course Requirements ARH 541 Topics in Ancient Art (three Art Criticism (three credits) The student will be required to com- credits) ARH 690 Directed Readings (three plete successfully 60 credits of graduate credits) work as outlined in the list of courses ARH 542 Topics in Medieval Art below. No graduate studio course may (three credits) 3. Humanities and Social Science be taken for more than three credits per ARH 543 Topics in Renaissance Art Electives (12 credits) semester. (three credits) These courses may be in anthropology, 1. ARS 550 In Process Critique (three ARH 544 Topics in Early Modern Art comparative studies, history, musicology, credits) to be taken during the first (three credits) sociology, etc., but cannot be in studio art. year; may be repeated and counted 4. Thesis Credits toward studio credits ARH 547 Topics in Global, Colonial, and Diasporic Art (three credits) ARH 699 Dissertation Research On 2. At least nine graduate studio courses Campus (27 credits) ARH 549 Topics in American Visual Culture (three credits) ARH 700 Dissertation Research Off 3. Two semesters of ARS 580 Visual Campus–Domestic Arts Seminar (six credits); additional ARH 690 Directed Readings (three ARH 701 Dissertation Research Off visual arts seminars are encouraged credits) Campus–International 4. Three courses in graduate liberal arts, Modern and Contemporary Visual Culture Credits for thesis preparation and e.g., art history, languages, literature, ARH 544 Topics in Early Modern Art research may be used to complete the philosophy, etc. (nine credits) (three credits) total of 60 credits for the Ph.D. 5. ARS 531 Graduate Teaching ARH 545 Topics in 19th-Century Art B. Teaching Requirement Practicum (see item E, above) (three to (three credits) six credits) All Ph.D. students are expected to ARH 546 Topics in 20th-Century Art assist in teaching a minimum of two 6. ARS 532 Thesis Project (up to six (three credits) semesters. The first course in which the credits) ARH 547 Topics in Global, Colonial, student will assist will ordinarily be an and Diasporic Art (three credits) introductory-level undergraduate course. Requirements for the Ph.D. An advanced doctoral student may also be Degree in Art History and ARH 549 Topics in American Visual assigned to assist in an upper-level under- Criticism Culture (three credits) graduate course. Competency in teaching ARH 551 Topics in Performance is judged through teacher evaluation A. Course Requirements (three credits) questionnaires and classroom visits by the The student will be required to com- course’s supervising faculty member. plete successfully 60 credits of graduate ARH 552 Topics in Contemporary Art work, as outlined in the list of categories (three credits) C. Comprehensive Examination and courses below. A student must ARH 554 Topics in Visual Culture Information about the required com- achieve a 3.0 overall grade point average (three credits) prehensive examination is found above to receive a degree from Stony Brook. under Degree Requirements for the ARH 690 Directed Readings (three M.A. Degree in Art History and 1. Required Courses (12 to 15 credits) credits) Criticism. All Ph.D. students who enter ARH 540 Methodologies in Art ARS 580 Visual Arts Seminar the program without a master’s degree History (three credits) (three credits) in art history must take this examination

84 ART before the end of the third semester of Minor Fields dissertation defense. After the student’s study to continue in the program. Ph.D. 1. Ancient, Medieval, and Early advisor has conferred with the other students who enter the program with an Modern Art Departmental committee members and M.A. degree in Art History will be 2. Global, Colonial, and Diasporic Art the Departmental committee has exempted from taking the comprehen- approved the proposal, the advisor will sive examination. 3. One of the major fields listed above submit the proposal and names of the committee members to the Director of D. M.A. Qualifying Paper The content of the exam will vary according to the student’s interests and Graduate Studies for approval. (The The M.A. qualifying paper is a paper their choice of major and minor fields, student may be advanced to candidacy at completed in a graduate-level course but exam preparation should ideally this point.) At least six months before the and emended by the student in light of begin during the student’s second year dissertation defense, the Graduate the suggestions or corrections of the fac- of coursework. The student will be Studies Director, in consultation with ulty member to whom the paper was expected to select two faculty members student and the student’s dissertation submitted. After the paper is revised, it to serve as major and minor advisors committee, will name a reader from will be read by another faculty member and to seek guidance from them on outside the Department who has special- chosen by the student and the first appropriate focus and bibliography in ized in related areas. The Graduate reader (the advisor). The second reader preparation for the exams. The Director must then request the Graduate will approve or disapprove the paper. If Qualifying Exam committee consists School for approval of the committee. the second reader disapproves, the of three members of the Department At least 10 weeks before the Graduate Program Director will select a faculty (including major and minor advi- Graduate School’s deadline for submit- third reader to judge the paper, and the sors) and is appointed by the Dean of the ting the completed dissertation, the opinion of the two readers will deter- Graduate School upon the recommenda- student will submit to the readers what mine the approval or disapproval of the tion of the Graduate Studies Director. is intended to be the final draft of the paper. This requirement is waived for The format of the exam shall be five dissertation. No more than four weeks Ph.D. students who enter the program questions for the major, from which the after that, if the readers have agreed with an M.A. degree in Art History. student shall choose three; and three that the dissertation is ready to be Students may also opt to complete a full questions for the minor, from which the defended, the dissertation committee master’s thesis and receive the M.A. student shall choose two to answer. chair will schedule the defense, an oral degree prior to continuing on with the Responses are in essay form. examination open to interested faculty Ph.D. program. G. Advancement to Candidacy and graduate students. The date of the E. Foreign Language Requirement defense must be approved by the To be advanced to Ph.D. candidacy, the Graduate School. All four readers on A reading knowledge of German and student must have: the dissertation committee must recom- French is required for advancement to mend acceptance of the dissertation candidacy. In consultation with the can- 1. Completed at least 54 graduate didate’s advisor, the student may peti- credits and all other degree requirements before it can be approved by the tion the Director of Graduate Studies to (see A-F listed above), other than the Graduate School. dissertation and dissertation research replace one of these two languages with I. Time Limit a different language more suitable for credits. All requirements for the Ph.D. degree the student’s projected area of research. 2. Submitted and defended a proposal must be completed within seven years Mastery of a third language may also be outlining the nature and aims of the after completing 24 hours of graduate recommended if it is deemed necessary dissertation. The proposal must be courses in the Department. In rare for the student’s research. approved by a faculty committee (see instances, the Dean of the Graduate below). When all of these requirements F. Qualifying (Preliminary) Examination School will entertain a petition to extend have been completed satisfactorily, the this time limit, provided it bears the The Qualifying Examination should be Director of Graduate Studies will submit endorsement of the Department chair. taken no later than the end of the third a request to the Dean of the Graduate year of coursework (second year for School to advance the student to candidacy. those entering with a prior master’s Art History and Criticism degree) and prior to the beginning of H. Dissertation Courses dissertation fieldwork. It will be a writ- No later than the beginning of the sev- ten exam covering a major and minor, enth semester (fifth semester for those ARH 501 Theory and Criticism: From chosen from the following fields: Antiquity through the Renaissance entering with a prior master’s degree), An examination of theoretical treatises and but preferably by the beginning of the Major Fields other writings on art from Antiquity through sixth semester, the student will prepare the Renaissance. The influence of theory on 1. Contemporary Art a written prospectus, outlining the scope, practice, and vice versa, is explored through 2. Modern Art method, and aims of the dissertation. close examination of selected monuments. Changing concepts of the artist’s place The student will submit the proposal to 3. Visual and Material Culture in society are also studied as reflected in the dissertation advisor and two other contemporary critical and expository writing. 4. Sexuality and Gender Studies members of the Department who will Fall or spring, alternate years, 3 credits, 5. Art Criticism, Theory, and serve as readers, one of whom (but not ABCF grading Interpretation the advisor) will serve as chair of the May be repeated for credit

85 ART

ARH 502 History of 19th-Century Art Fall or spring, alternate years, 3 credits, ARH 547 Topics in Global and Diasporic Art Criticism and Theory ABCF grading This course examines various issues in the A study of European art criticism and theory May be repeated for credit appreciation, interpretation, and appropria- of the 19th century stressing relationships tion of non-Western art. Emphasis is on between art and the history of ideas. Readings ARH 543 Topics in Renaissance Art developing a critical approach to these arts concentrate on primary sources, including and the manner in which they have been This course, usually a seminar, deals with one or reviews of art exhibitions (Diderot, Stendhal, represented and misrepresented in the several of the following aspects of Renaissance Zola), artists’ letters (Constable, Delacroix, Western imagination. Topics vary, but may the Impressionists), and treatises relating to art: iconographic problems, style and connois- include exploration of themes in the so-called art (Winckelmann, Proudhon, Ruskin). Special seurship (including the study of individual traditional arts of Africa, Oceania, Native emphasis is given to Baudelaire. Comparisons works at the Metropolitan Museum or the and Latin America, the transformations of are made between ways of seeing art as well Frick), patronage and its effect on the form these arts during the colonial period, issues of as between critical and theoretical attitudes to and content of a work, the exchange of artistic identity and the consequences of dislocation artists’ intentions. ideas between northern and southern Europe, versus sense of place in the diaspora, and Fall, 3 credits, ABCF grading and Renaissance sources in antiquity and the contemporary expressions of non-Western artists on the global scene. ARH 503 History of 20th-Century Art Middle Ages. Criticism and Theory Fall or spring, alternate years, 3 credits, Fall or spring, alternate years, 3 credits, The literature of art has expanded enormously ABCF grading ABCF grading in the 20th century—far beyond attempts to May be repeated for credit May be repeated for credit organize it developmentally or conceptually. ARH 548 Museum Studies An attempt is made to define types of criticism ARH 544 Topics in Early Modern Art both in relation to the critics and their relation Through a combination of field trips, visiting This seminar examines methodological devel- to the support system for the arts of which lecturers, group discussion, and student they are a part. opments and historical issues related to the projects, the course surveys the diverse Spring, 3 credits, ABCF grading art and visual culture of the early modern aspects of the museum field, including man- period. Though we are concerned with objects, agement, curatorship, exhibitions, public ARH 540 Methodologies of Art History discourses, and practices emerging in the relations, conservation, and other areas of This graduate seminar is designed to engage 17th century, we also approach these through administration and professional practice. students with the history and methods of the the perspective of contemporary critical tools 3 credits, ABCF grading discipline of art history. Through close read- (for example, theories of urban space, specta- ings and focused discussions, the course cle, and representation; psychoanalysis, ARH 549 Topics in American Visual Culture examines issues raised by aesthetics, the sexuality, and subjectivity; coloniality and This course examines selected issues in the problems of biography and “periodization,” the encounter with New World otherness; history of American art and material culture. and the role of canon formation. Particular semiotics and the construction of absolutist The course focuses upon, but is not necessarily focus is directed toward the interpretive power). Students are encouraged to engage limited to, the United States. Topics include tools that have developed from within the public art and public culture; approaches to discipline of art. In addition, also stressed is with these issues through the study of tradi- the study of material culture; art and commer- the interdisciplinary nature of art history tional high art objects as well as through cial and/or popular culture; art and regional through readings that discuss how lines of other forms of representation emerging in thought and critical inquiry emerging within the early modern period—for example, scien- locations; realism; imaging the West; cross- other disciplines have had enormous influ- tific illustration, more ephemeral forms of cultural exchanges in art of the United ence on art history and criticism in the last print culture, and even urban and courtly States. (May be used to fulfill 20th-century two decades: semiotics, feminist theory, spectacle. requirement when material deals with 20th- century art.) psychoanalysis, anthropology and postcolonial Fall or spring, alternate years, 3 credits, theory, cultural studies, theories of mass Fall or spring, alternate years, 3 credits, ABCF grading culture and the post-modern, and the current ABCF grading May be repeated for credit debates about visual culture. May be repeated for credit Offered annually, 3 credits, ABCF grading ARH 545 Topics in 19th-Century Art ARH 550 Inquiries into Art Criticism ARH 541 Topics in Ancient Art Selected topics in 19th-century art with an and Theory This course deals with a variety of topics emphasis on interdisciplinary approaches to This course deals with the theoretical approaches relating to ancient art and its influence on interpretation. Possible topics include politics to the study of art that cross historical boundaries. later European art and artistic theory. Areas and art during the French Revolution; Topics vary from semester to semester. They may explored include ancient art history, aesthet- English landscape painting and the theory be an expansion of one of the areas generally ics, and comparative criticism; Roman uses of of the picturesque; and French realism and covered in ARH 540, such as psychology of art Greek art; pagan imagery in early Christian mid-19th-century social thought. or the iconography of architecture. Other and medieval art; antique art and the Fall or spring, alternate years, 3 credits, investigations may focus on subjects requiring Renaissance (use of prototypes); collecting ABCF grading a special methodological approach, such as the antiquities (from the Medici to Getty); theory and history of ornament and design or archaeological exploration and publication in May be repeated for credit the role of public art. the 18th and 19th centuries; French neoclas- sicism; and the calligraphy of Greek vases ARH 546 Topics in 20th-Century Art Fall or spring, alternate years, 3 credits, (Hamilton, Blake, Flaxman, Ingres, Picasso). Twentieth-century art considered as an inter- ABCF grading Fall or spring, alternate years, 3 credits, national movement, European and American, May be repeated for credit ABCF grading although national groups may be studied. ARH 551 Topics in Performance May be repeated for credit Emphasis varies with topics ranging over The history and theories of performance are stylistic analysis, iconographical interpreta- explored. Topics may be the performing body, ARH 542 Topics in Medieval Art tions, and theoretical studies. Students are A topic in medieval art or architecture, such performance and political action, avant-garde expected to undertake original research and performance, performing and artifact, virtual as early medieval manuscript illumination, interpretation. ornament and design, or the Gothic cathedral, performance, performance and identity. is selected and explored during the semester Fall or spring, alternate years, 3 credits, Depending on the topic, there may be a per- in lectures, discussions, and student reports ABCF grading formance and/or computer-based projects. or papers. May be repeated for credit 3 credits, ABCF grading

86 ART

ARH 552 Topics in Contemporary Art the Department of Art are utilized to demon- ARH 700 Dissertation Research The course will examine the latest develop- strate, for example, etching and lithography, Off Campus–Domestic ments in visual art and architecture, beginning bronze casting, and other processes. Guest Prerequisite: Must be advanced to candidacy with the Neo-Expressionism and Neo- lectures, field trips to conservation facilities, (G5); major portion of research will take Conceptualism of the 1980s and extending to and gallery and museum assignments are place off campus, but in the U.S. and/or U.S. installation and video art. Postmodernist and employed, and toward the end of the course provinces (Brookhaven National Lab and activist art will be examined in particular the student produces a painting stretched, detail, and contextualized in terms of the sized, and primed in the traditional manner. Cold Spring Harbor Lab are considered broader patterns of 20th-century art. Prerequisite: Graduate standing in Art on-campus); all international students must Fall or spring, 3 credits, ABCF grading History and Criticism enroll in one of the graduate student May be repeated for credit Spring, 1-3 credits, ABCF grading insurance plans and should be advised by an International Advisor ARH 553 Contemporary Art in New York ARH 591 Practicum in the Writing of Art Fall, spring, and summer, 1-9 credits, A systematic survey of contemporary art on Criticism S/U grading view in museums and galleries in New York. This course is designed as a practicum in the May be repeated for credit The class would alternate between gallery/ writing of art criticism under the supervision museum visits and interpretative analyses of the faculty. ARH 701 Dissertation Research of the work in the classroom. A variety of Fall and spring, 3 credits, S/U grading Off Campus–International theoretical approaches will be used and the May be repeated once for credit Prerequisite: Must be advanced to candidacy full range of contemporary pluralism will be (G5); major portion of research will take examined. Contemporary art will be under- ARH 592 Practicum in Teaching place outside of the U.S. and/or U.S. stood as both a manifestation of contemporary Instruction in the Department under the provinces; domestic students have the option society and in terms of its larger art historical supervision of the faculty. (This course may of the health plan and may also enroll in context and significance. The New York art not be included more than once in the courses MEDEX; international students who are scene is the richest in the world. The class taken in fulfillment of the 36-credit-hour offers the student the opportunity for direct, in their home country are not covered by requirement.) mandatory health plan and must contact informed contact with it. Fall and spring, 3 credits, S/U grading 3 credits, ABCF grading the Insurance Office for the insurance ARH 595 Directed Readings in Art History, charge to be removed; international students ARH 554 Topics in Visual Culture Criticism, and Theory who are not in their home country are This class examines issues in the interdisci- An independent reading course to be arranged charged for the mandatory health insurance plinary field of visual culture. Visual culture with a particular faculty member. Normally, (if they are to be covered by another studies look at the dynamic state of visual this course is reserved for second-year mas- insurance plan, they must file a waiver by media in contemporary life and their historical ter’s students who have fulfilled most of their the second week of classes; the charge will origins, seeking to relate art and film to the course requirements and for whom the pro- only be removed if the other plan is deemed mass media and digital culture. posed program of study cannot be completed comparable); all international students Fall or spring, 3 credits, ABCF grading within other existing course structures. must receive clearance from an May be repeated for credit Fall and spring, 1-3 credits, ABCF grading International Advisor May be repeated for credit Fall, spring, and summer, 1-9 credits, ARH 570 Issues in Architectural History and S/U grading Criticism ARH 598 Thesis May be repeated for credit This course examines a series of topics that Prerequisite: Completion of all degree link architecture with other critical disciplines. requirements ARH 800 Summer Research Among the topics that may be addressed 1-6 credits, S/U grading are architectural theory and the theories of 0 credit, S/U grading language; the history of proportion and the May be repeated for credit up to six credits construction of gender; and Orientalism. ARH 602 Teaching Practicum, Advanced Fall or spring, alternate years, 3 credits, Studio Art Courses Instruction in the Department by advanced ABCF grading graduate students under the supervision May be repeated for credit of faculty. ARS 520 Special Projects for M.F.A. Candidates 3 credits, S/U grading ARH 580 Art Criticism or Gallery Internship Advanced projects in areas that may not be May be repeated once for credit An internship offering practical experience in included in the M.F.A. curriculum, utilizing the unique talents of regular and visiting some aspect of the field of art history and ARH 690 Directed Readings for Doctoral faculty, the facilities of the Department of Art, criticism, such as gallery and curatorial work Candidates in an on-campus or off-campus gallery or or other aspects of the University environ- An independent reading course to be arranged museum, or journalistic experience with an ment, and possibly facilities at other locations with a particular faculty member. Normally, art or criticism publication such as the or institutions. this course is reserved for advanced Ph.D. Department of Art journal Art Criticism. Prerequisites: Faculty sponsor, permission students who have fulfilled most of their Prerequisite: Good standing in the graduate course requirements and for whom the pro- of Graduate Studies Director Art History and Criticism program posed program of study cannot be completed Fall, spring, and summer, 1-9 credits, Fall and spring, 1-3 credits, S/U grading within other existing course structures. ABCF grading May be repeated once for credit Fall and spring, 1-9 credits, ABCF grading May be repeated for credit May be repeated for credit ARH 581 Materials, Methods, and ARS 525 Electronic Media Techniques of Studio Art ARH 699 Dissertation Research On Campus An exploration of the experimental artistic Through reading, discussion, and demonstra- Prerequisite: Must be advanced to candidacy practices utilizing computer and electronic tion, this course explores the media and technologies: digital imaging, video and audio, (G5); major portion of research must take techniques used in making art throughout Web and CD-rom production, and interactive history, concentrating on the medieval place on SB campus, at Cold Spring Harbor, installation. It will provide practical through contemporary periods. Relationships or at Brookhaven National Lab instruction in the use of computer media with between development of media and techniques Fall, spring, and summer, 1-9 credits, an orientation towards relating this to the and the history of style and social context of S/U grading graduate student’s own practice. It will also art are also examined. Studios and shops of May be repeated for credit analyze the unique possibilities of this hybrid

87 ART and developing art form through theoretical artist. Conceptual, environmental, and wide- ARS 580 Visual Arts Seminar readings and examination of recent works, ranging solutions are encouraged. Required Required seminar and critique throughout the exhibitions, festivals, and the Web. for first-year M.F.A. students, this course M.F.A. curriculum. Guest speakers, artists, Prerequisite: Accepted candidate for M.F.A. culminates in a body of work for the end-of- and critics; demonstrations and lectures; or permission of Department the-year First Year Exhibition. The course seminars; individual and group critiques. Fall and spring, 3 credits, ABCF grading also provides students with vigorous critical The M.F.A. candidate, as part of this seminar, May be repeated for credit feedback throughout this process, augmenting regularly participates in critiques in which it with readings and discussions of related New his or her work is analyzed by guest faculty ARS 530 Professional Experience Internship York City exhibitions in galleries and museums and art history/criticism faculty and graduate Internship in the professional art world of to inform the development of their work. students, as well as by his or her peers. The New York City and its environs. Depending Spring, 3 credits, ABCF grading visual arts seminar, where applicable, on the career objectives of the M.F.A. candi- May be repeated for credit includes field trips and assignments of special date, the student may choose to intern at a lectures, panels, seminars, and other events foundry, printmaking atelier, art gallery or ARS 551 Graduate Painting Studio of the professional art world. museum, known artist’s studio, or related Studio and theory in painting and related Prerequisite: Enrollment in M.F.A. program facility or institution. visual forms, with instruction and facilities or permission of instructor Prerequisite: Accepted candidate for M.F.A. available in all media and techniques; emphasis Fall and spring, 3 credits, ABCF grading Fall, spring, and summer, 1-3 credits, on individual development as an artist. Models May be repeated for credit and space for environmental and conceptual S/U grading works available. May be repeated twice for credit ARS 591 Graduate Design Studio Prerequisite: Permission of instructor; Graduate theory and practice of two- and ARS 531 Graduate Teaching Practicum accepted candidate for M.F.A. or permission three-dimensional design; projections; per- Supervised teaching practicum in undergrad- of Department spective; maquettes; various techniques, uate studio or studio theory course. Fall and spring, 3 credits, ABCF grading including airbrush and experimental; and conceptual development of ideas, leading to Prerequisite: Accepted candidate for M.F.A. May be repeated for credit completion of a design idea or design Fall and spring, 1-3 credits, S/U grading ARS 560 Graduate Sculpture Studio research project. May be repeated once for credit Theory and practice of sculpture for the Prerequisite: Permission of instructor ARS 532 Thesis Project graduate student, with instruction and facil- 3 credits, ABCF grading Preparation of thesis under the program ities available in all media and techniques; May be repeated for credit advisor. emphasis on individual development as an artist. Studio facilities include air, electric, ARS 800 Summer Research Prerequisites: Accepted candidate for and hydraulic power equipment; TIG, MIG, 0 credit, S/U grading M.F.A., review board passed Arc, and flame welding; forging; woodwork- Fall, spring, and summer, 1-6 credits, ing; modeling, molding, and casting facilities S/U grading for clay, wax, plaster, and plastics; and metal May be repeated for credit casting capabilities in investment, shell, sand, and centrifugal. ARS 535 Projects in Studio Art Prerequisite: Permission of instructor; Projects in studio art, field, and media to be accepted candidate for M.F.A. or permission determined on a per-semester basis by the of Department individual instructor. Fall and spring, 3 credits, ABCF grading 3 credits, ABCF grading May be repeated for credit May be repeated once for credit ARS 561 Graduate Ceramics and/or Ceramic ARS 540 Graduate Photo Studio Sculpture Studio Photographic studio, theory, and laboratory Theory and practice of ceramics and ceramic emphasizing individual development as a sculpture for the graduate student with photographer. Color and black-and-white emphasis on individual development as an studios and darkrooms. Fine arts, reportage, artist. Advanced studio instruction in hand- illustration, commercial, and industrial. building: coil, slab, pinch; wheelthrowing; cast- Prerequisite: Demonstration of appropriate ing, inclusive of multipiece plaster pour-molds; level of proficiency, permission of instructor various firing techniques: reduction, oxidation, Fall and spring, 3 credits, ABCF grading raku, and high- and low-fire glaze techniques. May be repeated for credit Prerequisite: Permission of instructor; accepted candidate for M.F.A. or permission ARS 541 Photographing Works of Art of Department Graduate-level course for Art History and Fall and spring, 3 credits, ABCF grading Criticism students, Studio Art students, and May be repeated for credit others examining in detail the techniques of photographing works of art and architecture ARS 570 Graduate Printmaking Studio and of photo reproduction; black-and-white Graduate studio in the theory and practice and color work for portfolio, publication, of printmaking. Color, black-and-white, and teaching, and cataloging slide and photo- photographic processes in plate and stone graph collections, etc. No laboratory work. lithography, serigraphy, relief, and intaglio, Prerequisite: Graduate standing in Art emphasizing the student’s individual develop- History and Criticism or Studio Art or ment as an artist. permission of Department Prerequisite: Permission of instructor; 1-2 credits, ABCF grading accepted candidate for M.F.A. or permission of Department ARS 550 In Process Critique Fall and spring, 3 credits, ABCF grading Graduate theory and practice of art, investi- May be repeated for credit gating historical and contemporary concepts, concentrating on individual development as an

88 BIOCHEMISTRY AND STRUCTURAL BIOLOGY

Biochemistry and Structural Biology (BSB)

Chair, Department of Biochemistry and Cell Biology: Robert Haltiwanger, Life Sciences Building Room 450, (631) 632-8550 Graduate Program Director: Erwin London, Life Sciences Building Room 470, (631) 632-8533 Senior Staff Assistant: Carol Juliano, Life Sciences Building Room 336, (631) 632-8533

Degree awarded: Ph.D. in Biochemistry and Structural Biology

The Biochemistry and Structural Biology advantage of the high-energy beam Professors Graduate Program stresses biochemical, lines for diffraction studies. Throughout Brown, Deborah,1 Ph.D., 1987, Stanford computational, and structural approaches the program there is state-of-the-art University: Structure and function of caveolae to solving complex biological problems. equipment for protein purification and and cholesterol/sphingolipid-rich membrane Training is offered in a broad range of analysis, including Raman, infrared, flu- domains. research areas leading to the Ph.D. orescence, and CD spectrophotometers. Citovsky, Vitaly,1 Ph.D., 1987, Hebrew degree. Research in biochemistry and The biological sciences complex also University, Jerusalem: Nuclear targeting and structural biology includes structure- has tissue culture facilities, a transgenic intercellular communication in plants. function studies of proteins and nucleic mouse facility, and a centralized Dean, Neta,1 Ph.D., 1988, UCLA: Protein acids, the molecular basis of gene Drosophila facility. These facilities are glycosylation, fungal cell wall biosynthesis; expression, the chemical basis of enzyme supported by a wide range of instrumen- fungal pathogenesis. action, as well as membrane and carbo- tation for cell and molecular biology Deutsch, Dale,1 Ph.D., 1972, Purdue University: hydrate biochemistry. The aim of struc- including transmission and scanning elec- Metabolism and uptake of the endocannabi- tural biology is to obtain high-resolution tron microscopes, confocal microscopes, noids (anandamide and 2-AG). structures of biological macromolecules and phosphoimagers. Gergen, J. Peter,1 Ph.D., 1982, Brandeis and molecular complexes through experi- University: Transcriptional regulation in mental techniques such as nuclear mag- Admission development; structure and function of Runt domain proteins. netic resonance (NMR) spectroscopy Graduate studies in Biochemistry and 1 and X-ray diffraction to provide a view Structural Biology require the following Haltiwanger, Robert, Chair, Ph.D., 1986, Duke University: Glycobiology; role of protein of biology at the molecular and atomic in addition to the Graduate School levels. High-resolution structures com- glycosylation in signal transduction; admissions requirements: notch signaling. bined with biochemical studies repre- A. A bachelor’s degree with the London, Erwin,1 Ph.D., 1979, Cornell sent the blueprints for understanding following minimal preparation: mathe- enzyme catalysis, cell signaling and University: Membrane protein structure/ matics through one year of calculus; translocation/folding; structure and function of transport, gene expression and regula- chemistry, including organic and physical sphingolipid/cholesterol rafts in membranes. tion, and numerous other cellular chemistry; general physics; and one 3 processes. Advances in instrumentation McLaughlin, Stuart, Ph.D., 1968, British year of biology; Columbia: Calcium/phospholipid second and computational analysis have laid the messenger system. groundwork for structure determina- B. Letters from three previous 3 tion of proteins discovered through instructors; Miller, W. Todd, Ph.D., 1989, Rockefeller University: Tyrosine phosphorylation and signal genome sequencing efforts and have C. Graduate Record Examination transduction. opened up structural studies on mem- (GRE) General Test scores; 4 brane proteins and large complexes of Raleigh, Daniel P., Ph.D., 1988, Massachusetts Institute of Technology: Experimental studies of proteins and nucleic acids. D. Acceptance by the Graduate protein folding and amyloid formation. The program includes faculty from the Program in Biochemistry and Structural 6 Departments of Biochemistry and Cell Biology and by the Graduate School. Reinitz, John, Ph.D., 1987, Yale University: Systems biology of development and Biology, Chemistry, Pharmacological In special cases, students not meeting transcription. Sciences, and Physiology and Biophysics, all of the requirements listed in item A 4 as well as from Brookhaven National Sampson, Nicole, Ph.D., 1990, University of above may be admitted, but such defi- California, Berkeley: Role of sterol oxidation in Laboratory. ciencies must be remedied. tuberculosis pathogenesis. Structure and For more information, visit the BSB function of enzymes in sterol metabolic Web site at www.grad.sunysb.edu/ pathways; mammalian fertilization. academics/brochures/biochemistry/ Faculty Scarlata, Suzanne,2 Ph.D., 1984, University of index.html Distinguished Professors Illinois: Structure/oligomerization of 4 Facilities Grollman, Arthur P., M.D., 1959, Johns membrane proteins. Hopkins Medical School: Mechanisms of Simon, Sanford R.,1 Ph.D., 1967, Rockefeller State-of-the-art facilities are available chemical mutagenesis/carcinogenesis. University: Proteinases and their inhibitors in for biochemistry and structural biology. Lennarz, William J.,1 Ph.D., 1959, University of invasiveness, inflammation and tumor The Center for Structural Biology has Illinois: Biosynthesis and function of glycopro- metastasis; inhibition of bacterial several high-field NMR instruments teins in cell-cell interactions. metalloproteinases. and facilities for X-ray crystallography. Sternglanz, Rolf,1 Ph.D., 1967, Harvard Smith, Steven O.,1 Ph.D., 1985, University of With close ties to the Brookhaven University: Chromatin structure and function California, Berkeley: Structure and function National Laboratory, Stony Brook takes in yeast; histone modifying enzymes. of membrane proteins.

89 BIOCHEMISTRY AND STRUCTURAL BIOLOGY

Staros, James V.,1 Ph.D., 1974, Yale Scientists 9. Enrollment for one semester of University: Biochemical and biophysical Fu, Dax,5 1996, Mayo Graduate School of Journal Club (BSB 532) in the first approaches to signal transduction by ErbB Medicine: X-ray crystallography of membrane and second years. family receptors. protein transporters and channels. 4 10. Enrollment for one semester of Tonge, Peter J., Ph.D., 1986, University of Li, Huilin,5 Ph.D., 1994, University of Sciences Student Seminar (BSB 603/604) in the Birmingham, England: Tuberculosis pathogenesis and Technology, Beijing, China: Structural and drug discovery; enzyme mechanisms and biology of macromolecular assemblies and third, fourth, and fifth years. rational inhibitor design; fluorescent proteins. membrane proteins by cryo-electron microscopy. 11. Enrollment in the first year in Associate Professors Liu, Chang-Jun,5 Ph.D., 1999, Shanghai Ethics (GRD 500). Institute of Plant Physiology, the Chinese Holdener, Bernadette,1 Ph.D., 1990, University of Illinois: The role of protein folding in WNT Academy of Sciences. B. Qualifying Examination signal transduction and development. Schwender, Jörg,5 Ph. D., 1999, University of At the beginning of the fourth semes- Karlsruhe, Germany: Experimental and Karzai, Wali,1 Ph.D., Johns Hopkins University, ter, all students take a written qualify- theoretical analysis of plant metabolic networks. 1995. Structure-function studies of ing examination covering the material RNA-protein interactions. Shanklin, John,5 Ph.D., 1988, University of from the core courses. This examination Wisconsin-Madison: Structure-function Neiman, Aaron,1 Ph.D., 1994, University of tests the student’s ability to integrate relationships of lipid modification enzymes. California, San Francisco: Vesicle trafficking basic concepts and information from the and intracellular signaling in yeast. Subramanyan, Swaminathan,5 Ph.D., 1980, core courses. University of Madras, India: Structure-function Schärer, Orlando D.,2,4; Ph.D., 1996, Harvard relationships of bacterial toxins. C. Research Proposal University: Chemical biology of DNA damage and repair. Number of teaching, graduate, and research After passing the written qualifying assistantships, Fall 2007: 30 Schindelin, Hermann,1 Ph.D., 1994, Free examination, each student is required to 1) Department of Biochemistry and Cell Biology University Berlin, Germany: Structure and prepare and defend a research proposal function of proteins involved in ubiquitin- 2) Department of Pharmacological Sciences based on their own research. The student dependent protein degradation and 3) Department of Physiology and Biophysics presents a detailed writeup of the back- neuroreceptor anchoring. 4) Department of Chemistry ground and logic of the proposition to Simmerling, Carlos L.,4 Ph.D., 1991, University 5) Brookhaven National Laboratory test it, which then forms the basis for an of Illinois: Development of tools for efficient 6) Department of Applied Mathematics and Statistics oral proposition examination. The quali- simulation of chemical systems and using 7) Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory fying examination and the proposition them to study the structure and dynamics of examination together constitute the molecules involved in biological processes. Degree Requirements preliminary examination specified in the Thomsen, Gerald H.,1 Ph.D., 1988, regulations of the Graduate School. Rockefeller University: Regulation of early Requirements for the Ph.D. Degree vertebrate development by growth factor A. Course Requirements D. Advancement to Candidacy signals; ubiquitin modification; T box family Core courses: When the above requirements have transcription factors. been satisfactorily completed, a recom- Assistant Professors 1. Graduate Biochemistry I (MCB 520) mendation for advancement to candidacy Boon, Elizabeth M.,4 Ph.D., 2003, California 2. Membrane Biochemistry (BSB 517) for the Ph.D. will be forwarded to the Institute of Technology: Nitric oxide signaling Graduate School. 3. Computational Methods in in bacteria. Biochemistry and Structural Biology E. Dissertation 3 Bowen, Mark E., Ph.D., 1998, University of (BSB 515) Ilinois, Chicago. During the second year, the student initiates a dissertation research project Carrico, Isaac,4 Ph.D., 2003, California 4. Physical Biochemistry (MCB 512) in the laboratory of a particular member Institute of Technology: Site-specific protein 5. Cell Biology (MCB 656) or labeling; glycoproteins. of the program faculty. After the student Molecular Genetics (MCB 503) has passed the proposition examination, de los Santos, Carlos,2 Ph.D., 1987, Buenos a research committee is appointed to Aires, Argentina: Solution structures of damaged 6. Experimental Projects in DNA; structural basis of chemical mutagenesis, Biochemistry and Structural Biology guide the dissertation research, and when lesion recognition, and DNA repair. (BSB 509/510), a two-semester course in the research nears completion, a disser- tation examining committee is approved Garcia-Diaz, Miguel,2 Ph.D., 2003, UAM which the students spend two months by the Dean of the Graduate School. University (Madrid, Spain): in each of three different faculty laboratories actively participating in Structural enzymology of eukaryotic F. Dissertation Defense DNA/RNA transactions. the research work of the laboratory. The dissertation defense, which com- Green, David, F., Ph.D., 2002, MIT 7. Enrollment every semester in pletes the requirements for the Ph.D., Colloquium in Biochemistry and Rizzo, Robert,6 Ph.D., 2001, Yale University: consists of a public seminar presentation Structural Biology (BSB 601/602), Computational biology; drug design. of the dissertation work followed by an a series of invited lectures by visiting 4 oral examination before the dissertation Wang Jin, Ph.D., 1991, University of Illinois: scientists from other institutions. Fundamental mechanism of biomolecular examining committee. folding and recognition, especially protein 8. Two electives from an approved folding and protein-protein/protein- list of biochemistry, chemistry, and G. Teaching Experience DNA interactions. molecular and cell biology courses. All students in molecular biology and

90 BIOCHEMISTRY AND STRUCTURAL BIOLOGY biochemistry, whether or not they are matriculation in graduate program, BSB 602 Colloquium in Biochemistry and supported by teaching assistantships, or permission of instructor Structural Biology are required to gain experience in teach- Fall, 1 credit, ABCF grading A weekly series of talks and discussions by May be repeated for credit visiting scientists covering current research ing by assisting in laboratory sections, and thinking in various aspects of structural leading discussion sections, or helping to BSB 531 Journal Club in Biochemistry and biology and biochemistry. formulate and grade examination papers. Structural Biology Prerequisites: Must be registered in the BSB The teaching experience may be in either Provides students with a forum for acquiring program undergraduate or graduate courses, and skills involved in the critical analysis Spring, 1 credit, S/U grading extends over a period of two semesters. and presentation of scientific data by active May be repeated for credit participation in seminars of major topics in structural biology and biochemistry, and H. Residence Requirement BSB 603 Student Seminars in Biochemistry critical discussion of selected topics with and Structural Biology The University requires at least presentation of papers from the literature. Seminars given by graduate students on the two consecutive semesters of full-time Prerequisite: Must be registered in the BSB progress of their own thesis research. graduate study. The demands of the program Required of all students every semester in which they are registered in the graduate course of study necessitate a longer Fall and spring, 1 credit, ABCF grading May be repeated for credit program in Biochemistry and Structural period of residence. Biology. Attendance is mandatory. Visitors BSB 532 Journal Club in Biochemistry and are welcome. Courses Structural Biology Prerequisite: Must be registered in the BSB Provides students with a forum for acquiring program BSB 509 Experimental Biochemistry and skills involved in the critical analysis and Fall and spring, 1 credit, S/U grading Structural Biology presentation of scientific data by active par- May be repeated for credit An introduction to modern biochemical ticipation in seminars of major topics in research techniques. The student spends a structural biology and biochemistry, and BSB 604 Student Seminars in Biochemistry half-semester in the laboratory of each of four critical discussion of selected topics with and Structural Biology different members of the faculty. In each presentation of papers from the literature. Seminars given by graduate students on the laboratory, the student participates in some Prerequisites: Must be registered in the BSB progress of their own thesis research. aspect of the research being pursued by the program Required of all students every semester in faculty member. Spring, 1 credit, ABCF grading which they are registered in the graduate Fall and spring, 1-6 credits, ABCF grading May be repeated for credit program in Biochemistry and Structural May be repeated for credit Biology. Attendance is mandatory. Visitors BSB 580 Advanced Structural Biology are welcome. BSB 510 Experimental Biochemistry and Advanced topics in NMR spectroscopy and Prerequisite: Must be registered in the BSB Structural Biology structural biology. program An introduction to modern biochemical Prerequisites: Intro to Structural Biology Fall and spring, 1 credit, S/U grading research techniques. The student spends a (BSB 512) or Physical Biochemistry May be repeated for credit half-semester in the laboratory of each of four (MCB 512) different members of the faculty. In each BSB 699 Dissertation Research On Campus laboratory, the student participates in some Spring, 2 credits, ABCF grading Original investigations undertaken as part of aspect of the research being pursued by the May be repeated for credit the Ph.D. program under supervision of a faculty member. research committee. Fall and spring, 1-6 credits, ABCF grading BSB 581 Teaching Honors Prerequisite: Advancement to candidacy May be repeated for credit Selected students whose performance in the basic required courses for the graduate pro- (G5); major portion of research must take BSB 512 Introduction to Structural Biology gram is in the top 10 percent conduct tutori- place on SB campus or at Brookhaven Theoretical principles and experimental als for first-year graduate students in the National Laboratory methods used in the study of proteins and program and other students taking graduate Fall, spring, and summer, 1-9 credits, nucleic acids. Lectures and laboratory demon- courses for credit. The tutors are supervised S/U grading strations will cover optical spectroscopy, NMR and graded by faculty of the graduate pro- May be repeated for credit spectroscopy, and X-ray diffraction. gram. Successful completion of this course makes students eligible to receive “Honors in Spring, 2 credits, ABCF grading BSB 700 Dissertation Research Teaching” on their transcripts. May be repeated for credit Off Campus–Domestic Fall and spring, 1 credit, S/U grading Prerequisite: Must be advanced to candidacy BSB 515 Computational Methods in May be repeated for credit (G5); major portion of research will take Biochemistry and Structural Biology place off campus, but in the U.S. and/or U.S. Computational methods used in sequence BSB 599 Research Original investigation undertaken with the provinces (Brookhaven National Lab and searching and analysis, bioinformatics, graph- Cold Spring Harbor Lab are considered on ical analysis of proteins, and nucleic acids. supervision of a faculty member. campus); all international students must Prerequisite: This class is restricted to Fall and spring, 1-12 credits, S/U grading enroll in one of the graduate student first-year BSB, HBM, and HBH Ph.D. May be repeated for credit insurance plans and should be advised by students and second-year MCB Ph.D. BSB 601 Colloquium in Biochemistry and an International Advisor students; exception requires approval from Structural Biology Fall, spring, summer, 1-9 credits, S/U grading the course instructor A weekly series of talks and discussions by May be repeated for credit Fall, 1 credit, S/U grading visiting scientists covering current research and thinking in various aspects of structural BSB 701 Dissertation Research BSB 517 Membrane Biochemistry biology and biochemistry. Off Campus–International Examines the molecular architecture of Prerequisites: Must be registered in the BSB Prerequisite: Must be advanced to candidacy membranes; the organization, function, and program assembly of lipids and proteins in biological (G5); major portion of research will take Fall, 1 credit, S/U grading membranes. place outside the U.S. and/or U.S. provinces; May be repeated for credit Prerequisites: Undergraduate biochemistry, domestic students have the option of the health plan and may also enroll in

91 BIOCHEMISTRY AND STRUCTURAL BIOLOGY

MEDEX; international students who are in their home country are not covered by mandatory health plan and must contact the Insurance Office for the insurance charge to be removed; international students who are not in their home country are charged for the mandatory health insurance (if they are to be covered by another insurance plan, they must file a waiver by the second week of classes; the charge will only be removed if the other plan is deemed comparable); all international students must receive clearance from an International Advisor Fall, spring, summer, 1-9 credits, S/U grading May be repeated for credit BSB 800 SUMMER RESEARCH 0 credits, S/U grading May be repeated

92 BIOMEDICAL ENGINEERING

Biomedical Engineering (BME)

Chair: Clinton T. Rubin, Psychology A, Third Floor, (631) 632-2302 Graduate Program Director: Helmut Strey, Psychology A, Third Floor, (631) 632-1957 Administrative Staff Assistant: Anne Marie Dusatko, Health Sciences Center T18-030, (631) 444-2303

Degrees awarded: M.S. in Biomedical Engineering; Ph.D. in Biomedical Engineering

Biomedical engineering is at the forefront dents and engineering professionals E. Graduate Record Examination of medicine’s technologic revolution; its with the knowledge and skills necessary (GRE) General Test scores; many successes have raised expectations to transfer recent developments in the F. Acceptance by both the Program for the prevention, diagnosis, and basic sciences into commercially viable and the Graduate School. treatment of disease. Faculty at Stony products and processes. Training of the Brook University have been active student is accomplished by exposing the Stipends and tuition scholarships contributors to the cutting edge of this individual to the biology, engineering, are available for selected students. Distribution of these awards will be based technology, and our University is building and business concepts critical to suc- on GRE test scores, undergraduate per- on internationally acclaimed strengths in ceeding in the biomedical research and formance, professional experience, and Bioelectromagnetics, Biomaterials, development environment. research/career objectives as outlined in Biomechanics, Biotechnology, Instru- Training in Biomedical Engineering is a personal statement. mentation, Medical Imaging, and Tissue directed by faculty from the College of Engineering. These disciplines thrive Engineering and Applied Sciences, School Faculty through active interdisciplinary collabora- of Medicine, College of Arts and Sciences, tions among the faculty in the College of Health Sciences Center, as well as from Distinguished Professors Engineering and Applied Sciences, the Brookhaven National Laboratory and Chu, Benjamin, Ph.D., 1959, Cornell University: School of Medicine, and the College of Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory. These Synthesis; characterization and processing Arts and Sciences, all of which are in diverse faculty provide a spectrum of of biomaterials; molecular manipulation and close proximity. This ongoing biomedical research opportunities. Breadth and self-assembly in biomimetic mineralization; research, combined with unique facili- depth of exposure is a hallmark of the pro- DNA complexation for gene therapy. ties at the University, Brookhaven gram, and one which we believe empha- Rafailovich, Miriam, Ph.D., 1980, University at Stony National Laboratory, and Cold Spring sizes the importance of multidisciplinary, Brook: Polymeric liquids; phase transitions; thin film Harbor Laboratory have helped distin- collaborative approaches to real-world wetting phenomena; biopolymers. guish Stony Brook as a superb resource engineering problems in biology and med- Rubin, Clinton, T., Chair, Ph.D., 1983, Bristol for education in both the engineering icine. Graduate training includes course University: Tissue adaptation; biophysical treat- and health sciences. With these intellec- instruction, participation in seminar ment of musculoskeletal disorders. courses, and extensive involvement in tual and physical resources, the pro- Professors selected projects emphasizing synthesis gram in Biomedical Engineering is posi- Benveniste, Helene, Ph.D., 1991, University tioned to provide a rigorous, cross-disci- and design skills. The graduate program is of Copenhagen, Denmark: Understanding plinary graduate training and research based in the Health Sciences Center, adja- diagnostic MR contrast parameters suitable to environment for our students. cent to University Hospital, and in close visualize neuro-pathology in neurodegenerative This is a very exciting time for proximity to the Basic Sciences, diseases. Biomedical Engineering. New areas are Engineering, and Business Schools. Brink, Peter, Ph.D., 1976, University of Illinois: Biophysical properties of gap junction properties. opening each day, ranging from the engi- neering of tissues to making outer space Admission Chiang, Fu-Pen, Ph.D., 1966, University of Florida: Development and application of various habitable for mankind. It is an excellent Students may matriculate directly into optical techniques such as moiré, holographic, time to begin your studies in Biomedical either the M.S. or Ph.D. programs. For interferometry, and speckle interferometry for Engineering and we believe you will find admission to the Program in Biomedical stress analysis; nondestructive evaluation and Stony Brook a superb place to train. Our Engineering, the following are normally metrology. faculty is diverse, our commitment is required: Chon, Ki, Ph.D., 1993, USC Los Angeles: high, and our facilities are unique. If there Signal processing; development of novel A. A four-year undergraduate degree algorithms to understand dynamic processes. are any questions we can address, please in engineering or related field such as Clark, Richard, M.D., 1971, University of contact us directly. the physical sciences or mathematics; Rochester: Tissue engineering in wound repair. The Graduate Program in Biomedical B. An official transcript of undergradu- Cohen, Ira, M.D., Ph.D., 1974, New York Engineering at Stony Brook University University: Electrophysiology of the heart. trains individuals with baccalaureate ate record and of any work completed at the graduate level; Djuric, Petar, Ph.D., 1990, University of Rhode degrees in engineering, applied mathe- Island: Acoustic signal processing. matics, and the sciences and provides C. Letters of recommendation from Fowler, Joanna, Ph.D., 1967, University of them with the synthesis, design, and three previous or current instructors/ Colorado: Radiotracer synthesis with analysis skills necessary to contribute employers; positron emitters. effectively to the advancement of technol- Grine, Fred, Ph.D., 1984, University of the D. Submission of a personal statement Witwatersrand, Johannesburg, South Africa: ogy in health and medical care. The M.S. outlining your background, interests, and Ph.D. degree programs are specif- Tooth enamel thickness and structure and the and career goals in the field of stresses experienced by tooth enamel during ically designed to provide graduate stu- biomedical engineering; masticatory loading in primates.

93 BIOMEDICAL ENGINEERING

Hannon, Gregory, Ph.D., 1992, Case Western Entcheva, Emilia, Ph.D., 1998, University of University: cDNA microarrays, functional Reserve University: Explores the mechanisms Memphis: Cardiac bioelectricity, electrical genomics technologies; translational research. and regulation of RNA interference as well as stimulation of cardiac tissue, mechanisms of Goldstein, Rita, Ph.D., 1999, University of its applications to cancer research. cardiac arrhythmias, defibrillation and modula- Miami: Multidisciplinary approach to measure Harrington, Donald, M.D., Ph.D., 1966, tion of cell function through gene transfer. brain function such as functional (fMRI), Marquette University: Magnetic Resonance Frame, Molly, Ph.D., 1990, University of (PET), (ERP) recordings, and neuropsychology. Imaging in medicine. Missouri: Microvascular flow control at the Miura, Michiko, Ph.D., 1984, University of fluid dynamic and molecular levels. Hsiao, Benjamin, Ph.D., 1987, Institute of California, Davis: Drug delivery methods; Materials Science at University of Connecticut: Gindi, Gene, Ph.D., 1982, University of Arizona: developing new boron-carriers for BNCT. Structural and morphological development of Algorithm development for medical imaging. Mujica-Parodi, Lilianne, Ph.D., 1998, Columbia complex polymer systems during preparation Hadjiargyrou, Michael, Ph.D., 1992, City University: Relationships between four simulta- and processing in real time. University of New York: Molecular mechanisms neously or near-simultaneously interacting Hurst, Lawrence C., M.D., 1973, University of of bone development and regeneration. systems: neural, cardiac, endocrine, and Vermont: Etiology of carpal tunnel syndrome; Judex, Stefan, Ph.D., 1999, University of cognitive, to better understand the neurobiology etiology of Dupuytren’s contracture. Calgary, Canada: Molecular bioengineering; of arousal, fear, and stress. Jacobsen, Chris, Ph.D., 1988, Stony Brook mechanical, molecular, and genetic influences Neuwald, Andrew, Ph.D., 1987, University of University: X-ray microscopy and holography. on the adaptation of bone and connective Iowa: Statistical and algorithmic methods with tissues to physiologic stimuli. their application to the classification and Jesty, Jolyon, Ph.D., 1975, Yale University: modeling of protein domains. Control mechanisms of coagulation, experi- McCombie, Richard, Ph.D., 1982, University mental and theoretical analyses. of Michigan: Structure and function in Rizzo, Robert, Ph.D., 2001, Yale University: complex genomes. Application of computational techniques to Kaufman, Arie E., Ph.D., 1977, Ben-Gurion drug discovery. University: Computer graphics; visualization; Pan, Yingtian, Ph.D., 1992, National Laser interactive systems; 3-D virtual colonoscopy; Technology Laboratories, China: Optical/NIR Schlyer, David, Ph.D., 1976, University of computer architecture. spectroscopy and imaging methods and California, San Diego: Cyclotron targetry devel- applying these techniques to provide clinical opment; nuclear cross-section measurement; Krukenkamp, Irwin B., M.D., 1982, University diagnostic information. biomedical imaging technology. of Maryland: Systolic and diastolic mechanics Powers, Scott, Ph.D., 1983, Columbia Sitharaman, Balaji, Ph.D., 2005, Rice University: and myocardial oxygen consumption. University: Cancer gene discovery; cancer Research related to related to the diagnosis/ Liang, Jerome, Ph.D., 1987, City University of diagnostics and therapeutics; cancer biology. treatment of disease and tissue regeneration. New York: Development of medical imaging Mueller, Klaus, Ph.D., 1998, Ohio State Strey, Helmut, Graduate Program Director, Ph.D., hardware for single photon detection. University: Computer graphics, data 1993, Technical University, Munich: Mathias, Richard, Ph.D., 1975, UCLA: visualization, medical imaging. Nanostructured materials for applications in Research in biophysics seeks physical Rastegar, Jahangir, Ph.D., 1976, Stanford bioseparation, drug delivery and biosensors. insights into how cells and tissues function. University: Robotics; biomechanics. Wagshul, Mark, Ph.D., 1992, Harvard University: Moore, Leon, Ph.D., 1976, University of Reinitz, John, Ph.D., 1988, Yale University: Utilizing MRI techniques for better understanding, Southern California: Renal physiology. Generation of body form, specifically the diagnosing, and treating disease. Qin, Yi-Xian, Ph.D., 1997, Stony Brook determination of morphogenetic fields. Zhao, Wei, Ph.D., 1997, University of Toronto, University: Physical mechanisms involved in Skiena, Steven, Ph.D., 1988, University of Canada: Development of novel detector concept the control of tissue growth, healing, and Illinois: Computational geometry; biologic and new clinical applications for early detection homeostasis, especially bone adaptation algorithms. of cancer. influenced by mechanical environment. Solomon, Irene, Ph.D., 1994, University of Zhong, Zhong, Ph.D., 1996, Stony Brook Reichek, Nathaniel, M.D., 1965, Columbia California at Davis: Reflex and central neural University: Medical imaging and diagnosis University: Cardiac Magnetic Resonance Imaging; control of cardiovascular and respiratory function. using monochromatic X-rays, X-ray phase myocardial mechanics, perfusion, viability. contrast, and X-ray optics. Simmerling, Carlos, Ph.D., 1994, University of Stein, Lincoln, Ph.D., 1989, Harvard Illinois, Chicago: Simulate known properties of Research Faculty University: Genome informatics; developing molecules, assist in the refinement and Ding, Yu-Shin, Ph.D., 1987, Stony Brook databases, data-analysis tools, and user interpretation of experimental data. University: Investigation of biochemical trans- interfaces to organize, manage, and visualize Stein, Lincoln, M.D., Ph.D., 1989, Harvard formations and drug mechanisms in primates that vast body of information. Medical School and University: Proactive and humans. approach to the genome information explosion Associate Professors Gatley, John, Ph.D., 1975, University of by developing databases, data-analysis tools, Bluestein, Daniel, Ph.D., 1992, Tel Aviv Newcastle-upon-Tyme, England: Medical and user interfaces to organize, manage, and University, Israel: Dynamics of fluid flow and radionuclide imaging. visualize that vast body of information. cellular transport through vessels. Goldfarb, James, Ph.D., 2000, Catholic Zhang, Michael, Ph.D., 1987, Rutgers Button, Terry, Ph.D., 1989, University at University of Nijmegen: Application of University: Identifying functional elements in Buffalo: High-resolution computer-aided magnetic resonance imaging (MRI) to the eukaryotic genomes using mathematical and tomography. cardiovascular system, particularly in the areas statistical methods. Chen, Weiliam, Ph.D., 1993, University of of myocardial function and blood vessels. Zhu, Wei, Ph.D., 1996, University of California, Michigan: Controlled release biodegradable Hainfeld, James, Ph.D., University of Texas- Los Angeles: Brain image analysis, design and DNA delivery vehicles for gene therapy; inno- Austin: Development of organometallic cluster analysis of clinical trials and other biomedical vative drug delivery systems. compounds to be used as high resolution studies, and genetics modeling. Dilmanian, F. Avraham, Ph.D., 1980, molecular labels. Massachusetts Institute of Technology: Assistant Professors Kolsky, Kathryn, Ph.D., 1989, Carnegie Mellon Computed tomography; radiation therapy. Dhundale, Anil, Ph.D., 1987, Stony Brook University: Development and production of

94 BIOMEDICAL ENGINEERING radioisotopes using the BLIP facility, a high- All students (except those pursuing the with Advanced Standing, there are no energy charged particle accelerator. Medical Physics Track) must also fulfill a course requirements per se, though cer- Logan, Jean, Ph.D., 1976, Louisiana State business/management course require- tain courses may be required to fill any University: Kinetic modeling of data from PET ment, which can be met by taking BME gaps in the student’s knowledge. experiments. 509 Fundamentals of the Bioscience Following completion of a qualifying Miller, Lisa, Ph.D., 1995, Albert Einstein Industry, or any MBA class (MBA 501 to exam, an independent basic research pro- College of Medicine: Chemical makeup of 507, 511, or 589) from the School of gram will be undertaken. Subsequently, tissue in disease using high-resolution infrared Business. A given track/specialization the student will present and defend his or and X-ray imaging. will have additional requirements, which her dissertation proposal. Successful Pena, Louis, Ph.D., 1991, University of includes a minimum of six technical completion of this stage will enable the California, Los Angeles: PET probes to detect elective courses (three or which have to student to “Advance to Candidacy.” One the upregulation of cytokine receptors. be BME). semester of teaching practicum must be Thanos, Peter, Ph.D.: Gene therapy and satisfactorily performed. Completion of dopaminergic mechanisms of alcohol and Thesis or Non-Thesis Options the research program will culminate in drug abuse. The student has the option of earning the submission and oral defense of a Tracey, Kevin, M.D., 1983, Boston University: the Master of Science Degree in BME doctoral dissertation. The University Research focuses on the roles of individual on either a thesis or non-thesis track. If requires at least two consecutive mediators of systemic inflammation, and their non-thesis, the student undertakes elec- semesters of full-time graduate study. regulation by interactions between the brain tive graduate coursework to complete and the innate immune system. the 31 credits. In the thesis option, the D. Teaching Requirements Vaska, Paul, Ph.D., 1997, Stony BrookUniversity: student must additionally complete six The BME teaching requirement for Instrumentation for positron emission tomography. credits of BME 599 Thesis Research and the Ph.D. degree can be fulfilled in any Vazquez, Marcelo, M.D., Ph.D., 1990, submit and defend a written thesis. A of the following three manners: National University of La Plata, Argentina: grade point average of B or better must 1. Deliver four lectures in a BME Study of the mechanisms of central nervous be attained for the core BME courses undergraduate or graduate course and system damage induced by space radiation taken, and an overall grade point aver- using in vitro (neural stem cells and neurons) present a seminar that covers the state- age of 3.0 out of 4.0 must be maintained. and in vivo models. of-the-art in your field of research. For the non-thesis option, most students Wang, Yi, ScD., 1999, Washington University, can complete this program within three 2. Teach a BME course, either as the St. Louis: Noninvasive in vivo cardiovascular academic semesters, and most students instructor of record (if you have G5 imaging for the heart functional and morpho- logical assessment using magnetic resonance complete the thesis option in four aca- student status) or as the principal imaging and image processing techniques. demic semesters. The non-thesis option instructor (for G4 student status). is recommended for students who wish 3. Petition for something else that is to pursue a career in industry that does Degree Requirements equivalent to the above. not involve research and development. Requirements for the M.S. Degree Students pursing the non-thesis option E. Thesis Proposal Examination A minimum of 31 graduate credits are cannot use BME 599 to fulfill any After successful completion of the qual- required to earn the Master of Science requirements (i.e., it is not a technical ifying examination, the student selects a in BME (non-thesis option) or 37 credits elective nor core course). The thesis thesis advisor and writes a proposal for for the M.S. degree (thesis option). option is recommended for students who thesis research. After approval by the The program of study can be chosen from will be continuing on for their doctoral thesis advisor, the proposal is orally any of the following approved tracks/ degree and for students who wish to defended before a thesis committee. specializations: Biomechanics, Biosignals, pursue an industrial career with an General, Medical Physics, or Molecular R&D focus. All BME students must also F. Advancement to Candidacy Bioengineering. The General program of take GRD 500. After successful completion of all study can be custom tailored in consulta- required and elective courses, the quali- tion with a student’s faculty advisor/men- Requirements for the Ph.D. Degree fying examination, and the thesis pro- tor to accommodate almost any BME posal examination, the student will be area of interest. The following courses A. Completion of the M.S. degree in recommended to the Graduate School must be taken by all first-year graduate Biomedical Engineering or equivalent graduate program for advancement to candidacy. students: B. Satisfactory completion of the BME G. Dissertation BME 501 Molecular Principles in Cell qualifying exam Biology; The research for the Ph.D. dissertation C. Plan of Study is conducted under the supervision of the BME 502 Advanced Numerical and Students matriculating into the doctoral thesis committee. The dissertation must Computation Analysis to Biological (Ph.D.) degree program must complete represent a significant contribution to the Systems; all the requirements for the M.S. degree scientific and/or engineering literature. BME 505 Principles and Practice of in BME at Stony Brook or enter the Upon approval of the completed disserta- BME; program with a relevant M.S. degree. tion by the thesis committee, a formal This latter option is termed admission public oral defense of the dissertation is BME 520 Laboratory Rotation I; and with “Advanced Standing.” After com- scheduled at which the student presents BME 521 Laboratory Rotation II. pletion of the M.S. degree or admission his or her findings and is questioned by

95 BIOMEDICAL ENGINEERING members of the examining committee and response of physiological systems. problems which face the medical community. by other members of the audience. On Spring, 3 credits, ABCF grading It is hoped that the mix of science and clinic acceptance of the dissertation by the thesis May be repeated once for credit will move students toward determining how they can make contributions to health and committee, all requirements for the BME 503 Cell and Molecular Imaging society. Required course for BME M.S. and degree will have been satisfied. This course will cover basics of optics, Ph.D. students. microscopy, spectroscopy, and fluorescence in Fall and spring, 1 credit, ABCF grading H. Time Limit/Residency Requirements the context of imaging at the cellular and All requirements for the Ph.D. degree molecular level. Recently developed advanced BME 507 Fundamentals of Biomedical Engineering Management must be completed within seven years imaging techniques for probing protein interactions and live cell functions are also This course exposes the engineering student to after completing 24 credits of graduate discussed. The course is organized into three the responsibilities that focus on the manage- study. The University requires at least modules: optics and spectroscopy (e.g., proper- ment issues in biomedical engineering. two consecutive semesters of full-time ties of light, polarization, diffraction, spectra); Management functions are explored and the graduate study. fundamentals of fluorescence and applications students learn how to integrate these functions to molecular and cellular measurements (e.g., with engineering responsibilities. Jablonsky diagram, Stokes’ shift, emission, Fall, 3 credits, ABCF grading Courses excitation spectra, fluorescence anisotropy); The goal of the Program in Biomedical and signal processing, image analysis tech- BME 508 Molecular and Cellular niques, and scientific visualization (e.g., Biomechanics Engineering is to promote actively the temporal and spatial filters, 1D and 2D Fast Course content revolves around the effects and development of a versatile engineering Fourier transform, spectral analysis, cross- interactions of mechanical forces at the cellular graduate. This requires that the engi- correlation). Theory will be complemented and molecular level. The topics will range from neering student understand biological by extensive use of Matlab and its Image describing the molecular and cellular basis of concepts as well as engineering concepts Processing Toolbox. the adaptation of tissues to physical signals, to Fall, 3 credits, ABCF grading prescribing specific mechanical environments outside of his or her defined major. The for improved tissue engineering, to delineating core set of biomedical engineering courses BME 504 Biomaterials Science and Analysis relevant molecular, cellular, and biomechanical will expose the biomedical engineering Course content is directed toward providing an techniques, all the way to issues involved in the student to the principles of cell, tissue, introductory treatment of the engineering development and approval of diagnostics and and organ biology, as well as ensure that issues implicit in understanding living therapeutics in molecular engineering. For tissue interactions with processed materials. a deeper understanding of the course material the students attain a credible level of Emphasis on identifying and eliminating sur- as well as to allow students to apply their sophistication in the engineering and face contamination, corrosion, and optimizing newly gained knowledge, this course will basic science concepts that lie outside of material surface properties and compatibility. contain a module on the design and analysis their major, and which traverse multiple Spring, 3 credits, ABCF grading of experiments (i.e., applied biostatistics) areas of biomedical engineering. and incorporate practical exercises in both BME 505 Principles and Practice of laboratory (e.g., a real-time PCR experiment) Biomedical Engineering or simulated computer settings (e.g., modeling BME 501 Engineering Principles in Cell, Introduces first-year students to the basic of cell behavior). Tissue, and Organ Systems and clinical research at the cutting edge of Prerequisite: BME 501 or permission of Course content is directed toward describing biomedical engineering. The course has two instructor the microscopic physical interactions between key components. The first is a seminar Fall and spring, 3 credits, ABCF grading cells and their environment as electro- series presented by internationally renowned May be repeated once for credit mechano-chemical processes occurring at sur- bioengineers. An interactive discussion of faces. This is provided in the context of basic topic-specific scientific literature precedes the BME 509 Fundamentals of the Bioscience molecular biology and cell physiology concepts. formal presentation. The second component of Industry Emphasis is placed on developing of the critical the course is teaming up with a physician in A four-module course set up to provide stu- role of non-linear dynamics, physical chemistry rounds, the operating theater, clinics, etc., to dents with a comprehensive introduction to of adsorption and desorption processes, self get exposure to the real-life problems that the complexities of the bioscience business assembly in cellular automata, and how com- face the medical community. It is hoped that environment. plexity arises within simple physical systems. the mix of science and clinic will move stu- Prerequisite: Must be either a BME or M.B.A. Fall, 3 credits, ABCF grading dents toward determining how they can make graduate student (West Campus). All other May be repeated once for credit contributions to health and society. 2 credits, ABCF grading students must obtain permission from the BME 502 Advanced Numerical and instructor Computation Analysis Applied to Biological BME 506 Principles and Practice of BME Spring, 3 credits, ABCF grading Systems The goal of this course is to expose students Numerical analyses of biological data. A to the cutting edge of biomedical engineering, BME 510 Biomechanics unified mathematical/time series framework including the clinical challenges that arise in This course emphasizes the application of for modeling and mining biological data. this discipline. The course has two key compo- continuum mechanics to living tissues and Applications range from cardio-respiratory, nents. The first is a seminar series presented organs to describe the material properties renal blood pressure/flow and sequence by internationally renowned bioengineers, and their behavior under loading and stress. (DNA, RNA, proteins) to gene expression including Stony Brook faculty, which cover The interrelationship between biomechanics data. Tools of data analysis include linear areas such as biomechanics, medical imaging, and physiology is examined in normal function algebra, interpolation and extrapolation, biomaterials, tissue engineering, drug/med- and in disease processes. This course focuses parametric and nonparametric spectral esti- ical device development, bioinformatics, and on the physiology of tissue and organ systems mation with the FFT and singular value functional genomics. Topics related to the in the context of mechanics, stress, strain, decomposition, statistical description of data impact of technology on medicine are also viscoelasticity, and material behavior, and the and integration of ordinary differential equa- addressed, including ethics. An interactive constitutive equations and the field equations tions. Special focus will be placed on the use discussion of topic-specific scientific literature governing fluids and fluid flow, with an of linear and nonlinear numerical methods for precedes the formal presentation. The second emphasis on the cardiovascular and muscu- the identification of physiological system component of the course is teaming up with a loskeletal systems. Emphasis is placed on dynamics and the development of computer physician in rounds, the operating theatre, the utilization of engineering principles to simulation techniques to study dynamic clinics, etc., to get exposure to the real-life analyze processes at the tissue and organ

96 BIOMEDICAL ENGINEERING levels, covering soft and hard tissues and hardware, and performance characteristics from common biochemical and physiological organs (blood, cardiovascular system, bone, are considered. measurements. Topics include computer-based cartilage, etc.), and to understand how these Fall, 3 credits, ABCF grading data acquisition and processing, densitometry, principles could be applied towards the design May be repeated once for credit microscopy, and image analysis and processing. and development of prosthetic devices. Emphasis is on experimental design and Fall, 3 credits, ABCF grading BME 531 Biosensing and Bioimaging strategies for optimizing signal to noise ratio of May be repeated once for credit Basic concepts of biosensing and bioimaging, measurements. which include the elements of biological sys- 1 credit, ABCF grading BME 517 Radiation Physics tems and bioimmobilizers, traditional electrode This graduate offering provides an initial and novel optical transducers, and advanced BME 549 Experimental Techniques in physical background required for the study of biomedical optical imaging systems. Systems Physiology medical physics. Sources of ionizing radiation Fall, 3 credits, ABCF grading A series of lectures and laboratory exercises including radioactivity (natural and manmade) May be repeated once for credit designed to introduce students to in vitro and X-ray producing devices are studied as experimental techniques used in systems phys- well as sources of nonionizing radiation such as BME 532 Time Series Modeling of Biological iology. Emphasis will be placed on the ethical radiofrequency and ultrasound. The physical Systems use of rodents in biomedical research and the aspects of these radiations are characterized A unified mathematical/time series framework measurement of physiological variables. Data by their interaction with matter and methods for modeling and mining biological data. acquisition and analysis procedures used in for their detection. Each student will select Applications range from cardio-respiratory, cardiovascular, respiratory, and neural and and present a proposal for solving a clinical renal blood pressure/flow and sequence (DNA, renal physiology will also be covered. medical physics problem. RNA, proteins) to gene expression data. Tools Prerequisite: permission is required Prerequisites: Modern physics or equivalent of data analysis include neural networks, time- 1 credit, ABCF grading Fall, 3 credits, ABCF grading invariant and time-varying spectral methods, fractal and nonlinear dynamics techniques, hid- BME 550 Mathematical Models of BME 518 Radiobiology den markov model, clustering analysis, and Physiologic and Biophysical Systems The biological consequences of irradiation various system identification techniques. An introduction to mathematical modeling of (ionizing, ultrasound, laser, RF, etc.) will be Spring, 3 credits, ABCF grading cell and tissue function. Topics include the examined. Interaction mechanisms will first be derivation and numerical solution of models of examined followed by examination of the radi- BME 534 Functional Genomics cell homeostasis, membrane transport and ation impact at the molecular and cellular level. Course provides foundation in concepts of excitability, and cell signaling and metabolism. The use of radiation for therapeutic gain will be functional genomics and proteomics. Topics Grading is based on problems, student presen- considered. As well, models will be developed include organization and complexity of the tation, and completion of a modeling project. for risk estimates. Topics to be covered will mammalian genome and mechanisms of Prerequisite: Permission is required expression of genes, gene expression analysis include target theory, biological response, 3 credits, ABCF grading NSD, and risk estimates. technologies with a strong focus on construc- tion and utilization of DNA microarrays, and Spring, 3 credits, ABCF grading BME 571 Microfluids in Biological Systems tools for determining gene function by pertur- This course will outline theory and applications bation of gene expression. BME 519 Medical Health Physics of special fluid handling conditions associated Spring, 3 credits, ABCF grading This course discusses the health physics and with living systems. May be repeated once for credit safety issues associated with radiological Fall, 3 credits, ABCF grading devices, facilities, and procedures. BME 540 Radiation Oncology Physics May be repeated once for credit Prerequisite: BME 517 This course provides a background in thera- Spring, 3 credits, ABCF grading peutic instrumentation, dosimetry, and treat- BME 572 Biomolecular Analysis May be repeated once for credit ment planning. This interdisciplinary course is intended for graduate students and advanced undergradu- Fall, 3 credits, ABCF grading BME 520 Lab Rotation I ates in departments such as Biomedical May be repeated once for credit 1-3 credits, S/U grading Engineering, Chemistry, Physics, Biology, and BME 546 Statistical Analysis of Chemical Engineering. This course will give an BME 521 Lab Rotation II Physiological Data introduction to single molecule experiments 1-3 credits, S/U grading Statistical methods useful in analyzing com- using fluorescence, optical traps, AFM can- mon types of physiological data. Topics include tilevers, microneedles, and magnetic micro- BME 525 Tissue Engineering probability, data distributions, hypothesis beads as well as micro and nanofluidic devices. Course deals with basics of biomaterial formu- testing, with parametric and non-parametric Prerequisite: BME 501 and 502, or instructor lation that are relevant to tissue engineering, methods, ANOVA, regression and correlation, approval leading to the principles and practice of and power analysis. Emphasis is on experi- Fall, 3 credits, ABCF grading designing an engineered tissue, which will be mental design and appropriate and efficient May be repeated once for credit facilitated by a design project. use of statistical software. Spring, 3 credits, ABCF grading Prerequisite: Permission is required BME 599 Biomedical Engineering Research May be repeated once for credit 1 credit, ABCF grading Research to be supported by a faculty member of the Department of Biomedical Engineering. BME 526 Biological Systems Engineering BME 547 Model-Based Analysis of Students must have permission of instructor This course is a hands-on study of systems Physiological Data and enroll in appropriate section. Faculty to be engineering in biology, using computer model- The analysis of common biochemical and identified by the student. ing to conceptualize and simulate a wide physiological data by non-linear regression of Fall and spring, 1-9 credits, S/U grading variety of applications. Computer wizardry data models and biophysical models of physio- May be repeated for credit not required; all skills taught in class. logical and biochemical processes. Examples Appropriate and applicable to all BME tracks. include binding kinetics, compartmental mass BME 601 Cardiovascular Fluid Mechanics Fall, 3 credits, ABCF grading transfer, and spectral analysis. The course will cover the application of fluid May be repeated once for credit Prerequisite: Permission is required mechanics principles to the analysis of blood 1 credit, ABCF grading flow in the cardiovascular system under BME 530 Medical Image Formation normal and pathological conditions. It will This course covers the physical aspects of med- BME 548 Measurement and Analysis in follow an historical time line by beginning with ical image formation. Image receptor design/ Physiological Research the most basic models of arterial blood flow, optimization, reconstruction techniques, device The acquisition and analysis of data-arising and proceed to the most advanced theories

97 BIOMEDICAL ENGINEERING related to physiology and pathology flow followed with development of the hardware protocols (AAPM TG51), LINAC beam data phenomena, including an examination of the and processing aspects required for MR image measurement and tabulation, commissioning most up-to-date research in the area and the formation. An overview of basic and advanced a TPS system, LINAC, acceptance testing, development of devices and implants. MR imaging techniques is provided. Each LINAC monthly QA, HDR QA and planning, Spring, alternate years, 3 credits, ABCF grading student will select a topic in MR imaging for and IMRT inverse planning and IMRT clinical presentation at the conclusion of the course. QA. A total of 120 clinical hours will be BME 602 Topics in Biomedical Applications Fall, 3 credits, ABCF grading completed in this program. of Neural Networks May be repeated for credit Prerequisite: BME 517 and BME 540 with a This is a project-based course that includes B+ or better weekly seminars discussing advanced topics in BME 612 Biomedical Engineering Aspects for Spring, every year, 4 credits, S/U grading fuzzy logic and neural networks and their the Use of Radiation in Medicine applications in biomedical devices. Applications This course provides a comprehensive study of BME 620 Space Radiation Biology include drug delivery, diagnostics, and man- the use of radiation in medicine. Physical An extensive series of lectures, training agement information handling. Students utilize aspects of the interaction of radiation with sessions, and laboratory activities sponsored simulation software to develop algorithms to matter and for the radiation production are by NASA’s Radiation Health Program in deal successfully with training data sets of initially considered. The underlying principles collaboration with BNL. The material is their own choosing. of current radiation-based medical imaging is oriented to cover basic and state-of-the-art Fall, alternate years, 3 credits, ABCF grading considered next. Topics include radiography, concepts in space radiation environment, fluoroscopy, radionuclide imaging, and com- physics, and radiobiology. Content includes BME 604 Finite Element Modeling in Biology puted tomography. The use of radiation for the basic concepts in physics, dosimetry, radiobiol- and Medicine treatment of malignancy is considered with the ogy, space radiation problems, and accelerator Both finite difference and FEM are applied to focus on required technology. Finally, advanced operations. Concurrent sessions are provided solve the equations of incompressible and com- applications of radiation are considered with to complete specific BNL training and plan pressible fluid flow in porous media with focus on imaging and treatment. Each student and prepare experiments for low- and high- emphasis on flows in skeletal tissues, i.e., bone will select a topic examining the engineering or LET radiation exposures. Students are and cartilage. Steady-state, transient flow, per- technical application of radiation in medicine trained in NSRL operations and are able to meability, and surface boundary conditions are for presentation at the conclusion of the course. run control experiments using gamma rays in discussed. Practical and recent studies in the Spring, 3 credits, ABCF grading preparation for NSRL runs, and subsequently, field are also discussed. Programming using experiments at the NSRL using heavy ions. FORTRAN or C languages will be required. BME 615 Clinical Nuclear Imaging Data obtained from different endpoints are The student is also introduced to commercially This course is designed to prepare the Medical discussed and analyzed with the instructors. available software packages. Physics graduate student in the area of clinical Homework is used to test the student’s level Spring, alternate years, 3 credits, medical imaging. In this clinical rotation, med- of comprehension of the lectures and labora- ABCF grading ical physics methods for planar film, DR, CR, tory activities. The write-up of a full BNL mamography, fluoroscopy, CT, ultrasound, and beam time request proposal is required of BME 605 Biomechanics of Tactile Sensory MRI performance evaluations will be intro- each student. Systems duced. In addition, basic medical ethics, radi- 4 credits, ABCF grading Detailed study of the biomechanics of tactile ographic anatomy, and radiation safety will be neurophysiology for engineers entering the covered. A total of 200 clinical hours will be BME 690 Biomedical Engineering Research field of haptics and robotics manipulations. completed in this program. Biomedical engineering research for doctoral Anatomy and electrophysiology of transducer Prerequisites: BME 517; BME 518; BME students who have already received their cells and neurons starting at the fingertips 519; BME 530 or BME 540 M.S. degree, but have not yet advanced to and extending to the somatosensory cortex. Fall, every year, 4 credits, S/U grading candidacy. Characteristics of the external stimulus and May be repeated once for credit Fall and spring, 1-9 credits, ABCF grading its peripheral transformation. Relations of May be repeated for credit these topics to perceptual and/or behavioral BME 616 Clinical Nuclear Medicine Imaging responses. This course is designed to prepare the BME 698 Practicum in Teaching Spring, alternate years, 3 credits, Medical Physics graduate student in the area Undergraduate teaching to be supervised by a ABCF grading of clinical nuclear medicine imaging. In this faculty member of the program in Biomedical clinical rotation, the students will be exposed to Engineering. Course to be identified by the BME 606 Drug Gene Delivery radionuclide processes, radiopharmaceuticlas student and graduate studies director. Applications of biodegradable and biocom- including radioactive gases and aerosols- Fall and spring, 1-3 credits, S/U grading patible polymers in the design of drug and prepartio, characteristics and radiation May be repeated for credit gene delivery systems for site-specific dosimetry, in vitro and in vivo radiation applications. A broad overview on the origin detection systems, and imaging systems and BME 699 Dissertation Research On Campus and development of controlled release thera- their performance evaluations. In addition, peutic devices will be provided. Existing and basic medical ethics, clinical interpretations, Prerequisite: Students must be advanced to proven commercial products will be examined. and radiation safety will be covered. A total candidacy (G5); permission of instructor and The second half of the course will be devoted of 150 clinical hours will be completed in this enroll in appropriate section; major portion to the use of DNA as a therapeutic entity and program. of research must take place on SB campus, at issues relevant to DNA delivery will be Fall, every year, 4 credits, S/U grading Cold Spring Harbor, or at Brookhaven explored. An assessment of the most up-to-date May be repeated once for credit National Lab DNA delivery technologies will be presented. Fall, spring, and summer, 1-9 credits, Students are required to write a term paper on BME 617 Clinical Radiation Oncology Physics ABCF grading a drug or gene delivery topics of their choice. This course is designed to prepare the Medical May be repeated for credit Students are also expected to give presenta- Physics graduate student in the area of clinical tions on drug delivery and gene therapy radiation oncology physics. In this clinical BME 700 Dissertation Research Off related topics during the course. rotation, the student will learn by observation Campus—Domestic Fall, alternate years, 3 credits, ABCF grading and participation some of a selection of the Prerequisite: Must be advanced to candidacy May be repeated for credit following medical physics procedures: LINAC (G5); major portion of research will take Beam Dosimetry (ion chamber measurement BME 610 Magnetic Resonance techniques), film dosimetry (radiographic and place off campus, but in the U.S. and/or This course provides a comprehensive study of radiochromic), diode dosimetry, TLD dosime- U.S. provinces (Brookhaven National Lab magnetic resonance and its applications in try, water phantom scanning, implementation and Cold Spring Harbor Lab are considered medical imaging. An introduction of NMR is of photon and electron beam calibration on campus); all international students

98 BIOMEDICAL ENGINEERING must enroll in one of the graduate student insurance plans and should be advised by an International Advisor Fall, spring, summer, 1-9 credits, S/U grading May be repeated for credit BME 701 Dissertation Research Off Campus—International Prerequisite: Must be advanced to candidacy (G5); major portion of research will take place outside of the U.S. and/or U.S. provinces; domestic students have the option of the health plan and may also enroll in MEDEX; international students who are in their home country are not covered by mandatory health plan and must contact the Insurance Office for the insurance charge to be removed; international students who are not in their home country are charged for the mandatory health insurance (if they are to be covered by another insurance plan, they must file a waiver by the second week of classes; the charge will only be removed if the other plan is deemed comparable); all international students must receive clearance from an International Advisor Fall, spring, summer, 1-9 credits, S/U grading May be repeated for credit BME 800 BME Research O credit, S/U grading May be repeated

99 COLLEGE OF BUSINESS

College of Business (MBA)

Dean: Joseph McDonnell, Harriman Hall Room 102, (631) 632-7171 Associate Dean: Manuel London, Harriman Hall Room 312A, (631) 632-7159 Graduate Program Director: Aristotle Lekacos, Harriman Hall Room 102, (631) 632-7171 Director of the Center for Human Resource Management: Manuel London, Harriman Hall Room 102, (631) 632-7159 Office of Student Services: Harriman Hall Room 102, (631) 632-7171 Advanced Graduate Certificates awarded: Finance, Health Care Management, Human Resources Management, Information Systems Management Degrees awarded: M.B.A., M.S. in Technology Management (in Korea) In today’s world of constant change and M.B.A. Program research, organizational behavior, and extraordinary opportunity, the need for team building. In the second year, stu- By focusing on analytical, managerial, business education has never been strategic, and technical processes and dents focus on an area of concentration greater. Stony Brook is now able to offer outcomes critical to success in a broad such as finance, general management, something new in a university that spectrum of industries, Stony Brook health systems management, human already has achieved a great record of University’s M.B.A. program helps resources, information management, or success as a premier research institution. students recognize ways in which they marketing. Students also engage in an The M.B.A. degree program is taught can add value to their firms and advance industry project in the second year to by senior Stony Brook faculty with their careers. get hands-on experience in applying decades of experience. They are comple- the knowledge from the classroom to the mented by key executives recruited as Program Description business world. Finally, students take visiting professors from throughout the Stony Brook offers a flexible M.B.A. a capstone course in business strategy. tri-state region—industry leaders who program: Concentrations have built stellar careers in today’s global business world. Full-time M.B.A. Students begin to take elective courses in Students participate in a vibrant This 60-credit program is completed the spring semester of the first year and learning environment where they gain over a two-year period. Opportunities take the majority of their courses as elec- the knowledge, skills, and insights neces- for internships and study abroad take tives in the second year. Students may sary to manage complex organizations. place at one of our partner business choose to concentrate in finance, general Dedicated faculty have both academic schools in Africa, China, Europe, India, management, health systems manage- and business experience, and teach not and the Middle East. ment, human resources, information systems management, or marketing. only the broad principles of management, Part-time M.B.A. finance, and marketing but also the more Superior Teaching in a Nurturing Learning intangible aspects of leadership, commu- Offering a flexible evening and Saturday Environment course schedule to accommodate work nications, and business strategy. The Stony Brook program prides itself schedules, this program can be completed The College of Business offers flexible on its superior teaching and its dedication between two and five years. We also offer full- and part-time programs with day, to working with each student to develop convenient summer courses, weekday evening, and Saturday courses at the his or her business and managerial evenings, and Saturdays. main campus in Stony Brook, Long skills. We seek to bridge the gap Island, located 60 miles east of New York Fast Track M.B.A. between theory and practice by selecting City. Some courses for the M.B.A. pro- A 60-credit honors program for under- faculty members who can clearly com- gram are also offered at the Manhattan graduate students, this program permits municate the practical benefits of mana- location, situated at the crossroads of the students to take 30 graduate credits gerial knowledge. business world at Park Avenue South during their last year and a half at Stony M.B.A. Curriculum and East 28th Street. Beyond these two Brook. In their fifth year, students go locations, programs extend to the far directly into the second year of the M.B.A. The M.B.A. curriculum for the 60-credit corners of the globe as a result of rela- program for the final 30 credits of the program is comprised of 18 three-credit tionships with business schools overseas. M.B.A. Students have opportunities for a courses plus a six-credit group project. Full-time students are encouraged to summer study abroad and an internship. The 18 courses include 11 required core spend a summer session or a semester in courses plus seven electives. Four of the study abroad program to learn about Accelerated M.B.A. the seven elective courses must be taken business in Africa, China, Europe, A 48-credit program for students with in a student’s field of concentration, such India, Korea, or the Middle East. These five or more years of post-bachelor’s as finance, general management, health experiences provide students with a business experience or advanced systems management, human resources, competitive edge in the job market as degrees beyond the bachelor’s. information systems management, or businesses increasingly look for employ- marketing. Full-time students typically ees with overseas experience. Today Core Courses complete an internship or foreign study most businesses are global in nature, Core courses cover a broad range of top- during the summer between the first whether they are multinational corpora- ics in the first year, including account- two years. tions or small local businesses with ing, communications, decision-making, Students within the M.B.A. program overseas suppliers, customers, or a economics, ethics, finance, innovation, may also earn a New York State diverse international workforce. law, leadership, marketing, operations Advanced Graduate Certificate in

100 COLLEGE OF BUSINESS

Finance, Health Care Management, Admission to the M.B.A. Office of Student Services Human Resources, or Information Programs Harriman Hall, Room 102 College of Business Systems Management. The College of Business is designed for Stony Brook University Two-Year Program ambitious and able students who are Stony Brook, New York capable of applying what they learn First Year 11794-3775 toward the solutions of organizational Fall Semester (631) 632-7171 problems. Each student is asked to for- MBA 501 Managerial Economics E-mail: [email protected] MBA 503 Data Analysis and Decision ward with the application a statement of Making career objectives and the way in which Certificate Programs he or she expects to realize these objec- MBA 504 Financial Accounting The Advanced Graduate Certificate tives through the program. MBA 505 Marketing programs described below are open to Students must satisfy the following MBA 502 Finance M.B.A. students or other graduate stu- admissions requirements in addition to dents at Stony Brook. Students who meet Spring Semester the minimum requirements of the the M.B.A. degree admissions require- MBA 506 Leadership/Team Graduate School: ments of the College of Business may also Effectiveness/Communication A. A bachelor’s degree with a mini- apply the certificate credits toward the MBA 511 Technological Innovations mum grade point average of 3.0. In M.B.A. degree. Students must declare MBA 589 Operations Management exceptional cases, students not meeting their decision to matriculate into a mas- MBA 507 Ethics and Law this requirement may be admitted on a ter’s program after the completion of no Elective conditional basis. more than 12 credits. In addition, these Summer B. Aptitude for quantitative analysis, programs are open to non-matriculated Study abroad/internship (usually demonstrated through previous course- students who wish to earn an Advanced completed in the summer) work, standardized tests, or practical Graduate Certificate without completing experience. All applicants must have Second Year an M.B.A. degree. Note that, although successfully completed an introductory Fall Semester it is a valuable academic credential, calculus course (MAT 123 or equivalent) MBA 592 Organizational Behavior an Advanced Graduate Certificate is not with a grade of C or higher. MBA 521/522 Industry Project (six cred- a degree. C. Submission of Graduate Management its) Admission Test (GMAT) scores (pre- Elective Certificate Program in Human ferred), or Graduate Record Examination Elective Resource Management (GRE) General Test scores. Spring Semester The Advanced Graduate Certificate in D. Three letters of recommendation, Human Resource Management is a MBA 512 Business Planning and one of which, if possible, should be from program for employee training profes- Strategic Management (capstone a professional working in a private com- sionals, human resources/personnel man- course) pany or public agency who is capable of agers, labor relations specialists, and Elective evaluating the applicant’s motivation union representatives, and private- and Elective and potential. The three letters of public-sector managers. The program, Elective recommendation should also include at leading to the New York State Elective least one from a college faculty member, Advanced Certificate in Human Resource Typical Accelerated Curriculum (48 credits) counselor, or administrator. Management, requires a bachelor’s MBA 501 Managerial Economics E. Acceptance by both the College of degree from an accredited college. This MBA 503 Data Analysis and Decision Business and the Graduate School. program is administered by the School Making F. $60 application fee. of Professional Development. For more MBA 504 Financial Accounting Although not required, examples of an information and to apply, please refer MBA 505 Marketing applicant’s creative work will be consid- to the following Web site: http://ws.cc. MBA 502 Finance ered. These might include project sunysb.edu/spd/graduate/hrm.html MBA 506 Leadership/Team reports or published articles. Effectiveness/Communication Admission is available for both the fall Certificate Program in Information MBA 512 Business Planning and and spring semesters. Applications for Systems Management Strategic Management the fall semester should be submitted by The Advanced Graduate Certificate MBA 511 Technological Innovations April 15 and for the spring semester by Program in Information Systems MBA 589 Operations Management October 1. Earlier submissions are Management (ISM) is a graduate pro- MBA 507 Ethics and Law encouraged. Applications are reviewed fessional development program that MBA 521 Industry Project on a rolling basis, and if seats are avail- provides an educational opportunity to MBA 592 Organizational Behavior able, applicants will be considered after combine management education with Elective the application deadlines. Late applica- technical training in specific areas Elective tions are accepted if there are places related to information systems manage- Elective available. Applications are completed ment. Directed toward career enhance- Elective online. Go to the College of Business ment of new professionals, as well as MBA Web site: http://cobsb.info/ or by toward advancement of experienced writing to: professionals, the program offers both a

101 COLLEGE OF BUSINESS full-time and a part-time option. reported. These courses are followed by The school houses centers for Human Certificate program students must com- a selection of any four finance elective Resource Management, Health Services plete the program within a three-year courses, depending upon the student’s Research Management, Information Sys- period. For more information and specific areas of interest. tems Management, and Small Business to apply, please refer to the following Elective courses explore the broad Development. Quality research con- Web site: http://ws.cc.sunysb.edu/spd/ frontier of modern finance. Financial ducted by the centers contributes signifi- graduate/ism.html Management and Capital Markets deal cantly to the College’s academic with banking and financial intermedia- programs. In addition, the centers’ Certificate Program in Health Care tion, corporate governance, financial applied and interdisciplinary research Management risks, and regulation. Investment promotes valuable interactions with The Advanced Graduate Certificate Analysis presents techniques for evalu- industry, government, and nonprofit Program in Health Care Management is ating investment alternatives to create organizations and provides hands-on a professional development program optimal portfolios. Computational experience to students. intended for health practitioners who Finance exposes students to the compu- Computing Services require management training and for tational rigors associated with modern managers who require specific training finance theory. Managerial Accounting The College of Business computing facility in the health-care field. It offers partic- and Decision-making presents the contains 20 networked personal computers ipants a comprehensive understanding accounting system as a source of infor- that have high-speed connections to the of health care and management and mation for decision-making, planning outside world and a high-speed laser printer. Each computer has full Internet helps them to develop the analytical control, and evaluation. Cases in access to e-mail, Internet utilities, and capabilities to be effective managers. Finance explores challenging financial Web servers and is equipped with the The Advanced Certificate Program in scenarios in a distinctive formal frame- Microsoft Office suite of programs, plus Health Care Management is a joint work within which those problems can software for expert systems, manage- program of the School of Health be discussed and addressed. ment science, statistical analysis, and Technology and Management and the other management applications. Via the College of Business. Research network, students can access the campus The program is designed to meet the Faculty members in the College of IBM and VAX systems as well as the needs of working professionals who are Business are strongly committed to online library catalog. Students may part-time students and full-time gradu- teaching and fostering working relation- access their own administrative records ate students at the University. Many ships with students inside and outside online, check course schedules for upcom- courses are offered in the late afternoon the classroom, while maintaining their ing semesters, and view calendars for or early evening. Certificate program involvement in research. campus events. students are required to complete the In their research, Business professors program within a three-year period. examine complex issues and problems Faculty Graduate students who pursue either confronting today’s managers and deci- Dean the Master of Science in Health Sciences sion makers. They analyze businesses McDonnell, Joseph W., Associate Dean of the in the School of Health Technology and and other institutions as well as the College of Business, Ph.D., 1978, Management or the M.B.A. in the economic, regulatory, and technological University of Southern California: College of Business may obtain the forces underlying decision-making Management; corporate communications; certificate as they earn credits toward processes and ongoing changes within crisis management; entrepreneurship. graduation. For more information and these organizations. They keep close Associate Dean to apply, please refer to the following contact not only with other London, Manuel, also Director of the Center Web site: http://www.hsc.stonybrook.edu/ researchers in the United States and for Human Resource Management, Ph.D., shtm/programs/hcpm/hcpm.html abroad, but also with regional, national, 1974, Ohio State University: Performance and international businesses by conduct- management programs; training and Certificate Program in Finance ing applied research projects and work- development; team learning. The Graduate Certificate Program in ing as consultants. Professors Finance is a professional development Students at the College of Business program that emphasizes the manage- benefit from this high-caliber research Kamins, Michael A., Ph.D., 1984, New York rial and technical issues in finance that in several ways. Faculty members often University: Marketing. are most important to professionals. revise and develop new course materials Laskowski, Richard, Ed.D., 1982, St. Johns The coursework will explore current to incorporate current research into University: Sports management; introduction financial thinking on banking, capital their teaching and instruction. Exposing to business. markets, corporate fiscal management, students to the latest knowledge and Sexton, Thomas R., Co-director of Health and firm and investor risk. management skills best prepares them Services Research and Management Unit, The curriculum consists of 18 credits for future challenges and, at the same Ph.D., 1979, Stony Brook University: (six three-credit courses). There are two time, makes the classroom experience Health-care delivery systems; efficiency required courses, Finance and Financial dynamic and stimulating. Business analysis; statistics. Accounting, which reveal the foundations students work closely with professors, Skorin-Kapov, Jadranka, Ph.D., 1987, of finance and accounting needed to and all students are invited to partici- University of British Columbia, Canada: understand how corporate financial pate in seminars conducted by the Management information systems; operations objectives are developed, measured, and school’s researchers. research; artificial intelligence.

102 COLLEGE OF BUSINESS

Wolf, Gerrit, Ph.D., 1967, Cornell University: Gomes, Carol, M.S., Management and Policy. Internship Requirement Entrepreneurship; organizational behavior; Gomes, Lyle, M.B.A., C.M.A., Accounting. The College of Business internship pro- human resource management; international Heaton, William, M.B.A., Entrepreneurship. gram provides full-time students with management. Infantino, Anthony, M.B.A., Management. important practical training in business Associate Professors Jefferson, Glenn, M.B.A. management. The internship is a paid Casey, Jeff T., Ph.D., 1986, University of eight-to-twelve-week full-time summer Kerr, Brian, M.P.S., Industrial and Labor Wisconsin-Madison: Psychology/organizational position in a business, government, or Relations. behavior; negotiation and conflict resolution; nonprofit organization. Students must Levanti, Gary, M.B.A., Marketing. human resource management; business strategy. write a faculty-approved internship Assistant Professors Liggan, William, M.P.S., Human Resource report in the semester following the Management. Holod, Dmytro, Ph.D., 2005, University of internship. All students must enroll in Kentucky: Economics; banking and financial Marlow, Frank, Ed.D., Human Resource MBA 599, Internship Practicum, for one intermediation; financial markets and institutions; Management. credit in the term during which they are monetary policy; economic growth. McFadden, Edward, M.A. doing their internships. Lecturers McKiernan, Kevin, M.B.A., Banking and Placement and Career Services Finance. Allocca, Carl, Director of Undergraduate The Career Center provides a variety Studies. M.S.T., C.P.A., Long Island University: McMullan, Christine, M.P.A., C.W., Human Resource Management. of career and life-planning services to Public and private accounting; auditing; M.B.A. students desiring assistance taxation; internal control; systems development. Menton, Arthur, M.M.E., Marketing. with their career development and job Clark, Robert, M.S., Stony Brook University: Mone, Edward, M.A., Human Resource search. These services include career Operations management; management science; Management. entrepreneurship. resource library materials, placement Palermo, Margot, M.B.A., Finance and services including on-campus inter- Ettl, Robert., M.B.A., Iona College; M.C.A., International Business. views, online résumé referrals, job fairs, New York Institute of Technology; M.B.A., Penn Persia, Viola, M.S., C.P.A., Accounting. State: Marketing; strategic planning; government workshops on résumé preparation and relations; public relations. Revello, Douglas, M.B.A., Finance. interviewing skills, and credential files. Lekacos, Aristotle T., M.S., Polytechnic Rizzi, Timothy A., M.S., Information Systems Many companies visit the campus to Institute of New York: Information systems; Management. conduct one-on-one interviews with business strategy; entrepreneurship; Rossi, Paul, M.B.A., Accounting, Corporate M.B.A. students. It is suggested that innovation; simulations. Finance. graduate students contact the Career Lewis, Herbert F., Ph.D., Stony Brook Rotchford, John, M.B.A., Information Systems Center at the beginning of their first University: Applied mathematics and statistics; Management. semester for more details. operations research; management science; Ruocco, Anthony, Ed.D., Educational Job/Internship Fairs are held regularly information systems; productivity and efficiency Administration. analysis. in which employers visit the campus to Saidens, Mark, Ph.D., Educational discuss their organizations and share Nugent, Michael, M.B.A., Dowling College: Administration. Financial engineering; derivatives; international available job openings. These fairs finance; capital markets and institutions; foreign Schiavone, Vincent, M.B.A., M.P.S., Human provide graduate students with unique exchange markets; investment analysis; Resource Management. opportunities to meet, have brief inter- corporate finance; business strategy. Schmeltz, Martin, M.S., Taxation. views, and leave résumés with a signif- Palermo, Mark R., J.D., Hofstra University School Sheehan, Donald, M.A., Liberal Studies. icant number and variety of employers. of Law; M.B.A., Adelphi University: Finance; Weiner, Harry, S.M., Emeritus Associate Continual expansion of the program is strategy; economics; law; general business. Professor, Business-government relations. planned. Adjunct Faculty Yung, Gracer, M.B.A., International Banking Online services, where résumés are Aguayo, Rafael, M.B.A., Finance and and Finance. forwarded by the Career Center to International Business. interested employers and where vacancies Andrade, Arturo, M.S., Management and Policy Degree Requirements are posted, are provided by JOBTRAK and Certificate in Information Systems. The M.B.A. curriculum prepares students (a link on the center’s home page). In Azzato, Lisa, J.D., Human Resource for careers in management in business, addition, vacancy copies are posted on Management. government, and nonprofit organizations. bulletin boards and kept in binders in the Brown, Tom, M.B.A., Accounting. The M.B.A. may be pursued either full- or center’s library. Carroll, T.Owen, Ph.D., Emeritus Associate part-time. Full-time students require two Career Resource Library Professor, Finance and Information Systems. years of coursework with an internship in The Career Resource Library contains a Cerbone, Frank, M.A., Information Systems the summer between the two years. wealth of information on a variety of Management. Part-time students may follow the topics related to the career planning Chodkowski, Matthew, Ed.D., Human Resource same curriculum over a longer period, process. Materials include information Management. not to exceed five years. Admission is on employment interviewing, job hunt- de Onis, Luis, M.S., Management and Policy available in the fall and spring. Students ing, labor market trends, occupations, and Certificate in Labor Management. in the five-year Stony Brook Fast Track résumé writing, salary levels, and Diamonte, Thomas, Ph.D., Psychology. program complete the first year of the many other areas. Those M.B.A. stu- Gatteau, Richard, Ph.D., Administration and M.B.A. after their junior year and prior dents interested in pursuing doctoral Supervision. to their fifth year at Stony Brook. study can look through directories,

103 COLLEGE OF BUSINESS a CD-ROM collection of college and Courses cations. It examines these topics with a goal university bulletins, and information of not only imparting knowledge about MBA 501 Management Economics these managerial practices but also assist- on entrance tests required. Detailed ing students to acquire the skills necessary The techniques and approaches of micro- information on potential employers, to become business leaders, team builders economic reasoning are applied to issues of and articulate communicators. We will seek including annual reports and related doc- management and policy. The theory of the mar- to bridge theory and managerial practice by uments, is included in the “Organizational ket and the price system are closely examined using case studies and inviting business to identify areas where neoclassical economics Literature” files. This library also has executives to the class. is helpful to the analyst and manager. Decisions videotapes on specific companies and on regarding firm boundaries, competition, pricing, Spring, every year, 3 credits, ABCF grading various topics related to job search and entry are examined. Extensive use is MBA 507 Ethics and Law processes. You can visit the center’s made of case studies. Fall, 3 credits, ABCF grading This course will link the main ethical problems Web pageat www.sunysb.edu/career/ facing the modern manager with the statutes and regulations that have been enacted to deal Credential Service MBA 502 Finance How firms meet and manage their final with these problems. Emphasis is placed on Students and alumni wishing to collect objectives. Today’s financial environment, the the moral and ethical responsibilities that letters of recommendation from faculty, fundamental trade-off between risk and relate to investors, employees, customers, and the community. Students will learn the basic past employers, and others, in one return, the time value of money, and valuing future cash flows are discussed. Financial tools vocabularies of business law and of ethics. central location, may wish to establish and techniques, which can be used to help firms Spring, every year, 3 credits, ABCF grading a credentials file at the Career Center. maximize value by improving decisions related MBA 509 Continuous Quality Improvement These recommendations are available to capital, are explained. Bond and stock valuations are introduced. This course provides students with under- to be photocopied and sent directly to Fall, 3 credits, ABCF grading standing of concepts of TQM and quality appropriate organizations, including improvement methods to attain world-class prospective employers and admissions MBA 503 Data Analysis and Decision Making performance in business operations. Topics include policy deployment, process improve- offices of graduate and professional An introduction to statistical techniques useful in the analysis of management problems. We ment methodology, daily work management, schools. motivate each topic by managerial applica- quality story methodology, six sigma, poka- tions, and we analyze actual data sets using yoke, ISO, and Deming and Baldridge Awards Workshops modern statistical software. Topics include criteria. For those who are about to begin the probability estimation, hypothesis testing, and 3 credits, ABCF grading process of interviewing, writing a résumé, regression analysis. 3 credits, ABCF grading MBA 510 In Addition to Wages: and/or searching for a job, group work- Employee Benefits shops are offered that provide information MBA 504 Financial Accounting This course addresses an area of major social change: new developments in fringe benefit on these topics. Each workshop is two Introduction and exploration of basic financial accounting terminology, principles, concepts, programs available to American workers. hours long and includes practical exercises and their relevant business applications. This Topics include pensions, social security, savings as well as general theory. The “Résumé course will include the recording, summariza- and profit sharing plans, and other benefits Preparation” and “Interviewing Skills” tion, and adjustment of financial transactions in the working and retirement years. It also and the preparation and presentation of the compares fringe benefits available to the workshops are offered on a weekly basis basic financial statements. Other topics will individuals in the private, public, and not-for- during the fall and spring semesters. include valuation methods for cash, accounts profit sectors. Future fringe benefit programs Other workshops are scheduled less receivable, inventory and property, plant and and policies will also be explored. This course is offered as both CES 510 and MBA 510. frequently and are noted on the Web equipment. This course is also offered as EMP 502. Prerequisite: CES 515/MBA 532 pages and on the Career Center’s student 3 credits, ABCF grading 3 credits, ABCF grading calendar publication. MBA 505 Marketing MBA 511 Technological Innovations Individual Counseling A survey course covering the foundations of the Innovation drives the modern firm by the Professional career counselors are avail- marketing discipline. The course is designed to interaction of technical invention and manage- give students conceptual frameworks and tools rial entrepreneurship. This course explores the able to assist with questions pertaining to help firms meet demands of the marketplace variety of sources of new products, processes, to any facet of the career decision- in a profitable way. A wide range of marketing and services, such as inventors, universities, making process, from deciding on a strategy topics (e.g., segmentation, positioning) research and development departments in industry, and government labs. In addition, the specific business path to finding out how and marketing tactics (the Four P’s of Marketing: Product, Price, Place, and Promotions) course explores the variety of ways of bringing to effectively search for a job. Topics will be covered, as well as development of the new products, processes, and services to that are frequently discussed include discipline’s foundations (definition, philosophy, market, including startup firms, acquisitions, selecting a specialization, researching and the history of marketing). mergers, and entrepreneurship within the 3 credits, ABCF grading firm. Case studies showing the interaction of companies, obtaining experience through invention and entrepreneurship are analyzed. volunteer and internship positions, job MBA 506 Leadership, Team Effectiveness, A term project is required in which the student search strategy, marketing the value of and Communications either analyzes the history of invention and entrepreneurship in a major firm or writes a a graduate degree, and establishing a This course focuses on business leadership, teamwork, and communications. It seeks to business plan for high technology startup firm. credential file. Those interested in dis- answer the following three questions: What Spring, every year, 3 credits, ABCF grading cussing these and other issues are do leaders really do? What makes teams encouraged to set up an appointment by effective? How do you create persuasive MBA 512 Business Planning and Strategic communications? The course addresses such Management calling or visiting the Career Center. topics as leading organizational change, man- The principles and techniques of strategic aging corporate crises, building motivated management by which an organization sets teams, and developing strategic communi- and implements its long-range direction. This

104 COLLEGE OF BUSINESS includes the processes of environment scan- experience with proven strategies for build- MBA 522 Industry Project ning, self-assessment of organizational purpose ing successful brands in the competitive Under faculty supervision, groups of students and comparative advantage, and synthesis of marketplace, the decisions and options work for clients on management issues in a organizational mission, plans, and strategic faced by brand managers, and the tools to variety of areas such as health care, MIS, initiatives. Extensive use is made of case effectively manage brands. marketing, data analysis, business plans and studies and in-class exercises. 3 credits, ABCF grading the like. The course provides students with Spring, every year, 3 credits, ABCF grading the opportunity to apply the analytic skills MBA 517 Information Systems for they have learned in the classroom to actual MBA 513 Human Relations in the Workplace Management management problems. Students also gain This course focuses on improving the quality of Information systems and its role in strategic practical experience in business writing, work life for employees, as a value in itself and planning and managerial operations in busi- giving formal presentations, and working in as an incentive to greater productivity and ness. The systems approach to the analysis, teams. The format for this course is a combi- reduced turnover. Students will explore: the design, and implementation of information nation of work in the classroom and “lab” importance of communication-orientation of systems. Recent developments in information work. The lab work consists of visits with a new employees, formal and informal consul- technology and its impact on existing and client, developing a formal proposal, generat- tation, quality circles, billboards, news bul- future information systems. ing a final report and various other elements letins, etc., and exit interviews; providing Fall, every year, 3 credits, ABCF grading of a professional consulting arrangement. opportunities for job enrichment and career 3 credits, ABCF grading development-career planning assistance, MBA 518 Principles of Sales Management practitioner training, cross training, job rota- This course prepares students to manage a MBA 523 Human Resource Management tion, job sharing and flextime, enriching each sales force. Through lectures, discussions, Workshop job as the employee progresses; employee assignments, and case analysis, students will This course is designed for human resource assistance programs-financial planning, drug understand principles and best procedures of practitioners who wish to prepare themselves and alcohol rehabilitation, retirement planning, sales force management as they apply to both for higher-level executive positions: planning educational assistance, summer jobs for kids, small and large organizations. for the personnel function relative to organi- etc.; recreational programs-athletic teams, 3 credits, ABCF grading zational purpose and size of workforce; holiday and seasonal celebrations, community developing recruiting plans, job classifica- service participation, and contests. All of these MBA 519 Grievance Handling and Arbitration tions, and wage schedules; establishing benefit activities contribute to developing the joint Grievance and arbitration procedures in a systems; and training supervisors, system- participation of employees and management variety of private- and public-sector labor atizing employee supervision, and evaluation that is the hallmark of the well-managed cor- agreements are examined in terms of contract methods. Finally, the class will develop such poration. This course is offered as both CES clauses, practical procedures, and problems motivational incentives as career develop- 511 and MBA 513. characteristic of different employment sectors. ment, job enrichment, and employee assistance 3 credits, ABCF grading Dispute settlement between parties them- programs and learn how to devise model selves is explored, and the final recourse to affirmative action and employee safety MBA 514 Collective Bargaining and arbitration is examined in terms of arbitrator procedures. This course is offered as both Arbitration in the Public Sector selection, case preparation, presentations at CES 523 and MGT 523. This course presents an overview of the hearings, and analysis of awards. This course is 3 credits, ABCF grading history, procedures, and problems of public offered as both CES 519 and MBA 519. sector labor relations, and comparisons with Prerequisite: CES 516 or MBA 533 MBA 524 Labor Negotiations Workshop the private sector. The role of public opinion 3 credits, ABCF grading This is an advanced class in the negotiation of and politics in public sector bargaining will be labor agreements in the private and public explored. Students will role play the negotia- MBA 520 History of Labor Relations sectors. Through case studies and presenta- tion of a public sector contract: preparation of The course proceeds from the beginnings of tions students acquire an understanding of the bargaining package, negotiation, mediation, labor organization in the guilds and crafts of attitudes and strategies of both negotiating fact-finding, arbitration. They will also pre- the early 19th century to the accelerating parties, evaluation of the economic and political pare, present, and critique a public sector pace of change today. The peaking of union environments, gathering of essential infor- grievance case from its shop origins to its final strength during World War II and its subse- mation, determination of bargaining style and strategy, and role playing of negotiations disposition by arbitration. This course is quent decline after Taft-Hartley are discussed, using sample contracts. Guest lecturers cri- offered as both CES 514 and MBA 514. as well as the economic and social reasons for tique class performance, offering suggestions Prerequisite: CES 516 or MBA 533 the gradual weakening of organized labor. A for improving negotiation skills. This course is 3 credits, ABCF grading discussion of the future of organized labor offered as both MBA 524 and CES 524. concludes the course. Prerequisite: MBA 533 or CES 516 MBA 515 Comparative and International 3 credits, ABCF grading Management 3 credits, ABCF grading Because both the similarities and differences of MBA 521 Industry Project organizations and management across national Under faculty supervision, groups of students MBA 525 Employment Law boundaries must be a part of the knowledge work for clients on management issues in a This course is designed to give business and base of tomorrow’s manager, this course variety of areas such as health care, MIS, HR professionals insight into and practical examines proprietorships, partnerships, marketing, data analysis, business plans, and knowledge of the various legal issues that corporations, governmental regulatory agen- the like. The course provides students with inform today’s employer-employee relation- cies, public authorities, voluntary social serv- the opportunity to apply the analytic skills ships. Topics will include hiring practices, ices, multinational corporations, and strategic they have learned in the classroom to actual formation of the employment contract, laws alliances, as well as combinations of these management problems. Students also gain governing the work relationship, investigation organizations, across sectoral and national practical experience in business writing, protocols, and risk-reduction techniques, boundaries. giving formal presentations, and working viewed against a backdrop of emerging Spring, 3 credits, ABCF grading in teams. The format for the course is a com- employment trends. This course is offered as bination of work in the classroom and “lab” both CES 525 and MBA 525. MBA 516 Strategic Brand Management work. The lab work consists of visits with a Prerequisite: MBA 533 or CES 516 Highly interactive course. Hands-on, practical client, developing a formal proposal, generat- 3 credits, ABCF grading exploration of product, service, and enterprise- ing a final report, and various other elements wide brand building and management. of a professional consulting arrangement. MBA 526 Job Evaluation and Compensation Course is structured along daily responsi- Fall, every year, 6 credits, ABCF grading Systems bilities and challenges faced by working An advanced course providing students with brand/marketing managers and will provide both theory and specific knowledge of job

105 COLLEGE OF BUSINESS evaluation and compensation systems, includ- also offered as CEX 547. quantitative and qualitative approaches to ing union issues, comparable worth and legal 3 credits, ABCF grading assessing markets and product/market fits will requirements: preparation of job analysis, May be repeated for credit be examined in depth. This course will incorpo- descriptions, specifications and evaluations; rate a combination of formats, including lec- theory of compensation systems as they relate MBA 531 New Developments in Human tures, computer labs, and team projects. It is to job satisfaction and employee morale; Resource Administration recommended that Marketing Research be development of wage and salary surveys, This is an advanced course, designed to taken before this course. internal and external equity pay scales, per- examine new developments and professional 3 credits, ABCF grading formance-based pay systems, and salary concerns in human resource administration. administration procedures. An analysis of The course focuses on such topics as produc- MBA 536 Financial Management incentives-bonuses, stock options, salary tivity in the American workplace; developing deferrals, and special benefits will complete How managers should interface with union/management cooperation for productiv- accounting and finance departments and the course. This course is offered as both ity; methods of training in the workplace; CES 526 and MBA 526. how firms meet their financial objectives. impact of the computer revolution on the Financial tools and techniques, which can be Prerequisite: CES 515 or MBA 532 personnel field; and specialized personnel used to help firms maximize value by improving 3 credits, ABCF grading needs of the new workforce in a high-tech and decisions relating to capital budgeting, capital service economy. structure, and working capital management MBA 527 Women, Work, and Dollars 3 credits, ABCF grading This course addresses the economic and are explained. Related topics include multina- social struggle of women to achieve work- MBA 532 A Survey of Human Resource tional financial management, risk manage- place equality. It includes an examination of Administration ment, and mergers and acquisitions. their labor force participation; the remunera- This is the mandated course in the human Prerequisite: MBA 502 tion of women; segregated employment resource sector of the Human Resource Fall, 3 credits, ABCF grading patterns; special problems of women in Management curriculum. The course explores professional, managerial, and scientific disci- the basic elements of personnel administration: MBA 537 Employee Training and Career plines; analysis of the corporate environment an overview of human resource functions; Development and the role of affirmative action in removing recruitment, selection, and placement; job This course provides an overview of employee formal and informal barriers to progress. It classification and wage and benefit systems; investigates the campaign for comparable employee supervision, counseling, discipline, training methods, training design, develop- worth; alternative definitions of success; and grievance; the legal framework of human ment programs, and evaluation procedures, women’s contribution to the world of work; resource administration; and approaches including cost/benefit analysis. Emphasis is the glass ceiling and the mommy track; work- specific to union and nonunion environments. placed on how to perform a needs analysis, family issues; child care; sexual harassment; This course is offered as both CES 515 and how to select the latest training technologies, and women as managers. The course will MBA 532. and how to apply these technologies to maxi- feature case analysis and guest speakers 3 credits, ABCF grading mize adult learning. In addition, development from different organizations. This course is strategies are reviewed, for instance, when to offered as both CES 517 and MBA 527. MBA 533 Survey of Labor and Employee train generalist managers and specialists, 3 credits, ABCF grading Relations how to foster an atmosphere conducive to This is the foundation course in the labor continuous learning, and how to reward MBA 528 Risk Management relations sector of the Human Resource supervisors for supporting their subordi- The course focuses on the wide range of risks Management curriculum. It addresses the nates’ development. Students apply these faced by law firms, partners, and managers. historical development of labor unions in the concepts to a specific organization for hands- Each session will examine various risk cate- United States, the evolution of the legal on learning. In addition, a focus on career gories, teaching participants how to define framework governing labor relations today, planning and development gives students a and quantify risk. and the major elements of collective bargain- chance to take interest inventories and self- 3 credits, ABCF grading ing and dispute resolution techniques used in assessments of abilities and learning style. the private and public sectors. This course is Students formulate their own career plans MBA 529 Managerial Accounting and offered as both CES 516 and MBA 533. and develop action strategies. This course is Decision Making 3 credits, ABCF grading This course covers cost accounting concepts offered as both MBA 537 and CEX 537. and theories and the implementation of an MBA 534 Contemporary Issues in Employee 3 credits, ABCF grading accounting system as a source of information Relations for decision making, planning, control, and This course covers collective bargaining in MBA 538 Organizational Change and the evaluation of organizational performance America: areas of union growth, stability, and Development: Opportunities for Human by management. Other topics include cost- decline. Examination of current labor-man- Resource Innovations volume-profit analysis, overhead rates, budg- agement agreements in the key areas of The aim of this course is to acquaint students eting, and statement of cash flows. wages, productivity, retirement and health with types of organizational change and the Prerequisite: MBA 504 plans, employee security, and career advance- roles of human resource managers as change 3 credits, ABCF grading ment will be explored. The chief problems agents. Cases, group exercises, and class dis- emerging in current negotiations in both the cussions are used to examine change methods, MBA 530 Negotiation and Conflict Resolution private and public sectors will be examined. employees’ reactions to change, facilitation The methods and procedures for reaching This course is offered as both CES 518 and techniques, and evaluation methods. Roles of negotiated agreements. Topics include MBA 534. leaders, managers, employees, and human reducing conflict and confrontation between Prerequisite: MBA 533 resource professionals are considered. Targets contending parties, analysis of the techniques 3 credits, ABCF grading of change include job designs, interpersonal of win-lose and win-win negotiation, and relationships, and organizational structures. mediation. Students are expected to partici- MBA 535 New Product Marketing Quality improvement, employee involvement, pate in a series of workshop activities and New products are a very important part of and professional development are studied as simulated cases to reveal how negotiation most all modern companies, particularly examples of change strategies. Students learn and mediation are applied to resolving diffi- those having to compete on a global level. how to help themselves and their co-workers culties in business management, labor rela- This course looks at the specific challenges in tions, international and domestic affairs, both coming up with new products (conceptu- to cope. This course is offered as both CEX 538 patient/doctor/hospital relations, and other alization, design, and development) and how and MBA 538. areas where negotiation and mediation play a to market them to different marketplace Prerequisite: MBA 532 or CES 515 significant role in modern life. This course is segments. Target marketing techniques and 3 credits, ABCF grading

106 COLLEGE OF BUSINESS

MBA 539 Investment Analysis changes in yield, and measuring the total covered are: growth through acquisitions, Modern investment and traditional approaches return on a bond. We will analyze the deter- critical steps in the M&A process, financial to investment valuation, selection, and man- minants of interest rates and how different valuation of mergers and friendly acquisi- agement. Modern investment theory, includ- market participants interact. Trading strate- tions, hostile takeovers, and buyouts. The ing asset pricing models and efficient gies, evaluating their risk, and performing course should be of interest to students inter- market hypotheses are explained. Traditional ex-post analyses will be discussed. ested in pursuing careers as private equity approaches to stock and bond selection, 3 credits, ABCF grading investors, advisors in investment banking, including fundamental analysis and techni- and corporate managers. cal analysis, will be explained in detail. MBA 548 Fundamentals of the Bioscience Prerequisite: MBA 502, MBA 504 Investment management strategies for both Industry Fall, 3 credits, ABCF grading individual and institutional investors will be A four-module course set up to provide stu- developed and discussed. dents with a comprehensive introduction to MBA 553 Simulation and Modeling Prerequisite: MBA 502 the complexities of the bioscience business A comprehensive course in formulation, 3 credits, ABCF grading environment. implementation, and application of simulation Prerequisite: Must be either a BME or MBA models. Topics include data structures, simu- MBA 540 Linear Programming graduate student (West Campus) lation languages, statistical analysis, pseudo- Formulation of linear programming problems All other students must obtain permission random number generation, and design of and solutions by simplex method. Duality, from the instructor. simulation experiments. Students apply sensitivity analysis, dual simplex algorithm, Spring, every year, 3 credits, ABCF grading simulation modeling methods to problems of decomposition. Applications to the transporta- their own design. This course is offered as tion problem, two-person games, assignment MBA 549 Risk Management CSE 529, AMS 553, and MBA 553. problem, and introduction to integer and This course introduces students to risk Prerequisite: CSE 214 or equivalent; AMS nonlinear programming. This course is offered management primarily from the perspective 310 or 507 or equivalent; or permission of as both MBA 540 and AMS 540. of non-financial corporations. Focus will be instructor Prerequisite: A linear algebra course placed on why firms should or should not 3 credits, ABCF grading 3 credits, ABCF grading manage risk, while demonstrating how risk management can reduce the probability that MBA 555 Consumer Behavior MBA 543 Management Science a firm will encounter financial distress or Consumer behavior examines the psychologi- An introduction to mathematical models earnings volatility, and whether such activities cal, social, cultural, and demographic factors useful in the analysis of management prob- can enhance shareholder value. The course that impact purchasing decisions. The course lems. We motivate each topic by managerial offers an integrated approach to risk man- also examines consumer needs and marketing applications, and we analyze problems using agement by combining concepts, tools, and opportunities emphasizing their implications modern software. Topics include forecasting techniques that derive from the financial risk for marketing strategies. Topics include the models, linear and integer optimization management and insurance disciplines. The consumer decision-making process, motivation models, and decision models. course text focuses mostly on pure risk, or and its effect on behavior, images, attitudes, 3 credits, ABCF grading the use of insurance products to reduce risk social and cultural influences, models of con- and financial losses for businesses. The sumer behavior, segmentation strategies, and MBA 545 Capital Markets and Financial course lectures and additional readings will promotional applications. The course is deliv- Institutions also incorporate a focus on financial risk ered by lectures, case studies, a simulation, and Financial institutions and capital markets management, including commodity price, the student’s development of a personal form the basis of the financial system in our exchange rate, interest rate, and credit risk purchasing diary with its subsequent analysis. global economy. Capital markets are the con- management. Financial derivative products 3 credits, ABCF grading duits in which capital flows through financial will be used extensively; however, the focus institutions to a network of organized and will be more on the appreciation of derivative MBA 559 Computational Finance over the counter markets. Students will learn products to hedge risk, rather than the Computation in corporate finance, securities how many of these markets work in tandem valuation of derivatives. valuation, portfolio theory, and trading. to propel our economy forward. Topics include 3 credits, ABCF grading Approaches to corporate valuation. Application money markets, foreign exchange markets, of full covariance treatment of portfolio returns derivative markets, the banking industry, and MBA 550 Operations Research: and variance to mutual funds. Nonlinear the business of banking. The role of money in Stochastic Models dynamics in finance. the capital markets and a variety of financial Includes Poisson processes, renewal theory, 3 credits, ABCF grading products offered by financial institutions will discrete-time and continuous-time Markov be explained. processes, Brownian motion, applications to MBA 560 Design and Analysis of Prerequisite: MBA 502 queues, statistics, and other problems of Management Information Systems Fall, 3 credits, ABCF grading engineering and social sciences. This course An overview of information systems and the is offered as both MBA 550 and AMS 550. system development life cycle. Emphasis is MBA 546 Network Flows Prerequisite: AMS 507 or equivalent on tools and techniques that the programmer Theory of flows in capacity-constrained net- 3 credits, ABCF grading or analyst can use to document information works. Topics include maximum flow, feasibility systems. Classical and structured tools for criteria, scheduling problems, matching and MBA 551 Cases in Finance describing data flow, date structure, process covering problems, minimum-length paths, Application of finance concepts to cases flow, file design, input and output design, and minimum-cost flows, and associated combina- involving financial decisions in a corporate or program specifications will be presented. torial problems. This course is offered as both institutional setting. Students will be asked Object-oriented techniques will be introduced. MBA 546 and AMS 546. to perform the work of a manager or analyst The course will survey other important skills Prerequisite: AMS 540 or permission of in a professional capacity, direct their atten- for the systems analyst such as fact-finding, instructor tion to specific questions raised and report communications, project management, and Spring, 3 credits, ABCF grading back with analyses and recommendations cost-benefit analysis. from the perspectives of the CFO, the Lending Prerequisite: MBA 517 MBA 547 Fundamentals of Fixed Income Officer, and other managerial positions. 3 credits, ABCF grading Analysis Prerequisite: MBA 502 and MBA 504 A concrete understanding of the fundamen- 3 credits, ABCF grading MBA 561 Expert Systems for Management tals of fixed income security analysis. Study An introductory course that provides a basic of the basics of bond analysis, such as the MBA 552 Mergers and Acquisitions understanding of the concepts and techniques relationship between the price and yield of a The focus of this course is on buying control- needed to analyze, design, and manage the bond, the sensitivity of a bond’s price to ling stakes in firms. The main topics to be knowledge of human experts in organizations.

107 COLLEGE OF BUSINESS

In addition, students will learn the role of the MBA 566 Business Law common business processes. Every aspect of knowledge architect in different industries A survey of the U.S. legal system within business entails the execution of a series of and the management issues related to the which business operates. Topics include defined tasks and the associated allocation growing integration of computers in the sources of law, contracts, tort and criminal of corporate resources. From developing new support of decision-making. law affecting business, property rights, products to implementing customer loyalty 3 credits, ABCF grading agency, business organizations, and selected programs, managers must understand busi- topics in technology-related areas. ness processes including their associated MBA 562 Accounting Information Systems Spring, every year, 3 credits, ABCF grading tasks, interrelationships, and transformations. A managerial approach to the concepts, Project management involves three primary issues, and techniques used to successfully MBA 567 Marketing Strategy activities: defining manageable tasks, mapping manage and maintain an “Accounting The course seeks to familiarize students with their logical flow, and creating an implemen- tation process. In the course, we will explore Information System.” Topics will include the decision domain of marketing strategy, the ways to manage these functions successfully business processes such as the revenue and purpose and elements of sound strategy, and to increase the probability of achieving expenditure cycles; business transactions managerial tools and processes for generating, communicating, and implementing marketing desired results. We will use the latest software including replenishment procedures and tools including: MS Project, MS Visio, @Risk customer loyalty programs; general ledger strategies that deliver a sustainable competi- tive advantage to a company, product, or Project Simulation, Business Plan Pro 2007, output and compliance requirements as well WIP Information System-online and C- as interfaces to OLAP environments. brand. This course is designed with an empha- sis on student activities, supplemented by Commerce tools such as Instantstream. We 3 credits, ABCF grading lectures and case discussions. The major (i.e., will use Blackboard extensively to interact broad) topics emphasized in this course are (c-commerce), post grades, assignments, MBA 564 The Role of Information Systems in information, and notices. Access Blackboard Marketing Management competitive marketing strategy, marketing analysis, and market planning. using blackboard.stonybrook.edu This course will explore the theory and prac- Prerequisite: MBA 505 3 credits, ABCF grading tice of developing, implementing, managing, and maintaining a Marketing Information Fall, 3 credits, ABCF grading MBA 575 Business Marketing System (Mktg-IS) for a variety of industries. May be repeated for credit Marketing to businesses is a bigger, but less Our discussions will include the collection, visible, part of the total marketing efforts of storage, analysis, and subsequent delivery of MBA 570 Entrepreneurship companies in the modern world. This course actionable knowledge to the marketing deci- This course helps the student develop a busi- will present the business buying process and sion makers in business entities such as ness plan for his or her own business idea or how marketing efforts can more effectively a plan for an entrepreneur. With the support retailers, wholesalers, service companies, etc. (and efficiently) reach out to the very large of visiting practitioners, students take a The course will also review the spectrum of market made up of various businesses. We will business idea through all the planning steps. business transactions that occur within look at how marketing should vary for differ- A business plan suitable for presentation organizations that automate the sale of prod- ent types of businesses and/or organizations. to potential investors will be written and ucts and services while simultaneously col- 3 credits, ABCF grading presented orally at the end of the class. lecting the information needed to manage the 3 credits, ABCF grading associated marketing mix. Standard market- MBA 586 Wireless E-Commerce Analyzes the growth of and interaction ing functions such as development, implemen- MBA 572 Business Plan Project I tation, and control of a marketing plan will be among wireless markets. These markets Students will team with a group from engi- reviewed and aligned to appropriate key per- include devices and services for wide area neering to develop a business plan for the formance and control indicators. We will exam- broadband networks and 802.11b wireless engineers’ senior design project. Business local area networks. Growth factors include ine various systems that are in use today and students will create and monitor a project future trends including the concept of ubiqui- business strategies executed by major firms plan and perform market research for the and startups, and roles played by govern- tous networking and the pressure that envi- engineering project, provide input to the ronment will place on marketers. Discussions ment regulations and community groups in design phase to maximize market satisfaction development and delivery of network tech- of concepts such as customer loyalty programs, and develop a marketing plan. Students will nology. Student projects for clients or one’s disbursement of Market Development Funds, interface with resources outside the own startup investigate wireless strategies data (information) collection and storage University involved in market research. in consumer, home, commercial, educational requirements, content management, vendor Prerequisite: G2 standing with GPA of 3.0 or or health-care markets. and expense management, electronic exchange higher, and permission of the instructor Prerequisites: MBA 517, MGT 571, MGT580 of information, interfacing with decision sup- Fall, 3 credits, ABCF grading port and data mining systems, handling of Spring, 3 credits, ABCF grading multinational marketing programs, etc., will MBA 573 Business Plan Project II MBA 587 Decision Support Systems expand the scope of the course beyond the Building on the marketing plan developed in An advanced course focusing on the interre- traditional MKTG-IS concepts. MBA 572, students will prepare a detailed lationships among management information Prerequisite: MBA 505 operations and finance plan. The project plan systems, statistics and management science. Fall, 3 credits, ABCF grading developed in the fall will be used to monitor Both model-driven and date-driven decision progress of the team, including both support systems will be considered. Students MBA 565 Marketing Research Engineering and Business students’ activities. will identify an appropriate business applica- Introduces marketing research tools that aid Final project will consist of a full written and tion, select suitable management science and managers in marketing decision-making; oral presentation of the business plan. statistical methodologies, build the required introduces the marketing research process Students will coordinate efforts with resources information system, and demonstrate how and explains how it can be used to collect and outside the University including interface with their decision support system addresses the analyze data and information necessary to outside sources of production material. stated management problem. solve marketing problems. A strong applied Prerequisite: G2 standing with GPA of 3.0 or Prerequisites: MBA 503, MBA 517, MBA 543 orientation exposes students to marketing higher, and permission of instructor 3 credits, ABCF grading research in traditional areas such as market Spring, 3 credits, ABCF grading segmentation, product positioning, product MBA 588 Database Management design, brand perception, sales forecasting as MBA 574 Project Management Database processing is the foundation upon well as emerging areas such as customer sat- This course will explore the theory and prac- which all current applications rely and repre- isfaction, customer relationship management tice of managing a project. We will examine sents the repositories of business intelligence (CRM), and online marketing. the various tools that are available to monitor that play a crucial role in the strategic suc- Summer, every year, 3 credits, ABCF grading and measure managerial tasks and to define cess or failure of a corporation. Even though

108 COLLEGE OF BUSINESS they vary in size, complexity and organiza- tional scope, there is an underlying common database engine that can be used to manipu- late and analyze the stored information. The purpose of this course is to introduce the business professional to the fundamental concepts of database creation, design, appli- cation integration, maintenance, manage- ment, and subsequent analysis. 3 credits, ABCF grading MBA 589 Operations Management A managerial approach to the concepts, issues, and techniques used to convert an organization’s resources into products and services. Topics include strategic decisions for planning products, processes, and technolo- gies, operating decisions for planning produc- tion to meet demand, and controlling decisions for planning and controlling operations through teamwork and Total Quality Management (TQM). Operational problems in producing goods and services are reviewed. This course is offered as both MBA 589 and EMP 506. Spring, 3 credits, ABCF grading MBA 592 Organizational Behavior An approach to understanding the behavior of individuals in organizations is developed, with emphasis on implications for effective management. This approach is used to analyze decision problems encountered in managing human resources. Topics include individual and group decision-making skills, recruitment and selection, employee ability, motivation and incentive systems, job satis- faction, performance assessment and man- agement, retention, training, and employee development. Fall, every year, 3 credits, ABCF grading MBA 593 Special Topics in Human Resource Management An experimental elective course offered on a one-time basis. Topics offered under this course focus on specialized topics in human resource management. Consult department for current topic(s). 3 credits, ABCF grading May be repeated up to five times for credit MBA 595 Individual Directed Research in Business Designed to accommodate independent research projects on an individual basis with faculty guidance. Fall and spring, 1-6 credits, ABCF grading May be repeated for credit MBA 599 Internship Practicum Designed to accommodate College of Business MBA graduate students working on their internship project requirement while under supervision of an advisor. Fall, spring, and summer, 0-1 credits, S/U grading MBA 800 Summer Research 0 credit, S/U grading May be repeated

109 CHEMISTRY

Chemistry (CHE)

Chair: Benjamin S. Hsiao, Chemistry Building Room 104, (631) 632-7885 Graduate Program Director: Nancy S. Goroff, Chemistry Building Room 741, (631) 632-8356 Student Affairs Coordinator: Katherine M. Hughes, Chemistry Building Room 104, (631) 632-7886

Degrees awarded: M.S. in Chemistry; Ph.D. in Chemistry

The Department of Chemistry, within Areas of Current Research reagents. Homogeneous catalysis studies the College of Arts and Sciences, offers Synthetic Chemistry include investigations of the carbonylations courses of study leading to the degrees of fluoroolefins, small-ring heterocycles, of Master of Arts in Teaching The synthesis of new molecular com- alkenylamides, and similar molecules, Chemistry, Master of Science, and pounds distinguishes chemistry from and catalytic applications of compounds Doctor of Philosophy. Students in other scientific disciplines. Although with unsaturated metal-carbon bonds. many disciplines study the properties of the M.A.T. program must register Theoretical work includes ab initio and materials and natural phenomena, only through the School of Professional qualitative molecular orbital studies of chemistry concerns itself with the Development. A student in the Ph.D. organometallic compounds and of the preparation of new molecular arrange- chemisorption of organic molecules onto program may choose dissertation ments. The success of past synthetic metal surfaces and molecular mechanics research in any one of the diverse areas efforts can readily be appreciated by minimizations of ligand geometries. of chemistry represented by the observing the vast array of new materials interests of the program faculty, or that have improved the quality of our lives. Structural and Mechanistic may choose an interdisciplinary topic The Department of Chemistry at Organic Chemistry under the guidance of a faculty member Stony Brook is very fortunate to have The structures of a wide range of in another program. Coordinated many strong synthetic programs in both organic molecules are examined at activities exist with several programs, organic and inorganic chemistry. Among Stony Brook using many techniques, and include optional concentrations in the studies underway are the search for including automated high-field FT- chemical physics and chemical biology. inventive synthetic reactions to produce NMR spectroscopy (1H, 13C, 19F, etc.) new molecules, the synthesis of new and X-ray crystallography. Molecular Facilities molecular structures to evaluate our modeling programs, such as Macromodel, The Chemistry Building is a modern, theories of chemical bonding, and the are operated on color graphics work- seven-story (170,000-sq.-ft.) structure synthesis of new compounds with stations in order to rationalize and designed for research and upper-divi- unusual physical properties (molecular predict the conformations and reactivities sion instructional activities. The equip- engineering). However, most of the syn- of molecules under study. Variable- ment available to faculty, postdoctorals, thetic interest in the program lies in the temperature 1H and 13C NMR spectro- areas of bio-organic and bio-inorganic scopy is used to investigate conforma- and students is outstanding. While chemistry. Synthetic chemistry is being tional changes in macrocycles and other much of it has been commercially applied to the understanding of recep- synthetic hosts for guest metal ions and obtained, a substantial portion of the tor-substrate interactions as well as of organic molecules. VT-NMR is also used to instrumentation of the Department has enzyme function, the preparation of arti- investigate proton transfer in polyamines been designed and constructed at ficial enzymes, the mechanism of muta- and intermolecular exchange of guest Stony Brook and represents the state genesis and carcinogenesis, and the ions between polydentate ligands. of the art in various fields. Strong ties preparation of new compounds for the Stereochemical probes are used to exist to programs at Brookhaven treatment of patients. examine mechanisms of organic reac- National Laboratory, with unique facil- tions such as pericyclic and biomimetic ities in PET and magnetic resonance Organometallic Chemistry processes, and have provided proof of imaging, the Relativistic Heavy Ion Organometallic chemistry is an interdis- the existence of sigma-participation in Collider, the National Synchrotron ciplinary field bringing together many reactions of unstrained ketones and Light Source, the Center for aspects of inorganic and organic chem- carbonium ions. Reaction mechanisms Functional Nanomaterials, and world- istry. A wide range of organometallic are also studied by determining activa- systems are under study using a variety class programs in dynamics, materials tion volumes using reactors in the high- of synthetic, structural, mechanistic, science, and spectroscopy. pressure laboratory that can attain and theoretical techniques. Synthetic pressures higher than 200,000 psi. The construction and maintenance of and structural research is focused on this instrumentation is effected by the such problems as the chemistry of Institute of Chemical Biology and faculty in conjunction with a staff of unsaturated metal-carbon bonds in Drug Discovery (ICB&DD) nonteaching professionals in the elec- metal carbene and carbyne complexes, The primary objective of ICB&DD, tronic, glass, and machine shops. Our the stabilization of highly reactive directed by Distinguished Professor nuclear magnetic resonance (NMR) and organic moieties through metal com- Iwao Ojima, is to establish a world-class computer facilities are staffed by an plexation, the chemistry of transition “Center of Excellence” in chemical biology NMR coordinator and a computer coor- metal carbonyl cluster compounds, and and drug discovery at Stony Brook. The dinator, respectively. the development of useful synthetic rapid and impressive advancement of

110 CHEMISTRY chemical biology in the last decade high-potential iron-sulfur proteins; Macromolecules clearly demonstrated that solutions for activation of small molecules by transi- With development of state-of-the-art a vast majority of medical problems rely tion metal complexes and homogeneous X-ray diffraction and small-angle X-ray on the understanding of the molecular catalysis; chemistry of unsaturated car- scattering (SAXS) at the State basis of diseases, therapeutic targets, bon-metal bonds in mononuclear com- University of New York’s X3 Beamline drug actions, and drug resistance. pounds and in extended molecular at the National Synchrotron Light ICB&DD promotes highly productive assemblies; molecular orbital calcula- Source at Brookhaven National interdisciplinary and collaborative tions and molecular mechanics methods Laboratory, the polymer and biomacro- research among chemists, biologists, applied to transition metal cluster com- molecular physics group, being members medicinal chemists, pharmacologists, pounds and related organometallic sub- of the participating research team (PRT), and physicians to attack major and sig- stances; NMR studies of zeolites and possesses one of the most powerful nificant biomedical problems to find supported catalysts. X-ray scattering facilities in the coun- solutions including the discovery of Magnetic Resonance try. The experiments at Stony Brook novel therapeutic drugs. make use of a wide variety of comple- Magnetic resonance in the Department Biological Chemistry mentary techniques such as SAXS, laser of Chemistry ranges from studies in light scattering, photon correlation A significant number of the faculty are physiology to studies in chemical physics. spectroscopy, fluorescence photobleach- using their chemical expertise to explore Topics under investigation include the ing recovery, holographic relaxation the chemical and physical details of bio- use of liquid and solid state NMR spec- spectroscopy, transient electric birefrin- logical phenomena. Research programs troscopy and micro-imaging techniques gence, and various forms of NMR spec- span biological chemistry, biophysics, with stable spin 1/2 and quadrupolar troscopy. Stony Brook scientists can enzyme mechanisms, membrane struc- nuclides to study inorganic, organic, bio- perform measurements to determine ture and function, protein folding, and logical, and living systems. Projects in the structure and dynamical behavior structural biology. Techniques such as progress employ a range of single and of advanced polymeric materials, high-resolution NMR, stop-flow kinetics, N-dimensional NMR spectroscopic supramolecular systems, and biomacro- fluorescence and Raman spectroscopy techniques and novel imaging techniques molecules. Time-dependent processes are used to probe protein structure, func- to elucidate chemical processes and can be studied using stop-flow, steady- tion, and folding. Novel biosynthetic and determine the structures of biological flow, pressure-jump, and temperature- chemical strategies are being used to and organic molecules in solution. jump experiments together with generate small molecules for use in prob- Novel NMR methods are being devel- time-resolved capabilities using intense ing enzyme mechanisms and exploring oped for the determination of the struc- radiation sources such as pulsed ligand-receptor interactions. tures of micro- and macromolecules as lasers and the synchrotron radiation. they exist in disordered solids and to Inorganic Chemistry Unparalleled opportunities exist for inter- study the structure and dynamics of disciplinary research using unique and Inorganic chemistry, being concerned molecules in the liquid crystalline state novel instrumentation in polymer materi- with the synthesis, structure, and and those absorbed on solid surfaces. als, polymer physics, colloid science, and dynamics of the compounds formed by Pulsed electron paramagnetic resonance biophysical chemistry. the more than 100 natural and synthetic (EPR) techniques are being developed to elements, covers an extremely vast area study metalloenzymes, organic conduc- Photon-Molecule Interactions of chemistry. New compounds and new tors, and other molecules. Recent developments in the use of synthetic methods are among the goals The NMR facility in the Department lasers for the investigation of molecular of inorganic chemistry. Such compounds of Chemistry includes seven NMR spec- structure and dynamics have led to a range from materials important in tech- trometers, a multinuclear, research revolution in the fields of molecular nology to catalysts for industrial chemi- grade, 600 MHz (14.1 T) spectrometer spectroscopy and dynamics. Intimate cal processes, small molecules present in with 3-axis field gradient capability and details about the structure and interac- outer space, and metal complexes that a standard 51 mm bore magnet for liq- tions of atoms and molecules can now be serve as models for biological materials. uids and solids CP/MAS spectroscopy, a studied to an extent never before possi- The methodologies utilized in inorganic multinuclear, research grade, 500 MHz ble. In this program the systems being chemistry include a wide variety of (11.75 T) spectrometer with z-axis field studied by laser spectroscopy range spectroscopic techniques, kinetic meth- gradient capability and a standard 51 from atoms and diatomic molecules to ods, procedures for the elucidation of mm bore magnet for liquids spectroscopy, molecular crystals and polymers. In geometric and electronic structures, and a multinuclear research grade spec- these systems various properties are theory. The breadth and depth of inor- trometer at 400 MHz (9.4 T) with an 89 being investigated, including nonlinear ganic chemistry are well represented at mm wide bore magnet that is available interactions with the radiation field, Stony Brook, as seen by the following for imaging and solids spectroscopy, a 300 excited state electronic structure, radi- examples of current research: thermally MHz (7.0 T) spectrometer with a z-axis ationless transitions, ionization mecha- and photochemically activated dynamic gradient for routine liquid NMR spec- nisms, crystal field interactions, and processes, in particular, electron trans- troscopy, a multinuclear 250 MHz (5.88 T) photochemical reactions, as well as elec- fer reactions; synthetic and structural standard bore magnet spectrometer tron and energy transfer processes. studies of active site analogs of metal- that is also available for routine NMR Luminescence spectroscopy, lumines- loenzymes such as the zinc proteins that spectroscopy, and two wide bore spec- cence excitation, multiphoton ionization, regulate gene transcription and the trometers dedicated to solids. multiphoton photoelectron spectroscopy,

111 CHEMISTRY

Raman spectroscopy, and vacuum ultravi- energy electron diffraction (LEED), hot emitting nuclei and the mechanism of olet spectroscopy are among the tech- exploits the wave nature of electrons their production. niques being used and developed for the and is used to help determine the geo- Isotope chemistry deals with the small ever greater understanding of atomic and metric structure of a surface. These differences in physical and chemical molecular systems. techniques, routinely used at Stony properties of matter that have their ori- Brook, are complemented by the power- Soft X-Ray Spectroscopy ful extended- and near-edge X-ray gin in the mass difference of isotopes of The National Synchrotron Light Source absorption fine-structure techniques an element. Although the effects are at Brookhaven National Laboratory, (EXAFS and NEXAFS), available at small, they can be measured with high located only 15 miles from Stony Brook, the National Synchrotron Light Source precision. In general, the effects are provides unique opportunities for fron- at nearby Brookhaven National quantum effects, and measurement of tier research in chemistry. The synchro- Laboratory. isotope effects has proven to be a unique tron and associated devices are method for the study of molecular and unequaled sources of high-intensity Theoretical Chemistry intermolecular forces. Isotope effect stud- X-ray and vacuum ultraviolet radiation. Theoretical investigations of a wide One area of current research uses soft variety of chemical phenomena are ies have found application in chemical X-rays, photons with energies of 100 to underway at Stony Brook. Research physics, organic chemistry and biochem- 1000 eV, to investigate the excitation programs in electronic structure theory istry, geochemistry, and anthropology. and relaxation of core electrons in are concerned with the development of Practical applications are found in isotope molecules. Because core electrons, e.g., formalism and computational tech- separation processes. Our present efforts niques. Applications include determina- the 1s electrons of carbon, are tightly are concentrated on the systematization bound to individual atoms, the tion of the geometry, spectral shifts, and of isotope chemistry. excitation energy is essentially localized reaction pathways of molecules on a particular atom in the molecule. chemisorbed onto metal surfaces; calcu- Admission This localization has the potential for lation of the structure of molecules in producing photochemistry with far highly excited Rydberg states; and eval- The following, in addition to the mini- greater atomic site specificity than can uation of probability amplitudes for mul- mum Graduate School requirements, be achieved by excitation of valence tiphoton excitation and calculation of are required for admission to graduate electronics with visible and ultraviolet Born corrections, Born couplings, and study in chemistry: light. orbital stresses in small molecules. In A. A bachelor’s degree in chemistry the field of statistical mechanics, analy- earned in a curriculum approved by the Surface Chemistry sis and numerical simulation are com- American Chemical Society, or an equiv- Catalysis, corrosion, and friction are a bined to obtain properties of liquids and alent course of study; few examples of familiar processes that ionic solutions from the properties of occur on solid surfaces. The field of sur- their constituent molecules and their B. A minimum grade point average of face chemistry tries to unravel and interactions. Much of this work is 3.00 (B) in all undergraduate work and understand the basic chemical principles focused on the calculation of pair corre- 3.00 (B) in all courses in the sciences and that underlie such phenomena. At Stony lation functions, transport properties mathematics; Brook we are actively researching how and dielectric phase diagrams, solvent C. Results of the Graduate Record the electronic and geometric structure effects, and rates of electron transfer Examination (GRE) General Test; of a surface affects its chemical selectiv- reactions. Other current work includes D. Acceptance by the Department of ity and reactivity during surface-medi- theory of photon-molecule interactions, Chemistry and by the Graduate School. ated processes such as catalysis and the quantum ensembles, Jahn-Teller chemical vapor deposition of metals dynamics, and lifetimes of quasistation- In exceptional cases, a student not from organometallic precursors. In addi- ary molecular states. In addition, stu- meeting requirements A and B may be tion, we are interested in understanding dents often do theoretical work closely admitted on a provisional basis. the interactions between energetic ions related to active experimental programs and surfaces in both atmospheric and under the joint guidance of a theorist Faculty metal-etching reactions. An arsenal of and an experimentalist. Distinguished Professors sophisticated techniques is available to Nuclear and Isotope Chemistry Bigeleisen, Jacob, Distinguished Professor prove both the geometric and electronic Emeritus, Ph.D., 1943, University of California structures of a reacting surface on an Nuclear chemistry research at Stony at Berkeley: Statistical mechanical theory of atomic level. Techniques such as Auger Brook has focused on reactions induced isotope chemistry. electron spectroscopy (AES) and high- by heavy ion beams. Beams are obtained resolution, electron energy loss spec- from accelerators located at Stony Chu, Benjamin, Ph.D., 1959, Cornell University: troscopy (HREELS) are used to Brook, Berkeley, Chicago, Michigan, and Laser light scattering; synchrotron X-rays; determine the composition of a surface, France. The reactions produce very hot rheometry; laser induced fluorescence; nano- while ultraviolet and X-ray photons are and rapidly rotating atomic nuclei that microstructures and supramolecular formation commonly used to eject photoelectrons are studied by observation of particles in polymer colloids; complexation in photoelec- from a surface (that are energy ana- and fragments that are emitted. Their trolytes and surfactants; capillary electrophore- lyzed) yielding electronic structure energies and angles of emission allow for sis; supercritical fluids; molecular composites; information. Another technique, low- a reconstruction of the properties of the blends and fibers.

112 CHEMISTRY

Ojima, Iwao, Ph.D., 1973, University of Tokyo, Johnson, Philip M., Ph.D., 1967, Cornell Tonge, Peter J., Ph.D., 1986, University of Japan: Development of new and effective University: Optical molecular spectroscopy and Birmingham, England: Biological chemistry and methodologies for the syntheses of bioactive the electronic structure of molecules; develop- enzyme mechanisms; quantitating substrate compounds of medicinal interest based on ment of spectroscopic techniques using high strain in enzyme-substrate complexes using organic and organometallic chemistry; medicinal powered lasers. vibrational spectroscopy; rational drug design. chemistry and chemical biology of anticancer 4 Kerber, Robert C., Distinguished Teaching White, Michael, Ph.D., 1979, University of agents, MDR reversal agents, and enzyme Professor, Ph.D., 1965, Purdue University: California, Berkeley: Surface chemical dynam- inhibitors. Chemical education; esp. effects of terminology ics; catalysis; photo-induced reactions; molec- Stell, George R., Distinguished Research on learning; history of chemistry. ular spectroscopy; molecular beam scattering. Professor, Ph.D., 1961, New York University: Statistical thermodynamics; molecular theory of Koch, Stephen, Ph.D., 1975, Massachusetts Associate Professors fluids; theories of gelation and polymerization. Institute of Technology: Synthesis and struc- Goroff, Nancy, Ph.D., 1994, University of ture in transition metal coordination chemistry; California, Los Angeles: Design and synthesis Professors metal ions in biological systems; early transi- of carbon-rich organic molecules and materials; Alexander, John M., Ph.D., 1956, Emeritus, tion metal catalysts. halocumulenes and alkynes; three-dimensional Massachusetts Institute of Technology: 5 chromophores for biological fluorescence Lacey, Roy A., Ph.D., 1987, University at Stony Reactions between complex nuclei; use studies; cyclophenacenes (“buckybelts”) and Brook: Nuclear chemistry; intermediate and of detected ejectiles to characterize super- other unusual conjugated systems. relativistic energy heavy ion reaction studies. heated emission sources. 6 Millar, Michelle M., Ph.D., 1975, Lauher, Joseph W., Ph.D., 1974, Drueckhammer, Dale G., Ph.D., 1987, Texas Massachusetts Institute of Technology: Northwestern University: Structural chemistry; Reactivity, electronic, and structural properties A&M University: Bioorganic chemistry; design and synthesis of new inorganic and of transition metal complexes; organometallic computer-guided design in molecular organic materials; hydrogen bonding; molecular chemistry; bio-inorganic chemistry. recognition, design and synthesis of receptors graphics; X-ray crystallography. 3 and sensors for biological molecules; Schärer, Orlando D., Ph.D., 1996, Harvard chemistry and enzymology of coenzyme A. le Noble, William J., Emeritus, Ph.D., 1957, University: Chemical biology of mammalian

1 University of Chicago: Stereoelectronics with DNA repair. Fowler, Frank W., Ph.D., 1967, University of 11 applications such as nucleophilic and elec- Schneider, Robert F., Ph.D., 1959, Columbia Colorado: The development of methods for the trophilic addition, oxidation and reduction, University: Chemical education; Web-based preparation of supramolecular assemblies and metal complexation, pericyclic reactions and instruction; laboratory instruction. their application to problems in material science. the reverse processes; reactions in com- Simmerling, Carlos, Ph.D., 1994, University of Grey, Clare P., D.Phil., 1991, Oxford pressed solutions. Illinois, Chicago: Computational chemistry and University, England: Materials chemistry; 7 London, Erwin, Ph.D., 1979, Cornell structural biology; molecular dynamics of solid-state NMR spectroscopy; characterizing University: Lipid-protein and protein-protein biological macromolecules. and studies of anionic conduction in fuel cell interactions in membranes; membrane Wong, Stanislaus, Ph.D., 1999, Harvard membranes and structure of battery materials; protein folding and translocation by membrane University: Nanoscience; physical chemistry; environmental chemistry; modifying reactive penetrating toxins; cholesterol and lipid biophysical chemistry; materials science; sites in catalysts. domain formation. scanning probe microscopy imaging of 2 Haim, Albert, Emeritus, Ph.D., 1960, nanomaterials; synthesis and characterization Mayr, Andreas, Ph.D., 1978, University of University of Southern California: Kinetics and of nanostructures such as nanocrystals and Munich, Federal Republic of Germany: mechanisms of inorganic reactions. nanotubes; physical, chemical, and biological Reactivity of metal-carbon multiple bonds; applications of nanotechnology. Hanson, David M., Ph.D., 1968, California synthesis of molecular components for Wishnia, Arnold, Ph.D., 1957, New York Institute of Technology: Design and development nanocomputing. University: Physical chemistry of biological of classroom learning structures; text-based 8 Parise, John B., Ph.D., 1981, University of macromolecules; structure and function of and Web-based learning systems; and course North Queensland, Australia: Synthetic ribosomes; membrane model systems; assessment systems. solid-state chemistry; structural chemistry; applications of nuclear magnetic resonance. crystallography; materials research. Hsiao, Benjamin S., Ph.D., 1987, University of Assistant Professors Connecticut: Polymer physics; polymer crystal- Parker, Kathlyn A., Ph.D., 1971, Stanford lization; structure and property relationships in Boon, Elizabeth, Ph.D., 2002, California University: Organic synthesis; synthetic nanostructured polymers; nanocomposites and Institute of Technology: Biochemistry; prokary- methods; natural products, non-natural biodegradable polymer; polymers for biomed- otic nitric oxide biology and the role of the nucleosides; designed enzyme inhibitors; H-NOX family; peptide and protein engineering ical applications; synchrotron X-ray scattering molecular tools for biochemistry. for novel sensing applications. and diffraction. Raleigh, Daniel P., Ph.D., 1988, Massachusetts Carrico, Isaac, Ph.D., 2003, California Institute Ishida, Takanobu, Emeritus, Ph.D., 1964, Institute of Technology: Biological chemistry; of Technology: Chemical biology and bio-organic Massachusetts Institute of Technology: experimental studies of protein folding and chemistry; introduction of unnatural amino Isotope effects, stable isotope separation, protein stability; studies of amyloid formation; acids and sugars into cell and virus systems for electrochemistry of nitrogen oxides and carbon NMR studies of protein dynamics. diagnostic and therapeutic purposes; develop- oxides in biological fluids. ment of new reactions designed to take place 3 Sampson, Nicole S., Ph.D., 1990, University of Johnson, Francis, Ph.D., 1954, Glasgow inside living systems. California, Berkeley: Enzyme mechanisms and University, Scotland: Structure and total Jia, Jiangyong, Ph.D., 2003, Stony Brook protein-protein interactions; the use of organic synthesis of naturally occurring biologically University: Ultra-relativistic heavy ion reaction synthesis, kinetics and mutagenesis to probe active molecules; DNA damage and enzymatic studies. the structure and function of enzymes and repair mechanisms; new synthetic methods in cell-surface recognition proteins. Khalifah, Peter, Ph.D., 2001, Princeton organic synthesis; heterocyclic chemistry. University: Solid state chemistry; electronic and magnetic materials; renewable energy; X-ray diffraction; crystal growth.

113 CHEMISTRY

Wang, Jin, Ph.D., 1991, University of Illinois: B. Successful completion of the CHE advancement-to-candidacy (prelimi- Physics and chemistry of biomolecules; single 532 seminar and six courses made up nary) examination. This examination, molecule reaction dynamics. from any of the following groups: CHE normally completed within two years Adjunct Professors 501 through 530, 541, 542, 557 through following qualification to the Ph.D. Fowler, Joanna, Ph.D. 1968, University of 589, 601 through 604, 623 through 683, degree, consists of a written proposi- Colorado: Organic synthesis with short-lived and approved courses offered through tion and oral defense, a discussion of positron-emitting isotopes; neuroscience; drug other programs or through the School the student’s research, and discussion mechanisms; brain imaging. of Professional Development (SPD). or evaluation of the recent literature. Marecek, James F., Ph.D., 1971, Case Western C. Successful completion of the CHE C. Presentation of a Departmental Seminar Reserve University: Chemical synthesis. 590 term paper or research, thesis, and D. Research, Dissertation, Dissertation Rodriguez, Jose A., Ph.D., 1988, Indiana thesis defense. Defense, and Departmental Colloquium University: Surface chemistry and catalysis. Requirements for the M.A. Degree Each student selects a faculty research Sears, Trevor John, Ph.D., 1979, Southampton University, England: Gas phase laser spectro- in Teaching Chemistry advisor at some time after the middle scopy; frequency modulation; free radical The curriculum for a Master of Arts in of the first semester and usually before spectroscopy; molecular structure and dynamics; Teaching Chemistry consists of 36 credits the middle of the second semester. small metallic clusters. distributed among graduate-level course The research advisor also serves on the advancement-to-candidacy committee. Adjunct Assistant Professors offerings in chemistry, other sciences and mathematics, teaching methods in Specific inquiries from prospective Green, David, Ph.D., 2002, Massachusetts graduate students regarding research Institute of Technology: Computational biology of both science and general education, opportunities are welcomed and should protein interactions. and practice teaching in secondary schools. Individual programs are tailored be addressed to the chair. The Raineri, Fernando O., Ph.D., 1987, University of Graduate Programs in Chemistry Buenos Aires: Theoretical chemistry; solvent to the background and interests of the effects on electron transfer reactions; equilibrium student in consultation with an advisor. brochure states in some detail the and nonequilibrium solvation; thermodynamics, varied research interests of the structure and dynamics of liquids and solutions. Requirements for the Ph.D. Degree Chemistry faculty and is available Rizzo, Robert C., Ph.D., 2001, Yale University: in Chemistry from the Department. Quantifying molecular recognition with quanti- A. Courses E. Residence tative structural biology. Successful completion of an approved A one-year residence is required. Number of teaching, graduate, and research course of study comprising at least six F. Teaching assistants, Fall 2007: 165 formal graduate courses of which four Three semesters of teaching experi- 1) Recipient of the State University Chancellor’s Award are selected from CHE 501 through ence are required. In some cases, for Excellence in Teaching, 1995 550, in addition to CHE 531, 532, and research activity may be substituted 2) Recipient of the State University Chancellor’s Award two semesters of Teaching Practicum in lieu of one semester of teaching. for Excellence in Teaching, 1981 (CHE 610, 611) or the equivalent is 3) Joint appointment, Department of Pharmacology Requirements for the Ph.D. Degree, required. The following courses are Concentration in Chemical Physics 4) Recipient of the State University Chancellor’s Award recommended for inclusion among the for Excellence in Teaching, 1986; Recipient of the A field of concentration in Chemical President’s Award for Excellence in Teaching, 1986 six formal courses, distributed from among at least two of the following four Physics is provided for students whose 5) Recipient of the State University Chancellor’s Award groups: Group I–one of CHE 521, 522, interests lie in both chemistry and for Excellence in Teaching, 1998; Recipient of the physics. A graduate student who is President’s Award for Excellence in Teaching, 1998 523, 528; Group II–one of CHE 511, 514, admitted to either the Department of 6) Recipient of the State University Chancellor’s Award 515; Group III–one of CHE 501, 502, 503, for Excellence in Teaching, 1990; Recipient of the 504; Group IV–one of CHE 530, 541, 542. Chemistry or the Department of President’s Award for Excellence in Teaching, 1990 Continuation in the Ph.D. program is Physics may elect this course of study 7) Joint appointment, Department of Biochemistry based, in part, on achievement in four with the consent of the Department 8) Joint appointment, Department of Geosciences 500-level Chemistry courses to be taken chair. A Chemistry student elects this course of study to obtain more exten- 9) Recipient of the State University Chancellor’s Award during the student’s first year. In consul- for Excellence in Teaching, 2001; Recipient of the tation with faculty advisors each student sive training in physics than is nor- President’s Award for Excellence in Teaching, 2001 selects a course of study to acquire a mally required by chemistry good background for research in the area programs. A Physics student elects Degree Requirements of Chemistry chosen. this concentration to obtain more extensive exposure to chemical sys- B. Advancement-to-Candidacy tems than is normally obtained in Requirements for the M.S. Degree (Preliminary) Examination in Chemistry physics programs. A student in the Astudent is advanced to candidacy Chemical Physics concentration may A. Successful completion of an for the Ph.D. degree when all degree approved course of study comprising select a research advisor from either requirements except the dissertation program subject to the approval of at least 30 credits of graduate course- have been completed. A special com- work. A student must achieve a 3.0 the chairs. mittee is designated for each student For a Chemistry student the require- overall grade point average in all to aid in progressing toward this step. ments are the same as for the Ph.D., courses taken at Stony Brook to The committee is charged with advising with the following exceptions. receive a degree. the student and administering the

114 CHEMISTRY

A. Courses (for example, BMO 520, BMO 512, main group, transition metal, and organo- CHE 531, 532, two semesters of CHE CHE 541, CHE 542) as approved by metallic compounds are discussed. An intro- duction to crystallography and solid-state the graduate advisement committee. 610 or 611, and six graduate courses structure is included. are required, including the following: Students will normally take CHE 541 Fall, 3 credits, ABCF grading 1. CHE 523 Chemical Thermodynamics and 542. A prerequisite for the 2. Either CHE 521 Quantum Biological Chemistry Program is CHE 514 Transition Metal Chemistry undergraduate training in biology or A survey course with an emphasis on the tran- Chemistry I or PHY 511 Quantum sition metals. Reaction mechanisms, synthesis, Mechanics I biochemistry at or above the level of and structure are covered. Specific areas 3. One course from among CHE 501, BIO 361 Biochemistry I. Students in of concern include coordination chemistry, 502, 504, 511, 514, 515, 541, 542 the Biological Chemistry program must organometallic chemistry, bioinorganic chem- (Organic/Inorganic/Biological Chemistry) take this course unless they receive a istry, and selected topics from solid-state and waiver from the graduate advisement non-transition metal chemistry. 4.Three courses from among CHE Spring, 3 credits, ABCF grading 522, 524, 525, 526, 527, 528, 529, and 530 committee. and PHY 501, 503, 505, 540, 551, 555, B. Advancement-to-Candidacy CHE 515 Advanced Inorganic Chemistry and 565. Other graduate courses can be (Preliminary) Examination A topical course with an emphasis on the cur- substituted only with prior permission rent literature. Subject matter varies and is Must complete two semesters each announced in advance. Possible subjects of the graduate advisement committee. of CHE 619 and 694. These courses include reaction mechanisms, organometallic A prerequisite for the Chemical Physics replace CHE 532 and other literature chemistry, bioinorganic chemistry, and physi- program is undergraduate training in presentation requirements for advance- cal inorganic chemistry. classical mechanics and electromagnetic ment to candidacy. Spring, 3 credits, ABCF grading theory at or above the level of PHY 301 May be repeated for credit Electromagnetic Theory and PHY 303 Courses CHE 521 Quantum Chemistry I Mechanics. Students in Chemical Physics Quantum theoretical concepts are discussed. must take these courses unless they CHE 501 Instrumental Methods in Chemistry Schrodinger wave mechanics and related Practical and theoretical aspects of instrumen- receive waivers from the graduate mathematical techniques are illustrated by tation in chemistry. The primary emphasis is treatment of systems of chemical interest. advisement committee. on contemporary methods of molecular Designed to form the theoretical basis for the B. Advancement-to-Candidacy structure determination such as X-ray crys- study of chemical bonding, molecular struc- (Preliminary) Examination tallography, NMR, IR, and MS. Other topics ture, spectroscopy, and molecular collision may also be presented. phenomena. In some cases a hybrid of the Spring, 3 credits, ABCF grading Fall, 3 credits, ABCF grading Chemistry and Physics requirements may be used. CHE 502 Mechanistic Organic Chemistry CHE 522 Molecular Spectroscopy Important reaction mechanisms and the meth- A detailed description of the theory and Requirements for the Ph.D. Degree, ods by which they are studied. Substituent and practice of molecular spectroscopy. Topics Concentration in Biological medium effects on reactions proceeding include the interaction of molecules with elec- Chemistry through concerted mechanisms and unstable tromagnetic radiation and the time evolution of intermediates are discussed. molecular energy states. The field of concentration in biological Spring, 3 credits, ABCF grading Prerequisite: CHE 521 chemistry is a course option for stu- Spring, 3 credits, ABCF grading CHE 503 Synthetic Organic Chemistry dents whose interests lie in both chem- A survey of the most important organic reac- CHE 523 Chemical Thermodynamics istry and biology. A graduate student tions from the viewpoint of synthetic utility, A rigorous development of the fundamentals of who is admitted to the Department of including many recent innovations in this field. thermodynamics and its application to a number Chemistry or another appropriate Throughout the discussion of these methods, of systems of interest to chemists, such as program may elect this field of concen- emphasis is placed upon their use in the syn- electrochemical cells, gases, and homogeneous thesis of complex organic structures. tration with the consent of the graduate and heterogeneous equilibrium. An introduction Spring, 3 credits, ABCF grading to statistical mechanics will also be included. coordinator. The course of study can Fall, 3 credits, ABCF grading provide more extensive training in CHE 504 Structure and Reactivity in Organic biology than is normally required for a Chemistry CHE 524 Magnetic Resonance Chemistry graduate degree and more Electronic and stereochemical theories relating This course provides an introduction to the to organic structure and reactions. Topics such extensive exposure to fundamental fundamental quantum mechanics of the mag- as bonding, strain, aromaticity, MO theory, netism of spin-1/2 (and higher) particles. It chemical studies for students in other molecular rearrangements, pericyclic reactions, includes a study of the Bloch equations (the programs. In addition, a student may and photochemistry are covered. This course is responses of the magnetism to continuous- select a research advisor in any appro- intended to provide a foundation of knowledge wave and pulsed irradiation) and a discussion at the beginning graduate level as preparation priate program, subject to the approval of the experimental hardware and techniques for advanced subjects in CHE 502 and CHE commonly employed. Topics covered include of the Chairs involved. 503, and is complementary to CHE 501. the basics of the spin Hamiltonian (chemical A. Courses Fall, 3 credits, ABCF grading shifts, J, dipolar, and quadrupolar couplings), dynamics and relaxation 1-D spectroscopy CHE 531, two semesters of CHE 610 CHE 511 Structural Inorganic Chemistry (spin and chemical exchange, lineshapes, spin or 611, and six graduate courses are Properties and reactions of inorganic com- echos, etc.), 2-D spectroscopy (homonuclear required, including the following: pounds are considered from the viewpoint of and heteronuclear correlation), techniques for 1. Two courses from among molecular and electronic structure. The studies of solids and liquid crystals (magic modern bonding theories used in inorganic CHE 501-530. angle spinning, cross polarization, quadrupolar chemistry including molecular orbital, valence echo), and the principles of magnetic reso- 2. A minimum of two graduate bond, and ligand field theories are developed nance imaging. Applications to the biological biology/biochemistry-oriented courses using symmetry and group theory. Selected and material sciences, as well as chemical

115 CHEMISTRY problems, will be discussed. mechanics software packages can be used to mediates; the emphasis is on fundamental Spring, alternate years, 3 credits, ABCF study relevant biological system(s). Projects considerations and recent developments. grading will include setup, execution, and analysis. 1-12 credits, ABCF grading Course participants will give literature pre- May be repeated for credit CHE 525 Theoretical Chemistry sentations relevant to the simulations being This course stresses the physical theory performed and a final project report will be CHE 603 Special Topics in Bioorganic underlying chemical phenomena. Special required. Familiarity with UNIX (Linux) is Chemistry emphasis is given to advanced topics in elec- desirable. Crosslisted with AMS 536. The subject matter varies depending on inter- tronic structure theory, molecular dynamics, Prerequisite: CHE 535 or permission of ests of students and faculty. Possible topics condensed matter and surfaces, many-body instructor include asymmetric synthesis and natural and quantum ensemble theory, and the interac- Spring, 0-3 credits, ABCF grading product synthesis. tion of light and molecules. Fall, 1-3 credits, ABCF grading Prerequisite: CHE 521 CHE 541 Biomolecular Structure and May be repeated for credit 3 credits, ABCF grading Analysis The structures of biological macromolecules CHE 606 Special Topics in Synthetic CHE 528 Statistical Mechanics and the relationship of their structure to bio- Chemistry Statistical theory of equilibrium systems and logical function are described. Methodology 1-3 credits, ABCF grading rate processes. Ensemble theory, spatial and employed to study macromolecules is also May be repeated for credit time correlation functions. Model systems and discussed. Topics include chemical and physical methods of estimating their properties. properties of cell and tissue constituents, CHE 610 Practicum in Teaching Designed to enable the student to use the including carbohydrates, lipids, nucleic acids, Practice instruction in chemistry at the under- current literature dealing with application of proteins, and peptides. graduate level, carried out under faculty statistical mechanics to problems in chemistry. Prerequisite: Strong foundation in physical orientation and supervision. A minimum of Spring, 3 credits, ABCF grading and organic chemistry two semesters of CHE 610 or 611 is required Fall, 3 credits, ABCF grading of all candidates for graduate research CHE 530 Physical Chemistry of degrees in chemistry, unless explicitly waived Macromolecules CHE 542 Chemical Biology by the Chair. An investigation of the gross and fine struc- The reactivity and physiological function of Fall and spring, 1-3 credits, ABCF grading tures of macromolecules and molecular aggre- biological macromolecules and their cofactors May be repeated for credit gates in solution as revealed by hydrodynamic are described at the chemical biochemical level. behavior (e.g., ultracentrifugation, viscosity), The emphasis of this course reflects recent CHE 611 Practicum in Teaching light scattering, spectroscopic properties advances in chemical biology. Possible topics Practice instruction in chemistry at the (e.g., ultraviolet hypochromism, circular include catalysts, reaction mechanisms, corre- undergraduate level, carried out under fac- dichromism, Raman, fluorescence, magnetic lation between three-dimensional structure ulty orientation and supervision. A minimum resonance spectra), and the thermodynamics and reactivity, receptor-ligand interactions and kinetics of interaction with small mole- of two semesters of CHE 610 or 611 is in extracellular and intracellular signaling, required of all candidates for graduate cules and ions. Theory of conformation protein folding in vitro and in vivo. changes and phase transitions. research degrees in chemistry, unless explic- Spring, 3 credits, ABCF grading itly waived by the Chair. 3 credits, ABCF grading Fall and spring, 0 credit, ABCF grading CHE 589 Directed Study CHE 531 Departmental Research Seminar May be repeated Subject matter varies according to needs of Meetings in which first-year graduate students student. learn about the research activities of the CHE 619 Critical Readings of Current Topics Fall and spring, 0-12 credits, ABCF grading Departmental faculty. in Chemistry May be repeated for credit Recent research papers from the literature Fall, 0 credit, S/U grading will be analyzed in depth. These papers may CHE 532 Literature Seminar CHE 590 M.S. Term Paper originate from the inorganic, organic, physical, and/or biochemical literature. The exact topic Students select and discuss topics from the Independent study leading to a term paper on of the course is announced in advance. current literature. a selected topic in chemistry, chemical applica- tions, or chemical pedagogy. Fall and spring, 0-3 credits, ABCF grading Spring, 0 credit, ABCF grading Fall and spring, 3 credits, ABCF grading May be repeated for credit CHE 535 Introduction to Computational Structural Biology and Drug Design CHE 591 Chemistry in Society CHE 625 Molecular Structure and This course will provide an introduction to Includes current trends in chemical research Crystallography computational structural biology with appli- and the influence of chemistry in areas such as Experimental methods in the determination of cation to drug design. Methods and applica- the environment and technology. Topics of local molecular structure. The emphasis is on the tions that use computation to model biological interest and the conflicting demands placed on determination of structure in the solid state, systems involved in human disease will be technology will be integrated into the course. particularly by X-ray crystallography. Students emphasized. The course aims to foster collab- Fall, 3 credits, ABCF grading complete a single-crystal molecular structure orative learning and will consist of presenta- determination using modern diffractometer tions by the instructor, guest lecturers, and CHE 593 Chemical Demonstrations techniques. by course participants with the goal of sum- The design and implementation of demon- 3 credits, ABCF grading marizing key methods, topics, and papers rel- strations to illustrate modern concepts of evant to computational structural biology. chemistry. CHE 641 Organometallic Chemistry Crosslisted with AMS 535. 3 credits, ABCF grading A systematic presentation of the chemistry Fall, 0-3 credits, ABCF grading of organometallic compounds, particularly CHE 599 Research those of the transition metals. Topics include CHE 536 Molecular Modeling of Biological Fall and spring, 1-12 credits, S/U grading structure, bonding, reaction mechanisms, syn- Molecules thesis, and applications in catalysis and This course is designed for students who wish CHE 602 Special Topics in Physical Organic organic synthesis. to gain hands-on experience modeling biolog- Chemistry 3 credits, ABCF grading ical molecules at the atomic level. In conjunc- The subject matter varies depending on inter- tion with the individual interests, molecular ests of students and staff. It may cover such CHE 682 Special Topics in Inorganic mechanics, molecular dynamics, Monte Carlo, areas as photochemistry, theoretical organic Chemistry docking (virtual screening), or quantum chemistry, and the chemistry of unstable inter- Subject matter varies, depending on interests

116 CHEMISTRY of students and staff, but covers recent devel- opments in inorganic chemistry. 0-3 credits, ABCF grading May be repeated for credit CHE 683 Special Topics in Physical Chemistry Subject matter varies, depending on interests of students and staff, but covers recent devel- opments and advanced topics in physical chemistry. 3 credits, ABCF grading May be repeated for credit CHE 690 Internship in Dissertation-Related Research Supervised curricular training in dissertation- related research. Prerequisite: For full-time: Summer session or advancement to candidacy; permission of graduate program director Fall and spring, 1-3 credits, S/U grading CHE 693 Physical Chemistry Seminar Fall and spring, 0-12 credits, S/U grading May be repeated for credit CHE 694 Biological Chemistry Seminar Fall and spring, 0-12 credits, S/U grading May be repeated for credit CHE 695 Inorganic Chemistry Seminar Fall and spring, 0-12 credits, S/U grading May be repeated for credit CHE 696 Organic Chemistry Seminar Fall and spring, 0-12 credits, S/U grading May be repeated for credit CHE 698 Colloquium CHE 701 Dissertation Research off Campus– Fall and spring, 0-12 credits, S/U grading International May be repeated for credit Prerequisite: Must be advanced to candidacy CHE 699 Dissertation Research on Campus (G5); major portion of research will take Prerequisite: Must be advanced to candidacy place outside the U.S. and/or U.S. provinces; (G5); major portion of research must take domestic students have the option of the place on SB campus, at Cold Spring Harbor, health plan and may also enroll in MEDEX; or at Brookhaven National Lab international students who are in their home Fall, spring, and summer, 1-9 credits, country are not covered by mandatory health S/U grading plan and must contact the Insurance Office May be repeated for credit for the insurance charge to be removed; inter- national students who are not in their home CHE 700 Dissertation Research off country are charged for the mandatory health Campus–Domestic insurance (if they are to be covered by Prerequisite: Must be advanced to candidacy another insurance plan, they must file a (G5); major portion of research will take waiver by the second week of classes; the place off campus, but in the U.S. and/or U.S. charge will be removed only if the other provinces (Brookhaven National Lab and plan is deemed comparable); all international Cold Spring Harbor Lab are considered on students must receive clearance from an campus); all international students must International Advisor enroll in one of the graduate student insur- Fall, spring, and summer, 1-9 credits, S/U ance plans and should be advised by an grading International Advisor May be repeated for credit Fall, spring, and summer, 1-9 credits, S/U grading CHE 800 Summer Research May be repeated for credit 0 credit, S/U grading May be repeated for credit

117 COMPARATIVE LITERARY AND CULTURAL STUDIES Comparative Literary and Cultural Studies (CLCS)

Chair: Robert Harvey, Humanities Building Room 2048, (631) 632-7460 Graduate Program Director: Krin Gabbard, Humanities Building Room 2124, (631) 632-9475 Graduate Secretary: Mary Moran-Luba, Humanities Building Room 2049, (631) 632-7456

Degrees awarded: M.A. and Ph.D. in Comparative Literature, Ph.D. in Cultural Studies

The Department of Comparative undergraduate and graduate work must sion, but it is understood that inadequa- Literary and Cultural Studies, which is be submitted. If a student attended a cies in undergraduate preparation will part of the College of Arts and Sciences, junior college whose credits and grades normally require the student to take offers the M.A. and Ph.D. degrees in are not listed on the senior college tran- additional work, the amount to be deter- Comparative Literature and the Ph.D. script, a separate junior college transcript mined by the graduate program com- degree in Cultural Studies. is required.) International students must mittee and not to be used to fulfill any The Department of Comparative submit certified English translations of specific M.A. degree requirements. Literary and Cultural Studies’s strengths transcripts; In all cases, admission is by action of lie primarily in comparatist and cross- 4. For international students, proficiency the graduate program committee of cultural studies, critical theory, and cin- in English as demonstrated by a mini- the Department under guidelines ema and media studies, as reflected in mum TOEFL score of 550 (paper) or 213 established by the Graduate School. the Department’s popular undergradu- (computer) or an IELTS total score of Applicants are admitted on the basis of ate major in Cinema and Cultural 6.5. In order to teach, any graduate stu- their total records, and no predetermined Studies. Competence in one or more for- dent whose native language is not quantitative criteria by themselves eign languages has also long been con- English must score 55 or above on the ensure a positive or a negative decision. sidered essential to the Department’s TSE or SPEAK test or obtain a score of mission. A network of affiliated faculty 7.0 or better in the speaking component Admission to the Ph.D. Program represents a wide range of areas in dis- of the IELTS test. The Web site for ETS in Comparative Literature ciplines including Africana Studies, Art (TOEFL and GRE) is www.ets.org; Stony Brook’s doctoral program in History, English, European and 5. An appropriate score on the Graduate Comparative Literature emphasizes Hispanic Languages, History, Music, Record Examination General Test (GRE), developments in contemporary inter- Philosophy, and Women’s Studies. Institution Code 2548, Department pretive theory that have transformed Prospective students are encouraged to Code 2902; disciplinary identities. It understands examine the list of faculty to see 6. Two term papers or other writing its “comparative” mission not only to whether their own interests may be samples in literature or a related field; encourage a global perspective on liter- served by the current faculty cohort. 7. For international students, a foreign ature beyond narrow linguistic and cul- student financial affidavit, required upon tural boundaries, but also to seek Admission admission; alternatives to established approaches To be considered for admission to gradu- 8. For international students, a stan- to literary study. The program’s faculty ate studies in Comparative Literary and dard cassette, CD, or DVD demonstrat- and students work closely with mem- Cultural Studies, all applicants must hold ing ability to speak English; bers of other programs in the humani- a baccalaureate degree from an accred- 9. An application fee of $60. ties, arts, and social sciences in a ited college or university with a suitable collaborative effort to examine the role overall grade point average and with a Admission to the M.A. Program of literary expression as related to other high average in a major field appropriate in Comparative Literature forms of human activity. Students to study in Comparative Literature. Applicants to the graduate program in supplement their core study in Applicants should also have a good com- Comparative Literature are required to Comparative Literature by designing mand of at least one, and preferably two, fulfill the minimum admission require- individual programs with strong links to foreign languages. In addition, they must ments of the Graduate School. In addi- related fields. While providing students submit the following by January 15: tion, applicants are ordinarily required with the techniques required for 1. A B.A. or M.A. degree from a to hold a bachelor’s degree in an appro- advanced literary analysis, the program recognized institution in a suitable area priate field from a recognized institu- seeks to provide full appreciation of how of study; tion. Furthermore, applicants to the those techniques interact with different 2. An official graduate application graduate program in Comparative modes of scholarly inquiry. including a statement of purpose and Literature are expected to demonstrate As an institution, Stony Brook is com- three letters of recommendation can be competence in one foreign language as mitted to increasing the opportunities completed online at the following Web well as in English. Adequate reading for interdisciplinary activity crucial to site: www.grad/sunysb.edu/ knowledge of a second foreign language the doctoral program in Comparative prospective/applying/index.shtml; is highly desirable. Literature. The University’s Humanities 3. Two official copies of all previous col- Any deficiencies in these require- Institute is the most visible expression of lege transcripts. (Transcripts of both ments shall not automatically bar admis- a broad University commitment to bring-

118 COMPARATIVE LITERARY AND CULTURAL STUDIES ing diverse scholars together for a com- Peter Manning,* Ph.D., 1968, Yale University: Iona Man-Cheong,* Ph.D., 1991, Yale mon intellectual enterprise. British Romanticism; psychoanalytic criticism; University: Chinese history, culture, and Applicants holding the M.A. degree in material histories of the book. society, particularly Qing dynasty; women, gender, and sexuality in China. Comparative Literature from the gradu- Don Idhe,* Ph.D., 1964, Boston University: ate program in Comparative Literary Phenomenology and hermeneutics; Jane Sugarman,* Ph.D., 1993, University of and Cultural Studies from Stony Brook philosophy of science; philosophy of technology; California, Los Angeles: Ethnomusicology, may, upon the advice of the graduate pro- science studies. gender, diaspora communities. gram committee, be directly admitted to E. Ann Kaplan, Ph.D., 1970, Rutgers Kathleen M. Vernon,* Ph.D., 1982, the Ph.D. program. Other applicants will University: Contemporary theory, regarding University of Chicago: Contemporary Spanish be admitted to the program after review film, literature, and popular culture; and Latin American cinema and cultural of their qualifications. psychoanalysis and postmodernism; gender studies; gender and popular culture; and cultural studies. contemporary Hispanic literature. Admission to the Ph.D. Program Clyde Lee Miller,* Ph.D., 1974, Yale University: Mendieta, Eduardo,* Ph.D., 1996, New School in Cultural Studies Ancient and medieval philosophy; Nicholas of for Social Research: Latin American philoso- The Ph.D. Program in Cultural Studies is Cusa, ethics. phy; critical theory. an interdisciplinary and interdepartmen- Adrienne Munich,* Ph.D., 1976, City Sachiko Murata,* Ph.D., 1971, Tehran tal program based in the Department of University of New York: Victorian cultural University: Islamic law; Persian literature; Comparative Literary and Cultural studies, feminist theory, popular culture. feminine spirituality; Islamic thought; Japanese Studies. The program treats culture as religions; Confucianism and Taoism. Sandy Petrey, Ph.D., 1966, Yale University: inseparable from its economic, historical, 19th-century fiction, theories of the novel; Mary C. Rawlinson,* Ph.D., 1978, political, social, and technological dimen- contemporary criticism. Northwestern: Aesthetics, literature, and sions and, as such, works to reorient tra- philosophy; Proust, mystery, and detective Nicholas Rzhevsky,* Ph.D., 1972, Princeton ditional humanities disciplines. fiction; 19th-century philosophy (esp. Hegel); University: 19th- and 20th-century Russian The Cultural Studies Program at philosophy of medicine. Stony Brook is designed for students of literature, Russian literature and ideology, Russian literature and theater; ideology, critical Jacqueline Reich,* Ph.D., 1994, University of modern and contemporary cultures theory, history of the novel. California, Berkeley: Italian cinema; film theory; whose interests cut across traditional gender studies. modes of study in the Humanities and Hugh J. Silverman,* Ph.D., 1973, Stanford Social Sciences. Areas of emphasis University: Contemporary literary/art/film/cultural Susan Scheckel,* Ph.D., 1992, University of include cross-cultural and transnational theory; continental philosophy and criticism; California, Berkeley: American literature. interdisciplinary studies in philosophy, literature formations, minority and diasporic cul- and culture; history of literary and aesthetic Assistant Professors tures, popular and mass culture, subcul- theory; the philosophical essay. tures, as well as the study of elite, Themis Chronopoulos,* Ph.D., 2004, Brown University: U.S. urban history; race and dominant, and national cultures. Course Olufemi Vaughan,* Ph.D., 1989, Oxford University: History of state formation in modern ethnicity; popular culture; public policy; requirements are designed to build com- world cities. petence in interdisciplinary Cultural Africa; postcolonial studies. Studies theory and practice, maximize Kathleen Wilson,* Ph.D., 1985, Yale Shirley Jennifer Lim,* Ph.D., 1998, University collegial interaction among students, University: 18th- and 19th-century British of California at Los Angeles: U.S. racial minority women’s cultural history. and allow students to develop discipli- cultural history. nary fluency in a particular subfield. Associate Professors Celia Marshik,* Ph.D. 1999, Northwestern University: 20th-century British literature; Faculty Helen Cooper,* Ph.D., 1982, Rutgers Modernism; feminist studies. University: 19th-century British colonial Patrice Nganang, Ph.D., 1998, Johan Professors studies; post-colonial theory and literature. Wolfgang Goethe-University, Frankfurt/Main Lou Charnon-Deutsch,* Ph.D., 1978, Lisa Diedrich,* Ph.D., 2001 Emory University: Germany: European philosophy; critical University of Chicago: 18th- and 19th-century Feminist cultural studies of health and illness, theory; African literature; cinema and Peninsular literature; feminist theory. disability studies, global feminisms; feminist colonialism; theories of violence; media William C. Chittick,* Ph.D., 1973, Tehran theories and methodologies. theory; creative writing. University: Sufism, Islamic thought, Persian Christa Erickson,* M.F.A., University of E.K. Tan, Ph.D., 2007, University of Illinois at literature; Arabic literature, Islam in India, California, San Diego: Electronic installation; Urbana-Champaign: Modern and contemporary comparative mysticism. digital media; video art. Chinese literature; Sinophone literature; Chinese language cinema; film theory; Krin Gabbard, Ph.D., 1979, Indiana Young-Sun Hong, Ph.D., 1989, University of Diaspora theory; globalization theory; psycho- University-Bloomington: Film theory and his- Michigan: Social and cultural history of analytical theory; translation theory. tory, jazz, interrelations of literature, art, music, modern Germany and Europe; transnational and film, comparative literature methodology, and postcolonial studies; race and gender; Milind Wakankar,* Ph.D., 2002, Columbia psychoanalytic approaches to the arts; ancient medicine and the body; citizenship, state University: Derrida and Spivak on ethics; Greek literature, drama, and literary theory. formation, and civil society. South Asian interpretive traditions in the Indo- Islamic millennium; Levinas on language; the Robert Harvey, Ph.D.,1988, University of John Lutterbie,* Ph.D., 1983, University of political thought of Partha Chatterjee; Weimer California, Berkeley: 20th-century and Washington: Performance theory; history and cultural critique. contemporary literature in French and English; theory of theatre. critical theory; film, relations between philosophy and literature.

119 COMPARATIVE LITERARY AND CULTURAL STUDIES

Tracey Walters,* Ph.D., 1999, Howard is a teaching assistant, (3) a letter of ability to compose a competent stylistic University: African American literature; Black evaluation from appropriate faculty, analysis of literary texts. The master’s British literature and culture. and (4) student evaluations. Students examination committee consists of three Visiting Assistant Professor may submit any other relevant mate- members of the faculty, at least two of rial such as a seminar paper or original whom are members of the comparative Adrián Perez-Melgosa, Ph.D., 1995, University essay. The graduate program commit- literature graduate faculty. The student’s of Rochester: Cinema and the novel in the tee will evaluate the dossier and decide advisor normally chairs the committee, Americas; cultural studies. whether the student should be encour- and the other two members are chosen Adjunct Professor aged to continue in the program. by the director of graduate studies in Bottigheimer, Ruth B., D.A., 1981, Stony C. Satisfactory Progress Toward the M.A. consultation with the student and Brook University: Tale collections; children’s his/her advisor. Because so many factors depend on literature; fairy tales; sociocultural analysis of Reading List for the Examination: satisfactory progress toward the degree, literature. The student, in consultation with the it is important for students to be aware examination committee, prepares a list Lecturer of and monitor their own progress. of works in each of the following three *Victoria Hesford, Ph.D., 2001 Emory The following define the minimum areas: (1) history of literary theory from University: Feminist cultural studies; limits for satisfactory progress for the Greeks to the present; (2) a literary American feminist histories and theory; queer full-time students: genre; and 3) a literary period. The list histories and theory; media studies; post- 1. Maintain a 3.5 average, with no 1945 English and American literatures. for (1) is set. Each of the other reading course below B- in each semester of lists will consist of 15 to 20 primary texts. Number of teaching, graduate, and research graduate study, as well as complete all (The number of required titles for the assistants, Fall 2005: 16 incomplete grades by the first deadline. genre will be increased if the student * A member of another department who is affiliated Students who fail to fulfill these chooses short works; whatever the genre, faculty in the Graduate Program in Comparative requirements in any semester will the reading required should approximate Literature or the Graduate Program in Cultural be automatically placed on probation Studies or both. (Consult the Graduate Director or the that imposed by 15 to 20 novels.) The list, during the following semester and Graduate Coordinator for further details). signed by the student and all members of will be subject to possible dismissal. the examination committee, must be 2. Receive an acceptable first-year submitted to the director of graduate Degree Requirements evaluation in the spring semester of studies for approval by the graduate Requirements for the M.A. Degree the first year of study. in Comparative Literature studies committee at least four weeks D. Foreign Language Requirements prior to the examination date. In addition to the minimum requirements Entering students are expected The master’s examination will consist of the Graduate School, the following to have a good command of one and of a one and a half hour oral exam at are required: preferably two foreign languages. which at least two of the three mem- A. Course Requirements Students must ultimately be competent bers of the examination committee The minimum course requirement for in one major and one minor language must be present. the M.A. degree is 30 graduate credit (non-native speakers of English may Thesis Substitute for Master’s hours. An M.A. candidate is expected offer English as one of the two lan- Examination: Instead of taking the to take: guages). All students must have passed M.A. examination, students may substi- 1. CLT 501 Comparative Literature the language requirements before they tute a thesis for the exam. The thesis Methodology are allowed to take the M.A. examina- must be on a substantive topic in 2. CLT 510 History of Literary tion. To demonstrate competence in the comparative literature requiring original Theory–Part I major language, students must take for research. The student will form a 3. Three CLT courses numbered 600 credit, and earn a grade of B or better committee of three faculty, at least two and higher in, at least one graduate or advanced of whom must be from the comparative The remaining courses may be dis- undergraduate literature course con- literature graduate faculty, who will tributed among graduate offerings in ducted in the language (final papers may supervise the project and give final comparative literature, English, foreign be written in English). Competence in approval. The student’s committee and languages, philosophy, history, art criti- the minor language can be demon- project proposal must be approved by cism, theatre, music, and other appro- strated by (1) earning a grade of B or the graduate studies committee prior to priate fields. A student must achieve a better in a graduate translation course embarking on the thesis. 3.5 overall grade point average for all or (2) passing a CLT examination to be graduate courses taken at Stony Brook taken with a dictionary. (For details, see Requirements for the Ph.D. Degree to receive a degree. the department handbook.) in Comparative Literature B. First-Year Evaluation E. M.A. Examination In addition to the minimum requirements of the Graduate School, the following In the middle of the student’s second The student will take a written mas- are required: semester of graduate work, the graduate ter’s examination in the second year of program director prepares a file for graduate study or submit a master’s A. Course Requirements the student’s first-year evaluation. thesis. The exam measures the student’s 1. CLT 501 Comparative Literature It consists of (1) the student’s grades, knowledge and mastery of literary the- Methodology (2) letters from the professor in all of ory and its history, familiarity with the 2. CLT 510 History of Literary the student’s classes, and, if the student major texts of world literature, and Theory–Part I

120 COMPARATIVE LITERARY AND CULTURAL STUDIES

3. Three CLT courses numbered 600 completed at least three months before literary theory and its history, a liter- and higher the comprehensive examination; ary genre, a period of literary history, 4. CLT 698 The Teaching Practicum 4. Complete all core courses in the and a special area of comparative A minimum of 48 credits of graduate first two years of full-time study and all nature related to the student’s plan for work is required for the Ph.D. Students 48 credits for the Ph.D. in three years; the dissertation. Students who have who hold an M.A. in comparative litera- 5. Take the comprehensive examina- passed their Ph.D. oral comprehensive ture or a related discipline can request tion no later than one year after com- will be deemed to have passed the that their transcripts be evaluated by pletion of coursework; equivalent of the master’s exam and be the graduate program committee and 6. Submit a dissertation proposal in the granted an M.A. degree unless they may receive a maximum of 30 credits semester following satisfactory comple- already have a master’s degree in toward their Ph.D. All students seeking tion of the comprehensive examination. comparative literature from another the Ph.D. must take the required By rules of the Graduate School, institution. The student must file courses listed above, unless the graduate students must satisfy all requirements appropriate papers with the program committee accepts comparable for the Ph.D. within seven years after Department. (For more details, see the courses taken previously. All Ph.D. completing 24 credits of graduate work Department handbook.) students must acquire a minimum of one in the Stony Brook department in which F. Dissertation semester of formal teaching experience they are registered. In rare instances, The dissertation represents the culmi- (even if they are unsupported or are the Graduate School will entertain a nation of the student’s degree program on a fellowship requiring no teaching petition to extend this time limit, and should be a serious contribution to duties) and must concurrently take the provided it bears the endorsement of scholarship. Candidates choose their formal teaching practicum, CLT 698. the department. The program may dissertation director and the dissertation require evidence that the student is still B. First-Year Evaluation committee in consultation with the properly prepared for completion of the In the middle of the student’s second chair and the graduate program director. degree. In particular, the student may semester of graduate work, the graduate A Ph.D. dissertation proposal should be be required to pass the comprehensive program director prepares a file presented to the dissertation director examination again in order to be for the student’s first-year evaluation. within three months after completion permitted to continue work. It consists of: (1) the student’s grades, of the comprehensive examination. (2) letters from the professor in all of D. Foreign Language Requirements Early involvement of all members of the student’s classes, and, if the student Ph.D. students may choose to demon- the committee in the ongoing research is a teaching assistant, (3) a letter of strate competence in either two major and writing is strongly recommended. evaluation from appropriate faculty, and foreign languages or one major and The student’s formal defense of the (4) student evaluations. Students may two minor languages. To demonstrate dissertation is open to all members of the submit any other relevant material such competence in the major language, University community. as a seminar paper or original essay. students must take for credit and earn G. Teaching Assistantships The graduate program committee will a grade of B or better in at least one All students are asked to acquire evaluate the dossier and decide whether graduate or advanced undergraduate some experience in teaching. Guidelines the student should be encouraged to literature course conducted in the permit a graduate student to be sup- continue in the program. language (final papers may be written ported as a teaching assistant (TA) for in English). Competence in the minor C. Satisfactory Progress Toward the Ph.D. a maximum of four years. Graduate languages can be demonstrated by: In addition to requirements A through students in comparative literature have 1) earning a grade of B or better D, Ph.D. students must fulfill the the opportunity to teach a wide variety in a graduate translation course or following requirements: of courses: traditionally, they have 1. Maintain at least a 3.5 average, 2) passing a CLT examination to be taught foreign language courses, . (For details, with no course below B-, in each taken with a dictionary English composition, interdisciplinary see the Department handbook.) semester of graduate study. There is a courses offered in the undergraduate one-year maximum limit on incompletes. E. Comprehensive Examination humanities program, and entry-level A student may accumulate no more Full-time students who are candi- comparative literature courses. than two incomplete grades in any one dates for the Ph.D. take an oral com- During their first year, Ph.D. students semester or he/she will no longer be prehensive examination no more than will normally be placed as teaching considered a Student in Good Standing, one year after completing their course- assistants in CLT lecture courses. a prerequisite to continue in the work. During their second and third years, program. As a result, the student will All language requirements must be students will most commonly teach as lose his or her T.A. line as well as face completed at least three months before instructors in the Writing Program, likely dismissal from the program; the comprehensive examination. Each and during their fourth year, as 2. Receive a satisfactory first-year student will have a committee of four independent instructors of CLT evaluation in the spring semester of the faculty members who can examine the courses. Admitted students who would first year of study; candidate in one or more areas of the prefer a Writing Program placement 3. Satisfy at least one language comprehensive examination, and who during their first year should notify the requirement in each year of residence will assist the candidate in preparing a Department immediately upon admis- until all language requirements are met. reading list for the examination. The sion into the Ph.D. program. While All language requirements must be examination consists of four parts: placements will vary according to

121 COMPARATIVE LITERARY AND CULTURAL STUDIES student and program needs and Students must take the required School, students must satisfy all constraints, every effort will be courses when they are offered, and requirements for the Ph.D. within made to provide each student with the cannot replace them by Independent seven years after completing 24 credits available range of teaching experiences. Study courses, except in the most of graduate work in the Stony Brook H. Additional Information unusual circumstances and by petition department in which they are regis- to the Director before the beginning of tered. In rare instances, the Graduate A Handbook for Graduate Studies in the term the course is offered. The School will entertain a petition to Comparative Literature includes more petition has to be signed by the person extend this time limit, provided it bears extensive information on comparative directing the Independent Study and the endorsement of the Department. literature at Stony Brook. A copy is must be approved by the Cultural The program may require evidence that available at the Comparative Literature Studies Steering Committee. the student is still properly prepared Office. The handbook also can be requested for completion of the degree. In by mail and can be accessed at www.stony B. First-Year Evaluation particular, the student may be required brook.edu/complit/new/index.html In the middle of the student’s second to pass the comprehensive examination semester of graduate work, the gradu- again in order to be permitted to Requirements for the Ph.D. Degree ate program director prepares a file for continue work. in Cultural Studies the student’s first-year evaluation. It In addition to the minimum require- consists of: 1) the student’s grades, D. Language Requirements ments of the Graduate School, the 2) letters from the professor in all of Ph.D. students may choose to demon- following are required: the student’s classes, and, if the student strate competence in either one princi- A. Course Requirements is a teaching assistant, 3) a letter of pal foreign language (that is, any 1. CLT 501 Comparative Literature evaluation from appropriate faculty, language that is of principal importance Methodology and 4) student evaluations. Students to the student’s course of study) or two 2. CST 609: Introduction to Cultural may submit any other relevant material secondary languages. To demonstrate Studies such as a seminar paper or original competence in the single (principal) 3. CST 680: Cultural Studies essay. The graduate program commit- foreign language, students must take Research Seminar tee will evaluate the dossier and decide for credit and earn a grade of B or better 4. CST 698: The Teaching Practicum whether the student should be encour- in at least one graduate or advanced 5. Twelve additional courses numbered aged to continue in the program. undergraduate literature course 500 or higher, including at least three C. Satisfactory Progress Toward the Ph.D. conducted in the language (final papers may be written in English). Competence 600 or higher. In addition to requirements A in the two secondary languages can be To ensure disciplinary fluency in a through D, Ph.D. students must fulfill demonstrated by: 1) earning a grade of more traditional sense, students are the following requirements: B or better in a graduate translation strongly urged to take at least three of 1. Maintain at least a 3.5 average, course or 2) passing a translation exam- these courses in a single discipline (out- with no course below B-, in each ination to be taken with a dictionary. side the core Cultural Studies semester of graduate study. There Because of the vital importance of sequence), and to include at least one is a one-year maximum limit on cross-cultural studies, students are faculty member from that field on the incompletes. A student may accumulate strongly encouraged in any case to Ph.D. oral exam and dissertation no more than two incomplete grades build substantial competence in two committees. in any one semester or he/she will foreign languages, and such additional A minimum of 48 credits of graduate no longer be considered a Student competence will be expected in cases work to be completed before the com- in Good Standing, a prerequisite to where the student’s interests or prehensive exam is required for the continue in the program. As a result, prospective project require it, as deter- Ph.D. Students who hold an M.A. in a the student will lose his or her T.A. mined by the student and advisor. related discipline can request that their line as well as face likely dismissal from transcripts be evaluated by the director the program; E. Comprehensive Examination of graduate studies to receive a maxi- 2. Receive a satisfactory first-year Full-time students who are candidates mum of 18 credits toward their Ph.D. evaluation in the spring semester of the for the Ph.D. take an oral comprehensive Students seeking up to 30 credits from first year of study; examination no more than one year an M.A. must appeal to the graduate 3. Satisfy the foreign language after completing their coursework. All studies committee. All students seeking requirement at least three months language requirements must be the Ph.D. must take the required before the exam; completed at least three months before courses listed above, unless the gradu- 4. Complete all core courses in the the comprehensive examination. Each ate program committee accepts compa- first two years of full-time study and all student will have a committee of four rable courses taken previously. All 48 credits for the Ph.D. in three years; faculty members who can examine the Ph.D. students must acquire a mini- 5. Take the comprehensive examina- candidate in one or more areas of the mum of one semester of formal teach- tion no later than one year after com- comprehensive examination, and who ing experience (even if they are pletion of coursework; will assist the candidate in preparing a unsupported or are on a fellowship 6. Submit a dissertation proposal in reading list for the examination. requiring no teaching duties) and must the semester following satisfactory The examination consists of four concurrently take the formal teaching completion of the comprehensive exam- parts: cultural theory since 1950, an practicum, CST 698. ination. By rules of the Graduate in-depth study of a cultural phenomenon,

122 COMPARATIVE LITERARY AND CULTURAL STUDIES a historical period, and a special area of to provide each student with the CLT 604 Comparative Studies in Genre a comparative nature. available range of teaching experiences. Changing topics in the study of the history and theory of literary genres. F. Dissertation H. Additional Information 3 credits, ABCF grading The dissertation represents the A Handbook for Graduate Studies in May be repeated for credit culmination of the student’s degree Comparative Literature includes more program and should be a serious con- extensive information on comparative CLT 607 Major Authors in Comparative Context tribution to scholarship. Candidates literature at Stony Brook. A copy is Critical and comparative examination of choose their dissertation director and available at the Comparative Literature two or more major figures from different dissertation committee in consultation Office. The handbook also can be literary traditions. with the program director. The disser- requested by mail and can be accessed at 3 credits, ABCF grading tation committee should include four http://www.stonybrook.edu/complit/new/ May be repeated for credit members, including an outside member index.html CLT 608 Cross-Cultural Perspectives (that is, someone not affiliated with the Key topics in genre, literary criticism, and Cultural Studies Program at Stony Courses methodology from a cross-cultural perspective. Brook). The draft of a Ph.D. disserta- Emphasis will be placed on an examination of CLT 501 Comparative Literature Methodology differences as well as similarities. Presupposi- tion proposal should be presented to An introduction to the discipline of tions of specific literary traditions will be ques- the dissertation director within three Comparative Literature, its history, methods, tioned within the broader perspectives of months after completion of the com- and problems. Stress is given to the interrela- philosophical and religious valences. prehensive examination, and the tions of literature with other disciplines, as 3 credits, ABCF grading candidate should meet with the entire well as to questions involving subjects such as canon formation, genre, and periodization. CLT 609 Seminar in Cultural Studies dissertation committee (ideally as a 3 credits, ABCF grading Changing topics in the study of film, video, group, or if necessary, individually) in music, and popular culture. Specific works the process of producing a final pro- CLT 510 History of Literary Theory–Part I are studied within their historical and cul- posal, to be approved by the committee A history of Literary Theory from classical tural contexts and approached through meth- and submitted for the candidate’s file. Greece to the Enlightenment. ods developed in contemporary theory. 3 credits, ABCF grading Early involvement of all members of 3 credits, ABCF grading May be repeated for credit the committee in the ongoing research CLT 511 History of Literary Theory–Part II and writing is strongly recommended. A history of Literary Theory from the CLT 610 History and Institutions of The student’s formal defense of the Enlightenment to the present. Cultural Studies dissertation is open to all members of 3 credits, ABCF grading This course examines the institutional origins and historical contexts of cultural studies by the University community. CLT 597 Directed Readings for M.A. Students focusing on the practical activity of intellectu- G. Teaching Assistantships 1-3 credits, S/U grading als working in collective contexts. All students are asked to acquire May be repeated for credit 3 credits, ABCF grading May be repeated for credit some experience in teaching. Guidelines CLT 599 Independent Study permit a graduate student to be sup- 1-3 credits, S/U grading CLT 690 Directed Readings for Doctoral Candidates ported as a teaching assistant (TA) for May be repeated for credit a maximum of four years. Graduate Fall and spring, 1-12 credits, S/U grading students in comparative literature have CLT 600 Seminar in Stylistics May be repeated for credit Changing topics in the study of stylistic and the opportunity to teach a wide variety CLT 698 Practicum in Teaching of courses: traditionally, they have structural elements of the literary text. 3 credits, ABCF grading The course is divided into two parts: one half taught foreign language courses, May be repeated for credit is normally given in the fall, one in the spring. English composition, interdisciplinary The first part deals primarily with matters of courses offered in the undergraduate CLT 601 Seminar in Literary and Cultural pedagogy. The second part is designed to Theory help students plan their own undergraduate humanities program, and entry-level courses. The practicum is required of all comparative literature courses. Changing topics in the specialized examina- tions of recent or historical trends such as students during their first year. During their first year, Ph.D. students semiotics, Marxism, reader-response, psy- Fall (Part 1) and spring (Part 2), 1-3 credits, will normally be placed as teaching choanalysis, hermeneutics, deconstruction. S/U grading May be repeated once for up to three credits assistants in CLT lecture courses. 3 credits, ABCF grading During their second and third years, May be repeated for credit CLT 699 Dissertation Research On Campus students will most commonly teach as CLT 602 Interdisciplinary Seminar Prerequisite: Advancement to candidacy instructors in the Writing Program, Specific problems in the relationship between (G5); a portion of dissertation research must and during their fourth year, as literature and other disciplines. take place on SB campus independent instructors of CLT 3 credits, ABCF grading Fall, spring, and summer, 1-9 credits, courses. Admitted students who would May be repeated for credit S/U grading prefer a Writing Program placement May be repeated for credit during their first year should notify the CLT 603 Comparative Studies in Literary History CLT 700 Dissertation Research Off Department immediately upon admis- Changing topics in the study of literary peri- Campus–Domestic sion into the Ph.D. program. While ods and styles. Prerequisite: Must be advanced to candi- placements will vary according to 3 credits, ABCF grading dacy (G5); major portion of research will student and program needs and May be repeated for credit take place off campus, but in the U.S. and/or constraints, every effort will be made U.S. provinces (Brookhaven National Lab

123 COMPARATIVE LITERARY AND CULTURAL STUDIES and Cold Spring Harbor Lab are considered CLT 609), students will develop individual Insurance Office for the insurance charge to on campus); all international students must or collaborative research projects. be removed. International students who are enroll in one of the graduate student insur- Spring, 3 credits, ABCF grading not in their home country are charged for the ance plans and should be advised by an May be repeated once for credit mandatory health insurance. If they are to be International Advisor covered by another insurance plan they must CST 690 Directed Readings for Doctoral Fall, spring, and summer, 1-9 credits, Candidates file a waiver by the second week of classes. S/U grading The charge will be removed only if the other Fall and Spring, 1-12 credits, S/U grading May be repeated for credit plan is deemed comparable. All international May be repeated for credit students must receive clearance from an CLT 701 Dissertation Research Off CST 691 Cultural Studies Directed International Advisor. Campus–International Readings—Part I Prerequisite: Must be advanced to candidacy A student-led reading group, with some focus Fall, Spring, Summer, (G5); major portion of research will take on reading for the Ph.D. oral comprehensive 1-9 credits, S/U Grading place outside the U.S. and/or U.S. provinces; exam and other topics chosen by the group; May be repeated for credit domestic students have the option of the may also feature invited faculty presentations. health plan and may also enroll in Fall, 1.5 credits, S/U grading CST 800 Summer Research MEDEX; international students who are 0 credit, S/U Grading in their home country are not covered by a CST 692 Cultural Studies Directed May be repeated mandatory health plan and must contact Readings—Part II the Insurance Office for the insurance A student-led reading group, with some focus CST 850 Summer Teaching charge to be removed; international students on reading for the Ph.D. oral comprehensive 0 credit, S/U Grading exam and other topics chosen by the group; who are not in their home country are May be repeated may also feature invited faculty presentations. charged for the mandatory health insurance Spring, 1.5 credits, S/U grading (if they are to be covered by another insurance plan, they must file a waiver by CST 698 Practicum in Teaching the second week of classes; the charge will be The course is divided into two parts: one half removed only if the other plan is deemed is normally given in the fall, one in the spring. comparable); all international students The first part deals primarily with matters of must receive clearance from an pedagogy. The second part is designed to help International Advisor. students plan their own undergraduate Fall, spring, and summer, 1-9 credits, courses. The practicum is required of all stu- S/U grading dents during their first year. May be repeated for credit Fall (Part 1) and spring (Part 2), 1-3 cred- its, S/U grading CLT 800 Summer Research May be repeated once for up to three credits 0 credit, S/U grading May be repeated for credit CST 699 Dissertation Research On Campus Prerequisite: Advancement to candidacy CLT 850 Summer Teaching (G5). A portion of dissertation research 0 credit, S/U grading must take place on SB campus. May be repeated for credit Fall, spring, and summer, 1-9 credits, S/U grading CST 597 Directed Readings for M.A. May be repeated for credit Students 1-3 credits, S/U grading CST 700 Dissertation Research Off May be repeated for credit Campus—Domestic Prerequisite: Must be advanced to candidacy CST 599 Independent Study (G5). Major portion of research will take 1-3 credits, ABCF grading place off-campus, but in the United States May be repeated for credit and/or U.S. provinces. Please note, Brookhaven National Labs and the Cold CST 609 Seminar in Cultural Studies Spring Harbor Lab are considered Changing topics in the study of film, video, on-campus. All international students music, and popular culture. Specific works are studied within their historical and cultural must enroll in one of the graduate student contexts and approached through methods insurance plans and should be advised by developed in contemporary theory. an International Advisor. 3 credits, ABCF grading Fall, spring, summer, 1-9 credits, May be repeated for credit S/U grading May be repeated for credit CST 610 History Cultural Study This course examines the institutional origins CST 701 Dissertation Research Off and historical contexts of cultural studies by Campus—International focusing on the practical activity of intellectu- Prerequisite: Must be advanced to candidacy als working in collective contexts. (G5). Major portion of research will take 3 credits, ABCF grading place outside of the United States and/or U.S. May be repeated for credit provinces. Domestic students have the option of the health plan and may also enroll in CST 680 Cultural Studies Research Seminar MEDEX. International students who are in In addition to group readings in cultural their home country are not covered by a studies theory and practice (continuing from mandatory health plan and must contact the

124 COMPUTER SCIENCE

Computer Science (CSE)

Chair: Arie Kaufman, Computer Science Building Room 2431, (631) 632-8470 Graduate Program Director for M.S. and Ph.D. programs in Computer Science: I.V. Ramakrishnan, Computer Science Building Room 1431, (631) 632-8451 Graduate Program Administrator for M.S. and Ph.D. in Computer Science: Dolores Ambrose, Computer Science Building Room 1440, (631) 632-8462 Graduate Program Director for M.S. program in Information Systems Engineering (MSIS): Robert F. Kelly, Computer Science Building Room 2427, (631) 632-7543 Staff Assistant for MSIS: Marion Mastauskas, Engineering Building Room 127, (631) 632-8760 Degrees awarded: M.S. in Computer Science; M.S. in Information Systems Engineering; Ph.D. in Computer Science

The Department of Computer Science Additional information about the gradu- systems are PCs running FreeBSD, offers an M.S. and a Ph.D. in Computer ate program in Computer Science can be Linux, MS Windows, and Sun Sparc Science, and an M.S. in Information found on the Department’s Web site at systems. There are numerous multi- Systems Engineering. www.cs.sunysb.edu processor/large memory systems includ- The M.S. program in Computer Science The program for Master’s of Science ing a graphics cluster of Linux and MS is designed primarily to train students in Information Systems Engineering Windows PCs. General-access labs pro- with professional goals in business, indus- (M.S.I.S.) emphasizes the engineering vide UNIX and MS Windows systems, try, or government, requiring a detailed and application aspects of Information and each office desktop is equipped with knowledge of computer science concepts Technology (IT). The program differs a workstation. The Department main- and applications. The program concen- from a traditional Information Systems tains its own dial-up service and wireless trates primarily on applied computer sci- program in that it focuses on an engineer- network. The Stony Brook campus is ence, emphasizing software development, ing approach to IT. The curriculum of the connected to the Internet via multiple programming, computer systems, and program also emphasizes individual com- OC3 connections. applications. Each student is given the munications skills and team participation. experience of working on a large-scale The M.S.I.S. degree program has dis- Admission to the M.S. and software or hardware development proj- tinct specialization tracks geared to Ph.D. in Computer Science ect involving analysis, design, evaluation, different classes of IT employment. The Admission to the M.S. and Ph.D. pro- and implementation. curriculum, consisting of 30 credits of grams are handled separately by the The Ph.D. program in Computer coursework, is designed to accommodate Departmental admissions committee. Science is for students interested in students from a wide variety of back- The requirements for admission to grad- obtaining academic or research positions grounds. An Executive track, specially uate study in computer science include: in colleges and universities or in govern- designed for full-time employees with ment or commercial research laborato- working experience, facilitates the A. Bachelor’s Degree: A bachelor’s ries. The program gives students a 30 credits to be completed with an degree, usually in a science or engineer- rigorous and thorough knowledge of a evening/weekend schedule. Specialization ing discipline or in mathematics, with a broad range of theoretical and practical tracks for the program include Software grade point average of at least B (3.0/4.0) research subject areas and develops the Engineering, Systems Engineering, and in all undergraduate coursework, and in ability to recognize and pursue significant Telecommunications. The core component the science, mathematics, and engineer- research in computer science. The first of the program consists of courses in ing courses; two years of graduate study are devoted analysis, modeling, and design; data com- B. Basic Mathematics: Two semesters to coursework. By the end of the second munications and networking; data man- of college-level calculus, plus a course in year the research phase of the student’s agement; hardware; programming; and linear algebra; also desirable is a course graduate career should be underway, technology integration. Following the in either probability theory or probabil- with participation in advanced study and completion of the core requirements, stu- ity and statistics; preliminary research work. The final dents can specialize in one of the tracks by C. Minimal Background in Computer years of graduate study are devoted to choosing appropriate electives. Students dissertation research. Science: As a measure of that back- are expected to solve real-world prob- The primary areas of Departmental ground, the student must satisfy five of lems by applying and integrating newly research interests include, among others, the following proficiency requirements: acquired skills. The integration require- algorithms, architecture, artificial intelli- 1. Theory of Computation: CSE 303 ment can be satisfied at any time after the gence, computation theory, concurrency, or CSE 540 completion of the core courses. databases, image processing, graphics, 2. Algorithms: CSE 373 or CSE 548 languages, logic, networking, and oper- Computing Environment 3. Language/Compilers: CSE 304, ating systems. CSE 307, CSE 504, or CSE 526 Information in this Bulletin concerning The Department of Computer Science is 4. Architecture: CSE 320 or CSE 502 the M.S. and Ph.D. programs in composed of a number of special-interest 5. Databases: CSE 305 or CSE 532 Computer Science is an abbreviated ver- labs (Experimental Systems, File 6. Operating Systems: CSE 306 or sion of the Graduate Program Handbook Systems, Human Interface with CSE 506 found at www.cs.sunysb.edu/graduate/ Computers, Logic Modeling, Security 7. Networks or Graphics: CSE 310, GraduateHandbook.html. Students must Systems, Visualization, and Wireless CSE 533, CSE 328, or CSE 528 refer to the Handbook for further Networking and Multimedia) connected D. Acceptance by the Department of details and up-to-date information. by a multi-gigabyte backbone. Typical Computer Science and Graduate School;

125 COMPUTER SCIENCE

E. All applicants to the M.S. or Ph.D. cants to the proposed program with non- Kaufman, Arie, Chair, Ph.D., 1977, Ben-Gurion program must submit Graduate Record refundable application fee as prescribed University: Computer graphics; visualization; Examination (GRE) scores for the by the University, (b) three letters of user interfaces; computer architecture; virtual general aptitude tests. Applicants recommendation, (c) two official copies of reality; multimedia. are encouraged to submit GRE test all previous transcripts (if in a foreign Kifer, Michael, Ph.D., 1984, Hebrew University of scores for the advanced examination in language, English translation is required Jerusalem: Database systems; logic program- Computer Science as well. More infor- together with the originals), (d) details of ming; knowledge representation; Web informa- tion systems; workflow management systems. mation on the application process can be the employment history and duties/ found at www.cs.sunysb.edu/graduate responsibilities, (e) scores of GRE, (f) Ko, Ker-I, Ph.D., 1979, Ohio State University: scores of TOEFL in case of applicants Computational complexity; theory of Admission to the M.S. for whom English is not the first computation; computational learning theory. in Information Systems language, and (g) a personal statement Liang, Jerome, Ph.D., 1987, City University of Engineering describing previous accomplishments, New York: Medical imaging; image processing. Admission to the regular program is career objectives, and future goals. Mitchell, Joseph, Ph.D., 1986, Stanford University: Operations research; computational based on the following criteria: Students in the Executive track may waive GRE requirements with the geometry; combinatorial optimization. A. A baccalaureate degree from an approval of the Graduate School. Qin, Hong, Ph.D., 1995, University of Toronto, accredited applied science or engineer- All applications submitted in time are Canada: Computer graphics; geometric and ing program with a minimum GPA of reviewed by the Graduate Committee physics-based modeling; computer-aided 2.75. (Provisional admissions may be and applicants who meet the require- design; computer animation and simulation; scientific computing and visualization; virtual granted in exceptional cases if the GPA ments are selected on a competitive environments; computational vision; medical is less than 2.75 but above 2.25 provided basis. Applications are scored on a scale imaging; human-computer interaction; robotics. it is approved by the Graduate School reflecting academic achievements, GRE Ramakrishnan, I.V., Graduate Program Director, at the recommendation of the IS scores, work experience, and career goals. Ph.D., 1983, University of Texas, Austin: Preference is given to the applicants with Graduate Committee. Provisionally Automated reasoning; technologies for admitted students are required to take relevant experience. Special considera- Web-based computing. tions are made for women, minorities, and at least two courses in the first semester Sekar, R.C., Ph.D., 1991, Stony Brook University: physically challenged applicants provided and receive a B average to continue in Computer security; distributed systems; the program.); they meet the minimum admission cri- programming languages/software engineering. teria. Preference also is given first to B. GRE scores (provisionally admitted Skiena, Steven, Ph.D., 1988, University of New York residents and second to U.S. students without GRE scores must Illinois, Urbana-Champaign: Computational take the examination within the first citizens and permanent residents. biology; combinatorial algorithms; combinatorial semester of their registration); Applicants for the Executive Track computing environments; data structures. are considered in a separate pool. Their C. A minimum score of 550 in TOEFL Smolka, Scott A., Ph.D., 1984, Brown applications must contain a support for applicants whose first or native University: Computer-aided verification of safety- language is not English; letter from the employer describing critical systems; computer system security. the length of service in the company, D. Letters of recommendation; Stark, Eugene, Ph.D., 1984, Massachusetts the responsibilities and authority, evalu- E. Other documents as described in Institute of Technology: Programming language ation of the job performance, and how the Graduate Bulletin. semantics; theory of concurrency; formal the participation in the Executive track methods; operating systems. Admission to the Executive track is by the applicant benefits the company. based on the following criteria: Warren, David S., Ph.D., 1979, University Students of high caliber seeking to of Michigan: Logic programming; database A. A baccalaureate degree from an enter the program with an incomplete systems; knowledge representation; natural accredited applied science or engineering set of undergraduate courses or not language and logic. program, with a minimum GPA of 2.75; having enough prerequisites are Wittie, Larry D., Ph.D., 1973, University of B. IT-related work experience; required to complete a predetermined Wisconsin: Computer architecture; massively C. Details of work experience, number of foundation courses (normally parallel computation; simulation of memory responsibilities/duties, and career goals; consisting of nine credits), including and attention to mammal brains. D. A minimum score of 550 in Fundamentals of Information Systems; Yang, Yuanyuan, Ph.D., 1992, Johns Hopkins TOEFL if the baccalaureate degree is Information Systems and Business: University: Parallel and distributed computing from a foreign institution; Information Technology Hardware and systems; high-speed networks; multicast E. Letters of recommendation from Software; and Programming, Data, and communication; optical networks; high-per- current and previous employers and Object Structures. formance computer architecture; computer teachers. algorithms; fault tolerant computing. Faculty For admission to the M.S. in Information Associate Professors Systems Engineering program, all appli- Professors Arkin, Esther, Ph.D., 1986, Stanford cants are required to submit completed Bachmair, Leo, Ph.D., 1987, University of University: Combinatorial optimization; applications to the Graduate School Illinois, Urbana-Champaign: Computational logic; network flows; computational geometry. through the College of Engineering and automated deduction; symbolic computation. Badr, Hussein G., Ph.D., 1981, Pennsylvania Applied Sciences, with the following Chiueh, Tzi-cker, Ph.D., 1992, University of State University: Computer communication documents: (a) an official graduate appli- California, Berkeley: Processor architecture; networks and protocols; performance cation form specially designed for appli- parallel I/O; high-speed networks; compression. evaluation; modeling and analysis.

126 COMPUTER SCIENCE

Bender, Michael, Ph.D., 1998, Harvard Johnson, Robert, Ph.D., 2007, University of Robertazzi, Thomas G., Electrical and University: Algorithms; scheduling; data California, Berkeley: Software security; system Computer Engineering structures; cache and I/O-efficient computing; and network security; cryptography; digital Teng, Tian-Lih, Technology and Society parallel computing. rights management; operating systems; Zhou, Rong, Computer Science Brennan, Susan, Ph.D., 1990, Stanford networks; algorithm design and analysis. University: Cognitive psychology; linguistics; Lv, Qin, Ph.D., 2006, Princeton University: Number of teaching, graduate, and research human-computer interaction. Development of efficient systems for managing assistants, Fall 2006: 120 Das, Samir, Ph.D., 1994, Georgia Institute of and exploring massive amounts of digital data; Technology: Mobile/wireless networking; ad hoc focus on search systems, data management, Degree Requirements and sensor networks; parallel discrete-event distributed systems, storage systems and Requirements for the M.S. Degree simulation; performance evaluation. networking, but also spans the areas of algorithm design, machine learning, data in Computer Science Grosu, Radu, Ph.D., 1994, Technical University mining, and specific application domains such Students in the M.S. degree program of Munich, Germany: Model-based design and as multimedia, bioinformatics, sensor networks, choose between two options, the M.S. verification of embedded software systems; healthcare, and scientific computing. model checking; abstract interpretation; logic with thesis and the M.S. with project. and automata theory; type theory; computational Rizzo, Robert, Ph.D., 2001, Yale University: The course requirements depend on the models in systems biology; applied formal Computational biology. option chosen. methods; software and systems engineering. Sion, Radu, Ph.D., 2004, Purdue University: A. Registration Data security and privacy in distributed Liu, Yanhong Annie, Ph.D., 1996, Cornell Students must register for at least networked environments. University: Programming languages; one graduate credit in the semester in compilers; software systems. Stent, Amanda, Ph.D., 2001, University of which the diploma is awarded. Rochester: Natural language processing. Mueller, Klaus, Ph.D., 1998, Ohio State B. Language Requirement University: Computer graphics; visualization; Vasilescu, M. Alex O., 2005, University of projector-based graphics; augmented reality; Toronto: Computer vision; computer graphics; There is no foreign language virtual reality; medical imaging face recognition; tensor algebra; physics-based modeling; requirement. GPU-acceleration of general purpose comput- machine learning. C. Course Requirements ing; visual data mining; functional brain analysis. Wong, Jennifer, Ph.D., 2006, University of Students are required to complete Ramakrishnan, C.R., Ph.D., 1995, Stony Brook California, Los Angeles: Interaction of statistical 31 graduate credits in the Department University: Formal verification of concurrent sys- models and optimization for CAD and of Computer Science. There are no tems; logic programming; computer security. embedded systems; low power wireless specific courses required other than a communication; sensor networks. Samaras, Dimitris, Ph.D., 2000, University of thesis or project, with the stipulation Pennsylvania: Computer vision; computer Affiliated Faculty for Program in that the proficiency requirements graphics; medical imaging; animation and Information Systems Engineering must be satisfied. Students can take up simulation; image-based rendering; physics- Chiueh, Tzi-cker, Computer Science based modeling. to four credits of CSE 587 (at most two Doboli, Alex, Electrical and Computer courses) to fill in missing proficiency Stoller, Scott, Ph.D., 1997, Cornell University: Engineering requirements. All seven proficiency Distributed systems; software testing and verification; program analysis and optimization. Djuric, Petar, Electrical and Computer requirements must be satisfied by the Engineering time of M.S. certification. A list of grad- Wasilewska, Anita, Ph.D., 1975, Warsaw uate courses is provided in the course University: Logic; knowledge representation; Donetski, Dmitri, Electrical and Computer artificial intelligence. Engineering compendium at the end of this section. Zadok, Erez, Ph.D., 2000, Columbia University: Feinberg, Eugene, Applied Mathematics D. Grade Point Average Operating systems; file systems; storage; net- Huang, Peisen, Mechanical Engineering To be certified for graduation a cumu- working; software engineering; security. Kao, Imin, Mechanical Engineering lative graduate grade point average of Zelinsky, Gregory J., Ph.D., 1994, Brown 3.0/4.0 or better is required. Kaufman, Arie E., Computer Science University: Visual search; visual working E. No-Thesis Option memory; object detection and recognition; Kelly, Robert F., Computer Science Students choosing the no-thesis option visual attention and eye movements; scene Lindquist, W. Brent, Applied Mathematics perception and representation. are required to take the courses CSE Mujica-Parodi, Lilianne, Biomedical Engineering 523/524, Laboratory in Computer Assistant Professors Murray, John, Electrical and Computer Science. The two courses may not be Gao, Jie, Ph.D., 2004, Stanford University: Engineering taken in the same semester. These Algorithms; ad hoc communication and sensor Robertazzi, Thomas G., Electrical and courses provide students with the networks; computational geometry. Computer Engineering experience of dealing with large-scale, Gu, Xianfeng, Ph.D., 2004, Harvard University: Teng, Tian-Lih, Technology and Society computer-oriented problems such as Computer graphics; computer vision; medical Zhou, Rong, Computer Science those encountered in commercial, imaging; computational conformal geometry; industrial, or research environments. global differential geometry; harmonic analysis; Executive Committee of Program in Students taking CSE 523/524 may not computational algebraic topology; computational Information Systems Engineering use any CSE 599 (M.S. Thesis Research) optics; biometrics. Djuric, Petar, Electrical and Computer credits toward their M.S. degree. Gupta, Himanshu, Ph.D., 1999, Stanford Engineering F. Thesis Option University: Databases; data mining; data Kaufman, Arie E., Computer Science warehousing. A student choosing the thesis option Kelly, Robert F., Computer Science must select a project (or thesis) advisor Lindquist, W. Brent, Applied Mathematics by the end of the second semester in

127 COMPUTER SCIENCE the program. The role of the advisor is credits through electives at Stony ESE 505 Traffic Performance Analysis to guide the student through the M.S. Brook University, bringing the total of Mobile, Wireless, and Personal studies, formulate a project or thesis credits to a minimum of 30. Communication Systems topic, and supervise the student toward A maximum of six credits of graduate ESE 528 Communication Systems completion of the assigned task. The coursework can be transferred for the ESE 546 Computer Communication thesis must be approved by a Depart- courses taken elsewhere provided these Networks I mental faculty committee of no less credits were not used by the previous ESE 547 Digital Signal Processing than three members appointed by the institution to award a degree. ESE 548 Computer Communication graduate program director. At the dis- Each student is assigned an academic Networks II cretion of the committee, the student advisor who must approve the course- Business Technology Management may be required to present a seminar work, area of specialization, and (A complete description of BTM courses on the topic of his or her thesis. sequence of courses. below can be found at www.grad.suny A student registers for CSE 599 when Curriculum for the Executive Track: sb.edu/academics/bulletin/Bus.pdf) writing a thesis. No more than nine The Executive track is designed prima- BTM 514 Quality Management and credits of this course can be applied rily for the employees of one company Quality Assurance toward the 31 credits required for the (or a group of companies). This require- Computer Science (CSE) M.S. degree. ment is identical to the requirement of (A complete description of CSE courses G. Switching Between the M.S. and Ph.D. the standard program. The curriculum below can be found at www.cs.sunysb. Programs is common to all the students in the edu/graduate/courses/) program and targeted to the interests of An M.S. student who wishes to CSE 500 Patterns in Programming the sponsoring company (or companies). advance to the Ph.D. program must CSE 506 Operating Systems take the qualifying examination. Regular Courses for the M.S. Degree in Information CSE 515 Introduction to Transaction Systems Engineering applicants to the Ph.D. program will not Processing Systems be considered from current M.S. students. Information Systems Engineering (ISE) CSE 523 Introduction to Software Please refer to the Graduate Program ISE 503 Data Management Engineering and Project Planning I Handbook for more details. ISE 504 Analysis, Modeling, and Design CSE 524 Introduction to Software ISE 506 Quantitative Computer Engineering and Project Planning II Requirements for the M.S. Degree Architecture CSE 533 Computer Network in Information Systems Engineering ISE 516 Systems Engineering Principles Communications Protocols ISE 517 Human Factors in Systems CSE 536 Introduction to User-Interface To receive the M.S. in Information Engineering Development Systems Engineering degree the student Applied Mathematics and Statistics must obtain a minimum of 3.0 overall (AMS) Requirements for the Ph.D. Degree GPA in the courses taken to satisfy the (A complete description of AMS courses in Computer Science requirements of this program. In addi- below can be found at www.grad.suny A. Residence tion, the student must satisfy all other sb.edu/academics/bulletin/Ams.pdf) requirements of the Graduate School The student must complete two AMS 507 Introduction to Probability consecutive semesters of full-time not mentioned here. Following are the AMS 550 Operations Research: specific requirements that must be met graduate study. Full-time study is 12 Stochastic Models credits per semester until 24 graduate to obtain the degree: AMS 553 Simulation and Modeling Each student must complete a mini- credits have been earned. Students Biomedical Engineering (BME) who have earned 24 graduate credits at mum of 30 credits of graduate course (A complete description of BME courses work, consistent with program guidelines. another school may be assigned below can be found at www.bme.suny advanced status and are required to Each student must complete 15 credits sb.edu/bme/grad/courses.html) take only nine credits per semester for of core courses (Analysis; Data BME 526 Biological Systems full-time status. Management; Design, Data Engineering Communications, and Networking; Technology and Society (EMP/EST) B. Qualifying Examination Modeling; Quantitative Computer (A complete description of EMP courses Students must pass the written quali- Architecture; and Systems Engineering below can be found at www.sunysb.edu/ fying examination to demonstrate their Principles). est/courses/graduate.html) ability to undertake the course of study A three-credit course covering an inte- EMP 518 Project Management leading to the Ph.D. degree. Qualifying gration topic is required for all students EST 530 Internet Electronic Commerce examinations are given twice a year: in (e.g., ISE 511, CSE 580, or CSE 523). EST 582 Systems Approach to Human- May (usually the week after the finals The required courses total 18 credits, Machine Systems period) and in early January. Students including the 15 credits of core courses Electrical and Computer Engineering must refer to www.cs.sunysb.edu/ and three credits of integration. A (ESE) graduate/QualsHandbook.html for minimum of 12 credits of electives is (A complete description of ESE courses further details and up-to-date informa- required of all students, out of which below can be found at www.ee.sunysb. tion on the qualifying examination. The nine credits must be taken in the area edu/~www/grad/coursedescriptions following is a short summary of the of specialization. In case of core courses _b.html) contents of this examination. waived for equivalent courses taken ESE 504 Performance and Evaluation The exam consists of three parts, three previously, the student must earn those of Communication and Computer Systems hours each, based on undergraduate

128 COMPUTER SCIENCE material as described below. toward the 20 credits required for the which can be research or other graduate Undergraduate Stony Brook courses Ph.D. program. courses relevant to their dissertation. covering that material are listed in Internship, CSE 696. At most two Courses outside of the major require parentheses. An appropriate way for credits of Internship in Research can the approval of the dissertation advisor students who have already taken an be counted toward the 20 credits and Graduate Director. Failure to undergraduate course in a particular required for the Ph.D. program. complete the RPE within the specified area to prepare for the exam is to take a Dissertation Research, CSE 699. The timeframe and obtain the G5 status is graduate course in that area. Questions Dissertation Research course can be considered evidence of unsatisfactory test not just routine knowledge but also taken only by Ph.D. students who have progress. the student’s ability to use that material been advanced to candidacy (have G5 E. Thesis Proposal Requirement in a creative way. status). Prior to the advancement, stu- After the student has completed the Theory and Mathematics: dents conduct research and participate requirements in subsections C and D, Theory of Computation, Languages, in projects by taking CSE 593: Independent Study. G4 students can and with the approval of the student’s and Automata Analysis of Algorithms research advisor, the student will and Logic. The examination is based register for up to nine credits of CSE 593 in any semester. G3 students can present a thesis proposal. The purpose on the following courses: CSE 303, of the thesis proposal is to assess the CSE 371, CSE 213, and CSE 373. register for only up to three credits of CSE 593. student’s progress toward the the Software: Teaching requirement. University Ph.D. thesis. The proposal must be Programming Languages, Compilers, policy requires that all doctoral students submitted to the student’s thesis Databases, and Graphics. The examina- participate in an appropriately struc- committee within 18 months of the tion is based on CSE 304, CSE 305, tured teaching practicum. This can be time the student has passed the CSE 307, and CSE 328. CSE 698 in conjunction with a T.A. in research proficiency examination. Systems: the first year. Failure to fulfill this requirement by that Networks and Communications, D. Research Proficiency Examination (RPE) time without a formal extension may be considered evidence of unsatisfactory Operating Systems, Computer The purpose of the Research progress toward the Ph.D. degree. Architecture, and Computer Organization. Proficiency Examination is to ascertain The major requirements of the thesis The examination is based on CSE 310, the breadth and depth of the student’s proposal are as follows: (1) the student CSE 306, CSE 320, and CSE 220. preparation to undertake a significant must be thoroughly familiar with the The results of the written examination original research investigation. background and current status of the will be communicated to each student By the end of the third semester intended research area; (2) the student individually following a meeting of the since admission into the Ph.D. program, must have clear and well-defined plans faculty, which evaluates the results of an RPE committee will have been for pursuing the research objectives; and the examination along with the formed for each student and an agree- (3) the student must offer evidence of student’s ability to do research and the ment reached on a research project. progress in achieving these objectives. likelihood of completing the program. (M.S. students who were admitted to The student will present the thesis C. Course Requirements the Ph.D. program after passing the proposal to the thesis committee in a In the first year, a student seeking the qualifying examination must form the seminar presentation. It is limited to Ph.D. degree will normally register for a RPE committee by the end of their members of the committee, invited com- full-time load of courses selected in first semester in the Ph.D. program.) puter science faculty, and invited gradu- conjunction with an advisor to prepare By the end of the fourth semester for the qualifying examination. By the (at the latest), the student will take ate students. Faculty members are free time of graduation, each student is the RPE. (M.S. students who switched to question the student on any topics required to accumulate at least to Ph.D. must take the RPE by the they feel are in any way relevant to the 20 credits of full (regular lecture) courses, end of their second semester in the student’s objectives and career prepara- internship, special topics courses, or Ph.D. program.) tion. Most questions, however, will be seminars. At most five credits of semi- Having passed both the qualifying directed toward verifying the student’s nars and internship can be included in examination and the RPE, the student grasp of the intended specialty in depth. the 20 credits required for graduation; is advanced to candidacy. This status, The student will be expected to show generic courses such as CSE 587, CSE called G5, is conferred by the Dean of complete familiarity with the current 593, CSE 600, CSE 698, and CSE 699 the Graduate School upon recommenda- and past literature of this area. cannot be included. In addition, the tion of the Department. Note that unlike The findings of the committee will be following requirements should be noted: the change from G3 to G4, the change communicated to the student as soon M.S.-specific courses. Students in the from G4 to G5 is not automatic—the as possible and to the Graduate School Ph.D. program may not enroll in CSE student must request to be advanced to within one week of the presentation of 523/524 or CSE 599. These courses are candidacy by notifying the Computer the proposal. If the committee finds specific to the M.S. program. Science Graduate Coordinator. Students the thesis proposal unsatisfactory, Ongoing research seminar. The must advance to candidacy at least one the student will submit an improved student must register and complete year before defending their disserta- proposal, if such resubmission is two semesters of CSE 600. Credits tions. The Graduate School requires approved by the Dean of the earned in this course cannot be used G5 students to register for nine credits, Graduate School.

129 COMPUTER SCIENCE

F. Dissertation can complete the requirements for an connections and networking; and introduction An important requirement of the M.S. degree by satisfying the profi- to parallel architecture. Advanced topics include asynchronous microprocessors; FPGA- ciency requirements and completing Ph.D. program is the completion of a based reconfigurable computing; system on a dissertation, which must be an original 31 credits of coursework. Passing the chip; embedded processors; intelligent RAM scholarly investigation. The dissertation Qualifying Examination is considered and superconducting computers. shall represent a significant contribu- to have satisfied the proficiency Prerequisite: CSE 345 tion to the scientific literature, and its requirements. (Another way to Spring, 3 credits, ABCF grading satisfy these requirements is, of quality shall be compatible with the CSE 504 Compiler Design publication standards of appropriate course, to take the required courses.) This course covers advanced topics in compila- reputable scholarly journals. At most nine credits of seminars tion, including memory management, dataflow G. Approval and Defense of Dissertation (excluding CSE 600), special topics analysis, code optimization, just-in-time compi- courses, or CSE 593 (Independent lation, and selected topics from compilation of The dissertation must be orally study) can be included in the required object-oriented and declarative languages. defended before a dissertation examina- Prerequisites: CSE 304 and CSE 307 31 credits. A student who has switched tion committee, and the candidate must Spring, 3 credits, ABCF grading from the M.S. program to the Ph.D. obtain approval of the dissertation from program can in addition use the pre- CSE 505 Computing with Logic this committee. The oral defense of the viously earned credits of CSE 523/524 The course explores logic-based computing and dissertation is open to all interested toward the aforesaid nine credits. logic programming. It includes an introduction faculty members and graduate students. to programming in logic, covering basic tech- These nine credits together with the The final draft of the dissertation must niques for solving problems in a logic pro- RPE are considered to be equivalent be submitted to the committee no later gramming system. Particular attention will be to the Thesis Option in the M.S. paid to user interface issues and how a logic than three weeks prior to the date of program. The remaining 22 credits system can provide a useful computing envi- the defense. required for the M.S. degree must be ronment. The course covers implementation H. Satisfactory Progress and Time Limit issues, emphasizing how a logic programming satisfied by taking technical graduate system generalizes both traditional program- A student who does not meet courses in computer science (i.e., ming language systems and traditional data- the target dates for the Qualifying excluding courses such as CSE base systems. Examination, the Research 523/524, CSE 587, CSE 593, CSE 596, Prerequisite: CSE 214 Proficiency Examination, and the CSE 599, CSE 696, CSE 698, CSE 3 credits, ABCF grading Thesis Proposal, or who does not make 699, seminars, and special topics). CSE 506 Operating Systems satisfactory progress toward completing This course is an in-depth study of important thesis research may lose financial Courses concepts and techniques found in modern com- support. The candidate must satisfy A current list of courses can be found at puter operating systems. An undergraduate all requirements for the Ph.D. degree course in operating systems is a prerequisite. www.cs.stonybrook.edu/graduate/courses/ The course focuses on in-depth study of such within seven years after completing index.html important issues as virtual memory, file sys- 24 credit hours of graduate courses in tems, networking, and multiprocessor support, the Department of Computer Science Required Courses for the M.S. with an eye to recent directions in these areas. at Stony Brook. In rare instances, the Non-Thesis Option Textbook readings are supplemented where Dean of the Graduate School will enter- appropriate by papers from the research litera- ture. An important part of the course is the case tain a petition to extend this time limit, CSE 500 Patterns in Programing study of an actual operating system. Students provided it bears the endorsement of This course provides an introduction to pro- study the source code for this operating system the Department’s graduate program gramming patterns often encountered in soft- and do programming exercises and projects ware systems. It presents the role of patterns director. A petition for extension must that involve modifying the operating system and introduces patterns used by computer sci- and measuring its performance. be submitted before the time limit has entists and software engineers. The course Prerequisite: CSE 306 covers a wide breadth of program types includ- been exceeded. The Dean or the Spring, 3 credits, ABCF grading Department may require evidence that ing user interfaces, numerical computing, event handling, and use of varied data struc- the student is still properly prepared CSE 507 Introduction to Computational tures. Patterns developed during the course Linguistics for the completion of work. are predominantly object-oriented patterns, Overview of computational approaches to lan- I. Part-Time Students including factory, facade, and many others. Not accepted for credit toward M.S. degree. guage use. Core topics include mathematical and logical foundations, syntax, semantics, and Students admitted into the Ph.D. Prerequisite: permission of instructor program for part-time study are bound progmatics. Special topics may include speech 3 credits, ABCF grading processing, dialog system machine translation by all the rules set out henceforth. information extraction, and information re- In particular, part-time students Graduate Courses trieval. Statistical and traditional approaches should adhere to the schedule for the are included. Students will develop familiarity Qualifying Examination, Research CSE 502 Computer Architecture with the literature and tools of the field. Proficiency Examination, and Thesis Topics covered include instruction pipelines and Prerequisites: CSE 537; CSE 541 Proposal unless a different schedule memory caches to improve computer perform- recommended ance; instruction-level parallelism; machines: Spring, 3 credits, ABCF grading has been approved in writing by the superscalar versus VLIW; cache and main Graduate Director. memory hierarchy design tradeoffs; compiler CSE 508 Network Security J. Satisfactory Progress and Time Limit optimizations to speed pipelines; low-power Principles and practice of computer network computer system design: processor, OS, and security. Cryptography, authentication pro- A Ph.D. student who has passed the compiler support; graphics, DSP, and media tocols, public key infrastructures, IP/www/ Research Proficiency Examination processor design; disk I/O system design; inter- E-commerce security, firewalls, VPN, and

130 COMPUTER SCIENCE intrusion detection. Fall, spring, and summer, 3 credits, CSE 529 Simulation and Modeling Prerequisite: CSE/ISE 310, or CSE 346 or ABCF grading A comprehensive course in formulation, imple- equivalent; limited to CSE graduate stu- May be repeated once for credit mentation, and application of simulation mod- dents; others, permission of instructor els. Topics include data structures, simulation 3 credits, ABCF grading CSE 524 Lab in Computer Science II languages, statistical analysis, pseudo-random This course involves implementation and number generation, and design of simulation CSE 509 Computer System Security completion of the project undertaken in CSE experiments. Students apply simulation model- Principles and practice of building and adminis- 523. Results are to reflect all aspects of large- ing methods to problems of their own design. tering secure systems. Authentication and scale problem-solving, including cost analy- This course is offered as CSE 529, AMS 553, access control. Operating system security. sis, design, testing, and documentation. A and MBA 553. Program security, database security. Key man- final report documenting requirements, Prerequisite: CSE 214 or equivalent; AMS agement. Information flow. Assurance. design, implementation, and testing is 310 or 507 or equivalent; or permission of Vulnerability analysis and intrusion detection. required. When appropriate, a user’s manual instructor Prerequisite: CSE 306 or CSE 376, or equiva- may be written. 3 credits, ABCF grading lent; limited to CSE graduate students; others, Prerequisite: CSE 523 permission of instructor Spring, 3 credits, ABCF grading CSE 530 Geometric Foundations 3 credits, ABCF grading This course will focus on mathematical tools, CSE 525 Introduction to Robotics geometric modeling techniques, and fundamen- May be repeated for credit This course introduces fundamental concepts tal algorithms that are relevant to graphics, CSE 510 Hybrid Systems in robotics. In the first half of the course, visualization, and other visual computing areas. The goal is to provide graduate students with a Hybrid systems combine discrete state- basic concepts will be discussed, including comprehensive knowledge of geometric con- machines and continuous differential equations coordinate transformation, kinematics, cepts and demonstrate the significance of these and have been used as models of a large num- dynamics. Laplace transforms, equations of mathematical tools and geometric algorithms in ber of applications in areas such as real-time motion, feedback and feedforward control, and trajectory planning. These topics will be graphics and relevant areas. Course topics software, embedded systems, robotics, mecha- include geometric algorithms for both polygo- tronics, aeronautics, process control and biolog- exemplified with Matlab/Simulink simulation studies. The second half of the course will nal and curved objects, theory of parametric ical systems. The course will cover the and implicit representations, modeling methods state-of-the-art of modeling, design and analy- focus on applying the knowledge from the ini- tial lectures to various motor systems, includ- of curves, surfaces, and solids, in-depth spline sis of hybrid systems. theory, rudiments of wavelet theory and multi- Prerequisite: Limited to CSE graduate stu- ing manipulators, artificial eye systems, locomotory systems, and mobile robotics. resolution shape representations, differential dents; others, permission of instructor There will be homeworks for Matlab/Simulink geometry fundamentals, and other sophisti- Spring, 3 credits, ABCF grading and a final project, a midterm, and a final. cated topics and latest advances in the field. May be repeated for credit 3 credits, ABCF grading Prerequisites: CSE 328 and CSE 332 Spring, 3 credits, ABCF grading CSE 515 Introduction to Transaction CSE 526 Principles of Programming Processing Systems Languages CSE 532 Theory of Database Systems Discusses transaction processing systems. Discusses programming language concepts and The course will cover advanced topics in mod- Topics covered include models of transactions, design, with emphasis on abstraction mecha- ern database systems, including object- including nested transactions and workflow; nisms. Topics include language paradigms (pro- oriented databases, rule-based databases, architectures of transaction processing sys- cedural, object-oriented, functional, and logic), temporal and active databases, parallel and tems, including client-server, two-tiered and language concepts (values, bindings, types, distributed databases, distributed object three-tiered architectures; concurrency con- modules), and foundations (lambda calculus, model, data mining, online analytical process- trols for conventional and relational databases denotational semantics). Examples will be ing, data warehousing, multimedia databases. including two-phase locking and the SQL isola- drawn from several representative languages, Fall and spring, 3 credits, ABCF grading tion levels; logging and recovery; distributed such as C, Java, Standard ML, and Prolog. transactions including the two-phase commit CSE 533 Network Programming protocol; replication; Internet commerce, Prerequisite: CSE 307 Spring, 3 credits, ABCF grading Topics include socket and client-server including encryption, the SSL and SET proto- programming, remote procedure calls, data cols, goods atomicity, and electronic cash. CSE 527 Introduction to Computer Vision compression standards and techniques, real- Prerequisite: CSE 305 Introduction to basic concepts in computer time protocols (audio chat, etc.) security and Fall, 3 credits, ABCF grading cryptography (specifically, application layer vision. Low-level image analysis, image forma- security issues, authentication), Web-related tion, edge detection, segmentation. Image CSE 523 Introduction to Software programming (CGI, Java/JavaScript, HTTP, transformations for image synthesis methods Engineering and Project Plan etc.), network management (SNMP-based man- for 3-D scene reconstruction, motion analysis, A project in programming or digital system agement, dynamic/CORBA-based management). object recognition. design that will extend over two consecutive Prerequisites: CSE 306 and CSE 310 Prerequisites: CSE 214, linear algebra, semesters. The student starts the project in Fall and spring, 3 credits, ABCF grading one semester by registering for CSE 523 and calculus, C/C++ proficiencies completes the project in the following semes- 3 credits, ABCF grading CSE 534 Fundamentals of Computer ter by registering for CSE 524. Before the Networks deadline date designated by the course instruc- CSE 528 Computer Graphics Data Transmission: Introduction to Fourier tor the student will prepare a one-to-two-page This course emphasizes a hands-on approach to analysis; data coding and signals, noise, description of the work that is expected to be the use of computer graphics. The topics cov- Nyquist’s Theorem, Shannon’s theorem, band- completed during the two semester sequence. ered include models, picture description, and width/baud rate/bit rate; data multiplexing This description, reviewed and approved by interaction; c windowing, clipping, panning, techniques, ASK, FSK, PSK); Modems, and the student’s advisor, will reside in the stu- and zooming; geometrical transformations in 2- modern standards and techniques (e.g. Trellis dent’s file. Performance in completing the D and 3-D; algorithms for raster displays Coding, etc.), Data Link Layer: Protocols; course requirements will be evaluated with (scan-line conversion, polygon fill, polygon clip- Error detection and correction; flow control; reference to the implied promise contained. ping, etc.); hidden line and hidden surface etc., Network Layer: protocols; routing algo- Amendments to the project description must removal, shading models; user interaction. The rithms; flow and detection and correction; con- be approved by the advisor. This course is students will implement a substantial graphics gestion control; etc., quality-of-service issues at graded separately from CSE 524. application program. the network and transport layer, local area net- Prerequisite: Limited to CSE graduate Prerequisite: CSE 328 works (including MAC, high-speed LANs; students; others, permission of instructor. Fall, 3 credits, ABCF grading wireless LANs; bridges; etc), high-speed

131 COMPUTER SCIENCE networks (BISDN; ATM standard, etc.). CSE 547 Discrete Mathematics CSE 581 Topics in Computer Science 3 credits, ABCF grading This course introduces such mathematical tools An advanced lecture course on a new topic in as summations, number theory, binomial coeffi- computer science. The course is primarily CSE 535 Asynchronous Systems cients, generating functions, recurrence designed for M.S. students, but can be taken Discusses asynchronous systems, their descrip- relations, discrete probability, asymptotics, by Ph.D. students as well. Semester supple- tion using concurrent and distributed program- combinatorics, and graph theory for use in ments to this Bulletin contain specific ming languages, and their verification. Topics algorithmic and combinatorial analysis. This description when course is offered. include concurrent programming using shared course is offered as both CSE 547 and AMS 547. 3 credits, ABCF grading memory and message passing, formal seman- Prerequisite: AMS 301 May be repeated for credit as the topic tics of communication, reliability, and concur- Spring, 3 credits, ABCF grading changes, but cannot be used more than twice rent algorithms. to satisfy CSE major requirements for M.S. Prerequisite: Limited to CSE graduate stu- CSE 548 Analysis of Algorithms dents; others, permission of Department Techniques for designing efficient algorithms, CSE 582 Topics in Computer Science including choice of data structures, recursion, 3 credits, ABCF grading An advanced lecture course on a new topic in branch and bound, divide and conquer, and computer science. The course is primarily CSE 536 Introduction to User-Interface dynamic programming. Complexity analysis of designed for M.S. students, but can be taken Development searching, sorting, matrix multiplication, and by Ph.D. students as well. Semester supple- graph algorithms. Standard NP-complete Survey of user-interface systems, includes ments to this Bulletin contain specific problems and polynomial transformation command language, windowing, multiple description when course is offered. techniques. This course is offered as both AMS input/output devices, architecture of user 3 credits, ABCF grading 542 and CSE 548. interface management systems, toolkits for May be repeated for credit as the topic Prerequisite: CSE 373 recommended designing user-interface, human factors, changes, but cannot be used more than twice Spring, 3 credits, ABCF grading standards, visual languages. The course also to satisfy CSE major requirements for M.S. includes discussion of emerging technologies, CSE 549 Computational Biology such as systems for cooperative work, phys- CSE 587 Proficiency Requirement in This course focuses on current problems in ically distributed user-interfaces, parallelism Computer Science computational biology and bioinformatics. Our and user-interfaces, virtual reality. A sub- Students can get credit for a 300-level under- stantial project requiring the design, imple- emphasis will be algorithmic, on discovering appropriate combinatorial algorithm problems graduate course by registering for CSE 587. mentation, and evaluation of a user-interface The syllabus of the undergraduate course must and the techniques to solve them. Primary top- will be required. specify additional work that graduate students ics will include DNA sequence assembly, 3 credits, ABCF grading must do in order to pass the course. Graduate DNA/protein sequence assembly, DNA/protein students taking an undergraduate course sequence comparison, hybridization array CSE 537 Artificial Intelligence under CSE 587 number must be graded sepa- analysis, RNA and protein folding, and phylo- rately from the undergraduate students. See A comprehensive introduction to the problems genic trees. of artificial intelligence and techniques for Graduate Student Handbook for restrictions on Prerequisite: CSE 373 or CSE 548; or consent attacking them. Topics include problem rep- the use of this course. resentation, problem-solving methods, search, of instructor Fall and spring, 2 credits, ABCF grading pattern recognition, natural language process- Fall, 3 credits, ABCF grading May be repeated for credit ing, learning, expert systems, AI programming languages and techniques. Covers both theoret- CSE 555 Computational Geometry CSE 590 Topics in Computer Science ical methods and practical implementations. Study of the fundamental algorithmic prob- An advanced lecture course on a new topic in lems associated with geometric computations, Prerequisites: MAT 371 or CSE 541 computer science. The course is primarily including convex hulls, Voronoi diagrams, tri- Fall, 3 credits, ABCF grading designed for M.S. students, but can be taken by angulation, intersection, range queries, visi- Ph.D. students as well. Semester supplements bility, arrangements, and motion planning for CSE 540 Theory of Computation to this Bulletin contain specific description robotics. Algorithmic methods include plane when course is offered. Topics include models of computation: finite- sweep, incremental insertion, randomization, Prerequisite: Limited to CSE graduate stu- state machines, stack machines, Turing divide-and-conquer, etc. This course is offered dents; others, permission of instructor machines, Church’s thesis; computability as both AMS 545 and CSE 555. Spring, 3 credits, ABCF grading theory: halting problem and unsolvability, Prerequisite: CSE 373 or CSE 548 introductory recursion theory; complexity May be repeated for credit as the topic Spring, 3 credits, ABCF grading theory: complexity measures, time and space changes, but cannot be used more than twice to satisfy CSE major requirements for M.S. hierarchy, NP-complete problems. CSE 564 Visualization Prerequisite: CSE 303 The course emphasizes a hands-on approach Fall, 3 credits, ABCF grading CSE 591 Topics in Computer Science to scientific visualization. Topics include tra- An advanced lecture course on a new topic in ditional visualization, the visualization CSE 541 Logic in Computer Science computer science. The course is primarily process, visual perception, basic graphics and designed for M.S. students, but can be taken by A survey of the logical foundations of math- imaging concepts, volume and surface visual- Ph.D. students as well. Semester supplements ematics and the relationships to computer ization, volume graphics, visualization of to this Bulletin contain specific description science; development of propositional calculus sampled and computed data case studies, and when course is offered. and quantification theory; the notions of a visualization systems. Prerequisite: Limited to CSE graduate proof and of a model; completeness theorem. Spring, 3 credits, ABCF grading students; others, permission of instructor Pre- or co-requisite: MAT 313 and CSE 213 Spring, 3 credits, ABCF grading Spring, 3 credits, ABCF grading CSE 580 Topics in Computer Science May be repeated for credit as the topic An advanced lecture course on a new topic in changes, but cannot be used more than twice CSE 542 Speech Processing computer science. The course is primarily to satisfy CSE major requirements for M.S. Introductory speech processing course, sur- designed for M.S. students, but can be taken veying speech analysis, speech recognition and by Ph.D. students as well. Semester supple- CSE 592 Topics in Computer Science speech synthesis. Students will develop famil- ments to this Bulletin contain specific An advanced lecture course on a new topic in iarity with speech processing tools (PRAAT, description when course is offered. computer science. The course is primarily HTK, Festival). 3 credits, ABCF grading designed for M.S. students, but can be taken by Prerequisite: CSE 526 or permission of May be repeated for credit as the topic Ph.D. students as well. Semester supplements instructor changes, but cannot be used more than twice to this Bulletin contain specific description Spring, 3 credits, ABCF grading to satisfy CSE major requirements for M.S. when course is offered.

132 COMPUTER SCIENCE

Prerequisite: Limited to CSE graduate CSE 599 M.S. Thesis Research evaluating performance of computer systems, students; others, permission of instructor This course can be used only for M.S. Thesis including centralized, distributed, parallel, Spring, 3 credits, ABCF grading research; non-thesis research should be done client/server based systems, and computer May be repeated for credit as the topic under the designation of CSE 593: Independent communication networks. The goal is to changes, but cannot be used more than twice Study. M.S. students who wish to enroll in CSE develop a perspective on how the performance to satisfy CSE major requirements for M.S. 599 for any number of credits must prepare a of computer systems or networks should be one-to-two-page description of the work to be evaluated to decide on various design alter- CSE 593 Independent Study in Computer completed. The description must be approved natives. The course will include various ana- Science by the research advisor, signed by both student lytical techniques, mainly based on Markov Students can register for this course to conduct and advisor, and will reside in the student’s file. models and queuing theory, and simulation or participate in a project under the supervision Amendments to the proposal must be approved modeling. of a Computer Science faculty member. The by the advisor. Up to nine credits of CSE 599 Prerequisites: Limited to CSE graduate student must prepare a description of the proj- can be counted toward the 31 credits that are students; others, permission of instructor required for graduation. ect or the course to be taken and submit it Fall, 3 credits, ABCF grading Prerequisite: Limited to CSE graduate before the add/drop deadline to the project May be repeated twice for credit sponsor. The description will reside in the stu- students; others, permission of instructor dent’s file. Both M.S. and Ph.D. students can Fall, spring, and summer, 1-12 credits, CSE 606 Performance Evaluation of take this course. This course cannot be taken as S/U grading Computer Systems part of M.S. Thesis research—use CSE 599 in May be repeated for credit The purpose of this course is to provide this case. Ph.D. students take CSE 593 for any background and training in understanding kind of research or project work prior to and evaluating performance of computer advancement to candidacy (G5 status). After Advanced Courses the advancement, CSE 699 should be used to systems, including centralized, distributed, conduct Dissertation Research. The following are courses normally parallel, client/server-based systems, and Prerequisite: Limited to CSE graduate considered appropriate for the Ph.D. computer communication networks. The goal is to develop a perspective on how the per- students; others, permission of instructor program, although they can be elected Fall, spring, and summer, 1-9 credits, formance of computer systems or networks by M.S. students with permission of should be evaluated in order to decide on ABCF grading the advisor. various design alternatives. The course will May be repeated for credit CSE 600 Topics in Modern Computer Science include various analytical techniques, mainly CSE 594 Topics in Computer Science A survey of current computer science research based on Markov models and queuing theory, An advanced lecture course on a new topic in areas and issues. This course comprises lectures and simulation modeling. computer science. This course is primarily by faculty members and visitors, selected read- Prerequisites: Limited to CSE graduate stu- designed for M.S. students, but can be taken ings, and introductory-level research problems. dents; others, permission of instructor by Ph.D. students as well. Semester supple- Prerequisite: Permission of instructor Fall, 3 credits, ABCF grading ments to this Bulletin contain specific 1 credit, S/U grading May be repeated twice for credit description when course is offered. May be May be repeated for credit repeated for credit as the topic changes, but CSE 608 Advanced Computer Security cannot be used more than twice to satisfy the CSE 601 Advanced Image Processing Advanced course on principles and practice of CSE major requirements for the M.S. Modern approaches to image processing, engineering secure information systems. Prerequisite: Admission to CSE Graduate statistical image formation and image models, Topics covered include threats and vulnerabili- Program; instructor’s permission image restoration, reconstruction and segmen- ties, counter measures, legal policy issues, Fall, spring, every year, 3 credits, tation, and applications to medical imaging. risk management and assurance. In-depth ABCF grading Crosslisted with ESE 559. coverage of various research problems, May be repeated for credit Prerequisites: Linear analysis, engineering which will vary from one offering of the course math, Fourier analysis, calculus, to another. CSE 595 Topics in Computer Science programming Prerequisite: CSE 508 or permission of An advanced lecture course on a new topic in 3 credits, ABCF grading instructor computer science. This course is primarily Spring, 3 credits, ABCF grading designed for M.S. students, but can be taken CSE 602 Advanced Computer Architecture May be repeated twice for credit by Ph.D. students as well. Semester supple- The focus will be on the architectural rather ments to this Bulletin contain specific than micro-architectural issues, and a systems CSE 610 Parallel Computer Architectures description when course is offered. approach to computer architecture taking Topics include parallel computer systems; Fall, spring, every year, 3 credits, into account the interaction between the important parallel applications; parallel ABCF grading architecture and the compiler, operating sys- computation models; interconnection net- May be repeated for credit as the topic tem, database, and networking. The course works; SIMD and MIMD architectures; starts with superscalar/VLIW processor changes, but cannot be used more than twice hybrid architectures; memory management; architecture and proceeds to memory hierar- cache coherence; distributed shared memory; to satisfy the CSE major requirements for chy, storage systems, network hardware, synchronization methods; operating systems; the M.S. graphics processor, and database machines. compilers; and programming tools. The emphasis will be on hands-on evaluation CSE 596 M.S. Internship in Research of architectural ideas, the exploration of Prerequisite: CSE 502 or permission of Participation in private corporations, public software/hardware design trade-offs, and the instructor agencies, or non-profit institutions. Students articulation of experimental procedures and 3 credits, ABCF grading will be required to have a faculty coordinator as performance analysis. A publication-quality well as a contact in the outside organization to class project will be required. CSE 611 Transaction Processing participate with them in regular consultations Prerequisite: CSE 502 or permission of An advanced course in transaction processing on the project, and to submit a final report to instructor systems covering the latest developments both. At most one credit can be accepted 3credits, ABCF grading in the area. Topics include stable storage, toward the M.S. degree. distributed database systems, commitment Prerequisite: Permission of graduate program CSE 605 Performance Evaluation of protocols, failures, replication and advanced director Computer Systems models of transactions. Fall and spring, 1-3 credits, S/U grading The purpose of this course is to provide back- Prerequisite: CSE 515 May be repeated for credit ground and training in understanding and 3 credits, ABCF grading

133 COMPUTER SCIENCE

CSE 612 Advanced Visualization and Volume Prerequisite: CSE 333 or CSE 536 constraints, distributed control algorithms Graphics 3 credits, ABCF grading (synchronization, configuration, deadlock This course discusses advanced concepts detection, and searches), and existing distrib- in the area of volumetric data modeling CSE 618 Advanced Computer Graphics uted operating systems. and visualization. Topics included are: visual Advanced topics in rendering and modeling Prerequisite: CSE 506 or permission of exploration of multi-variate and multi- realistic 3-D imagery including texture map- instructor dimensional datasets on regular and irregular ping and synthesis, radiosity, amorphous phe- 3 credits, ABCF grading grids, modeling of natural phenomena and nomena, artificial life, and animation. Further simulation of realistic illumination, volumes as contents include introductions to free-form CSE 625 Asynchronous Systems magic clay for sculpting and deformation effects, curves and surfaces, volume rendering, and Formal specification and verification of asyn- non-photorealistic rendering for illustration image-based rendering. chronous systems. Topics include concurrent and artistic works, information-centric explo- Prerequisite: Limited to CSE graduate programming, process algebras, logics for ration of large datasets and exploitation of students; others, permission of instructor describing the properties of concurrent sys- hardware for acceleration. The course strives 3 credits, ABCF grading tems, and formal semantics of communication. to provide a snapshot on the current state of May be repeated up to nine times for credit Prerequisite: CSE 535 or permission of the art and will be supported mostly by instructor recent research papers. Students will expand CSE 620 Virtual Reality 3 credits, ABCF grading on a topic of their choice by completing an individual project. Practical issues in the design and implemen- May be repeated for credit tation of virtual environments. Topics include Prerequisites: CSE 564; limited to CSE system requirements, transformations, user- CSE 626 Switching and Routing in Parallel graduate students; others, permission of interaction models, human vision models, and Distributed Systems instructor input/output devices and techniques, tracking This course covers various switching and rout- Fall, 3 credits, ABCF grading systems, augmented reality, and virtual-reality ing issues in parallel and distributed systems. applications. The course will involve a substan- Topics include message switching techniques, CSE 613 Parallel Programming tial programming project to implement an design of interconnection networks, permuta- Algorithms and technique for programming immersive virtual reality system. tion, multicast and all-to-all routing in various highly parallel computers. Trends in parallel Prerequisite: CSE 328, 528, 332, or 564 networking nonblocking, and rearrangable and distributed computing; shared address 3 credits, ABCF grading capability analysis and performance modeling. space and message passing architectures; Prerequisites: ESE 503 and 545 or CSE 502 design issues for parallel algorithms; converting CSE 621 Physics-based Modeling for Visual and 547, or permission of instructor sequential algorithms into equivalent parallel Computing 3 credits, ABCF grading algorithms; synchronization and data sharing; A unified approach to various fields such improving performance of parallel algorithms; as graphics, visualization, computer-aided CSE 628 Natural Language Processing interconnection network topologies, routing, geometric design, biomedical imaging, vision, A survey of computational approaches to nat- and flow control; latency limits on speedup of and virtual environment. The course will ural language processing issues in phonology, algorithms by parallel implementations. explore select research topics centered on morphology, syntax, semantics, and pragmat- Prerequisite: CSE 502 or permission of physics-based modeling methodology and ics. Topics to be discussed include natural instructor associated computational methods for theo- language parsing algorithms, generation 3 credits, ABCF grading retical and practical problems in widespread algorithms, and knowledge representations. areas of visual computing. The emphasis will Models for speech recognition systems, story CSE 614 Advanced Programming Languages be on geometric and solid modeling, geomet- understanding systems, and natural language Selected topics on advanced programming ric design techniques, wavelets and multi- front ends to databases and other application languages technology. Program analysis and resolution analysis, deformable models based programs will be investigated. transformation, program optimization and on mathematical physics, variational analysis, Prerequisite: CSE 537 program manipulation systems. Very high- optimization methods, numerical simulation 3 credits, ABCF grading level and declarative languages such as sets with finite-difference and finite-element algo- and relations-based languages and deductive rithms, differential equations for initial-value CSE 630 Theory of Computational Complexity and object-oriented languages. and boundary-value problems, force-driven Machine-based polynomial-time complexity Prerequisite: CSE 526 or CSE 504 interaction with constraints, dynamic sculpting theory, including nondeterministic computa- Spring, 3 credits, ABCF grading system, and a large variety of applications for tion, probabilistic computation, time and May be repeated for credit visual computing. space trade-off, and complexity hierarchy; Prerequisite: CSE 528 or permission of applications to related areas such as combina- CSE 615 Advanced Computer Vision instructor torial algorithms and cryptography. Survey of methods used for the analysis of 3 credits, ABCF grading Prerequisites: CSE 540 or CSE 548 or images by computer, including computer permission of instructor vision and pattern recognition. Topics to be CSE 622 Advanced Database Systems 3 credits, ABCF grading covered are image formation, image segmen- The course covers selected topics on the tation and edge detection, binary images and cutting edge of database technology, such as CSE 631 Advanced Logic in Computer shape analysis, shape from shading, motion deductive database query languages and sys- Science field and optical flow, surface inference, tems, object-oriented data models, persistent The course may include the following: deduc- classification techniques. programming languages, heterogeneous tive theorem proving (resolution, sequent- Prerequisite: B.S. degree in Computer databases, and advanced transaction models. style calculi, natural deduction), inductive Science, Engineering, Mathematical or Prerequisite: CSE 532 or permission of theorem proving, equational reasoning Physical Sciences instructor (rewrite systems), non-classical logics (modal 3 credits, ABCF grading 3 credits, ABCF grading logics, intuitionistic logic). Prerequisite: CSE 541 or permission of CSE 616 Digital Multimedia Systems CSE 624 Advanced Operating Systems instructor In-depth survey of multimedia computing, This is a survey of modern operating system 3 credits, S/U grading including media conversion, data compres- techniques, especially those needed for dis- sion, multimedia data representation and tributed operating systems. Topics include CSE 633 Computability and Undecidability modeling, authoring techniques, audio and network topologies, interprocess communica- Computability theory based on Turing video editing, 2-D and 3-D animation, media tion, failure detection and system recovery, machines and recursive functions; proof by synchronization, distributed multimedia, and local kernel functions, global network serv- diagonalization and reducibility; unsolvable advanced application development. ices, location transparency, large network problems in set, group, number and language

134 COMPUTER SCIENCE theory; reducibility orderings and degrees of Seminars and Special Topics students; others need instructor consent unsolvability; priority methods and Post’s Courses Fall, 1 credit, S/U grading problem. May be repeated for credit Prerequisite: CSE 540 or permission of instructor CSE 640 Seminar in Theory of Computing CSE 658 Seminar on Mobile and Wireless Spring, 3 credits, ABCF grading 1 credit, S/U grading Networking This seminar course will draw topics from CSE 634 Data Mining Concepts and CSE 641 Seminar in Logic in Computer mobile and wireless networks of current Techniques Science interest. The main focus will be multi-hop Data mining is a new, promising and flour- 1 credit, S/U grading wireless networks. It will cover topics on ishing interdisciplinary field drawing work mobile routing, multiple access and transport from areas including database technology, CSE 642 Seminar in Algorithms protocols for such networks. It will also cover artificial intelligence, machine learning, 1 credit, S/U grading topics from micromobility architectures and pattern recognition, high-performance com- pervasive computing. puting, and data visualization. It focuses on CSE 643 Seminar in Concurrency Prerequisites: Limited to CSE graduate stu- issues relating to the feasibility, usefulness, dents; others, permission of instructor 1 credit, S/U grading efficiency and scalability of techniques for Fall, 1 credit, S/U grading automated extraction of patterns representing May be repeated twice for credit knowledge implicity stored in large databases, CSE 644 Seminar in Databases warehouses, and other massive information 1 credit, S/U grading CSE 659 Seminar in Computer Security repositories. The course gives a broad, yet Seminar course, covering various research in-depth overview of the field of data mining CSE 645 Seminar in Languages problems in computer security. and presents one or two techniques in rigor- ous detail. 1 credit, S/U grading Spring, 1 credit, S/U grading Prerequisite: Database course May be repeated for credit 3 credits, ABCF grading CSE 646 Seminar in Artificial Intelligence 1 credit, S/U grading CSE 660 Seminar in Media Networks CSE 636 Analysis and Synthesis of Computer Graduate seminar that covers recent work on Communication Networks CSE 647 Seminar in Image Processing multimedia and networks. Topics include analysis of message queuing 1 credit, S/U grading Fall and spring, 1 credit, S/U grading and buffering in computer networks; survey May be repeated for credit of OSI layered architecture; network CSE 648 Seminar in Graphics CSE 661 Seminar in Data Privacy topology; local, metropolitan, and wide area 1 credit, S/U grading networks; circuit and packet switching tech- Current research in data privacy. niques; high-speed and lightwave network Prerequisite: Limited to CSE graduate stu- concepts: Synchronous Optical Network CSE 649 Seminar in Operating Systems dents; others, permission of instructor (SONET), Fiber Distributed Data Interface 1 credit, S/U grading Spring, 1 credit, S/U grading (FDDI), Distributed Queue Dual Bus May be repeated for credit (DQDB-QPSX), Integrated Services Digital CSE 650 Seminar in Architecture Networks (ISDN), Broadband-ISDN, and 1 credit, S/U grading CSE 662 Seminar in Applied Cryptography Asynchronous Transfer Mode (ATM). 1 credit, S/U grading Prerequisite: CSE 533 CSE 651 Seminar in Applications May be repeated for credit 3 credits, ABCF grading 1 credit, S/U grading CSE 665 Special Topics in Theory of Computing CSE 637 Program Semantics and Verification Topics include formal approaches to defining CSE 652 Seminar in User Interfaces 2 credits, ABCF grading semantics of programming languages: deno- 1 credit, S/U grading tational, operational, axiomatic, and transfor- CSE 666 Special Topics in Logic in Computer mational semantics; formal systems for CSE 653 Seminar in Virtual Reality Science program verification; logics of program, type 1 credit, S/U grading 2 credits, ABCF grading theory, lambda calculus; further topics selected from term rewriting approach to CSE 667 Special Topics in Algorithms proving properties of data types, and semantics CSE 654 Seminar in Visualization 2 credits, ABCF grading and verification of languages with concurrent 1 credit, S/U grading and parallel constructs. Prerequisite: CSE 541 CSE 655 Seminar in Modeling and Simulation CSE 668 Special Topics in Concurrency 3 credits, ABCF grading 1 credit, S/U grading 2 credits, ABCF grading CSE 638 Advanced Algorithms CSE 656 Seminar in Computer Vision CSE 669 Special Topics in Databases This is an advanced course in the design and Current readings in computer vision and 2 credits, ABCF grading analysis of combinatorial algorithms, focusing image understanding. on recent material and special topics, includ- Prerequisite: Limited to CSE graduate CSE 670 Special Topics in Languages ing randomized algorithms, approximation students; others need instructor consent 2 credits, ABCF grading algorithms for NP-complete problems, string Fall, 1 credit, S/U grading algorithms, amortized analysis of data struc- May be repeated for credit tures, and heuristic methods such as simu- CSE 671 Special Topics in Artificial Intelligence lated annealing. Material will be selected to CSE 657 Seminar in Design Analysis 2 credits, ABCF grading have little or no overlap with traditional Methods for constructing reliable and efficient introductory algorithms courses. computer systems. Topics include: modeling CSE 672 Special Topics in Image Processing Prerequisite: CSE 548 or permission of and specification, analysis and verification, 2 credits, ABCF grading instructor design and optimization, code generation, sim- 3 credits, ABCF grading ulation and testing. Tool support. Applications CSE 673 Special Topics in Graphics and case studies. 2 credits, ABCF grading Prerequisite: Limited to CSE graduate

135 COMPUTER SCIENCE

CSE 674 Special Topics in Operating Systems CSE 684 Special Topics in Computer Security CSE 700 Dissertation Research Off Campus– 2 credits, ABCF grading Special topics course covering selected Domestic research areas in computer security. Prerequisite: Must be advanced to candidacy CSE 675 Special Topics in Architecture Spring, 2 credits, ABCF grading (G5); major portion of research will take 2 credits, ABCF grading May be repeated once for credit place off campus, but in the U.S. and/or U.S. provinces (Brookhaven National Lab and CSE 685 Special Topics in Media Networks Cold Spring Harbor Lab are considered on CSE 676 Special Topics in Applications Current topics in media networks. campus); all international students must 2 credits, ABCF grading Prerequisite: Limited to CSE graduate enroll in one of the graduate student students insurance plans and should be advised by CSE 677 Special Topics in User Interfaces Fall and spring, 2 credits, ABCF grading an International Advisor 2 credits, ABCF grading May be repeated for credit Fall, spring, and summer, 1-9 credits, CSE 678 Special Topics in Virtual Reality CSE 686 Special Topics in Data Privacy S/U grading May be repeated for credit 2 credits, ABCF grading Advanced research topics course. Prerequsiste: Limited to CSE graduate stu- CSE 701 Dissertation Research Off Campus– CSE 679 Special Topics in Visualization dents; others, permission of instructor International Spring, 2 credits, S/U grading 2 credits, ABCF grading Prerequisite: Must be advanced to candidacy May be repeated for credit (G5); major portion of research will take CSE 680 Special Topics on Modeling and CSE 687 Special Topics in Applied place outside the U.S. and/or U.S. provinces; Simulation Cryptography domestic students have the option of the This is an advanced modeling and simulation 2 credits, ABCF grading health plan and may also enroll in course on selected research topics. This appli- May be repeated for credit MEDEX; international students who are in cation-oriented course tries to address issues their home country are not covered by of modeling and simulation from graphics, mandatory health plan and must contact animation, CAD/CAM, medicine, artificial CSE 690, 691, 692 Advanced Topics in life, and virtual environments. Primary areas Computer Science the Insurance Office for the insurance covered by this course include visual model- An advanced lecture course on new topics in charge to be removed; international students ing, mathematical methods for geometry, computer science. This course is primarily who are not in their home country are shape design technology, computational designed for Ph.D. students, but can be taken charged for the mandatory health insurance physics for simulation, and scientific comput- by M.S. students as well. Semester supple- (if they are to be covered by another ing techniques. New topics will be added each ments to this Bulletin contain specific insurance plan they must file a waiver by year to reflect the latest state of the art. description when course is offered. the second week of classes; the charge will be Prerequisite: Limited to CSE graduate Prerequisite: Graphics/visualization removed only if other plan is deemed com- students; others, permission of instructor background or permission of the instructor parable); all international students must Spring, 3 credits, ABCF grading Fall and spring, 2 credits, ABCF grading receive clearance from an International May be repeated for credit as the topic Advisor CSE 681 Special Topics in Computer Vision changes, but cannot be used more than twice to satisfy CSE major requirements for M.S. Fall, spring, and summer, 1-9 credits, Advanced research topics course. S/U grading Prerequisite: Limited to CSE graduate May be repeated for credit students; others need instructor consent Ph.D. Teaching and Research Fall, 2 credits, ABCF grading Experience CSE 800 Summer Research May be repeated for credit 0 credit, S/U grading CSE 696 Internship in Research May be repeated for credit CSE 682 Special Topics in Design Analysis See CSE 596 for similar description. Methods for constructing reliable and Fall and spring, 1 credit, S/U grading ISE 503 Data Management efficient computer systems. Topics include: May be repeated for credit This course provides an understanding of the modeling and specification, analysis and veri- CSE 698 Practicum in Teaching issues in managing database systems as an fication, design and optimization, code gener- essential organizational resource. Students ation, simulation and testing. Tool support. Normally taken by Ph.D. students in their learn the enterprise data architecture compo- Applications and case studies. first year in conjunction with a TA. nents, data storage configurations, and infor- Prerequisite: Limited to CSE graduate Fall, spring, and summer, 1-3 credits, mation retrieval methods. It expands from the students; others, instructor consent ABCF grading relational model to the multidimensional model, Fall, 2 credits, ABCF grading May be repeated for credit object-relational techniques, and web accessed May be repeated for credit data. The course includes concepts, principles, CSE 699 Dissertation Research On Campus issues, and techniques for managing corporate CSE 683 Special Topics in Mobile and This course is normally taken by advanced data resources. Techniques for managing the Wireless Networking Ph.D. students when they conduct research design and development of large database sys- This course will draw topics from mobile and toward their thesis. Only Ph.D. students who tems including logical data models, concurrent have been advanced to candidacy (G5 status) wireless networks of current interest. The processing, data distribution, database admin- can take this course. Students who have the main focus will be multi-hop wireless net- istration, data warehousing, data cleansing, and G3 and G4 status and participate in a data mining. Students will use current methods works. It will cover topics on mobile routing, research project with their advisor can reg- and tools for database design and development. multiple access and transport protocols for ister for CSE 593 Independent Study. such networks. It will also cover topics from Prerequisite: Limited to CSE/ISE graduate Prerequisite: Must be advanced to candidacy micromobility architectures and pervasive (G5); major portion of research must take students; others, permission of instructor computing. place on SB campus, at Cold Spring Harbor, 3 credits, ABCF grading Prerequisites: Limited to CSE graduate stu- or at Brookhaven National Lab; limited to May be repeated up to nine times for credit dents; others, permission of instructor CSE graduate students; others, permission ISE 504 Analysis, Modeling, and Design Fall and spring, 2 credits, ABCF grading of instructor This course provides an understanding and May be repeated twice for credit Fall, spring, and summer, 1-9 credits, application of system analysis and design S/U grading processes. Students evaluate and choose appro- May be repeated for credit priate system development methodologies and

136 COMPUTER SCIENCE design a system. Students learn the importance of effective communication and integration with users and user systems. The course emphasizes interpersonal skill development with clients, users, team members, and others associated with the development, operation, and maintenance of systems. The course includes the system development life cycle; analysis and design techniques; information systems planning and project identification and selection, requirements collection and structur- ing, process modeling, data modeling, design of interface and data management, system imple- mentation and operation, system maintenance, change management implications of sys- tems, and globalization issues in systems. Students will use current methods and tools such as rapid application development, proto- typing, and visual development. 3 credits, ABCF grading May be repeated once for credit ISE 506 Quantitative Computer Architecture Explores the physical structure of a computer; machine representation of information; archi- tecture and organization of various main- frame, mini-, and microcomputers; primary and secondary storage; and input and output communication. Architectural choices are compared and used to determine resulting function and performance. Architectural trade-offs are also identified. 3 credits, ABCF grading May be repeated up to nine times for credit ISE 507 Project Management The course focuses on both the technical ISE 517 Human Factors in Systems aspects of project management and the human Engineering aspects. Technical components include project The course focuses on techniques to integrate definition, work breakdown structure develop- human factors into the design of systems so ment, and the use of optimization techniques that the systems match human abilities and for planning a project and optimizing schedules. limitations. The course addresses techniques to Graphical approaches to project definition are translate system requirements into project- addressed, as are needs analysis, preliminary specific design requirements. The course design, and detailed design and implementa- addresses physiological and mental characteris- tion. Human aspects of project management tics of humans and emphasizes methods used to include forming a project team, managing per- generate human factors inputs for engineering formance, and resolving conflicts. work products. The course describes the effect Prerequisite: ISE graduate students or of human factors on each stage of development. permission of instructor Cannot be used towards M.S. or Ph.D. degree 3 credits, ABCF grading in Computer Science. Prerequisite: Limited to CSE and ISE gradu- ISE 516 Systems Engineering Principles ate students; others, permission of instructor An introduction to the full range of systems Spring, 3 credits, ABCF grading engineering concepts, tools and techniques. These elements are applied to both large- and May be repeated once for credit small-scale projects. The course provides a review of the stages of an integrated, top-down, life-cycle approach to design engineering— from analysis of customer requirements to maintenance and support, from definition of systems operational concepts through material disposal and ability and maintainability engi- neering, human factors, safety, logistics engi- neering, quality engineering and value-cost engineering. The course also includes a treat- ment of crucial management issues, such as the planning and development of Systems Engineering Management Plans (SEMPs), work breakdown structures (WBSs), cost projections, and supplier selection and management. 3 credits, ABCF grading May be repeated once for credit

137 CREATIVE WRITING AND LITERATURE Creative Writing and Literature (CWL) Director: Robert Reeves, Southampton, Chancellors Hall Room 238, (631) 632-5030 Associate Director: Carla Caglioti, Southampton, Chancellors Hall Room 238, (631) 632-5016 Program Coordinator: Adrienne Unger, Southampton, Chancellors Hall Room 238, (631) 632-5030

Degrees awarded: MFA in Creative Writing and Literature

The MFA program in Writing and ulty. Graduate students in the program Completed applications should be Literature at Stony Brook Southampton will assist in planning and running the mailed to: emphasizes creative work in fiction, Conference, and will have the option of MFA in Writing and Literature poetry, and scriptwriting. However, the taking a Conference workshop for Stony Brook Southampton program also extends its emphasis credit. The Writers Conference also 239 Montauk Highway beyond the familiar categories of cre- encourages participation by visiting stu- Southampton, NY 11968 ative expression to treat all forms of dents—new writers, established writ- Phone: (631) 632-5030 writing as equally relevant to under- ers, teachers of writing, and Application Deadline: standing and mastering a world con- editors—who will be admitted by appli- The MFA program in Writing and structed out of words. In particular, the cation and may receive academic credit Literature accepts applications for program broadens its interest to include upon request. admission on a rolling basis. To receive forms of scientific writing—environ- full consideration for admission with mental, medical, technological—to draw Stony Brook Manhattan financial support, completed admission benefits from the University’s well- MFA courses are regularly taught in the and financial aid applications should be established strength in science. fall and spring semester at Stony Brook filed by January 15 for the fall semester The 42 academic credits for the MFA Manhattan. Stony Brook Manhattan is and October 1 for the spring semester. program is divided among required conveniently located at 28th Street and courses that introduce students to the Park Avenue South. The location is easy I. M.F.A. in Writing and Literature profession and discipline of writing and to reach by bus, train, and subway. Admission Requirements the skills necessary to teach writing to The Southampton Review Applicants for the MFA program in others; advanced writing workshops in a Writing and Literature must have a variety of writing genres; seminars The Southampton Review (TSR), spon- bachelor’s degree from an accredited col- designed to focus closely on an issue or sored by the MFA Program in Writing lege or university. The program accepts type of contemporary writing; graduate- and Literature at Stony Brook applications from candidates whose level literature courses; and an MFA Southampton, is a carefully edited, undergraduate degrees were taken in thesis intended to be a publishable, beautifully designed journal dedicated areas other than the humanities. book-length work. The program is to publishing fine fiction, nonfiction, Admission to the program is based on offered in two academic semesters, two poetry, and art. TSR focuses on work by the evaluation of a portfolio of the appli- six-week summer sessions, and a credit- students and graduates of the MFA pro- cant’s writing, made in conjunction with a bearing writers conference. gram and from the Southampton review of the candidate’s entire academic Courses are taught by a full-time core Writers Conference, but we do open our career, and letters of recommendation. faculty of three, joined by a part-time pages to writers from across the globe The portfolio may include works in any faculty of ten distinguished visiting whose work is compelling. Our pages written form including creative non- writers whose teaching and lecturing are equally devoted to writers whose fiction, fiction, poetry, scripting, or other assignments rotate among the fall, voices are fresh as well as to those genre. Results from the Graduate spring, and summer sessions. These dis- whose are well-established. Record Examination are encouraged, but tinguished visitors provide creative not required. breadth to the writing program, offering Admission In addition to the Graduate School coverage in areas of writing that are Application for admission to the admission requirements, the MFA in essential in contemporary society, in Graduate School is made to a specific Writing and Literature requires the particular fiction, non-fiction, script- program for a specific degree. For the following: writing, scientific writing, and writing MFA in Writing and Literature, appli- for the media. cants must fulfill both the Graduate • Letters of recommendation from School admission requirements and the three instructors or writing profession- Special Programs specific requirements for the MFA in als familiar with your written work. Southampton Writers Conference Writing and Literature. See sections I • A statement discussing your rea- The MFA in Writing and Literature and II for details on these requirements. sons for graduate study (one to two sponsors the Southampton Writers Application forms may be found online pages, may be submitted with the Conference, an intensive program of at www.grad.sunysb.edu./prospective/ online application) three-credit workshops in contempo- applying/index.shtml. Please note that • A writing sample consisting of up to rary writing that includes lectures, applications for Admission to the MFA 10 pages of poetry (single-spaced, sta- readings, workshops, and panels featur- in Writing and Literature are made to pled) or 30 pages of prose (double-spaced, ing nationally distinguished authors the MFA in Writing and Literature pro- stapled); your name should appear on who join the Department’s summer fac- gram and not to the Graduate School. the writing sample

138 CREATIVE WRITING AND LITERATURE

• A single sheet listing your address, Degree Requirements CWL 580 Practicum in Arts phone number, e-mail address, and Requirements for the MFA Degree Administration (Writers Conference title(s) of submission(s) and Lecture Series) • A copy of your résumé or C.V. (may The MFA in Writing and Literature CWL 681/EGL 698 Practicum in be submitted with the online application) degree requires 33 credits of course Teaching Writing Any deficiencies in these or the work and a nine credit thesis for a total CWL 582 Practicum in Publishing Graduate School admission requirements of 42 credits. Following are the specific and Editing (Literary Magazine) will not automatically bar admission, but requirements: √**With the permission of the direc- it is understood that inadequacies in A. Required Introduction to the tor, a course in writing or literature may undergraduate preparation normally will MFA Program (three credits) be substituted in place of the practicum require the student to take additional CWL 500 Introduction to Graduate requirement. work, the amount to be determined by Writing E. MFA Thesis (nine credits) the appropriate graduate advisory com- B. Six of the following writing work- CWL 599 Thesis mittee. Additional work may not be used shops (18 credits). Individual courses to fulfill MFA degree requirements. under each category will be labeled Courses according to the content of the course. CWL 500 Introduction to Graduate Writing Faculty Although courses may be repeated for A seminar that introduces students to one credit, students are strongly encouraged another, the faculty, the program in Writing Professor to experiment among the disciplines: and Literature, and to issues in contempo- Rosenblatt, Roger, Ph.D., 1968, Harvard CWL 510 Forms of Fiction rary writing. Offered in conjunction with the University: Literary essay, novel, novella, Writers Reading Series. Students will attend CWL 520 Forms of Poetry the regular series of readings sponsored by playwriting, literature for writers. CWL 530 Forms of Scriptwriting the Writing program and meet at weekly Associate Professor CWL 540 Forms of Creative Nonfiction intervals under the direction of a faculty CWL 550 Forms of Professional and advisor to discuss and write about topics Reeves, Robert, Director. B.A., 1973, M.A., raised in the lecture series, as well as issues 1977, Harvard University: Graduate writing, Scientific Writing generated from seminar discussions. advanced fiction, comedy. CWL 570 Advanced Writing Workshop 3 credits, ABCF grading (This course is for manuscripts in Lecturer progress across writing disciplines and CWL 510 Forms of Fiction Walker, Lou Ann, Editor-in-Chief, The is strongly recommended for students Regular submission, discussion, and analysis Southampton Review. B.A., 1976, Harvard of students’ work in one or more of the modes preparing to take the thesis.) University: Memoir, children’s literature, of fiction, including the short story, the publishing and editing. CWL 575 Writers Conference novella, and the novel. Writing assignments C. Three of the following special topic may include exercises, imitations, responses, Writers writing and literature seminars (nine and original work. Students will examine rel- evant works that illustrate point of view, Alda, Alan. B.S., 1956, Fordham University: credits):* character development, dialogue, plot, set- Science and writing CWL 560 Topics in Literature for ting, theme, motif, and other aspects of fic- Bank, Melissa. M.F.A., 1988, Cornell Writers tion. Specific mode or topic to be studied will University: Short fiction. CWL 565 Special Topics in Writing be announced in the course schedule. Prerequisite: Permission of instructor Collins, William. Ph.D., 1971, University of CWL 588 Independent Study and/or Departmental consent California-Riverside: Poetry *With the approval of the Writing Program director, this requirement may 3 credits, ABCF grading Feiffer, Jules. The Pratt Institute: Humor and May be repeated for credit truth, screenplay be filled through taking the following Hegi, Ursula. M.A., 1979, University of New graduate English Literature courses CWL 520 Forms of Poetry Hampshire: Fiction offered at Stony Brook University: EGL Regular submission, discussion, and analysis 501 Studies in Chaucer, EGL 502 Studies of students’ work in one or more of the modes Jones, Kaylie, M.F.A., 1988, Columbia in Shakespeare, EGL 503 Studies in of poetry. Writing assignments may include University: Novel, Russian literature exercises, imitations, responses, and original Milton, EGL 503 Studies in Genre, EGL Klam, Matthew. M.A., 1992, Hollins College: work. Students will examine relevant works 520 Studies in Renaissance, EGL 525 that illustrate structural principles, metrical Creative nonfiction 17th-Century Literature, EGL 530 and syntactical rhythm, sound and rhyme, for- McCourt, Frank. M.A., 1958, Brooklyn College: Studies in Restoration Literature, EGL mal and stanzaic organization, the use of figu- Memoir rative language, and other aspects of poetry. 535 Studies in Neoclassicism, EGL 540 Prerequisite: Permission of instructor Sheehan, Julie, M.F.A., 2000, Columbia Studies in Romanticism, EGL 545 University: Poetry and/or program director Studies in Victorian Literature, EGL 547 3 credits, ABCF grading Wolitzer, Meg. B.A., 1981, Brown University: Late 19th-Century British Literature, May be repeated for credit Fiction. EGL 550 20th-Century British CWL 530 Forms of Scriptwriting Affiliated Faculty Literature, EGL 555 Studies in Irish Literature, EGL 560 Studies in Early Regular submission, discussion, and analysis Macadam, Heather. M.F.A., 1999. of students’ work in one or more of the con- Southampton College: Creative nonfiction American Literature, EGL 565 19th- temporary modes of scriptwriting, including Century American Literature, EGL 570 writing for film, theater, radio, and television. Westermann, John. Popular fiction 20th-Century American Literature, EGL Writing assignments may include exercises, 575 British and American Literature, imitations, responses, and original work. Students will examine relevant works that EGL 584 Topics in Genre Studies illustrate point of view, character develop- D. One of the following practicums ment, dialogue, plot, setting, and other tech- (three credits):** niques vital to scriptwriting. Specific mode or

139 CREATIVE WRITING AND LITERATURE topic to be studied will be announced in the writing. Students are encouraged to pursue CWL 599 Thesis course schedule. their own writing interests while simultane- Every student in the M.F.A. program in Prerequisite: Permission of instructor ously being exposed to the work of others in Writing must complete a thesis that is a pub- and/or program director varying genres. Regular writing is required, lishable, book-length work. It may be fiction, 3 credits, ABCF grading and vigorous analysis and discussion are non-fiction, poetry, or a script for the visual May be repeated for credit encouraged. Strongly recommended for stu- media. It may be a collection of short pieces. dents preparing for the thesis. Its subject matter may be scientific or literary. CWL 540 Forms of Creative Nonfiction 3 credits, ABCF grading It may be business-oriented or academic. The Regular submission, discussion, and analysis May be repeated for credit thesis is judged solely on the quality of its of students’ work in one or more of the contem- intelligence and its writing. Every student porary fields of nonfiction writing, including CWL 575 Writers Conference will, with the assistance of the program direc- biography, autobiography, memoir, expository The Southampton Writers Conference is an tor, choose a thesis supervisor to provide writing, and social commentary. Writing intensive program of workshops in contem- guidance and criticism in the completion of assignments may include exercises, imitations, porary writing that includes lectures, read- the project. At the same time that the thesis responses, and original work. Students will ings, workshops, and panels featuring supervisor is chosen, the program director examine relevant works that illustrate the nationally distinguished authors who join the will also guide the student in the selection of methods and techniques available to the non- Department’s summer faculty. Graduate stu- a thesis committee, which will consist of the fiction writer. Specific mode or topic to be stud- dents in the program will assist in planning thesis supervisor, one other member of the ied will be announced in the course schedule. and running the Conference, and will have faculty in Writing, and one outside reader knowledgeable in the student’s field of inter- Prerequisite: Permission of instructor the option of taking a Conference workshop est. Progress toward the completion of the and/or program director for credit. The Writers Conference will also encourage participation by visiting students, thesis will be reviewed not only by the thesis 3 credits, ABCF grading new writers, established writers, teachers of supervisor but also by members of the thesis May be repeated for credit writing, and editors who will be admitted by committee. application and may receive academic credit Prerequisites: Permission of thesis advisor CWL 550 Forms of Professional and upon request. and program director Scientific Writing 1-6 credits, ABCF grading Offered every semester, 1-9 credits, Regular submission, discussion, and analysis May be repeated for up to six credits of students’ work in one or more of the con- S/U grading May be repeated once for up to 12 credits temporary modes of professional writing, CWL 580 Practicum in Arts Admininistration including technological writing; writing about science; and writing for advertising, business, Under the guidance of a faculty advisor, stu- and public relations, as well as for govern- dents will learn the essentials of arts admin- mental, educational, and professional organi- istration. This may include assisting in the zations. Writing assignments may include coordination of reading and lecture series, exercises, imitations, responses, and original conference organization, or other writing and work. Students will examine relevant works arts administration activities. that illustrate the strategies available in Prerequisites: Permission of instructor and modern professional communication. Specific program director mode or topic to be studied will be announced Semester: On demand, 1-3 credits, in the course schedule. ABCF grading Prerequisite: Permission of instructor May be repeated for up to six credits and/or program director 3 credits, ABCF grading CWL 581 Practicum in Teaching Writing May be repeated for credit Students take the seminar in conjunction with teaching a section of WRT 101. This CWL 560 Topics in Literature for Writers course provides hands-on experience and A seminar for writers concentrating on one instruction in the basics of writing pedagogy, area of literary study, to be announced in the including designing writing assignments, course schedule. The course may examine a sequencing assignments, motivating writing, contemporary or historical trend in literature, writing skill development, and evaluating the rise of a specific genre, a social issue writing. Students will also be given a prelim- expressed in literature, an issue in literary inary overview of the major theories driving theory, or any other topic of relevance and con- composition pedagogy. cern to students of writing. The emphasis will Fall, 3 credits, S/U grading be on scholarly analysis. 3 credits, ABCF grading CWL 582 Practicum in Publishing and Editing May be repeated for credit Under the guidance of the faculty advisor, stu- CWL 565 Special Topics in Writing dents will be exposed to the hands-on process A seminar concentrating on a specific topic or of editing and publishing a literary journal. concern in writing. The particular theme of Prerequisites: Permission of instructor and the course will be announced in the course program director schedule. Topics may include, among others, Semester: On demand, 1-3 credits, studies of character development, the uses of S/U grading humor, writing about place, finding one’s May be repeated for up to six credits voice, and narrative style. Written work will be supported by the reading of related texts. CWL 588 Independent Study 3 credits, ABCF grading Independent studies in topics chosen by the May be repeated for credit student are arranged through an individual instructor. CWL 570 Advanced Writing Workshop Prerequisites: Permission of instructor and The focus is on work in progress and the program director extension of the manuscript. The workshop is 1-3 credits, S/U grading open to students interested in any form of May be repeated once for credit

140 SCHOOL OF DENTAL MEDICINE School of Dental Medicine

Dean: Barry R. Rifkin, Rockland Hall Room 160, (631) 632-8950

Advanced Education Certificates awarded: Advanced Education Certificate in Orthodontics; Advanced Education Certificate in Periodontics; Advanced Education Certificate in Endodontics; Advanced Education Certificate in the Care for the Developmentally Disabled; General Practice Residency Certificate in conjunction with University Hospital; Dental Anesthesiology Residency Certificate in conjunction with University Hospital; Pediatric Dentistry Residency Certificate Degree awarded: D.D.S. in Dentistry; M.S. and Ph.D. in Oral Biology and Pathology

The primary mission of the School of programs exist in General Dental Further evidence of the school’s research Dental Medicine at Stony Brook Practice, Dental Anesthesiology, and productivity includes the success of the University is to graduate dentists who Pediatric Dentistry. In addition, the faculty in obtaining a high level of fund- are highly skilled general practitioners, School of Dental Medicine is affiliated ing from federal, state, and industrial able to integrate clinical, biomedical, and with the oral and maxillofacial surgery sources. Two faculty members have behavioral knowledge to advance the residency program at Long Island received prestigious MERIT Research health and well being of their patients Jewish Medical Center. The Master of Awards from the NIH. The School of and their communities. They are Science and Doctor of Philosophy Dental Medicine’s Ph.D. program in expected to provide compassionate degrees are offered through the Oral Biology has a record over the past patient-centered care while demonstrat- Graduate School of the University and 25 years of training basic science and ing consistently the highest level of pro- the school’s Department of Oral Biology clinical researchers who have assumed fessionalism and sensitivity to the and Pathology. leadership roles in both academic and diverse personal and cultural contexts in The Dental Care Center has 55,000 industrial institutions. which dental care is delivered. patient visits annually and delivers Excellence through diversity is the Furthermore, the educational experi- highly sophisticated care through its standard by which the school conducts ence encourages students to pursue predoctoral program, postgraduate pro- its education and patient care programs. postdoctoral training in general den- grams, and Faculty Practice. This Multicultural representation by faculty tistry, the various clinical specialties, enables the school to provide a very high and students is present at all levels in and/or research. level of clinical experience for students. the school. Over the last quarter-cen- The School of Dental Medicine is fully The school is also the primary provider tury, the School of Dental Medicine at accredited by the Commission on Dental on Long Island of oral health care for Stony Brook has achieved an enviable Education and the State Education individuals afflicted with developmental reputation for the excellence of its edu- Department, and is a component school disabilities. The School of Dental cational programs. It continues to supply of the Health Sciences Center at Stony Medicine provides an array of dental both the national and local community Brook. Admission to the School of Dental health educational programs for the with dentists who are well educated in Medicine is highly competitive. The public and conducts continuing educa- the latest technical, biological, and psy- grade point averages and Dental tion programs for community dental chological aspects of dental practice. Aptitude scores of incoming freshmen health professionals. The school has For further information, call the typically place Stony Brook in the top affiliations with a number of regional School of Dental Medicine at Stony tier of dental schools in the nation. hospitals, including Long Island Jewish Brook, 632-8900. Dental students take courses in Medical Center, Nassau County Medical All questions concerning admission anatomy, biochemistry, microbiology, Center, and the Veterans Affairs to the School of Dental Medicine should neurosciences, pathology, pharmacology, Medical Center at Northport. These be addressed to: and physiology at the medical school institutions, together with Stony Brook along with medical students. In the clin- University Hospital, provide an envi- School of Dental Medicine ical component of the dental curriculum ronment for students to observe the Office of Academic Affairs, students take courses in behavioral sci- effect of systemic disease on the struc- Admissions, and Financial Aid ences, dental anesthesiology, dental tures of the oral cavity, and to partici- Stony Brook University materials, dental medicine, endodontics, pate as members of a health-care team Stony Brook, NY 11794-8709 operative dentistry, oral biology, oral in the treatment of patients. (631) 632-8871 pathology, oral and maxillofacial surgery, Since its inception in 1973, the School orthodontics, pediatric dentistry, prac- of Dental Medicine has been an innova- You may also request a copy of the tice development, periodontics, and tive, research-oriented institution, School of Dental Medicine Admissions prosthodontics. Didactic and clinical per- which has sought to improve oral and and Application Guide. formance on national and regional board systemic health through basic and Refer all questions concerning the examinations typically rank the School applied research. A significant facet of Doctor of Philosophy in Oral Biology of Dental Medicine in the top tier of den- the school’s research mission is the and Pathology to the Graduate School. tal schools in the United States. translation of basic knowledge into The School of Dental Medicine offers practical clinical application. This postdoctoral education in endodontics, endeavor has resulted in numerous orthodontics, periodontics, and care for patented technologies and the develop- the developmentally disabled. Residency ment of three oral health-care companies.

141 ECOLOGY AND EVOLUTION

Ecology and Evolution (BEE) Chair: Jessica Gurevitch, Life Sciences Building Room 650, (631) 632-8600 Graduate Program Director Ph.D.: Geeta Bharathan, Life Sciences Building Room 650 (631) 632-9508 Graduate Program Director M.A.: Lev Ginzburg, Life Sciences Building Room 650, (631) 632-8569 Graduate Program Coordinator: Iris Roth, Life Sciences Building Room 650, (631) 632-8604

Degrees awarded: M.A. in Biological Sciences: Concentration in Applied Ecology; Ph.D. in Ecology and Evolution

The Department of Ecology and Evolution ernment agencies. Former students and students appoint a permanent advi- and the Graduate Program in Ecology have become faculty members in such sor and advisory committee during the and Evolution (GPEE) at Stony Brook departments as agricultural entomol- second year. After passing an oral exam- were the first such units in the United ogy, ecology, evolution, and marine biol- ination that concentrates on the areas of States and have served as models for ogy at prominent private and public their proposed research and submitting a corresponding units at many other insti- universities as well as selective liberal research proposal to the faculty, students tutions. GPEE at Stony Brook is gener- arts and smaller state colleges. undertake original research that is typi- ally ranked among the leading programs Although GPEE emphasizes basic cally independent of their advisor’s in its field. Its faculty includes two mem- research, many of its graduates have research. An atmosphere of collegiality bers of the National Academy of entered careers that apply ecological and intellectual interchange prevails Sciences, several past presidents of and evolutionary principles to problems throughout the GPEE and is fostered by national and international societies in in such areas as agricultural entomology, discussion groups and an exciting pro- ecology, evolution, and systematics, and conservation, invasive species, marine gram of invited speakers each week authors of influential books in these dis- toxicology, natural resource manage- during the academic year. A detailed ciplines. GPEE provides training that ment, and risk assessment. description of the program, including leads to the M.A. and Ph.D. Since its degree requirements, descriptions of inception, the program has emphasized M.A. Program in Applied the faculty research interests, and the integration of concepts from ecology Ecology application materials are available on and evolutionary biology. A three-semester program leads to an the Web at http://life.bio.sunysb.edu/ee. The faculty and the graduate students M.A. in Biological Sciences with a con- Applicants should contact individual in GPEE are engaged in research on centration in Applied Ecology. This faculty members whose interests they Long Island and around the world, curriculum provides training in envi- share. including Alaska, Hawaii, the continen- ronmental sciences for positions in con- tal U.S., Africa, the Caribbean, Central servation and environmental protection Facilities and South America, India, and Mexico. organizations, environmental consulting Ample environmental, greenhouse, and They study terrestrial, freshwater, and firms, environmental departments of laboratory facilities and all of the normal marine organisms in a wide range of industrial companies, and government laboratory equipment for molecular taxa, including amphibians, bacteria, environmental offices. Applied environ- studies are available. All the equipment birds, fish, fungi, insects, mollusks, pri- mental research involves data collection, typically found in modern laboratories mates, reptiles, and vascular plants. data analysis, and interpretation of the concerned with protein electrophoresis Their research interests incorporate findings. The need for trained personnel and DNA analysis is available, including experimental, comparative, statistical, is greatest in the area of data analysis, automated sequencer, fraction collectors, and theoretical approaches and utilize which is a focus of the concentration in high-speed and ultracentrifuges, liquid field and laboratory studies. Research in Applied Ecology. Students need to scintillation, sonicators, spectrofluorom- GPEE includes biological invasions, complete 30 credits and the master’s eters, and spectrophotometers. The evolutionary developmental biology, paper to graduate. Department houses laboratories of bac- evolutionary ecology, evolutionary terial genetics, Drosophila genetics, and genomics, experimental evolution, geo- Ph.D. Program in Ecology and ecology. The Department has excellent graphical variation and phylogeography, Evolution computing facilities. In addition to interspecific interactions, paleontology, Graduate students in the GPEE are microcomputers in most labs, UNIX- phenotypic plasticity, phylogenetic supervised by a temporary advisor and based servers are also available within biology, and population genetics. There the Entering Student Advisory the Department for mail and more is great interest in development of Committee (ESAC) during their first intense computations than can be pro- methods for morphometrics, multivari- year. First-year students take courses in vided by desktop computers. ate statistics, and systematics. Many biometry, ecology, and evolution, and Field and marine study areas are at faculty members are interested in the they take a general preliminary exami- Flax Pond, a University-affiliated labo- application of their research to problems nation at the end of the first year. They ratory near campus. Terrestrial studies in conservation. are encouraged to take specialized are performed at the Ashley Schiff Graduates are qualified for positions courses at other institutions or to Nature Preserve, a 26-acre forested in academic or research institutions, become involved in research during the area on campus. The University is a conservation organizations, environ- first summer. Advanced courses and member of the Organization for mental consulting companies, and gov- seminars are taken in subsequent years, Tropical Studies, which maintains field

142 ECOLOGY AND EVOLUTION stations in Costa Rica. There are other Faculty Slobodkin, Lawrence B., Emeritus, Ph.D., opportunities for field studies both in 1951, Yale University: Evolutionary strategy this country and abroad; faculty mem- Distinguished Professors and constraints; Hydra; ecotoxicology. 1 bers have continuing projects at Cook Fleagle, John G., Ph.D., 1976, Harvard Susman, Randall L.,1 Ph.D., 1976, University Inlet in Alaska, Friday Harbor Marine University: Primate evolution; comparative of Chicago: Primate ecology. anatomy; behavioral ecology. Labs in Washington, Cajas National Williams, George C., Emeritus, Ph.D., 1955, Park in Ecuador, and Ranomafana Futuyma, Douglas, Ph.D., 1969, University of University of California, Los Angeles: Michigan: Speciation; evolution of ecological Evolution of life-history strategies; ecology National Park in Madagascar. interactions among species. Collaboration is possible with scientists at and population genetics of marine fishes. Levinton, Jeffrey S., Ph.D., 1971, Yale Brookhaven National Laboratory, and Wright, Patricia,3 Ph.D., 1985, City University of University: Marine benthic ecology; population New York: Primates and tropical conservation. several field stations are maintained by genetics of bivalve mollusks; paleoecology. other university centers and colleges of Rohlf, F. James, Ph.D., 1962, University of Associate Professors 2 the State University of New York. The Kansas: Multivariate data analysis techniques Armstrong, Robert, 1975, University of School of Marine and Atmospheric applied to problems in taxonomy and ecol- Minnesota: Mathematical modeling in marine Sciences is located on campus. Stony ogy; computer modeling; applied ecology. ecology and biogeochemistry. Brook is close enough to New York City Sokal, Robert R., Emeritus, Ph.D., 1952, Battley, Edwin H., Emeritus, Ph.D., 1956, and Washington, D.C., for arrange- University of Chicago: Human population struc- Stanford University: Thermodynamics of ments to be made for consultation and ture; spatial models in ecology and evolution; microbial growth; ecological energetics; work at museums and other institutions numerical taxonomy; theory of systematics. microbial ecology; nitrification and denitrifica- in those cities. tion in aquatic systems. Professors Bharathan, Geeta, Director of the Ph.D. Admission Akçakaya, H. Resit, Ph.D., 1989, Stony Brook Program, Ph.D., 1993, University of Arizona: Admission to the Ph.D. Program University: Conservation biology; applied ecol- Evolution of angiosperms; homeobox genes; ogy; metapopulation and landscape ecology. genome size. In addition to Graduate School admis- Bell, Michael A., Ph.D., 1976, University of Bingham, Paul,4 Ph.D., 1979, Harvard sion requirements, the Department California, Los Angeles: Evolutionary biology; University: Regulation of transcription in requirements include: ichthyology; paleobiology; geographic variation. developing multicellular organisms; the role A. A bachelor’s degree in biology, Conover, David O.,2 Ph.D., 1981, University of of transposons in evolution and speciation. chemistry, mathematics, or other Massachusetts:Ecology of fishes; fisheries biology. Chase, Ivan,5 Ph.D., 1972, Harvard University: courses of study that provide an Dykhuizen, Daniel E., Ph.D., 1971, University Social behavior; dominance hierarchies; appropriate background for advanced of Chicago: Population genetics and molecu- cooperation; resource distribution. training in ecology and evolution lar evolution, especially of bacteria. Forster, Catherine A.,1 Ph.D., 1990, University B. Formal coursework in ecology, Eanes, Walter F., Ph.D., 1976, Stony Brook of Pennsylvania: Vertebrate paleontology; evolution, genetics, and the biology of University: Population and biochemical systematics. a particular group of organisms is genetics of Drosophila; molecular evolution. Hechtel, George J.,6 Ph.D., 1962, Yale strongly recommended Ginzburg, Lev, Director of the Master’s University: Systematics and zoogeography C. Report of Graduate Record Program in Applied Ecology, Ph.D., 1970, of marine demospongiae. Examination (GRE) General Test Agrophysical Institute, St. Petersburg, Russia: True, John, Ph.D., 1995, Duke University: scores and, for international students, Theoretical and applied ecology. Evolutionary and developmental genetics of TOEFL scores Gurevitch, Jessica, Chair, Ph.D., 1982, color patterning in Drosophila. D. Acceptance by the Graduate University of Arizona: Evolutionary ecology of Wiens, John J., Ph.D., 1995, University of Program in Ecology and Evolution and plant populations and communities; plant Texas at Austin: Systematics and biology of by the Graduate School physiological ecology. reptiles and amphibians. Admission to the M.A. Program in Janson, Charles H., Ph.D., 1985, University of Assistant Professors Washington: Social ecology of vertebrates; Baines, Stephen, Ph.D., 1993, Yale University: Applied Ecology plant dispersal strategies. In addition to Graduate School admis- Aquatic ecosystem ecology; biogeochemistry of Jernvall, J., Ph.D. 1995, University of Helsinki, carbon and trace elements. sion requirements, the Department Finland: Mammalian tood development and Davalos-Álvarez, Liliana M., Ph.D., 2004, requirements include: evolution; vertebrate paleontology; diversity in Columbia University: Evolutionary biology; A. A bachelor’s degree in a course recent and extinct communities. phylogeography; conservation biology. of study that provides an appropriate Lerdau, Manuel, T., Ph.D., 1994, Stanford University: Graham, Catherine, Ph.D., 2003, University of background for advanced training in Plant ecology and physiology; global change. Missouri, St. Louis: Landscape and behavioral ecology 2 Lopez, Glenn R., Ph.D., 1976, Stony Brook ecology. B. Report of Graduate Record University: Marine and freshwater benthic Munch, Stephan2, Ph.D., 2002, Stony Brook Examination (GRE) General Test ecology; animal-microbe-sediment interac- University: Evolutionary ecology of growth and scores and, for international students, tions; detritus. TOEFL scores life history traits; evolution in harvested popu- Padilla, Dianna K., Ph.D., 1987, University lations; applied population dynamics modeling; C. Acceptance by the Graduate of Alberta, Canada: Phenotypic plasticity, mathematical modeling and statistics. Program in Ecology and Evolution plant-herbivore functional ecology, ecology and by the Graduate School of invading species. Rest, Joshua S., Ph.D. 2004, University of Michigan: Regulatory evolution; protein Pigliucci, Massimo, Ph.D., 1994, University network evolution; bioinformatics. of Connecticut: Plant Population biology, eco- logical and evolutionary genetics.

143 ECOLOGY AND EVOLUTION

Vedder, Amy L.,6 Research Assistant Professor, B. Entering Student Advising and Evaluation A dissertation examining committee Ph.D., 1989, University of Wisconsin-Madison: Early in the first semester of study, (which must include an external exam- Mammalian ecology; tropical forest ecology; each student meets with an advisory iner) is then approved by the Dean of conservation biology, planning, and practice. committee that recommends additional the Graduate School. A formal public Number of teaching, graduate, and research courses beyond required first-year oral dissertation defense is held, at assistants, Fall 2005: 49 courses. At the end of the second which the student presents his or her Students on fellowships: 12 semester, an exam will be given test- findings and is questioned by the 1) Department of Anatomical Sciences ing the student’s knowledge of ecology examining committee and other mem- 2) School of Marine and Atmospheric Sciences and evolution. bers of the audience. 3) Department of Anthropology C. Preliminary Examination H. Teaching Requirement 4) Department of Biochemistry No later than the end of the fourth All graduate students completing 5) Department of Sociology year of study, the student takes a pre- a doctoral degree will function as 5) Recipient of the State University Chancellor’s liminary examination tailored to the teaching assistants during at least two Award for Excellence in Teaching, 1974 student’s interests and administered semesters of their graduate careers. 6) Director, Africa Program, Wildlife Conservation Society by his or her advisory committee. The J. Residence Requirement examination includes an oral portion Degree Requirements At least two consecutive semesters of and may include a written portion, at full-time graduate study are required. The Requirements for the M.A. Degree the option of the student. The student demands of the course of study usually The Graduate Program in Ecology and his or her committee decide in necessitate a longer period of residence. advance on the areas to be covered and Evolution (GPEE) usually does K. Time Limit not accept a student whose goal is an in this examination. The time limit imposed by the M.A. degree, except those who wish D. Advancement to Candidacy Graduate School is observed by GPEE. to concentrate in applied ecology (see The faculty will recommend a student Students must satisfy all requirements below). However, a student already in to the Graduate School for advance- for the Ph.D. degree within seven years GPEE may be awarded an M.A. degree ment to candidacy upon satisfactory after completing 24 credit hours of upon satisfaction of the following completion of the preliminary exami- graduate courses in GPEE. requirements in addition to the mini- nation and any language requirement mum Graduate School requirements: established for the student, and upon Requirements for the M.A. Degree A. Completion of an approved course acceptance of a dissertation proposal in Applied Ecology of study including 30 graduate credit by the faculty. Students must complete 30 credits and hours with a minimum 3.0 overall E. Research and Dissertation achieve a 3.0 overall grade point aver- grade point average age to graduate; this can be achieved B. Preparation of a research thesis A dissertation is required for the in three semesters. Six courses form Requirements for the Ph.D. Degree Ph.D. degree. It must contain the results of original and significant inves- the core of the program: three courses A. Course Requirements tigation. A dissertation proposal must focus on ecology; three provide training 1. In the first year in residence, be approved by the faculty during an in mathematical methods, statistics, students are normally required to take early stage of the student’s research. and computer programming. The six BEE 550 Principles of Ecology, BEE A student’s progress in research is courses are: 551 Principles of Evolution, BEE 552 monitored by regular evaluations by BEE 550 Principles of Ecology Biometry, and BEE 556 Research the faculty in meetings held twice a BEE 552 Biometry Areas in Ecology and Evolution. year. Continued lack of progress may BEE 555 Mathematical Methods in 2. Students must take a minimum result in probation or dismissal. Population Biology BEE 571 Ecology Laboratory of three other graduate courses, other F. Dissertation Committee than seminars, within this or other BEE 585 Introduction to Ecological Students select a temporary advisor Research programs of this or other universities. during the first semester and a perma- 3. BEE 671-672 Colloquium in Ecology BEE 587 Applied Ecology and nent advisor at the beginning of the Conservation Biology Laboratory and Evolution must be taken each third semester. The advisory commit- semester in residence. A large number of elective courses tee, consisting of the permanent advi- 4. A minimum of one graduate semi- are available to fulfill the degree sor and at least two other GPEE nar per year is required under normal requirements. faculty members, is nominated by the circumstances. student in consultation with his or her 5. Most students will require Courses permanent advisor and must be advanced training in various ancillary approved by the graduate program BEE 500 Directed Readings in Population disciplines appropriate to their chosen Biology director. Additional members from field of research. Requirements will be Directed readings in topics of current inter- outside GPEE and/or the University determined by the student’s advisory est, under supervision of a faculty sponsor, may be appointed to the dissertation culminating in one or more critical review committee and might include one or committee. papers. more foreign languages or advanced G. Final Examination Prerequisite: Sponsor and approval of mas- studies in biochemistry, computer sci- ter’s program executive committee ences, mathematics, statistics, taxon- The dissertation must be approved Fall and spring, 1-3 credits, S/U grading omy, or other areas. by the student’s advisory committee. May be repeated for credit

144 ECOLOGY AND EVOLUTION

BEE 501 Directed Readings in the Biology of BEE 558 Tutorial Readings view of the evolutionary process. Organisms Individual tutorial study with an instructor Prerequisite: BEE 551 or permission of Directed readings in topics of current interest, in the graduate program in Ecology and instructor under supervision of a faculty sponsor, culmi- Evolution for the purpose of background Spring, odd years, 3 credits, ABCF grading nating in one or more critical review papers. reading in an area of ecology and evolution. Prerequisite: Sponsor and approval of Fall and spring, 1-4 credits, S/U grading BEE 567 Molecular Diversity Laboratory master’s program executive committee May be repeated for credit This course will provide hands-on experience Fall and spring, 1-3 credits, S/U grading in established and recently developed methods May be repeated for credit BEE 559 Individual Studies in Organisms of detecting and analyzing molecular variation A detailed study of the biology of a selected (DNA, RNA, Proteins) in nature. Natural BEE 550 Principles of Ecology systematic group chosen by the graduate populations of Drosophila melanogaster will Population dynamics, interactions of organ- student and a faculty member. This is con- be the model material for this laboratory. The isms, theoretical concepts of community ducted as a tutorial course. main theme of this course is that molecular structure and their biological and evolution- Fall and spring, 1-4 credits, ABCF grading variation is abundant in nature and is an ary implications. May be repeated for credit important tool for understanding adaptive Prerequisite: Permission of instructor evolution and species relationships. BEE 561 Macroevolution Prerequisite: Permission of instructor Fall, 4 credits, ABCF grading This course emphasizes the processes gener- Fall, 3 credits, ABCF grading BEE 551 Principles of Evolution ating large-scale evolutionary trends and patterns. Topics include rates of evolutionary Biological evolution, including the genetics of BEE 571 Ecology Laboratory change; patterns of speciation and extinction, populations, speciation, evolution of higher This course stresses the collection, analysis, including radiations and mass extinctions; the taxa, and the fossil record. and interpretation of ecological data, mostly role of constraint and innovation in molding in terrestrial settings. Laboratory and field Fall, 4 credits, ABCF grading evolutionary patterns; adaptive landscapes exercises demonstrate the operation of gen- and complex character evolution; develop- BEE 552 Biometry eral ecological principles in specific popula- ment and evolution; the origin and importance tions and communities. An intensive course in statistical theory and of major body plans; and the role of biogeog- Fall, 3 credits, ABCF grading methodology. The analysis of real biological raphy and climate in evolution. data is emphasized. Topics include analysis of Spring, odd years, 3 credits, ABCF grading variance, simple multiple and curvilinear BEE 575 Evolutionary Ecology The approach is to understand the theoretical regression analysis, correlation analysis, and BEE 562 Concepts and Methods in goodness of fit tests. basis and review empirical tests of diverse Evolutionary Biology topics. The format includes both lectures and Spring, 4 credits, ABCF grading The course aims at achieving two related student-led discussions of primary literature. BEE 553 Multivariate Analysis in Biology objectives: first, to provide graduate students Prerequisite: BEE 550, BEE 551, or permis- in Ecology and Evolution, and other Biology An introduction to multivariate statistical sion of instructor analysis for biologists. Topics include general departments, as well as Philosophy, with a Fall, alternate years, 3 credits, ABCF grading least squares analysis, MANOVA, cluster basic understanding of the varied methods analysis, and factor analysis. (both experimental and statistical) that make BEE 585 Research Design and Analysis in Prerequisite: BEE 552 or equivalent up the body of evolutionary quantitative biol- Ecology This course covers topics relevant to carrying Fall, 3 credits, ABCF grading ogy. The focus will be in particular on quanti- tative genetics and its interface with more out ecological research, including sampling and quantitative description of ecological BEE 554 Population Genetics and Evolution modern approaches, including QTL mapping, communities, spatial pattern and spatial het- A general introduction to mathematical pop- bioinformatics, and the various omics erogeneity, design and analysis of field exper- ulation genetics and evolutionary theory. The (genomics, proteomics, etc.). Second, students iments, application of demographic models, effects of mutation, recombination, selection, will become familiar with the fundamental analysis of meta-population dynamics, and and migration are studied. Modern concepts concepts of philosophy of science, in particular population estimations. in both theoretical and experimental popula- as they relate to the conceptual analysis of the Spring, even years, 0-3 credits, ABCF grading tion genetics are covered. ideas that shape modern evolutionary and eco- Prerequisite: BEE 552 or equivalent and a logical theory. In this respect, the focus will be BEE 586 Introduction to Ecological Modeling course in evolution both on philosophical concepts such as falsifi- This course will provide students with a famil- Spring, odd years, 0-3 credits, ABCF grading cationism, induction, deduction, hypothesis iarity of the major concepts, approaches, and underlying rationale for modeling in the eco- testing, and the nature of evidence, as well as BEE 555 Mathematical Methods in logical sciences. Topics will include reviews of Population Biology on the meaning of key ideas in evolutionary theoretical and empirical models, the use of This course covers a variety of mathematical ecology, such as natural selection, genetic models in adaptive management, and how to methods used in modern theoretical biology. drift, and constraints. confront models with data to evaluate alterna- Topics include linear algebra and applications, 3 credits, ABCF grading tive hypotheses. Roughly one third of the ordinary and partial differential equations, course will be devoted to the use of models in and stochastic processes. Examples from pop- BEE 564 Geometric Morphometrics management, focusing on the problems of fit- ulation biology, i.e., mathematical ecology and An introduction to theory and methods used ting models to data and management pitfalls population genetics, are used throughout. in geometric morphometrics. Image analysis, that follow. Course work will consist of read- Fall, even years, 3 credits, ABCF grading outline methods, landmark methods, and ings, in-class exercises, and group assign- shape statistics are covered. ments that involve the construction, analysis, BEE 556 Research Areas of Ecology and Prerequisite: BEE 552 or equivalent; and interpretation of ecological models. Evolution BEE 553 recommended Prerequisite: BEE 550, BEE 552; MAT 131 A description of the current research areas of Fall, even years, 3 credits, ABCF grading or equivalent; any statistics course ecology and evolution, broadly conceived. All Spring, 3 credits, ABCF grading first-year ecology and evolution students are BEE 565 Molecular Evolution expected to participate. An introduction to the use of molecular infor- BEE 587 Applied Ecology and Conservation Fall and spring, 1-2 credits, S/U grading mation in population genetics, evolution, and Biology Laboratory May be repeated for credit taxonomy. This course combines discussions A computer laboratory course introducing of methodology, data, and theory to illustrate students to ecological risk analysis and con- how molecular information is changing our servation biology. Laboratories are based on

145 ECOLOGY AND EVOLUTION interactive software. Computer simulation BEE 692 Seminar on the Environment and techniques for addressing problems in Human Affairs applied ecology are emphasized. Student seminars on selected topics concerned Prerequisites: A year of calculus; one-year with the effect of man on the environment. undergraduate Biology course for majors Application of ecological and evolutionary Spring, even years, 3 credits, ABCF grading theory to the solution of human problems. Fall or spring, 0-2 credits, S/U grading BEE 588 Current Topics in Ecology and May be repeated for credit Evolution Subject matter varies from semester to BEE 693 Seminar on Population and semester, depending upon the interests of Community Ecology students and staff. Student seminars on selected topics in popu- Fall and spring, 2 credits, S/U grading lation and community ecology. May be repeated once for credit Fall or spring, 0-2 credits, S/U grading May be repeated for credit BEE 599 Research Original investigation undertaken with the BEE 699 Dissertation Research On Campus supervision of a member of the staff. Prerequisite: Must be advanced to candidacy Fall and spring, 1-12 credits, S/U grading (G5); major portion of research must take May be repeated for credit place on SB campus, at Cold Spring Harbor, or at Brookhaven National Lab BEE 670 Informal Seminar Fall, spring, and summer, 1-12 credits, Presentation of preliminary research results S/U grading and current research problems by students May be repeated for credit and faculty. Fall and spring, 0-2 credits, S/U grading BEE 700 Dissertation Research Off Campus– May be repeated for credit Domestic Prerequisite: Must be advanced to candi- BEE 671 Ecology and Evolution Colloquium dacy (G5); major portion of research will A weekly series of research seminars pre- take place off campus, but in the U.S. and/or sented by visiting scientists as well as by the faculty. Required every semester of all ecol- U.S. provinces (Brookhaven National Lab ogy and evolution graduate students. and the Cold Spring Harbor Lab are consid- Fall, 0-2 credits, S/U grading ered on-campus); all international students May be repeated for credit must enroll in one of the graduate student insurance plans and should be advised by BEE 672 Ecology and Evolution Colloquium an International Advisor A weekly series of research seminars Fall, spring, and summer, 1-9 credits, presented by visiting scientists as well as by S/U grading the faculty. Required every semester of all May be repeated for credit ecology and evolution graduate students. Spring, 0-2 credits, S/U grading BEE 701 Dissertation Research Off Campus– May be repeated for credit International Prerequisite: Must be advanced to candidacy BEE 689 Seminar on Adaptations of Marine (G5); major portion of research will take Organisms place outside the U.S. and/or U.S. provinces; Seminars on selected topics concerning eco- domestic students have the option of the logical, genetical, and evolutionary problems in the marine environment. health plan and may also enroll in Fall or spring, alternate years, 0-2 credits, MEDEX; international students who are in S/U grading their home country are not covered by a May be repeated for credit mandatory health plan and must contact the Insurance Office for the insurance BEE 690 Seminar on Evolutionary Processes charge to be removed; international students Seminars on selected topics concerning evo- who are not in their home country are lutionary processes. charged for the mandatory health insurance Fall or spring, alternate years, 0-2 credits, (if they are to be covered by another insur- S/U grading ance plan they must file a waiver by the May be repeated for credit second week of classes; the charge will be removed only if the other plan is deemed BEE 691 Seminar on Systematics and comparable); all international students Phylogeny must receive clearance from an Seminars on selected topics in systematics. International Advisor Topics will include the theory of classification and numerical taxonomy, both phenetic and Fall, spring, and summer, 1-9 credits, cladistic. S/U grading Fall or spring, alternate years, 0-2 credits, May be repeated for credit S/U grading BEE 800 Full-Time Summer Research May be repeated for credit 0 credit, S/U grading May be repeated for credit

146 ECONOMICS

Degree Requirements Fields currently offered by the F. Time Limit Requirements for the M.A. Degree Department are composed of courses in If the degree requirements have in Economics applied econometrics, computational not been met within five years of macroeconomics, computational methods, entry into the program, Departmental In addition to the minimum Graduate demographic economics, game theory, approval is required for continuation School requirements, the Department health economics, industrial organization, in the program. has specific degree requirements. The and labor economics. M.A. degree requires a minimum of 30 G. Dismissal Policy B. Second-Year Paper, Seminars, and resident graduate course credits in eco- A student may be dismissed from Workshops nomics (500 level or above, not including the program at the end of any semester ECO 698) with an average grade of B or Each student must write a successful in which he or she does not achieve a higher. Evening or part-time programs research paper during the second year. semester or cumulative B average or are not available. Note: All these Each student takes a research work- fails to meet the pertinent requirements courses are Ph.D.-level courses. shop in the fifth semester. The purpose of for the Ph.D. as specified. this workshop is to provide a structured Requirements for the Ph.D. introduction to research methodology. Degree in Economics In addition, participation in program Courses The Ph.D. degree requirements are as seminars and research workshops is follows: considered an essential part of a stu- ECO 500 Microeconomics I A. Course Requirements dent’s progress toward the doctorate. The first semester of a one-year course in Seminars in economic theory and applied microeconomic theory. Deals with decision- A minimum of 15 courses in economics economics are presented on a regular making of economic agents in different choice (including core courses) must be com- environments using the analytical approach of basis by faculty, graduate students, and pleted, with a grade of B or better in duality theory. Topics include theory of the visitors. Workshops oriented toward consumer, theory of the firm, decision-making each elective course. Included in the thesis research are conducted by faculty under risk and uncertainty, intertemporal elective courses must be at least two in and students working in related areas. choice, aggregation, and capital theory. each of two approved pairs of courses Prerequisite: Graduate standing in the forming fields (listed below). However, C. Advancement to Candidacy Department of Economics or permission of the Ph.D. committee may approve a Advancement to candidacy for the the graduate director waiver of part of the 15-course Ph.D. is achieved by satisfactory com- Fall, 3 credits, ABCF grading requirement for students with gradu- pletion of most course requirements ECO 501 Microeconomics II ate work elsewhere. specified in item A, above, and success- A continuation of ECO 500, focusing on theo- 1. Core Courses: Those courses that ful work on the second-year paper. ries of equilibrium and market structure. Advancement to candidacy normally Topics include general competitive equilib- provide the foundation in economic the- rium, imperfect competition and game theory, ory (micro and macro) and quantitative must be achieved by the end of the imperfect information, theory of public goods, analysis (econometrics, mathematical fourth semester. and social choice. methods, and statistics) are referred to Prerequisite: Graduate standing in the D. Dissertation as core courses. Comprehensive exami- Department of Economics or permission of nations are taken in econometrics, A dissertation, presenting the results the graduate director macroeconomics, and microeconomics of original and significant research, Spring, 3 credits, ABCF grading must be approved. An examination on beginning at the end of the first year ECO 510 Macroeconomics I dissertation proposal research must be of study, and are to be completed by The first semester of a one-year course in the beginning of the fourth semester. passed by the end of the sixth semester of macroeconomic theory. Deals with theories Comprehensive examinations are study. The examination is both written and determinants of income, employment, and inflation. Topics include static equilib- written but may be supplemented by and oral, and its syllabus is to be determined by the student’s dissertation rium models, theories of money demand and oral examinations at the discretion of monetary phenomena, theories of the labor the examining committee. committee in consultation with the stu- market and unemployment, rational expecta- dent. Final approval of the dissertation tions and stabilization policy, consumption, 2. Elective Courses and Fields of will be by a committee including the and investment. Specialization: In addition to core candidate’s principal advisor, two other Prerequisite: Graduate standing in the courses, normally at least six elective Department members, and one member Department of Economics or permission of courses must be taken, including two from another department. The results the graduate director pairs of courses, where each pair forms of the dissertation will be presented at Fall, 3 credits, ABCF grading an approved field. It is usual but not nec- a colloquium convened for that purpose. ECO 511 Macroeconomics II essary that a dissertation topic be chosen A continuation of ECO 510, focusing on from one of these fields of specialization. E. Teaching dynamic models. Topics include models of The two elective fields must be satis- The program is committed to achieving economic growth, optimal growth and effi- factorily completed by the end of the a high quality of teaching and encourages ciency, overlapping-generations models, rational expectations, and optimal policy. sixth semester. One field may be com- all graduate students to acquire teaching Prerequisite: ECO 510, graduate standing in pleted on the basis of an average grade of experience during their graduate studies. the Department of Economics or permission B+ or higher in the courses in that field. The Department operates a training of the graduate director At least one field must be completed by program to prepare teaching assistants Spring, 3 credits, ABCF grading passing a written comprehensive exam. for classroom instruction.

148 ECONOMICS

ECO 520 Mathematical Statistics ECO 605 Game Theory II trated with examples from various areas such The first semester of a one-year course in Refinements of strategic equilibrium, games as Real Business Cycles, Asset Pricing with quantitative methods. Statistical methods and with incomplete information, repeated games Complete and Incomplete Markets, and their properties of particular usefulness to with and without complete information, and Recursive Contracts. economists. Topics include probability theory, stochastic games. The Shapley value of Prerequisite: ECO 612; graduate standing in univariate and multivariate distributions, lim- games with many players, and NTU-values. the Department of Economics or permission iting distributions, point and interval estima- This course is offered as both ECO 605 and of the graduate director tion, hypothesis testing. AMS 555. Spring, 0-3 credits, ABCF grading Prerequisite: Graduate standing in the Prerequisite for AMS 555: AMS 552/ECO 604. Department of Economics or permission of Prerequisites for ECO 605: ECO 604 and ECO 623 Data Analysis and Economic the graduate director graduate standing in the Department of Applications Fall, 3 credits, ABCF grading Economics or permission of the graduate Survey of major sources of data in economics director. and theoretical hypotheses and statistical ECO 521 Econometrics Spring, 0-3 credits, ABCF grading methods for organizing and analyzing such A continuation of ECO 520. The application of data. Statistical models for quantitative data mathematical and statistical methods of eco- ECO 606 Advanced Topics in Strategic as well as qualitative choices are presented. nomic theory, including the concept of an Behavior in Economics Computer usage is expected. explanatory economic model, multiple regres- An analysis of varying topics in strategic Prerequisite: ECO 521; graduate standing in sion, hypothesis testing, simultaneous equa- behavior in economics. One or more of the fol- the Department of Economics or permission tions models, and estimating techniques. lowing topics and others will be dealt with of the graduate director Prerequisite: ECO 520; graduate standing in each week: repeated games with incomplete Spring, 0-3 credits, ABCF grading the Department of Economics or permission information; stochastic games; bounded of the graduate director rationality complexity and strategic entropy; ECO 629 Studies in Quantitative Methods values of non-atomic games; strategic aspects Spring, 3 credits, ABCF grading Prerequisites: ECO 521; graduate standing in in the telecommunication industry; general the Department of Economics or permission ECO 522 Applied Econometrics equilibrium and financial markets; auction of the graduate director mechanisms; knowledge, common knowledge, A continuation of ECO 521. The application Fall, 0-3 credits, ABCF grading and strategic equilibria. and extension of econometric techniques Prerequisites: ECO 501, ECO 604, ECO 605, developed in ECO 521. Emphasis on the rela- ECO 636 Industrial Organization I or permission of instructor, graduate stand- tionship among economic theory, econometric Applications of microeconomic theory to modeling and estimation, and empirical infer- ing in the Department of Economics or per- the determinants of market structure. ence. Computer usage for calculation of esti- mission of the graduate director. Relationships between market structure, mators. Critical examination of econometric Spring, 1-3 credits, ABCF grading firm behavior, and allocational efficiency. Econometric estimation and testing of some studies in current journals. May be repeated for credit hypotheses suggested by the theory. Prerequisite: ECO 521; graduate standing in ECO 610 Advanced Macroeconomic Theory I Prerequisite: ECO 501, ECO 521; graduate the Department of Economics or permission Topics in macroeconomic theory, including standing in the Department of Economics or of the graduate director microfoundations of macroeconomics, tempo- permission of the graduate director Fall, 3 credits, ABCF grading rary general equilibrium and disequilibrium, Fall, 0-3 credits, ABCF grading monetary theory, equilibrium theory of ECO 590 Mathematical Foundations of business cycles, implicit contracts, rational ECO 637 Industrial Organization II Contemporary Economic Theory expectations, and econometric implications. This course is a continuation of ECO 636. It A one-semester course dealing with mathe- Prerequisites: ECO 501, ECO 511; graduate deals with the same questions and tools as matical concepts and techniques relevant to standing in the Department of Economics or ECO 636, and provides an introduction to economic theory. Topics in set theory, topol- permission of the graduate director antitrust policy and to public policy toward ogy, linear algebra, and optimization theory. 0-3 credits, ABCF grading industry, including regulation and deregula- Applications to economic theory developed as tion, the design of optimal regulation, and the time permits. ECO 612 Computational Economics and effectiveness of current regulation. Prerequisite: Graduate standing in the Dynamic Modeling Prerequisite: ECO 501, ECO 521; graduate Department of Economics or permission of An analysis of the theory and applications of standing in the Department of Economics or the graduate director the dynamic modeling literature using compu- permission of the graduate director Fall, 3 credits, ABCF grading tational methods, and on the methods them- Spring, 0-3 credits, ABCF grading selves. Dynamic Modeling and Computational ECO 599 Research in Special Topics Economics are possibly the fastest-growing ECO 640 Labor Economics I Prerequisite: Graduate standing in the areas of interest in the profession due to its This is the first course in the graduate Department of Economics or permission of suitability to model, solve, and also estimate sequence in labor economic theory and empir- the graduate director realistic decision-making problems in most ical applications. Topics include human capital areas of economics. Fall and spring, 1-12 credits, S/U grading theory, labor supply, life cycle behaviors, and Prerequisite: Graduate standing in the the behavioral effects of social insurance pro- May be repeated for credit Department of Economics or permission of grams. The emphasis is on up-to-date treat- ECO 604 Game Theory I the graduate director ments of these topics in the literature. Prerequisite: Graduate standing in the Elements of cooperative and noncooperative Fall, 0-3 credits, ABCF grading Department of Economics or permission of games. Matrix games, pure and mixed strate- gies, and equilibria. Solution concepts such as ECO 613 Computational Macroeconomics the graduate director core, stable sets, and bargaining sets. Voting A concentration on numerical methods com- Fall, 3 credits, ABCF grading monly used to solve dynamic macroeconomic games, and the Shapley and Banzhaff power models. These include methods relying on ECO 641 Labor Economics II indices. This course is offered as both ECO 604 dynamic programming techniques, linear This is an advanced course in labor economics and AMS 552. approximation methods, and non-linear which continues ECO 640. Topics include Prerequisite: Graduate standing in the methods that can be applied to models with both theory and estimation of job search, Department of Economics or permission of distortions and heterogeneous agents. The matching, dynamic discrete and continuous the graduate director different methods will be explained and their choice models of the labor market. Special 0-3 credits, ABCF grading application to macroeconomics will be illus- emphasis will be given to the role of economic

149 ECONOMICS theory in specification and testing economet- that assist them toward the completion of international students who are in their home ric models. their second-year paper, dissertation propos- country are not covered by mandatory health Prerequisite: Graduate standing in the als and thesis. It is a course in research and plan and must contact the Insurance Office Department of Economics or permission of presentation methods that provides an effec- for the insurance charge to be removed; tive mechanism for learning about current the graduate director international students who are not in their areas of research interest. Spring, 3 credits, ABCF grading home country are charged for the mandatory Prerequisite: Graduate standing in the health insurance (if they are to be covered Department of Economics or permission of ECO 642 Demographic Economics I by another insurance plan, they must file This course deals with the economics of the graduate director a waiver by the second week of classes; the family. It utilizes recently developed Fall or spring, 0-3 credits, ABCF grading techniques in economics and demography to the charge will only be removed if the other deal with questions concerning marriage, ECO 690 Seminar in Applied Economics plan is deemed comparable); all international divorce, fertility, contraception, the intrafamily Preparation, presentation, and discussion students must receive clearance from an distribution of resources, and the intergenera- of student and faculty research in applied International Advisor tional distribution of resources. Students will economics. Topics covered by student papers Fall, spring, and summer, 1-9 credits, do original theoretical and empirical research are usually related to students’ long-term S/U grading under the professor’s supervision. research interests. May be repeated for credit Prerequisite: ECO 510; graduate standing in Fall or spring, 1-6 credits, S/U grading the Department of Economics or permission ECO 800 Summer Research of the graduate director ECO 695 Research Workshop Prerequisite: Graduate standing in the Spring, 0-3 credits, ABCF grading Designed to direct students to the selection Department of Economics or permission of of dissertation topics. Oral and written pres- the graduate director ECO 643 Demographic Economics I entation of student papers with active faculty participation. Several sections may be offered 0 credit, S/U grading This course is a continuation of ECO 642. May be repeated It deals with the same questions and tools each semester in areas of broad research as ECO 642, but emphasizes developing interest. economies. The connections between popula- Prerequisite: Graduate standing in the tion growth and development are stressed. Department of Economics or permission of Prerequisites: ECO 501; graduate standing in the graduate program director and three the Department of Economics or permission semesters of coursework in the Ph.D. program of the graduate director Fall, 0-6 credits, S/U grading 0-3 credits, ABCF grading May be repeated for credit ECO 645 Health Economics I ECO 698 Practicum in Teaching Critical reviews of research in health econom- Prerequisite: Graduate standing in the ics topics of current interest, such as empirical Department of Economics or permission of and conceptual models of physician behavior, the graduate director competition in the pharmaceutical industry, Spring, 1-6 credits, S/U grading the economic impacts of managed care, and May be repeated for credit the causes and consequences of unhealthy behaviors. Students will present and critique ECO 699 Dissertation Research On Campus original research and produce a research paper on a topic of their interest. Prerequisite: Have declared thesis advisor Prerequisites: ECO 501, ECO 521; graduate in Economics Ph.D. program (G5); major standing in the Department of Economics or portion of research must take place on permission of the graduate director SB campus, at Cold Spring Harbor, or 0-3 credits, ABCF grading at Brookhaven National Lab Fall, spring, and summer, 1-9 credits, ECO 646 Health Economics II S/U grading Theoretical and econometric analysis of May be repeated for credit selected aspects of the health-care delivery system, such as the demand for medical serv- ECO 700 Dissertation Research Off Campus– ices, the supply and distribution of physician Domestic services, the utilization of non-physician med- Prerequisite: Must be advanced to candidacy ical personnel, alternative models of hospital (G5); major portion of research will take behavior, third-party insurance reimburse- place off-campus, but in the U.S. and/or ment, national health insurance and cost, and U.S. provinces (Brookhaven National Lab price inflation in the hospital and long-term and Cold Spring Harbor Lab are considered care sectors. Co-scheduled as ECO 646 or HPH 664. on campus); all international students Prerequisite: Graduate standing in the must enroll in one of the graduate student Department of Economics or permission of insurance plans and should be advised by the graduate director an International Advisor Spring, 0-3 credits, ABCF grading Fall, spring, and summer, 1-9 credits, S/U grading ECO 647 Research Methods in Applied May be repeated for credit Microeconomics Presentation, discussion, and analysis of stu- ECO 701 Dissertation Research Off Campus– dent and faculty research in the areas of International applied microeconomics, labor economics, Prerequisite: Must be advanced to candidacy health economics, and industrial organization, (G5); major portion of research will take as well as applied econometrics. The purpose place outside the U.S. and/or U.S. provinces; of the course is to provide skills and feedback domestic students have the option of the to students at various levels in the program health plan and may also enroll in MEDEX;

150 EDUCATION AND TEACHER CERTIFICATION PROFESSIONAL EDUCATION PROGRAM Education and Teacher Certification Professional Education Program Director: Dorit Kaufman, Ph.D., Professional Education Program/Department of Linguistics Associate Director and Teacher Certification Officer: Marvin Glockner, Ph.D., Professional Education Program/School of Professional Development Associate Director for Administration: Mary Ann Short, M.A./L.S. Senior Staff Assistant: Loretta Stanton, B.A. Office Phone: (631) 632-4PEP Office Fax: (631) 632-9487 Web site: www.pep.sunysb.edu

Degrees awarded: Biology, Chemistry, Earth Sciences, English, French, General Science with a discipline, German, Italian, Mathematics, Physics, Russian, Spanish, and Social Studies with Adolescent Education Teacher Certification; PreK through Grade 12 Certification in Teaching English to Speakers of Other Languages (TESOL)

The Professional Education Program the academic departments and interdiscipli- supporting students in their application (PEP) prepares students to become nary programs, and they have the same for jobs are kept on file. Copies of these teachers of academic subjects in second- opportunities for experiences with renowned recommendations are sent to prospec- ary schools (grades 7 through 12) and to professors in each teaching field. Stony Brook tive employers upon request. The become teachers of English to Speakers students have consistently scored higher Center also posts announcements for of Other Languages (TESOL) in grades than the state average on each of the sub- teaching jobs available locally and in PreK through 12. Stony Brook’s teacher tests of the New York State Teacher schools around the country. Students certification programs are registered Certification Examinations (NYSTCE). seeking employment in school districts and approved by the New York State Fieldwork and clinical placements for off Long Island are invited to participate Education Department (NYSED). PEP Stony Brook students are available in an in the Long Island Teachers Recruitment has had a significant positive impact interesting cross-section of cooperating Consortium. For more information, con- upon the Long Island region and the school districts that draw upon school tact the Career Placement Center at greater metropolitan area, and is widely populations with a wide range of (631) 632-6810 (Voice/TDD). recognized as a symbol of Stony Brook’s socio-economic backgrounds, including Teacher preparation programs are commitment to teacher education, edu- students that are culturally diverse, offered in the following subject areas: cational research and development, and those with disabilities, and gifted and tal- Certification Grades 7 through 12: partnership programs in collaboration ented students. Many schools are Sciences: Biology, Chemistry, Earth with regional schools. engaged in innovative and experimental Science, Physics, and an option for programs in education. General Science with a science University-Wide Coordination of The Office of Teacher Certification the Teacher Education Programs certification advises prospective teacher certification English PEP provides University-wide coordina- candidates on procedures for obtaining Foreign Languages: French, German, tion of the teacher education programs. New York State teacher certification. Italian, Russian, and Spanish The programs are advised by an active Upon successful completion of the Mathematics and dedicated Advisory Board consisting University’s program, the student must Social Studies of University faculty and representa- apply for state certification by complet- Certification Grades PreK through 12: tives from regional school districts. PEP ing the necessary application forms Teaching English to Speakers of Other performs a major role in the region by (available from the Office of Teacher Languages (TESOL) coordinating, supporting, strengthening, Certification); completing the certificate and developing pre-service and in-serv- requirements for Training in Child and In addition to baccalaureate and sepa- ice teacher certification and professional Substance Abuse, Recognition and rate master’s degree programs, PEP development; educational research and Reporting of School Violence (Project offers opportunities to complete a com- development; and school-university part- Safe), processing of fingerprints, and bined bachelor’s/master’s degree pro- nership programs. passing the New York State Teacher gram within a five-year period. Both The University-wide approach to Certification Examinations (NYSTCE). degrees are awarded at the end of teacher education adopted by Stony Clearance and applications for the certifi- the program. For further information Brook provides graduates with the intel- cate are processed by the Office of on the B.A./M.A. TESOL, contact lectual rigor of an academic major as well Teacher Certification, which keeps docu- the Department of Linguistics at as valuable professional credentials mentation pertaining to these services on www.linguistics.stonybrook.edu/contact that qualify them to teach in New York file and makes it available to students for or (631) 632-7774. For further informa- State and many other states in the in-state and out-of-state certification tion on all other combined programs, country. Stony Brook students prepar- purposes, and to prospective employers. contact the School of Professional ing for teacher certification take their The Career Placement Center is avail- Development at (631) 632-7055, or courses with the same faculty who teach able to assist students. Through its [email protected]. undergraduate and graduate students in credentials service, recommendations sunysb.edu

151 EDUCATION AND TEACHER CERTIFICATION PROFESSIONAL EDUCATION PROGRAM

Major Components of the of Substance Abuse, and Prevention and Note: Additional affiliated content Teacher Preparation Intervention of School Violence. They faculty are listed within the departments Programs must also be fingerprinted and receive of the relevant disciplines. clearance from the Department of Adjunct Students applying for certification must Criminal Justice Services. satisfy the following requirements: Robert Andersen, Mathematics, M.S. A. Students must consult with the Faculty William Bernard, Mathematics, M.S. Program Director in the department in Barbara Biondo, Mathematics, P.D. which they seek certification for the spe- Affiliated Marianne Catalano, TESOL, M.A. cific requirements of their program. Frank Anshen, Linguistics, Ph.D. Genevieve Heidrich, History, M.S.W. Admission includes an application, an Charles Backfish, History, A.M. application essay (described in the appli- Paul Kaplan, Psychology, Ph.D. cation form), GRE General Exam scores Lisa Berger, Mathematics, Ph.D. Harvey Karron, History, M.A./M.S. (for the English, History/Social Studies, Robert Bloomer, European Languages, Literatures, Gerard Lannigan, History, M.A. and Cultures, Ph.D. and TESOL Programs), and additional Michael LoMonico, English, M.A.L.S. requirements set by the academic David Bynum, Biochemistry and Cell Biology, Ph.D. Natalie Lukas, N.Y.C. Coordinator, M.S. department. Patricia Dunn, English, D.A. Barbara McAdorey-Morreale, History, M.A. B. Students must complete all pedagogy Terry Earley, History, Ph.D. Frank Rizza, Ed.D./P.D. courses encompassed in the professional Jose Elias-Ulloa, Hispanic Languages, Richard Rocco, History, M.A. study of education (credits may vary Literatures, and Cultures, Ph.D. depending on the specific certification William Schiavo, English, M.A. Andrea Fedi, European Languages, Literatures, program). Stephen Z. Schneider, Ed.D. and Cultures, Ph.D. Eli Seifman, SUTEC, Ph.D. Note: Students must achieve a mini- Georges Fouron, Africana Studies, Ed.D. Pamela Selzer, TESOL, M.A. mum grade of B in all pedagogy courses. Charles Franco, European Languages, Madeline Turan, European Languages, Literatures, and Cultures, Ph.D. C. Students must complete the State- Literatures, and Cultures, M.S. mandated literacy requirement (contact Lawrence Frohman, History, Ph.D. Wendy Turgeon, Philosophy, Ph.D. your teacher preparation program Caren Gough, Science, M.S., Ed.M. Number of graduate assistants, Fall 2008: 2 director for course information). Gilbert Hanson, Geosciences, Ph.D. D. Students must complete 100 field Joy Janzen, Linguistics, Ph.D. Master of Arts in Teaching: experience hours, prior to student teach- Sarah Jourdain, European Languages, English ing, with specific and diverse internships Literatures, and Cultures, Ph.D. that include high-needs districts, inclu- Dorit Kaufman, Linguistics, Ph.D. A. Program Description sion of students with special needs, inte- Nadia Kennedy, Mathematics, Ed.D. The Master of Arts in Teaching gration of technology in the curriculum, (M.A.T.): English (HEGIS 1501) is a literacy across all curricula, etc. Robert Kerber, Chemistry, Ph.D. course of study leading to New York Joan Kuchner, Child and Family Studies, Ph.D. State certification for teaching English E. Students must complete one semes- in the secondary schools (grades 7 to ter of clinical practice (Supervised Kenneth Lindblom, English, Ph.D. 12). This program, which is offered in Student Teaching). Seventy-five days of Karen Lund, English, M.A. collaboration with the University’s student teaching are required. Irene Marchegiani, European Languages, Department of English and Dependent upon the semester and public Literatures, and Cultures, Ph.D. Professional Education Program, is school vacation schedules, student teach- Celia Marshik, English, Ph.D. designed for those who have little or no ing may extend beyond the University Robert McCarthy, Physics and Astronomy, Ph.D. previous coursework in education or semester calendar. Linda Padwa, Science, M.A.T. formal classroom teaching experience. F. Students must complete one year of Anthony Phillips, Mathematics, Ph.D. B. Course of Study a language (two years for TESOL stu- Gabriela Polit, Hispanic Language, Literatures, dents) other than English at the college This degree program consists of and Cultures, Ph.D. level (this may include ASL). However, 41 credits, distributed among the areas individual majors may have more rigor- Prosper Sanou, European Languages, Literatures, listed below. Unless otherwise noted, ous language requirements. and Cultures, Ph.D. each course is three credits. Keith Sheppard, Science, Ed.D. G. Requirements for certification and English Language and Literature (15 credits) Scott Sutherland, Mathematics, Ph.D. resulting license include passage of the Course selection will be determined by Liberal Arts and Sciences Test (LAST), Kathleen Vernon, Hispanic Languages, Literatures, the student and advisor. The National Assessment of Teaching Skills (ATS-W), and Cultures, Ph.D. Council of Teachers of English requires and Content Specialty Test (CST). In Judy Wiegand, Mathematics, M.S. that certain content areas be met prior addition, all candidates for license must Anne Wilding, Linguistics, M.A., P.D. to completion of the M.A.T. Students complete seminars in the following: Zuzana Zachar, Biochemistry and Cell Biology, Ph.D. will determine, in conjunction with the Training in Identifying and Reporting Program Director, what courses they Ximena Zate, Linguistics, Ph.D., P.D. Suspected Cases of Child Abuse and must take to fulfill the M.A.T. and Maltreatment, Identification and Referral N.C.T.E. content requirements. If more

152 EDUCATION AND TEACHER CERTIFICATION PROFESSIONAL EDUCATION PROGRAM than five N.C.T.E. areas have not C. Admissions Requirements Note: The M.A.T. in English consists been covered by the student’s prior Students must have completed an of at least three to four semesters of work coursework, more than 15 credits may academic major in English with a (excluding summer session) for full-time be required. minimum GPA of 2.75 in their overall students and a somewhat longer period of time for part-time students. Professional Studies in Education (20 credits) bachelor’s degree program, and have a minimum GPA of 3.00 in English CEE 505 Education: Theory and Contact Information studies. Students must demonstrate, Practice Please contact one of the following: through their application and recom- CEE 565 Human Development mendations, that they possess the Kenneth Lindblom, Ph.D., Program Director, M.A.T. in English CEE 588 Methods of Instruction in temperament and disposition to be an [email protected] Literature and Composition in the effective teacher. In addition, academic Secondary School transcripts must indicate that the stu- (631) 632-7303 dent has completed at least one year of Professional Education Program CEE 590 Student Teaching Seminar college-level study of a foreign language. (prerequisites: CEE 588 and 593, CEF (631) 632-4PEP 551 and 552; co-requisites: CEQ 591 Application Procedure School of Professional Development and 592) Applications and instructions are Stony Brook University CEE 593 Performance and Technology available on SPD’s Web site at Stony Brook, NY 11794-4310 in Teaching Literature and Composition www.stonybrook.edu/spd/graduate/index. E-mail: spd_teachercertprograms@ (prerequisites: CEE 588 and CEF 551; html. Students may also call (631) 632- notes.cc.sunysb.edu co-requisite: CEF 552) 7055 to obtain an application packet. (631) 632-7055 Return the completed packet to SPD CEF 551 Field Experience I—Grades (not to the Graduate School). See also the English Teacher Education 7 to 9 (co-requisite: CEE 588); one credit Applications and supporting documenta- Program Web site at CEF 552 Field Experience II— tion for the spring term must be www.stonybrook.edu/pep/tep_english. Grades 10 to 12 (prerequisites: CEE 588 received by November 15; for the fall shtml and CEF 551; co-requisite: CEE 593); term, by April 15. A completed packet one credit Master of Arts in Teaching: consists of: Foreign Languages LIN 544 Language Acquisition and Completed M.A.T. application with a A. Program Description Literacy Development $100 non-refundable application fee; The Master of Arts in Teaching Field Experience and Clinical Practice Three letters of recommendation; (M.A.T.): Foreign Languages programs Students are required to complete 100 Official copies of all previous college are designed as courses of study leading clock hours of field experience related transcripts; to New York State certification for teach- to coursework prior to student teaching ing French, German, Italian, Russian, or practica. These experiences include Immunization record. and Spanish in the secondary schools practicing skills for interacting with (grades 7 to 12). These programs are Teacher Certification parents, experiences in high-need offered in collaboration with the schools, and experiences with each of While NYSED requires a minimum University’s Department of European the following student populations: socio- of 30 credits in the content field to be Languages, Literatures, and Cultures; economically disadvantaged students, certified, Stony Brook requires that Hispanic Language, Literatures, and students who are English language students must have completed an Cultures; and the Professional learners, and students with disabilities. undergraduate degree with a major in Education Program, and are designed the content field, and a minimum of 36 for those with little or no previous Supervised Student Teaching (six credits) credits, for admission to the M.A.T. coursework in education or formal class- CEQ 591 Supervised Student program. This major must be equiva- room teaching experience. Teaching High School Grades 10 to 12: lent to a similar major at Stony Brook. B. Course of Study English (prerequisites: CEE 588 and To be recommended for New York 593, CEF 551 and 552; co-requisites: State certification, students must com- These degree programs consist of CEQ 590 and 592) plete all courses required for the 44 credits distributed among the areas M.A.T. In addition, transcripts must listed below. Unless otherwise noted, CEQ 592 Supervised Student indicate that the student has completed each course is three credits. Teaching Middle School Grades 7 to 9: at least one year of college-level study Language, Literature and Culture (15 credits) English (prerequisites: CEE 588 and of a foreign language. 593, CEF 551 and 552; co-requisites: Courses not listed are selected with CEQ 590 and 591) To be recommended for New York the approval of a Departmental advisor. State certification, students must com- French (HEGIS 1102) Final Project plete all courses required for the M.A.T. FRN 501 Contemporary French Students are required to submit a plus any ancillary requirements. Culture and Institutions professional portfolio at the completion Students must also achieve a minimum of the program. grade of B in all pedagogy courses. FRN 507 Advanced Stylistics

153 EDUCATION AND TEACHER CERTIFICATION PROFESSIONAL EDUCATION PROGRAM

FRN 510 French Phonetics and Diction Literature/Culture/Linguistics/Special major or a minimum of 36 credits) with a Topics (with the permission of the minimum GPA of 2.75 in their overall Plus two additional graduate-level graduate director) bachelor’s degree program, and have a FRN literature course minimum GPA of 3.00 in language stud- SPN 691 Practicum in the Teaching of German (HEGIS 1103) Spanish Language ies. Students must demonstrate, through GER 504 German Cultural History their application and recommendations, Professional Studies in Education (23 credits) that they possess the temperament and GER 506 Advanced Stylistics CEE 505 Education: Theory and Practice disposition to be an effective teacher. Plus one of the following: Prior to student teaching, students must CEE 565 Human Development participate in an official ACTFL OPI GER 557 History of the German FLA 505 Methods of Teaching Foreign (Oral Proficiency Interview) and receive a Language Languages minimum spoken proficiency rating of GER 539 Contrastive Structures: Advanced-Low as defined in the ACTFL FLA 506 Curriculum Development German-English Proficiency Guidelines-Speaking (1999). (prerequisite: FLA 505) Students must contact Language Testing GER 558 Middle High German FLA 540 Foreign Language International (LTI) and arrange for either Plus two additional graduate-level Acquisition Research a face-to-face OPI or a phone interview. GER literature courses FLA 549 Field Experience I—Grades Application Procedure Italian (HEGIS 1104) 7 to 9 (co-requisite: FLA 505) Applications and instructions are ITL 501 Contemporary Italy FLA 550 Field Experience II— available on SPD’s Web site at www. stonybrook.edu/spd/graduate/index. ITL 508 Advanced Grammar and Grades 10 to 12 (co-requisite: FLA 506) html. Students may also call (631) 632- Stylistics FLA 554 Student Teaching Seminar 7055 to obtain an application packet. ITL 509 Contrasting Italian and (prerequisites: FLA 505, 506, 540, and Return the completed packet to SPD. English 571; co-requisites: FLA 551 and 552) Applications and supporting documen- tation for the spring term must be FLA 571 Technology and Education ITL 511 History of the Italian received by November 15; for the fall Language Field Experience and Clinical Practice term, by April 15. A completed packet consists of: Plus one additional graduate-level Students will be required to complete ITL literature course 100 clock hours of field experience Completed MAT application with a related to coursework prior to student $100 non-refundable application fee; Russian (HEGIS 1106) teaching or practica. These experiences Three letters of recommendation; RUS 506 Russian Stylistics, or include practicing skills for interacting RUS 520 Russian Syntax with parents, experiences in high-need Official copies of all previous college schools, and experiences with each of transcripts; RUS 538 Structure of Russian the following student populations: socio- Several sample papers from your economically disadvantaged students, SLV 504 Slavic Culture undergraduate program that demonstrate students who are English language level of proficiency in the program Plus, two RUS graduate-level learners, and students with disabilities. literature courses language; Supervised Student Teaching (six credits) Spanish Immunization record. FLA 551 Supervised Student Five courses selected with approval of Teaching High School Grades 10 to 12: Teacher Certification the graduate Spanish advisor. Courses Foreign Languages (prerequisites: While NYSED requires a minimum of may include: FLA 505, 506, 540, and 571; 30 credits in the content field to be certi- SPN 501 Spanish Historical Linguistics co-requisites: FLA 552 and 554 ) fied, Stony Brook requires that students must have completed an undergraduate SPN 502 Methods in Linguistic FLA 552 Supervised Student degree with a major in the content field Research Teaching Middle School Grades 7 to 9: and a minimum of 36 credits for admis- SPN 503 Spanish Linguistics Foreign Languages (prerequisites: sion to the M.A.T. program. This major FLA 505, 506, 540, and 571; must be equivalent to a similar major SPN 504 Contrastive Analysis: co-requisites: FLA 551 and 554 ) at Stony Brook. To be recommended Spanish and English for New York State certification, Final Project SPN 505 Spanish Dialectology and students must complete all courses Sociolinguistics Students are required to submit a required for the M.A.T. plus any professional portfolio at the completion ancillary requirements. Students must SPN 510 Hispanic Culture of the program. also achieve a minimum grade of B in all pedagogy courses. SPN 515 Spanish Composition and C. Admissions Requirements Stylistics Students are expected to have good Contact Information SPN 500-level courses in preparation in the program language (a Please contact one of the following:

154 EDUCATION AND TEACHER CERTIFICATION PROFESSIONAL EDUCATION PROGRAM

Sarah Jourdain, Ph.D., Program MAT 514 Analysis for Teachers II Supervised Student Teaching (six credits) Director, MAT 515 Geometry for Teachers MAE 551 Supervised Student Teaching M.A.T. in Foreign Languages Middle School Grades 7 to 9: [email protected] MAT 516 Probability and Statistics Mathematics (prerequisites: CEE 505, (631) 632-7440 for Teachers CEE 565, LIN 544, MAE 501, MAE Professional Education Program MAT 530 Topology/Geometry I 510, MAE 520, MAE 530, MAE 540, satisfaction of all content requirements (631) 632-4PEP MAT 534 Algebra I and permission of the Director of School of Professional Development MAT 542 Complex Analysis I Mathematics Education; co-requisites: Stony Brook University MAT 544 Analysis MAE 552 and 554) Stony Brook, NY 11794-4310 E-mail: spd_teachercertprograms@ MAT 550 Real Analysis I MAE 552 Supervised Student Teaching notes.cc.sunysb.edu High School Grades 10 to 12: MAT 599 Master’s Level (631) 632-7055 Mathematics (prerequisites: CEE 505, Independent Study CEE 565, LIN 544, MAE 501, MAE 510, MAE 520, MAE 530, MAE 540, Master of Arts in Teaching: Professional Studies in Education (24 credits) Mathematics satisfaction of all content requirements CEE 505 Education: Theory and and permission of the Director of A. Program Description Practice Mathematics Education; co-requisites: The Master of Arts in Teaching: CEE 565 Human Development MAE 551 and 554) Mathematics (HEGIS 1701) is a course Written Project of study leading to New York State LIN 544 Language Acquisition and certification for teaching Mathematics Literacy Development Students will be required to complete a four-week Mathematics teaching module in the secondary schools (grades 7 to 12). MAE 501 Foundations of the Secondary specifically designed for the Supervised This program, offered in collaboration School Mathematics Curriculum with the University’s Department Student Teaching project. MAE 510 Introduction to Methods of Mathematics and Professional C. Admissions Requirements Education Program, is designed for of Teaching and Learning Standards Students are expected to have good those who have little or no previous (pre- or co-requisite: MAE 501) preparation in mathematics (a major in coursework in education or formal MAE 520 Advanced Methods of Mathematics or Applied Mathematics, classroom teaching experience. Teaching Secondary School Mathematics including at least 36 credits, or the B. Course of Study (prerequisites: MAE 501 and 510) equivalent of such a major, as described The degree program consists of MAE 530 Directed Readings in below), with a minimum GPA of 2.75 in 42 credits, distributed among the areas Mathematics Education (prerequisites: their overall bachelor’s degree pro- listed below. Unless otherwise noted, MAE 510 and 520; co-requisite: gram, and a minimum GPA of 3.0 in each course is three credits. MAE 540); one credit mathematics. Students must demon- strate, through their application and Mathematics Content Courses (12 credits) MAE 540 Clinical Experience recommendations, that they possess Course selection will be determined by (prerequisites: MAE 510 and 520; the temperament and disposition to be the student and advisor. Students who co-requisite: MAE 530); two credits an effective teacher. have academic deficiencies in Mathematics MAE 554 Student Teaching Seminar Application Procedure will be required to include courses that (prerequisites: CEE 505, CEE 565, Applications and instructions are avail- specifically address these deficiencies. LIN 544, MAE 501, MAE 510, MAE able on SPD’s Web site at www. These courses will be part of the 520, MAE 530, MAE 540, satisfaction stonybrook.edu/spd/graduate/index.html. 12 credits selected to satisfy this of all content requirements and permis- Students may also call (631) 632-7055 to requirement. If additional deficiencies sion of the Director of Mathematics obtain an application packet. Return the exist, those credits required to meet Education; co-requisites: MAE 551 completed packet to SPD. Applications these mandates will be over and above and 552) those requirements for the degree. and supporting documentation for the Field Experience and Clinical Practice spring term must be received by MAT 511 Fundamental Concepts of November 15; for the fall term, by April 15. Students will be required to complete Mathematics (required of all students A completed packet consists of: in this program), plus nine additional 100 clock hours of field experience credits selected from the following: related to coursework prior to student Completed M.A.T. application with a teaching or practica. These experiences $100 non-refundable application fee; AMS 504 Foundations of Applied include practicing skills for interacting Three letters of recommendation; Mathematics with parents, experiences in high-need AMS 507 Introduction to Probability schools, and experiences with each of Official copies of all previous college the following student populations: transcripts; AMS 572 Data Analysis I socio-economically disadvantaged stu- Immunization record. MAT 512 Algebra for Teachers dents, students who are heritage lan- guage learners (where applicable), and Teacher Certification MAT 513 Analysis for Teachers I students with disabilities. While NYSED requires a minimum of

155 EDUCATION AND TEACHER CERTIFICATION PROFESSIONAL EDUCATION PROGRAM

30 credits in the content field in order to B. Course of Study Professional Studies in Education (20 credits) be certified, Stony Brook requires that These degree programs consist of CEE 505 Education: Theory and students must have completed an 41 credits, distributed among the areas Practice undergraduate degree with a major in listed below. Unless otherwise noted, CEE 565 Human Development the content field, or the equivalent, each successfully completed course including a minimum of 36 credits, for fulfills three credits. SCI 510 Introduction to Science admission to the M.A.T. program. This Teaching major must be equivalent to a similar Graduate Science Courses (15 credits) SCI 520 Science Teaching Methods major at Stony Brook. In addition, Courses are selected with the approval (prerequisite: SCI 510) academic transcripts must indicate that of a Departmental advisor. Listed the student has completed at least one below are samples of typical programs. SCI 549 Clinical Experience I year of college-level study of a foreign (co-requisite: SCI 510) language. To be recommended for New Biology (HEGIS 0401) York State certification, students must Three courses from the following list: SCI 550 Clinical Experience II (pre- complete all courses required for the requisites: SCI 510 and 549; co-requisite: CEB 546 Current Topics in SCI 520) M.A.T. plus any ancillary requirements. Biotechnology Students must also achieve a minimum SCI 554 Student Teaching Seminar grade of B in all pedagogy courses. CEB 547 Current Topics in Molecular (prerequisites: SCI 510, 520, 549, and Genetics 550; co-requisites: SCI 551 and 552) Contact Information CEB 548 Current Topics in Microbiology Please contact one of the following: LIN 544 Language Acquisition and CEB 554 Current Topics in Immunology Literacy Development Lisa Berger, Ph.D., Program Co-Director M.A.T. in Mathematics CEB 553 Biology and Human Behavior Field Experience and Clinical Practice E-mail: [email protected] CEB 556 Ecology Students are required to complete 100 (631) 632-8278 clock hours of field experience related Plus two graduate-level courses to coursework prior to student teaching Or selected in concert with an academic or practica. These experiences include advisor. practicing skills for interacting with Nadia Kennedy, Ed.D., Program parents, experiences in high-need Co-Director Chemistry (HEGIS 1905) schools, and experiences with each of M.A.T. in Mathematics CHE 501 Instrumental Methods in the following student populations: socio- (631) 632-4005 Chemistry economically disadvantaged students, E-mail: [email protected] CHE 504 Structure and Reactivity in students who are English language Professional Education Program Organic Chemistry learners, and students with disabilities. (631) 632-4PEP CHE 507 Biomolecular Structure and Supervised Student Teaching (six credits) School of Professional Development Reactivity SCI 551 Supervised Student Teaching Stony Brook University CHE 511 Structural Inorganic Chemistry High School Grades 10 to 12: Science Stony Brook, NY 11794-4310 (prerequisites: SCI 510, 520, 549, and E-mail: spd_teachercertprograms@ CHE 590 Master’s Term Paper 550; co-requisites: SCI 552 and 554) notes.cc.sunysb.edu Earth Science (HEGIS 1917) (631) 632-7055 SCI 552 Supervised Student Teaching GEO 543 Stratigraphy Middle School Grades 7 to 9: Science Master of Arts in Teaching: GEO 546 Mineralogy and Petrology (prerequisites: SCI 510, 520, 549, and Science 550; co-requisites: SCI 551 and 554) GEO 549 Structural Geology A. Program Description Final Project GEO 585 Directed Studies The Master of Arts in Teaching Students are required to submit a (M.A.T.): Biology, Chemistry, Earth MAR 527 Global Change professional portfolio at the completion of the program. Science, or Physics programs are Physics (HEGIS 1902) designed to lead to New York State cer- PHY 525 Current Research tification for teaching in the secondary C. Admissions Requirements Instrumentation schools (grades 7 to 12). The programs Students must have completed an are offered in collaboration with the PHY 585 Special Study: Optics and undergraduate course of study that is University’s Departments of Waves substantially the equivalent to that of a Biochemistry and Cell Biology, Chemistry, Stony Brook undergraduate degree PHY 585 Special Study: Introductory Geosciences, Physics, and the Professional program in the science for which they Quantum Mechanics Education Program. They are designed seek certification. They must also have for those who have little or no previous PHY 585 Special Study: achieved a minimum overall GPA of 2.75 coursework in education or formal Electromagnetic Theory in their overall bachelor’s degree pro- gram, and have a minimum GPA of 3.00 classroom teaching experience. Plus one graduate course selected in in science courses. Students must concert with an academic advisor.

156 EDUCATION AND TEACHER CERTIFICATION PROFESSIONAL EDUCATION PROGRAM demonstrate, through their application of a foreign language. To be recom- CEJ 502 Modern China: Culture and and recommendations, that they possess mended for New York State certifica- Society the temperament and disposition to be an tion, students must complete all effective teacher. In addition, academic courses required for the M.A.T. plus Professional Studies in Education (15 credits) transcripts must indicate that the any ancillary requirements. Students CEE 505 Education: Theory and student has completed at least one must also achieve a minimum grade of Practice B in all pedagogy courses. year of college-level study of a foreign CEE 565 Human Development language. Applications and supporting documentation for the spring term must be Contact Information CEE 577 Teaching Social Studies received by November 15; for the fall term, Please contact one of the following: (co-requisite: CEF 548) by April 15. The appropriate science departmental CEE 578 Social Studies Strategies Students must first consult with the program advisor as noted above (prerequisites: CEE 577 and CEF 548; appropriate M.A.T. departmental advi- co-requisite: CEF 549) Professional Education Program sor to determine whether they should (631) 632-4PEP CEF 548 Field Experience I—Grades proceed with the application process. 7 to 9 (co-requisite: CEE 577) Departmental Program Advisors School of Professional Development Biology: Zuzana Zachar, Ph.D. Stony Brook University CEF 549 Field Experience II— (631) 632-8970 Stony Brook, NY 11794-4310 Grades 10 to 12 (prerequisites: CEE 577 E-mail: [email protected] E-mail: spd_teachercertprograms@ and CEF 548; co-requisite: CEE 578) notes.cc.sunysb.edu Chemistry: Robert Kerber, Ph.D. CEE 580 Student Teaching Seminar (631) 632-7055 (631) 632-7940 (prerequisites: CEE 577 and 578, CEF E-mail: [email protected] Master of Arts in Teaching: 548 and 549; co-requisites: CEQ 581 and 582) Geosciences: Gilbert Hanson, Ph.D. Social Studies LIN 544 Language Acquisition and (631) 632-8210 A. Program Description E-mail: [email protected] Literacy Development The program leads to New York Physics: Robert McCarthy, Ph.D. State certification for teaching social Field Experience and Clinical Practice (631) 632-8086 studies in the secondary schools Students are required to complete 100 E-mail: [email protected] (grades 7 to 12). The program, offered clock hours of field experience related ysb.edu in collaboration with the University’s to coursework prior to student teaching Department of History and the Application Procedure or practica. These experiences include Professional Education Program, was practicing skills for interacting with Applications and instructions are avail- designed for those who have little or no parents, experiences in high-need able on SPD’s Web site at www. previous coursework in education or schools, and experiences with each of stonybrook.edu/spd/graduate/index.html. formal classroom teaching experience. the following student populations: socio- Students may also call (631) 632-7055 economically disadvantaged students, to obtain an application packet. B. Course of Study students who are English language Return the completed packet to SPD. The program consists of a minimum of learners, and students with disabilities. A completed packet consists of: 39 credits, distributed among the areas Completed M.A.T. application with a listed below. Unless otherwise noted, Supervised Student Teaching (six credits) $100 non-refundable application fee; each course counts for three credits. CEQ 581 Supervised Student Teaching High School Grades 10 to 12 History (15 credits) Three letters of recommendation; (prerequisites: CEE 577 and 578, CEF CEG 523 Historiography Official copies of all previous college 548 and 549; co-requisites: CEE 580 transcripts; Plus 12 credits selected from the and CEQ 582) following courses: Immunization record. CEQ 582 Supervised Student CEG 532 U.S. History to Civil War Teaching Middle School Grades 7 to 9 Teacher Certification (prerequisites: CEE 577 and 578, CEF CEG 522 U.S. History Since Civil War While NYSED requires a minimum of 548 and 549; co-requisites: CEE 580 30 credits in the content field in order CEG 516 Early Modern Europe and CEQ 581) to be certified, Stony Brook requires CEG 524 Late Modern Europe that students must have completed an Final Project undergraduate degree with a major in HIS 541 Colonial Latin America Students are required to submit a the content field, and a minimum of professional portfolio at the completion CEG 517 Modern Latin America 36 credits, for admission to the M.A.T. of the program. program. This major must be equiva- CEG 534 Topics Seminar: Africa C. Admissions Requirements lent to a similar major at Stony Brook. CEG 534 Topics Seminar: Asia In addition, academic transcripts must Students must have completed an aca- indicate that the student has completed CEJ 501 Traditional China: Culture demic major (a minimum of 36 credits) in at least one year of college-level study and Society History or within another social science

157 EDUCATION AND TEACHER CERTIFICATION PROFESSIONAL EDUCATION PROGRAM major (excluding Education, Linguistics, 5. Asia—Survey of the history or previous coursework in education or and Psychology) and at least 18 credits of politics of the region or one of the major formal classroom teaching experience. history, with nine of these credits at the countries of the region upper-division level. Transcripts must B. Course of Study 6. Africa—Survey of the history or show a minimum undergraduate GPA of This degree and certification program politics of the region or one of the major 3.0. Students must demonstrate, consists of 45 credits distributed among countries of the region through their application and recom- the areas listed below. All courses are mendations, that they possess the tem- 7. Principles of Economics three credits except for the one-credit perament and disposition to be an 8. Human Geography fieldwork courses (LIN 578, LIN 579). effective teacher. Applications and sup- porting documentation (including 9. The Culture Concept in Theory or Linguistics and Foundation (15 credits) GREs) for the spring term must be History—may be satisfied by courses in LIN 522 Phonetics received by November 15; for the fall, cultural anthropology or by dealing with LIN 530 Intro to General Linguistics by April 15. cultural differences and conflicts in the contemporary world LIN 541 Bilingualism Application Procedure 10. American Government and Politics Applications and instructions can be LIN 532 Second Language Acquisition downloaded at www.stonybrook.edu/spd/ 11. Science, Technology, and Society and one of the following: graduate/index.html. Students may also call (631) 632-7055 to obtain an applica- Important note: The Department of LIN 542 Sociolinguistics tion packet. Return the completed History does not offer graduate courses LIN 525 Contrastive Analysis packet to SPD. A completed packet that satisfy requirements in areas 7 to consists of: 10. These requirements will have to be LIN 526 Analysis of an Uncommonly satisfied through undergraduate Taught Language Completed M.A.T. application with a courses. $100 non-refundable application fee; LIN 555 Error Analysis The M.A.T. consists of at least three Three letters of recommendation; semesters of work (excluding summer Professional Studies in Education (24 credits) Official copies of all previous college session) for the full-time student and a CEE 505 Education: Theory and transcripts; somewhat longer period of time for the Practice part-time student. Official report of scores on the CEE 565 Human Development Graduate Record Examination Contact Information LIN 524 TESOL Pedagogy: Theory (General Test); Please contact one of the following: and Practice and LIN 579 Field Immunization record. Lawrence Frohman, Ph.D. Program Experience N-12 Director Teacher Certification LIN 529 Content-based Language M.A.T. in Social Studies and Literacy Development and Students in the M.A.T. program must E-mail: [email protected] LIN 579 Field Experience N-12 also satisfy the following required areas (631) 632-7686 of study. These requirements may be LIN 527 Structure of English met by either the graduate courses Professional Education Program LIN 571 Curriculum Design taken toward the M.A.T. degree or by (631) 632-4PEP and Evaluation and LIN 578 Field undergraduate coursework. Equivalent School of Professional Development Experience in Adult and Tertiary undergraduate courses will normally be Stony Brook University Contexts accepted. In addition, a cluster of under- Stony Brook, NY 11794-4310 graduate courses may be accepted as E-mail: spd_teachercertprograms@ LIN 574 Managing Instruction, evidence of satisfaction of individual notes.cc.sunysb.edu Assessment, and Resources standards. Undergraduate transcripts (631) 632-7055 will be evaluated on an individual basis. Field Experience and Clinical Practice However, the student will bear the bur- Master of Arts in TESOL Students are required to complete den of proof of showing that such A. Program Description 100 clock hours of field experience coursework does provide a broad intro- (LIN 579) related to coursework prior The Master of Arts in TESOL ductory knowledge of the area of study. (HEGIS 1508) is a course of study lead- to student teaching. These experiences ing to New York State certification for include practicing skills for interacting 1. U.S. History to 1877 Teaching English to Speakers of Other with parents, experiences in high-need 2. U.S. History since 1877 Languages in the elementary and sec- schools, and experiences with each of ondary schools (grades PreK to 12). the following student populations: 3. Western Civilization or European This program, which is offered in col- socio-economically disadvantaged stu- History Survey laboration with the University’s dents, students who are English lan- 4. Latin America—Survey of the Department of Linguistics and the guage learners, and students with history or politics of the region or one of Professional Education Program, is disabilities. LIN 574, 581, and 582 are the major countries of the region designed for those who have little or no co-requisites and cannot be taken until

158 EDUCATION AND TEACHER CERTIFICATION PROFESSIONAL EDUCATION PROGRAM completion of all other course and Application Procedure Applications and supporting docu- ancillary requirements. Applications and instructions are mentation (including GRE results) available on the Graduate School Web for the fall semester must be received Supervised Student Teaching (six credits) site at www.grad.stonybrook.edu.You by March 1. LIN 581 Supervised Student may also call (631) 632-7774 to obtain an Teacher Certification Teaching Grades N-6 application packet. Return the completed To be recommended for New York LIN 582 Supervised Student packet to the Department of Linguistics. A completed packet consists of: State certification, students must com- Teaching Grades 7-12 plete all courses required for the M.A. Completed Graduate School applica- Final Project plus any ancillary requirements. tion with a non-refundable $100 Students must also achieve a minimum Students are required to submit a application fee; grade of B in all pedagogy courses. professional portfolio at the completion of the program. Three letters of recommendation; Contact Information Official copies of all previous college Please contact one of the following: C. Admissions Requirements transcripts; Students must have completed an Ximena Zate, Ph.D., Interim Program undergraduate degree in a liberal arts Official report of scores on the Director or science major with a minimum GPA Graduate Record Examination M.A. in TESOL of 3.00 in the overall bachelor’s degree. (General Test); E-mail: [email protected] (631) 632-8003 Students must demonstrate, through Curriculum Vitae (résumé); their application and recommendations, that they possess the temperament A writing sample. Professional Education Program (631) 632-4PEP and disposition to be an effective Admission is competitive and no teacher. To be recommended for New single factor will exclude anyone from York State certification, students must Department of Linguistics being admitted. Similarly, no single Stony Brook University complete all courses required for the factor will ensure admission. M.A. TESOL. In addition, transcripts www.linguistics.stonybrook.edu/contact The M.A. TESOL consists of approxi- (631) 632-7774 must indicate completion of at least two mately four semesters of study (exclud- years of college-level study of a lan- ing summer session) for the full-time guage other than English (this may student and a somewhat longer period include American Sign Language). of time for the part-time student.

159 ELECTRICAL AND COMPUTER ENGINEERING

Electrical and Computer Engineering (ESE)

Chair: Serge Luryi, Light Engineering Building Room 215, (631) 632-8420 Graduate Program Director: Yuanyuan Yang, Light Engineering Building Room 215, (631) 632-8400/8474 Senior Staff Assistant: Deborah Kloppenburg, Light Engineering Building Room 273, (631) 632-8420 Graduate Program Coordinator: Gail Giordano, Light Engineering Building Room 267A, (631) 632-8400

Degrees awarded: M.S. in Electrical Engineering; M.S. in Computer Engineering; Ph.D. in Electrical Engineering; Ph.D. in Computer Engineering

The fields of electrical and computer engi- Areas of Emphasis in Semiconductor Devices and neering are in an extraordinary period of Graduate Study Quantum Electronics growth; new application areas and Areas of emphasis in current research The program of courses and research increased expectations are accelerating and instruction are Communications and pertinent to electromagnetics, optics, due to new technologies and decreased Signal Processing, Computer Engineering, and solid-state electronics ranges from a costs. The Department of Electrical and Semiconductor Devices and Quantum study of the fundamental electronic Computer Engineering, in the College of processes in solids and gases through a Electronics, Circuits, and VLSI. Engineering and Applied Sciences, is description of the mechanism that yields Specialties that fall under one or more involved in graduate teaching and useful devices, to a study of the design of the above categories include: biomed- research in many of these areas, including simulation and fabrication of integrated ical electronics, computer networks, circuits and VLSI, communications and circuits. The program’s scientific inter- computer vision, digital computer-aided signal processing, computer engineer- ests center on physics, characterization, ing, networking, and semiconductor design, communications, fiber optic sen- and development of optoelectronic devices devices and quantum electronics. The sors, image processing, integrated circuit and systems. Over the past several Department has laboratories devoted to fabrication, microprocessors, novel elec- years, major efforts have focused on the research and advanced teaching in the tronic devices, optical signal processing, studies of physics of semiconductor following areas: communications, comput- parallel and distributed computing, sig- lasers and detectors. The Department ing, digital signal processing, DNA nal processing, and VLSI. Theoretical is also heavily involved in developing sequencing, engineering design method- and experimental programs reflecting coherent fiber optic sensors, integrated ology, fiber optic sensors and computer these areas are currently underway and fiber optics, and optical processors. graphics, high-performance computing students are encouraged to actively par- and networking, machine vision, micro ticipate in these efforts. Outlined below is Circuits and VLSI and optoelectronics/VLSI, parallel and an overview of the Department’s The program in the Circuits and VLSI neural processing, and telerobotics. research areas. area addresses problems associated Since Long Island contains one of the with modeling, simulation, design, and highest concentrations of engineering- Communications and fabrication of analog, digital, and oriented companies in the country, the Signal Processing mixed-signal integrated circuits. Analog Department is particularly strongly Subject areas of current interest include and mixed-mode integrated circuit (IC) committed to meeting the needs of local coding and modulation techniques; com- devices have important applications in industry. As part of this commitment, munications traffic; computer vision; data many fields including avionics, medical most graduate courses are given in the compression; detection and estimation; technology, and space technology. The late afternoon or evening, so as to be digital communication; high-speed data Department offers basic and advanced available to working engineers on and computer communication networks; courses covering the following sub- Long Island. image analysis and processing; mobile, jects: analog circuit design; design The value of this commitment to wireless, and personal communications; automation for analog, digital, and industry is evidenced by the support spectrum estimation; and statistical sig- mixed-mode circuits; device modeling; received by the Department in return; nal processing. integrated circuit technology; software in particular, from AT&T, Intel tools for circuit design and simulation; Corporation, Lucent Technologies, Motorola, Computer Engineering VLSI circuits; testing of analog and Texas Instruments, and Westinghouse. The goal of computer engineering in the digital ICs; and VLSI systems for com- The Department of Electrical and Department is to provide a balanced view munications and signal processing. Computer Engineering offers graduate of hardware and software issues. The programs leading to the M.S. and areas of expertise in the program include Facilities Ph.D. degrees. Graduate programs artificial neural networks, communica- The Department operates laboratories are tailored to the needs of each stu- tions and signal processing, computer for both teaching and research: dent to provide a strong analytical back- networks, computer vision, embedded The Advanced IC Design and ground helpful to the study of advanced microprocessor system design, fault tol- Simulation Laboratory contains equip- engineering problems. Ample opportu- erant computing, high-performance com- ment and computing facilities for the nities exist for students to initiate inde- puter architecture, interconnection design, simulation, and characterization pendent study and to become involved networks and high-speed packet switch- of analog, digital, and mixed-signal in active research programs, both ing, parallel and distributed computing, integrated circuits. The lab is equipped experimental and theoretical. and software engineering. with several SUN workstations and

160 ELECTRICAL AND COMPUTER ENGINEERING

PCs, and assorted electronic measure- research in the broad area of networking, ticated characterization of optoelectron- ment equipment. including interconnection networks, mul- ics devices. Processing facilities are ticast communication, optical networks, based on a “Class 100” clean room with The Communications, Signal Processing, and wireless/mobile networks. The labo- and Networking (COSINE) Laboratory Darl Suss aligner, Temescal metal film ratory has one Dell PowerEdge 1800 is equipped with modern computers deposition system, and other equipment server, nine Dell OPtiPlex Gx620MT PCs, with specialized software for research in required for modern semiconductor one Sun Ultra workstation with dual networks, signal processing, and wafer processing. Wafer testing can processors, and four Sun Ultra 5 worksta- telecommunications. The computers are be performed by low and high tempera- tions. All machines are networked. connected to Departmental computing ture probe-stations. Characterization of facilities allowing access to shared cam- The Medical Image Processing devices after processing includes electri- pus resources and the Internet. Laboratory, located in the Medical cal, optical, and spectral measurements. School, is involved in research in Electrical and optical measurements can The Computer-Aided Design Laboratory image reconstruction methods and be carried out within a wide frequency provides a network of 386-based work- image analysis with applications to range from CW to 22GHz. Semiconductor stations. Advanced computer-aided medical imaging. It is well equipped for design software for analog and digital laser near and far field emission pat- high-speed computing with SUN-UNIX systems design is available on these terns can be studied in a wide spectral and Linux desktops as well as high-per- workstations. range from visible to mid-infrared. formance 20-node cluster. Spectral analysis of radiation is per- The Computer Vision Laboratory has The Fiber Optic Sensors Laboratory formed with high resolution and sensi- state-of-the-art equipment for experi- research emphasis is on the development tivity using grating and two Fourier mental research in three-dimensional and fabrication of novel fiber optic transform spectrometers in combination machine vision. The facilities include systems for very diverse applications with state-of-the-art detector systems. desktop computers, imaging hardware, ranging from aerospace to biomedical Time resolved luminescence experi- and printers. projects involving the development of ments are available with ns resolution. The Digital Signal Processing Research new techniques and algorithms. Some The laboratory is equipped with 150fs Laboratory is involved in digital signal of the current research projects include Nd-glass mode locked laser for optical processing architectures and hardware development of capillary waveguide pumping as well as other pump sources and software research. The laboratory based biosensors for detection of including a high-energy Q-switched Nd is presently active in the development pathogens in a marine environment, inte- solid-state laser. New experimental of algorithms to be implemented on a grated fiber optic-based systems for real- methods of studying semiconductor variety of signal processing chips. time detection of synchronous and laser parameters, developed in the labo- asynchronous vibrations in turbomachin- The Fluorescence Detection Laboratory ratory, include direct heterobarrier leak- ery, and single photon-based detection is involved in the design, development, age current measurements as well as gain, schemes for submicroscopic particle siz- implementation, and testing of various loss, and alpha-factor measurements in ing. Equipment includes a diamond saw, DNA sequencing instruments. Research broad area and single mode lasers. fiber optic fusion splicer, fiber polisher, areas include capillary electrophoresis micropositioners, optical microscope, opti- phenomena, design and development of cal scanners, optical spectrometer (visible Admission analog and digital integrated circuits, range), and various laser sources. DNA sequencing, fast data acquisition For admission to graduate study in the Additionally, the laboratory has the facili- and transfer, laser-induced fluorescence Department of Electrical and Computer ties for designing printed circuits and fab- detection, signal processing, and single Engineering the minimum require- ricating optical and electronic subsystems. photon counting techniques. ments are: The Parallel and Neural Processing The Graduate Computing Laboratory A. A bachelor’s degree in electrical Laboratory conducts research in various has 12 Windows 2000 Professional-based engineering from an accredited college parallel and neural network applications. Windows PCs, equipped with Microsoft or university; outstanding applicants in Current research projects include Office XP, Microsoft Visual Studio, other technical or scientific fields will be natural adaptive critic control, pattern X-Windows for UNIX connectivity, considered, though special make-up recognitions, and Bayesian Neural Adobe Acrobat reader, Ghost script and coursework over and above the normal Networks. It is equipped with Pentium Ghost view. There is an HP LaserJet requirements for a graduate degree PCs and Synapse3 parallel neural 5Si/MX printer. The lab is also equipped may be required; network processing boards. with eight Sun Blade 100 machines. B. A minimum grade point average These machines run Sun Solaris 8 oper- The Petaflops Design Laboratory of B in all courses in engineering, ating systems and are connected to the is a research facility equipped with two mathematics, and science; Departmental UNIX servers. Industry SUN workstations, several PCs with standard packages such as Cadence Linux, and a 16-processor Beowulf-type C. Official results of the Graduate tools, Hspice, Matlab, and Synopsys are cluster. All computers are connected by Record Examination (GRE) General Test; available from the application servers. Fast 100 Mb/sec Ethernet LAN. D. Acceptance by both the Department The High Performance Computing The Semiconductor Optoelectronics of Electrical and Computer Engineering and the Graduate School. and Networking Research Laboratory Laboratory possesses the infrastructure is equipped to conduct experimental for wafer processing, testing, and sophis-

161 ELECTRICAL AND COMPUTER ENGINEERING

Faculty Dorojevets, Mikhail, Ph.D., 1988 Siberian requirements may be satisfied by either Division of the U.S.S.R. Academy of Sciences, one of the two following options: Distinguished Professors Novosibirsk: Computer architectures, Belenky, Gregory, Doctor of Physical and systems design. I. M.S. Non-Thesis Option Mathematical Sciences, 1979, Institute of Gindi, Gene, Ph.D., 1981, University of Arizona: A. At least 30 graduate credits with Physics, Baku, U.S.S.R.: Design, manufactur- Medical image processing; image analysis. a cumulative and Departmental grade ing, and characterization of optoelectronic and Gorfinkel, Vera, Ph.D., 1980, A.F. Iaffe Physical- point average of 3.0 or better. Among microelectronic semiconductor devices; physics of Technical Institute, St. Petersburg, Russia: these 30 credits, up to six credits may semiconductors and semiconductor devices. Semiconductor devices, including microwave be ESE 597, ESE 599, or ESE 698. and optoelectronics; DNA sequencing instru- Luryi, Serge, Chair, Ph.D., 1978, University of mentation; single photon counting techniques. B. Minimum of eight regular courses Toronto, Canada: Solid-state electronic devices. Hong, Sangjin, Ph.D., 1999, University of with at least a 3.0 grade point average. Marsocci, Velio A., Emeritus, Eng.Sc.D., 1964, Michigan: Low-power VLSI design of multimedia Of these eight, at least seven regular New York University: Solid-state electronics; wireless communications and digital signal courses must be in the Department of integrated electronics; biomedical engineering. processing systems, including SOC design Electrical and Computer Engineering; Zemanian, Armen H., Eng.Sc.D., 1953, New methodology and optimization. three of the seven must be selected from York University: Network theory; computational Kamoua, Ridha, Ph.D., 1992, University of the following: ESE 502, ESE 503, ESE methods; VLSI modeling. Michigan: Solid-state devices and circuits; 511, ESE 520, ESE 528, ESE 545, ESE microwave devices and integrated circuits. Professors 554, or ESE 555. Murray, John, Ph.D., 1974, University of Notre Chang, Sheldon S.L., Emeritus, Ph.D., 1947, Dame: Signal processing; systems theory. C. ESE 597, ESE 599, ESE 698, and Purdue University: Optimal control; energy con- ESE 699 are not counted as regular servation; information theory; economic theory. Sussman-Fort, Stephen E., Ph.D., 1978, University of California, Los Angeles: RF and courses in item B. Courses that permit Chen, Chi-Tsong, Ph.D., 1966, University of Cali- microwave circuits; computer-aided circuit repetitive credit, such as research fornia, Berkeley; CA systems and control theory. design; active and passive filters; classical seminars or special topics, can be Djuric, Petar M., Ph.D., 1990, University of network theory. counted only once (three or four credits) Rhode Island: Signal processing; signal and Tang, K. Wendy, Ph.D., 1991, University of for item B. However, ESE 670 may be systems modeling. Rochester: Interconnection networks, parallel counted only once for regular course Parekh, Jayant P., Ph.D., 1971, Polytechnic computing, and neural networks. credit toward the M.S. degree, and Institute of Brooklyn: Microwave acoustics; Assistant Professors ESE 698 may be counted only once microwave magnetics; microwave electronics; (three credits) for credit toward the microcomputer applications. Donetski, Dmitri, Ph.D., 2000, Stony Brook University: Design and technology of optoelec- M.S. degree. Robertazzi, Thomas G., 1981, Princeton tronic devices and systems including D. Up to 12 transfer credits may be University: Computer communications; photovoltaic and photoconductive detectors, performance evaluation; parallel processing; diode lasers and diode laser arrays. applied toward the degree with the e-commerce technology. approval of the program committee. Fernandez-Bugallo, Monica, Ph.D., 2001, Shamash, Yacov, Dean of the College of Universidade da Coruna (Spain): Statistical II. M.S. Thesis Option Engineering and Applied Sciences, Ph.D., signal processing with emphasis in the topics 1973, Imperial College of Science and of Bayesian analysis, sequential Monte Carolo A. Students must inform the Technology, England: Control system; robotics. methods, adaptive filtering, and stochastic Department in writing at the end of Short, Kenneth L., Ph.D., 1973, Stony Brook optimization. their first semester if they choose the University: Digital system design; micro- Stanacevic, Milutin, Ph.D., 2005, Johns M.S. Thesis Option. At least 30 graduate processors; instrumentation. Hopkins University: Analog and mixed-signal credits with a cumulative and Subbarao, Murali, Ph.D., 1986, University of VLSI integrated circuits and systems; adaptive Departmental grade point average of Maryland: Machine vision; image processing; microsystems; implantable electronics. 3.0. At least six credits of ESE 599. No pattern recognition. Shterengas, Leon, Ph.D., 2004, Stony Brook more than a total of 12 credits may be Tuan, Hang-Sheng, Ph.D., 1965, Harvard University: High-power and high-speed light taken from ESE 597, ESE 599, and University: Electromagnetic theory; integrated emitters, carrier dynamics in nanostructures, ESE 698. optics; microwave acoustics. molecular beam epitaxy of semiconductor nanostructures. B. Minimum of six regular courses Yang, Yuanyuan, Graduate Program Director, Wang, Xin, Ph.D., 2001, Columbia University, with at least a 3.0 grade point average. Ph.D., 1992, Johns Hopkins University: Wireless Of these six, at least four courses must networks; optical networks; high-speed networks; Mobile and ubiquitous computing, wireless be in the Department of Electrical and parallel and distributed computing systems; communications and networks, grid and distrib- uted computing, advanced applications and multicast communication; high-performance Computer Engineering. At least three services over Internet and wireless networks. computer architecture; and computer algorithms. of these four regular courses must be Number of teaching, graduate, and research selected from the following: ESE 502, Associate Professors assistants, Fall 2005: 49 ESE 503, ESE 511, ESE 520, ESE 528, Dhadwal, Harbans, Ph.D., 1980, University of ESE 545, ESE 554, or ESE 555. London, England: Laser light scattering; fiber Degree Requirements C. ESE 597, ESE 599, ESE 698, and optics; signal processing and instrumentation. Requirements for the M.S. Degree Doboli, Alex, Ph.D., 2000, University of ESE 699 are not counted as regular Cincinnati: VLSI CAD and design, synthesis and The M.S. degree in the Department of courses in item B. Courses that permit simulation of mixed analog-digital systems, hard- Electrical and Computer Engineering repetitive credit, such as research ware/software co-design of embedded systems, requires the satisfactory completion of a seminars or special topics, can be and high-level synthesis of digital circuits. minimum of 30 graduate credits. These counted only once (three or four credits)

162 ELECTRICAL AND COMPUTER ENGINEERING for item B. However, ESE 670 may be the student passes the qualifying the Dean of the Graduate School. All counted only once for regular course examination. The study plan, which requirements for the degree will have credit toward the M.S. degree, and will include the six regular courses as been satisfied upon the successful ESE 698 may be counted only once required in item 1, will be developed defense of the dissertation. (three credits) for credit toward the under the aegis of the designated faculty M.S. degree. advisor (who may or may not be the G. Residency Requirement eventual thesis advisor). Modification of D. Up to 12 transfer credits may be The student must complete two the study plan may be made by the pre- applied toward the degree with the consecutive semesters of full-time liminary examination committee and at approval of the program committee. graduate study. Full-time study is any later time by the thesis advisor. An 12 credits per semester until 24 gradu- E. Satisfactory completion of a thesis. up-to-date plan must always be placed ate credits have been earned. After 24 on file with the graduate program com- graduate credits have been earned, mittee each time a modification is made. Requirements for the Ph.D. Degree the student may take only nine credits A. Qualifying Examination C. Preliminary Examination per semester for full-time status. There is a major and minor part to the A student must pass the preliminary H. Time Limit qualifying examination. The written examination not more than 18 months examination is offered once every year after passing the qualifying examination. All requirements for the Ph.D. degree in April. Students must pass one major Both a thesis topic and the thesis back- must be completed within seven years written examination in two consecutive ground area are emphasized. after completing 24 credits of graduate tries. The two consecutive tries do not courses in the Department. need to be in the same area. The minor D. Advancement to Candidacy requirement can be satisfied by taking After successfully completing all Courses and passing a second major written requirements for the degree other than examination or by taking three graduate the dissertation, the student is eligible ESE 501 System Specification and Modeling courses in a different area than the to be recommended for advancement to A comprehensive introduction to the field of major. Previous examinations are candidacy. This status is conferred by System-on-Chip design. Introduces basic available in the Departmental office for the Dean of the Graduate School upon concepts of digital system modeling and review, however, students must make recommendation from the chair of the simulation methodologies. Various types their own copies. Please refer to the Department. Students must advance of hardware description language (HDL) will be studied, including Verilog, VHDL, Department’s Graduate Student Guide one year prior to the dissertation and SystemC. Topics include top-down and for additional information on the qualify- defense. bottom-up design methodology, specification ing examination. language syntax and semantics, RTL, behav- E. Dissertation ioral and system-level modeling, and IP core B. Course Requirements The most important requirement for development. Included are three projects on 1. A minimum of six regular courses the Ph.D. degree is the completion of hardware modeling and simulation. beyond the M.S. degree or 14 regular a dissertation, which must be an original Fall, every year, 3 credits, ABCF grading courses beyond the bachelor’s degree. scholarly investigation. The disserta- ESE 502 Linear Systems The choice must have the prior approval tion must represent a significant Development of transfer matrices and state- contribution to the scientific and engi- of the designated faculty academic advi- space equations from the concepts of linearity, sor. ESE 697 Practicum in Teaching neering literature, and its quality must time-invariance, causality, and lumpedness. (three credits) is required to satisfy the be compatible with the publication stan- Op-amp circuit implementations. Solutions teaching requirement. Students must dards of appropriate and reputable and equivalent state equations. Companion be G-5 status to take this course. The scholarly journals. and modal forms. Stability and Lyapunov courses ESE 597, ESE 598, ESE 599, equations. Controllability, observability, and F. Approval and Defense of Dissertation ESE 698, and ESE 699 are not counted their applications in minimal realization, state feedback, and state estimators. Coprime frac- as regular courses. Courses presented The dissertation must be orally defended before a dissertation examina- tion of transfer functions and their designs in under the title ESE 670 Topics in pole-placement and model matching. Both the tion committee, and the candidate must Electrical Sciences that have different continuous-time and discrete-time systems subject matters, and are offered as for- obtain approval of the dissertation from will be studied. mal lecture courses, are considered dif- this committee. The committee must Fall, 3 credits, ABCF grading ferent regular courses but may not be have a minimum of four members (at counted more than once as a regular least three of whom are faculty members ESE 503 Stochastic Systems course for credit toward the M.S. from the Department), including the Basic probability concepts and application. Probabilistic bounds, characteristic func- degree, and not more than twice for all research advisor, at least one person from outside the Department, and a tions, and multivariate distributions. Central graduate degrees awarded by the limit theorem, normal random variables, sto- Department of Electrical and committee chair. (Neither the research advisor nor the outside member may chastic processes in communications, control, Computer Engineering. and other signal processing systems. serve as the chair). On the basis of the Stationarity, ergodicity, correlation functions, 2. The student must satisfy the stip- recommendation of this committee, the spectral densities, and transmission proper- ulations of a plan of study which must Dean of the College of Engineering and ties. Optimum linear filtering, estimation, and be filed with the graduate program Applied Sciences will recommend accept- prediction. committee within six months after ance or rejection of the dissertation to Fall, 3 credits, ABCF grading

163 ELECTRICAL AND COMPUTER ENGINEERING

ESE 504 Performance Evaluation of introduced next. A number of aspects of ESE 516 Integrated Electronic Devices and Communications and Computer Systems circuit design beginning with basic device Circuits I Advanced scheduling theory, queuing models, operation through the design of large analog Theory and applications: elements of semi- and algorithms for communication and com- functional blocks including amplifiers, oscilla- conductor electronics, methods of fabrication, puter systems. Transient analysis and M/G/1 tors, and filters are discussed. Cannot be bipolar junction transistors, FET, MOS tran- queue models. Networks of queues, mean used to fulfill any ESE degree requirements. sistors, diodes, capacitors, and resistors. Design techniques for linear digital integrated value analysis, and convolution algorithms. Fall, 3 credits, ABCF grading electronic components and circuits. Discussion Petri networks. Bursty and self-similar traffic. ESE 511 Solid-State Electronics of computer-aided design, MSI, and LSI. Divisible load theory for scheduling and paral- A study of the electron and hole processes in Fall, 3 credits, ABCF grading lel computer performance evaluation. solids leading to the analysis and design of Spring, 3 credits, ABCF grading solid-state electronic devices. Solutions to ESE 517 Integrated Electronic Devices and May be repeated for credit the Schrodinger representation of quantum Circuits II effects, perturbation techniques. Simple band Theory and applications: elements of semi- ESE 505 Wireless Communications structure, effective mass theorem. Derivation conductor electronics, methods of fabrication, This course covers first-year graduate-level and application of the Boltzman transport bipolar junction transistors, FET, MOS material in the area of wireless communica- theory. Electrical and thermal conductivities transistors, diodes, capacitors, and resistors. tions: Wireless channels, overview of digital of metals and of semiconductors, Hall effect, Design techniques for linear digital integrated communications and signal processing for electronic components and circuits. Discussion wireless communications, voice and data thermal effects, and their application to elec- tronic devices. Properties of semiconductors of computer-aided design, MSI, and LSI. applications, design basics for wireless Spring, 3 credits, ABCF grading modems, analysis of system issues like and the theories underlying the characteris- tics of semiconductor devices. resource management and handoff, cellular ESE 519 Semiconductor Lasers and and wireless LAN systems. Fall, 3 credits, ABCF grading Photodetectors Fall or spring, every year, 3 credits, The course provides an introduction to per- ABCF grading ESE 512 Bipolar Junction and Heterojunction Electronic Devices formance, testing, and fabrication techniques for semiconductor lasers and photodetectors. A study of fundamental properties of homo- ESE 506 Wireless Network The topics include fundamentals of laser and This course will examine the area of wireless junction and heterojunction semiconductor detector operation, devices band diagram, networking and mobile computing, looking at devices. Derivation of the characteristic device characteristics, and testing techniques the unique network protocol challenges and equation for p-n junction diodes, for the bipolar for analog and digital edge emitting and sur- opportunities presented by wireless commu- junction transistor (BJT), and for the hetero- face emitting lasers, avalanche and PIN photo- nications and host or router mobility. The junction bipolar transistor (HBT); the detectors. Special attention is given to the course will give a brief overview of funda- device parameters for low- and high-fre- design and working characteristics of trans- mental concepts in mobile wireless systems quency operation, the effects on the device mitters and pumping lasers for telecommuni- and mobile computing, it will then cover characteristics of fabrication methods and of cation networks. system and standards issues including sec- structural arrangements. The development Prerequisite: B.S. in Physical Sciences or ond-generation circuit switched and third- of the large-signal and small-signal equiva- Electrical and Computer Engineering generation packet switched networks, lent circuits for the p-n diode and the BJT 3 credits, ABCF grading wireless LANs, mobile IP, ad-hoc networks, and HPT devices, with emphasis on models sensor networks, as well as issues associated used in prevalent computer-aided analysis ESE 520 Applied Electromagnetics with small handheld portable devices and (e.g., SPICE). Consideration of the devices Wave phenomena and their importance in new applications that can exploit mobility in integrated-circuit applications. and location information. This is followed by electromagnetic engineering. Harmonic Spring, 3 credits, ABCF grading several topical studies around recent waves. Phase and group velocities. Dispersive and nondispersive propagation. Transmission research publications in mobile computing ESE 514 MOS Transistor Modeling and wireless networking field. This course lines. Maxwell Equations. Uniform plane will make the system architecture and appli- An overview of the metal-oxide semiconductor waves, waveguides, resonators. Scattering cations accessible to the electrical engineer. (MOS) transistor and its models for circuit matrix theory. Introduction to antenna theory. analysis. The course is modular in structure. Prerequisite: ESE 505 and ESE 546 or ESE Electrostatics and magnetostatics as special In a common first part, CMOS fabrication, 548 or permission of instructor cases of Maxwell equations. device structure, and operation are intro- Spring, 3 credits, ABCF grading 3 credits, ABCF grading duced. Starting from basic concepts of electro- May be repeated once for credit statics, MOS field-effect transistor operation ESE 521 Applied Optics is presented in an intuitive fashion, and no ESE 508 Analytical Foundations This course teaches students the fundamental advanced background in solid-state theory is techniques necessary for analyzing and design- of Systems Theory required. Analytical models of increasing An exposition of the basic analytical tools for ing optical systems. Topics include matrix complexity and their SPICE Implementations methods for ray optics, fundamentals of wave graduate study in systems, circuits, control, are discussed. The second part of the course and signal processing. Sets and mappings, optics, beam optics, Fourier optics, and electro- allows students to focus on their field of pref- magnetic optics. The latter part of the course finite-dimensional linear spaces, metric spaces, erence: device physics; digital circuits; analog Banach spaces, Hilbert spaces. The theory will deal with optical activity in anisotropic circuits. The course includes a project in one will be developed and exemplified in the media and include polarization and crystal of these subtopics. context of systems applications such as non- optics, electro-optics, and acousto-optics. linear circuits, infinite networks, feedback Fall, 3 credits, ABCF grading 3 credits, ABCF grading control, signal restoration via projections, and optimal signal modeling. ESE 515 Quantum Electronics I ESE 522 Fiber Optic Systems Spring, 3 credits, ABCF grading Physics of microwave and optical lasers. This course covers the essential components Topics include introduction to laser concepts; of a modern optical fiber communication ESE 510 Electronic Circuits quantum theory; classical radiation theory; system: (I) wave propagation in optical fiber This is a course in the design and analysis of resonance phenomena in two-level systems; waveguides, (II) transmitter design, (III) analog circuits, both discrete and integrated. Block equations-Kramers-Kronig relation, receiver design, (IV) single wavelength fiber- The first part of the course presents basic density matrix; rate equation and amplifica- optic networks, and (V) wavelength division topics related to circuit analysis: laws, theo- tion; CO2 lasers; discharge lasers; semi- multiplexing networks. rems, circuit elements and transforms. conductor lasers. Prerequisite: ESE 319 Fundamental semiconductor devices are Fall, 3 credits, ABCF grading Fall, 3 credits, ABCF grading

164 ELECTRICAL AND COMPUTER ENGINEERING

ESE 524 Microwave Acoustics ESE 531 Detection and Estimation Theory analysis and design; sequential circuit design Continuum acoustic field equations. Wave Hypothesis testing and parameter estimation. procedures; and programmable logic devices. equation, boundary conditions, and Pointing Series representation of random processes. Testing of digital designs is addressed vector. Waves in isotropic elastic media: Detection and estimation of known signals in throughout the course. A mini-project will plane-wave modes, reflection and refraction white and nonwhite Gaussian noise. Detection complement the course. Cannot be used to phenomena, bulk-acoustic-wave (BAW) wave- of signals with unknown parameters. fulfill any ESE degree requirements. guides, surface acoustic waves (SAW). Plane Prerequisite: ESE 503 or permission of Prerequisites: B.S. in Engineering, but not and guided waves in piezoelectric media. instructor EE, CE, or CS. BAW transduction and applications: delay-line Spring, 3 credits, ABCF grading Spring, 3 credits, ABCF grading and resonator structures, the Mason equivalent circuit, monolithic crystal filters, IM CON ESE 532 Theory of Digital Communication ESE 542 Product Design Concept dispersive delay lines, acoustic microscopes, Optimum receivers, efficient signaling, com- Development and Optimization SAW transduction and applications: the parison classes of signaling schemes. Channel This graduate course will concentrate on the interdigital transducer, band-pass filters, capacity theorem, bounds on optimum system design concept development of the product dispersive filters, convolvers, tapped delay development cycle, from the creative phase of lines, resonators. performance, encoding for error reduction, and the fading channel. Source coding and solution development to preliminary concept Prerequisite: ESE 319 some coding algorithms. evaluation and selection. The course will then Fall, 3 credits, ABCF grading Prerequisite: ESE 503 cover methods for mathematical modeling, Fall, 3 credits, ABCF grading computer simulation, and optimization. The ESE 526 Silicon Technology for VLSI concept development component of the course This course introduces the basic technologies ESE 535 Information Theory and Reliable will also cover intellectual property and employed to fabricate advanced integrated Communications patent issues. The course will not concentrate circuits. These include epitaxy, diffusion, oxi- on the development of any particular class of dation, chemical vapor deposition, ion implan- Measures of information: entropy, relative tation lithography and etching. The significance entropy, and mutual information. The asymp- products, but the focus will be mainly on of the variation of these steps is discussed totic equipartition property. Lossless source mechanical and electromechanical devices and with respect to its effect on device perform- coding: Kraft inequality and the source cod- systems. As part of the course, each partici- ance. The electrical and geometric design ing theorem. Introduction to error correcting pant will select an appropriate project to rules are examined together with the inte- codes. Continuous and waveform channels. practice the application of the material cov- gration of these fabrication techniques to Rate-distortion theory. ered in the course and prepare a final report. reveal the relationship between circuit Prerequisite: ESE 503 or equivalent or Prerequisites: Undergraduate electrical or design and the fabrication process. permission of instructor mechanical engineering and/or science Fall, 3 credits, ABCF grading Spring, 3 credits, ABCF grading training Fall, 3 credits, ABCF grading ESE 527 Circuit Theory and Applications ESE 536 Switching and Routing in Parallel Foundation of design procedures for electric and Distributed Systems ESE 544 Network Security circuits. Fundamental concepts, graph the- This course covers various switching and rout- An introduction to computer network and ory, network equations, network functions, ing issues in parallel and distributed telecommunication network security engi- state equations, network synthesis, scatter- systems. Topics include message switching neering. Special emphasis on building secu- ing parameters, nonlinear circuits. techniques, design of interconnection net- rity into hardware and hardware working Fall, 3 credits, ABCF grading works, permutation, multicast, and all-to-all with softeware. Topics include encryption, routing in various networking nonblocking, public key cryptography, authentication, ESE 528 Communication Systems and rearrangable capability analysis and intrusion detection, digital rights manage- This course provides a general overview of performance modeling. ment, firewalls, trusted computing, communication theory and addresses funda- Prerequisite: ESE 503 and 545 or CSE 502 encrypted computing, intruders, and viruses. mental concepts in this field. After a review of and 547, or permission of instructor Some projects. signals and systems representations, various 3 credits, ABCF grading Fall, alternate years, 3 credits, continuous and digital modulation schemes ABCF grading are analyzed. Spread spectrum systems and ESE 540 Reliability Theory their application to multiuser communications Theory of reliability engineering. Mathematical ESE 545 Computer Architecture are also addressed. Advanced communication and statistical means of evaluating the relia- The course covers uniprocessor and pipelined systems are described and general concepts of bility of systems of components. Analytical vector processors. Topics include: hierarchical wide and local area networks are introduced. models for systems analysis, lifetime distri- organization of a computer system; processor Fall, 3 credits, ABCF grading butions, repairable systems, warranties, pre- design; control design; memory organization May be repeated for credit ventive maintenance, and inspection. Software and virtual memory; I/O systems; balancing reliability and fault tolerant computer systems. subsystem bandwidths; RISC processors; ESE 529 Electrical Network Theory Prerequisite: ESE 503 or permission of principles of designing pipelined processors; Linear and nonlinear electrical networks; graph instructor vector processing on pipelines; examples of theory; determination of operating points; tran- 3 credits, ABCF grading pipelined processors. The course involves a sient estimation; interconnection networks; system design project using VHDL. numerical methods; parameter extraction; infi- ESE 541 Digital System Design Prerequisite: ESE 318 or equivalent nite and transfinite networks; discrete potential The course provides an introduction to digital Spring, 4 credits, ABCF grading theory; random walks on networks. and computer systems. The course follows a Spring, 3 credits, ABCF grading top-down approach to presenting design of ESE 546 Computer Communications Network computer systems, from the architectural- An introduction to the quantitative and qual- ESE 530 Computer-Aided Design level to the gate-level. VHDL language is itative aspects of telecommunication net- The course presents techniques for analyzing used to illustrate the discussed issues. Topics works. Continuous time and discrete time linear and nonlinear dynamic electronic cir- include design hierarchy and top-down design; single queue system analysis. Data link, cuits using the computer. Some of the topics introduction to hardware description lan- network, and transport protocols layers. covered include network graph theory, gen- guages; computer-aided design and digital Network interconnection. Multiple access eralized nodal and hybrid analysis, companion synthesis; basic building blocks like adders, techniques. Flow and congestion control. modeling. Newton’s method in n-dimensions comparators, multipliers, latches, flip-flops, High-speed switching. and numerical integration. registers etc.; static and dynamic random Prerequisite: ESE 503 or permission of Prerequisite: B.S. in Electrical Engineering access memory; data and control buses; funda- instructor Spring, 3 credits, ABCF grading mental techniques for combinational circuit Fall, 3 credits, ABCF grading

165 ELECTRICAL AND COMPUTER ENGINEERING

ESE 547 Digital Signal Processing routing algorithms. Topologies being discussed processing will be covered, depending on class A basic graduate course in digital signal pro- include: Benes, Omega, Banyan, mesh, hyper- and current research interest. Areas to be cessing. Sampling and reconstruction of sig- cube, cube-connected cycles, generalized covered include the following: parametric sig- nals. Review of Z-Transform theory. Signal chordal rings, chordal rings, DeBruijn, nal modeling, spectral estimation, multirate flow-graphs. Design of FIR and IIR filters. Moebius graphs, Cayley graphs, and Borel processing, advanced FFT and convolution Discrete and fast Fourier transforms. Cayley graphs. algorithms, adaptive signal processing, multi- Introduction to adaptive signal processing. Prerequisite: ESE 545 or equivalent dimensional signal processing, advanced filter Implementation considerations. Fall, 3 credits, ABCF grading design, dedicated signal processing chips, and Prerequisite: Senior-level course in signals signal processing for inverse problems. and systems ESE 553 A/D and D/A Integrated Data Students will be expected to read and present current research literature. Fall, 3 credits, ABCF grading Converters This is an advanced course on analog inte- Prerequisite: ESE 547 or permission of ESE 548 Local and Wide Area Networks grated circuit design aspects for data converters. instructor Extended coverage of specific network pro- Topics include: continuous and discrete-time Spring, 3 credits, ABCF grading tocols. Protocols covered include IEEE 802 signals and systems; sampling theorem; ideal local area network protocols. Asynchronous ND and D/A converters; specifications and ESE 558 Digital Image Processing I Transfer Mode (ATM), Synchronous optical testing of data converters; basic building Covers digital image fundamentals, mathe- Network (SONET), metropolitan area net- blocks in data converters: current sources and matical preliminaries of two-dimensional sys- work protocols, backbone packet switching mirrors, differential gain stages, voltage ref- tems, image transforms, human perception, protocols, and transport control protocol/ erences, S/H circuits, comparators: Nyquist color basics, sampling and quantization, com- Internet protocol (TCP/IP), network security, D/A and ND converters: principles of data pression techniques, image enhancement, Web server design, and grid computing. conversion and circuit design techniques; image restoration, image reconstruction from Prerequisite: ESE 546 or permission of oversampling data converters: low-pass and projections, and binary image processing. instructor band-pass delta-sigma modulators, decima- Prerequisite: B.S. in Engineering or tion and interpolation for delta-sigma data Summer, 3 credits, ABCF grading Physical or Mathematical Sciences converters. The attending students must be Fall, 3 credits, ABCF grading ESE 549 Advanced VLSI System Testing acquainted with principles of transistor oper- This course is designed to acquaint students ation, function of simple analysis. Familiarity with SPICE is required. ESE 559 Digital Image Processing II with fault diagnosis of logic circuits. Both The course material will proceed directly 3 credits, ABCF grading combinatorial and sequential circuits are con- from DIP-I, starting with image reconstruction sidered. Concepts of faults and fault models ESE 554 Computational Models for from projections. After the basic projection, are presented. Emphasis is given to test theorems are developed and computerized generation, test selection, fault detection, Computer Engineers This course covers mathematical techniques axial tomography techniques will be exam- fault location, fault location within a module, ined in detail including forward and inverse and fault correction. and models used in the solution of computer engineering problems. The course heavily random transformations, convolution, back Prerequisite: B.S. in Electrical Engineering emphasizes computer engineering application. projection, and Fourier reconstruction; Spring, 3 credits, ABCF grading Topics covered include set theory, relations, nuclear magnetic resonance imaging and positron emission tomography will be simi- ESE 550 Network Management and Planning functions, graph theory and graph algorithms, and algebraic structures. larly covered. Surer resolution concepts will This course provides an introduction to Fall, 3 credits, ABCF grading be developed and applied to a variety of telecommunications and computer network remote sensing applications as well as digital management and planning. Network man- ESE 555 Advanced VLSI Systems Design image coding for efficient transmission of agement is concerned with the operation of digital TV imagery. networks while network planning is con- Techniques of VLSI circuit design in the MOS Prerequisite: ESE 558 cerned with the proper evolution of network technology are presented. Topics include MOS installations over time. Network management transistor theory, CMOS processing technol- Spring, 3 credits, ABCF grading topics include meeting service requirements, ogy, MOS digital circuit analysis and design, management operations, management inter- and various CMOS circuit design techniques. ESE 560 Optical Information Processing operability, and specific architectures such as Digital systems are designed and simulated The course is designed to give the student a Telecommunications Management Network throughout the course using an assortment of firm background in the fundamentals of opti- (TMN), and Simple Network Management VLSI design tools. cal information processing techniques. It is Protocol (SNMP). Network planning topics Prerequisite: B.S. in Electrical Engineering assumed that the student is familiar with include planning problem modeling, topological or Computer Science Fourier transforms and complex algebra, and planning design, heuristic and formal solution Spring, 3 credits, ABCF grading is conversant with the principles of linear sys- techniques. tem theory. The course begins with a mathe- Fall, 3 credits, ABCF grading ESE 556 VLSI Physical and Logic Design matical introduction to linear system theory Automation and Fourier transformation. The body of the ESE 551 Switching Theory and Sequential Areas to be covered are physical design course is concerned with the scalar treatment Machines automation and logic design automation. Upon of diffraction and its application to the study Survey of classical analysis and synthesis of completion of this course, students will be able of optical imaging techniques and coherent combination and sequential switching cir- to develop state-of-the art CAD tools and algo- and incoherent optical processors. cuits, followed by related topics of current rithms for VLSI logic and physical design. Prerequisite: B.S. in Physical Sciences interest such as error diagnosis and fail soft Tools will address design tasks such as floor Spring, 3 credits, ABCF grading circuits, use of large-scale integration, logic planning, module placement, and signal rout- arrays, automated local design. ing. Also, automated optimization of combina- ESE 563 Fundamentals of Robotics I Prerequisite: ESE 318 or equivalent tional and sequential circuits will be This course covers homogenous transforma- Fall, 3 credits, ABCF grading contemplated. tions of coordinates; kinematic and dynamic Prerequisite: B.S. in Computer Engineering/ equations of robots with their associated solu- ESE 552 Interconnection Networks Science or Electrical Engineering tions; control and programming of robots. Formation and analysis of interconnect pro- Fall, 3 credits, ABCF grading Prerequisite: Permission of instructor cessing elements in parallel computing Fall, 3 credits, ABCF grading organization. Topics include: SIMD/MIMD ESE 557 Digital Signal Processing II: computers, multiprocessors, multicomputers, Advanced Topics ESE 565 Parallel Processing Architectures density, symmetry, representations, and A number of different topics in digital signal This course provides a comprehensive intro-

166 ELECTRICAL AND COMPUTER ENGINEERING duction to parallel processing. Topics include iris-scan, voice recognition, and smart-cards; ESE 588 Pattern Recognition types of parallelism, classification of parallel radio frequency identification (RFID): funda- Basic concepts of pattern recognition tech- computers, functional organizations, inter- mentals, near-field vs. far-field, UHF read niques are introduced, including statistical connection networks, memory organizations, range estimation, reader sensitivity limits, pattern recognition, syntactic pattern recog- control methods, parallel programming, par- tag singulation and multiple access protocols, nition, and graph matching. Topics on Bayes allel algorithms, performance enhancement standards, privacy and security issues in decision theory, parametric and nonparametric techniques and design examples for SIMD RFID, real-time location systems (RTLS), techniques, clustering techniques, formal array processors, loosely coupled multi- and wireless sensor networks. languages, parsing algorithms, and graph- processors, and tightly coupled multiproces- Prerequisites: ESE 372, ESE 218, ESE 305 matching algorithms are covered. sors. A brief overview of dataflow and (ESE 319) Prerequisite: Stochastic processes and data reduction machines will also be given. 3 credits, ABCF Grading structures Prerequisite: ESE 545 or equivalent Spring, 3 credits, ABCF grading Spring, 3 credits, ABCF grading ESE 575 Advanced VLSI Signal Processing Architecture ESE 591 Industrial Project in OEMS ESE 566 Hardware-Software Co-Design of This course is concerned with advanced Engineering Embedded Systems aspects of VLSI architecture in digital signal A student carries out a detailed design of This course will present state-of-the-art con- processing and wireless communications. The an industrial project in OEMS engineering. cepts and techniques for design of embedded first phase of the course covers the derivation A comprehensive technical report of the systems consisting of hardware and software of both data transformation and control project and an oral presentation are required. components. Discussed topics include system sequencing from a behavioral description of Fall, 3 credits, ABCF grading specification, architectures for embedded an algorithm. The next phase reviews the systems, performance modeling and evaluation, general purpose and dedicated processor for ESE 597 Practicum in Engineering Internship system synthesis and validation. The course is signal processing algorithms. This course This course is for part-time and full-time complemented by three mini-projects focused focuses on low-complexity high-performance graduate students, relating to their current on designing and implementing various algorithm development and evaluation, system professional activity. Participation is in private co-design methods. architecture modeling, power-performance corporations, public agencies, or non-profit Prerequisites: ESE 333, ESE 345 or tradeoff analysis. The emphasis is on the institutions. Students will be required to have equivalent development of application-specific VLSI a faculty advisor as well as a contact in the out- Fall, 3 credits, ABCF grading architectures for current and future generation side organization to participate with them in of wireless digital communication systems. An regular consultations on their project. ESE 568 Computer and Robot Vision experimental/ research project is required. Students are required to submit a final written Principles and applications of computer and Prerequisite: ESE 355 or equivalent, ESE 305 report to both. The maximum credit that can robot vision are covered. Primary emphasis or ESE 337 or equivalent, ESE 306 or ESE be accepted toward the M.S. degree is three. is on techniques and algorithms for 3-D 340 or equivalent, ESE 380 or equivalent Fall, spring, and summer, 1-3 credits, machine vision. The topics include image 3 credits, ABCF grading S/U grading sensing of 3-D scenes, a review of 2-D tech- May be taken only once niques, image segmentation, stereo vision, ESE 580 Microprocessor-Based Systems optical flow, time-varying image analysis, Engineering I ESE 599 Research Master’s Students shape from shading, texture, depth from This course is a study of methodologies and Fall and spring, 1-12 credits, S/U grading defocus, matching, object recognition, shape techniques for the engineering design of May be repeated for credit representation, interpretation of line draw- microprocessor-based systems. Emphasis is ings, and representation and analysis of 3-D placed on the design of reliable industrial ESE 610 Seminar in Solid-State Electronics range data. The course includes program- quality systems. Diagnostic features are Current research in solid-state devices and ming projects on industrial applications of included in these designs. Steps in the design circuits and computer-aided network design. robot vision. cycle are considered. Specifically, requirement Fall and spring, 3 credits, ABCF grading Prerequisite: B.S. in Engineering or definitions, systematic design implementa- Physical or Mathematical Sciences tion, testing, debugging, documentation, ESE 670 Topics in Electrical Sciences 3 credits, ABCF grading and maintenance are covered. Laboratory Varying topics selected from current demonstrations of design techniques are research topics. This course is designed to ESE 570 Bioelectronics included in this course. The students also give the necessary flexibility to students and Origin of bioelectric events; ion transport in obtain laboratory experience in the use of faculty to introduce new material into the cells; membrane potentials; neural action microprocessors, the development of systems, curriculum before it has attracted sufficient potentials and muscular activity; cortical and circuit emulation, and the use of signature interest to be made part of the regular course cardiac potentials. Detection and measure- and logic analyzers. material. Topics include biomedical engineer- ment of bioelectric signals; impedance Fall, 4 credits, ABCF grading ing, circuit theory, controls, electronics circuits, measurements used to detect endocrine digital systems and electronics, switching activity, perspiration, and blood flow; ESE 581 Microprocessor-Based Systems theory and sequential machines, digital signal impedance cardiography; vector cardiogra- Engineering II processing, digital communications, com- phy; characteristics of transducers and tissue This course is a study of methodologies and puter architecture, networks, systems theory, interface; special requirements for the ampli- techniques for the engineering design of solid-state electronics, integrated electronics, fication of transducer signals. microprocessor-based systems. Emphasis is quantum electronics and lasers, communica- Fall, 3 credits, ABCF grading placed on the design of reliable industrial tion theory, wave propagation, integrated quality systems. Diagnostic features are optics, optical communications and informa- ESE 571 Introduction to Auto ID included in these designs. Steps in the design tion processing, instrumentation, and VLSI Technologies cycle are considered. Specifically, requirement computer design and processing. This new introductory course is a series of definitions, systematic design implementation, Fall and spring, 3 credits, ABCF grading Auto ID systems, technologies, and applica- testing, debugging, documentation, and main- May be repeated for credit tions. The course covers theory and applica- tenance are covered. Laboratory demonstra- tions of important data-capture technologies, tions of design techniques are included in this ESE 691 Seminar in Electrical Engineering namely, barcodes, biometrics, and RFID. course. The students also obtain laboratory This course is designed to expose students to Topics to be covered include: architecture of experience in the use of microprocessors, the the broadest possible range of the current data-capture/Auto ID systems, barcodes: development of systems, circuit emulation, and activities in electrical engineering. Speakers overview of 1-D and 2-D barcodes and other the use of signature and logic analyzers. from both on and off campus discuss topics of LOS technologies; biometrics: fingerprints, Spring, 4 credits, ABCF grading current interest in electrical engineering.

167 ELECTRICAL AND COMPUTER ENGINEERING

Fall and spring, 1 credit, S/U grading May be repeated for credit ESE 697 Ph.D. Practicum in Teaching The course provides hands-on experience in classroom teaching. Other activities may include preparation and supervision of labo- ratory experiments, exams, homework assignments and projects. Final report that summarizes the activities and provides a description of the gained experience and a list of recommendations is required. Prerequisite: G5 status and permission of graduate program director Fall and spring, 3 credits, ABCF grading ESE 698 Practicum in Teaching This course enables graduate students to gain experience in teaching and interacting with students enrolled in an Electrical and Computer Engineering courses. Students enrolled in ESE 698 are expected to perform various teaching duties required by the course instructor, such as attending lectures, providing office hours, holding review/recita- tion sessions, assisting in lab sections, grad- ing, etc. Fall, spring, and summer, 1-3 credits, ABCF grading May be repeated for credit ESE 699 Dissertation Research On Campus Prerequisite: Advancement to candidacy (G5); major portion of research must take place on SB campus, at Cold Spring Harbor, second week of classes; the charge will only or at Brookhaven National Lab be removed if the other plan is deemed com- Fall, spring, and summer, 1-9 credits, parable); all international students must S/U grading receive clearance from an International May be repeated for credit Advisor Fall, spring, and summer, 1-9 credits, ESE 700 Dissertation Research Off Campus– Domestic S/U grading May be repeated for credit Prerequisite: Must be advanced to candi- dacy (G5); major portion of research will ESE 800 Full Time Summer Research take place off campus, but in the U.S. and/or 0 credits, S/U grading U.S. provinces (Brookhaven National Lab May be repeated and Cold Spring Harbor Lab are considered on campus); all international students must enroll in one of the graduate student insur- ance plans and should be advised by an International Advisor Fall, spring, and summer, 1-9 credits, S/U grading May be repeated for credit ESE 701 Dissertation Research Off Campus– International Prerequisite: Must be advanced to candi- dacy (G5); major portion of research will take place outside the U.S. and/or U.S. provinces; domestic students have the option of the health plan and may also enroll in MEDEX; international students who are in their home country are not covered by mandatory health plan and must contact the Insurance Office for the insurance charge to be removed; international students who are not in their home country are charged for the mandatory health insurance (if they are to be covered by another insur- ance plan, they must file a waiver by the

168 ENGLISH

English (EGL)

Chair: Stephen Spector, Humanities Building Room 2020, (631) 632-9833 Graduate Program Director: Celia Marshik, Humanities Building Room 2089, (631) 632-7784 Graduate Secretary: Janet Meckley, Humanities Building Room 2087, (631) 632-7373

Degrees awarded: M.A. in English; Ph.D. in English

Stony Brook’s Department of English, courses in consultation with faculty that by themselves ensure a positive or in the College of Arts and Sciences, is advisors; these courses are intended to negative decision. There is midyear known for scholarship and teaching. strengthen the student’s literary back- admission to the M.A. program but not Over the past few years, faculty mem- ground and theoretical knowledge, and the Ph.D. program. The deadline for bers have published more than 40 books further define chosen areas of inquiry. To spring M.A. admission is October 1. of criticism, fiction, and poetry. Among the accommodate the latter goal, students many awards individuals have won are may take courses in other departments About the Graduate Record the Pulitzer Prize, the National Book with approval from the graduate direc- Examination Critics’ Circle Award, Guggenheim fellow- tor. While pursuing the Ph.D. in English, All applicants to Stony Brook University ships, Fulbright research and teaching students may also earn an interdiscipli- are required to take the general aptitude fellowships, and National Endowment nary graduate certificate in women’s portion of the Graduate Record for the Humanities fellowships and studies, cultural studies, or composition Examination (GRE). The Department of grants. Five faculty members have studies. English does not require applicants to received both the Chancellor’s and the Corresponding to the pattern of study take the subject test. President’s Award for Excellence in that underlies the Ph.D. program are the Our admissions committee will review Teaching, two have been appointed oral examination and the special field an applicant’s file when all documents SUNY Distinguished Teaching Professors, conversation that all students take. The have been received. This includes the and one has been named SUNY first, a three-hour general examination GRE score. Therefore, it is to the stu- Distinguished Professor. Supplementing taken at the end of the fifth semester, dent’s advantage to take the exam at the the resources of the Department of enables each student to concentrate on earliest opportunity. We do not admit English’s staff are campus institutes three literary periods or two literary provisionally. Information about testing with which the Department is affiliated. periods and one issue, genre, or theory dates can be obtained by contacting The Humanities Institute provides a relevant to the student’s interests. The the Educational Testing Service at place for interdisciplinary and theoreti- two-hour special field conversation, con- www.gre.org. While we have no set cut- cal work, offers an annual graduate stu- ducted in the sixth semester, focuses on off score for admission, we pay special dent seminar, and sponsors an ongoing the student’s intended area of research attention to the score on the verbal lecture series and annual conferences of and fosters the bibliographical and and analytical writing sections of the international speakers. methodological skills needed to compose examination. Students enrolled in the Master of the dissertation proposal. Arts program pursue a course of study Ph.D. students receiving financial sup- Admission to the M.A.T. in that includes courses in historical peri- port teach one course each semester. English 7 to 12 ods; literary genres; topics in gender, Teaching assignments are varied and flexi- The M.A.T. in English 7 to 12 is adminis- race, and cultural studies; and various ble. Teaching assistants teach courses in tered by the School of Professional writing workshops. The program offers composition or introductory courses in Development. Individuals interested in students the opportunity to broaden as literature and assist professors in large lec- this program should refer to the School well as deepen their knowledge of liter- ture courses. During their first semester of of Professional Development’s section in ature while also developing their own teaching writing at Stony Brook, students this bulletin. writing skills. This course of study leads must enroll in the Teaching Practicum, Admission to the M.A. Program in to the Master of Arts degree and which provides them with pedagogical English requires 30 credits, including a master’s theory and teaching supervision. All thesis, for completion. Ph.D. students on financial support must The following, in addition to the mini- Students enrolled in the Ph.D. pro- be registered as full-time students. mum Graduate School requirements, gram pursue a course of study that is are required for admission to the M.A. designed, in large part, around individ- Admission program: ual interests and that moves from a Applicants for admission to all graduate A. A bachelor’s degree from a recog- broad-based survey to a more narrowly programs in English should submit all nized institution; focused specialization. Eleven courses materials by January 15 for fall semester B. An average of at least B in the are required of each student. EGL 600, admission. In all cases, admission is last two years of undergraduate work; The Discipline of Literary Studies, determined by the graduate admissions must be taken during the first fall committee of the Department under C. An official transcript of all under- semester of study, as it introduces guidelines established by the Graduate graduate work; students to the variety of approaches to School. Applicants are admitted on the D. Letters of recommendation from literature represented in current criti- basis of their total records, and there are three instructors; cism. Students select their remaining no predetermined quantitative criteria

169 ENGLISH

E. The applicant’s score on the Munich, Adrienne, Ph.D., 1976, City University Ramachandran, Ayesha, Ph.D., anticipated Graduate Record Examination (GRE) of New York: Victorian literature, art, and 2008, Yale University: Early modern poetry General Test, required of all students culture; feminist theory and women’s studies. and prose; continental influences on the by the Graduate School; Olster, Stacey,3,4 Ph.D., 1981, University of English renaissance; history of ideas, Michigan: American literature; 20th-century especially political theory and aesthetics. F. A sample of recent scholarly or fiction; popular culture; film. Wakankar, Milind, Ph.D., 2002, Columbia critical writing; Rosen, Carol, Ph.D., 1975, Columbia University: Post-colonial literature and theory; vernacular literatures. G. Acceptance by both the University: Dramatic theory and criticism; Department of English and the dramaturgy; comparative modern drama; Lecturer Renaissance drama and Shakespeare. Graduate School. Videbaek, Bente, Ph.D., 1992, Northwestern Spector, Stephen, Chair, Ph.D., 1973, Yale University: Renaissance drama and theater; Admission to the Ph.D. Program in University: Old and Middle English literature; Scandinavian literature. history of the English language; the Bible; English intolerance in medieval literature; Christianity Affiliated Graduate Faculty The following, in addition to the mini- and Judaism; drama through Shakespeare; (Faculty members from other departments who mum Graduate School requirements, manuscript study and bibliography; the may serve as “inside” members of English Ph.D. are required for admission to the Ph.D. “other” in medieval literature and society. exam committees.) program: Associate Professors Mary Jo Bona (European Languages): Italian American studies, ethnic American women A. A bachelor’s degree from a recog- Bashford, Bruce, Ph.D., 1970, Northwestern writers, theories of race and ethnicity. nized institution; University: Literary theory and the history of criticism; rhetoric and the teaching of composi- Krin Gabbard (Comparative Literary and Cultural B. An average of at least B in the last tion; the logic of interpretation and critical argu- Studies): Film; psychoanalysis; jazz. two years of undergraduate work; ment; humanism. Fred Gardaphé (European Languages): Italian C. An official transcript of all under- Dunn, Patricia A., D.A., 1991, University at American studies; theories of race and ethnicity. graduate work and of any graduate Albany: Composition and rhetoric; English Lorenzo Simpson (Philosophy): Critical race work that may have been done; education; disability studies. theory; Frankfurt school; cosmopolitanism. Haralson, Eric, Ph.D., 1993, Columbia University: Tracey Walters (Africana Studies): African D. Letters of recommendation from 19th- and 20th-century British and American litera- American, African diasporic writers. three instructors; tures; Anglo-American modernism; Henry James. Number of teaching, graduate, and research E. The applicant’s score on the Hutner, Heidi, Ph.D., 1993, University of assistants, Fall 2007: 40 Washington: Restoration and 18th-century Graduate Record Examination (GRE) 1) Recipient of the State University Chancellor’s General Test, required by the Graduate studies; colonial and postcolonial discourse; Award for Excellence in Teaching, 1993. Recipient women writers; women’s studies; eco-feminism. School of applicants in all departments; of the President’s Award for Excellence in Lindblom, Kenneth, Director of the English Teaching, 1993 F. A sample of recent scholarly or Teacher Education Program, Ph.D., 1996, 2) Recipient of the State University Chancellor’s critical writing; Syracuse University: English education; theory, Award for Excellence in Teaching, 1991 history and practice of composition-rhetoric; 3) Recipient of the President’s Award for Excellence G. Proficiency in a foreign language discourse pragmatics. in Teaching, 1987 equivalent to two years of college work; 7 Marshik, Celia, Graduate Program Director, 4) Recipient of the State University Chancellor’s H. Acceptance by both the Ph.D., 1999, Northwestern University: British Award for Excellence in Teaching, 1988 Department of English and the and American modernism, cultural studies, 5) Joint appointment, Comparative Literature Graduate School. women’s studies. 6) Recipient of the President’s Award for Excellence in Robinson, Benedict, Ph.D., 2001, Columbia Teaching as Part-time Faculty, 2003 and the Students’ University: Early modern literature and culture; Choice Award for Most Influential Professor, 2004 Faculty representations of Islam; religion and 7) Recipient of the Dean’s Award for Excellence in Distinguished Professor literature; Shakespeare; Milton. Graduate Teaching, 2007 Kaplan, E. Ann,5 Director of the Humanities Scheckel, Susan, Ph.D., 1992, University of Institute, Ph.D., 1970, Rutgers University: California, Berkeley: 19th-century American lit- Degree Requirements Literary and film theory; feminist studies; mod- erature and culture. ern American literature; 19th-century American Requirements for the M.A. Degree Assistant Professors literature; postcolonial British literature; film. In addition to the minimum requirements Choi, Helen Onhoon, Ph.D., 2006, UCLA: of the Graduate School, the following Professors 20th-century American literature, race and are required: Huffman, Clifford C.,1 Ph.D., 1969, Columbia ethnicity, cultural studies. University: The Renaissance; Shakespeare. Newman, Andrew, Ph.D., 2004, University of A. Course Requirements Kenny, Shirley Strum, President of the California, Irvine: Early American literatures; lit- A master’s degree in English requires University, Ph.D., 1964, University of Chicago: eracy theory; comparative literatures of contact. Restoration and 18th-century British drama. ten three-credit graduate courses com- Pfeiffer, Douglas, Ph.D., 2005, Columbia pleted with a 3.0 overall grade point Martinez-Pizarro, Joaquin,5 Ph.D., 1976, University: Renaissance; humanism; history of average, competence in one foreign Harvard University: Literary history of the literary theory and rhetoric; Erasmus; Middle Ages; classical and medieval back- Spenser; Donne. language, and submission of a master’s thesis. Of the ten courses, one must be grounds; comparative studies. Phillips, Rowan Ricardo, Ph.D., 2002, Brown in the history and structure of the Manning, Peter, J., Ph.D., 1968, Yale University: University: Poetry; African American literature; English Romantic literature, literary theory. Caribbean literature; the writing of poetry. English language and one must be in

170 ENGLISH rhetoric or composition theory (includ- or by examination arranged by the gram, students must maintain an aver- ing problems in the teaching of compo- Department of English. The following age grade of B or better in all course- sition); courses previously taken on the languages are automatically accepted work, and no more than two grades undergraduate level and passed with a for fulfilling this requirement: Bengali, below B- will be permitted. No transfer grade of B or better may be accepted French, German, Greek, Hebrew, credit is accepted at the seminar level. as fulfilling these requirements and Hindu, Italian, Latin, Russian, and One of the seven seminars the stu- replaced with an elective. Students will Spanish. Other languages relevant to dent must satisfactorily complete is the sign up for three credits of thesis a student’s graduate program may be proseminar, EGL 600, The Discipline of research while writing a master’s thesis. approved upon petition to the graduate Literary Studies. Students must take The other seven courses must include program committee. this course in their first fall semester one course on literature before 1700 in the program. and one course after 1700, and four D. Master’s Thesis While the majority of courses for the courses in at least two of the Students enroll for EGL 598 while Ph.D. requirements must be taken in following topic areas: writing a master’s thesis of 30 to 40 the Department of English, students pages under the guidance of a thesis 583: Topics in Theory may, in consultation with their advi- advisor (chosen by the student with sors, take courses of an equivalent level 584: Topics in Genre Studies approval of the graduate director) and in other departments or programs. 585: Topics in Cultural Studies an additional faculty member chosen by Requests must be approved in writing the student and the advisor. A final by the Director of Graduate Studies. 586: Topics in Gender Studies copy of the thesis and written approvals It is assumed that students entering 587: Topics in Race, Ethnic, or from the advisor and reader must be the Ph.D. program will have studied Diaspora Studies submitted to the Graduate School by Chaucer, Milton, Shakespeare, and a the last day of classes in the semester in variety of literary periods in their B.A. 588: Writing Workshop which the student graduates. Students or M.A. programs. However, students Note: Topic courses may be repeated as must be registered in the semester in with a variety of backgrounds are long as content varies. Courses run which they graduate. welcome into the Ph.D. program; those through the School of Professional without the kind of broad-based knowl- Development are not accepted for Transfer Credit and Standards edge outlined above will work out a English M.A. requirements. of Performance in English at the suitable program of study with their M.A. Level advisors. B. Independent Studies Students with teaching assistantships The Department permits the transfer of must pass the Teaching Practicum in Only one course numbered EGL 599, six hours of credit in suitable graduate their first semester of teaching in the Independent Studies, will be permitted work done elsewhere that resulted in a Writing program. to count toward the total courses grade of B or better. The student must, required for the degree of Master of however, make special application after B. Foreign Language Requirements Arts in English. EGL 599 cannot be admission. In all coursework done at Students must complete one of two elected during the student’s first Stony Brook, an average grade of B is options: semester of work toward the master’s the minimum required, but no more than degree. EGL 599 may be elected during two grades below B- will be permitted. Option I: Students must, on examina- the second semester only if the student The time limit for completion of the tion, demonstrate ability to translate has a B+ average in the first semester M.A. degree is three years for full-time writings of moderate difficulty in two and has no Incompletes at the time of students and five years for part-time foreign languages appropriate to the registering for EGL 599. A proposal for students. Any student who plans not to area of study, and hence ability to make a 599 course should be submitted in enroll in classes for a semester must use of relevant literary and scholarly writing to the faculty member under apply for an official leave of absence; writings in those languages. Students whose direction the student plans to failure to do so will lead to a lapse in can satisfy this requirement by obtain- study. This proposal must be submitted enrollment. To re-apply, the student ing a grade of B or higher in a 500-level before the end of the semester previous must pay a $500 readmission fee. reading/translation course (e.g., FRN to that in which the student will register 500, GER 500). Other language courses for EGL 599. The proposal must be offered to fulfill this requirement will approved in writing by both the direct- Requirements for the Ph.D. Degree need the approval of the graduate ing faculty member and the graduate In addition to the minimum require- program director. program committee of the Department ments of the Graduate School, the fol- of English before the student registers lowing are required: Option II: Students must, on exami- for EGL 599. nation, demonstrate (1) ability to read, A. Course Requirements understand, and speak well one living C. Foreign Language Requirement The minimum course requirement for foreign language, or ability to read and Competence in one foreign language students in the doctoral program is 11 understand well one classical language may be satisfied by having completed courses, including at least seven 600- appropriate to the area of study, and the second year of a foreign language at level seminars. No course with a grade (2) knowledge of the major literature of the undergraduate level within the past below B- may be used to satisfy course that language in the original language, five years with a grade of B or better, requirements. To continue in the pro- and hence ability to make full use of

171 ENGLISH the literature of another language. This enhance the conversations that make It is the responsibility of the option can be satisfied by passing a up the examinations: examination committee chair half-hour oral examination conducted to inform the Graduate Office in 1. For the first part, the student will in the language on the major literary writing of the date, time, and place submit to his or her committee, at least figures or works of the language. of the examination two weeks before two weeks prior to the exam, a 15- to Students should consult the graduate the examination. 30-page paper related to a particular program director about setting up period or problem area. In most cases, such an examination. Passing the D. Special Field Conversation this will be a revised seminar paper, and reading and/or comprehensive exami- This conversation will be based on will include a bibliography. The paper is nation at the M.A. level shall not be a written rationale and a reading list not intended as additional work, but sufficient evidence that the student prepared by the student with the rather as a way for the student to has met Option II. advice and approval of the student’s organize an approach to one of the lists. The following languages are automat- chosen committee, and approved by During the exam, the paper will serve ically accepted for fulfilling the lan- the graduate program director at least as a springboard for discussion of the guage requirement: French, German, one month before the conversation. entire period or area being examined. Greek, Hebrew, Italian, Latin, Russian, The focus of the conversation will be and Spanish. Other languages relevant 2. For the second part, the student the topic that the student has chosen to a student’s graduate program may be will submit to his or her committee, at for his or her dissertation; thus, the approved upon petition to the graduate least two weeks prior to the exam, a reading list will embrace the various program director. syllabus and bibliography of back- kinds of text that the student must Students will not be permitted to ground reading for an advanced under- engage to begin writing. All three take the Special Field Conversation graduate course in a particular period members of the committee will be without first satisfying the foreign lan- or problem area. Questions regarding chosen by the student. Two members guage requirement. Students choosing pedagogical and theoretical approach, must be from the Department of Option I must satisfy one language as well as inquiries into criteria of English. requirement before taking the General selection and content, will help to initi- Students must contact the graduate Examination and the second before ate and focus discussion of the entire director six weeks prior to the date they taking the Special Field Conversation. period or area being examined. wish to schedule the conversation to fill out the necessary papers. The conversa- C. General Examination 3. For the third part, the student tion will be scheduled by the Graduate may simply invite questions without The general examination is a three- Office. Within one week following the using one of the above devices, or may part, three-hour oral with three exam- special field conversation, the student, in submit another paper or syllabus (or iners. Two parts of the examination consultation with the director, will write some other piece of writing agreeable must focus on different literary periods a summary of the important issues in to the committee) as a means of gener- of approximately 100 years each, and the conversation and submit it to the ating and directing discussion of the the third will either address another graduate program committee. entire list. literary period or engage a problem or All the doctoral requirements The examination committee will area of special interest (e.g., a genre, described above must be completed consist of a chair selected by the stu- issues, or a line of theoretical inquiry). before a student is allowed to schedule dent and two other faculty members In consultation with their examiners, the special field conversation. students will offer reading lists for this appointed by the graduate program examination that outline the area of director in consultation with the chair. E. Advancement to Candidacy inquiry for each part of their exam. The committee must be formed no After successful completion of the Because one of the purposes of the exam later than the student’s fourth semes- Special Field Conversation, the student is to give students the opportunity to ter in the program (preferably earlier), is recommended to the Dean of the make sense of their lists, the period and the exam must be taken before Graduate School for advancement to lists may or may not vary from the the end of the fifth semester. In con- candidacy. traditional literary historical divisions of sultation with his or her chair, the stu- the anthologies. Whereas one student dent may choose to take this exam in F. Dissertation may follow traditional texts for a liter- two parts. All three committee mem- No later than the beginning of the ary period, another may choose to study bers must sign all three of the reading seventh semester, students will prepare noncanonical texts within a traditional lists at least one month prior to the a written statement setting out the chronological range, while another may examination. The student must submit scope and method of the dissertation redefine the range (e.g., 1750 to 1850 or to the graduate director the signed and submit it to their dissertation 1850 to 1945 instead of the 18th cen- reading lists along with a memo, stat- director, two other members of the tury, 19th century, or 20th century). ing the names of the members on the department who will serve as readers, Taking this examination brings committee, one month before the and a reader from outside the students a step closer to entering a exam. Department. After the student’s direc- profession in which one writes and Each of the three parts will be tor has conferred with the other read- publishes scholarship and constructs judged separately as either pass or ers and the dissertation committee has and teaches courses. To promote this fail. Each failed part may be retaken approved the proposal, the student kind of professional development, to one additional time, no later than a will submit the proposal and the facilitate students’ focus, and to year after the original examination. signed dissertation contract to the

172 ENGLISH graduate director for approval. taken, and the teaching assignment. C. Graduate courses in the 500 series Students should contact the Graduate The total of all these credits and are open to all graduate students. Office of the Department for details on teaching hours is to be no more Courses in the 600 series are normally how to submit the proposal. than 12 for G3, nine for G4, and six for open only to students admitted to study The four readers of the dissertation G5 students. for the Ph.D. degree, although M.A. must recommend acceptance of the students with adequate preparation J. Advising and Review of Student’s dissertation before it can be approved Progress and background can sometimes be by the Graduate School. Students will admitted with the permission of Each incoming student will meet with present the results of dissertation the instructor. All graduate courses an assigned advisor before the start of research at a colloquium convened for normally carry three credits. classes to plan his or her first semester’s that purpose by the Department of Each course in the 500 and 600 series coursework. The student will also meet English, which will be open to interested to be offered in a given semester will with his or her advisor in November and faculty and graduate students. be described by the instructor in some May before preregistration for each detail in a special Departmental semester’s courses. At the end of the G. The Dissertation Defense announcement prepared and distrib- first year, each student will select his or At least eight weeks before the uted toward the end of the semester her own advisor and inform the Graduate School’s deadline for submit- prior to that in which it is to be offered. ting the completed dissertation, the Graduate Office in writing of the advi- None of the courses numbered 690-699 student will submit to his or her sor’s name. Students will meet at least can be taken to satisfy the requirement readers what is intended to be the once each semester with advisors to of seven seminars as stated in the sec- final draft of the dissertation. No more plan their coursework. tions outlining course requirements for than four weeks after that, if the read- Each spring semester, the graduate the Department of English. Courses ers have agreed that the dissertation program committee will review each run through the School of Professional is ready to be defended, the director student’s progress and determine Development are not accepted for the will schedule the defense. (This is whether the student may proceed with requirements of the degree. distinct from the actual acceptance of doctoral studies, may continue if cer- the dissertation, which can take place tain requirements are met, or may not Advising only at the defense itself.) continue in the doctoral program because of unsatisfactory work. To There are a number of problems that H. Teaching Program retain financial support, teaching assis- the preceding explanations make no attempt to cover; students are encour- Training in teaching is stressed by the tants must maintain a 3.5 GPA, in addi- aged to raise individual questions about Department, and every student should tion to satisfying the program the graduate program with the gradu- expect to teach as part of the doctoral requirements described above. ate program director in English. program. Teaching assistants instruct in a variety of courses including composi- Matters Pertaining to All Advanced Courses tion and introductions to poetry, fiction, Degrees in English and drama; tutor in the Writing Center; A. Extension of time limits: Extensions EGL 501 Studies in Chaucer and assist in large lecture courses. An of time limits are granted at the discre- 3 credits, ABCF grading important part of the teaching experi- tion of the graduate program director EGL 502 Studies in Shakespeare ence is the Practicum in Teaching, of the Department and the Dean of the 3 credits, ABCF grading required of all teaching assistants. Graduate School and are normally for I. Residency Requirement one year at a time. EGL 503 Studies in Milton 3 credits, ABCF grading The Graduate School requires at B. Incompletes: Faculty may choose to least two consecutive semesters of grant graduate students an Incomplete. EGL 505 Studies in Genre full-time graduate study beyond the However, the Incomplete must be made 3 credits, ABCF grading baccalaureate. Students will be con- up—the work must be submitted to the May be repeated for credit sidered in full-time residence during faculty member—on or before the begin- EGL 506 Studies in Literary Theory any semester in which they (1) are ning of the next semester. Students who Prerequisite: Matriculation in a graduate pro- taking at least one 500-level course take Incompletes in the fall must finish gram or the composition studies certificate. or 600-level seminar or are, in the their work before the first day of class in 3 credits, ABCF grading opinion of the graduate program January, and those who take Incompletes committee, properly preparing for in the spring must finish their work EGL 509 Studies in Language and the special field oral examination; before the first day of class in September. Linguistics (2) are holding no position other than Students who have special circumstances 3 credits, ABCF grading that required under the teaching that justify having more time to make up EGL 510 Old English Language and program; or (3) are registered for the Incomplete should meet with the Literature EGL 699 Dissertation Research graduate director, then file a written 3 credits, ABCF grading or EGL 690, Directed Reading for request for an extension. The graduate EGL 515 Middle English Language and Doctoral Candidates, for three, six, director will make a decision on each Literature nine, or 12 credit hours, depending case in consultation with the graduate 3 credits, ABCF grading on the number of other courses being program committee.

173 ENGLISH

EGL 520 Studies in the Renaissance EGL 587 Topics in Race, Ethnic, or Diaspora 3 credits, ABCF grading 3 credits, ABCF grading Studies May be repeated for credit Changing historical or theoretical focus on EGL 525 17th-Century Literature issues of race or ethnicity, on U.S., British, or EGL 604 Problems in Literary Analysis 3 credits, ABCF grading global ethnic literatures, or on experiences, An introduction to the explication of texts. histories, or theories of colonization, decolo- 3 credits, ABCF grading EGL 530 Studies in Restoration Literature nization, empire, globalism, or diaspora. May be repeated for credit 3 credits, ABCF grading Fall, spring, and summer, 3 credits, ABCF grading EGL 605 Problems in Convention and Genre EGL 535 Studies in Neoclassicism May be repeated for credit An examination of literary types and 3 credits, ABCF grading categories. EGL 588 Writing Workshop 3 credits, ABCF grading EGL 540 Studies in Romanticism Changing focus on various forms of writing, May be repeated for credit 3 credits, ABCF grading including poetry, drama, fiction, the essay, etc. EGL 606 Period and Tradition EGL 545 Studies in Victorian Literature Fall, spring, and summer, 3 credits, ABCF grading An examination of the major issues that per- 3 credits, ABCF grading May be repeated for credit tain to particular historical literary periods. EGL 547 Late 19th-Century British 3 credits, ABCF grading EGL 592 Problems in Teaching Writing or May be repeated for credit Literature Composition 3 credits, ABCF grading This course provides an overview of writing EGL 607 Individual Authors pedagogy as applied to tutoring in a Writing In-depth study of specified writers, from Old EGL 550 20th-Century British Literature Center or in an English classroom. Included English to Contemporary World Literatures 3 credits, ABCF grading in the course is fieldwork in the campus in English. Writing Center. 3 credits, ABCF grading EGL 555 Studies in Irish Literature Fall, 3 credits, ABCF grading May be repeated for credit 3 credits, ABCF grading EGL 593 Problems in Teaching Literature EGL 608 Problems in the Relationship of EGL 560 Studies in Early American 3 to 5 credits, ABCF grading Literature to Other Disciplines Literature This seminar will encourage the interdiscipli- 3 credits, ABCF grading EGL 594 Contexts of Literary Study nary focus of our program by examining the 3 credits, ABCF grading intersection between textual studies and EGL 565 19th-Century American Literature other forms of inquiry. 3 credits, ABCF grading EGL 597 Practicum in Methods of Research 3 credits, ABCF grading 1 to 3 credits, S/U grading May be repeated for credit EGL 570 20th-Century American Literature 3 credits, ABCF grading EGL 598 Thesis Research EGL 611 Critical Theory Research and writing of M.A. thesis super- A seminar on influential theoretical approaches EGL 575 British and American Literature vised by faculty advisor. to texts. 3 credits, ABCF grading Fall, spring, and summer, 1 to 3 credits, 3 credits, ABCF grading S/U grading May be repeated for credit EGL 582 Drama Workshop May be repeated for credit 3 credits, ABCF grading EGL 612 Theories in Composition EGL 599 Independent Study EGL 584 Topics in Genre Studies This course explores the relationship between 3 credits, ABCF grading reading and writing skills, the differences Changing issues in the historical study of par- May be repeated for credit between speech production and writing ticular genres, such as the novel, lyric poetry, production, and the relationship between film, drama, etc. EGL 600 Proseminar: The Discipline of literacy, culture, and language politics. Fall, spring, and summer, 3 credits, Literary Studies Spring, alternate years, 3 credits, ABCF grading Proseminar: Introduction to critical analysis, ABCF grading May be repeated for credit including theoretical and methodological approaches, and an orientation to the profes- EGL 614 Topics in Composition and Writing EGL 585 Topics in Cultural Studies sion both in the academy and other careers. This course can be a directed reading in par- Changing issues in the interdisciplinary Faculty members will speak on their own ticular areas of interest for classroom teach- study of culture, including literature, popular scholarship and professional experiences. ers, or a pilot study to prepare for the Ph.D. culture, discourse studies, media studies, etc. 3 credits, ABCF grading dissertation in Composition Studies. The Focus is on the analysis of historical contexts shape of the course will be geared to the and on methods derived from contemporary EGL 601 Problems in History and Structure needs of those enrolled. cultural theory. of the English Language 3 credits, ABCF grading Fall, spring, and summer, 3 credits, A survey of the English language from its May be repeated for credit ABCF grading historical beginnings through the present. May be repeated for credit 3 credits, ABCF grading EGL 690 Directed Readings 1 to 12 credits, S/U grading EGL 586 Topics in Gender Studies EGL 602 Problems in Bibliography, Editing, May be repeated for credit Changing historical or theoretical focus on and Textual Criticism issues in gender studies, sexuality, queer An introduction to the study of manuscripts EGL 695 Methods of Teaching English studies, or women’s writing. and printed books, with special emphasis on 3 credits, S/U grading Fall, spring, and summer, 3 credits, editorial and textual problems and decisions. ABCF grading 3 credits, ABCF grading EGL 697 Practicum in Teaching English May be repeated for credit Literature EGL 603 Problems in Literary Theory and Teaching workshop for introductory courses Criticism in poetry, fiction, and drama. A seminar on any of the current theoretical 3 credits, S/U grading approaches to texts.

174 ENGLISH

EGL 698 Practicum in Teaching Writing EGL 701 Dissertation Research Off Campus– Students take the seminar in conjunction with International teaching a section of WRT 101. This course Prerequisite: Must be advanced to candidacy provides hands-on experience and instruction (G5); major portion of research will take in the basics of writing pedagogy, including place outside the U.S. and/or U.S. provinces; designing writing assignments, sequencing domestic students have the option of the assignments, motivating writing, writing skill development and evaluating writing. health plan and may also enroll in MEDEX; Students will also be given a preliminary international students who are in their overview of the major theories driving com- home country are not covered by mandatory position pedagogy. health plan and must contact the Insurance Fall, 3 credits, S/U grading Office for the insurance charge to be removed; international students who are EGL 699 Dissertation Research On Campus not in their home country are charged for Prerequisites: Advancement to candidacy the mandatory health insurance (if they (G5); major portion of research must take are to be covered by another insurance plan, place on SB campus, at Cold Spring Harbor, they must file a waiver by the second week or at Brookhaven National Lab of classes; the charge will only be removed Fall, spring, and summer, 1 to 9 credits, if the other plan is deemed comparable); S/U grading all international students must receive May be repeated for credit clearance from an International Advisor Fall, spring, and summer, 1 to 9 credits, EGL 700 Dissertation Research Off Campus– S/U grading Domestic May be repeated for credit Prerequisite: Must be advanced to candidacy (G5); major portion of research will take EGL 800 Summer Research place off campus, but in the U.S. and/or 0 credit, S/U grading U.S. provinces (Brookhaven National Lab May be repeated and Cold Spring Harbor Lab are considered on campus); all international students must enroll in one of the graduate student insur- ance plans and should be advised by an International Advisor Fall, spring, and summer 1 to 9 credits, S/U grading May be repeated for credit

175 EUROPEAN LANGUAGES, LITERATURES, AND CULTURES European Languages, Literatures, and Cultures (GER, RLF, RLI, SLV, DLG, DLF, DLI, DLL, DLR)

Chair: Nicholas Rzhevsky, Humanities Building Room 1055, (631) 632-7440 Graduate Program Director: Andrea Fedi, Humanities Building Room 1148, (631) 632-7449 Graduate Secretary: Mary Wilmarth, Humanities Building Room 1055, (631) 632-7440, 632-7442

Degrees awarded: M.A. in Germanic Languages and Literature; M.A. in Romance Languages and Literature; M.A. in Slavic Languages and Literature; D.A. in Foreign Languages (French, German, Italian, Russian). [M.A. program in German temporarily suspended; D.A. program temporarily suspended.]

The Department, within the College of D.A. or Ph.D. degrees, and to prepare lations to complete a master’s degree. Arts and Sciences, offers a wide variety students for teaching on the college, uni- The track is specifically designed for of programs emphasizing study of versity, or secondary school level, as well those students who have completed the European languages, literatures, and as for careers involving international Teacher Preparation Program in Foreign cultures, courses in pedagogical method- expertise. Students specialize in one of Languages at the undergraduate level. It ology, supervised teaching experience, the offered languages, literary histories, allows secondary school teachers to fur- and advanced training for careers related and cultures, or create a combined pro- ther concentrate in the target language to international affairs. The Department gram (i.e., two Romance languages) and culture they teach, or in a combina- is committed to providing the best possi- with the help of their advisors. Most tion of two Romance languages. A cor- ble graduate education: two of its mem- courses are conducted in the target lan- nerstone of the program is faculty bers have been named Distinguished guage. Experienced teaching assistants mentorship. Upon completing 12 hours of Professor, and four have received the are encouraged to design and teach graduate work, each student designs a Chancellor’s Award for Excellence in advanced courses on the undergraduate course of study. Upon completing all Teaching. The proximity of numerous cul- level. A carefully developed advising coursework, the student develops an tural institutions such as the Center for system enables students to tailor spe- independent research topic under men- Italian Studies on campus, the Goethe cially structured programs to suit their tor supervision. All courses are offered House in New York, the Kosciuszko individual needs and interests. no earlier than 5:20 pm to meet the time Foundation, the New York Public constraints of secondary school teachers. M.A. Program in Romance Languages Library, and the Harriman Institute of Graduate courses in other fields and Columbia University, enhance graduate The Department offers an M.A. in the School of Professional Development study in the Department. Romance Languages with possible (SPD) program are open to qualified The programs have been designed interdepartmental concentrations in students. Departmental students are with today’s career opportunities in French and Spanish, Italian and encouraged to take courses in related mind. Students are encouraged to shape Spanish, and French and Italian. The areas. With the permission of their advi- a personal curriculum, drawing on other curriculum is formulated according to sor, students may obtain six credits out- departments engaged in issues perti- the individual student’s needs and side the program. interests. It is a flexible program that nent to pedagogy and European cultural M.A. Programs in Germanic and Slavic history, such as Comparative Studies, suits students who wish to go on to See course requirements below. History, Linguistics, Philosophy, Political doctoral work as well as those who [Program in German temporarily sus- Science, and Theatre Arts. The wish to terminate their studies with pended.] Department supports exchange pro- the master’s degree. There are two possible tracks: grams with France, Germany, Russia, M.A.T. Program in French 7 to 12, German Track A, Literature and Culture: Poland, and Italy. More detailed informa- 7 to 12, Italian 7 to 12, Russian 7 to 12 Designed for students who wish to fol- tion is available from the Department low a traditional M.A. program or intend Consult the SPD section in this bulletin. office and on the Internet at www.suny to proceed toward further study on the sb.edu/eurolangs. Part-time study is D.A. or Ph.D. level. Typically students D.A. Program in Foreign Languages permitted; most graduate courses are design a curriculum that includes litera- (Program Temporarily Suspended) offered during the late afternoon or ture, linguistics, and culture courses in evening. Our advisors work closely with The program leading to the Doctor of one of the Romance languages or in a students in designing a program to Arts degree provides pedagogical train- combination of two Romance languages. meet individual needs and interests. ing in European languages, literatures, This track gives the students a choice of and cultures. It is appropriate for those writing a Master’s Thesis or passing a interested in teaching on the secondary Degree Programs Comprehensive Examination to qualify school, junior college, college, or uni- for the degree. versity level, as well as for potential M.A. Curriculum Track B, Language Pedagogy for specialists in language laboratories, The M.A. curriculum for each language Secondary School Teachers: For students media studies, communications, mar- program is designed to introduce stu- who have completed provisional require- keting, and others interested in acquir- dents to research in European languages, ments to teach languages in secondary ing an in-depth knowledge of European literatures, and cultures leading to the schools and are required by state regu- languages, literatures, and cultures. The

176 EUROPEAN LANGUAGES, LITERATURES, AND CULTURES course of study is flexible, competency- Graduate School, are normally required: 5. Acceptance by both the Department based, and whenever possible, tailored and the Graduate School. 1. A bachelor’s degree or its equivalent to individual needs and interests. from a reputable scholarly institution; for Provisional admission may be given to The program consists of coursework, the interdepartmental M.A. curriculum in some students not meeting all of the research in the major field, practice in Romance Languages, a bachelor’s degree above requirements. areas of professional preparation, or its equivalent with a major in French, demonstration of successful teaching, Italian, or Spanish, and at least 18 credits Comprehensive Examination, and a doctoral Faculty in a second language (French, Italian, or dissertation or project. Students may elect Spanish); Professors to specialize in French, German, Italian, Carravetta, Peter, Alfonse M. D’Amato or Slavic. Admission is granted to full- 2. Three letters of recommendation Professor, Ph.D., 1983, New York University: time and part-time students who have written by persons qualified to assess Italian and French critical theory; postmod- the B.A. or its equivalent. the candidate’s preparation; ernism; Italian American and migration studies. A more detailed description of the 3. For foreign students, a TOEFL Fontanella, Luigi, Ph.D., 1981, Harvard graduate program is available from the score; University: Modern Italian literature; 20th- Departmental office. This information century Italian poetry. 4. A transcript of undergraduate includes specific distribution require- Gardaphé, Fred, Ph.D., 1993, University of records; ments, fields of specialization, and mate- Illinois, Chicago: Italian American studies; rial pertaining to the preliminary and 5. Acceptance by both the Department English literature. qualifying examinations. Interested students and the Graduate School; Mignone, Mario B., Distinguished Service should request information and applica- Professor and Director of the Center for Italian 6. Normally a grade average of at least tion forms as early as possible, especially if Studies, Ph.D., 1972, Rutgers University: B in the undergraduate major. they plan to apply for financial aid. Contemporary Italian literature and Culture; Provisional admission may be offered emigration studies. Facilities in some exceptional cases. Rzhevsky, Nicholas, Chair, Ph.D., 1972, While it is expected that the applicant Princeton University: Russian and Soviet The Language Learning and Research demonstrate superior preparation in a literature; Russian theatre; ideology. Center offers a variety of tutorial tools in European language, an undergraduate Associate Professors the languages taught at the University major in that language is not required. Bloomer, Robert K., Director of Undergraduate and includes two computer laboratories, Students judged to be deficient in lan- Studies and Coordinator of the German two audio and video laboratories, and two guage proficiency are required to take multimedia classrooms. The Center regu- Program, Ph.D., 1990, University of Michigan: remedial courses during the academic Germanic linguistics; morphology; etymology. larly hosts workshops and courses (see year or in the summer. Bona, Mary Jo, Coordinator of the Italian listings of courses under the Doctor of Foreign students must furnish as much Arts program) relating to the intersec- American Program, Ph.D., 1989, University of information as possible about their train- Wisconsin at Madison: Italian American tions between technology and language, ing abroad (official certification degrees, studies; English literature. literature, and culture learning. lists of courses taken, and papers submit- Students are encouraged to take Fedi, Andrea, Director of Graduate Studies, ted, whenever possible), together with Ph.D., 1994, University of Toronto: Italian advantage of the on-campus Humanities letters of recommendation. Each applica- Renaissance literature; historiography. Institute. The Institute brings leading tion will be judged individually. Transfer Franco, Charles, Coordinator of the Italian national and international specialists in credit for previously taken graduate Program, and Coordinator of the Medieval the humanities to speak on current courses will be assessed by the faculty Studies Program, Ph.D., 1977, Rutgers issues and provides Stony Brook stu- and approved within the regulations of University: Dante; medieval Italian literature. the Graduate School. dents with the latest research in culture Kalinowska-Blackwood, Izabela, Ph.D., 1995, studies, literature, and the arts. Admission to the D.A. Program in Yale University: Russian and Polish literature, The holdings of the Frank Melville Jr. Foreign Languages culture, and film. Memorial Library include extensive Kerth, Thomas A.,1 Ph.D., 1977, Yale In addition to the requirements of collections in print and other media per- University: Medieval literature; Middle High tinent to each of the four major language the Graduate School, the Department German; philology; German poetry. requires: groups taught by the Department. The Reich, Jacqueline, Ph.D., 1994, University of Department maintains a high profile in 1. A B.A. degree or its equivalent in California at Berkeley: Modern Italian state-of-the-art technologies, including coursework and credits; literature; Italian film studies. Internet applications of language, litera- 2. Three letters of recommendation Westphalen, Timothy, Coordinator of the Slavic ture, and culture pedagogy. Languages Program, Ph.D., 1991, Harvard from persons qualified to assess the University: Russian poetry; Russian symbol- candidate’s preparation; Admission ism; 19th-century Russian literature; Bakhtin. 3. Results of the Graduate Record Assistant Professors Examination (GRE) General Test, and, Admission to the M.A. Programs Dalmas, Franck, Ph.D., 2006, University of for foreign students, the TOEFL; For admission to graduate studies in the North Carolina at Chapel Hill: French language M.A. programs, the following, in addition 4. Demonstrated proficiency in a and literature. to the minimum requirements of the European language;

177 EUROPEAN LANGUAGES, LITERATURES, AND CULTURES

Jourdain, Sarah, Coordinator of the Teacher Silverman, Hugh J., Department of Philosophy, 2. FRN 507 Stylistics, Syntax, and Training Program, Ph.D., 1996, Indiana Professor, Ph.D., 1973, Stanford University: Composition (three credits) University: Pedagogy and teacher training; Continental philosophy and criticism; history of French language. aesthetic and literary theory; interdisciplinary 3. Eight additional courses (six for studies in European philosophy, literatures, Ledgerwood, Mikle, Director of the Language students who opt to write a thesis) and cultures. Learning Center, Ph.D., 1985, University of North chosen in consultation with the advisor Carolina at Chapel Hill: Education and technol- Volat, Hélène, Head of Information and to formulate an area of specialization (18 ogy; semiotics, French civilization, Quebec. Reference Services, Lecturer, M.A., 1973, to 24 credits). These courses may include Stony Brook University, M.L.S., 1983, Long Raynard-Leroy, Sophie, Ph.D., 1999, Columbia three courses in related disciplines. Island University, C.W. Post: Humanities bibli- University: French; Romance philology. ography; research methods. 4. Master Thesis (optional) (six credits) Sanou, Sini Prosper, Coordinator of the French Total: 30 credits Program, Ph.D., 1992, University of Emeriti Faculty Minnesota: French language and pedagogy. Allentuch, Harriet, Emerita, Ph.D., Columbia Italian University: 17th-century French literature. Full-Time Lecturers 1. ITL 501 Contemporary Italy (three Blum, Carol, Emerita, Ph.D., 1966, Columbia credits) Balducci, Gioacchino, Dottore in Lingue e Civiltà University: 18th-century French literature; Orientali, 1964, Oriental Institute at the literature of the French Revolution. University of Naples: Italian cinema and theater. 2. ITL 508 Syntax and Composition Brown, Frederick, Emeritus, Ph.D., 1960, Yale (three credits) Costa, Giuseppe, D.A., 2006, Stony Brook University: 19th- and 20th-century French literature. University: Italian language and culture. 3. One of the following courses: ITL Brown, Russell E., Emeritus, Ph.D., Harvard Godfrey, Aaron W., Coordinator of the Classics 507, 511, 512, 513 (three credits) University: Modern German literature; Studies Program, M.A., 1960, Hunter College: Latin; Medieval studies. expressionist poetry; Trakl; Brecht; Jahn. Seven additional courses (five for stu- 4 dents who opt to write an M.A. thesis) Marchegiani, Irene, Coordinator of Student Elling, Barbara, Emerita, SUNY Distinguished chosen in consultation with the advisor Teaching and Field Experience, Dottore in Teaching Professor, Ph.D., 1971, New York Lettere e Filosofia, 1973, University of Florence: University: Romanticism; German cultural studies. to formulate an area of specialization (15 Italian language and literature; pedagogy. Tursi, Joseph, Emeritus, Ph.D., 1965, CUNY: to 21 credits). These courses may include Viola Grosse-Middledorf, Birgit, D.A., 1990, Italian language and culture; pedagogy. three courses in related disciplines. Stony Brook University: German language and Weinreb, Ruth Plaut, Emerita, Ph.D., Columbia 4. Master Thesis (optional) (six credits) culture; business German. University: 18th-century French literature. Total credits: 30 Watts, Monique, M.A., 1993, Stony Brook Zimmermann, Eléonore M., Emerita, Ph.D., University: French language. 1956, Yale University: 17th- and 20th-century Romance Languages French literature; comparative studies. Affiliated Faculty 1. Syntax and Composition in the two Number of teaching, graduate, and research Bailyn, John F., Department of Linguistics, chosen languages (FRN 507, ITL 508, Associate Professor, Ph.D., 1995, Cornell assistants, Fall 2007: 3 SPN 515) (six credits) University: Slavic linguistics; Russian lan- 1) Recipient of the State University Chancellor’s guage and linguistics; syntax. Award for Excellence in Teaching, 1992. 2. One of the following Romance 2 Linguistics courses: ITL 513, FRN 513, Bethin, Christina Y., Department of 2) Recipient of the State University Chancellor’s SPN 503, SPN 504 (three credits) Linguistics, Professor, Ph.D., 1978, University Award for Excellence in Teaching, 1983. of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign: Slavic linguis- 3) Recipient of the State University Chancellor’s 3. Seven additional courses in two tics; Russian, Polish, and Ukrainian lan- Award for Excellence in Teaching, 1996. Romance languages (five for students guages; phonology. who opt to write an M.A. thesis), to for- 3 4) Recipient of the State University Chancellor’s Harvey, Robert, Department of Comparative mulate a major and a minor (15 to 21 Award for Excellence in Teaching, 1973. Studies, Professor, Ph.D., 1988, University of credits). These courses are to be chosen California at Berkeley: Contemporary French Degree Requirements in consultations with the advisors and and Maghrebian Francophone literature; approved by the respective programs critical theory; film. to formulate an area of specialization. Requirements for the M.A. Degree These courses may include three Hurley, E. Anthony, Department of Africana in Romance Languages Studies, Associate Professor, Ph.D., 1992, courses in related disciplines. Rutgers University: Francophone literature of the 4. Master Thesis (optional) (six credits) Caribbean and Africa; 19th-century French literature. Track A: Literature and Culture Total credits: 30 Petrey, Sandy, Department of Comparative The M.A. requires a specialization in Studies, Professor, Ph.D., 1966, Yale French, in Italian, or in a combination B. Language Requirement University: 19th-century French literature; of two Romance Languages (French, Competence at the intermediate level comparative literature; literary theory. Italian, and Spanish). It requires at least in a language other than the language Roncero López, Victoriano, Department of ten three-credit courses (eight courses of specialization, preferably in a second Hispanic Languages, Professor, Ph.D., 1988, for students who opt to write a thesis) to modern Romance language or Latin, is University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign: be completed with a grade average of B required. Students opting for a combi- Golden Age literature; Quevedo studies, or better, for a total of 30 credits. Picaresque novel, 16th-century Spanish poetry. nation of two Romance languages will automatically satisfy this requirement. Repetti, Lori, Department of Linguistics, A. Course Requirements This requirement may be fulfilled Associate Professor, Ph.D., 1989, University French of California, Los Angeles: Romance linguis- through a Departmental examination or tics; Italian dialectology; history of the Italian 1. FRN 501 Contemporary Culture a suitable language course designed for language. and Civilization (three credits) graduate students.

178 EUROPEAN LANGUAGES, LITERATURES, AND CULTURES

C. M.A. Thesis or Examination 5. One course in literature in French Departmental examination or by com- (Choice of Option 1 or 2) (three credits) pleting specific graduate courses 1. M.A. Thesis: Students write a approved by the Department. Students 6. Two elective courses relevant to the master’s thesis under the supervision opting for a combination of two program chosen in consultation with of a faculty advisor, along with a second Romance languages will automatically the advisor (six credits) faculty member in his or her major satisfy this requirement. For non-native program, and a third faculty member in Total credits: 21 English language speakers, fluency in a related field. Upon completion of the English is required. thesis, the student prepares a formal Italian presentation of the thesis. 1. ITL 501 Contemporary Italy (three C. Research Project credits) Students must complete a Research 2. M.A. Examination: Students who Project under the supervision of a opt not to write a master’s thesis must 2. ITL 502 Special Topics in Italian faculty advisor and subject to approval complete a four-hour written examina- Cinema (three credits) tion and a one-hour oral examination. by a second faculty member in his or The examination is based on a compre- 3. ITL 508 Syntax and Composition her major program and by a third hensive reading list in the student’s (three credits) faculty member in a related field. Upon completion, the student prepares a for- area of specialization. Three faculty 4. ITL 511 History of the Italian lan- mal presentation of his or her research. members will serve as examiners. guage or ITL 507 Italian Linguistics (three credits) Track B: Language Pedagogy for Requirements for the M.A. Degree Secondary School Teachers 5. One course in literature in Italian in German (Temporarily Suspended) (three credits) The M.A. in Romance Languages Track A for Secondary School Teachers consists 6. Two elective courses relevant to the A. Course Requirements of a total of 30 credits. Students will program chosen in consultation with take three core courses (nine credits) the advisor (six credits) 1. One 19th-century German literature and seven courses (21 credits) in their course (three credits); one 20th-century Total credits: 21 target language(s). Students must German literature course (three credits); GER 545 or GER 546 (three credits); maintain a B average and receive at Romance Languages least a B in their language courses GER 539 Contrastive Structures or Students may choose two of the three (FRN 507, ITL 508, SPN 515). GER 557 History of the German Romance languages taught at Stony Language (three credits); GER 599 A. Course Requirements Brook, with one as major and one as Thesis (six credits). minor. Configuration of courses will be Core Courses (nine credits) 2. Four additional offerings at the developed on an individual basis graduate level from courses within the 1. FLA 540 Foreign Language according to each student’s needs and Department or, upon prior approval by Acquisition Research (three credits) interests. The following courses are the Department, from those of other 2. DLL/FLA 571 Foreign Language required: departments within the Graduate School (12 credits). Technology and Education (three 1. ITL 513 or FRN 513, or SPN 503 or credits) SPN 504 (Romance Linguistics) (three Total credits: 30 3. FLA 581 Foreign Language Teaching credits) B. Performance Independent Project (three credits) 2. Two of the following: FRN 507, ITL Average of B or higher in all gradu- 4. Competence in a foreign language 508, SPN 515 Syntax and Composition ate courses taken at Stony Brook. (six credits) other than the target language C. M.A. Thesis Note: Courses of study for areas of 3. Two of the following: FRN 501, Submission of a scholarly essay on a specialization are available for French, ITL 501, SPN 510 Culture (six credits) topic and of a standard acceptable to Italian, and Romance languages 4. Two elective courses relevant to the the Department is required. (21 credits): program chosen in consultation with Courses of Study for Areas of Specialization the advisor (six credits) Track B (21 credits) Total: 21 credits A. Course Requirements French There is no thesis required. All 30 Note: Culture and linguistics courses credits can be fulfilled by coursework 1. FRN 501 Contemporary Culture and can be substituted with permission of as follows: Civilization (three credits) the Department subject to availability. 2. FRN 502 French Civilization in its 1. GER 504 German Cultural History Historical Perspective (three credits) B. Language Requirement (three credits); GER 539 Contrastive Competence in a language other than Structures or GER 557 History of the 3. FRN 507 Stylistics, Syntax, and the language of specialization, prefer- German Language (three credits); Composition (three credits) ably in a second modern Romance one course in older Germanic lan- 4. FRN 510 French Phonetics and language or Latin, is required. guages, e.g., GER 558, GER 562, or Diction (three credits) Competence will be determined by GER 563 (three credits); one course in

179 EUROPEAN LANGUAGES, LITERATURES, AND CULTURES

20th-century German literature, e.g., Requirements for the D.A. Degree C. Final Evaluation GER 545 or GER 546 (three credits). in Foreign Languages (Temporarily The final evaluation is based on the 2. Six additional offerings at the gradu- Suspended) program of study that the candidate has ate level from courses within the A minimum of 36 credits is required, completed. The student is expected to Department or, upon prior approval by to be distributed as follows: nine credits demonstrate mastery of the individual the Department, from those of other in pedagogical and methodological issues curriculum requirements, and a thor- departments within the Graduate related to foreign languages, literatures, ough understanding of the components School (18 credits). and cultures; nine credits in the lan- of the program. Final examinations are guage of specialization; nine credits in scheduled twice a year, in November Total credits: 30 culture and literature; and nine credits and April. B. Performance to be completed through an internship 1. The final evaluation includes both a or externship, and a dissertation or Average of B or higher in all graduate written and an oral Comprehensive project. The dissertation or project may be courses taken at Stony Brook. Examination covering topics from all completed in conjunction with a qualified areas in the program. The examination is academic semester or summer study scheduled after the candidate has demon- Requirements for the M.A. Degree abroad program, teaching practice, or in Slavic (Temporarily Suspended) strated competence in the area of special- independent research determined in ization, and pedagogical and A. Course Requirements consultation with the principal advisor. methodological issues. It is the responsi- bility of the candidate to prepare, with 1. Three courses in advanced language A. Language Proficiency and/or linguistics (nine credits) his/her advisor, a reading list that includes Upon completion of 24 credits, all the student’s area of specialization. 2. One course in culture (three credits) candidates will be expected to demon- strate proficiency in the language of 2. Dissertation or project: Upon 3. Two courses in Russian literature successful completion of the (six credits) specialization. Proficiency may be satisfied by one of the following: Comprehensive Examination, 4. Four electives in the student’s major the candidate, in consultation with area with approval of the Department 1. A written recommendation of a fac- his/her advisor, submits a proposal. (12 credits) ulty member from the Department; After the proposal is approved, a Total credits: 30 2. A formal written examination, when committee is appointed, in consultation with the program director. This com- B. Language Proficiency in Russian the major advisor and D.A. committee deem it necessary. Students who do not mittee includes a supervisor and at The Russian language proficiency pass the examination may request a least two advisors. At least two faculty requirement may be satisfied by one second testing during the following members must be from the Department of the following: and, subject to availability, one may be semester. 1. Passing an examination; from outside the Department. B. Practical Experience 2. Appropriate coursework in Russian Transfer Credit All candidates are required to fulfill (RUS 311, 312, or equivalent); The D.A. committee may accept six the following teaching and research post-M.A. transfer credits earned 3. One semester of study abroad in the assignments during the program: Commonwealth of Independent States within the past five years from non- 1. Practicum: The student is given charge (C.I.S.) in an approved program such as SUNY institutions. Nine credits may be the SUNY-Albany/MGU Exchange. of a three-hour section in a beginning or accepted from all SUNY institutions. intermediate course. The practicum Under special circumstances, and with C. Second Slavic Language Requirement takes place after the student has approval of the Department, additional This requirement may be satisfied by successfully completed training in lan- cross-listed credits may be counted one of the following: guage, literature, or culture instruction toward the D.A. requirements. that covers objectives, grading, and 1. A proficiency examination; testing. Courses 2. Appropriate coursework in the 2. Internship or externship: For the language (e.g., SLV 580, 581); internship, the student is apprenticed French Courses 3. Study abroad in an approved pro- to a professor in charge of a literature, language, or culture course for at least FRN 500 Techniques of Reading for gram in Eastern Europe or the C.I.S. Graduate Research one semester. For the externship, With the approval of the program, a Through intensive study of language struc- the student teaches independently but tures and idiomatic usage, with extensive non-Slavic language of Eastern Europe under faculty supervision in a qualified practice in written translation of literary and or the C.I.S. may be substituted for the secondary school, college, or university. scholarly texts, candidates for advanced degrees are able to attain the proficiency second Slavic language. The internship or externship may not level of the graduate French reading require- D. Thesis or Comprehensive Examination precede the practicum. ment. Several departments grant exemption from further examination for successful A master’s thesis or Comprehensive 3. Dissertation or project: The student completion of this course. (Not for graduate Examination based on a reading list explores a research area developed in students in French.) and coursework is required. consultation with his or her advisor. Fall or spring, 3 credits, ABCF grading

180 EUROPEAN LANGUAGES, LITERATURES, AND CULTURES

FRN 501 Contemporary Culture and keting strategies of an American company in Sample authors: Proust, Gide, Sartre, Camus, Civilization the U.S. and in France or profiling a major Sarraute, Duras, Giraudoux, Claudel, Beckett, Analysis of contemporary French civilization French company. Butor, Queneau, Valery, Ponge, Char, Cesaire, through the study of the development of its Fall or spring, 3 credits, ABCF grading Bonnefoy. historical, cultural, political, and social char- Fall or spring, 3 credits, ABCF grading acteristics. Designed for potential teachers FRN 513 Romance Linguistics May be repeated for credit as topic changes of French at the college level as well as in This course examines the linguistic evolution secondary schools, this course will emphasize of the Romance languages from the classical FRN 562 Studies in Contemporary Literature and trace the evolution of the character and period through modern times. The syn- Focused examinations of French literary institutions of contemporary France and chronic grammars of Italian, French, and texts since 1968 and recent francophone writ- French-speaking countries. Spanish are examined. ings. How has the novel survived the cease- Fall or spring, 3 credits, ABCF grading Fall or spring, 3 credits, ABCF grading less testing of its limits? What is the status of contemporary poetry? Sample authors: FRN 502 French Civilization in Its Historical FRN 531 Studies in the Classical Theatre Le Clezio, Ben Jelloun, Mallet-Joris, Alexis, Perspective Analysis of classical dramaturgy and some of Duras, Deguy, Roche, Bonnefoy, Tournier. In this course, students study historical the major themes of 17th-century tragedy Fall or spring, 3 credits, ABCF grading French civilization concentrating on those and comedy. Close reading of selected plays May be repeated for credit as topic changes features which have created France today by Corneille, Racine, and Moliere. and its current culture. Political and social Fall or spring, 3 credits, ABCF grading FRN 564 Seminar in Francophone Literature developments are considered as well as major Close examination of the literatures written trends in the arts. FRN 532 Penseurs, Moralistes, et Mondains in French of the Francophone world outside Spring, alternate years, 3 credits, Intensive reading and analysis of selected of France, with special emphasis on the liter- ABCF grading texts by authors such as Descartes, Pascal, atures written in French of the Caribbean La Fontaine, La Rochefoucauld, La Bruyere, and Africa. This course will pose and explore FRN 507 Stylistics (Syntax and Composition) Mme. de Sevigne, and Mme. de Lafayette. questions such as: What is Francophone Stylistic theory and analysis. Problems of Changing topic. literature? What is the function of writing in syntax and structure. Translations from Fall or spring, 3 credits, ABCF grading French in a Francophone context? Attention English to French and French to English May be repeated for credit as topic changes is paid to the issue of critical approaches to of texts from different modes and levels of these texts. Topics vary from year to year discourse. Designed to develop and refine FRN 541 Studies in 18th-Century French and may include texts from any of the written expression in French and analysis of Literature French-speaking territories outside of literary texts. A study of the major texts in the 18th-century France. Sample authors: Mariama Ba, Fall or spring, 3 credits, ABCF grading struggle between absolutism and the emerging Chauvet, Cesaire, Conde, Glissant, Roumain, forces of Enlightenment, as well as readings Schwartz-Bart, Senghor, Werewere-Liking. FRN 508 Explication de Texte or Introduction in preromanticism. In addition to the works Fall or spring, 3 credits, ABCF grading to Literary Criticism of Montesquieu, Voltaire, Diderot, Rousseau, May be repeated for credit as topic changes This course is designed to develop sensitivity Beaumarchais, and Laclos, other types of to literary texts. Emphasis will be placed writing, such as Bayle’s dictionary and the FRN 570 Special Topics in French Literature upon weekly explication de texte, beginning Encyclopedie, are examined. Courses given in the past have covered a with Renaissance literature and proceeding Fall or spring, 3 credits, ABCF grading single author, French women writers, French to the modern period, in which analysis will May be repeated for credit as the topic changes poetry of 1664-1674, and other topics. be made of those effects that, taken together, 3 credits, ABCF grading constitute a given author’s stylistic pattern. FRN 542 Seminar in 18th-Century French Fall or spring, 3 credits, ABCF grading Literature FRN 571 Free Seminars Special topics in 18th-century literature, such Courses given in the past have covered a FRN 509 Bibliography and Research Methods as “Representing the French Revolution,” single author, genre, and other topics. Students learn about the effective use of the “Dialogics in Diderot and Rousseau,” “The Fall or spring, 3 credits, ABCF grading library and its resources (reference sources Concept of the Individual,” and “Femme, May be repeated for credit as topic changes and materials, online catalog, use of CD-ROMs, Cloture, Ecriture,” are studied through the and database searching). They are introduced works of major writers of the period as well FRN 581 Independent Individual Studies to specialized bibliographies and other tools as those of lesser-known figures such as Mme. Prerequisite: Must be enrolled in a graduate essential to their research. A bibliography on de Graffigny, Mme. Riccoboni, Mme. d’Epinay, program a topic related to a special field of interest is Olympe de Gouges, and other revolutionaries required at the end of the course. such as Mirabeau, Saint-Just, Condorcet, and Fall, spring, and summer, 1-6 credits, Spring, 1 credit, ABCF grading Robespierre. ABCF grading Fall or spring, 3 credits, ABCF grading May be repeated for credit as topic changes FRN 510 French Phonetics and Diction The pronunciation of French with emphasis FRN 552 Studies in 19th-Century French FRN 595 Practicum in Teaching on intonation and articulation. Theory and Literature Fall and spring, 1-3 credits, S/U grading practice of linguistic and phonetic factors Close reading of selected works by major nov- May be repeated for credit of the sound system. Coursework includes elists of the period, such as Balzac, Stendhal, phonetic transcriptions, recordings, and diag- Flaubert, Zola; themes such as Paris versus FRN 599 Thesis Research nostic texts. Language laboratory required. the provinces, money and decadence; or 19th- Fall and spring, 1-3 credits, S/U grading Fall or spring, 3 credits, ABCF grading century poetry by Baudelaire, Mallarme, May be repeated for credit Verlaine, and Rimbaud, with an introduction FRN 511 Business French to some important critical approaches to FRN 800 Summer Research A course designed to provide efficiency in spo- these texts. 1-6 credits, S/U Grading ken and written business French with an Fall or spring, 3 credits, ABCF grading May be repeated for credit emphasis on bilingual translation. This course May be repeated for credit as topic changes will also familiarize students with French busi- ness domestically, in the context of the FRN 561 Seminar in 20th-Century French German Courses European Union, and in contrast to America. Literature Issues of current importance as well as institu- Broad samplings of texts from throughout GER 500 Intensive Reading German tions will be studied. Students will also carry the century are critically investigated while Intensive introductory German for graduate on individual projects such as comparing mar- the period’s literary history is reviewed. students in other programs. Practice in read-

181 EUROPEAN LANGUAGES, LITERATURES, AND CULTURES ing and translation; German prose; use of GER 562 Historical Germanic Linguistics ITL 507 Italian Linguistics: Diachronic dictionaries and reference materials; as much An introduction to the principles and methods Development and Synchronic Structures attention as possible to special problems of of historical linguistics as applied to problems An examination of the linguistic evolution various disciplines. in the Germanic branch of Indo-European and the synchronic grammars (phonology, Fall and spring, 3 credits, ABCF grading (early tribal movements, attempts at dialect morphology, syntax) of standard Italian and grouping, dialect geography, etc.). Part of some Italo-Romance dialects. GER 506 Advanced Stylistics the course will be devoted to readings in Fall or spring, 3 credits, ABCF grading Advanced stylistics and discourse analysis. Gothic, Old Norse, and Old High German Designed to deepen the advanced student’s with a comparison of the morphologies of ITL 508 Syntax and Composition knowledge of the syntax, structure, and sty- these languages. This course analyzes and discusses finer listic versatility of the German language. Spring, 3 credits, ABCF grading points of Italian grammar and investigates Spring, 3 credits, ABCF grading diverse writing styles. Students will develop GER 581 Independent Study grammatical drills from elementary through GER 539 Contrastive Structures: 1-6 credits, ABCF grading advanced levels. Literary masterpieces are German-English May be repeated for credit translated to demonstrate types of style and Contrastive study of the phonological, mor- possible alternatives in writing. phological, syntactic, and semantic structures GER 595 Practicum in Teaching Fall or spring, 3 credits, ABCF grading of German and English. Fall and spring, 1-3 credits, S/U grading Fall, 3 credits, ABCF grading May be repeated for credit ITL 510 Advanced Conversation and Composition GER 541 Literature of the Goethe Period GER 599 Thesis Research An examination of Italian in the context of A study of the literature and culture of 1-6 credits, S/U grading contemporary Italy, with an eye to the effects Germany during Goethe’s lifetime, 1749-1832. of globalization and localism on language and May be repeated for credit Spring, 3 credits, ABCF grading culture. Class readings and conversations focus GER 601 Special Author on today’s multifaceted Italy, steering clear of stereotyped images and misconceptions. GER 544 20th-Century German Prose Tutorial to be arranged with appropriate Prerequisite: Graduate status Major authors of modern German fiction are staff member. read and discussed. Texts may include works Spring, 3 credits, ABCF grading Fall and spring, 3 credits, ABCF grading by Kafka, Mann, Boll, Grass, Wolf, and Handke. The course may also focus on works May be repeated for credit as topic changes ITL 511 History of the Italian Language by a single author. GER 602 Special Period A study of the development of the Italian Fall, 3 credits, ABCF grading language beginning with its Latin origins, Tutorial to be arranged with appropriate and continuing through modern times. staff member. GER 545 20th-Century German Poetry Spring, alternate years, 3 credits, Fall and spring, 3 credits, ABCF grading Intensive reading and discussion of 20th- ABCF grading century German poetry, including works by May be repeated for credit as topic changes Rilke, Trakl, Brecht, Benn, and Kirsch. The ITL 512 Italian Dialects GER 800 Summer Research course may also focus on a single poet or The linguistic structures of the many lan- movement in the 20th century. 0 credit, S/U grading guages (i.e., “dialects”) spoken in Italy are Spring, 3 credits, ABCF grading analyzed. Consideration is also given to the Italian Courses sociolinguistic situation. GER 546 20th-Century German Drama Spring, alternate years, 3 credits, A survey of representative plays of the 20th ITL 500 Reading Italian ABCF grading century, including works by Hauptmann, Designed to prepare graduate students to read Hofmannsthal, Kaiser, Sternheim, Toller, contemporary research in their respective ITL 513 Romance Linguistics Fleisser, Horvath, and Brecht. The course may disciplines published in Italian, the course This course examines the linguistic evolution also focus on the works of a single dramatist. presents systematic instruction in the funda- of the Romance languages from the classical Fall, 3 credits, ABCF grading mentals of reading comprehension and in period through modern times. The synchronic specialized subject-oriented vocabulary. grammars of Italian, French, and Spanish are GER 547 Special Author Studies Tutorial Fall or spring, 3 credits, ABCF grading examined. Fall and spring, 3 credits, ABCF grading Fall or spring, 3 credits, ABCF grading May be repeated for credit ITL 501 Contemporary Italy Analysis of contemporary Italy and its civi- ITL 516 Seminar on Dante GER 548 Special Period Studies Tutorial lization through the study of the development The Vita Nuova, the Opere Minori, and the Fall and spring, 3 credits, ABCF grading of its historical, cultural, political, and social Inferno are studied based on the historical, May be repeated for credit characteristics. Designed for potential teachers social, and moral contexts of 13th- and 14th-cen- of Italian at the college as well as secondary tury Italy. Offered as ITL 516 and CEI 526. GER 557 History of the German Language school levels, this course emphasizes and traces 3 credits, ABCF grading the evolution of the character and institutions The development of the German language ITL 517 Seminar on Dante from Indo-European to modern High German: of contemporary Italy. 3 credits, ABCF grading The Purgatorio and Paradiso are studied a representative selection of texts from based on the historical, social, and moral different periods will be examined. ITL 502 Special Topics in Italian Cinema contexts of 13th- and 14th-century Italy. Fall, 3 credits, ABCF grading A topics course given in Italian on Italian cin- Fall or spring, 3 credits, ABCF grading GER 558 Middle High German ema. Topics may include films of a particular actor, director, genre, theme, or historical ITL 518 Boccaccio: Seminar An introduction to Middle High German period. Semester supplements to the Bulletin The course emphasizes the origin of Italian grammar with representative reading from contain specific description when course is prose fiction as seen through the first the Middle High German classics. offered. attempts at the short story, such as the Fall, 3 credits, ABCF grading Prerequisite: Advanced oral and written Novellino, but it deals mainly with Boccaccio’s Decameron as the perfection of the genre. proficiency in Italian Fall or spring, 3 credits, ABCF grading 3 credits, ABCF grading

182 EUROPEAN LANGUAGES, LITERATURES, AND CULTURES

ITL 522 Seminar in Italian Humanism and Russian and Slavic Courses texts, the arts, architecture, and popular media Renaissance Literature such as puppet theatres, the bard tradition, Analysis of the works of such writers as RUS 500 Reading Russian and cinema. Interaction among aesthetic gen- res will be explored with particular emphasis Petrarch, Boccaccio, Ariosto, Machiavelli, Intensive introductory Russian for graduate on the roles of literature in the other arts. Castiglione, Aretino, Tasso, and Michelangelo. students in other programs. Practice in read- Study of the relation of the individual works of ing and translation; Russian prose; use of Fall, 3 credits, ABCF grading these writers to broader historical, cultural, dictionaries and reference materials; as much and intellectual developments of the period. attention as possible to special problems of RUS 602 Literature and Theatre Fall or spring, 3 credits, ABCF grading various disciplines. The relationship of literature and theatre with specific examples taken from Russian May be repeated for credit Spring, 3 credits, ABCF grading cultural history. The stage adaptations of RUS 504 Introduction to Cultural History Stanislavsky, Meyerhold, and contemporary ITL 541 Studies in 17th- and 18th-Century directors will be studied as forms of aesthetic Russian cultural history focusing on recur- Italian Literature conjunction and as responses to the social- rent values and ideas. Topics explored A study of baroque and Enlightenment liter- ideological context. include issues of cultural identity, responses atures in Italy, which also takes into consider- Spring, 3 credits, ABCF grading ation the development of other, peripheral to the West and Asia (in such movements as genres such as opera, philosophy, and scien- Slavophilism, pan-Slavism, and Eurasian RUS 603 Seminar in Cultural Theory theory), gender, and ethnicity. tific prose. Authors examined include Galileo, Studies in cultural theory with particular Marino, Metastasio, Vico, Goldoni, Alfieri, Spring, 3 credits, ABCF grading reference to the works of formalism, struc- and others. The topics vary from semester to RUS 508 Russian Authors turalism, the Tartu school of semiotics, and semester, depending on the authors selected. Bakhtinian theory. A seminar in selected Russian authors, focus- Fall or spring, 3 credits, ABCF grading Fall, 3 credits, ABCF grading ing on one or two of the following: Pushkin, May be repeated for credit Gogol, Dostoevsky, Turgenev, Tolstoy. RUS 800 Summer Research Fall, 3 credits, ABCF grading ITL 551 Studies in Italian Romanticism 0 credit, S/U grading May be repeated for credit Italian romanticism is compared with the May be repeated for credit movement as it took place in other countries, RUS 509 Dostoevsky and the West SLV 501 Special Topics in Slavic Literature such as England, Germany, and France. The Dostoevsky’s major texts viewed in cross- Special topics in Slavic literature investigat- works of Foscolo, Leopardi, and Manzoni are cultural perspective with particular emphasis studied in the philosophical and sociological ing an author, period, genre, or theoretical on literary and philosophical traditions com- issue. Designed to provide a forum for contexts of the period. mon to Russia and Europe. Fall or spring, 3 credits, ABCF grading advanced research in critical methodology. Fall, alternate years, 3 credits, Spring, 3 credits, ABCF grading ABCF grading ITL 552 Studies in the Modern Novel SLV 502 Problems of Literary Translation A study of the development of the Italian RUS 511 Studies in Literary Genres The course addresses theoretical and practical novel from Verga to the latest trends. Stress A seminar devoted to a specific genre (poetry, problems of translation from the Slavic lan- is placed on the major shifts in sensibility novel, short fiction) in Russian literature. guages. Published translations of literary occurring at the beginning of the 19th century Spring, 3 credits, ABCF grading texts as well as translations prepared by and after World War II. May be repeated for credit participants of the seminar will be compared Fall or spring, 3 credits, ABCF grading and analyzed. May be repeated for credit RUS 513 19th-Century Russian Literature Prerequisite: Advanced knowledge of A seminar on 19th-century Russian literature. Slavic languages ITL 562 Studies in Contemporary Literature The course deals with prose, poetry, and Spring, alternate years, 3 credits, Contemporary Italian Poetry: drama in the context of literary movements ABCF grading The Quest for Meaning and traditions. Studies in 20th-century literature. Fall, 3 credits, ABCF grading SLV 571 Comparative Slavic Linguistics Fall or spring, 3 credits, ABCF grading An investigation of the major West, East, and May be repeated for credit RUS 514 20th-Century Russian Literature South Slavic languages with particular atten- A seminar in turn-of-the-century, Soviet post tion to their historical development. The ITL 571 Free Seminar revolutionary, and emigre Russian literature. course includes comparative and contrastive Courses given in the past have covered a sin- The course deals with prose, poetry, and studies in the areas of phonology, morphology, gle author, genre, and other topics. drama in the context of literary movements and syntax. and traditions. Fall or spring, 3 credits, ABCF grading Fall, 3 credits, ABCF grading Fall, 3 credits, ABCF grading May be repeated for credit SLV 578 Directed Independent Studies RUS 520 Russian Syntax ITL 581 Independent Individual Studies Fall, 1-6 credits, ABCF grading A course in Russian syntax and advanced May be repeated for credit Fall and spring, alternate years, 1-6 credits, grammar from various theoretical frameworks. ABCF grading Fall, alternate years, 3 credits, SLV 579 Directed Independent Studies II May be repeated for credit ABCF grading Spring, 1-6 credits, ABCF grading May be repeated for credit ITL 595 Practicum in Teaching RUS 595 Practicum in Teaching Fall and spring , 1-3 credits, S/U grading Fall and spring, 1-3 credits, S/U grading SLV 580 Special Topic in Slavic Languages I May be repeated for credit May be repeated for credit The study of the phonology, morphology, and syntax of a Slavic language other than Russian, ITL 599 Thesis Research RUS 599 Thesis Research e.g., Polish, Czech, Ukrainian, Serbo-Croatian, 1-6 credits, S/U grading 1-6 credits, S/U grading or Bulgarian. May be repeated for credit May be repeated for credit Fall, 3 credits, ABCF grading May be repeated if different language studied ITL 800 Summer Research RUS 601 Studies in Cultural Genres 0 credit, S/U grading Explorations in different forms of Russian SLV 581 Special Topic in Slavic Languages II May be repeated for credit cultural representation offered by written A continuation of the study of a Slavic

183 EUROPEAN LANGUAGES, LITERATURES, AND CULTURES language other than Russian. the Insurance Office for the insurance of academic approaches to teaching and cur- Spring, 3 credits, ABCF grading charge to be removed; international students riculum that are informed by critical social the- May be repeated if different language studied who are not in their home country are ory. As the educational arm of critical social charged for the mandatory health insurance theory, critical pedagogy engages educators in Language Learning and Research (if they are to be covered by another understanding the relationships among knowl- edge, ideology, and power. We will read works Center Courses insurance plan, they must file a waiver by from several critical pedagogy theorists the second week of classes; the charge will (Freire, Shor, Giroux, McClaren, Apple, hooks) DLF, DLG, DLI, DLR 601 Internship in Foreign only be removed if the other plan is deemed to explore some of the key themes within criti- Languages comparable); all international students cal pedagogy (relationship of education to Students in the Doctor of Arts program must receive clearance from an power; issues of difference and pluralism; assist an instructor as an aide in a literature, International Advisor transformative education; the social construc- culture, or language course on the under- Fall, spring, and summer, 1-9 credits, tion of knowledge; dialogic relations in the graduate level. S/U grading classroom; teaching for social justice). Fall and spring, 1-3 credits, S/U grading May be repeated for credit Learning through collaborative inquiry, we will translate the theories in these readings DLF, DLG, DLI, DLR 602 Externship in Foreign DLL 570 Introduction to Media for Language into practice and will test ideas and concepts Languages Teaching unique to teaching and learning critical (sec- Students in the Doctor of Arts program teach Course open to non-D.A. graduate students. ond/foreign) language in a school setting. one to three courses at the high school, junior Gives students an introduction to all of the 3 credits, ABCF grading college, or college level under the supervision technology used in teaching languages: audio, of a master teacher. video, computer, and Internet. Emphasis is FLA 549 Field Experience Prerequisite: All other coursework completed on hands-on use and practical applications. Observation, inquiry, and practice in foreign Fall and spring, 1-3 credits, S/U grading Offered as DLL 570 and FLA 570. language education at the secondary level Prerequisites: FLA 505 and FLA 506 including 50 hours of documented visitations DLF, DLG, DLI, DLR 603 Independent and observations at approved sites. Field Fall or spring, 3 credits, ABCF grading Readings in Foreign Languages experience writing logs are the basis of group Independent readings on a selected topic in DLL 571 Foreign Language Technology and discussion. French language or literature. Education Corequisite for FLA 549: FLA 505 Fall and spring, 1-6 credits, S/U grading Course open to non-D.A. graduate students. Corequisite for FLA 550: FLA 506 May be repeated for credit Assumes knowledge of material taught in 1 credit, S/U grading DLL/FLA 570. Addresses more globally and DLF, DLG, DLI, DLR 699 Dissertation more theoretically the intersection between FLA 550 Field Experience Research On Campus technology and languages. Issues of cognitive Observation, inquiry, and practice in foreign Independent research in French, German, learning theory and educational psychology language education at the secondary level Italian, or Russian for the Doctor of Arts addressed. Offered as DLL 571 and FLA 571. including 50 hours of documented visitations degree. Open only to candidates for the Doctor Prerequisites: FLA 505 and FLA 506 and observations at approved sites. Field of Arts who have passed the preliminary Fall or spring, 3 credits, ABCF grading experience writing logs are the basis of group examination. discussion. Prerequisite: Advancement to candidacy M.A. in Teaching Foreign Corequisite for FLA 549: FLA 505 (G5); major portion of research must take Languages Corequisite for FLA 550: FLA 506 place on SB campus, at Cold Spring Harbor, 1 credit, S/U grading or at Brookhaven National Lab FLA 505 Methods: Foreign Language FLA 551 Supervised Student Teaching 7-9 Fall, spring, and summer, 1-9 credits, An in-depth exploration of the methods and 3 credits, S/U grading S/U grading materials for the teaching of foreign lan- May be repeated for credit guages, literatures, and cultures. Special FLA 552 Supervised Student Teaching 10-12 attention is given to the theories of first and DLF, DLG, DLI, DLR 700 Dissertation second language acquisition and to the tech- 3 credits, S/U grading Research Off Campus–Domestic niques for teaching listening, speaking, read- Prerequisite: Must be advanced to candidacy ing, and writing skills. This course gives FLA 554 Student Teaching Seminar (G5); major portion of research will take students the opportunity to conduct observa- 3 credits, ABCF grading tions/field experiences in grade-level (7-12) place off campus, but in the U.S. and/or U.S. FLA 570 Introduction to Media for Language provinces (Brookhaven National Lab and settings. 3 credits, ABCF grading Teaching Cold Spring Harbor Lab are considered on Course open to non-D.A. graduate students. campus); all international students must FLA 506 Curriculum Development Gives students an introduction to all of the enroll in one of the graduate student Drawing on theories of first and second lan- technology used in teaching languages: audio, insurance plans and should be advised by guage acquisition and research into the best video, computer, and Internet. Emphasis is an International Advisor practices of language teaching, this course on hands-on use and practical applications. Fall, spring, and summer, 1-9 credits, trains future language teachers in the devel- Offered as DLL 570 and FLA 570. S/U grading opment of well-articulated language pro- Prerequisites: FLA 505 and FLA 506 May be repeated for credit grams. Students have the opportunity to Fall or spring, 3 credits, ABCF grading enjoy clinical experiences in school settings. DLF, DLG, DLI, DLR 701 Dissertation Special attention is given to the development FLA 571 Foreign Language Technology and Research Off Campus–International of a professional teaching portfolio including Education Prerequisite: Must be advanced to candidacy lesson plans, assessment instruments, and Course open to non-D.A. graduate students. Assumes knowledge of material taught in (G5); major portion of research will take technology-based activities. 3 credits, ABCF grading DLL/FLA 570. Addresses more globally and place outside the U.S. and/or U.S. provinces; more theoretically the intersection between domestic students have the option of the FLA 507 Critical Pedagogy technology and languages. Issues of cognitive health plan and may also enroll This graduate seminar is intended to introduce learning theory and educational psychology in MEDEX; international students who the ideas, theories, and practices that together addressed. Offered as DLL 571 and FLA 571. are in their home country are not covered constitute the field known as critical pedagogy. Prerequisites: FLA 505 and FLA 506 by mandatory health plan and must contact Critical pedagogy assembles numerous forms Fall or spring, 3 credits, ABCF grading

184 EUROPEAN LANGUAGES, LITERATURES, AND CULTURES

FLA 581 Foreign Language Teaching Independent Project Students enrolled in Track B of the M.A. program in European Languages (French, German, Italian, or Russian) or the M.A. in Hispanic Languages complete an independent project in the area of Foreign Language Teaching. The content and scope of this project must be approved by the Director of Foreign Language Pedagogy. Possible proj- ects include a fully developed professional teaching portfolio (in print and/or electronic version), an action research study, or a classroom-based research study culminating in a publishable paper. Prerequisites: FLA 540; matriculation in M.A. or M.A.T. in Foreign Languages Fall and spring, 3 credits, ABCF grading

185 GENETICS

Genetics (BGE)

Graduate Program Director: Gerald Thomsen, Centers for Molecular Medicine, Room 348 (631) 632-8536 Graduate Program Coordinator: Kathryn Bell, Life Sciences Building, Room 130 (631) 632-8812

Degree awarded: Ph.D. in Genetics

The Graduate Program in Genetics, an Facilities and Structural Biology. The world-class inter-institutional curriculum in the facilities that are available at The primary training facilities are Stony College of Arts and Sciences, is Brookhaven National Laboratory pro- Brook University, Cold Spring Harbor designed to provide training in a broad vide additional unique resources for Laboratory, and Brookhaven National area of genetics. It offers graduate trainees in the Genetics Program, Laboratory. Program faculty at Stony training in developmental genetics, evo- including the National Synchrotron Brook are drawn primarily from depart- lutionary genetics, genomics and bioin- Light Source, one of the most unique ments within the College of Arts and formatics, human genetics, and instruments in the world for probing Sciences or the School of Medicine. The molecular genetics. All students, no biological phenomenon. Research fac- Life Sciences Building, which houses the matter what their particular interest, ulty at Brookhaven have widely recog- Genetics Program office, is home to the are exposed to all areas of specialization nized programs in the molecular biology Departments of Biochemistry and Cell offered within the curriculum. This of microbial, plant, and animal systems, Biology, Ecology and Evolution, experience ensures that the student will and have a leading role in the emerging Molecular Genetics and Microbiology, be prepared to take maximum advan- field of proteomics. and Neurobiology and Behavior, all of tage of the broad range of challenges which are represented in the Genetics that may be encountered after gradua- Admission Program. The Health Sciences Center, tion. The breadth of the Graduate located across the street from the Life The Graduate Program in Genetics Program in Genetics makes it likely that Sciences Building, is the primary home requires the following in addition to the entering predoctoral trainees will for departments in the School of the minimum Graduate School admis- come from many varied backgrounds. Medicine, including faculty in the sion requirements: This enriches the Genetics Program Departments of Medicine, Molecular A. Superior undergraduate perform- as a whole and enhances student peer Pathology and Immunology, Pharma- ance, which should include some formal interactions. cological Sciences, and Physiology and training in genetics; The first-year student experience Biophysics. In addition to these depart- includes laboratory rotations during B. Report of Graduate Record ments, the program also includes faculty in which the student works in the laborato- Examination (GRE) General Test scores. the Departments of Applied Mathematics ries of three or four different faculty Note that subject-specific tests (i.e., biol- and Statistics, Biomedical Engineering, members. These rotations allow the stu- ogy) are not required, but are helpful and Computer Science. An important additional information when available; dent to gain firsthand knowledge of the new facility at Stony Brook is the methods and approaches taken by each C. Three letters of recommendation; Centers for Molecular Medicine, a state- laboratory and provide a basis for select- of-the-art research building adjacent D. Acceptance by the Graduate ing a thesis research advisor. Students to the Life Sciences Building. This build- Program in Genetics and by the are expected to join a laboratory within ing houses four interdepartmental Graduate School. their first year. thematic research centers: The Centers Students have the opportunity to fur- The program does not require, but for Brain and Spinal Cord Research, prefers to see, evidence of research ther broaden their knowledge by partici- Developmental Genetics, Infectious activity as an undergraduate. Whenever pating in journal clubs on thematic topics Diseases, and Structural Biology. Each of possible, prospective students are that are offered by faculty, and by taking these centers harbors Genetics Program encouraged to visit for interviews with elective courses from offerings both faculty. The Centers for Molecular program faculty. within and outside the Genetics Program. Medicine provide both an intellectual and All students who are accepted into the The specific elective course or courses a physical catalyst for facilitating interac- program are accepted with full support. taken by a student are determined in tions between Stony Brook scientists The support package for the 2008-2009 conjunction with a faculty advisor to with common interest in these areas of academic year includes an annual stipend best meet the student’s particular modern biology, irrespective of their of $26,000, a tuition scholarship, and needs. Trainees participate in two ongo- departmental affiliation. health insurance benefits. Students who ing research seminar series. A student Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory is a remain in good standing with both the research seminar provides each trainee modern, world-renowned research insti- Genetics Program and the Graduate with a regular opportunity to present his tute that provides numerous unique School receive tuition scholarships, health or her work to colleagues and to faculty. opportunities for trainees. Although the insurance benefits, and stipend support Students also attend research seminars faculty at Cold Spring Harbor are not throughout their graduate careers. given by internal and visiting faculty to organized into departments, there is keep abreast of the latest developments internationally recognized strength in and potential areas of future excitement the areas of Bioinformatics, Cancer in the field of genetics. Biology, Neurobiology, Plant Genetics,

186 GENETICS

Faculty proliferation and gene expression; vectors for White, Thomas,12 Ph.D., 1994, Harvard human gene therapy. Medical School: Gap junction functions Distinguished Professors Konopka, James,3 Ph.D., 1985, University of defined by genetic diseases and gene Grollman, Arthur,6 M.D., Johns Hopkins California, Los Angeles: Cell growth and develop- knockouts. University: Mechanisms of DNA repair and ment in yeast; pheromone signal transduction. mutagenesis in mammalian cells. Assistant Professors 6 Malbon, Craig, Ph.D., 1976, Case Western 13 Lennarz, William J.,2 Ph.D., 1959, University Canli, Turhan, Ph.D., 1993, Yale University: Reserve University: Signal transduction and gene of Illinois: Biosynthesis and function of cell Biopsychology; neural and genetic basis of regulation in differentiation and development. surface glycoproteins. emotion and cognition. Marcu, Kenneth B.,2 Ph.D., 1975, Stony Brook Rubin, Clinton,9 Ph.D., 1983, Bristol Carpino, Nicholas,3 Ph.D., 1997, Stony Brook University: Immunoglobulin gene expression University: Physical factors influencing bone, University: Positive and negative regulation of and recombination. cell, and tissue kinetics; treatments. T cell receptor signaling. 8 Sternglanz, Rolf,2 Ph.D., 1967, Harvard Moll, Ute, M.D., 1985, University of Ulm: Cohen, J. Craig,14 Ph.D., 1976, University of University: Yeast molecular genetics. Tumor suppressor genes; role of p53 in Mississippi Medical Center: Molecular genetics human cancer. Wimmer, Eckard,3 Dr.rer.nat., 1962, Gottingen, and physiology; gene therapy. 8 Germany: Poliovirus replication and picornaviral Reich, Nancy, Ph.D., 1983, Stony Brook Colognato, Holly,6 Ph.D., 1999, Rutgers pathogenesis. University: Signal transduction and activation University: Extracellular matrix in the brain; of gene expression by cytokines; cellular roles during development and during Professors defense responses to viral infection. neurodegeneration. Bahou, Wadie,5 M.D., 1980, Massachusetts 11 Reinitz, John, Ph.D., 1988, Yale University: Crawford, Howard,6 Ph.D., 1993, University of Medical Center: Human genetics; gene therapy. Computational biology; modeling of gene Texas Southwestern Medical Center at Dallas: Bell, Michael,4 Ph.D., 1976, University of regulatory networks. Pancreatic cancer. California, Los Angeles: Evolutionary genetics. 2 Smith, Steven, Ph.D., 1985, University of Hsieh, Jen-Chih,2 Ph.D., 1994, Duke University: Benach, Jorge,3 Ph.D., 1971, Rutgers California, Berkeley: Structural biology. The molecular mechanism of Wnt signaling. University: Infectious disease immunology. Associate Professors Karzai, Wali,2 Ph.D., 1995, Johns Hopkins Bliska, James B.,3 Ph.D., 1988, University of University: Structure and function of RNA- Bharathan, R. Geeta,4 Ph.D., 1993, University California, Berkeley: Molecular and cellular basis binding proteins and biochemical studies of of Arizona: Plant development and evolution. of bacterial-host cell interactions. the SmpB-SsrA quality control system. Bingham, Paul,2 Ph.D., 1979, Harvard Bogenhagen, Daniel,6 M.D., 1977, Stanford Lee, Christopher S. D.,3 M.D., 1996, University University: Regulation of differentiation; University: Molecular biology of oocyte of Medicine and Dentistry of New Jersey: transposable elements; regulation of splicing. development. Urologic oncology, tumor immunology. 2 2 Dean, Neta, Ph.D., 1988, University of Brown, Deborah, Ph.D., 1987, Stanford Maletic-Savatic, Mirjana,1 M.D., 1985, Ph.D., California, Los Angeles: Protein trafficking University: Structure and function of sphingolipid 1996, University of Belgrade, Yugoslavia: and cholesterol-rich membrane domains. in yeast. Neural stem cell differentiation. 9 Carter, Carol A.,3 Ph.D., 1972, Yale Hadjiargyrou, Michael, Ph.D., 1992, City Sirotkin, Howard,1 Ph.D., 1996, Albert University: Retroviral viral assembly and University of New York: Human molecular Einstein: Specification and patterning of the post-assembly events. genetics; functional genomics. neural plate; vertebrate developmental genetics. 5 Chen, Wen-Tien,5 Ph.D., 1979, Yale University: Hatchwell, Eli, M.D., 1985 University of Takemaru, Ken-Ichi,6 Ph.D., Graduate Cancer invasion and angiogenesis. Cambridge; Ph.D., 1995 University of Oxford, University for Advanced Studies, Japan: Wnt Sporadic human genetic disease. Citovsky, Vitaly,2 Ph.D., 1987, Hebrew signaling in development and disease. University, Jerusalem: Nuclear transport and Holdener, Bernadette,2 Ph.D., 1990, University True, John R.,4 Ph.D., 1995, Duke University: intercellular communication in plants. of Illinois: Genetics of mammalian development. Drosophile melanin patterning; developmental Deutsch, Dale G., Ph.D., 1972, Purdue Kernan, Maurice,1 Ph.D., 1990, University of genetics and natural selection. University: Molecular neurobiology of Wisconsin: Molecular basis of mechanical senses. Zong, Wei-Xing,3 Ph.D., 1999, UMDNJ-Robert anandamide 2-AG (endogenous marijuana). Leatherwood, Janet,3 Ph.D., 1993, Johns Wood Johnson Medical School: Molecular Eanes, Walter,4 Ph.D., 1976, Stony Brook Hopkins University: Cell cycle control of DNA regulation of apoptotic and necrotic cell death. University: Genetic variation in natural populations. replication. Adjunct Faculty at Cold Spring Harbor Lab 6 5 Frohman, Michael, M.D., Ph.D., 1985, Mackow, Erich, Ph.D., Temple University: Cline, Hollis, Professor, Ph.D., 1985, University of Pennsylvania: Early mammalian Rotavirus and hantavirus pathogenesis; virus University of California, Berkeley: Neuronal development. directed cell signaling and transcriptional development and plasticity. 8 responses. Furie, Martha B., Ph.D., 1980, Rockefeller Dubnau, Josh, Assistant Professor, Ph.D., University: Molecular basis of cell-cell and Neiman, Aaron,2 Ph.D., 1994, University of 1995 Columbia University: Learning; memory; cell-substrate interactions. California, San Francisco: Developmental regula- genetics; behavior. Futcher, A. Bruce,3 D.Phil., 1981, University of tion of the secretory pathway. Enikolopov, Grigori, Associate Professor, Oxford: Control of cell division in eukaryotic cells. Thanassi, David,3 Ph.D., 1995, University of Ph.D., 1978, U.S.S.R. Academy of Sciences: Gergen, J. Peter,2 Ph.D., 1982, Brandeis California, Berkeley: Biogenesis of bacterial Signal transduction in neurons. University: Regulation of transcription and the adhesion organelles. Hannon, Greg, Professor, Ph.D., 1992, Case genetic control of development. Thomsen, Gerald,2 Graduate Program Director, Western Reserve University: Growth control in Ghebrehiwet, Berhane,5 D.V.M./D.Sc., 1974, Ph.D., 1988, Rockefeller University: Vertebrate mammalian cells. University of Paris, France: Biochemistry; role embryo development. Hirano, Tatsuya, Professor, Ph.D., 1989, Kyoto, of complement C1q receptors during infection Tsirka, Stella,6 Ph.D., 1989, Aristotelian Japan: Higher order chromosome structure and inflammation. University of Thessaloniki, Greece: Tissue and function. Hearing, Patrick,3 Ph.D., 1980, Northwestern plasminogen activator in the mammalian Huang, Z. Josh, Associate Professor, Ph.D., University: Adenovirus regulation of cellular hippocampus; neuronal-microglial interactions. 1994, Brandeis University: Neuroscience;

187 GENETICS experience-dependent development of the Leuven, Belgium: Role of Ras in Requirements for the Ph.D. Degree neocortex; mouse genetics; neurotrophins. mammalian cell transformation. In addition to the requirements of the Jackson, David, Professor, Ph.D., 1991, East Wigler, Michael H., Professor, Ph.D., 1978, Graduate School, the following are Anglia, England: Plant development; genetics, Columbia University: Signal transduction and required: cell-to-cell mRNA, and protein trafficking. growth control in eukaryotes. Joshua-Tor, Leemor, Professor, Ph.D., 1990, Zhang, Michael, Professor, Ph.D., 1987, A. Course Requirements Weizmann: Structural biology and molecular Rutgers University: Computational biology 1. HBM 503/BMO 503/MCB 503 recognition. and genome informatics. Molecular Genetics Krainer, Adrian R., Professor, Ph.D., 1986, Zhong, Yi, Professor, Ph.D., 1991, University of Harvard University: Mammalian mRNA splicing; Iowa: Neurophysiology; drosophila; learning and 2. BGE 510 Graduate Genetics regulation of alternative splicing; biochemistry of memory; neurofibromatosis; signal transduction. spliceosome assembly and RNA cleavage-lig- 3. MCB 520 Graduate Biochemistry ation; origin and evolution of introns. Research Faculty at Brookhaven National Laboratory 4. MCB 656 Cell Biology Lazebnik, Yuri, Professor, Ph.D., 1986, St. Petersburg State University: Apoptosis; Anderson, Carl W., Senior Geneticist, Ph.D., 5. BGE 531 Graduate Student caspases; cancer chemotherapy; proteases. 1970, Washington University: Molecular biology Seminar in Genetics must be taken of adenovirus assembly; protein synthesis. Lowe, Scott, Professor, Ph.D., 1994, each semester. Dunn, John J., Senior Microbiologist, Ph.D., Massachusetts Institute of Technology: 6. Three semesters of BGE 691 Journal Apoptosis; anti-cancer therapy resistance. 1970, Rutgers University: Transcription, processing, and translation of RNA. Club typically taken during the first and Martienssen, Robert, Professor, Ph.D., 1986, second years of study. Students select Freimuth, Paul, Scentist, Ph.D., 1986, University of Cambridge: Plant developmental from thematic journal club topics that genetics; transposable elements; chloroplast Columbia University: Mechanism of adenovirus are organized each semester by faculty biogenesis. entry into cells; role of cell adhesion molecules. at the different institutions. This exer- McCombie, Richard, Professor, Ph.D., 1982, Fu, Dax, Biochemist, Ph.D., 1996, Mayo cise provides important training in University of Michigan: Computational Graduate School of Medicine: Structures of rep- critical analysis of the literature while molecular biology. resentative channel and transporter proteins. also allowing students to broaden their Mills, Alea, Professor, Ph.D., 1997, University Number of teaching, graduate, and research knowledge base on selected topics of California, Irvine: Functional genomics; assistants, Fall 2007: 59 of interest. tumorigenesis; development. 1) Department of Neurobiology and Behavior Mittal, Vivek, Assistant Professor, Ph.D., 1994, 2) Department of Biochemistry and Cell Biology 7. An elective course approved by Jawaharlal Nehru University: Tumor-mediated 3) Department of Molecular Genetics and Microbiology the program director. Typically these neovascularization; Id transcription factors; courses are in the Biological Sciences 4) Department of Ecology and Evolution transcription profiling; RNA interference; (e.g., MCB 657 Developmental Biology; 5) Department of Medicine dendritic cells. HBP 533 Immunology; HBM 640 Muthuswamy, Senthil, Associate Professor, 6) Department of Pharmacological Sciences Microbiology; or BEE 565 Molecular Ph.D., 1995, McMaster University: 7) Department of Oral Biology and Pathology Evolution), but courses may also be Understanding cancer initiation using 3-D 8) Department of Pathology taken in other relevant areas (e.g., epithelial structures. 9) Department of Orthopaedics Computer Sciences, Bioengineering). Powers, Scott, Associate Professor, Ph.D., 10) Department of Computer Sciences 1983, Columbia University: Cancer gene 8. Two semesters of BGE 530 discovery; cancer diagnostics and therapeutics; 11) Department of Applied Mathematics and Statistics Laboratory Rotation in Genetics. cancer biology. 12) Department of Biophysics and Physiology Students will generally work in the Sebat, Jonathan, Assistant Professor, Ph.D., 13) Department of Psychology laboratories of three or four different 2002, University of Idaho: Copy number 14) Department of Pediatrics, Neonatology faculty members during the first year. variation; segmental duplication; genetics; The particular laboratories are neurogenetics; ROMA; microarray. Degree Requirements determined by students based on their Skowronski, Jacek, Associate Professor, M.D., Requirements for the M.A. Degree interactions with individual faculty and Ph.D., 1981, Lodz, Poland: HIV genes and must be approved by the graduate The Graduate Program in Genetics signal transduction in T cells. program director. Spector, David, Professor, Ph.D., 1980, normally does not accept a student whose Rutgers University: Functional organization of goal is a master’s degree. In exceptional 9. GRD 500 Integrity in Science. This the mammalian cell nucleus. instances, a student already in the required one-semester course on ethics Stenlund, Arne, Associate Professor, Ph.D., graduate program may be awarded an is typically taken in the spring semester 1984, Uppsala, Sweden: DNA replication of M.A. degree upon completing an of the student’s first year. bovine papillomas. approved course of study, including a 10. Requirements for any specific stu- Stillman, Bruce, Professor, Ph.D., 1979, minimum of 30 graduate credit hours, dent, in addition to those enumerated Australian National: Eukaryotic DNA replication passing a comprehensive examination, above, that will be beneficial due to a and its control. presenting and defending a research student’s prior training and/or area of Tansey, William, Professor, Ph.D., 1991, thesis, and fulfilling the minimum specialization will be determined by the University of Sydney: Cell cycle; gene regulation. requirements of the Graduate School. program director and executive com- Timmermans, Marja, Associate Professor, A student must achieve an overall mittee in conjunction with the student Ph.D., 1996, Rutgers University: Plant 3.0 grade point average in all graduate and appropriate advisory committee. development. course taken at Stony Brook to receive VanAelst, Linda, Professor, Ph.D., 1991, a degree.

188 GENETICS

B. Comprehensive (Preliminary) Examination consecutive semesters of full-time grad- Fall and spring, 1 credit, ABCF grading At the beginning of the fourth semes- uate study. The demands of the course May be repeated for credit of study necessitate a longer period of ter, students will take a written com- BGE 699 Dissertation Research On Campus residence. prehensive (preliminary) examination Prerequisite: Advancement to candidacy covering all areas of genetics. (G5); major portion of research must take Courses place on SB campus, at Cold Spring Harbor, C. Thesis Proposal Examination or at Brookhaven National Lab After successful completion of the BGE 510 Graduate Genetics Fall, spring, and summer, 1-9 credits, comprehensive (preliminary) examina- This course investigates fundamental aspects S/U grading tion, the student prepares a written of the transmission and expression of genetic May be repeated for credit proposal for the thesis research project. information in prokaryotic and eukaryotic systems. The course is organized in a way BGE 700 Dissertation Research Off Campus– This proposal has a format of a grant that allows the students to appreciate the Domestic application, including information of breadth of genetics research, while also gain- Prerequisite: Must be advanced to candidacy the background and significance of the ing an in-depth understanding of selected (G5); major portion of research will take project, a detailed research plan, and important topics. Students explore the use of place off campus, but in the U.S. and/or U.S. any preliminary results that the stu- both classical and molecular genetic approaches provinces (Brookhaven National Lab and to understand biological processes in genetics the Cold Spring Harbor Lab are considered dent has generated that indicate the model systems including yeast, flies, worms, on campus); all international students must feasibility of the project. This written mouse, and man. enroll in one of the graduate student insur- proposal is orally defended before a Spring, 3 credits, ABCF grading ance plans and should be advised by an thesis proposal examination committee. BGE 530 Laboratory Rotation International Advisor This committee does not include the The student rotates through laboratories of Fall, spring, and summer, 1-9 credits, student’s thesis advisor, but is selected four different genetics program faculty mem- S/U grading by the student in conjunction with his bers during the first year. The selection of the May be repeated for credit or her advisor and program director. laboratories is made by the student, in con- The thesis proposal defense should junction with individual faculty, and with the BGE 701 Dissertation Research Off Campus– approval of the program director. By taking International occur during the fifth semester of part in ongoing projects, the student will Prerequisite: Must be advanced to candi- graduate study. Generally, the faculty learn experimental procedures and tech- dacy (G5); major portion of research will who participate in a student’s thesis niques and become acquainted with research take place outside the U.S. and/or U.S. opportunities in the participating programs. proposal examination committee then provinces; domestic students have the option Prerequisite: Permission of instructor join with the thesis advisor to form the of the health plan and may also enroll in Fall and spring, 1-8 credits, S/U grading student’s thesis advisory committee. MEDEX; international students who are in May be repeated once for up to eight credits their home country are not covered by D. Advancement to Candidacy BGE 531 Graduate Student Seminar in mandatory health plan and must contact After successful completion of all Genetics the Insurance Office for the insurance required and elective courses, the com- Students have the opportunity to present charge to be removed; international students prehensive (preliminary) examination, their research to other students and faculty who are not in their home country are on an annual basis. Students in the first or and the thesis proposal examination, charged for the mandatory health insurance second year will present brief seminars as (if they are to be covered by another insur- the student will be recommended to part of a one-day symposium with all of their ance plan, they must file a waiver by the the Graduate School for advancement classmates. Advanced students present second week of classes; the charge will only research seminars as part of a weekly to candidacy. be removed if the other plan is deemed com- research seminar series that is attended by parable); all international students must E. Ph.D. Dissertation faculty and students. Although the first- and second-year students do not present in this receive clearance from an International The research for the Ph.D. disserta- weekly seminar series, they should attend Advisor tion is conducted under the supervision these seminars as it provides an excellent Fall, spring, and summer, 1-9 credits, of the thesis advisory committee. Upon mechanism for learning about current areas S/U grading approval of the completed dissertation of research interest. May be repeated for credit Fall and spring, 0-1 credits, S/U grading by this committee, a formal public oral May be repeated for credit BGE 800 Summer Research defense of the dissertation is scheduled, 0 credit, S/U grading at which the student presents his or BGE 550 Genetics Outside Seminar May be repeated for credit her findings and is questioned by Outside seminars and special topics courses members of the examining committee in areas relating to genetic studies. and by other members of the audience. 1-4 credits, ABCF grading May be repeated for credit F. Teaching Requirement BGE 599 Graduate Research It is expected that each graduate stu- Original investigation undertaken with the dent completing a doctoral degree will supervision of a member of the program. have functioned as a teaching assistant Fall and spring, 1-9 credits, S/U grading during at least two semesters of his or May be repeated for credit her graduate career (BIO 600). BGE 691 Readings in Genetics Journal Club on thematic topics in different G. Residence Requirement areas of current genetics research. The University requires at least two Prerequisite: Permission of instructor

189 GEOSCIENCES

Geosciences (GEO)

Chair: Richard J. Reeder, Earth and Space Sciences Building Room 252, (631) 632-8139 Graduate Program Director: Daniel Davis, Earth and Space Sciences Building Room 230, (631) 632-1726 Graduate Coordinator: Loretta Budd, Earth and Space Sciences Building Room 255, (631) 632-8554, www.geosciences.stonybrook.edu

Degrees awarded: M.S. in Geosciences; Ph.D. in Geosciences

As the core discipline examining Earth’s lar, the National Synchrotron Light structure. Investigations in tectono- natural processes and materials, Geo- Source (NSLS) at Brookhaven offers physics include the coupling between sciences boasts unparalleled diversity. unparalleled opportunities for faculty mantle convection and lithospheric Spurred by urgent scientific and social and graduate students to perform unique dynamics; the development of the kine- questions, ranging from environmental experiments requiring high-intensity matics, mechanics, and seismicity concerns to the origin and evolution of X-rays and is only 20 miles away. within plate boundary deformation the planet itself, the Geosciences are zones; and the inference of mantle flow experiencing remarkable growth, with Areas of Emphasis in beneath the lithosphere. Current proj- excellent career opportunities. The Graduate Study and Research ects involve using earthquake and Geosciences encompass many disci- The Department’s philosophy has been space geodetic data to infer the defor- plines including geochemistry, geology, to pursue excellence by concentrating its mation fields and employing analog, and geophysics, and its interdisciplinary research initiatives in specific areas of analytical, and numerical modeling nature fosters natural links not only the Geosciences. Graduate students ben- to understand surface geodynamical with chemistry and physics, but also efit from greater focus and also enjoy observations, ranging from geoid, with biology, engineering, environmen- close interaction with faculty members. topography, plate motions, and surface tal science, health fields, and materials A distinctive aspect of graduate study in deformations in the global and regional science. Developments in technology the Department of Geosciences is the scales to the partitioning of strain and and new innovative approaches have opportunity for collaborative research, tectonic implications at geometrically transformed graduate study in many often involving several faculty members. complex plate margins. All of these proj- areas within Geosciences, and students The Department’s extensive state-of- ects emphasize the use of integrated participate in research utilizing state- the-art computers, laboratory facilities, geodetic, seismic, structural, and field of-the-art instrumentation and facilities. and modern instrumentation have data to understand the composition, Graduate students may choose among helped to foster a well-earned reputation dynamics, and structure of the Earth’s degree programs with emphasis in dif- for observational, experimental, and interior, as well as the driving forces ferent areas in Geosciences. Ph.D. and multifaceted approaches to Geosciences for plate movements and deformations. M.S. thesis-based programs are offered research. Cooperative programs with The topics in shallow surface geo- with concentrations in areas including other departments, nearby institutions, physics include field geophysical sur- crystal chemistry, geochemistry, min- and national laboratories provide access veys of glaciotectonic deformation of eral and rock physics, petrology, sedi- to unique facilities (e.g., NSLS). Long Island sediments using electrical mentary geology, and seismology and resistivity, ground-penetrating radar, tectonics (described in more detail Seismology, Tectonics, and Shallow seismic reflection, and refraction as below). There is also a non-thesis M.S. Surface Geophysics well as borehole geophysics. program in hydrogeology focused pri- A primary focus in seismology and tec- marily on training professionals in envi- tonics is the determination of detailed Mineral and Rock Physics ronmentally related fields. Also offered three-dimensional earth structure, Research in these fields focuses on the is an M.A. in Teaching Earth Science, from the core to the surface, and investigation of the structure and com- which leads to provisional certification related studies on the dynamics that position of the Earth, geophysical prop- for teaching earth science in secondary drives mantle convection, deformation erties of Earth materials, and the schools of New York State. of the lithosphere, and plate tectonics mechanical behavior of the crust and The Department of Geosciences occu- in general. Particular emphasis is mantle. An important emphasis is pies a modern, well-equipped building placed on interdisciplinary research the study of high-pressure and high- that houses extensive experimental and collaboration, where inferences temperature phases and assemblages, and analytical labs, faculty and gradu- made from geodetic, geodynamic, and particularly those of relevance to the ate student offices, numerous comput- seismological investigations are inte- mantle. In situ measurement of elastic ers and workstations, a machine shop, grated with findings from the fields properties, compressibility, and deter- an electronics support group, and the of geochemistry, mineral and rock mination of crystal structure comple- Geosciences Resource Room. The physics, and petrology. Areas of specific ment studies of high-pressure phase Long Island Groundwater Research focus in seismology include anisotropy relations for constraining models for Institute (LIGRI), the Marine Sciences and attenuation, core-mantle boundary Earth’s mantle and equations of state for Research Center (MSRC), the Mineral structure, earthquake source parame- mantle phases. Specific projects include Physics Institute, and nearby Brookhaven ter studies, inner core structure, outer determination of ultrasonic wave National Laboratory offer additional core structure, strong ground motion velocities of minerals and rheological support and laboratory facilities for studies, theoretical studies on seismic determination of the strength of min- graduate student research. In particu- wave propagation, and upper mantle erals at the pressure and temperature

190 GEOSCIENCES conditions of the Earth’s mantle to source. Other projects utilize X-ray DCP and ion chromatography labs, depths greater than 500 km. Research absorption spectroscopy to examine local X-ray diffraction facilities, and three initiatives in these areas are closely structure in minerals and neutron diffrac- synthesis and experimental petrology linked to the activities of the Mineral tion for studies of hydrous phases. Many labs. Additional work uses facilities in Physics Institute at Stony Brook and of the Department’s faculty are actively other Stony Brook departments, includ- the NSF Consortium for Materials engaged in the design and construction of ing NMR spectrometers located in the Properties Research in Earth Sciences the next generation of beamlines required Department of Chemistry, as well as facil- (COMPRES). Facilities available in the for high pressure and environmental ities at nearby Brookhaven National Department of Geosciences and the investigations. These facilities are being Laboratory, including the NSLS. Mineral Physics Institute include equip- designed with the requirements of the ment for ultrasonic interferometry, Stony Brook and wider national and Petrology Brillouin spectroscopy, and multi-anvil international user base in mind. This Opportunities for graduate study and apparatus for experiments at high pres- work is complemented by electron dif- research in petrology range from sure and temperature; these are all inte- fraction using the Department’s trans- atomic-scale investigations, for example, grated with synchrotron X-ray sources mission electron microscope. dealing with the structure of glasses, to at the NSLS. Complete single-crystal global questions regarding the relation- and powder X-ray diffraction facilities Geochemistry ships of magmatic suites to large-scale and transmission electron microscopy There are broad opportunities for mantle and crustal processes. Projects and electron diffraction are available. graduate study and research in many include spectroscopic and quantum chem- Another important area of study is rock areas of geochemistry. Major initia- ical approaches for examining mecha- physics, fluid flow, and earthquake tives exist in aqueous and hydrother- nisms of volatile dissolution and crystal mechanics. Experimentally and theoret- mal geochemistry, geochemistry of nucleation in melts and experimental ically based, this program focuses on mineral/fluid interfaces, isotope and investigations of the effects of pressure, brittle fracture, frictional instability, trace-element geochemistry, and theo- temperature, and volatile composition hydromechanical behavior, mechanical retical and experimental geochemistry on stabilities of minerals and melts, with compaction of porous rock, and strain of mineral-melt systems. All programs corresponding development of thermo- localization. The rock mechanics labora- have a strong experimental foundation, dynamic models. Field and laboratory tory includes a triaxial press, an acoustic and many integrate experimental work work are integrated in some studies. emission system, and permeameters. with field studies. Experiments are being applied to Specific areas of research utilizing Martian meteorites. Crystal Chemistry and trace elements and radiogenic isotopes This work is supported by experimen- Crystallography include evolution of Archean and tal facilities that contain controlled- The Department has a strong back- Phanerozoic crust and geochronology of atmosphere gas-mixing furnaces, cold- ground in the study of Earth materials at lithologic assemblages. These integrate seal bombs, piston-cylinder apparatus, the atomic and molecular level, and in with petrologic studies of sedimentary, internally heated pressure vessels, as using the results of these studies to inter- metamorphic, and igneous terranes well as multi-anvil apparatus for exper- pret the properties of materials consti- throughout the world. Research involv- iments at high temperature and pressure tuting Earth from crust to core. Two ing the chemistry and structure of conditions. Analytical facilities include centers of excellence, the Center for sulfide and carbonate mineral surfaces an electron microprobe, a transmission Environmental Molecular Sciences are among the programs in low-tem- electron microscope, thermal ionization (CEMS) and the Mineral Physics perature aqueous geochemistry; these mass spectrometers, a Mössbauer lab, Institute (MPI), concentrate on the include emphasis on geocatalysis, crys- and X-ray diffraction facilities. behavior of upper crustal and Earth’s tallization, and trace element incorpo- interior, respectively. Both employ a ration mechanisms, as well as the role Sedimentary Geology wide range of structural probes, some of sulfides in the origin of life. Field- Research initiatives in sedimentary located in the Department and others related studies focus on fluid chem- geology at Stony Brook integrate geo- located at national and international istry in active hydrothermal systems. chemistry with field, petrologic, and synchrotron X-ray and neutron facilities. Research on silicic melts combines the- stratigraphic studies. Trace element and Within the Department, extensive facili- oretical and experimental approaches isotopic studies of terrigenous sedimen- ties for single-crystal and powder X-ray for characterizing speciation and crys- tary rocks provide information on their diffraction, with capabilities for in situ tal-melt equilibria, and also for examin- provenance, age, and composition, which high-temperature and high-pressure ing nucleation and growth. Closely yield insight to broader issues of crustal studies exist. Projects emphasize crystal related experimental studies focus on evolution, including sediment subduc- structure studies on carbonates, hydrox- phase equilibria, solid-solution models, tion, growth of continental crust and the ides, oxides, silicates, and sulfides, and the development of geothermome- sedimentary mass, and recycling of sed- including characterization of phase tran- ters and geobarometers, including imentary rocks. Carbonate rocks and sitions, ordering phenomena, and ion applications in field studies. their diagenesis are another important exchange. Convenient access to the Experimental and analytical work area of research that utilizes a wide Brookhaven National Laboratory and makes use of the Department’s elec- range of approaches. Petrography is the National Synchrotron Light Source tron microprobe, transmission electron combined with microanalytical tech- provides opportunities for unique exper- microscope, thermal ionization mass niques for trace elements and both stable iments requiring a high-intensity X-ray spectrometers, FT-IR, Mössbauer lab, and radiogenic isotopes to reconstruct

191 GEOSCIENCES the diagenetic environments and the ical sciences a solid foundation of theoret- Professors physicochemical characteristics of pale- ical and practical graduate training Davis, Daniel M., Graduate Program Director, ohydrologic systems. Emphasis is also emphasizing the physical and geochemi- Ph.D., 1983, Massachusetts Institute of placed on the quantitative modeling of cal aspects of hydrogeology. Coursework Technology: Quantitative geophysical modeling rock-water interaction. A strong compo- and a final research project totaling 30 of fold and thrust belts; geodynamic modeling nent of fieldwork is common for studies graduate credits are arranged to accom- of the state of stress in the lithosphere. of both clastics and carbonates. modate working professionals, with most Holt, William E., Ph.D., 1989, University of Analytical facilities include the Depart- courses taught in the evenings. This is a Arizona: Seismotectonics; kinematics and ment’s electron microprobe, optical and part-time degree program. A formal the- dynamics of crust and mantle deformation; cathodoluminescence petrography and sis is not required. Coursework includes earthquake source parameter studies. electron microscopy facilities, a mass groundwater hydrology, aqueous geo- McLennan, Scott M., Ph.D., 1981, spectrometry lab, a Mössbauer lab, DCP chemistry, rock and soil physics, numeri- Australian National University: Geochemistry and ion chromatography labs, X-ray dif- cal hydrology, statistics and probability, of sedimentary rocks; sedimentary petrology. fraction facilities, and a variety of facili- and organic contaminant hydrology. Final Nekvasil, Hanna, Ph.D., 1986, Pennsylvania ties at the NSLS. research projects are arranged individu- State University: Experimental and thermo- ally with faculty supervisors and are dynamic investigations of mineral/melt Planetary Science designed to give students experience in equilibria in silicic magmas. Graduate research opportunities are field, laboratory, or theoretical approaches. Parise, John, Ph.D., 1980, James Cook available in the field of planetary sci- University of North Queensland: Synthesis and ence, including planetary geochemistry Admission characterization of zeolites for use as selective and petrology, planetary spectroscopy, For admission to the Graduate Program catalysts; characterization using normal X-ray planetary geophysics, and astrobiology in Geosciences, the following, in addition and neutron diffraction techniques; investigation with current focus on Mars and the to the Graduate School requirements, of crystallizing gels using small-angle neutron Earth’s moon. Several faculty and stu- are required: scattering; structural modeling of silicates. dents have been actively involved in A. A bachelor’s degree in one of the Reeder, Richard J., Ph.D., 1980, University of California, Berkeley: Low-temperature planetary missions, including Mars earth or space sciences or in biology, geochemistry; mineralogy; crystal chemistry. Global Surveyor, Mars Exploration chemistry, physics, mathematics, or Rovers, and Mars Odyssey. Projects are engineering; Schoonen, Martin A.A., Interim Dean of Stony available to evaluate geological, chemi- Brook Southampton, Ph.D., 1989, Pennsylvania cal, spectroscopic, and geophysical data B. A minimum average of B for all State University: Kinetics and thermodynamics that have been returned from these and undergraduate coursework and a B of low-temperature and hydrothermal water-rock other missions. Planetary science average for courses in the sciences; interaction; theoretical geochemical modeling; geochemistry of natural waters. research is also supported by an assort- C. Results of the Graduate Record ment of experimental and analytical Examination (GRE) General Test; Wong, Teng-fong, Ph.D., 1980, Massachusetts facilities. A recently installed infrared Institute of Technology: Experimental rock D. Acceptance by both the Department spectroscopy laboratory supports physics; fault mechanics. and the Graduate School. experimental and analytical studies in Associate Professors emission and reflectance spectroscopy In special cases, a student not meet- Oganov, Artem R., Ph.D., 2002, University of Mars and lunar analog materials as ing requirements A and B may be College, London: Computational mineral physics. admitted on a conditional basis. Upon well as investigations of the fundamen- Phillips, Brian, Ph.D., 1990, University of Illinois tal infrared spectral properties of a wide admission, the student will be informed at Urbana-Champaign: Aqueous geochemistry; variety of minerals. High pressure-high of the requirements that must be satis- NMR spectroscopy; mineralogy and structural temperature experimental laboratories fied for termination of this status. chemistry of silicates and other oxides. (see details under Petrology and Distinguished Professors Rasbury, E. Troy, Undergraduate Program Mineral and Rock Physics) may be used Director, Ph.D., 1998, Stony Brook University: Lindsley, Donald H., Emeritus, Ph.D., 1961, for evaluating the origin and history of Sedimentary geochemistry; geochronology; Johns Hopkins University: Application of phase igneous rocks from terrestrial planets chronostratigraphy. equilibrium studies of silicate and oxide and rocky satellites. Low-temperature minerals to metamorphic and igneous petrology. Wen, Lianxing, Ph.D., 1998, California Institute and hydrothermal experimental labora- of Technology: Mantle rheology and dynamics; Weidner, Donald J., Ph.D., 1972, tories are available for the study of seismic structures of the Earth’s mantle; new Massachusetts Institute of Technology: Martian near-surface aqueous processes techniques for calculating viscous flow and Structure of the Earth’s interior as revealed by seismic wave propagation. and for investigating issues related to seismic waves and laboratory determinations astrobiology. Experimental laboratories of physical properties. Assistant Professor are also supported by a broad array of Glotch, Timothy, Ph.D., 2004, Arizona State analytical facilities (see details under Distinguished Service Professors University: Planetary geology, remote sensing, Hanson, Gilbert N., Ph.D., 1964, University Crystal Chemistry and Crystallography, Martian surface mineralogy. Geochemistry and Sedimentary Geology). of Minnesota: Application of radiometric and geochemical methods to petrologic and Research Assistant Professor tectonic problems. Hydrogeology Rogers, Andrea Deanne, Ph.D., 2005, Arizona The non-thesis M.S. program with a con- Liebermann, Robert C., Ph.D., 1969, State University: Remote sensing, planetary centration in hydrogeology is designed Columbia University: Mineral physics; elastic surface processes, GIS. to give those with a B.S. degree in phys- and anelastic properties of rocks and minerals and their applications to the Earth’s interior.

192 GEOSCIENCES

Lecturer The M.S. degree with concentration Among the courses offered are: in Hydrogeology is a non-thesis M.S. Stidham, Christiane Wilson, Ph.D., 1999, GEO 503 Mineral Equilibria University of California, Berkeley: Geophysics. with most courses offered at times appropriate for working professionals. GEO 507 Petrogenesis Affiliated Faculty The M.S. degree in Geosciences with GEO 514 Physical Hydrogeology Distinguished Professor thesis is typically not a terminal degree. Many students seeking Ph.D. GEO 515 Geohydrology Aller, Robert C.,1 Ph.D., 1977, Yale University: candidacy first earn an M.S. degree. Marine geochemistry; early marine diagenesis. GEO 517 Crystal Chemistry Students become candidates for the Distinguished Service Professor Ph.D. in Geosciences by completing GEO 518 Carbonate Sediments Krause, David W.,2 Ph.D., 1982, University of preparatory work leading to successful GEO 519 Geochemistry of Natural Michigan: Vertebrate paleontology; mammalian completion of the Ph.D. preliminary Waters evolution, including primates. examination. Students are urged to GEO 521 Isotope and Trace Element obtain a more detailed description of Professors Geology procedures from the Geosciences Bokuniewicz, Henry J.,1 Ph.D., 1976, Yale Graduate Handbook. GEO 524/MAR 524 Organic University: Marine geophysics. Final responsibility for adhering to Contaminant Hydrology Chen, Jiuhua, Ph.D., 1994, Institute of degree requirements and meeting all GEO 526 Low-Temperature Materials Structure Science, KEK: Mineral deadlines rests solely with the student. Geochemistry physics; mantle petrology; application of syn- chrotron radiation to earth sciences. Requirements for the Ph.D. GEO 533 Geochemistry of the Solid 1 Earth Cochran, J. Kirk, Ph.D., 1979, Yale University: Degree in Geosciences Marine geochemistry; use of radionuclides as GEO 550 Global Tectonics geochemical tracers; diagenesis of marine Advancement to Ph.D. candidacy is sediments. gained after the successful completion GEO 551 Physics of the Earth I of the Ph.D. preliminary examination. Flood, Roger D.,1 Ph.D., 1978, Massachusetts GEO 552 Physics of the Earth II The examination is the culmination of Institute of Technology, Woods Hole an evaluative process that begins when GEO 556 Solid-State Geophysics Oceanographic Institution: Marine geology; the student arrives at Stony Brook. In sediment dynamics; continental margin GEO 564/AMS 562 Numerical sedimentation. particular, the faculty seek evidence of Hydrology scientific creativity, originality, vigor, Harbottle, Garman,3 Ph.D., 1949, Columbia and flexibility, along with the basic GEO 573 Hydromechanical Behavior of University: Nuclear chemistry; archeology. background knowledge, skills, and criti- Geomaterials Associate Professor cal faculties needed to carry out A number of other courses are offered Forster, Catherine A.,2 Ph.D., 1990, University advanced independent research in the periodically according to student of Pennsylvania: Vertebrate paleontology; sys- student’s chosen field. The minimum demand, either in a formal classroom tematics; functional morphology. residence requirement is two consecu- setting or as Directed Studies (GEO tive semesters of graduate study. There 585). These include the following courses: Research Associate Professors is no language requirement. GEO 505 Experimental Petrology Li, Baosheng,4 Ph.D., 1996, Stony Brook Laboratory University: Mineral physics; elasticity of A. Course Requirements minerals; high-pressure research. Course requirements are flexible and GEO 506 Theoretical Petrology Vaughan, Michael T.,4 Ph.D., 1979, Stony are determined in consultation with the GEO 508 Rock-Forming Minerals Brook University: Experimental geophysics; student’s academic advisory committee GEO 522 Planetary Sciences crystallography; synchrotron X-ray studies. at the beginning of studies. Academic advisory committees are assigned to GEO 528 Carbonate Geochemistry Assistant Professor students at the time of their arrival at O’Leary, Maureen,2 Ph.D., 1997, Johns Hopkins Stony Brook, and the composition of GEO 531 Crystalline Solids University: Vertebrate paleontology; phyloge- the committee may be changed at the GEO 532 Solid-State Geochemistry netic systematics; mammalian evolution. student’s request, with the approval of GEO 535 Regional Structure and 1) Marine Sciences Research Center the graduate program director. During Tectonics 2) Department of Anatomical Sciences their first two years in the program, 3) Brookhaven National Laboratory students generally take one to three GEO 542 Inverse Theory 4) Mineral Physics Institute courses per semester. In addition, they GEO 562/MAR 562 Early Diagenesis of participate in appropriate formal and Marine Sediments Degree Requirements informal seminars. During their first The Department of Geosciences offers fall semester, all students must take GEO 567 Sedimentary Rocks and programs leading to the M.A.T., M.S., GEO 500, Geosciences Research Crustal Evolution and Ph.D. degrees in the Geosciences. Seminar. In addition, all students must GEO 570 Earthquake Mechanics The Master of Arts in Teaching degree register for GEO 696, Geoscience GEO 571 Mechanics of Geologic in Earth Science is a non-thesis degree Colloquium, and GEO 697, Geoscience Materials for which all requirements can be com- Seminar, each semester, and GEO 600, pleted in three semesters. Practicum in Teaching, at least once. GEO 572 Advanced Seismology

193 GEOSCIENCES

Specialized, advanced seminars are the thesis proposal to the examination upon changes in or rewriting of the offered periodically by various faculty committee. This committee is to consist proposal. It is free to establish any members. These include the following of five scientists holding Ph.D. degrees mechanism it deems necessary to courses: who are experts in fields related to the affirm whether or not its requirements proposal, at least four of whom must be have been met. All decisions must be GEO 603 Topics in Petrology members of the Department. agreed to by a majority vote and must GEO 605 Topics in Sedimentary be conveyed in writing to the graduate Geology-Paleontology E. Thesis Proposal program director and to the student. The Ph.D. thesis proposal specifies When the graduate program director GEO 607 Topics in Geophysics the scientific rationale for the proposed has been informed by the chair of the GEO 609 Topics in Mineralogy and thesis work, the relevant work done examination committee that the Crystallography thus far, and the techniques and effort student has passed the Ph.D. preliminary required to reach the research objec- examination, the Department recom- B. Research Projects tive. When the thesis proposal is com- mends to the Graduate School that the Each student must complete two indi- pleted, copies are given to each student be advanced to Ph.D. candidacy. vidual research projects with separate member of the examination committee. faculty members as part of the require- Within a week of receiving the pro- G. Teaching Requirement ments leading up to the Ph.D. qualify- posal, the examination committee will All graduate students must register ing exam. One of these projects can be meet to determine whether or not the for GEO 600, Practicum in Teaching, at an M.S. thesis. The requirements for thesis proposal is defensible. If it is not least once, as outlined in Course each of these papers are determined by deemed defensible, the student is Requirements on the preceding page. the individual professors with whom informed as to whether a resubmittal the research is carried out. When work- will be permitted. If the thesis proposal H. Dissertation ing on such a project, students register is deemed acceptable, the examination The Ph.D. dissertation is the docu- for either GEO 590 or 599 Research, committee sets a date for the Ph.D. ment summarizing the original scien- after consultation with the appropriate preliminary examination. tific research in recognition of which professor. A research paper or M.S. the Ph.D. candidate seeks the doctoral thesis completed before arriving at F. Oral Preliminary Examination degree. The University has very spe- Stony Brook may substitute for one of The student gives a short public pres- cific rules about the format of the the- the two research papers required entation of the thesis proposal, after sis, but the nature of its scientific before orals, if it is approved for that which there is a closed oral examina- content is at the discretion of the stu- purpose by the graduate committee. tion. Although much of the questioning dent, his or her advisor(s), and the inevitably focuses on the proposed the- Ph.D. thesis defense committee. In C. Ph.D. Preliminary Examination sis work, any topic in the geosciences many cases, the thesis consists of a The preliminary examination consists and related fields may be covered in linked set of published or soon-to-be- of the preparation and oral defense of a the questioning. At the end of the published scientific papers. thesis proposal. There are three separate examination, the student and any oth- When informed by the student’s advi- steps in this procedure: (1) submission of ers present who are not part of the pre- sor that the thesis is ready to be a proposal abstract to the graduate com- liminary examination committee are defended, the graduate committee mittee, who then selects an examining excused. The committee will then judge selects a Ph.D. thesis defense commit- committee, (2) submission of the thesis whether the student has demonstrated tee. The defense committee consists of proposal to the examining committee, the ability to conceive, plan, and carry five or six members, a majority of and (3) oral defense of the proposal. out original research. whom must be members of the The examination committee has a Department. One defense committee D. Thesis Proposal Abstract range of options open to it. It may vote member, other than the thesis advisor, A one-page document stating the to deny Ph.D. candidacy, either with or is appointed as committee chair by the most essential aspects of the student’s without a second opportunity to pass graduate committee. Within two weeks proposed thesis, the thesis proposal the Ph.D. preliminary examination. It of receiving the thesis, the defense abstract must be signed by three faculty may vote to accept the proposal, but committee chair polls the committee members before being given to the fail the student on other grounds. In members to ascertain that the thesis is graduate committee. One of the three doing so, the examination committee actually defensible. If it is, the defense faculty members must be identified as a may either bar a second opportunity committee chair formally schedules the potential sponsor, meaning that he or to take the exam, require specific oral defense. she is tentatively willing to be the remedial actions, or schedule a second student’s thesis advisor. This implies no opportunity to take the examination. I. Ph.D. Thesis Oral Defense commitment, either on the part of the The committee has the option to vote to The student makes a public presenta- professor or the student. reconvene to re-evaluate its decision, tion of the major results of the thesis. Upon receipt of the abstract, the grad- based upon actions the student has There is then a closed session, during uate committee selects the members of taken in response to the examination which the student is examined prima- the student’s Ph.D. preliminary exami- committee’s recommendations. rily, but not exclusively, on the disserta- nation committee and sets a deadline The examination committee may also tion topic. The committee has the option (usually six weeks) for the submission of vote to pass the student contingent of voting to accept the thesis, reject it,

194 GEOSCIENCES or accept it with revisions. If the thesis Requirements for the M.S. tion in Hydrogeology includes a minimum is accepted with required revisions, the Degree with Concentration in of six credits of research, either GEO committee will decide the mechanism Hydrogeology 590 or 599, after consultation with the for determining compliance with its The non-thesis M.S. with a concentra- appropriate professor. This research is requirements. Voting is by majority. tion in Hydrogeology requires a total of to be carried out over a period of two or 30 credits. Of these 30 credits, at least more semesters, and will be designed Requirements for the M.S. 21 credits must be in the required and through a mutual consultation between Degree in Geosciences with Thesis approved courses and at least six cred- the student and one or more members of the participating faculty. The purpose its must be in approved research. A The M.S. in Geosciences with thesis is of the research is to give the student minimum overall grade point average typically a nonterminal degree com- experience at solving hydrogeological of B is required. Students are required pleted by some students before seeking problems. It may utilize field, laboratory, to complete the four core courses in Ph.D. candidacy. All requirements for or theoretical approaches. The program category A; one course from category B the M.S. degree must be completed of research will culminate in a written (if a student is deficient in either writing within a period of three years after report to be approved by three desig- or communication skills, computer entry. There are no residence or lan- nated faculty. programming, or statistics); and one, guage requirements. two, or three courses from category C. Requirements for the M.A.T. Degree A. Course Requirements There are no residence or language requirements. in Earth Science Students must successfully complete The Master of Arts in Teaching Earth a program of 30 graduate credits, Category A Science leads to provisional certification including a minimum of 18 credits in GEO 515 Geohydrology for teaching earth science in secondary approved academic courses. A student schools in New York State. It also pre- GEO 564/AMS 562 Numerical must achieve a 3.0 overall grade point pares the student for the examination Hydrology average in all graduate courses taken for permanent certification. There is no at Stony Brook to receive a degree. GEO 526 Low-Temperature residence requirement. Students must complete at least one year of college- B. M.S. Thesis Geochemistry level study of a foreign language. An M.S. thesis proposal of no more GEO 519 Geochemistry of Natural Students in the M.A.T. program than two pages must be submitted to Waters must register through the School of the graduate committee at the end of Category B Professional Development. the first year. The proposal must be signed by two faculty members, one of AMS 576 Statistical Methods for Social A. Formal Coursework whom must be designated as a poten- Scientists Students are required to complete tial sponsor of the research and EST 588 Technical Communication for with an average grade of B or higher research advisor. After the proposal Management and Engineering 15 credits in earth science courses and has been accepted, the student may 27 credits in pedagogical courses and proceed with the preparation of the Category C teaching experience. The Departmental M.S. thesis. GEO 573 Hydromechanical Behavior of M.A.T. advisor, in consultation with the When the M.S. thesis is nearing Geomaterials student, will determine a set of earth completion, the student’s advisor science courses for the M.A.T. degree GEO 521 Isotope and Trace Element asks the graduate committee to in Earth Science. Geology appoint a defense committee. This B. Recommendation of the Department for committee consists of three experts GEO 524/MAR 524 Organic the M.A.T. in the field who hold Ph.D.s, at least Contaminant Hydrology When all program requirements are two of whom must be members of the EST 593 Risk Assessment completed, the Departmental M.A.T. program faculty. Within two weeks advisor will consult with the director of receiving the thesis, the defense EST 595 Principles of Environmental of the Science Education Program to committee decides whether the thesis Systems Analysis determine whether all state-mandated is defensible. If it is, then an oral EST 596 Simulation Models for education courses have been completed. thesis defense is scheduled. Environmental Waste Management If they conclude that all requirements The M.S. thesis defense consists have been met, they will inform the EST 597 Waste Management: Systems of a short public presentation of the Associate Dean of the School of and Principles major results of the thesis. This is Professional Development that the followed by a closed examination CEY 503 Environmental Law requirements for provisional certifica- that may cover any topic within the tion have been fulfilled and recommend CEY 509 Man, Environment, and student’s general field of study, but to the Dean of the Graduate School that Health generally concentrates upon the thesis the M.A.T. degree should be granted. topic. The thesis defense committee may vote to accept the thesis, return Research C. Time Limit it to the student for revisions, or In addition to formal coursework, the Although full-time students can reject it outright. curriculum for the M.S. with concentra- complete all requirements for the

195 GEOSCIENCES

M.A.T. degree within three semesters, Science Teachers) for the first five weeks of research tools pertaining to topics within the part-time students will require addi- the semester. Students may not take GEO geosciences. These programs, or applets, tional time to complete the degree 502 and GEO 588 for credit. include a graphical user interface that enables Fall, every year, 1 credit, ABCF grading users to control parameters and observe requirements. results. The applets are posted on the Web. GEO 503 Mineral Equilibria Prerequisite: Geosciences graduate standing Courses Covers the basics of the application of the Spring, 3 credits, ABCF grading principles of chemical thermodynamics to the resolution of geochemical and petrological GEO 514 Introduction to Physical ESS 501 Foundations of Earth Science problems. Begins with the first law and con- Hydrogeology We consider in depth the scientific concepts tinues through phase transitions, properties Surface hydrology. Principles of groundwater that are included in the Earth Science cur- of fluids, definitions of fugacity, and activity flow. Well hydraulics. Geology of groundwater riculum taught in New York State. This of major and trace elements in fluids and occurrence. Water quality and groundwater course is team-taught by an experienced molten solutions; configurational entropies; contamination. Hydrologic site evaluation. Earth Science teacher and University faculty models quantifying nonideal mixing in solid Spring, 3 credits, ABCF grading with expertise in astronomy, meteorology, solutions. Additional topics include interpre- and the geosciences. tation of calorimetric studies and/or solubili- GEO 515 Geohydrology Prerequisite: Earth Science teacher, Earth ties of minerals in aqueous solutions. Dynamics of fluids in porous media. Science education student, or permission of Prerequisites: Physical chemistry and Fundamentals of physical hydrogeology. instructor. thermodynamics or permission of instructor Quantitative analysis of regional groundwater Fall, every year, 3 credits, ABCF grading Fall, alternate years, 3 credits, ABCF grading system and well hydraulics. Introduction to numerical simulation techniques. Hydrodynamic ESS 502 An Earth Systems Perspective on GEO 505 Experimental Petrology Laboratory dispersion and basic concepts of contaminant transport. Long Island’s Future The course is designed to give the student Each time this course is offered we will study experience in some or all of the following Spring, 3 credits, ABCF grading in great detail the reasons for given Earth techniques of experimental petrology: evacu- GEO 517 Crystal Chemistry system constraint and the consequences for ated silica-glass tube experiments, one- The structure/property/composition relation- Long Island’s natural and developed areas. atmosphere quenching experiments (with ships in solids. An introduction to the common Such a constraint might be peak production and without controlled atmospheres), 1- to 5- structure types and how they illustrate princi- of oil, groundwater pollution, global climate kbar hydrothermal systems (using oxygen change, etc. This evening seminar course is ples useful in understanding more complex buffers where necessary), gas-media experi- solid-state materials. Applications of modern repeatable by permission only. ments up to 7 kbar, and solid-media, piston- 3 credits, ABCF grading scattering techniques to the study of solids, cylinder experiments. particularly earth materials, are also included. May be repeated for credit Requirements: Completion of a project Fall, 3 credits, ABCF grading involving several of the above techniques; ESS 511 Pine Barrens Sustainability written report The ecologically diverse Long Island Pine GEO 518 Carbonate Sediments Barrens region provides a habitat for a large Prerequisite: Permission of instructor An intensive study of the formation, deposi- number of rare and endangered species, but Spring, alternate years, 1 credit, tion, lithification, and diagenesis of carbonate faces challenges associated with protection of ABCF grading sediments. Lectures and seminars emphasize a natural ecosystem that lies in close proxim- principles of carbonate deposition, facies ity to an economically vibrant urban area that GEO 506 Theoretical Petrology relationships, and chemistry. Laboratories exerts intense development pressure. In this Theory of phase diagrams, Schreinemaker’s emphasize binocular and petrographic analy- course we will consider the interaction of the rules, heterogeneous equilibria, experimental sis of recent and ancient carbonates. ecological, developmental, and economic fac- systems of petrologic interest, and properties Spring, alternate years, 4 credits, tors that impact the Pine Barrens and the of solutions. ABCF grading effectiveness of decision support systems in Prerequisites: Metamorphic and igneous promoting sustainability of the Pine Barrens. petrology and physical chemistry or thermo- GEO 519 Geochemistry of Natural Waters 3 credits, ABCF grading dynamics, or permission of instructor A comprehensive quantitative treatment of the Spring, 3 credits, ABCF grading processes controlling the chemistry of polluted ESS 600 Practicum in Teaching and unpolluted surface and groundwaters. For M.A.T. Earth Science students. GEO 507 Petrogenesis Topics covered include thermodynamics and Fall, spring, or summer, 0-3 credits, Discussion of the origin and evolutionary kinetics of water-rock interaction; mineral solu- S/U grading history of selected types of igneous and meta- bility; chemical speciation; redox reactions; morphic rocks by integrating the principles adsorptions; carbonate chemistry; and specia- GEO 500 Geosciences Research Seminar of heterogeneous phase equilibria, trace- tion, mobility, and toxicity of metal ions. Based Meetings in which first-year graduate stu- element and isotopic geochemistry, crystal on a knowledge of these processes, the chemical dents and undergraduates with senior stand- chemistry, and geologic occurrence. composition of a wide variety of surface and ing learn about the research activities of the Fall, 3 credits, ABCF grading groundwaters is interpreted. Water-quality cri- Geosciences faculty. teria and their application are also discussed. Fall, 0 credit, S/U grading GEO 508 The Rock-Forming Minerals Spring, 3 credits, ABCF grading Study of the crystal chemistry, intracrys- GEO 502 GIS for Geologists talline cation distribution (homogeneous GEO 520 Glacial Geology A practical introduction to geographic infor- equilibria) stability, and paragenesis of the History of glaciation on earth, formation and mation system software. Participants learn rock-forming minerals. Special emphasis is dynamics of glaciers and ice sheets; processes to use direct measurement and mathematical placed on amphiboles, feldspars, micas, and of glacial erosion and deposition; and the techniques to compute the location of fea- pyroxenes. nature of glacial sediments and landforms tures and gain practical experience in render- Fall, 3 credits, ABCF grading particularly relating to the development of ing imagery and tabular geographic data as Long Island. layers on maps. The course consists of two GEO 511 Computer Programming for the Prerequisite: Physical geology three-hour sessions per week for the first five Geosciences Spring, 3 credits, ABCF grading weeks of semester, which include fieldwork, An introduction to object-oriented program- lectures, demonstrations, and software-based ming in Java for geoscience students. GEO 521 Isotope and Trace Element Geology analysis of data. This course meets with GEO Participants are required to develop inter- Application of radiogenic isotopes and trace 588 (Geological Field Methods for Earth active programs to serve as educational or elements to the petrogenesis of igneous,

196 GEOSCIENCES metamorphic, and sedimentary systems geochemical and cosmochemical classification Prerequisite: Undergraduate physical geology including water-rock interaction in diagenetic of the elements, and a geochemical perspec- Spring, 4 credits, ABCF grading and hydrothermal systems. Evaluation of tive of the periodic table. This is followed by radiogenetic techniques for determining the an examination of the compositions and chem- GEO 550 Global Tectonics ages of rocks and minerals. ical interactions among the major geochemi- Geological, geochemical, and geophysical Spring, alternate years, 3 credits, cal reservoirs of the solid earth, including evidence related to the concepts of plate ABCF grading core, upper and lower mantles, oceanic and tectonics and mantle convection. Kinematics continental crust, and the sedimentary shell and dynamics of plate motions. Origin of GEO 522 Planetary Sciences of the Earth. first-order crustal structures of continents The chemical, physical, and petrologic prop- Prerequisite: Graduate standing or permis- and ocean basins. Geochemical and thermal erties of meteorites are reviewed. These data sion of instructor evolution of the Earth. and data for the moon and the terrestrial Spring, even years, 3 credits, ABCF grading Spring, 3 credits, ABCF grading planets are used to form a picture of the ori- gin, chemical evolution, and accretion of plan- GEO 535 Regional Structure and Tectonics GEO 551 Physics of the Earth I Study of the internal structure and proper- etary material. Formation and development of continental ties of the Earth as revealed by field and lab- Fall, 3 credits, ABCF grading crust in Phanerozoic mountain belts. The struc- oratory investigations. Topics include the ture and origin of ocean crust, magmatic arcs, rotation and figure of the Earth, gravity GEO 524 Organic Contaminant Hydrology and continental margin sequences are studied There are a host of chemical, biological, and anomalies, solid-earth tides, geomagnetism using geophysical, geochemical, and geologic and paleomagnetism, electromagnetic induc- physical processes that affect the transport data from ancient and modern examples. and fate of organic chemicals in natural waters. tion, and heat flow and the Earth’s present Fall, alternate years, 3 credits, ABCF grading This course concerns understanding these and past thermal states. May be taken inde- pendently of GEO 552. processes and the structure-activity relation- GEO 540 Solid Earth Geophysics ships available for predicting their rates. The Fall, 3 credits, ABCF grading An overview of solid earth geophysics. Topics major focus of this class is on contaminant include earthquake and exploratory seismol- hydrology of soil and aquifer environments, GEO 552 Physics of the Earth II ogy, gravity, magnetics, geochronology, and and includes the principles behind remediation Study of the Earth’s structure and properties heat flow. There is an emphasis on how all of and containment technologies. This course is based on evidence from seismology and high- these techniques shed light on the nature of offered as both MAR 524 and GEO 524. pressure geophysics. Topics include funda- the Earth’s interior and dynamics. Prerequisite: GEO 526 or MAR 503 or mental principles of elastic wave theory, body Prerequisite: Physical geology, undergradu- permission of instructor and surface wave propagation in layered ate physics, and calculus media, earthquake source mechanisms, free Spring, 3 credits, ABCF grading Fall, 3 credits, ABCF grading oscillations of the Earth, and rheological GEO 526 Low-Temperature Geochemistry properties of the Earth’s interior. May be taken independently of GEO 551. Fundamental principles of chemical thermody- GEO 542 Inverse Theory namics and kinetics, including isotope effects, Introduction to the basic concepts of inverse Fall, alternate years, 3 credits, ABCF grading as they pertain to geochemical processes theory and its application to the study of the GEO 556 Solid-State Geophysics occurring in surface and near-surface environ- internal structure of the Earth and related Application of lattice dynamics and equations ments. Consideration is also given to mass problems. of state of solids to studies in high-pressure, transfer process and reaction pathways. Fall, alternate years, 3 credits, ABCF grading high-temperature geophysics. Reviews exper- Fall, 3 credits, ABCF grading GEO 543 Stratigraphy imental data from physical acoustics, static and GEO 528 Carbonate Geochemistry shock wave compression, and theoretical The history and practice of defining units of results from finite strain and atomistic models. Examination of the mineralogical and chemical layered rocks and interpreting their spatial Prerequisites: GEO 551 and 552 or characteristics of the rock-forming carbonates relationships. Topics include the basis for the permission of instructor with emphasis on stabilities in the geological geologic time scale, lithostratigraphic versus environments. Includes study of phase rela- chronostratigraphic units, biostratigraphy, Spring, 3 credits, ABCF grading tions; trace and minor element chemistries; magnetostratigraphy, facies patterns and GEO 562 Early Diagenesis of Marine and mechanisms of growth, dissolution, and Walther’s law, subsurface stratigraphy, and replacement. Use of current research tech- Sediments the application of stratigraphy to geological The course treats qualitative and quantitative niques as applied to carbonate minerals. problems. One three-hour laboratory per Fall, alternate years, 3 credits, ABCF grading aspects of the early diagenesis of sediments. week. Laboratory work emphasizes practical Topics include diffusion and adsorption of dis- techniques in stratigraphy. GEO 531 Crystalline Solids solved species; organic matter decomposition Prerequisite: GEO 546 or undergraduate Principles of symmetry, single-crystal, and and storage; and diagenesis of clay materials, mineralogy and petrology powder X-ray diffraction techniques and ele- sulfur compounds, and calcium carbonates. ments of crystal structure determination are Fall, 4 credits, ABCF grading The effects of bioturbation on sediment dia- genesis are also discussed. This course is considered. Use of crystallographic data in GEO 546 Mineralogy and Petrology the study of mineral systems. Laboratory in offered as both MAR 562 and GEO 562. diffraction techniques includes extensive use An introduction to mineralogy and petrology, Prerequisite: Permission of instructor of digital computers. including crystallography, crystal chemistry, Fall, alternate years, 3 credits, ABCF grading mineral identification, and the processes that Fall, alternate years, 3 credits, ABCF grading govern the formation of igneous and meta- GEO 564 Numerical Hydrology GEO 532 Solid-State Geochemistry morphic rocks. Two three-hour laboratories Numerical solution methods for the equations The application of crystallographic techniques per week. of incompressible flow in porous media with to problems in mineral chemistry. Concepts of Prerequisite: Undergraduate physical geology special emphasis on groundwater flow. Finite the crystalline state, order-disorder, atom and one year of undergraduate chemistry difference and finite element methods for radii, chemical bonding, atom coordination, Spring, 4 credits, ABCF grading steady-state and transient flows-boundary solid solutions, and physical properties of conditions, range of validity and stability of minerals. Emphasis on silicate and sulfide GEO 549 Structural Geology the numerical schemes, and numerical arti- crystal structures. Principles of structural geology, including the facts. The approach is hands on, with example Fall, alternate years, 3 credits, ABCF grading recognition and the mechanics of crustal struc- problems being computed. This course is tural features. Topics include folding and fault- offered as both GEO 564 and AMS 562. GEO 533 Geochemistry of the Solid Earth ing, stress and strain, and the nature of brittle Prerequisite: AMS 526 or permission of A brief overview of basic principles of geo- and ductile lineations and foliations in the instructor chemistry, including origin of the elements, crust. One three-hour laboratory per week. Fall, alternate years, 3 credits, ABCF grading

197 GEOSCIENCES

GEO 567 Sedimentary Rocks and Crustal GEO 585 Directed Studies GEO 697 Geoscience Seminar Evolution Special studies directed by various faculty Presentation of preliminary research results An examination of major and trace elements members. and current research problems by students and isotopic composition of terrigenous Fall, spring, and summer, 1-3 credits, and faculty. Required every semester of all sedimentary rocks within a framework of ABCF grading geoscience graduate students. tracing the composition and evolution of the Fall and spring, 0 credit, S/U grading continental crust. Emphasis is placed on GEO 588 Geological Field Methods for Earth May be repeated for credit interpreting sedimentary compositions in Science Teachers terms of provenance and sedimentary history Geologic mapping techniques, geochemical GEO 698 Geoscience Special Seminar (e.g., weathering, diagenesis, recycling). analytical approach, and hydrological method- A weekly series of specialized seminars in Relationships between sediment composition ologies applied in the field to examples on Long which graduate students and faculty discuss and tectonic setting is also examined. Island. These approaches are designed for specific topics within the subgroups of geology. Spring, 3 credits, ABCF grading developing research projects for secondary Research is reviewed, theses are discussed. students in earth science. Fall and spring, 0 credit, S/U grading GEO 570 Earthquake Mechanics Prerequisite: Permission of instructor May be repeated for credit A survey of fundamental mechanics aspects Summer, 3 credits, ABCF grading of earthquake rupture; reviews concepts of GEO 699 Dissertation Research On Campus fracture mechanics, elastodynamics, and GEO 589 Research for Earth Science Independent research for Ph.D. degree. Open experimental rock mechanics. Topics include Teachers only to candidates for the Ph.D. who have state of stress in the lithosphere, theoretical This course is intended to provide earth sci- passed the preliminary examination. models of earthquake instability, energetics ence teachers or students in the M.A.T. in Prerequisite: Advancement to candidacy of faulting, representation of dynamic elastic Earth Science program an opportunity to (G5); major portion of research must take field generated by earthquakes, and relation obtain research experience. A written report place on SB campus, at Cold Spring Harbor, of seismic signals to the kinematics and is required. dynamics of seismic source. or at Brookhaven National Lab Prerequisite: Permission of instructor Prerequisite: GEO 552 or permission of Fall, spring, and summer, 1-9 credits, Summer, 1-3 credits, ABCF grading instructor S/U grading Spring, alternate years, 3 credits, GEO 590 Research Project May be repeated for credit ABCF grading Independent research GEO 700 Dissertation Research Off Fall, spring, and summer, 1-12 credits, GEO 571 Mechanics of Geologic Materials Campus–Domestic ABCF grading Prerequisite: Must be advanced to candi- Elastic, thermal, and anelastic properties of May be repeated for credit geological materials. The course emphasizes dacy (G5); major portion of research will a thermodynamic characterization of these GEO 599 Research take place off campus, but in the U.S. and/or properties including irreversible thermody- Independent research for those students U.S. provinces (Brookhaven National Lab namics and nonhydrostatic thermodynamics. established in a research group. and Cold Spring Harbor Lab are considered Specific applications to the Earth’s environ- on campus); all international students must ment are discussed. 1-12 credits, S/U grading May be repeated for credit enroll in one of the graduate student insur- Prerequisites: GEO 551, 552, or permission ance plans and should be advised by an of instructor GEO 600 Practicum in Teaching International Advisor Fall, alternate years, 3 credits, Fall and spring, 0-3 credits, S/U grading Fall, spring, and summer, 1-9 credits, ABCF grading May be repeated for credit S/U grading May be repeated for credit GEO 572 Advanced Seismology GEO 603 Topics in Petrology Course is intended to expose the student to Fall and spring, 1-3 credits, ABCF grading GEO 701 Dissertation Research Off Campus– topics that are at the forefront of current International seismological research. Examples include May be repeated for credit wave propagation in heterogeneous media, Prerequisite: Must be advanced to candidacy earthquake source studies, tsunami genera- GEO 604 Topics in Planetary Science (G5); major portion of research will take tion, and seismic network data analysis. 1-3 credits, ABCF grading place outside the U.S. and/or U.S. provinces; Prerequisite: GEO 552 May be repeated for credit domestic students have the option of Fall, alternate years, 3 credits, the health plan and may also enroll in GEO 605 Topics in Sedimentary Geology– ABCF grading MEDEX; international students who are Paleontology in their home country are not covered by GEO 573 Physics of Rocks Fall and spring, 1-3 credits, ABCF grading mandatory health plan and must contact the Fundamentals of the physical properties of May be repeated for credit Insurance Office for the insurance charge to rock in relation to seismology, hydrogeology, GEO 607 Topics in Geophysics be removed; international students who are geophysical prospecting and geotechnical not in their home country are charged for the Fall and spring, 1-3 credits, ABCF grading engineering. Topics include: composition, pore mandatory health insurance (if they are to be structure and fabric of rocks; elasticity, May be repeated for credit covered by another insurance plan, they anelasticity and plasticity; seismic velocity and anisotropy; poroelasticity; electrical, GEO 609 Topics in Mineralogy and must file a waiver by the second week of magnetic, and hydraulic transpost properties. Crystallography classes; the charge will only be removed if the Fall, alternate years, 3 credits, ABCF grading Fall and spring, 1-3 credits, ABCF grading other plan is deemed comparable); all inter- May be repeated for credit national students must receive clearance GEO 581 Coastal Engineering Geology from an International Advisor Concepts of the mechanics of earth materials GEO 696 Geoscience Colloquium Fall, spring, and summer, 1-9 credits, and the physics of surficial processes with A weekly series of research seminars pre- S/U grading applications to the coastal environment and sented by visiting scientists as well as by the May be repeated for credit engineering. This course is also offered as faculty. Required every semester of all MAR 581. geoscience graduate students. GEO 800 Summer Research Prerequisites: Enrollment in MESP or Fall and spring, S/U grading 0 credit, S/U grading OEN program, or permission of instructor May be repeated for credit May be repeated for credit Fall, 3 credits, ABCF grading

198 SCHOOL OF HEALTH TECHNOLOGY AND MANAGEMENT School of Health Technology and Management

Dean: Craig A. Lehmann, Health Sciences Center Level 2, Room 400, (631) 444-2251 Associate Dean: Deborah T. Firestone Associate Dean for Program Development and External Affairs: Richard Johnson Associate Dean for Research: Lisa Benz Scott Assistant Deans: Eleanor Kra, Administration; Karen Joskow Mendelsohn, Academic Affairs

American demographics, economics, and Graduate programs in the School of technological advances in diagnostics, Health Technology and Management: treatment, and therapy have combined to create an environment in the 21st Health Care Policy and century in which patients are diagnosed Management Program (M.S.) earlier; are more likely to survive dis- Department Chair, Alan Leiken, Health ease or trauma; live longer; participate Sciences Center, Level 2, Room 418, in ambulatory-based treatment; and (631) 444-3243 assume a more participatory role in their own health care. The School of Advanced Certificate Program in Health Technology and Management is Health-Care Management dedicated to providing students with Program Director: Alan Leiken the necessary knowledge and skills to practice their profession and compe- Occupational Therapy Program tently meet the diverse and complex (B.S./M.S.) needs of individuals within a variety of Program Director, Donna Costa, Health health-care settings. Sciences Center, Level 2, Room 438, The School offers baccalaureate, mas- (631) 444-8126 ter’s, and doctoral degrees in clinical and non-clinical areas that include athletic Physical Therapy Program (D.P.T.) training, clinical laboratory sciences, Department Chair, Richard Johnson, cytotechnology, health science, occupa- Health Sciences Center, Level 2, Room tional therapy, physician assistant, 419, (631) 444-3250 physical therapy, respiratory care, and Physician Assistant Program (M.S.) health-care policy and management. Health care is ever changing and the Department Chair, Paul Lombardo, School is constantly reviewing and Health Sciences Center, Level 2, Room expanding program offerings to meet 424, (631) 444-3191 the demands of the population and health-care market. The School’s pri- mary focus is to educate the future workforce of New York State and the region, as well as develop national and international leaders in health care. Additional program and admissions information can be found in the Health Sciences Center Bulletin and online at www.hsc.stonybrook.edu/shtm/

199 HISPANIC LANGUAGES AND LITERATURE

Hispanic Languages and Literature (SPN)

Acting Chair: Victoriano Roncero-López, Frank Melville Jr. Memorial Library Room N3015, (631) 632-6935/9669 Graduate Program Director: Kathleen Vernon, Frank Melville Jr. Memorial Library Room N3022, (631) 632-9668 Graduate Program Coordinator: Betty Desimone, Frank Melville Jr. Memorial Library Room N3017, (631) 632-6935

Degrees awarded: M.A. in Hispanic Languages and Literature; M.A. in Teaching Spanish; M.A. in Romance Languages and Literature (Spanish); Ph.D. in Hispanic Languages and Literature

The Department of Hispanic Languages ESL Program from the Department of Faculty and Literature, in the College of Arts and Linguistics gives this exam, which is Sciences, offers different curricula lead- administered by appointment only. Professors ing to the degrees of Doctor of Philosophy Students must score at least 55 points or Charnon-Deutsch, Lou,1,3,4 Ph.D., 1978, and Master of Arts. A candidate for the higher to satisfy Stony Brook’s English University of Chicago: 18th- and 19th-century Peninsular literature; Ph.D. degree engages in research leading proficiency requirements. feminist theory; women writers. to a dissertation. The M.A. degree may 1,2,3 emphasize either literary or linguistic Teaching Assistantships (TAs) De la Campa, Román, Emeritus, Ph.D., 1976, University of Minnesota: Latin research or language teaching. Part-time The Department of Hispanic Languages American and Caribbean literature; and Literature has a yearly allocation of study is permitted with graduate courses contemporary critical theory. usually offered during the late afternoon. teaching assistantships for its graduate students. Each year, the assistantships Read, Malcolm K., Ph.D., 1978, University of Wales: Sociology of literature; literary theory; Admission Requirements are awarded to the most promising Marxism and psychoanalysis. Besides filing the official graduate appli- applicants. cation forms, the prospective student Teaching assistants are assigned to Roncero-López, Victoriano, Chair, Ph.D., 1988, University of Illinois, Champaign; 1987, must provide transcripts covering all teach one section of a course each semes- Universidad Complutense de Madrid: 15th- previous college-level studies. This ter. During the first semester of their to 17th-century literature of Spain; histori- usually includes a bachelor’s degree assistantship, they are required to attend ography; European humanism; modern theory. with a major in Spanish, three letters of an orientation session and a practicum Lastra, Pedro, Emeritus, Ph.D., 1967, reference, and a sample of written work given by the Department to provide Universidad de Chile: Modern and (an essay or term paper). GRE scores, instruction in the methodology of lan- contemporary Spanish-American literature. while not required, are taken into guage teaching. In the performance of Vasvari, Louise,1 Emeritus, Ph.D., 1969, consideration. The Department urges their teaching duties, teaching assistants University of California, Berkeley: Medieval students to take it, but students with must conform to the program and literature; translation theory; literature and strong academic records who do not will University regulations regarding class linguistics; romance philology. be considered for admission. attendance, examinations, grading sys- International applicants must score at tems, office hours, syllabi, and textbooks. Associate Professors least 550 on the Test of English as a Meetings with a supervisor and a Firbas, Paul, Ph.D., 2001, Princeton Foreign Language (TOEFL) (213 com- coordinator of language courses are University: Colonial Latin American literature, puter-based, 90 Internet-based) and regularly scheduled and attendance is modernity in Perú, textual criticism. must show that they have the necessary mandatory. Written evaluations of each Flesler, Daniela, Ph.D., 2001, Tulane funds to finance their education (living TA’s teaching performance are done peri- University: Contemporary Spanish literature; expenses plus tuition). It is strongly odically by the Department. Renewal of postcolonial theory; cultural studies. recommended that applicants take the assistantships will depend upon compli- Klein-Andreu, Flora, Emeritus, Ph.D., 1972, TOEFL exam in their country of origin. ance with the regulations listed above. Columbia University: Linguistic meaning; lan- An applicant whose qualifications seem Teaching assistantships are renewable guage evolution and variation; relation between theory and research methods. deficient may be admitted on a part- for a maximum of three years for Ph.D. time basis as a Graduate School special students entering with an M.A. or equiv- McKenna, James B., Emeritus, Ph.D., 1965, student (GSP) through the School of alent, or four years for Ph.D. students Harvard University: 20th-century Hispanic culture and literature. Professional Development. entering with a B.A. or equivalent. All students who do not speak English as Students who are ABD (all but disserta- Ordoñez, Franscisco, Ph.D., 1997, Graduate a native language, any new or transfer tion) may be eligible for a fifth year in cer- Center, CUNY: Syntax; morphology, dialectology. Ph.D. students, supported master’s stu- tain circumstances. Renewal is subject Vernon, Kathleen M.,3,4 Ph.D., 1982, University dents, and students for whom the TOEFL to passing the qualifying examination and of Chicago: 20th-century Spanish and Latin has been waived as a requirement for satisfactory course grades and teaching. American literature, cinema and popular culture, gender and cultural studies. admissions must take the English profi- There is a limited opportunity for summer ciency exam or SPEAK (Speaking teaching at an appropriate stipend. Other Assistant Professors Proficiency English Assessment Kit) fellowships, loans, and work-study pro- Elías-Ulloa, José, Ph.D., 2005, Rutgers test. SPEAK scores lower than 55 may grams are available. University: Phonology and contact of indige- require a student to take an ESL Several W. Burghardt Turner fellow- nous languages and Latin American Spanish. class(es) or be ineligible to teach. A ships are awarded each year to promising Pérez-Melgosa, Adrián,,3 Ph.D., 1995, University recent TSE or IELTS exam can be minority students who hold American of Rochester: Film and literature in the substituted for the SPEAK test. The citizenship. Americas, cultural studies, film studies.

200 HISPANIC LANGUAGES AND LITERATURE

Polit-Dueñas, Gabriela, Ph.D., 2002, New York According to University requirements, The M.A. thesis does not require an University: Contemporary Latin American litera- a minimum of a B average must be oral defense. The recommended length ture; gender and critical theories. maintained in all graduate coursework. for an M.A. thesis is between 70 and Price, Rachel, Ph.D., 2007, Duke University: After taking the practicum (SPN 691), 100 pages, including notes and bibliog- Modern Latin American and Caribbean literature; students may choose to enroll in raphy. Regulations regarding the writing the Atlantic; critical theory. SPN 693 as part of a required 12-credit of the M.A. thesis are the same as those Director of the Spanish Language Program load until they reach the point where applicable to the Ph.D. dissertation. Ruiz-Debbe, Lilia, Ph.D., 1997, University their full-time credit load is nine cred- These regulations are contained in of Geneva, Switzerland: Applied linguistics; its. Equivalent courses taken at other the book Guide to the Preparation of second language research; language pedagogy. universities may be certified as fulfill- Theses and Dissertations, available on ing specific required courses in this the Graduate School Web site. Lecturers Department, but only six graduate Davidiak, Elena, M.A., 2004, University of course credits of any kind may be Northern Iowa: TESOL/Spanish. M.A. in Hispanic Languages and transferred. Literature with a Concentration in Rzhevsky, Tatiana G., M.A., 1981, University of Illinois: Spanish language and literature; Hispanic Linguistics foreign language pedagogy. M.A. in Hispanic Languages and Students must complete 36 credits, Literature Salva, Eric, M.A., 1997, SUNY at Albany: consisting of (1) at least 30 credits of TESOL. The curriculum leading to the Master coursework (see list of required courses); of Arts degree may be terminal or may (2) a comprehensive examination (three Number of teaching, graduate, and research be combined with the Doctor of credits); and (3) either a research assistants, Fall 2007: 19 Philosophy program. In addition to pro- project and report (three credits) or an 1) Recipient of the State University Chancellor’s ficiency in Spanish and English, read- additional three credits of coursework. Award for Excellence in Teaching ing knowledge in a third language is Students must demonstrate proficiency in 2) Recipient of the State University Chancellor’s required. There is a general require- English, Spanish, and another language Award for Excellence in Research ment of 36 graduate credit hours. At and must achieve a grade point average 3) Comparative Literature least 30 of these credits must consist of of B or higher in all graduate courses 4) Women’s Studies the following courses: (1) a minimum of taken. The student’s program must 5) Language Learning and Research Center one course in linguistics, (2) SPN 691, be arranged in consultation with the Practicum in the Teaching of Spanish advisor in Hispanic linguistics. Language, (3) SPN 509, Literary Degree Requirements Required Courses Before registering for each semester, Theory (or another theory course), (4) a A. LIN 530 Introduction to students should consult with a member minimum of two courses in Peninsular Linguistics of the graduate committee of their pro- literature at the 500 level, and (5) a LIN 522 Phonetics gram to schedule an approved combina- minimum of two courses in Latin LIN 521 Syntax or LIN 527 tion of courses. All new M.A. or Ph.D. American literature at the 500 level. Structure of English students are required to meet with the After completion of 30 graduate credit An additional course in linguistics graduate program director during the hours, a student must either take a first week of classes to fill out informa- basic comprehensive examination or B. SPN 583 Contrastive Phonology tion sheets. Normally, for the M.A., complete a thesis/project. Each of these SPN 503 Semantics of Spanish three or four semesters of full-time options is equivalent to six graduate Grammar or SPN 504 study are required. For the Ph.D., the credit hours. Students working on a Contrastive Analysis number of semesters necessary before part-time basis should complete all SPN 501 History of the Spanish advancement to candidacy varies (see requirements within five years after Language below). A minimum of two consecutive their first regular graduate registration. SPN 505 Spanish Dialectology semesters of full-time graduate study The M.A. comprehensive examination and Sociolinguistics in residence is required for the Ph.D. It is based on a reading list consisting of 75 C. SPN 512 Medieval Spanish is recommended that the number of titles: 50 in the field of major emphasis Literature Independent Studies not exceed two. (Spanish Peninsular or Spanish- However, this is determined on an indi- American) and 25 in the minor field. vidual level. The student, with the advice of the M.A. in Romance Languages Undergraduate courses may also graduate program director, will choose The M.A. in Romance Languages be considered as part of a full-time three members of the graduate faculty allows students to design a curriculum course load, but do not count toward a to form the examining committee, with that includes studies in literature, lin- graduate degree. Since undergraduate one of them to act as chair. The exami- guistics, or cultural studies in a combi- courses are not covered by a tuition nation consists of five hours of written nation of two Romance languages. This waiver, students must pay for such work: three on the field of major empha- M.A. gives the students a choice of courses. Graduate reading proficiency sis and two on the minor field. writing a master’s thesis or passing a courses (FRN 500, ITL 500, POR 500) The M.A. thesis is written under Comprehensive Examination to qualify fulfill the language requirement and the supervision of a member of the for the degree. For further information count toward a full-time course load graduate faculty with the advice of a contact the Department of European but not toward a graduate degree. second reader. Languages.

201 HISPANIC LANGUAGES AND LITERATURE

M.A. in Teaching Spanish recipient for an academic career at the Note: A minimum of one course The Master of Arts in Teaching Spanish level of the four-year college and/or from each subarea to be tested in the is offered in conjunction with the research university, or for other careers comprehensive examination. Courses School of Professional Development in humanistic study, research, and from area B (above) may be included, (SPD) and the Professional Education writing. The entering graduate student depending on content, but no one Program (PEP). This degree is who is considering working toward a course may be used to satisfy both designed as a course of study leading to Ph.D. should immediately consult with requirements B and C. New York State certification for teach- the graduate director to plan a broad D. Special Field (two seminars) ing Spanish in secondary schools, program of reading and coursework in These courses may be taken grades 7 to 12. The M.A.T. normally all areas offered by the Department. as independent studies, but entails a minimum of three semesters The total number of required credits generally only after the student has of study including courses on literature, for the Ph.D. degree is usually 48 fulfilled requirements A, B, and C. linguistics, and culture; professional (16 courses). These 16 courses include The goal of these courses is to pre- education courses; and a supervised the 12 general requirements specified pare papers for presentation and student teaching experience. To be eli- below and four courses of the student’s publication that may gible for admission to the M.A.T. in choosing. Each student is also required also serve as the basis for part Spanish program, students must have to take at least one graduate-level of the thesis. completed an academic major in course outside of the Department Spanish or its equivalent with a mini- (this course may, upon consultation mum cumulative GPA of 3.0 overall in Sample of a four-year study plan for with the graduate program director, a bachelor’s degree program. the Ph.D.: be used to satisfy one of the general The program consists of 44 required requirements). While this sets a general 1st year: Fall, 12 credits credits of coursework: a minimum of 29 (including SPN 691) standard for Ph.D. coursework, each credits of education coursework and 15 Spring, 12 credits student’s actual plan of study will con- credits in the Spanish content area. (including SPN 693) Teacher candidates are also required to tinue to be developed on an individual participate in 100 hours of field experi- basis. The exact number and type of 2nd year: Fall, 9 credits ence prior to their student teaching required courses will be determined Spring, 9 credits based on the student’s transcript and placement. A full description of the 3rd year: Fall, 6 credits performance during his or her first education courses and field experience Spring, comprehensive semester(s) at Stony Brook. For may be found in this Bulletin under the exam School of Professional Development. example, exemptions from particular Students select their five Spanish subareas may be granted depending on 4th year: Fall and Spring, thesis content area courses in consultation the student’s prior study, while in cases Language Requirements with the Graduate Director. Upon of less-than-adequate preparation in any approval of the Graduate Director, period of Peninsular or Latin American In addition to proficiency in Spanish additional courses may become part of literature (which will vary in the cases and English, the Ph.D. student must the students content area but those of students coming from Spanish, demonstrate a reading knowledge of listed below are the most suitable for Latin American, or North American two languages among Basque, Catalán, the M.A.T. program: universities) the student will be French, German, Italian, Latin, Portuguese, and another language if SPN 501 Spanish Historical Linguistics required to take additional coursework. related to the field chosen for the disser- SPN 502 Methods in Linguistics Required Courses tation. The student is urged to demon- Research strate a reading knowledge of this A. Linguistics/Pedagogy SPN 503 Spanish Linguistics language by the beginning of his or her (a minimum of two courses) SPN 504 Contrastive Analysis second year of full-time study; he or Applied Linguistics SPN 505 Spanish Dialectology and she is required to fulfill both language History of the Spanish Language Sociolinguistics requirements prior to being advanced Translation SPN 510 Hispanic Culture to candidacy. A language requirement Practicum (a repeatable topics course) may be fulfilled by (1) passing the SPN 515 Spanish Composition and B. Theory/Applied Theory Princeton Graduate School Foreign Stylistics (a minimum of three courses) Language Test (GSFLT), (2) successful completion (grade of B or higher) of a Other SPN 500-level courses in SPN 509 Literary Theory literature (in consultation with the graduate reading course or regular Applied Theory (two courses) Graduate Director) graduate course in the foreign lan- SPN 691 Practicum in Teaching guage, or (3) passing a special reading Note: Courses qualify as applied Spanish examination administered under the theory if approximately 50 percent supervision of the Department of of the course material is drawn from Doctor of Philosophy Hispanic Languages and Literature. If critical and/or theoretical texts. The Ph.D. degree is the highest teaching option three is chosen, the student and research degree offered by the C. General Literary Corpus should consult with the graduate pro- University. The Ph.D. prepares the (six courses) gram director, who, along with the

202 HISPANIC LANGUAGES AND LITERATURE

Department chair, will designate an the exam results, and later meets with Latin American section will include appropriate examiner. Texts will be each student to discuss the results. eight books in each of three categories assigned for the examination, during and a minimum of six theoretical texts. which a dictionary may be used for the Procedure for Renewing Teaching In selecting the lists, students should translation of sight passages. Assistantships strive for balance among genres. After obtaining the written approval of each All teaching assistants (M.A., Ph.D.) Qualifying Examination member of his or her exam committee, are evaluated by the Department as The qualifying examination is an instru- the student will submit his or her list to a whole to determine whether their ment designed to give the entire fac- the graduate director, who will then teaching assistantships will be contin- ulty of the Department an opportunity approve the list or suggest modifications ued during the second year. This evalu- to evaluate the student’s academic abili- if necessary. This process must be com- ation will be conducted according to the ties and promise. The exam seeks to pleted one month before the proposed following criteria, which include but go assess the student’s sensitivity to date for the exam. beyond the strict grade point average: literature, capacity to deal critically (1) previous intellectual experience, Categories for Comprehensive Exam with the text, and ability to express both general and in the area of himself or herself cogently. Elaborate I. Peninsular Hispanism: breadth of courses taken bibliographical information regarding a. Medieval to Early Renaissance in related fields, and other features the texts, while not discouraged, is b. Renaissance and Baroque that can help to determine the quality not required. c. 18th and 19th centuries (up to of each student. If the recent experi- The qualifying examination is only the Generation of ’98) ence (i.e., the work done while at Stony offered once a year, at the beginning d. 20th and 21st centuries Brook) is significantly better or worse of the fall semester. Students who wish than the student’s previous experience, II. Latin America to be confirmed as Ph.D. students must this shall be taken into consideration; a. Colonial take and pass the qualifying examination (2) serious research capacity of each b. 19th century and Modernism (1) at the beginning of their third student as demonstrated by papers c. Contemporary semester if they enter the program written for courses; (3) theoretical with a B.A. or M.A. in Spanish in the capacity of each student, as demon- The oral comprehensive exam will last fall; (2) at the beginning of their fourth strated by papers written for courses; a total of three hours, with approxi- semester if they enter with a B.A. in (4) writing and speaking ability in the mately an hour and a half devoted to the spring; (3) at the beginning of their Spanish language; and (5) quality of each section with a brief break between second semester if they enter with an each student as a teaching assistant. the two sections. The exam will be con- M.A. or its equivalent in the spring. The graduate committee receives ducted in Spanish or English. Upon sat- The Department selects six texts evaluations from each faculty member isfactory completion of both sections of and submits the list to the student who has worked with the student. The the exam, the student will be granted not later than four months before the committee may also reread term papers ABD status. exam. It consists of (1) six hours of written for courses. Students holding written work; the student answers four Dissertation Proposal Incompletes will inevitably find them- of six questions, omitting the one that selves at a disadvantage in the process During the comprehensive exam, he or she has selected for the oral of evaluation. students will be expected to announce presentation; each response is expected Third-year support for all students the topic of their dissertation and their to be a minimum of four typed, double will be automatic provided that students dissertation advisor. The dissertation spaced pages; at least two of the remain in good academic standing and proposal will be presented to each mem- responses must be written in Spanish; have received adequate written reviews ber of the dissertation committee within and (2) an oral presentation of some of their teaching. three months following successful com- 20 minutes on the selected text; notes pletion of the comprehensive exam. The may be used, but the student should not Comprehensive Examination proposal should be composed of three read from a text. The oral presentation The student, with the advice of the parts: (1) an introduction and descrip- must be given in Spanish. Following graduate program director, will choose tion of the project consisting of approxi- the presentation, the faculty will four members of the Department of mately 10 to 20 pages; (2) a table of ask questions. Hispanic Languages and Literature contents listing proposed chapters; and Students who pass the qualifying faculty, one of whom will act as chair of (3) a detailed bibliography of primary exam are automatically admitted to the committee for his or her compre- and critical sources. A copy of the pro- the Ph.D. program. Students who do hensive examination. The comprehen- posal containing the signatures of the not pass the exam will be allowed to sive examination is an oral exam based dissertation committee should also be finish their master’s degree but will on a list of texts chosen by the student forwarded to the graduate director. not be permitted to advance to the in conjunction with all members of his Dissertation Committee Ph.D. program. Students are informed or her committee who must formally of the results of the exam only after approve the lists. The total (minimum) The student forms a dissertation all students have finished the oral number of texts for the exam will be committee with the advice of the gradu- portion of the exam. Traditionally, 60. The Spanish portion will include six ate program director. This committee the chair or the graduate program direc- books in each of four categories and a reviews the prospectus, the open draft, tor informs students privately about minimum of six theoretical texts; the and the final draft of the dissertation.

203 HISPANIC LANGUAGES AND LITERATURE

There will normally be five members: be written in English and should not SPN 503 Spanish Linguistics a dissertation director, who will be the exceed 350 words. The abstract should Major issues related to the general structure first reader; a second reader; and three consist of a short statement of the stu- of the Spanish language (phonetics, phonol- ogy, morphosyntax, semantics, etc.). others (one of whom must be from out- dent’s research, a brief exposition of the Fall or spring, 3 credits, ABCF grading side the Department). The dissertation methods and procedures employed in May be repeated for credit director and student will arrange a date gathering data, and a condensed sum- and a time for the defense with the com- mary of the dissertation’s conclusion. SPN 504 Contrastive Analysis: Spanish and English mittee and will take care of all necessary Following the dissertation period, the Topics vary, and may include linguistic inter- paperwork. A faculty member other candidate and any others not on the ference and its basis and manifestations, than the dissertation director will dissertation committee will be asked to in-depth discussion of specific syntactic/ preside as chair at the oral defense. leave the room while deliberations are semantic areas with reference to possible made. If all members agree to accept Spanish/English interference, major phonolog- Dissertation ical differences between Spanish and English The initial draft of the dissertation is the dissertation, they will sign the final and consequent learning difficulties, and non- given first to the director of the disser- version of the sign-off sheet or signature linguistic factors that may affect learning in tation (or the director and codirector sheet, which the candidate will bring to different groups in different situations. as the case may be). After the approval the defense (together with the appropri- Fall or spring, 3 credits, ABCF grading May be repeated for credit of the director(s), each member of ate pen, which must use black permanent the dissertation committee should be ink). This document must also be shown to SPN 505 Hispanic Dialectology and provided with his or her own corrected the graduate secretary of the Sociolinguistics draft of the dissertation and given at Department so that the “Clearance for Major theoretical issues involved in analysis of geographical and social variation and with least one month to read it and make Graduation” form may be typed and for- warded to the Graduate School. the principal methods used in its investiga- comments. The length of the dissertation tion, as applied to varieties of Spanish, should be a minimum of 225 pages, All members of the Department, Portuguese, Catalan, and Galician. including notes and bibliography. including graduate students, should be Fall or spring, 3 credits, ABCF grading When the dissertation is nearing com- notified at least three weeks prior to May be repeated for credit the date and time of the public defense. pletion, the director of the dissertation SPN 510 Hispanic Culture and the student will jointly agree on An introduction to the essential aspects of a date for the defense. The candidate Courses Peninsular and/or Latin American cultures and and/or the director will inform in civilizations, designed to provide incoming writing the members of the defense graduate students with sufficient background Spanish Courses to undertake the advanced study of Hispanic committee, the graduate program Courses described as repetitive are languages and literature. director, and the graduate secretary Fall or spring, 3 credits, ABCF grading topic courses that may be taken an of the defense date. Candidates should May be repeated for credit be aware that the Department will not indefinite number of times as long as SPN 515 Spanish Composition and Stylistics ordinarily reimburse outside readers the topic varies. Theory and practice of problems in composi- for their travel to the defense or the SPN 500 Reading Spanish tion and translation with revision of difficult cost of postage and other expenses Through an intensive study of language points in advanced Spanish grammar. related to the defense. In cases where structures and idiomatic usage, with exten- Classroom analysis and discussion. Required sive practice in written translation of literary the outside reader cannot attend the for Doctor of Arts (DLS) students; also useful and scholarly texts, candidates for advanced for M.A. and Ph.D. students. defense, arrangements must be made degrees are able to obtain the proficiency Fall or spring, 3 credits, ABCF grading for the reader to participate in a tele- level of the graduate Spanish reading require- conference the day of the defense. ment. Several programs grant exemption SPN 523 Golden Age Literature from further examination for successful Major literary works within the Renaissance The defense will consist of two parts. completion of this course (not for M.A. or The first part, lasting normally about and/or Baroque periods are read and ana- Ph.D. candidates in Spanish). lyzed in depth, and their interrelation with 30 minutes, consists of an oral presen- Fall or spring, 3 credits, ABCF grading the cultural context is discussed. tation of the dissertation. The public is Fall or spring, 3 credits, ABCF grading SPN 501 Historical Linguistics welcome to this portion of the defense. May be repeated for credit General processes of language change, as Following the presentation, each mem- exemplified by the development of the SPN 582 The Hispanic Tradition in the ber of the examining committee will Romance languages, with particular reference United States have an opportunity to ask questions to Spanish. A general historical analysis of the influence and make final suggestions regarding Fall or spring, 3 credits, ABCF grading of Hispanic culture in the United States as a the dissertation. The candidate shall May be repeated for credit consequence of the continuous interaction bring a final draft of the dissertation between Spanish- and English-speaking SPN 502 Methods in Linguistics Research people. Special attention is given to cultural to the defense, not the final copy to be Methods for elicitation and collection of lin- manifestation in a bicultural setting. carried subsequently to the Graduate guistic data and their analysis. Relation Fall or spring, 3 credits, ABCF grading School, in case the committee suggests between theory and research design, and May be repeated for credit last minute changes. The candidate between qualitative and quantitative analy- should also submit a rough draft of the sis. Introduction to commonly used tests of SPN 585 Caribbean Literature statistical significance, and to reasoning and A course devoted to major writers and works dissertation abstract to the director of argumentation from limited data. of the Caribbean area. Readings will be graduate studies; it must be submitted Prerequisite: Permission of instructor analyzed in relation to cultural contexts. to the Graduate School three weeks Fall or spring, 3 credits, ABCF grading Fall or spring, 3 credits, ABCF grading prior to the defense. The abstract is to May be repeated for credit May be repeated for credit

204 HISPANIC LANGUAGES AND LITERATURE

SPN 588 Directed Master’s Research SPN 643 20th-Century Spanish Literature lingual method, pattern drills, language For work toward the M.A. thesis or prepara- Major literary works of the period will be laboratory, and preparation of examinations). tion for the M.A. comprehensive examination read, analyzed, and discussed in depth, and Fall and spring, 3 credits, S/U grading only. This course is mainly intended for their interrelation with the cultural context May be repeated for credit students who are not continuing toward will be discussed. the Ph.D. Fall or spring, 3 credits, ABCF grading SPN 699 Dissertation Research On Campus Prerequisite: Permission of graduate pro- May be repeated for credit For students who have already passed the gram director, M.A. thesis director, and/or Ph.D. comprehensive examination and need director of the M.A. comprehensive exami- SPN 652 Colonial Spanish American to devote their time to preparation of their nation committee Literature dissertation. Fall and spring, 1-6 credits, ABCF grading Major authors and literary works of the Prerequisites: Ph.D. comprehensive exami- May be repeated for credit period. Readings will be analyzed and dis- nation completed and advanced to candidacy cussed in depth, and their interrelation with (G5); permission of the dissertation director, SPN 595 Directed Independent the cultural context explored. graduate program director, or Department Individual Studies Fall or spring, 3 credits, ABCF grading chair; major portion of research must take For M.A. and Ph.D. candidates only. Requires May be repeated for credit place on SB campus, at Cold Spring Harbor, a written proposal signed by the faculty mem- SPN 662 19th-Century Spanish American or at Brookhaven National Lab ber involved and the approval of the graduate Fall, spring, and summer, 1-9 credits, program director and the Departmental chair. Literature S/U grading No more than a total of nine credits may be Major authors and literary works of the applied toward a Spanish graduate degree or period. Readings will be analyzed and dis- May be repeated for credit combination of degrees. cussed in depth, and their interrelation with SPN 700 Dissertation Research Off Prerequisite: Permissions mentioned above the cultural context will be discussed. Campus–Domestic Fall and spring, 1-6 credits, ABCF grading Fall or spring, 3 credits, ABCF grading May be repeated for credit May be repeated for credit Prerequisite: Must be advanced to candidacy (G5); major portion of research will take SPN 609 Literary Theory SPN 669 Spanish American Modernism place off campus, but in the U.S. and/or U.S. A study of the most outstanding methods of A course devoted to major authors and liter- provinces (Brookhaven National Lab and analysis and literary research, and a survey ary works of the modernistic period (1880 to Cold Spring Harbor Lab are considered 1916) in Spanish America. Readings are ana- of major works pertaining to the study of lit- on campus); all international students lyzed and discussed. A required course for erature. A required course for students in the must enroll in one of the graduate student Spanish Ph.D. program. Ph.D. students. Advanced D.A. and M.A. stu- dents are accepted. insurance plans and should be advised by Fall or spring, 3 credits, ABCF grading an International Advisor May be repeated for credit Fall or spring, 3 credits, ABCF grading May be repeated for credit Fall, spring, and summer, 1-9 credits, SPN 612 Topics Seminar S/U grading A seminar course designed primarily for SPN 671 20th-Century Spanish American May be repeated for credit doctoral students. The topic will be chosen by Literature the professor from any of the major areas of A course devoted to major authors and literary SPN 701 Dissertation Research Off Hispanic literature and linguistics required works of the period. Readings will be analyzed Campus–International of all Ph.D. students. Ph.D. students must and discussed in depth, and their interrelation Prerequisite: Must be advanced to candidacy take from two to four of these seminars with the cultural context discussed. (G5); major portion of research will take depending on their previous preparation. Fall or spring, 3 credits, ABCF grading place outside the U.S. and/or U.S. provinces; Prerequisite: Admission to the Spanish May be repeated for credit domestic students have the option of Ph.D. program or permission of instructor SPN 681 Directed Readings the health plan and may also enroll in Fall and spring, 3 credits, ABCF grading For students who have completed all doctoral MEDEX; international students who are May be repeated for credit requirements and wish to dedicate them- in their home country are not covered by mandatory health plan and must contact SPN 613 Medieval Literature selves to full-or part-time preparation for the comprehensive examination. the Insurance Office for the insurance Major literary works of the medieval period Prerequisite: Coursework toward the Ph.D. charge to be removed; international students will be read and discussed in depth, and must be completed; permission of the disser- their interrelation with the cultural context who are not in their home country are tation director, graduate studies director, or charged for the mandatory health insurance analyzed. Department chair Fall or spring, 3 credits, ABCF grading (if they are to be covered by another insur- Fall and spring, 1-9 credits, S/U grading May be repeated up to nine times for credit ance plan, they must file a waiver by the May be repeated for credit second week of classes; the charge will only SPN 628 Cervantes be removed if the other plan is deemed com- Miguel de Cervantes’ works are read, ana- SPN 691 Practicum in the Teaching of Spanish Language parable); all international students must lyzed, and discussed in depth. A required receive clearance from an International course for Ph.D. students. Advanced D.A. Theory and practice of language teaching. Advisor and M.A. students are accepted. A bilingual Applied methodology and linguistics in course: readings and discussions in both classroom situations. A required course for Fall, spring, and summer, 1-9 credits, Spanish and English. teaching assistants. S/U grading Prerequisite: M.A. degree or permission of Prerequisite: Permission of instructor, May be repeated for credit instructor Department chair, or graduate program Fall or spring, 3 credits, ABCF grading director SPN 800 Summer Research May be repeated for credit Fall, 3 credits, ABCF grading 0 credit, S/U grading May be repeated for credit SPN 641 19th-Century Spanish Literature SPN 693 Practicum in the Teaching of until the Generation of 1898 Spanish Language Major literary works of the period are read This course is to be taken in conjunction with and analyzed in depth, and their interrelation the student’s teaching assignment. Each with the cultural context is discussed. week’s discussion centers on problems of Fall or spring, 3 credits, ABCF grading applied linguistics or grammar. Discussion May be repeated for credit will also be focused on methodology (audio-

205

HISTORY

History (HIS)

Chair: Nancy Tomes, Ward Melville Social and Behavioral Sciences Building Room N-309, (631) 632-7510/7500 Graduate Program Director: Brooke Larson, Ward Melville Social and Behavioral Sciences Building Room S333, (631) 632-7490/7489 Graduate Program Coordinator: Josephine Goykin, Ward Melville Social and Behavioral Sciences Building Room S303, (631) 632-7490 Degrees awarded: M.A. in History; Ph.D. in History; M.A.T. in Social Studies Education

The Department of History has a faculty students may choose to focus their study Please note that students are only of 32 distinguished researchers and on a particular region and period or they admitted to the M.A. and Ph.D. programs teachers. Each year 12 to 15 students are may concentrate in one of the thematic for study beginning in the fall semester. admitted into the doctoral program and areas of study described above, and all four to six students into the terminal mas- students are encouraged to work with Admission to the M.A.T. ter’s program. The Department has 118 faculty in other departments. Full-time Program full- and part-time graduate students. students in the doctoral program typi- Applicants to the M.A.T. Program are The Department of History also offers an cally take courses for their first six required to have either a) a bachelor’s M.A.T. Program in Social Studies semesters in the program and take their degree in history, b) a bachelor’s degree Education in conjunction with the School qualifying examinations at the end of in one of the social sciences (excluding of Professional Development. their third year. psychology, linguistics, and communica- While the Department has strength in a tions) and have at least 18 credits in his- number of traditional areas of historical Admission to the M.A. and tory, or c) completed a course of study study, it also has a long tradition of com- Ph.D. Programs equivalent to an undergraduate degree parative, interdisciplinary, and theoreti- In addition to the requirements of the in history. Applicants are expected to cally informed research. The graduate Graduate School, the minimum require- have the intellectual skills to successfully program has been structured around four ments for admission to the graduate complete advanced study in history and areas of thematic inquiry—1) Women, program in history are: have the dispositions necessary to Gender, Sexuality, and Reproduction; become an effective secondary school 2) Nation–State and Civil Society; A. A bachelor’s degree in history or teacher. Individuals who already have 3) Empire, Modernity, and Globalization; its equivalent with a minimum grade certification and who are either seeking a and 4) Environment, Science, and point average of 2.75 (B-) in all under- master’s degree for professional certifica- Health—to bring these theoretical issues graduate coursework and 3.00 (B) in tion or who are seeking a second certifi- to the fore and ensure that students learn history courses. cation in social studies may not apply to how to apply such concepts as class, gen- the M.A.T. programs. der, race, culture, power, religion, and B. Three letters of recommendation Applications can be obtained from the environment in an explicit and sophisti- that address the applicant’s potential School of Professional Development. cated manner to the study of the past. To to succeed in a rigorous course of Applicants must submit: further these interests, the Department graduate study. A. Official transcripts of undergraduate maintains close connections with the C. Submission of scores from the study. Stony Brook Humanities Institute, the Graduate Record Examination (GRE) doctoral program in Comparative B. Three letters of recommendation General Test. The subject area test in Literature and Cultural Studies, the testifying to the applicant’s ability to Women’s Studies Program, Africana history is not required. succeed in graduate-level coursework Studies, the Latin American and D. Students whose first language is and his or her dispositions to work suc- Caribbean Studies Program, and the not English must submit scores from cessfully with children. Center for Global History, as well as the the Test of English as a Foreign C. Submission of scores on the departments from which these programs Language (TOEFL). Students must Graduate Record Examination (GRE) draw their core faculty. score at least a 550 on the test. General Test. The master’s program, which requires students to complete 30 credits of gradu- With the approval of the Dean of For more information regarding the ate study with a grade of B or higher, the Graduate School and the M.A.T. in Social Studies, see the SPD allows students to explore the history and Department of History, a student hold- section of this bulletin. historiography of their chosen area of ing an M.A. degree from another accred- concentration. Students in the master’s ited institution may be admitted Faculty program follow the same basic course of directly to the Ph.D. program at Stony Professors study as that followed by doctoral stu- Brook. In special cases, students who do Barnhart, Michael,1,2,3,8 Ph.D., 1980, Harvard dents during their first year, and the oral not have a bachelor’s degree in history University: U.S. foreign policy; 20th-century or whose GPA does not meet the examination serves as the capstone expe- U.S. history; modern Japan. rience for the master’s program. requirements stated above may be Goldenberg, Robert, Ph.D., 1974, Brown admitted on a provisional basis for M.A. The Ph.D. program is designed to pre- University: Jewish history and religion in late pare students to carry out original study only. After completing the mas- antiquity; rabbinic literature and exegesis; his- research and to ultimately pursue a ter’s program, such students may apply tory of Jewish thought; rabbinic hermeneutics; career at the university level. Doctoral for admission to the doctoral program. ancient history.

207 HISTORY

Gootenberg, Paul, Ph.D., 1985, University of Man-Cheong, Iona, Ph.D., 1991, Yale Lemay, Helen R.,4,8 Ph.D., 1972, Columbia Chicago: Modern Latin America (Andes and University: Modern China; late imperial China; University: Medieval and Renaissance Mexico); economic history; state-formation; women and gender; Chinese diaspora. intellectual history; paleography; history of commodities; drugs. Masten, April, Ph.D., 1999, Rutgers science and medicine; women’s history. Landsman, Ned, Ph.D., 1979, University of University: U.S. cultural history, 19th century. Rosenthal, Joel T., Ph.D., 1963, University of Pennsylvania: Early American history and Owens, Leslie H.,5 Ph.D., 1972, University of Chicago: Medieval history; medieval England; Scotland. California, Riverside: African American history; social history. Larson, Brooke, Ph.D., 1978, Columbia U.S. southern history. Seifman, Eli,6 Ph.D., 1965, New York University: Colonial and modern Latin America; Rilling, Donna J., Ph.D., 1993, University University: U.S. social history; history of edu- Andean rural societies; race, ethnicity, and of Pennsylvania: Early national U.S. history; cation; the People’s Republic of China. nation-making. business, legal, urban, and labor history. Weinstein, Fred, Ph.D., 1962, University of Lebovics, Herman, Ph.D., 1965, Yale Sellers, Christopher, Ph.D., 1992, Yale California, Berkeley: Theory in history; Russian University: Modern Europe; intellectual and University; M.D., University of North Carolina, and European history. cultural history; Germany and France. Chapel Hill, 1992: U.S. environmental, Williams, John A., Ph.D., 1963, University of Marker, Gary J., Ph.D., 1977, University industrial, and cultural history; history of Wisconsin: British Empire; Africa; the of California, Berkeley: Russian social and medicine and the body. Commonwealth; expansion of Europe. intellectual history; history of printing; 6,7 Assistant Professors Wishnia, Judith, Ph.D., 1978, Stony Brook European labor history. University: Modern Europe; France; labor his- Miller, Wilbur R., Ph.D., 1973, Columbia Anderson, Jennifer, Ph.D., 2007 New York tory; women’s history. University: U.S. social and political history; University: Atlantic history, Early American history Civil War and Reconstruction; crime and Beverley, Eric, Ph.D., 2007, Harvard University: Number of teaching, graduate, and research criminal justice history. South Asia, colonial and postcolonial studies, assistants, Fall 2007: 29 1) Recipient of the President’s Award for Excellence Roxborough, Ian,7 Ph.D., 1977, University Muslim world. in Teaching of Wisconsin: Social history of Latin America; Chronopoulos, Themis, Ph.D., 2004, Brown modern Mexico; war and the military. University: U.S. urban history, race, and ethnic- 2) Recipient of the State University Chancellor’s Award for Excellence in Teaching Sanderson, Warren,9 Ph.D., 1974, Stanford ity; popular culture; public policy; world cities. 3) Recipient of the Teaching Merit Award University: U.S. economic history; demography. Farmer, Jared, Ph.D., 2005, Stamford University: Environmental history and policy, 4) Recipient of the President’s Award for Excellence Schäfer, Wolf, Dr. Phil., 1983, University of in Teaching Bremen, Germany: History of technoscience; geography, U.S. cultural history, history of the 5) Joint appointment, Africana Studies social history; global history. U.S. West. 6) Joint appointment, Women’s Studies Tomes, Nancy J., Chair, Ph.D., 1978, Frohman, Larry, Ph.D., 1992, University of 7) Joint appointment, Sociology University of Pennsylvania: American social California, Berkeley: European intellectual his- and cultural history; medicine, nursing, and tory; history of welfare and social policy; social 8) Distinguished Teaching Professor psychiatry; women and the family. studies education. 9) Joint appointment, Economics Vaughan, Olufemi,2,5 D.Phil., 1989, University Mimura, Janis, Ph.D., 2002, University of 10) Joint appointment, Anthropology of Oxford: African politics and history; California, Berkeley: Japan. international relations. Ritscherle, Alice, Ph.D., 2005, University of Degree Requirements Wilson, Kathleen, Ph.D., 1985, Yale Michigan: Modern British social and cultural Requirements for the M.A. Degree University: British social, cultural, and colonialism and imperialism; modern Ireland. In addition to the requirements political, 17th to 19th centuries; cultures of Lecturers imperialism; gender studies; cultural, imposed by the Graduate School, the feminist, and postcolonial theory. Backfish, Charles, A.M., New York University, following are required: 1968: Social studies education. 10 Zimansky, Paul, Ph.D., 1980, University A. Coursework of Chicago: Near Eastern languages and Earley, Terry, Ph.D., 1998, New York civilizations; Near Eastern archaeology; University: Educational leadership. 1. Core Seminar (HIS 525/526, three ancient history. Hinely, Susan, Ph.D, 1987, Stanford credits each semester): This course pro- University; J.D., 1983, Harvard Law School: vides an intensive, year-long introduc- Associate Professors European history and women’s history. tion to historical theory and research Cash, Floris B.,5 Ph.D., 1986, Stony Brook Nutter, Kathleen, Ph.D., 1998, University of and familiarizes students with the the- University: African American history; African Massachusetts at Amherst: U.S. 19th and matic organization of the Stony Brook American women’s studies. 20th centuries, women, labor, culture. graduate program. All full-time stu- Cooper, Mary Alix, Ph.D., 1998, Harvard dents in the master’s and doctoral pro- Emeriti Faculty University: Early Modern Europe/world; history grams are required to take this course, of science, medicine and technology; environ- Bottigheimer, Karl S., Ph.D., 1965, University of which is offered only as a fall/spring mental history; cross-cultural encounters. California, Berkeley: Tudor-Stuart England and sequence, during their first year. Hong, Young-Sun, Ph.D., 1989, University Ireland; early modern Europe; modern Ireland. of Michigan: Modern Germany; social theory; Cowan, Ruth Schwarz, Ph.D. 1969, Johns 2. Two Field Seminars (three credits culture and politics in Germany; culture and Hopkins University: Modern science, technol- each): The Department offers a number politics in modern Europe; gender history. ogy, and medicine. of field seminars designed to familiarize Lim, Shirley, Ph.D., 1998, UCLA: Garber, Elizabeth, Ph.D., 1966, Case Western students with the history and historiog- Asian American women’s cultural history. Reserve University: Social and intellectual raphy of specific regions. These courses Lipton, Sara, Ph.D., 1991, Yale University: history of science; 19th- and 20th-century include HIS 501/502, 521/522, 541/542, Medieval cultural and religious history; physics; European intellectual and social history. 561, and 562. These courses are Jewish-Christian relations; gender. offered—at minimum—on a two-year

208 HISTORY cycle, though many of these are offered This reading may be completed as CEQ 582 Supervised Student each year. Students choosing to concen- part of an Orals Workshop during the Teaching Grades 10 to 12 trate in the history of a specific region semester of the examination. The Students in the M.A.T. program must are encouraged, but not required, to student should see the graduate also meet the requirements of the complete both parts of the field seminar program coordinator to set the time Professional Education Program and sequence where available. and date of the examination. The satisfy the Social Studies Education 3. Two Theme Seminars (three credits examination will be based on the stu- Program distribution requirements. each): The theme seminars are the heart dent’s examination field. The committee of the Department’s commitment to the will grade the examination “pass with Requirements for the Ph.D. Degree theoretically informed, interdisciplinary distinction,” “pass,” or “fail.” The Ph.D. is the highest professional study of history. Theme seminars are degree granted by the Department of offered in the following areas: Requirements for the Master History. Candidates must have been 1) Women, Gender, Sexuality, and of Arts in Teaching (M.A.T.) in formally admitted to the Ph.D. program Reproduction; 2) Nation-State and Social Studies in History and have an advisor/thesis director who has agreed in writing, even Civil Society; 3) Empire, Modernity, The Master of Arts in Teaching in if conditionally, to guide the student and Globalization; and 4) Environment, Social Studies Program, offered in con- through the Ph.D. qualifying examina- Science, and Health. A minimum of two junction with the School of Professional tions and direct the dissertation. theme seminars are offered each Development, leads to New York State The Ph.D. program is supervised by a semester. Topics change regularly, and initial certification for teaching social studies in secondary schools. Ph.D. preparation committee made up students are free to choose among the of members of the graduate faculty in theme seminars being offered. Completion of the M.A.T. requires at least three semesters of work for full- fields and/or topics in which the student 4. Four Electives (three credits time students. has chosen to specialize. The course of each): The remaining 12 credits can be study and language requirements will selected from field seminars, theme A. Courses be determined jointly by the student seminars, the graduate courses offered History Courses and the Ph.D. committee. The qualify- ing examination will test the student’s in conjunction with other departments HIS 500 Historiography (three cred- knowledge in two fields. The first field (e.g., Africana Studies, Comparative its) and 12 credits from the should be a theoretical and/or compara- Literary and Cultural Studies, and following: tive field chosen from the graduate pro- Sociology), and workshops. CEG 532 U.S. History to Civil War CEG 522 U.S. History since Civil War gram’s thematic fields as applied to a B. Language Requirement CEG 516 Early Modern Europe specific region and period. The second field may be defined primarily in terms Master’s students with a concentra- CEG 524 Late Modern Europe of region, period, and topic (such as tion in European history must pass a HIS 541 Colonial Latin America environmental history, diplomatic his- written exam in an appropriate foreign CEG 517 Modern Latin America tory, social history, etc.). language, and master’s students in CEG 534 Topics Seminar: Africa Latin American history must pass a CEG 534 Topics Seminar: Asia A. Coursework CEJ 501 Traditional China: Culture written exam in Spanish or Portuguese. Students in the doctoral program are and Society The other areas of concentration do not expected to complete three years of CEJ 502 Modern China: Culture and require a foreign language for the mas- coursework distributed in the manner Society ter’s degree. outlined below. At the end of the third Pedagogy Courses year, students take a comprehensive C. Oral Examination CEE 505 Education: Theory and examination designed to assess their Practice (three credits) By the second semester in the pro- mastery of the subject matter, concep- CEE 565 Human Development gram, the student, in consultation with tual tools, and research skills necessary (three credits) her/his advisor, should name two other to undertake independent research for LIN 544 Language Acquisition and members of the Department as her/his the dissertation. The dissertation is to Literacy Development examination committee. The committee be a substantial piece of original CEE 577 Teaching Social Studies will help the student define her/his research completed independently by (fall only) (three credits) the student, and all students are examination field based on her/his CEF 548 Field Experience I Grades 7 required to defend their dissertation coursework and reading in the program. to 9 (one credit, S/U, must be orally at the end of their course of study. The oral examination is taken at the taken concurrently with CEE 577) Students in the doctoral program are end of the student’s course of study. By CEE 578 Social Studies Strategies required to take the following courses: the end of the semester that precedes (spring only) (three credits) the examination, the student shall pres- CEF 549 Field Experience II Grades 1. Core Seminar (HIS 525/526, three ent a list of books read to each member 10 to 12 (one credit, S/U, must be credits each semester): This course pro- of the examining committee. At that taken concurrently with CEE 578) vides an intensive, year-long introduc- time the committee shall advise the CEE 580 Student Teaching Seminar tion to historical theory and research student of any additional reading to be CEQ 581 Supervised Student and familiarizes students with the the- completed before the examination. Teaching Grades 7 to 9 matic organization of the graduate pro-

209 HISTORY gram. All full-time students in the mas- their other TA duties. These workshops Students who hold a master’s degree ter’s and doctoral programs are are also open to students who do not from another institution may be required to take this course, which is hold teaching assistantships. exempted from the required first-year offered only as a fall/spring sequence, courses. However, core seminars are 7. Dissertation Prospectus Workshop during their first year. rarely waived. In some cases, the advi- (HIS 695, three credits): This course sor may require incoming students with 2. Two Field Seminars (three credits must be taken by all students and a master’s degree to take the relevant each): The Department offers a number should be completed either before or in field seminars and other first-year of field seminars designed to familiarize the same semester as the qualifying courses. These decisions will be based students with the history and historiog- examination. This workshop helps stu- on an evaluation of the student’s raphy of specific regions and periods. dents prepare their dissertation coursework and performance in the These courses include HIS 501/502, prospectus. The prospectus should con- prior master’s program and on the 521/522, 541/542, 561, and 562. These tain an explanation of the research prob- amount of time that elapsed between courses are offered—at minimum—on a lem under investigation; a summary of the granting of the master’s degree and two-year cycle, though many are the relevant secondary literature; a entrance into the Ph.D. program. offered each year. Students choosing to statement of hypothesis; an outline of Below is a sample course of study concentrate in the history of a specific both research sources (especially pri- that might be followed by a first-year region are encouraged to take one field mary materials) and methods the stu- student without a master’s degree who seminar dealing with a region outside dent expects to employ. The prospectus also holds a teaching assistantship: of their area of concentration. Students must be acceptable to both the instruc- are strongly encouraged to audit rele- tor of the workshop and to the student’s Fall (12 credits) vant undergraduate courses in their Ph.D. committee. The prospectus work- HIS 525 Core Seminar I geographical area of interest. shop should be completed either before (three credits) or in the same semester as the qualify- Field Seminar (three credits) 3. Three Theme Seminars (three ing examination. This workshop will be HIS 582 Teaching Practicum credits each). A minimum of two theme offered once each year in the spring (three credits) seminars are offered each semester. semester. Completion of the workshop Reading Workshop (three credits) Topics change regularly, and students and the dissertation prospectus are are free to choose among the theme Spring (12 credits) required for advancement to candidacy. seminars being offered. HIS 526 Core Seminar II The course grade is S/U. (three credits) 4. Three Research Seminars (three As part of the coursework taken prior to HIS 581 Supervised Teaching credits each): Research seminars will the qualifying examination, students may (three credits) typically have a set of common core read- also enroll in the following workshops: Theme Seminar (three credits) ings, but they are designed to give stu- 8. Reading Workshops (three credits Reading Workshop (three credits) dents the opportunity to carry out each): In addition to their regularly individual original research projects in scheduled courses, faculty also super- B. Full-time Status areas related to their developing schol- vise organized reading courses known Students who have not yet advanced arly interests. Research seminars are as workshops. The Department is com- to G4 status are required to take 12 generally taken during the second and mitted to this kind of collective inde- credits to maintain full-time status. third years, and the final research semi- pendent study rather than individual Full-time enrollment for students who nar is generally taken in conjunction with directed readings. Students are encour- have achieved G4 status is nine credits. the dissertation prospectus workshop. aged to propose workshop topics collec- Students acting as teaching assistants 5. Supervised Teaching (HIS 581, tively that meet their specific needs must carry a full-time load (including three credits): All students who hold and intellectual interests and to the three-credit HIS 581 Supervised teaching assistantships must register arrange with appropriate faculty mem- Teaching). for this course. bers to offer them. Workshops often C. Award of Master’s Degree provide an opportunity for groups of 6. Teaching Practicum (HIS 582, students to explore systematically the Doctoral students who have completed three credits): This course must be historiography of a particular nation or the requirements for the master’s taken by all students who hold teaching region that is not directly addressed degree may petition the Graduate assistantships during the first semester through a field seminar. School to be awarded the master’s in which they work as a teaching assis- degree while continuing in the doctoral tant. This course will provide an oppor- 9. Orals Workshops (six credits, HIS program. tunity for students to discuss classroom 682, 684, 685, 686): In the fall semester teaching issues as they occur, and it of their third year, students will nor- D. Foreign Language Requirement offers a forum for understanding prob- mally enroll in the Orals Workshop. All students must demonstrate profi- lems of classroom authority, student- This is an independent readings course ciency in at least one relevant foreign teacher relations, plagiarism, sexual in which students are expected to read language before a student may be harassment, etc. Students may be intensively in preparation for their oral advanced to Ph.D. candidacy. This is a required to attend teaching workshops examinations. Students register for this Graduate School requirement that may offered by the Department of History course under the number of their prin- not be waived. Minimal proficiency in a or the Graduate School in addition to cipal advisor. language means the ability to translate a

210 HISTORY given passage clearly and accurately with the examination committee no later These must be in the student’s hands one the aid of a dictionary. than the middle of the semester that month before the dissertation defense. If Relevant language(s) are determined precedes the Ph.D. oral examination. the criticisms are not written out, the by the student’s area of specialization. At that point, the committee shall student can assume the dissertation is Students in U.S. history must be profi- advise the student of any additional approved in the form submitted. All cient in one foreign language. Students reading that is to be completed for the written objections and corrections must in European history are usually examination. The necessary reading be answered by revising the disserta- expected to show proficiency in two will then be completed as part of an tion to the faculty member’s satisfac- languages; these students should pass at Orals Workshop during the semester of tion during the month preceding the least one language exam by the end of the examination. The exam is based dissertation colloquium. the third semester in the program and explicitly and exclusively on seminar All dissertations must be discussed at the other before being advanced to can- work and on mastery of the reading list a final dissertation defense which is to didacy. All students in Latin American to be jointly determined by the student, be attended by the student’s advisor history must be proficient in Spanish, and the student should be prepared to and committee, as well as by an outside except for those studying Brazil, who discuss the readings with reference to reader. The defense is also open to may choose Portuguese. his or her dissertation prospectus. The interested students and faculty. Proficiency may be demonstrated examination normally lasts approxi- either through a written exam adminis- mately two hours. The committee will Courses tered by the Department or a satisfac- grade the examination “pass with dis- HIS 500 Historiography tory grade in a graduate language course tinction,” “pass,” “weak pass,” or “fail.” Introduction to historiography through reading (e.g., French 500). and writing about interpretations of history, At the discretion of the advisor, a stu- F. Dissertation Committee historical methods, and major historians. dent may be required to study additional Normally, the Ph.D. advisor and Term paper on historian of choice. languages as part of his or her degree committee will serve as the student’s 3 credits, ABCF grading program. It is the student’s responsibility dissertation committee, which will be HIS 501 Introduction to Early Modern Europe to establish with her or his advisor which constituted immediately following Field seminar in early modern European foreign languages are necessary for the advancement to Ph.D. candidacy. If history, 1450 to 1789. Surveys the major his- completion of the Ph.D. the Ph.D. advisor is unwilling to serve torical problems and interpretations from the as dissertation advisor, one member of Renaissance to the coming of the French Revolution. Required for M.A. students in E. Qualifying Examination and Advancement the Department must declare in writ- to Candidacy European history. ing his or her willingness to serve as 3 credits, ABCF grading By the second year in the doctoral dissertation advisor before the student program, students should name a Ph.D. may be advanced to candidacy. HIS 502 Introduction to Late Modern Europe advisor and, in consultation with that The dissertation advisor will meet Field seminar in late modern European advisor, name three additional faculty history, 1789 to 1945. Surveys the major his- with the student at least once each torical problems and interpretations from the members (one of whom may be from semester (or, if the student is not in French Revolution through the Second outside the Department) who agree to Stony Brook, will correspond) to discuss World War. Required for M.A. students in serve on his or her Ph.D. oral examina- progress on the dissertation. The European history. tion committee. The committee will help dissertation advisor will schedule the 3 credits, ABCF grading the student define his or her examination student’s final dissertation defense, HIS 515 Theme Seminars on Empire, fields, language requirements, and which will be attended by the disserta- Modernity, and Globalization coursework, as well as monitor the tion committee, an outside examiner as 3 credits, ABCF grading student’s progress on the dissertation. required by the Graduate School The student is also expected to define (chosen by the student in consultation HIS 516 Theme Seminars on Empire, two fields of concentration that will be with her/his committee), and interested Modernity, and Globalization the focus of the student’s qualifying faculty and students. 3 credits, ABCF grading examination. The first field should be a HIS 517 Theme Seminars on Empire, theoretical and/or comparative field G. Dissertation and Defense Modernity, and Globalization chosen from the graduate program’s Following advancement to candidacy, 3 credits, ABCF grading thematic fields as applied to a specific students are required to enroll for one region and period. The second field may credit of dissertation research each HIS 521 Introduction to United States History to the Civil War be defined primarily in terms of region, semester until the dissertation is com- Field seminar in U.S. history from the found- period, and topic (such as environmen- pleted. Teaching assistants will register ing of the British colonies to the beginning of tal history, diplomatic history, social for nine credits of HIS 699 Research the Civil War. Surveys the major topics and history, etc.). for the Ph.D. interpretations. Required for M.A. students Full-time students are normally The dissertation is the basic require- in U.S. history. expected to take their qualifying ment for the conferral of the Ph.D. The 3 credits, ABCF grading examination no later than the end of completed dissertation must be in the HIS 522 Introduction to United States their sixth semester of graduate study. hands of the committee two full months History Since the Civil War The student—in consultation with the before the scheduled date of the disser- Field seminar in U.S. history from the Civil examination committee—will decide tation defense. The dissertation commit- War to the Cold War. Surveys the major interpretations. the precise timing of the exam. tee has one month to read and correct 3 credits, ABCF grading However, the student shall present a the dissertation and to give the student list of books read to each member of their written criticisms and suggestions.

211 HISTORY

HIS 524 Core Seminar: History, Theory, and Black Power movement’s legacy in the politics HIS 562 Introduction to Modern African Practice and culture of African Americans. This course History and/or Asian History Introduction to the theory, practice, and writ- is offered as both HIS 540 and AFS 540. Field seminar in modern African history. ing of history through the reading of theoret- Prerequisite: permission of advisor Surveys major topics such as nationalism, ical and historical texts and the writing of a 3 credits, ABCF grading anticolonial movements, and modernization. research paper. This course meets over the Note: M.A.T. and M.A./L.S. students must reg- entire academic year, for three credits per HIS 541 Introduction to Colonial Latin ister under CEG 534; crosslisted with semester, and is mandatory for all new Ph.D. American History HIS 562. students. Students entering with an M.A. Field seminar in colonial Latin American 3 credits, ABCF grading history. Surveys major historical problems take it at the discretion of their advisor. May be repeated once for credit 3 credits, ABCF grading and debates from the colonial period through the wars for independence. Required for HIS 563 Introduction to South Asian History M.A. in Latin American history. HIS 525 Core Seminar: History, Theory, and Surveys major topics such as nationalism, 3 credits, ABCF grading Practice anticolonial movements, legacies of British Introduction to the theory, practice, and writ- HIS 542 Introduction to Modern Latin imperialism, and modernization. ing of history through the reading of theoret- Spring, 3 credits, ABCF grading ical and historical texts and the writing of a American History research paper. This course meets over the Field seminar in modern Latin American HIS 564 Introduction to Chinese History entire academic year, for three credits per history. Surveys major historical problems and debates from the post-independence Field seminar in modern Chinese history. semester, and is mandatory for all new Ph.D. Surveys major historical topics from students. Students entering with an M.A. period to the present. This course is offered as both CEG 517 and HIS 542. Basic background modernization to revolution to reform and take it at the discretion of their advisor. sociocultural change. For M.A., M.A.T., and 3 credits, ABCF grading in Latin American history and culture. 3 credits, ABCF grading Ph.D. students. 3 credits, ABCF grading HIS 526 Core Seminar: History, Theory, and Practice HIS 543 Theme Seminars on Gender, Sexuality, and Reproduction HIS 565 Introduction to Japanese History Introduction to the theory, practice, and writ- 3 credits, ABCF grading Field seminar in modern Japanese history ing of history through the reading of theoret- surveys major historical topics from reform ical and historical texts and the writing of a HIS 552 Theme Seminar: Mass Media and and modernization to imperialism and post- research paper. This course meets over the Journalism in International Perspectives war reconstruction. For M.A., M.A.T., and entire academic year, for three credits per 3 credits, ABCF grading Ph.D. students. semester, and is mandatory for all new Ph.D. 3 credits, ABCF grading students. Students entering with an M.A. HIS 553 Theme Seminars on Nation, State, take it at the discretion of their advisor. and Civil Society HIS 570 Theme Seminars in Environment, 3 credits, ABCF grading 3 credits, ABCF grading Science, and Health Spring, 3 credits, ABCF grading HIS 527 Core Seminar: History, Theory, and May be repeated for credit Practice HIS 554 Theme Seminars on Nation, State, HIS 571 Theme Seminars in Environment, Introduction to the theory, practice, and writ- and Civil Society Science, and Health ing of history through the reading of theoret- Spring, 3 credits, ABCF grading ical and historical texts and the writing of a 3 credits, ABCF grading research paper. This course meets over the HIS 555 Theme Seminars on Nation, State, HIS 572 Theme Seminars in Environment, entire academic year, for three credits per and Civil Society Science, and Health semester, and is mandatory for all new Ph.D. Spring, 3 credits, ABCF grading students. Students entering with an M.A. 3 credits, ABCF grading take it at the discretion of their advisor. HIS 557 Special Seminars HIS 581 Supervised Teaching 3 credits, ABCF grading Topics to be arranged. The seminar is built Teaching practicum that usually accompanies a student’s assistantship. HIS 532 Theme Seminar: Gender, Religion, around actual research activities of students and Modernity and faculty. The following topics have 3 credits, S/U grading been covered: Cultural Theory; Sociology of 3 credits, ABCF grading Technology; Micro-sociology; Advanced Topics HIS 582 Teaching Practicum May be repeated five times for credit in Marxist Theory; Sociology of Emotions; Practicum in teaching methods for new assis- Historical Methods; Ethnic Relations; tants. (M.A. workshop required deleted from HIS 535 Theme Seminars on Gender, Biosociology; Comparative Stratification; Max the curriculum.) Sexuality, and Reproduction Weber; Sociology of the Future; Science of 3 credits, S/U grading 3 credits, ABCF grading Sociology and Everyday Life; The Study of the World’s Advanced Societies; Methods of HIS 584 Directed Readings for M.A. HIS 540 The Black Power Movement Behavioral Observation; Social Structure; Candidates This course examines the Black Power Sociology of the Family; Cognitive Sociology; Specialized tutorials based on contractual Movement. Stokely Carmichael’s call for Black Sociology of Work; Transnational Social relationship between individual student and Power broke through commotion of everyday Movements; Economic Sociology; War and faculty. Required for M.A. students. politics during 1966’s Meredith March Against Revolution; Sociology of Gender; Sociology 1-3 credits, S/U grading Fear. Soon after, and for the next decade, Black of Culture; Development of Capitalism; Film as Power galvanized African American politics, May be repeated for credit a Sociological Research Tool; Funding engendering radical movements for social, and Grant Writing; The Three Faces of political, and cultural transformation that HIS 585 Directed Readings for M.A. impacted blacks in the United States and Social Psychology; A Structural Approach to Candidates beyond. An emerging historiography traces Organizational Behavior; Professionals and Specialized tutorials based on contractual the roots of Black Power in the postwar black Professionalism; Sociology of Modernity; relationship between individual student and freedom movement, finding cultural and politi- Globalization and Immigration; Research faculty. Required for M.A. students. cal touchstones for future Black Power Support in Sociology; Sociology of Sexual 1-3 credits, S/U grading activism among civil rights renegade, trade Behavior; Global Sociology; Gender and the May be repeated for credit unionists, and black nationalists. We will exam- Law; Poverty and Homelessness. ine works produced during the Black Power 3 credits, ABCF grading era and this new scholarship to analyze the May be repeated for credit

212 HISTORY

HIS 586 Directed Readings for M.A. HIS 654 Research Seminars on Nation, HIS 701 Dissertation Research off Campus– Candidates State, and Civil Society International Specialized tutorials based on contractual 3 credits, ABCF grading Prerequisite: Must be advanced to candidacy relationship between individual student and (G5); major portion of research will take place faculty. Required for M.A. students. HIS 655 Research Seminars on Nation, outside of the U.S. and/or U.S. provinces; State, and Civil Society 1-3 credits, S/U grading domestic students have the option of the 3 credits, ABCF grading May be repeated for credit health plan and may also enroll in MEDEX; HIS 595 Reading Colloquium in Women’s HIS 682 Directed Readings for Ph.D. international students who are in their home History Candidates country are not covered by mandatory A topics course dealing with such subjects Specialized tutorials based on contractual health plan and must contact the Insurance as women in social movements, the place of relationship between individual student and Office for the insurance charge to be gender in particular historical circumstances, faculty member. removed; international students who are imperialism and woman, changing views of 1-18 credits, S/U grading not in their home country are charged for sexuality, or relations between family policies May be repeated for credit the mandatory health insurance (if they and other political programs. This course are to be covered by another insurance plan, HIS 684 Directed Readings for Ph.D. offered as both HIS 595 and WST 595. they must file a waiver by the second week Fall or spring, 3 credits, ABCF grading Candidates Specialized tutorials based on contractual of classes; the charge will only be removed HIS 601 Research Seminars on Social and relationship between individual student and if the other plan is deemed comparable); Cultural History faculty member. all international students must receive clearance from an International Advisor 3 credits, ABCF grading 1-18 credits, S/U grading May be repeated for credit Fall, spring, and summer, 1-9 credits, HIS 603 Research Seminar on Social and S/U grading Cultural History HIS 685 Directed Readings for Ph.D. May be repeated for credit Candidates 3 credits, ABCF grading Specialized tutorials based on contractual HIS 800 Full-Time Summer Research HIS 615 Research Seminars on Empire, relationship between individual student and 0 credit, S/U grading faculty member. Modernity, and Globalization May be repeated for credit 1-9 credits, ABCF grading 3 credits, ABCF grading May be repeated for credit HIS 616 Research Seminars on Social and HIS 686 Directed Readings for Ph.D. Cultural History Candidates 3 credits, ABCF grading Specialized tutorials based on contractual relationship between individual student and HIS 617 Research Seminars on Empire, faculty member. Modernity, and Globalization 1-18 credits, ABCF grading 3 credits, ABCF grading May be repeated for credit HIS 622 Migration, Diaspora, and HIS 695 Dissertation Prospectus Workshop Transnationalism for Ph.D. Candidates 3 credits, ABCF grading Required of all Ph.D. candidates in order to prepare a dissertation prospectus. This seminar HIS 623 Research Seminars on should be completed either before or in the Ethnicity and Migration same semester as the qualifying examination. 3 credits, ABCF grading Offered once each year, 3 credits, S/U grading HIS 631 Research Seminar: The Social HIS 699 Dissertation Research On Campus History of Medicine and Health Dissertation research under direction of 3 credits, ABCF grading advisor. Prerequisite: Advancement to candidacy HIS 632 Research Seminars on Gender and (G5); major portion of research must take Sexuality place on SB campus, at Cold Spring Harbor, 3 credits, ABCF grading or at Brookhaven National Lab. Fall, spring, and summer, 1-18 credits, HIS 633 Research Seminars on Gender and Sexuality S/U grading May be repeated for credit 3 credits, ABCF grading HIS 700 Dissertation Research Off Campus– HIS 634 Research Seminars on Gender and Domestic Sexuality Prerequisite: Must be advanced to candidacy 3 credits, ABCF grading (G5); major portion of research will take HIS 652 Research Seminar: Oral History: place off campus, but in the U.S. and/or U.S. Methodology and Theory provinces (Brookhaven National Lab and 3 credits, ABCF grading the Cold Spring Harbor Lab are considered May be repeated for credit on campus); all international students must enroll in one of the graduate student HIS 653 Research Seminars on Nation, insurance plans and should be advised State, and Civil Society by an International Advisor 3 credits, ABCF grading Fall, spring, and summer, 1-9 credits, S/U grading May be repeated for credit

213 LINGUISTICS

Linguistics (LIN, ESL)

Chair: Daniel L. Finer, Ward Melville Social and Behavioral Sciences Building Room S-223, (631) 632-7782 Master’s Program Director: Frank Anshen, Ward Melville Social and Behavioral Sciences Building Room S-227 (631) 632-7776 Doctoral Program Director: Alice C. Harris, Ward Melville Social and Behavioral Sciences Building Room S-231 (631) 632-7758

Degrees awarded: M.A. in Linguistics; M.A. in Teaching English to Speakers of Other Languages; Ph.D. in Linguistics

The Department of Linguistics, in the isfactorily complete 30 credits, which school and obtained a master’s degree, College of Arts and Sciences, offers include the courses required for the Ph.D. and the GPA is over 3.00, then the courses of studies leading to the degrees GPA of the undergraduate school can of Master of Arts in Teaching English to Laboratory Facilities be below 3.00 for regular admission. Speakers of Other Languages (TESOL) The Department of Linguistics has C. Letters of Recommendation: or Doctor of Philosophy in Linguistics. several lab facilities. The Semantics Lab Letters of recommendation from three The graduate program in Linguistics houses Macintosh computers and is former instructors are required. combines sophisticated instruction in devoted to research and instructional theoretical linguistics with extensive projects in semantics, natural language D. Graduate Record Examination: field experience and clinical practice in computation, and software development. There is no subject test for linguistics the area of teaching English to non- The Phonetics Laboratory suite includes or TESOL; the general test is all that is native speakers, as well as other areas of a sound-treated room, a teaching lab, required. Have the testing service send applied linguistics. and a research lab. Speech analysis plat- a copy of your score to the Department of Linguistics. The M.A. in TESOL is designed to pre- forms available are CSL and Praat. pare students to become professional Speech synthesis may be done with E. Foreign Language Requirement: teachers, teacher educators, and curricu- HLSyn. There is also a computer lab for Proficiency in a foreign language lum designers. The program offers students with Internet access and print- equivalent to two years of college courses in applied linguistics and peda- ing facilities. work is required. gogy and extensive supervised field expe- F. Writing Sample: The writing sam- rience in schools and the English courses Admission ple should be a short paper (two to offered by the University for interna- Interested students should begin the three pages) written for a previous tional students. Graduates of the program application process as early as possible, course taken, or if that is not available, generally teach English to speakers of especially if they plan to apply for financial a paper on any subject is acceptable. other languages in schools, colleges, and aid. New applications will be considered universities in the United States and for admission to the Ph.D. program for the G. Curriculum Vitae or Résumé. abroad. The requirements of the M.A. fall semester only. Usually only applica- H. TOEFL Score: International TESOL program satisfy a substantial tions for full-time study will be consid- students must have obtained a minimum portion of the requirements for New York ered. M.A. applications are normally score of 600 on the TOEFL test. State certification in TESOL, and students considered for fall admission. I. Acceptance: Students must be may arrange to complete the requirements Ph.D. application materials should be in accepted by both the Department of for state certification in conjunction with the Department by February 1; M.A. Linguistics and the Graduate School. pursuit of the M.A. applications will be accepted through The Ph.D. program is designed to pre- March 1. Admission to all programs is Note: Students who do not meet the above pare students for advanced research in competitive and no single factor (GRE requirements may be admitted conditionally. linguistic theory and its applications. scores, letters, grades, etc.) will exclude Their status will be reviewed after their first semester of graduate study. Students receive a thorough grounding anyone from being admitted. Similarly, no in the fundamentals of grammatical the- single factor will ensure admission. ory through courses such as syntax, For admission to the graduate programs Faculty semantics, phonology, phonetics, and in the Department of Linguistics, the fol- Professors morphology. Students develop their lowing, in addition to the minimum Graduate Aronoff, Mark, Ph.D., 1974, Massachusetts research interests further through School requirements, are normally required: Institute of Technology: Morphology; advanced seminars in Linguistics as well orthography. as courses in Computer Science, A. Baccalaureate Degree: A baccalau- reate degree is required. Students must Bethin, Christina Y., Ph.D., 1978, University Philosophy, Psychology, and the interdis- of Illinois: Slavic linguistics; phonology. ciplinary Language, Mind, and Brain sem- present evidence that such a degree will be awarded by the time they begin Broselow, Ellen, Ph.D., 1976, University inar series. Students are encouraged to of Massachusetts, Amherst: Phonology; graduate work. A final transcript is also develop an area of concentration beyond phonetics; second language acquisition. required prior to registration. their primary specialization by focusing a Finer, Daniel L., Ph.D., 1984, University of number of their electives in a specific B. Cumulative Grade Point Average: Massachusetts, Amherst: Syntax; semantics; direction. Students must have a minimum cumu- language acquisition. The M.A. in Linguistics is part of the lative grade point average of 3.00 (or Harris, Alice C., Ph.D., 1976, Harvard Ph.D. in Linguistics. It is granted to its foreign equivalent) on a four-point University: Historical linguistics; morphology; students in the Ph.D. program who sat- scale. If you have attended graduate languages of the Caucasus.

214 LINGUISTICS

Hoberman, Robert, Ph.D., 1983, University B. Performance final version of the second qualifying of Chicago: Semitic linguistics; phonology; The student must achieve a grade paper must be submitted not later than morphology. point average (GPA) of B (3.0) or higher the last day of classes of the sixth Kaufman, Dorit, Ph.D., 1991, Stony Brook in all graduate courses taken at Stony semester. Failure to meet the first University: Language acquisition and attrition; Brook to receive a degree. deadline will affect the student’s priority language education. for funding. Students who have not had Larson, Richard K., Ph.D., 1983, University of C. Course Waivers the final versions of both qualifying Wisconsin: Semantics; syntax. Certain required courses may be waived papers accepted by their committees by the end of the sixth semester will nor- Associate Professors for students showing an exceptional background in linguistics or TESOL. mally be dismissed from the program. Anshen, Frank, Ph.D., 1968, New York Application for such waivers must Public presentation of one of these University: Sociolinguistics; morphology. be made in writing to the Department. papers is required. Bailyn, John, F., Ph.D., 1995, Cornell University: In any case, all students must complete Syntax; Russian syntax; Slavic linguistics. C. Language Requirement: 30 graduate credits of approved course- Huffman, Marie K., Ph.D., 1989, University of work to receive a degree. Demonstrated knowledge of two for- California, Los Angeles: Phonetics; phonology. eign languages other than the student’s mother tongue. This requirement may Repetti, Lori, Ph.D., 1989, University of New York State Teacher Certification California, Los Angeles: Italian linguistics; be satisfied by any of the following Romance phonology; Italian dialectology. TESOL Teacher Certification methods: program requirements are listed in Number of teaching, graduate, and research 1. Submission of an analytic paper assistants, Fall 2007: 19 the Professional Education Program (PEP) section of this bulletin. demonstrating knowledge of the struc- ture of the language. Degree Requirements Ph.D. in Linguistics 2. Satisfactory completion of a course Requirements for the M.A. Degree In addition to the minimum Graduate in the structure of the language. in TESOL School requirements, the following are 3. Satisfactory performance on a stan- In addition to the minimum Graduate required: dardized exam designed to measure lan- guage proficiency. School requirements, the following are A. Course Requirements required: Students must complete a minimum 4. Satisfactory completion of two A. Coursework of 60 credits. years of college-level instruction in the language. 1. All of the following: (21 credits) 1. Required courses LIN 522 Phonetics LIN 521 Syntax I Advancement to Candidacy LIN 524 TESOL Pedagogy: LIN 621 Syntax II Advancement to candidacy takes Theory and Practice and LIN 523 Phonology I place upon the successful completion of LIN 579 Field Experience N-12 LIN 623 Phonology II the following before the beginning of LIN 527 Structure of English LIN 625 Semantics (Syntax I must the fourth year of full-time study: the LIN 529 Content-based Language be taken before Semantics) required courses in A, the qualifying and 2. Elective courses paper requirement in B, and the lan- Literacy Development Practice Electives may include courses in guage requirement in C. and other departments. The student’s D. Teaching and Research LIN 579 Field Experience N-12 choice of electives is decided in Students become qualified in teaching LIN 530 Introduction to General conjunction with faculty and must and research by working with faculty on Linguistics be approved by the doctoral pro- gram director. an individual basis as teaching assistants LIN 571 Curriculum Design and and by participating in research projects. Evaluation and LIN 578 Field B. Qualifying Papers They have the opportunity to prepare Experience in Adult and Tertiary Acceptance by the Department of and teach undergraduate classes Contexts two papers of publishable quality in dis- during the academic year and in 2. Two of the following: (six credits) tinct areas of linguistics (qualifying summer sessions. LIN 525 Contrastive Analysis papers) is required. Each paper will be LIN 526 Analysis of an Uncommonly defended orally before a committee of E. Dissertation Taught Language at least three faculty members, at least Before a student proceeds to write LIN 532 Second Language two of whom will be full-time faculty the dissertation, a dissertation proposal Acquisition from within the Department. The inside must be accepted by the Department. LIN 541 Bilingualism membership of the two qualifying paper The dissertation proposal outlines the LIN 542 Sociolinguistics committees must not be identical. The topic and how the student plans to go LIN 555 Error Analysis or any other pre-defense draft of a qualifying paper about investigating this topic. The advi- TESOL-related courses approved must be submitted to the committee at sor will organize a discussion in which a by the graduate program director least three weeks before the defense committee considers the proposal with 3. Elective: (three credits) date. The final version of the first quali- the student. The purpose of this discus- One elective course to be approved by fying paper must be submitted not later sion is to ensure that the topic is man- the Department than six weeks before the last day of ageable and substantive. classes of the fifth semester, and the

215 LINGUISTICS

The dissertation committee will con- LIN 526 Analysis of an Uncommonly Taught LIN 541 Bilingualism sist of a minimum of four members, at Language Study of the social, linguistic, educational, least three from the full-time faculty in Working from primary and secondary sources, and psychological aspects of bilingualism. students construct an outline of the phonology, May be co-scheduled with CEL 541. the Department and at least one from morphology, and syntax of a language previ- Prerequisite: Enrollment in TESOL or outside the Department (or ously unknown to them. LIN program or permission of instructor, University). The committee will be cho- Prerequisite: Enrollment in TESOL or and LIN 530, or LIN 521 and LIN 523 sen in consultation with the disserta- LIN program or permission of instructor, 3 credits, ABCF grading tion supervisor, who will be a full-time and LIN 530, or LIN 521 and LIN 523 member of the Department faculty. The Fall or spring, 3 credits, ABCF grading LIN 542 Sociolinguistics formal public defense of the disserta- May be repeated for credit if language differs An introduction to major topics in socio- linguistics, including variation theory, language tion requires the full attendance of the LIN 527 Structure of English attitudes, language planning, language change, dissertation examining committee. A description of the major sentence elements, and pidgins and creoles. subsystems, and productive grammatical Prerequisite: Enrollment in TESOL or Courses processes of English. The justification of LIN program or permission of instructor grammatical categories, interaction between 3 credits, ABCF grading systems and processes, and notions of standard LIN 521 Syntax I and correctness are discussed with a view to LIN 544 Language Acquisition and Literacy A study of formal grammar as one aspect their application in the ESL classroom. Development of our knowledge of language. Concepts and Prerequisite: Enrollment in TESOL or In-depth exploration of the theories of literacy elements of modern syntactic analysis are LIN program or permission of instructor and language development of native English introduced and motivated using a variety of Fall or spring, 3 credits, ABCF grading speakers and students who are English grammatical phenomena and processes, across language learners in Pre-school through a wide range of languages. LIN 529 Content-based Language and grade 12. The development and assessment Prerequisite: Enrollment in LIN program Literacy Development of literacy skills among children at various or permission of instructor Theory and practice of language and literacy stages of learning development and across Fall, 3 credits, ABCF grading development across disciplines. Students disciplines will be examined. Attention will design standard-based curricular modules also be given to children with special needs LIN 522 Phonetics and assessment, engage in reflective and and the integration of technology in the A study of articulatory phonetics and the collaborative practices, and design and evalu- development of literacy skills. international phonetic alphabet, with intensive ate Web-based technologies. Prerequisite: Enrollment in a teacher practice in phonetic transcription from a wide Co-requisite: LIN 579 (LIN 578 with preparation program variety of languages. Acoustic phonetics, permission of instructor for non-certification Fall and spring, 3 credits, ABCF grading speech perception, and the applications of candidates) phonetics to foreign language teaching. Prerequisite: Enrollment in TESOL or LIN 550 Selected Topics in Linguistics Prerequisite: Enrollment in TESOL or LIN program and completion of LIN 524 Topics are announced each semester. LIN program or permission of instructor with a grade of B or higher 3 credits, ABCF grading Fall, 3 credits, ABCF grading Spring, 3 credits, ABCF grading May be repeated for credit if topic differs LIN 523 Phonology I LIN 530 Introduction to General Linguistics LIN 555 Error Analysis An introduction to the formal study of sound An introduction to modern theoretical and Study of the systematic errors made by patterns. Problems from various languages applied linguistics, including phonology, foreign language learners and the potential of serve as the basis for developing a theory of morphology, syntax, language acquisition, various linguistic theories to predict and the representation of sound structure. historical linguistics, and sociolinguistics. account for these errors. Prerequisite: Enrollment in LIN program Prerequisite: Enrollment in TESOL or LIN Prerequisite: Enrollment in TESOL or or permission of instructor program or permission of instructor LIN program, and LIN 522 Fall, 3 credits, ABCF grading Fall, 3 credits, ABCF grading Spring, 3 credits, ABCF grading LIN 524 TESOL Pedagogy: Theory and LIN 532 Second Language Acquisition LIN 571 Curriculum Design and Evaluation Practice Study of the acquisition of a second language An in-depth study of curriculum design and Theoretical and practical bases of language by children and adults. The focus is on data; the evaluation with a focus on needs analysis, and literacy instruction. Inquiry of instruc- systematicity of the learner’s errors, the ease goals and objectives, approaches to language tional approaches, standard-based lesson of acquisition in childhood, etc., the adequacy of learning and teaching, assessment, resources, planning, reflective practices, and assessment theories (e.g., interlanguage processes, the and program evaluation. in the teaching of speaking, listening, reading, monitor model, the critical period) to explain Prerequisite: Enrollment in TESOL or and writing. Evaluation of resources and data, and the reliability of methods of obtaining LIN program and LIN 524; co-requisite: technologies. data. Students conduct an empirical study test- LIN 578 (LIN 579 with permission of Prerequisite: Enrollment in TESOL or ing a current hypothesis. instructor) LIN program; pre- or co-requisite: LIN 530; Prerequisite: Enrollment in TESOL or Spring, 3 credits, ABCF grading co-requisite: LIN 579 LIN program or permission of instructor, Fall, 3 credits, ABCF grading and LIN 530, or LIN 521 and 523 LIN 574 Managing Instruction, Assessment, 3 credits, ABCF grading and Resources LIN 525 Contrastive Analysis Investigation and evaluation of instructional A survey of linguistic typology and a compar- LIN 535 Historical Linguistics planning and assessment, content-based ison of various languages as a basis for under- A study of linguistic change. Some general curriculum development, and technologies for standing the errors made by language learners topics to be discussed are the genetic language and literacy development among and devising strategies for teaching a foreign classification of languages; language families, English language learners in multilevel class- language. May be crosslisted with CEL 551. language, and prehistory; reconstruction; rooms. Partnerships with colleagues, parents, Prerequisite: Enrollment in TESOL or LIN types of sound change; types of semantic and the respective communities are explored. program or permission of instructor, and change; borrowing. Prerequisites: Enrollment in TESOL LIN 530, or LIN 521 and LIN 523 Prerequisite: Enrollment in TESOL or or LIN program, completion of LIN 529 Fall or spring, 3 credits, ABCF grading LIN program or permission of instructor with a grade of B or higher, permission of Fall or spring, 3 credits, ABCF grading Department, New York Teacher

216 LINGUISTICS

Certification examinations: LAST and LIN 621 Syntax II LIN 699 Dissertation Research On Campus ELPA; co-requisites: LIN 581 and 582 A detailed consideration of recent develop- Independent research for the Ph.D. degree. Fall and spring, 3 credits, ABCF grading ments in syntactic theory, including treat- Prerequisite: Open only to candidates for ments of constituency and word order, the Ph.D. degree who have advanced to can- LIN 578 Field Experience in Adult and grammatical relations, typological variation didacy (G5); major portion of research must and linguistic universals, and constraints on Tertiary Contexts take place on SB campus, at Cold Spring Observation, inquiry, and practice of English grammatical rules and representations. Harbor, or at Brookhaven National Lab language instruction and learning in community- Prerequisite: LIN 521 Fall, spring, and summer, 1-9 credits, S/U based ESL programs or programs on tertiary Spring, 3 credits, ABCF grading contexts. Fifty hours of fieldwork. grading Co-requisite: LIN 529 or LIN 571 LIN 623 Phonology II May be repeated for credit Fall and spring, 1 credit, S/U grading A study of recent developments in phonolog- LIN 700 Dissertation Research Off May be repeated for credit ical theory, with particular attention to non- linear models of phonological representation Campus–Domestic LIN 579 Field Experience in Grades N-12 and constraint-based models. Prerequisite: Must be advanced to candidacy Observation, inquiry, and practice in lan- Prerequisite: LIN 523 (G5); major portion of research will take guage and literacy development across disci- Spring, 3 credits, ABCF grading place off campus, but in the U.S. and/or plines for learners from linguistically and U.S. provinces (Brookhaven National Lab culturally diverse backgrounds. Students are LIN 624 Morphology and Word Formation and Cold Spring Harbor Lab are considered placed in variety of educational settings in The internal structure of words and the place on campus); all international students pre-elementary through secondary levels for of the word in syntax, phonology, and the must enroll in one of the graduate student fifty hours of fieldwork. lexicon. A variety of analytical methods— insurance plans and should be advised by distributional, experimental, and computational Co-requisite: LIN 524, LIN 529, or LIN 571 an International Advisor will be introduced. Fall and spring, 1 credit, S/U grading Fall, spring, and summer, 1-9 credits, S/U May be repeated for credit Prerequisites: LIN 521 and LIN 523 grading Fall or spring, 3 credits, ABCF grading LIN 581 Supervised Student Teaching in May be repeated for credit English as a Second Language: Primary and LIN 625 Semantics Middle Level (Grades N-9) An investigation of the role of semantics (the LIN 701 Dissertation Research Off Prospective ESOL teachers receive super- theory of meaning) in the overall theory of Campus–International vised practice teaching by arrangements grammar, structured around such topics as Prerequisite: Must be advanced to candidacy with selected Long Island schools. The stu- formal semantics, the interaction of syntax (G5); major portion of research will take dent teacher reports to the school to which he and semantics, and lexical semantics. place outside the U.S. and/or U.S. provinces; or she is assigned each full school day for the Prerequisite: LIN 521 domestic students have the option of the entire semester. Applications must be filed in Fall, 3 credits, ABCF grading health plan and may also enroll in MEDEX; the academic year preceding that in which international students who are in their the student plans to take the course. LIN 650 Selected Topics: Graduate Seminar home country are not covered by mandatory Prerequisite: Enrollment in TESOL Topics will be announced each semester. health plan and must contact the Insurance program, permission of the Department Fall or spring, 0-3 credits, ABCF grading Office for the insurance charge to be removed; Co-requisites: LIN 582 and LIN 574 May be repeated for credit if topic differs international students who are not in their Fall and spring, 3 credits, S/U grading LIN 651 Syntax Seminar home country are charged for the mandatory health insurance (if they are to be covered LIN 582 Supervised Student Teaching in Topic varies and relates to current issues English as a Second Language: High School in the field and research activities of faculty by another insurance plan, they must file (Grades 10-12) and students. Past topics have included a waiver by the second week of classes; the Prospective ESOL teachers receive super- A-dependencies, adjectival and adverbial charge will only be removed if the other plan vised practice teaching by arrangements modification, word order and antisymmetry. is deemed comparable); all international with selected Long Island schools. The stu- Fall or spring, 0-3 credits, ABCF grading students must receive clearance from an dent teacher reports to the school to which he May be repeated for credit International Advisor or she is assigned each full school day for the Fall, spring, and summer, 1-9 credits, S/U entire semester. Applications must be filed in LIN 653 Phonology Seminar grading the academic year preceding that in which Topic varies and relates to current issues in May be repeated for credit the student plans to take the course. the field and research activities of faculty and Prerequisite: Enrollment in TESOL students. Past topics have included interface LIN 800 Summer Research program, permission of the Department issues (phonetics, morphology, syntax), func- 0 credit, S/U grading Co-requisites: LIN 581 and LIN 574 tional motivations for phonological constraints May be repeated for credit Fall and spring, 3 credits, S/U grading (articulatory ease, perceptual salience, parsing considerations), intonation, and second lan- LIN 591 Directed Readings guage and loanword phonology. ESL courses listed below are offered Students read and evaluate the literature Fall or spring, 0-3 credits, ABCF grading by the Department of Linguistics, but on a topic of special academic interest or May be repeated for credit are not part of the master’s or Ph.D. professional relevance under the direction program. of a faculty member. LIN 680 Qualifying Paper Workshop Prerequisite: Permission of instructor Doctoral candidates will present and discuss ESL 591 Intermediate Oral/Aural Skills Class their own research work. Fall and spring, 1-3 credits, S/U grading The purpose of this course is to do intensive May be repeated for credit Prerequisite: Advanced standing work in aural and oral language skills. Fall or spring, 1-3 credits, S/U grading Emphasis is on the segmental level: vowel/ LIN 592 Directed Research May be repeated for credit consonant work, syllable work, and word Students conduct research on a topic of special stress, as well as rhythm on the sentence academic interest or professional relevance LIN 698 Graduate Practicum in Teaching level. Summarizing and questioning are prac- under the direction of a faculty member. 0-6 credits, S/U grading ticed with work on learning styles. Students’ Prerequisite: Permission of instructor May be repeated for credit awareness of American teaching and cultural Fall and spring, 1-3 credits, S/U grading patterns are stressed. Observing American May be repeated for credit professors and students in class is encour-

217 LINGUISTICS aged. A student will receive a diagnostic assessment of her/his language segmental and suprasegmental difficulties from the instructor and will be expected to work on improvement in these speech areas both in the classroom and independently in the lan- guage laboratories. Successful completion (A- or higher) of the course leads to ESL 598; B+ or below leads to ESL 596. Prerequisite: SPEAK Test score of 40–44 3 credits, ABCF grading ESL 593 Advanced Composition Advanced training in writing for ESL students who need to concentrate on paragraph devel- opment. The first half of the semester deals with paragraph construction, stressing concepts of the main thesis and supporting arguments. Some advanced grammar is reviewed, but the assumption is that basic structures and mechanics of writing have already been mastered. The second half of the semester stresses combining paragraphs into short compositions. Both descriptive and argumentative writing are practiced. Diagnostic test during the first week of classes determines placement in the course. A through C/Unsatisfactory grading only. 3 credits, ABCF grading ESL 596 High Intermediate Oral/Aural Skills Class The emphasis of this course is threefold: developing language skills, teaching skills, and cultural awareness. Language skills will focus on sentence stress, phrasing, linking, and pausing with field-specific language practice. Teaching skills stressed include questioning techniques for discussion and assessment, leading effective discussions, and assessing student learning. The cultural awareness focuses on idioms, American cul- tural values, and norms as well as non-verbal communication. Successful completion of this course (B or higher) leads to ESL 598. Prerequisites: SPEAK Test score of 45–49 3 credits, ABCF grading ESL 598 Advanced Oral Aural An advanced course in speaking and listening skills for non-native speakers of English. Work is done with individual problem sounds, stress, and intonation to help stu- dents modify their accents and make their speech more intelligible. Techniques of speaking before a group are taught to enable non-native speakers to feel more confident in participating in their other classes. Advanced work in American idioms and grammar is usually included. Language laboratory may be required by individual instructors. Especially useful for undergraduate and graduate students who need to make seminar presentation and for graduate students with teaching assistantships. Prerequisite: TSE or SPEAK score of 50 or higher or completion of ESL 591 or ESL 596 with a grade of B or higher 3 credits, ABCF grading

218 MARINE AND ATMOSPHERIC SCIENCES

Marine and Atmospheric Sciences (MAS)

Dean: David O. Conover, Endeavour Hall Room 145, (631) 632-8700 Graduate Program Director: Anne McElroy, Dana Hall Room 113, (631) 632-8488 Coordinator of Atmospheric Sciences Program: Sultan Hameed, Endeavour Hall Room 131, (631) 632-8319 Director of Waste Reduction and Management Program: R. Lawrence Swanson, Dutchess Hall Room 147, (631) 632-8704 Graduate Program Coordinator: Carol Dovi, Endeavour Hall Room 105, (631) 632-8681

Degrees awarded: M.S. in Marine and Atmospheric Science; Ph.D. in Marine and Atmospheric Science; Graduate Certificate in Oceanic Science; Graduate Certificate in Waste Management The Marine and Atmospheric Sciences program director. Virtually all M.S. and and students at SoMAS and other collab- (MAS) graduate program is located Ph.D. students in good standing receive orating University programs. SoMAS within the School of Marine and stipends and full tuition scholarships. also manages the marine station at Stony Atmospheric Sciences (SoMAS). Research Brook Southampton, located 46 miles activities within SoMAS are coordi- Facilities away on the beautiful east end of Long nated through the Marine Sciences The main laboratories and offices of Island. Several SoMAS faculty keep Research Center (MSRC), and the SoMAS are housed in a cluster of build- research laboratories at Stony Brook Institute for Terrestrial and Planetary ings on South Campus with more than Southampton, and additional wet lab Atmospheres (ITPA). MSRC is the cen- 8,000 square meters of usable floor space. space is available for student and faculty ter for research, graduate education, Laboratories are well equipped for most research. and public service in the marine sci- analyses, and students and faculty have SoMAS also operates a fleet of ences for the entire State University of access, with special arrangements, to research vessels, the largest of which is New York system. SoMAS faculty have nearby Brookhaven National Laboratory the R/V SEAWOLF, a 24-meter active research programs in all major (BNL) and Cold Spring Harbor research vessel designed specifically for oceanographic and atmospheric disci- Laboratory. Center and University oceanographic research. The SEA- plines and many focus on interdiscipli- computing facilities are excellent and WOLF is ideally suited for extended nary approaches to understanding include the new 100 TFlop IBM Blue research trips, large-scale oceano- environmental processes and issues. Gene supercomputer recently installed graphic sampling, and trawling. Several Specific areas of cross-disciplinary at BNL. SoMAS is home to the Marine other smaller boats are available for focus include: biogeochemical transfor- Animal Disease Laboratory, a diagnos- local cruises out of either the Stony mation of energy and elements, conser- tic and research facility focused on the Brook or Southampton campuses. vation and management of marine health of living marine resources, the resources, environmental health and Waste Reduction and Management Graduate Degree Program contaminants, environmental modeling Institute, the Living Marine Resources Descriptions and prediction, and patterns and Institute, the Long Island Groundwater The M.S. Program in Marine and impacts of global climate change. Institute, the New York Sea Grant Atmospheric Science SoMAS is ideally situated for studies College Program, and several analytical The M.S. program offered by SoMAS of a variety of coastal environments facilities. MASIC (the Marine and consists of a rigorous interdisciplinary including barrier islands, continental Atmospheric Sciences and Information approach to oceanography and atmos- shelf waters, estuaries, lagoons, and salt Center) is the branch of the campus pheric sciences based on interdiscipli- marshes. Long Island has a greater library system located at SoMAS. nary course work and a research thesis. diversity of coastal environments in a Officially designated as a prototype for It is designed to prepare students for limited geographical range than any technology-based branch libraries on the positions in environmental protection, other comparable area in the United campus, MASIC offers students and fac- management, research, and resource States. The proximity of New York City ulty a core collection of journals and mono- development. The program provides and the burgeoning population of Long graphs relevant to the multidisciplinary students with a firm basis for more Island and Connecticut make New York pursuits of SoMAS and its affiliated advanced study. But, more importantly, coastal waters an excellent laboratory institutes as well as a state-of-the-art it is designed to equip students with the for assessing human impacts on the computer teaching laboratory. background and tools needed for effec- coastal seas, and understanding land/sea SoMAS manages the Flax Pond tive careers without additional training. interactions at all levels. In addition to Marine Laboratory located on a 0.6- Required course work is identical to the working on coastal issues, SoMAS scien- square-kilometer salt marsh approxi- Ph.D. program, allowing M.S. students tists have active research programs on mately seven kilometers from campus. to continue on in the Ph.D. program all the world’s oceans and ITPA faculty This facility provides flow-through sea- provided they have demonstrated ade- examine atmospheric processes on the water and space suitable for culture and quate performance and found a suitable Earth and other planets. experimentation on living marine faculty advisor. SoMAS offers M.S. and Ph.D. degree resources. Part of the facility is in a programs in either oceanography or greenhouse offering ambient light and Ph.D. Program in Marine and atmospheric sciences. Interested students temperature conditions. Laboratory and Atmospheric Science should address inquiries to the graduate sea-table space are available to faculty The Ph.D. program is designed to prepare

219 MARINE AND ATMOSPHERIC SCIENCES students to independently identify and Certificate Programs Fisher, Nicholas S., Ph.D., 1974, Stony Brook attack oceanographic and atmospheric University: Marine biogeochemistry of metals, problems. It builds on a series of core In addition to the M.S. and Ph.D. pro- marine pollution, phytoplankton, herbivore required courses (taken by both Ph.D. grams of study, certificate programs interactions. and M.S. students), and allows students provide the opportunity for advanced Lee, Cindy, Ph.D., 1975, University of to create their own course of advanced study for students who do not wish to California, San Diego (Scripps): Marine study, helping them to become effective, pursue a degree. Students interested in geochemistry of organic compounds; organic and inorganic nitrogen cycle biochemistry. independent problem solvers. The Ph.D. either of these programs should contact in Marine and Atmospheric Science pre- the Graduate Program Director. Distinguished Service Professor pares students to compete effectively Bowman, M.J., Ph.D., 1971, University of for academic positions, direct research Graduate Certificate Program of the Saskatchewan, Canada: Coastal dynamics; programs at government or private lab- Waste Reduction and Management oceanic fronts; productivity and physical oratories, and direct research and assess- Institute processes. ment programs at non-governmental MSRC is the home of the Waste Reduction Professors and Management Institute, dedicated to organizations. An M.S. degree is not Aller, Josephine Y., Ph.D., 1975, University of required for admission to the lessening the impacts of a complex array of Southern California: Marine benthic ecology; Ph.D. program. wastes through environmental assess- invertebrate zoology; marine microbiology; ment, policy analysis, public outreach, and Admission Requirements biogeochemistry. research. A Graduate Certificate in Waste Bokuniewicz, Henry J., Ph.D., 1976, Yale There are two tracks in the M.S. and Management is administered by the University: Nearshore transport processes; Ph.D. programs—one in Oceanography School of Professional Development. The coastal sedimentation; marine geophysics. and one in Atmospheric Sciences. 18-credit program provides access to the Cochran, J. Kirk, Ph.D., 1979, Yale Students should indicate which track most current expertise in waste manage- University: Marine geochemistry; use of they wish to pursue on their applications. ment essential to working effectively in radionuclides as geochemical tracers; All applications should be submitted elec- professional careers or public service. diagenesis of marine sediments. tronically through the Graduate School. The certificate may also be incorporated Conover, David O., Dean of SoMAS, Ph.D., For admission to either the M.S. or into the degree of Professional Studies 1981, University of Massachusetts: Ecology of Ph.D. graduate programs in Marine and with a concentration in waste manage- fishes; fisheries biology. Atmospheric Sciences, the following, in ment. For further information refer to Flagg, Charles, Ph.D., 1977, Massachusetts addition to the minimum Graduate School the School of Professional Development Institute of Technology/Woods Hole requirements, are normally required: section in this Bulletin. Oceanographic Institution: Structure and dynamics of coastal oceans. A. B.A. or B.S. degree in atmospheric Flood, Roger D., Ph.D., 1978, Massachusetts sciences, biology, chemistry, geology, Advanced Graduate Certificate Program in Oceanic Science Institute of Technology, Woods Hole mathematics, physics, or other suitable Oceanographic Institution: Marine geology; The advanced graduate certificate pro- science discipline, the coursework sediment dynamics; continental margin equivalent to obtain such a degree; gram in Oceanic Science is designed to sedimentation. make the unique resources of the MSRC B. Two semesters of coursework in Geller, Marvin A., Ph.D., 1969, Massachusetts available to professionals as well as to mathematics through calculus, physics, Institute of Technology: Atmospherics dynamics; scholars both within the SUNY system and chemistry, and as appropriate to climate and the upper atmosphere. and at other institutions as well as other specialization area, biology or earth sci- Hameed, Sultan, Coordinator of Atmospheric professionals. Students admitted to this ences, with advanced work in at least Sciences Program, Ph.D., 1968, University of program complete two full-time semes- one of these disciplines; Manchester, England: Atmospheric sciences. ters (18 credits) of intensive, specialized Lopez, Glenn R., Ph.D., 1976, Stony Brook C. Cumulative grade point average graduate studies in our core curriculum, University: Benthic ecology; animal-sediment of at least 3.0 (B); or the equivalent, under the supervision interactions. D. Acceptable scores on the Graduate of a faculty sponsor. The program is Scranton, Mary I., Ph.D., 1977, Massachusetts Record Examination (GRE) General Test; intended to supplement a student’s pri- Institute of Technology, Woods Hole mary educational and professional goals. Oceanographic Institution: Marine biogeo- E. Acceptable scores on the TOEFL Qualified students are provided with a chemistry; geochemistry of reduced gases; (paper: 600, computer: 230, iBT: 90) or broad background in oceanography as chemical cycling in anoxic systems. IELTS (6.5) well as opportunity for in-depth course Swanson, R. Lawrence, Ph.D., 1971, Oregon F. Three letters of recommendation; work in highly specialized topics. State University: Physical oceanography of coastal waters and estuaries; ocean dumping; G. Official transcript(s); Faculty coastal zone management. Students should state why they Taylor, Gordon T., Ph.D., 1983, University of wish to enter the SoMAS graduate Distinguished Professors Southern California: Marine microbial ecology; program and provide an indication of Aller, Robert C., Ph.D., 1977, Yale University: microbial mediation of biogeochemical both the specific research areas they Marine geochemistry; marine animal-sediment processes; biofouling. would like to address and potential relations. Varanasi, Prasad, Ph.D., 1967, University of faculty advisors in their personal Cess, Robert D., Emeritus, Ph.D., 1959, California, San Diego: Atmospheric spectroscopy; statement. University of Pittsburgh: Atmospheric sciences. remote sensing; global warming.

220 MARINE AND ATMOSPHERIC SCIENCES

Wang, Dong-Ping, Ph.D., 1975, University of Munch, Stephen, Ph.D., 2002, Stony Brook Fowler, Scott, Ph.D., 1969: Zooplankton Miami: Coastal ocean dynamics. University: Evolutionary ecology of growth and ecology; biogeochemistry of metals; marine Zhang, Minghua, Ph.D., 1987, Institute for life history traits; evolution in harvested pollution; radioecology; ecotoxicology. Atmospheric Physics, Academia Sinica, Beijing: populations; applied population dynamics Goodbred Jr., Steven, Ph.D., 1999: Coastal Atmospheric sciences; modeling of climate. modeling; mathematical modeling and statistics. and marine sedimentology; quaternary Peterson, Bradley, Ph.D., 1998, University of development of continental margins; salt-marsh Associate Professors South Alabama: Community ecology of seagrass processes and responses. Armstrong, Robert A., Ph.D., 1975, University dominated ecosystems. Letherman, Stephen P., 1975, University of of Minnesota: Marine ecosystem ecology; Warren, Joseph, Ph.D., 2001, Massachusetts Virginia: Coastal geomorphology. marine biogeochemistry; population and Institute of Technology, Woods Hole community ecology. Pikitch, Ellen, K., Ph.D., 1983, Indiana Oceanographic Institution: Acoustical oceanog- University: Fisheries science; conservation Brownawell, Bruce J., Ph.D., 1986, raphy; zooplankton behavior and ecology. biology; marine policy. Massachusetts Institute of Technology, Woods Hole Oceanographic Institution: Joint Faculty Riemer, Nicole, Ph.D., 2002, University of Biogeochemistry of organic pollutants in Akcakaya, Resit, Ph.D., 1989, Stony Brook Karlsruhe, Germany: Cloud microphysics; seawater and groundwater. University: Ecological risk assessment, aerosol physics; chemistry. Cerrato, Robert M., Ph.D., 1980, Yale metapopulation modeling, population viability Safina, Carl, Adjunct, Ph.D., 1987, Rutgers University: Benthic ecology; population analysis, threatened species assessment, University: Marine vertebrates; fisheries policy; and community dynamics; recolonization. uncertainty analysis. raising awareness of ocean change. Chang, Edmund K.M., Ph.D., 1993, Princeton Baines, Stephen, Assistant Professor, Ecology Sanudo-Wilhelmy, Sergio A., Ph.D., 1993, University: Atmospheric dynamics and diag- and Evolution, Ph.D., 1993, Yale University: University of California, Santa Cruz: Chemical noses climate dynamics; synoptic meteorology. Aquatic biogeochemistry of carbon and oceanography; coastal geochemistry; metal Colle, Brian A., Ph.D., 1997, University of trace elements. cycling in aquatic systems. Washington: Synoptic meteorology; mesoscale De Zafra, Robert. Emeritus, Ph.D., 1958, Waliser, Duane, Ph.D., 1992: Ocean-atmos- numerical modeling and forecasting; coastal University of Maryland: Positron annihilation, phere interactions; tropical climate dynamics. meteorology. physics. Gobler, Christopher, Ph.D., 1999, Stony Brook Koppelman, Lee E., Center for Regional Policy Degree Requirements University: Phytoplankton; harmful algal blooms; Studies, Ph.D., 1970, Cornell University: Coastal Requirements for the M.S. Degree estuarine ecology; aquatic biogeochemistry. zone management; planning; policy studies. in Marine and Atmospheric Khairoutdinov, Marat, Ph.D., 1997, University Levinton, Jeffrey, Professor, Ecology and Sciences of Oklahoma: Climate modeling, high-resolution Evolution, PhD., 1971, Yale University: In addition to the minimum Graduate cloud modeling, cloud microphysics, Marine ecology. super parameterization, massively parallel School requirements, the following are Padilla, Diana, Ph.D., 1987, University of super-computing, cloud parameterization. required: Alberta: Mollusc ecology; invasive species. Lonsdale, Darcy J., Ph.D., 1979, University of A. An overall B (3.0) average in Reaven, Sheldon, Ph.D., 1975, University of Maryland: Zooplankton ecology with special California, Berkeley: Energy and environmental the required core courses with no grade interest in physiology; life history studies. problems; waste management; science lower than a C. See details of required Lwiza, Kamazima, M.M., Ph.D., 1990, University of and society. coursework below; Wales: Structure and dynamics of shelf seas. B. Seminar MAR 580 (two semesters); Mak, John E., Ph.D., 1992, University of Adjunct Faculty California, San Diego (Scripps): Atmospheric Buonaiuto, Frank, Ph.D., 1999, Stony Brook C. An advisor by the end of the first year; University: Coastal processes, numerical chemistry and biosphere-atmosphere D. Master’s research proposal due by interactions; isotope geochemistry. modeling of waves, tides and sediment transport. end of first year, signed by advisor and McElroy, Anne E., Graduate Program Director, Bowser, Paul, Ph.D., 1978, Auburn University: two readers; Ph.D., 1985, Massachusetts Institute of Fish pathology. Technology, Woods Hole Oceanographic Chistoserdov, Andre Y., Ph.D., 1985, Institute E. Sea experience or appropriate field Institution: Aquatic toxicity, fate and effects of of Genetics and Selection of Industrial experience for students in the oceanogra- organic contaminants. Microorganisms, Russia: Marine microbiology; phy track only; approved by the advisor; Wilson, Robert E., Ph.D., 1973, Johns molecular genetics of methylotrophic bacteria; F. Oral presentation of thesis work; Hopkins University: Estuarine and coastal marine biotechnology and bioremediation. ocean dynamics. Dove, Alistair, Ph.D., 1999, University of G. Submission of approved thesis. Assistant Professors Queensland: Parasites and diseases of marine The M.S. degree is 30 credits, made organisms. Allam, Bassem, Ph.D., 1998, University of up of research credits in addition to Western Brittany: Diseases of shellfish. Engel, Anga: Organic matter cycling marine gel required and elective course work. particles, ocean acidification. Collier, Jackie L., Ph.D., 1994, Stanford University: Phytoplankton physiology and Espinosa, Emmanuelle pales, Ph.D., 1999, Requirements for Ph.D. Degree in ecology; freshwater and marine plankton; University of Nante, France: Shellfish physiology, Marine and Atmospheric Sciences particle selection mechanisms in suspension- molecular microbial ecology. In addition to the minimum Graduate feeding bivalves, algology. Fast, Mark D., Ph.D., 2005, Dalhousie School requirements, and general University, Canada: Aquatic diseases and Essington, Tim, Ph.D., 1999, University of requirements for the M.S. degree, the immunology. Wisconsin-Madison: Marine fish ecology and following are required: biology, food web interactions, marine fisheries. Frisk, Michael, Ph.D., 2004, University of A. Comprehensive Examination: The Ferson, Scott, Ph.D., 1988, Stony Brook University: Maryland: Biology; life history; conservation of primary purposes of the Comprehensive elasmobranches. Risk assessments and uncertainty analysis.

221 MARINE AND ATMOSPHERIC SCIENCES

Examination is to assess the student’s Courses ecological processes. knowledge of his or her field and the Spring, alternate years, 2 credits, student’s ability to relate his or her spe- Marine Science Courses ABCF grading cific research interests to the broader MAR 512 Marine Pollution field. The student must demonstrate a MAR 501 Physical Oceanography Examines physics of ocean circulation and Review of the physical and chemical character- general knowledge of oceanography or istics and speciation in the marine environment atmospheric sciences, including an mixing on various scales with strong empha- sis on profound effects of Earth’s rotation on of organic pollutants, metals and radionuclides understanding of the current concepts motions and distribution of properties. An including bioavailability, assimilation by of his or her field. Success on the exami- introduction to physics of estuaries and other marine organisms, toxicity, and policy issues. nation implies the ability to use this coastal water bodies. Crosslisted as MAR 512 or HPH 671. information to address questions of a Co-requisite: MAR 555 or permission of Prerequisites: MAR 502, MAR 503 multidisciplinary nature; instructor Fall, 3 credits, ABCF grading Fall, 3 credits, ABCF grading B. Ph.D. degree dissertation proposal MAR 514 Marine Management approved by a dissertation committee MAR 502 Biological Oceanography The course discusses waste management issues particularly affecting the marine envi- and oral preliminary examination; Examines biological processes in the ocean, ronment. Topics include ocean dumping, and introduces major ocean biomes and sewage treatment fish kills, beach pollution, C. Practicum in teaching; groups of organisms. A broad treatment of and nuisance algal blooms. Techniques for energy and nutrient cycling in coastal and D. Oral defense of dissertation; managing the waste stream are presented. open ocean environments. Crosslisted as HPH 672 or MAR 514. Prerequisite: Enrollment in Marine E. Submission of approved Prerequisite: Permission of instructor Environmental Sciences program or dissertation. Spring, 3 credits, ABCF grading permission of instructor Required Courses: Fall, 3 credits, ABCF grading MAR 515 Phytoplankton Ecology The biology and ecology of marine phyto- Marine Track: MAR 503 Chemical Oceanography plankton. Covered are life cycles, growth, Introduction to chemical oceanography. nutrient uptake, grazing, and the effects of A. Core Courses: MAR 501 Physical Topics include origin and history of seawater, environmental factors on growth and sur- Oceanography, MAR 502 Biological major and minor constituents, dissolved vival of phytoplankton. The characteristics of Oceanography, MAR 503 Chemical gases, the carbon dioxide system, distribu- various classes are examined and are related Oceanography, and MAR 506 Geological tion of properties in the world ocean, isotope to environmental conditions. Oceanography) geochemistry, and estuarine and hydrother- Prerequisites: General biology mal vent geochemistry. Fall, 3 credits, ABCF grading B. MAR 568 Scientific Communication; Prerequisite: Enrollment in the Marine Environmental Sciences program or MAR 516 Larval Ecology C. A minimum of six credits in spe- permission of instructor This course examines (1) physical, chemical, cialty courses (excluding MAR 501, 502, Spring, 3 credits, ABCF grading and biological processes that regulate timing 503, 506, 547, 555, and 580) selected by of reproduction, larval dispersal, and larval the student and his or her advisor and MAR 506 Geological Oceanography settlement, (2) selective forces in the plank- approved by the advisor; An introduction to the geological oceanogra- ton that shape life histories, and (3) ecological phy of the world ocean with emphasis on the and evolutionary consequences of complex D. Sea experience or appropriate field coastal environment; discussions of the phys- life cycles. experience. ical processes controlling the structure and Prerequisite: Permission of instructor evolution of the ocean basins and continental Spring, 3 credits, ABCF grading Atmospheric Track: margins, the distribution of marine sediment, and the development of coastal features. A. Core courses: 1) MAR 541 and 542, MAR 517 Waves Prerequisite: Enrollment in Marine Foundations of Atmospheric Sciences I Theory and observations of surface waves, Environmental Sciences program or internal waves, and planetary waves; wave- and II; 2) One of the required oceanog- permission of instructor wave, wave-current, and wave-turbulence raphy core courses (MAR 501, 502, 503, Spring, 3 credits, ABCF grading interactions; surface wave prediction; beach or 506); and 3) Two or three out of the processes. five following advanced courses, for MAR 510 Modeling Techniques in Chemical Spring, alternate years, 3 credits, M.S. and Ph.D. students, respectively: Oceanography ABCF grading MAR 593 Atmospheric Physics, MAR Derivation of solutions to advection-diffu- 594 Atmospheric Dynamics, MAR 544 sion-reaction equations for marine sediments MAR 518 Environmental Engineering and waters. One- and multi-dimensional mod- Atmospheric Radiation, MAR 596 A technical, legal, and regulatory review of els are developed for dissolved and solid- various aspects of environmental engineering. Atmospheric Chemistry, and MAR 598 phase substances in cartesian, cylindrical, Problems of and solutions for managing water Synoptic and Mesocale Meteorology); and spherical coordinates. Effect of imposing resources and air quality in an urban/suburban multiple layers on these systems is examined. coastal environment are discussed. B. MAR 595 Graduate Seminar in Prerequisite: Permission of instructor Prerequisite: Permission of instructor Atmospheric Sciences (two semesters); Spring, 3 credits, ABCF grading Spring, 3 credits, ABCF grading C. Minimum of 24 course credits for MAR 511 Benthic Ecology Ph.D. students. MAR 519 Geochemistry Seminar This course focuses on the ecological interac- This course explores topics in low-temperature tions of benthic organisms and their habitat. geochemistry as chosen by the instructors and Topics include life histories, the roles of com- participants. The seminar series is organized petition, predation and disturbance, feeding around a theme such as early diagenesis, estu- adaptations and food webs, interactions arine geochemistry, or aquatic chemistry. between benthic organisms and water Students are required to lead one of the semi- motion, sediment chemistry, and other abiotic nars and to participate in discussions. factors, and evolutionary history of benthic Prerequisite: MAR 503 or permission

222 MARINE AND ATMOSPHERIC SCIENCES of instructor MAR 527 Global Change MAR 534 Aquaculture Fall, 1 credit, ABCF grading The course examines the scientific basis Biological, economic, practical, social, and May be repeated for credit behind questions of global change and some legal aspects of culturing marine and fresh- of the policy implications of changes to the water organisms, including plants, mollusks, MAR 520 New Production and region and country. Topics include evidence crustaceans, and finfish. Basic principles of Geochemical Cycles and courses of past climactic changes, green- aquaculture and successes and failures with Consideration of oceanic new production for a house gases and the greenhouse effect, ana- selected species. Field trips and the prepara- variety of ecosystems. Quantitative examina- logues with other planets, the Gaia tion and evaluation of aquaculture proposals. tion of the impact of new production on the hypothesis, climate modeling, and deforesta- Fall, 2 credits, ABCF grading transport and cycling of major and minor ele- tion and the depletion of ozone. ments and pollutants. Prerequisite: Permission of instructor MAR 535 Physiological Ecology of Marine Pre- or corequisites: MAR 502, 503 Fall, alternate years, 2 credits, Organisms Spring, alternate years, 2 credits, ABCF grading An introduction to the physiological adapta- ABCF grading tions of marine organisms to environmental MAR 528 Ocean Atmosphere Interactions changes. Specific topics covered include MAR 521 Groundwater Problems This course discusses the fundamental physi- responses to stress, temperature adaptation, Discussion of the hydraulic processes and cal mechanisms through which the ocean and genetic basis of physiological adaptation, technologies that are central to the manage- atmosphere interact. These principles are resource partitioning, bioenergetics, and ment and monitoring of groundwater applied to the understanding of phenomena, feeding models and resource limitation. resources including special problems of such as the El Nino Southern Oscillation, the Prerequisite: Undergraduate courses in coastal hydrology and saltwater intrusion, as effects of sea surface temperature on the dis- biology, particularly ecology, invertebrate well as the fate of contaminants. Remediation tribution of low-level winds and development zoology, and/or physiology approaches are also examined. Crosslisted as of tropical deep convection, and the effects of Fall, 3 credits, ABCF grading MAR 521 or HPH 673. tropical deep convection and mid-latitude Prerequisite: Permission of instructor storms on the ocean’s mixed layer. Both mod- MAR 536 Environmental Law and Regulation Summer, 3 credits, ABCF grading eling and observational aspects are dis- This course covers environmental law and cussed. Material will be taken from selected regulations from inception in common law MAR 522 Environmental Toxicology and textbooks, as well as recent literature. through statutory law and regulations. The Public Health Prerequisite: Permission of instructor initial approach entails the review of impor- Principles of toxicology and epidemiology are Spring, alternate years, 3 credits, tant case law giving rise to today’s body of presented and problems associated with ABCF grading environmental regulations. Emphasis is on major classes of toxic chemicals and radiation environmental statutes and regulations deal- to human and environmental health are MAR 529 Isotope Geochemistry ing with waterfront and coastal development examined in case study format. This course deals both with the use of stable and solid waste as well as New York State’s Spring, 3 credits, ABCF grading and radioisotope applications to the earth Environmental Quality Review Act sciences. (SEQRA) and the National Environmental MAR 524 Organic Contaminant Hydrology Fall, 3 credits, ABCF grading Policy Act (NEPA). Crosslisted as MAR 536 There are a host of chemical, biological, and or HPH 676. physical processes that affect the transport MAR 530 Organic Geochemistry Spring, 3 credits, ABCF grading and fate of organic chemicals in natural Introduction to the organic chemistry of the waters. This course concerns understanding earth, oceans, and atmosphere. Topics include MAR 538 Modern Methods of Data Analysis these processes and the structure-activity production transformation and fate of organic in Atmospheric and Ocean Sciences—Part I relationships available for predicting their matter; use of organic biomarkers and stable An introduction to basic statistical concepts rates. The major focus of this class is on con- and radioisotopes; diagenesis in recent sedi- and their applications to analysis of data in taminant hydrology of soil and aquifer envi- ments; oil and coal production and composi- atmospheric and marine sciences. The topics ronments, and includes the principles behind tion; dissolved and particulate organic matter include distribution, statistical estimation, remediation and containment technologies. in seawater. hypothesis testing, analysis of variance, lin- This course is offered as both MAR 524 and Prerequisite: Permission of instructor ear and nonlinear regression analysis, and GEO 524. Fall, alternate years, 3 credits, basics of experimental design. In-depth class discussions of the theoretical concepts are Prerequisite: GEO 526 or MAR 503 or ABCF grading permission of instructor accompanied by extensive applications to data sets supplied by the instructor and the Spring, 3 credits, ABCF grading MAR 533 Instrumental Analysis students. Fundamental principles of instrumental Prerequisites: MAR or OCN graduate MAR 525 Environment and Public Health chemical analysis and practical applications Engineering/Sanitation of molecular spectroscopy and atomic spec- standing or permission of instructor Review of the interactions of humans with troscopy. These two instruments are widely Fall, alternate years, 3 credits, the atmosphere and water resources, espe- used in environmental problem solving. ABCF grading cially in the Long Island coastal community. Lectures cover basic concepts of chemical May be repeated once for credit An introduction is provided to the field of analysis and the fundamental principles of environmental health and the practices rele- the analytical techniques to be used. In the MAR 540 Marine Microbial Ecology vant to an urban/suburban and coastal set- laboratory, students gain hands-on experi- An historical perspective of the field, aspects ting. Crosslisted with HPH 675. ence both by performing a series of required of nutrition and growth, microbial metabo- Prerequisite: Permission of instructor basic chemical determinations (nutrients and lism, and trophodynamic relationships with Spring, every year, 3 credits, ABCF grading trace metals in sediments and in river water) other organisms. Emphasis on roles of and by undertaking special projects. microorganisms in marine environments such MAR 526 Pollutant Responses in Marine Students prepare written reports describing as salt marshes, estuaries, coastal pelagic Organisms the methods, the theory underlying those ecosystems, and the deep sea, as well as This course examines physiological, biochemi- methods, results, and figures of merit. microbial contribution to geochemical cycles. cal, and molecular responses of marine organ- Students also present their results orally in Contemporary and classical methodologies isms to contaminant stress. Material will be brief presentations. covered. examined through review lectures on the topic Prerequisites: Permission of instructor Prerequisite: MAR 502 or permission of and group discussion of the current literature. Spring, 3 credits, ABCF grading instructor Fall, alternate years, 3 credits, Fall, 3 credits, ABCF grading ABCF grading

223 MARINE AND ATMOSPHERIC SCIENCES

MAR 541 Foundations of Atmospheric MAR 548 Dynamical Oceanography II MAR 554 Aquatic Animal Diseases Sciences I Continuation of Dynamics I. Course covers This course is designed to expose students to This course will first give an overview of the some of the basic effects of stratification. fundamental and current issues pertaining to atmosphere and the climate system, includ- Topics include potential vorticity for baro- host/pathogen interactions in aquatic envi- ing weather systems and atmospheric gen- clinic motion and baroclinic instability. ronment. By the end of the course, students eral circulations. It then introduces Prerequisite: Dynamical Oceanography I should have a basic understanding of disease atmospheric thermodynamics and dynamics Fall, 3 credits, ABCF grading processes in aquatic animals; knowledge of at the level appropriate to all students in the tools used for disease diagnosis; and an atmospheric sciences. MAR 549 Current Topics in Atmospheric appreciation of disease management tools 3 credits, ABCF grading Sciences available today. A particular accent is given This course will discuss current research top- to the role of the environment as an impor- MAR 542 Foundations of Atmospheric ics in atmospheric sciences and their connec- tant factor in infectious and non-infectious Sciences II tions with advanced course materials. diseases. This course introduces cloud physics, atmos- 0-2 credits, S/U grading 3 credits, ABCF grading pheric chemistry, boundary layer turbulence, May be repeated once for credit and atmospheric radiation. This is the second MAR 555 Introduction to Mathematics for course in a two-course series taught at the MAR 550 Topics in Marine Sciences Marine Scientists level appropriate to all students in atmos- This is used to present special interest Course is designed to develop quantitative pheric sciences. courses, including intensive short courses by thinking and approaches in marine sciences. Topics covered are differential equations, dif- Fall, every year, 3 credits, ABCF grading visiting and adjunct faculty and courses requested by students. Those given in recent ferential and integral calculus, (minimum) MAR 544 Atmospheric Radiation years include Nature of Marine Ecosystems, partial differential equations. Discussions Science and Technology in Public include formulation of practical problems, i.e., Discussion of the compositions and radiative application of differential equations. components of planetary atmospheres. Institutions, Plutonium in the Marine Prerequisite: Calculus I or permission of Blackbody and gaseous radiation with Environment, and Problems in Estuarine emphasis on the respective roles of electro- Sedimentation. instructor magnetic theory and quantum statistics. Fall and spring, 1-4 credits, ABCF grading Fall, 3 credits, ABCF grading Derivation of the equation of transfer and May be repeated for credit radiative exchange integrals, with applica- MAR 556 Biology of Fishes tion to energy transfer processes within the MAR 551 Special Topics in Management Lectures and laboratories on comparative atmospheres of Earth and other planets. This course involves in-depth examination evolution, morphology, physiology, and ecol- and assessment of one or two topical prob- ogy of fishes with emphasis on marine and Fall, alternate years, 3 credits, lems and issues in the management of fish- estuarine forms. ABCF grading eries in the mid-Atlantic region. Fisheries Prerequisite: Permission of instructor management encompasses a diversity of dis- MAR 545 Paleoceonography and Fall, alternate years, 3 credits, ciplines and interests: biology, ecology, math- ABCF grading Paleoclimatology ematics, law, policy, economics, analytical This course will provide an extensive modeling, sociology, and anthropology. The MAR 558 Remote Sensing overview of the methods used in paleoclimate class conducts a detailed and thorough Theory and application of remote sensing and research and an examination of important cli- review of one or two key fisheries manage- digital image analysis to marine research. mate events during the Late-Mesozoic and ment problems that incorporate component Students use standard software and PCs for Cenozoic eras. We will discuss proxies used to issues spanning this range of disciplines. digital filtering, enhancement, and classifica- create paleoclimate reconstructions forcing Students form several teams, each team tion of imagery. mechanisms on interannual to million-year focusing on one aspect of the overall problem Prerequisite: MAR 501, 502, 504, 506, or time scales, climate effects on geological and and preparing a report detailing that aspect permission of instructor biological processes, and the modeling of and making recommendations on how man- present climate and extrapolation to past and agement decisions can be improved. Spring, 2 credits, ABCF grading future climates. Prereqisite: Permission of instructor MAR 559 Applied Groundwater Modeling Fall, alternate years, 1-4 credits, Fall, 1-4 credits, ABCF grading This seminar-style course will explore error ABCF grading May be repeated for credit estimation, uncertainty propagation, risk MAR 546 Marine Sedimentology analysis, model validation, and decision MAR 552 Directed Study analysis. Study of sedimentology in the marine envi- Individual studies under the guidance of a Fall, alternate years, 2 credits, ronment including an introduction to fluid faculty member. Subject matter varies ABCF grading mechanics, sediment transport theory, quan- according to the needs of the students. titative models of sedimentation, and Prerequisite: Permission of instructor MAR 560 Ecology of Fishes dynamic stratigraphy. Fall, spring, and summer, 1-12 credits, Introduction to current research in the ecol- Prerequisite: Permission of instructor ABCF grading ogy of fishes. Topics such as population regu- Fall, alternate years, 3 credits, May be repeated for credit lation, migration, reproductive strategies, ABCF grading predator-prey interactions, feeding behavior, MAR 553 Fishery Management competition, life history strategies, and oth- MAR 547 Dynamical Oceanography I Survey of the basic principles of and tech- ers are discussed. The first course in a two-course series on niques for studying the population dynamics Prerequisite: Familiarity with concepts of basic methods and results in dynamical of marine fish and shellfish. Discussion of the ecology or biological oceanography oceanography. This course emphasizes theoretical basis for management of Spring, alternate years, 3 credits, unstratified fluids. Topics covered include but exploited fishes and shellfish, contrasting ABCF grading are not limited to basic conservation equa- management in theory and in practice using tions, effects of rotation, geostrophy, poten- local, national, and international examples. MAR 562 Early Diagenesis of Marine tial vorticity conservation, Ekman layers, Includes lab exercises in the use of computer- Sediments based models for fish stock assessment. and Ekman pumping. The course treats qualitative and quantita- Prerequisite: MAR 501 or permission of Prerequisite: Calculus I or permission of tive aspects of the early diagenesis of sedi- instructor instructor ments. Topics include diffusion and Spring, 3 credits, ABCF grading Spring, alternate years, 3 credits, adsorption of dissolved species; organic mat- ABCF grading ter decomposition and storage; and diagene-

224 MARINE AND ATMOSPHERIC SCIENCES sis of clay materials, sulfur compounds, and MAR 570 Modern Methods of Data Analysis pollution processes. calcium carbonates. The effects of bioturba- in Atmospheric and Ocean Studies—Part II Prerequisite: Permission of instructor tion on sediment diagenesis are also dis- Sampling and experiment design considera- Fall, 1-4 credits, ABCF grading cussed. This course is offered as both MAR tions, time and frequency domain analysis, May be repeated for credit 562 and GEO 562. Fourier methods, related topics in probabil- Prerequisite: Permission of instructor ity and statistics. Course involves some com- MAR 577 Special Topics: Coastal Zone Fall, alternate years, 3 credits, puter work. Management ABCF grading Prerequisite: Permission of instructor The course is designed for the discussion of Fall, alternate years, 3 credits, topics of special interest on demand that are MAR 563 Early Diagenesis of Marine ABCF grading not covered in regularly scheduled courses. Sediments II May be repeated once for credit Examples of possible topics include micro- The basic principles and concepts of diage- computer information systems, environmen- netic processes developed in MAR/GEO 562 MAR 571 Zooplankton Ecology tal law, coastal pollution, dredge spoil are used to examine in detail early diagenesis The course is designed to acquaint the stu- disposal, science and technology in public in a range of sedimentary environments. dent with the theoretical problems and institutions, and coastal marine policy. These include terrigenous and biogenic sedi- applied methodology in ecological studies of Prerequisite: Permission of instructor ments from estuarine, lagoonal, deltaic, open marine and freshwater zooplankton. Topics Fall and Spring, 1-4 credits, ABCF grading shelf, hemipelagic, oligotrophic deep-sea, and will include taxonomy, anatomy, physiology, May be repeated for credit hydrothermal regions. life history strategies, population dynamics, Prerequisite: MAR/GEO 562 and food chain interaction. MAR 580 Seminar 3 credits, ABCF grading Prerequisites: MAR 502 and permission of A weekly series of research seminars pre- instructor sented by visiting scientists and members of MAR 564 Atmospheric Structure and Spring, alternate years, 3 credits, the staff. Analysis ABCF grading Fall and spring, 0 credit, S/U grading Real-world applications of basic dynamical May be repeated principles to develop a physical understanding MAR 572 Geophysical Simulation of various weather phenomena. Topics include Basic equations and boundary conditions. MAR 581 Coastal Engineering Geology the hypsomatric equation, structure and evo- Linear and nonlinear instabilities. Finite-dif- Concepts of the mechanics of earth materials lution of extratropical cyclones, fronts, hurri- ference and time integration techniques for and the physics of surficial processes with canes and convective systems, surface and problems in geophysical fluid dynamics. applications to the coastal environment and upper air analysis techniques, radar and satel- Numerical design of global atmospheric and engineering. lite interpretation, and introduction to opera- ocean models. Prerequisites: Enrollment in MESP or OCN tional products and forecasting. Fall, alternate years, 3 credits, Program or permission of the instructor Prerequisite: One year of calculus ABCF grading 3 credits, ABCF grading Spring, 3 credits, ABCF grading MAR 573 Special Topics: Chemical MAR 582 Advanced Atmospheric Dynamics MAR 565 Global Atmospheric Change Oceanography Application of the concepts of balanced flow An application of chemical principles to the This course is designed for the discussion of and potential vorticity thinking—conserva- analysis and prediction of climate changes on topics of special interest on demand that are tion and inversion—to study wave propaga- Earth. The course analyzes climates that not covered in regularly scheduled courses. tion, baroclinic instability, evolution of have occurred in the Earth’s past and uses Examples of possible topics include carbon- cyclones an baroclinic waves, and wave-mean this information to infer climate changes that ate chemistry, isotope chemistry, and micro- flow interactions. are likely to occur in the near and distant bial chemistry. Prerequisite: MAR 594 future. Topics covered include atmospheric Prerequisite: Permission of instructor Spring, 3 credits, ABCF grading chemistry, paleoclimates, greenhouse warm- Spring, 1-4 credits, ABCF grading ing, ozone changes, and urban pollution. May be repeated for credit MAR 584 Applied Marine Ecology Seminar Prerequisite: One year of calculus This course provides an opportunity for Spring, 3 credits, ABCF grading MAR 574 Special Topics: Ocean Dynamics advanced graduate students to practice pre- Introductory dynamical oceanography, senting data on their thesis research in areas MAR 566 Air Pollution and Its Control framework, and applications. broadly related to how individuals and com- A detailed introduction to the causes, effects, Summer, 1-4 credits, ABCF grading munities of marine organisms respond to and control of air pollution. The pollutants May be repeated for credit changes in their environments. Each student discussed include carbon monoxide, sulfur will prepare an abstract of the work they plan oxides, nitrogen oxides, ozone, hydrocarbons, MAR 575 Special Topics: Geological to present and assign an appropriate review and particulate matter. The emissions of Oceanography or research paper for the class to read. They these bases from natural and industrial The course proposes to take several views of will then prepare a formal presentation of sources and the principles used for control- the ecology and biogeochemistry of intertidal their work suitable for a Departmental semi- ling the latter are described. The chemical wetlands to see whether one or more of these nar. Faculy and students will provide con- and physical transformations of the pollu- views might be useful in reinvigorating inter- structive criticism of the presentation as well tants in the atmosphere are investigated and est in the study of wetland function for its as participate in a discussion of the work. the phenomena of urban smog and acid rain own sake. Ecology and plant life history will Fall, every year, 1 credit, S/U grading are discussed. be studied in addition to geology and wet- May be repeated for credit Spring, 3 credits, ABCF grading lands management. Spring, 1-4 credits, ABCF grading MAR 585 Coastal Geology Seminar MAR 568 Scientific Communication May be repeated for credit An assessment of recent developments in This course is designed to provide first-year coastal geology. Discussion of advances in the graduate students with an introduction to the MAR 576 Special Topics: Biological application of sedimentology, stratigraphy, standards and practices of both proposing Oceanography and geomorphology to the study of coastal and presenting results of oceanographic The course is designed for the discussion of environments. Modern-ancient analogues are research. Students will develop skills in com- topics of special interest on demand that are emphasized where appropriate. municating in both oral and written formats, not covered in regularly scheduled courses. Prerequisite: Stratigraphy and sedimentary and have the opportunity to produce a draft Examples of possible topics include grazing marine geology thesis proposal. in benthic environment, coastal upwelling, Fall, 2 credits, S/U grading 2 credits, ABCF grading the nature of marine ecosystems, and marine May be repeated for credit

225 MARINE AND ATMOSPHERIC SCIENCES

MAR 586 Introduction to Ecological MAR 596 Principles of Atmospheric Brookhaven National Lab. Modeling Chemistry Fall, spring, and summer, 1-9 credits, This course will provide students with a The application of photochemistry and reac- S/U grading familiarity with the major concepts, tion kinetics to the atmospheres of the Earth May be repeated for credit approaches, and underlying rationale for and planets. The composition and structure of modeling in the ecological sciences. Topics various regions of atmospheres, including the MAR 700 Dissertation Research Off Campus will include reviews of theoretical and empir- troposphere, stratosphere, and ionosphere. —Domestic ical models, the use of models in adaptive Incorporation of chemical rate processes and Prerequisite: Must be advanced to candi- management, and how to confront models physical transport into models. Production of dacy (G5). Major portion of research will with data to evaluate alternative hypotheses. airglow and auroral emissions. take place off-campus, but in the United Roughly one-third of the course will be Prerequisite: Permission of instructor States and/or U.S. provinces. Please note, devoted to the use of models in management, Fall, alternate years, 3 credits, Brookhaven National Labs and the Cold focusing on the problems of fitting models to ABCF grading Spring Harbor Lab are considered on-cam- data and management pitfalls that follow. pus. All international students must enroll Course work will consist of readings, in-class MAR 597 Climate Dynamics in one of the graduate student insurance exercises, and group assignments that Fundamentals of the observed climate sys- plans and should be advised by an involve the construction, analysis, and inter- tem. Simple climactic models including International Advisor. pretation of ecological models. energy balance models and radiative-convec- Fall, spring, summer, 1-9 credits, Prerequisite: BEE 550, BEE 552; MAT 131 tive models. Physical processes in the climate S/U grading or equivalent; any statistics course system and their quantitative simulations May be repeated for credit Spring, 3 credits, ABCF grading with emphasis on convection and clouds, radi- ation, soil temperature and moisture, snow MAR 701 Dissertation Research Off Campus MAR 587 Basics of Arc GIS and ice, etc. Introduction to numerical cli- —International An introduction to the basic elements of GIS mate modeling. Prerequisite: Must be advanced to candi- analysis with marine applications. The Prerequisite: Permission of instructor dacy (G5). Major portion of research will course includes “hands-on” exercises to Fall, alternate years, 3 credits, take place outside of the United States familiarize students with Arc GIS capabili- ABCF grading and/or U.S. provinces. Domestic students ties and basics of a GIS toolbox. A project have the option of the health plan and may will be required with an emphasis on marine MAR 598 Synoptic and Mesoscale also enroll in MEDEX. International stu- and coastal situations. Meteorology dents who are in their home country are not Spring, every year, 3 credits, ABCF grading Course examines the structure and evolution covered by mandatory health plan and must of synoptic and mesoscale systems using contact the Insurance Office for the insur- MAR 590 Research observations, modern dynamical analysis, ance charge to be removed. International Original investigation undertaken with the and numerical weather prediction models. students who are not in their home country supervision of the advisor. Diagnosis of synoptic systems includes appli- are charged for the mandatory health insur- Prerequisite: Permission of instructor cations of quasi-geostrophic theory to baro- ance. If they are to be covered by another Fall and spring, 1-12 credits, S/U grading clinic waves; jet stream and frontal insurance plan they must file a waiver be May be repeated for credit circulations. A survey of the concepts of second week of classes. The charge will only mesoscale systems includes convective sys- be removed if other plan is deemed compa- MAR 591 Atmospheric Molecular Processes tems, gravity waves, and terrain-coastal cir- rable. All international students must Review of electromagnetic theory of scatter- culations. The student will investigate such receive clearance from an International ing and spectroscopy in a manner appropriate phenomena in the laboratory as well as indi- Advisor. for studies of planetary atmospheric phenom- vidual projects. Fall, spring, summer, 1-9 credits, ena involving gaseous molecules. A major Prerequisite: Permission of instructor S/U grading portion is devoted to quantitative spectro- Spring, alternate years, 4 credits, May be repeated for credit scopic aspects of absorption of infrared radia- ABCF grading tion by planetary atmospheric gases. Spectral line shapes and band models. MAR 600 Summer Research Fall, alternate years, 3 credits, Summer, 0 credit, S/U grading May be repeated ABCF grading MAR 593 Atmospheric Physics MAR 650 Dissertation Research Original investigation undertaken with the Advanced cloud physics. atmospheric convec- supervision of research committee. tion, and other moist processes. Fall and spring, 1-9 credits, S/U grading 3 credits, ABCF grading May be repeated for credit MAR 594 Atmospheric Dynamics This course covers atmospheric waves, quasi- MAR 655 Directed Study geostrophic theory, and atmospheric dynamic Individual studies under the guidance of a instability. faculty member. Subject matter varies 3 credits, ABCF grading according to the needs of the student. Prerequisite: Permission of instructor MAR 595 Graduate Seminar in Atmospheric Fall, spring, and summer, 1-9 credits, Sciences ABCF grading Discussion of special research topics centered May be repeated for credit on monographs, conference proceedings, or journal articles. Topics include climate change, MAR 670 Practicum in Teaching atmospheric chemistry, radiation transfer, and Fall and spring, 1-3 credits, S/U grading planetary atmospheres. This course is intended May be repeated for credit primarily for students who have passed the written qualifying examination in atmospheric MAR 699 Dissertation Research On Campus sciences, although other students may enroll Research course exclusively for students with permission of the faculty seminar leader. who have been advanced to candidacy (G5). Fall and spring, 0-3 credits, ABCF grading Major portion of research must take place on May be repeated for credit SB campus, at Cold Spring Harbor, or at the

226 MARINE AND ATMOSPHERIC SCIENCES

227 MATERIALS SCIENCE AND ENGINEERING

Materials Science and Engineering (ESM)

Chair: Michael Dudley, Old Engineering Building Room 312, (631) 632-8500 Graduate Program Director: Dilip Gersappe, Old Engineering Building Room 316, (631) 632-8499 Department Office: Old Engineering Building Room 314, Zip 2275, (631) 632-8484 Office Staff: Lynn Allopenna, Sr. Staff Assistant; Debby Michienzi, Staff Assistant

Degrees awarded: M.S. in Materials Science and Engineering; Ph.D. in Materials Science and Engineering

The Department of Materials Science Bachelor of Science Degree/ Energy (DOE), research is conducted on and Engineering offers graduate work Master of Science Degree polymer dynamics, nanopatterning, thin leading to the Master of Science and Program film and interface engineering, surface Doctor of Philosophy degrees. The modification, blends, polyelectrolytes, motivating philosophy of the graduate An engineering science, engineering adhesion, block polymers, and wetting. program is to provide the student with a chemistry, or physics student may apply Center for Thermal Spray Research: broad synthesis of the theoretical and at the end of the junior year for admis- The Center for Thermal Spray Research experimental techniques required to work sion to this special program, which leads (CTSR) conducts both applied and fun- with all classes of materials. Emphasis is to a Bachelor of Engineering or Bachelor damental research on thermal spray placed on courses that unify the field of Science degree at the end of the technology, which involves melt spray in terms of fundamentals treated with fourth year and a Master of Science formation of protective coatings and free sufficient depth to enable the student to degree at the end of the fifth year. In the standing forms. CTSR is a unique facility make technological contributions in senior year, a student in the program takes containing a vast array of industrial-level diverse areas of materials science and six credits of graduate courses. In the fifth plasma and combustion spray devices. In engineering. Laboratory and coursework year, the student takes 24 credits, of which 1999, CTSR’s research program received are structured to provide programs for at least 18 credits are coursework and six a significant boost through a $5 million students who (1) are entering intensive credits are ESM 599 Research. The award from the Defense Advanced basic research-oriented programs lead- advantages of this program over the Research Projects Agency (DARPA) to ing to Ph.D. or Master of Science regular M.S. program is that a student pursue revolutionary applications of degrees, (2) are currently employed and may start his or her M.S. thesis in the thermal spray in electronics. Under the can complete their studies in the senior year, and that he or she needs auspices of the Mesoscale Integrated evening, or (3) are working in materials- only 24 credits in the fifth year as Conformal Electronics initiative, CTSR related industries and can integrate opposed to 30 credits for a regular M.S. has expanded its reach in the design, syn- their work experience into their degree student. For details of the M.S. degree thesis, and applications of thick film elec- requirements. requirements, see the graduate pro- tronics and sensor materials. A new gram director. laboratory for both electronics fabrica- Industrial Cooperative tion and characterization has been set up. Research Activities Ph.D. Program Recent awards made to the faculty Since its inception, the Department has include two NSF Nanoscale Integrated A special extramural Ph.D. degree pro- had a strong research component, with a Research Team awards (totaling $2 mil- gram is offered by the Department of major emphasis in surface science and lion), one concerning the use of metal Materials Science and Engineering for engineering. The Department has been oxide electronic noses for use as molecu- highly qualified individuals working in successful in obtaining external funding lar and biological sensors, and the other an industrial materials research area. for research and currently has the high- concerning molecular electronics on the Candidates for this program must have est per capita faculty funding within the nanoscale. met the graduate coursework require- University. In 2003, the Department The proximity to Brookhaven National ments for the Ph.D. typically by earning topped the list for research funding in Laboratory (BNL) and its advanced a master’s degree. Doctoral research the College of Engineering and Applied national facilities has been a major is generally done at the student’s place Sciences. The Department boasts more benefit to both faculty and students of employment, rather than on than $4 million in external funding for 15 within the Department. Several faculty the University campus. Contact the total full-time faculty members. The members hold guest appointments at Department for further information. Department hosts two main interdisci- BNL, while Brookhaven scientists One-Year Master’s Degree plinary centers, one on polymers and the participate in research and teaching other on thermal spray. These centers within the Department. The DOE Program offer a unique and rich environment for awarded the contract to manage BNL in Students admitted to this program can interdisciplinary graduate research and 1998 to Brookhaven Science Associates, complete all requirements for the education. a consortium of other universities led by degree in two semesters of full-time Garcia Center for Polymers at Engineered Stony Brook and the Battelle Memorial study. Required courses are given in the Interfaces: The Polymer Center offers an Institute. The University’s relationship late afternoon or evening and research interdisciplinary program aimed at study- with this premier research facility projects can be carried out at the stu- ing the molecular basis of macroscopic phe- greatly enhances both the Department’s dent’s work location. Contact the nomena. With funds from industrial and Stony Brook’s research programs. Department for further information. partners, the NSF and the Department of At BNL, the facilities available to the

228 MATERIALS SCIENCE AND ENGINEERING

Department include particle accelerators processing facility within the Other surface-related research involves for carrying out ion beam surface modifi- Department boasts a collection of fur- studies of surface/environmental inter- cation experiments and highly sophisti- naces capable of reaching 3,000ºC in con- actions. Using unique combinations of cated surface analysis probes. The trolled atmospheres or under vacuum, a electron and ion spectroscopies, infrared National Synchrotron Light Source resist-spinner, ellipsometer, contact and optical microspectroscopy and syn- (NSLS) is also located at BNL. As one of angle goniometers, and a high-resolution chrontron-based techniques, research is the participating research teams at Nomarsky metallurgical microscope with being conducted into corrosion behavior NSLS, the Synchrotron Topography image processing capability. and corrosion inhibition of engineering Research Group, centered in Stony The analytical electron facility of the alloys, degradation of paints and other Brook’s Department of Materials Science Department consists of both scanning coatings, remediation of contaminated and Engineering, is using special X-ray and transmission electron microscopes. surfaces, and surface cleaning. Much of methods to image nondestructively dislo- The state-of-the-art Schottky Field this work has included collaborations cation microstructures. This enables Emission Scanning Electron Microscope with other universities, industries, image-detailed descriptions of dislocation (SEM) (LEO Gemini 1550) includes an national laboratories, and government motion and structures attendant to crys- In-Lens Secondary Electron Detector facilities such as the Army Research tal growth and plastic deformation and in addition to the standard E-T detec- Laboratory, Weapons and Materials fracture, as well as to interesting materi- tor, and a Rutherford Backscatter Directorate (Aberdeen, MD). An evolving als behaviors. The topographic method is Electron Detector. This SEM allows for area of collaborative research involves also being used in Department-based high-resolution imaging of the surfaces related studies of unique thin films and studies of surface chemical reactivity. and cross-sections of all types of solid structures formed using femtosecond The Department recently was awarded materials. It is also fully equipped with laster ablation. The structure of epitaxial a $1 million NSF Major Research an EDS (energy dispersive X-ray spec- surface monolayers is being studied Instrumentation grant to set up a center troscopy) system using an EDAX using LEED; extension of this research for crystal growth. The center is focused detector that provides elemental com- is also performed at the NSLS. The on developing capabilities for tackling the positions and X-ray maps of the various preparation of thin films of magnetic most challenging problems in crystal phases of the materials examined. metals is studied using ultrahigh- growth of novel advanced materials, and Finally, the SEM includes an Electron- vacuum (UHV) molecular beam epitaxy currently includes a high-pressure, high- Backscattered Electron Diffraction (MBE) processing. These materials are temperature furnace for crystal growth (EBED) analysis system based on the used in the computer industry in disk of III-nitrides from solution-melts, a low- TSL/EDAX orientation imaging and storage devices. The magnetic proper- temperature CVD reactor for deposition of Phase-ID software that allows for ties of these materials are studied using ZnO films, a two-zone high-temperature non-destructive diffraction analysis and a vibrating sample magnetometer resistance-heater furnace for sublimation orientation imaging (texture analysis) of (VSM) and magneto-optic Kerr effect growth of ZnO, and a high-temperature the grain structure of the surface of the (MOKE) spectroscopy. Research is also RF reactor for SiC sublimation growth. specimens tested. being performed on the chemical As a result of the University’s Engineer- This facility also includes a digitally con- makeup of the newly discovered high- ing 2000 initiative, our ties with industry trolled Transmission Electron Microscope temperature superconductors. Novel are growing stronger: faculty members (Philips CM12), complete with EDS and methods of rapidly spraying such mate- are working with industry on joint PEELS (Parallel-reading Electron rials onto surfaces are being developed. research projects and submitting cooper- Energy Loss Spectroscopy) facilities for Through a Department of Defense ative proposals to outside agencies. The detailed analytical studies. This tool instrumentation program, a comprehen- Department of Materials Science has led allows for the direct observation of the sive thermal analysis and porosity labo- the effort in joint industry-University “internal” structure of materials at reso- ratory has been set up within the projects within the College of lutions as low as a few Å and for the Department. Engineering through the New York determination of the crystal structure of Consistent with Stony Brook’s desig- State Strategic Partnership for their various components. nated mission as a research center, Industrial Resurgence (SPIR) program. There are also facilities for sample the cornerstone of the Department’s Stony Brook’s own facilities include preparation for electron microscopy and academic program is the graduate work state-of-the-art low-energy electron microanalysis observations, including leading to the research-oriented M.S. diffraction (LEED); a state-of-the-art precision ion milling units (such as and Ph.D. degrees. The Department scanning electron microscope and a VCR Group XLA 2000). has about 50 full-time, fully supported transmission electron microscope, both Furthermore, advanced software for students and as many as 10 part-time equipped with analytical capabilities electron diffraction patterns simulation students, most of whom work in Long and the latest software for electron dif- and image processing is available Island’s high-technology industries. fraction simulation and image processing; (e.g., Desktop Microscopist and Digital an atomic force microscope; and electron Micrograph). Admission spectroscopy for chemical analysis (ESCA) Another research area that is emerg- Admission is based on the graduate IAES/SIMS Infrared Microscopy units, ing in the Department includes the program committee’s assessment of the as well as central characterization development and testing of chemical applicant’s aptitude for research and the facilities that include equipment for sensors. A gas sensor testing facility is compatibility of his or her interests with microanalysis and X-ray techniques. A being set up in the Department and it the active research programs and capa- well-equipped materials fabrication and will be available shortly. bilities of the Department. Applicants

229 MATERIALS SCIENCE AND ENGINEERING are advised to pay particular attention to Seigle, Leslie, Emeritus, Ph.D., 1951, Chidambaran, Dev, Ph.D., 2003, Stony Brook their statements of purpose (page 3 of Massachusetts Institute of Technology: University: Corrosion science and surface analysis. Thermodynamics of solids; diffusions in the application form). Minimum require- Cooley, Lance, Ph.D., 1993, University of solids; protective coatings. ments, in addition to those of the Wisconsin, Madison: Materials science. Graduate School, are as follows: Sokolov, Jonathan C., Ph.D., 1983, Stony Czajkowski, Carl, Ph.D., 1996, Stony Brook Brook University: Surface and interface A. A bachelor’s degree in engineering, University: Nuclear materials engineering. properties of polymers and blends; phase mathematics, physics, chemistry, or a transitions; neutron and X-ray scattering; Dasgupta, Avijit, Ph.D., P.E., 1983, University closely related area from an accredited EXAFS; SIMS. of Miami: Environmental engineering. college or university; Associate Professors Gu, Genda, Ph.D., 1989, Harbin Institute of B. A minimum grade average of at Technology, Harbin, China: Materials science Charles Fortmann, Ph.D., 1985, Stanford least a B in all courses in engineering, and engineering; single crystal characterization University: Solid state physics; protein dynamics. mathematics, and science; and physical properties measurement; single Gersappe, Dilip, Graduate Program Director, C. Results of the Graduate Record crystal growth and solidification of oxide Ph.D., 1992, Northwestern University: materials and metallic materials. Examination (GRE) General Test; Polymer theory and simulation. Huang, Xianrong, Ph.D.,1995, Nanjing D. For foreign students, results of the Gouma, Pelagia-Irene (Perena), Ph.D., 1996, University, China: X-ray typography. TOEFL exam with a score of at least University of Birmingham, England: Advanced 600 (paper), 250 (computer) or 90 iBT, materials characterization; electron microscopy Isaacs, Hugh, Ph.D., 1963, Imperial College of and no subscore should be below a 22. and microanalysis techniques; chemical sensors. Science and Technology, University of London, England: Electrochemical research. E. Acceptance by both the Department Halada, Gary, Ph.D., 1993, Stony Brook Johnson, Peter, Ph.D., 1978, Warwick of Materials Science and Engineering University: Electron spectroscopy; electro- chemistry; surface engineering; optical University, England: Physics. and the Graduate School. spectroscopy; environmental remediation. Jones, Keith, Ph.D., 1955, University of Faculty Assistant Professors Wisconsin, Madison: Physics. Kondakis, Nicholas, Ph.D., 1989, Columbia Distinguished Professors Koga, Tadadori, Ph.D., 1998, Kyushu University, Japan: Green nanofabrication of polymer thin University: High-energy physics. Chu, Benjamin, Ph.D., 1959, Cornell University: Structure and dynamics of supermolecular films; chemical recycling of waste plastics and Li, Qiang, 1991, Iowa State University at and polymeric systems, using laser-light methane hydrate as a future energy resource. Ames: Energy and electronic materials; scattering, fluorescence recovery after photo Orlov, Alexander, Ph.D., 2005, University of synthesis and characterization. bleaching, transient electric birefringence, Cambridge, U.K.; M.Phil., University of Lewis, Laura J.H., Ph.D., 1993, University of small-angle X-ray scattering with synchrotron Cambridge, U.K.; M.S.E., University of Michigan; Texas, Austin: Materials science and engineering. radiation, and other spectroscopic techniques. M.E./B.E., National Technical University, Ukraine: Russo, Lysa, M.S., 1992, Stony Brook Herman, Herbert, Ph.D., 1961, Northwestern Materials for environmental applications; physical University: Materials science. University: Protective coatings; thermal spray; chemistry, environmental nanotechnology, and composites; marine materials. photocatalysis. Samuilov, Vladimir, Ph.D., 1986, Belarus State University: Physics. Professors Pernodet, Nadine, Ph.D., 1996, Institut Charles Clayton, Clive R., Ph.D., 1976, Surrey Sadron, Strasbourg, France: Physical chemistry Schwarz, Steven, Ph.D., 1980, Stanford University, England: Environmental and polymers. University: Electrical engineering. degradation of materials; XPS; AES; dynamic Stein, Richard, Ph.D., 1949, Princeton and static SIMS; electrochemical analysis Venkatesh, T.A., Ph.D., 1998, Massachusetts University: Physical chemistry. synthesis by ultra-fast laser ablation; RHEED; Institute of Technology: Nanomaterials, smart protective coatings. materials, materials for MEMS and biomedical Tobin, Al, Ph.D., 1968, Columbia University: applications. Dudley, Michael, Chair, Ph.D., 1982, Metallurgy. University of Warwick, England: Synchrotron Research Professors Twiley, John, B.S., 1976, University of topography; crystal defects; mechanical Gambino, Richard, M.S., 1976, Polytechnic California, Riverside: Chemistry. properties. Institute of New York: Magnetic thin films; Weil, Edward, Ph.D., 1953, University of Jona, Franco P., Ph.D., 1949, Swiss magneto-optical properties; Hall effect and Illinois; Organic chemistry. Polytechnic Institute (E.T.H.), Switzerland: magneto-resistance of magnetic metals; Surface physics; LEED. epitaxial growth of magnetic materials. Welch, David O., Ph.D., 1964, University of Mahajan, Devinder, Ph.D., 1979, University of Pennsylvania: Theoretical materials science; British Columbia: Inorganic chemistry; fuel Adjunct Faculty kinetics of diffusion; energetics; statistical cells; catalysis. Adzic, Radoslav, Ph.D., 1974, University of mechanics; crystal lattice defects; equations of Belgrade: Surface electrochemistry; Rafailovich, Miriam, Ph.D., 1980, Stony Brook state phase equilibria; radiation effects. electrocatalysis; direct energy conversion; University: Polymeric liquids; phase transitions; Zaitsev, Vladimir, Ph.D., 1992, Moscow State fuel cells. thin film wetting phenomena; atomic force University, Russia: Chemistry. microscopy; ion, X-ray, and neutron scattering. Berndt, Christopher C, Ph.D., 1980, Monash Zhu, Yimei, Ph.D., 1987, Nagoya University, Sampath, Sanjay, Ph.D., 1989, Stony Brook University, Australia: Protective coatings; Japan: Materials physics. University: Thermal spraying; protective coatings; mechanical properties; biomaterials; functioning graded materials; thick film electronics thermal spray. and sensors.

230 MATERIALS SCIENCE AND ENGINEERING

Degree Requirements 2. The 30 credits must include the 2. A minimum of 24 graduate course Requirements for the M.S. Degree following three core courses: ESM 511 credits is required to graduate (excluding Thermodynamics of Solids; ESM 513 ESM 599, 697, 698, and 699). In addition to the minimum require- Strength of Materials; and ESM 521 3. The 24 course credits must include ments of the Graduate School, the Diffusion in Solids. If the student does the following three core courses: ESM requirements for the M.S. degree in the not receive a minimum of a B in a core 511 Thermodynamics of Solids; ESM Department of Materials Science and course, he or she may repeat that 513 Strength of Materials; and ESM 521 Engineering can be satisfied by either course one other time. one of the two following options: Diffusion in Solids. If the student does 3. In addition, all students who are not receive a minimum of a B in a core M.S. Non-Thesis Option supported as Teaching Assistants must course, he or she may repeat that A. Election complete ESM 501 Teaching and course one other time. Mentoring Techniques and ESM 698 The election of this option must be 4. All students must complete Practicum in Teaching. made by the student upon admission ESM 501 Teaching and Mentoring to the program and is considered a 4. The 30 credits must include six Techniques. credits of ESM 599 Research. terminal degree. 5. The student must pass at least three B. Coursework 5. Only six credits of ESM 696 Special credits of ESM 698 Practicum in Problems in Materials Science are Teaching and six credits of ESM 699 1. A minimum of 30 graduate credits allowed. Dissertation Research on Campus. with a grade point average of 3.0 or better in all graduate courses taken is 6. All courses taken outside the 6. Only six credits of ESM 696 Special required to graduate. All credits must Department require permission from Problems in Materials Science are be from coursework. the graduate program director. allowed. 2. The 30 credits must include the C. Thesis 7. All courses taken outside the Department require permission from following three core courses: ESM 511 For the student who elects to the graduate program director. Thermodynamics of Solids; ESM 513 complete a thesis for the M.S. degree, Strength of Materials; and ESM 521 the thesis must be approved by three 8. If a student is being supported the Diffusion in Solids. If the student does faculty members, at least two of whom student must TA/GA/RA for five not receive a minimum of a B in a core are members of the Department of semesters. course, he or she may repeat that Materials Science and Engineering, C. Preliminary Examination course one other time. including the research advisor. The preliminary examination must be 3. In addition, all students who are D. Final Recommendation taken before the beginning of the stu- supported as Teaching Assistants must Upon fulfillment of the above require- dent’s fifth semester. This is an oral complete ESM 501 Teaching and ments, the graduate program committee examination designed to test the stu- Mentoring Techniques and ESM 698 will recommend to the dean of the dent’s ability to utilize his or her mate- Practicum in Teaching. Graduate School that the Master of rials science background to carry out 4. Only six credits of ESM 696 Special Science degree be conferred or will research in a chosen field of study, and Problems in Materials Science are stipulate further requirements that the to make clear written and oral presen- allowed. student must fulfill. tations of research. At least ten days prior to the examination, the candidate 5. All courses taken outside the E. Transfer to Other Options should submit a research proposal (10 Department require permission from Transfer to another degree option in to 15 pages) to the examiners that the graduate program director. the Department can be made only with places the research in context and out- the written permission of the graduate lines a scenario for its completion. M.S. Thesis Option program director. The examination committee will consist of two Department of Materials Science A. Election Requirements for the Ph.D. Degree and Engineering faculty members. If a The election of this option must be second examination is required, it must made by the student upon admission to A. Plan of Work be completed by the tenth week of the the program, and is normally considered Before completion of one year of fifth semester. part of the Ph.D. sequence. Students full-time residence, the student must may not transfer to the non-thesis have selected a research advisor who D. Advancement to Candidacy option while registered for a thesis agrees to serve in that capacity. The stu- After the student has successfully master’s or a Ph.D. degree. dent will then prepare a plan of further completed all requirements for the coursework. This must receive the degree, other than the dissertation, he B. Coursework approval of the student’s advisor and of or she is eligible to be recommended for 1. A minimum of 30 graduate credits the graduate program committee. advancement to candidacy. This status is required to graduate; 24 credits is conferred by the Dean of the must be from coursework. An average B. Coursework Graduate School upon recommendation grade of B or better is required for 1. An average grade of B or higher is of the chair and the graduate program all courses. required for all courses. director.

231 MATERIALS SCIENCE AND ENGINEERING

E. Dissertation ESM 512 Structure of Materials techniques, thin film techniques, thick film The most important requirement of the The structure of solids can be studied using techniques, passivations, isolations, lead X-ray, neutron, and electron diffraction bonding techniques, cleaning and etching, Ph.D. degree is the completion of a dis- techniques. Topics covered are coherent and and failure analysis; discrete devices and sertation, which must be an original incoherent scattering of radiation, structure integrated circuit devices; various modern scholarly investigation. The dissertation of crystalline and amorphous solids, stereo- concepts in IC processing. shall represent a significant contribution graphic projection and crystal orientation Fall, 3 credits, ABCF grading to the scientific literature, and its quality determination, the concept of reciprocal vector space. Laboratory work in X-ray diffraction ESM 533 Polymeric Materials shall be compatible with the publication is also included. Introduction to the physical properties of standards of appropriate and reputable Fall, 3 credits, ABCF grading polymeric materials. Conformations, phase scholarly journals. At least two semesters diagrams, and flow properties of polymers should elapse between the preliminary ESM 513 Strength of Materials and polymer solutions. Rubber elasticity of exam and submission of the dissertation. A unified approach for all solid materials will polymer networks and melts. Flory-Huggins be used with regard to the correlation lattice model for concentrated solutions. F. Defense between microstructure and their macro- Applications to diffusion, segregation, and scopic mechanical properties. The course deals spinodal decomposition in polymer blends. The candidate shall defend the disser- with various testing techniques for delineating Experimental methods. tation before an examining committee mechanical properties of materials, considering Fall, 3 credits, ABCF grading consisting of four members, including elasticity, inelasticity, plasticity, dislocation theory, cohesive strength, fracture, and ESM 534 Advanced Laboratory the research advisor, two members of surface wear. Attention is given to strength- Students perform a series of advanced mate- the Department of Materials Science ening mechanisms for solids, metals, ceramics, rials experiments which involve some inde- and Engineering, and one member from and polymers. pendent research. The results are then outside the Department. Fall, 3 credits, ABCF grading written in a report suitable for publication in a journal or proceeding. G. Time Limit ESM 521 Diffusion in Solids Fall, 3 credits, ABCF grading Kinetics and Transformations I changed to All requirements for the Ph.D. degree Diffusion in Solids. Atomistic rate processes ESM 542 Modern Electron Microscopy must be completed within seven years in solids with emphasis on diffusion in crys- Principles and practice for transmission and after completing 24 credit hours of tals. Theory of diffusion and experimental scanning transmission electron microscopes. graduate courses in the program. techniques; the role played by a broad class of Instrument design. Specimen preparation. crystalline imperfections. Topics include Instrument operation. Electron diffraction annealing of deformed materials, kinetics of and imaging theory. Microanalysis using Courses defect interactions, thermally controlled X-ray and electron spectra. Typical electron deformation, kinetics of nucleation and microscope investigations are outlined and ESM 501 Teaching and Mentoring Techniques growth, solidification, and precipitation. used as examples. Discussion of various phases of teaching, Fall, 3 credits, ABCF grading Fall, 3 credits, ABCF grading including preparation, classroom technique, and student evaluation. Also exploration of ESM 522 Imperfections in Crystals ESM 543 Engineering Ceramics skills and understanding necessary for mentor- The characteristics of point defects in metals, The characterization of ceramics is reviewed ing undergraduates and others involved in semiconductors, and ionic solids are described, with special reference to advanced engineer- research. and the thermodynamics of point defects is ing ceramics, bulk high-temperature super- Fall, 1 credit, S/U grading developed. Dislocation theory is introduced conductors, and ceramic magnets. Typical and the structures of internal boundaries are microstructures and thermal, mechanical, and ESM 502 Scanning Electron Microscopy described. Finally, interactions between lattice electrical properties are compared. These Skills imperfections are discussed, with emphasis properties are related to the various methods Practical introduction to the operation of scan- on plasticity and fracture. of processing. ning electron microscopes, including energy- Spring, 3 credits, ABCF grading Spring 3 credits, ABCF grading dispersive X-ray spectrometers. Required of all students who use the SEM in their research. ESM 523 Solid-State Electronics ESM 550 Introduction to Homeland Security Spring, 1 credit, ABCF grading A study of the electronic processes in solids The course is a combination of lectures and leading to the analysis and design of materi- laboratory experience to introduce students ESM 503 Electron Diffraction als and devices. Crystal structures, binding, to critical issues and assess needs for home- A quantitative discussion of electron diffrac- electrical and thermal conductivities, diffu- land security. The course includes invited tion as a means of micro-characterization of sion, galvomagnetic, thermomagnetic, and lectures by experts on special topics such as materials and as a basis for understanding thermoelectric effects. Hall effect and mag- fundamentals of nuclear, chemical, and bio- image contrast in the transmission electron netoresistance. Conductivity in thin films. logical weapons and the associated threat to microscope. Topics covered include atomic, Fall, 3 credits, ABCF grading the transportation of goods and the public. kinematical, and dynamical scattering; index- The students will learn about cyber secu- ing diffraction patterns; and convergent- ESM 531 Phase Transformations rity, devices to safeguard materials from beam diffraction. Kinetics and Transformations II changed to terrorist threats, safety of nuclear power Spring, 3 credits, ABCF grading Phase Transformations. A review of the plants and water supply, forensics, and processes by which structures are changed in emergency preparedness. The students will ESM 511 Thermodynamics of Solids the solid state. Classical nucleation theory submit a term paper on a selected topic in Current knowledge regarding the thermo- including homogeneous and heterogeneous lieu of the final exam. dynamic properties of condensed phases is mechanisms. Diffusion and diffusionless Prerequisite: Undergraduate-level biology, discussed. The thermodynamic treatment of growth mechanisms. Transformation kinetics. chemistry, and physics ideal, regular, and real solutions is reviewed. Spring, 3 credits, ABCF grading Fall, spring, 3 credits, ABCF grading Estimation of reaction-free energies and equilibria in condensed phase reactions such as ESM 532 Materials Processing ESM 553 Nuclear Safeguards and Security diffusion, exication, and phase transforma- A study of manufacturing processes used in The course is intended to familiarize students tions; thermodynamic analysis of phase equi- the semiconductor industries. Topics include with the fundamentals of nuclear physics, librium diagrams. single crystal growth, compound formation, radiation, mining, weapons and fuel cycle, Fall, 3 credits, ABCF grading zone refining, epitaxial growth, doping other than producing electricity, as it per-

232 MATERIALS SCIENCE AND ENGINEERING tains to nuclear power plants. Topics include academic requirements associated with this glasses and crystalline materials are related nuclear detection, devices to safeguard course, students will form teams and work on to physical origin. Electro-optic, elasto-optic, nuclear materials from terrorist threats, the virtual design of crystal growth reactors and magneto-optic properties and their needed physical protection for safe handling using software packages for transport phe- interrelations are related to applications in and its relevance to Homeland Security. The nomena modeling. technology including laser systems, displays, course combines lectures with hands-on Fall, every year, 3 credits, ABCF grading and spectroscopy. experience at the newly installed nuclear Fall, 3 credits, ABCF grading detection facility located at the nearby U.S. ESM 575 The Material World Department of Energy’s Brookhaven The evolution of the material world starting ESM 608 Seminar in Catalysis National Laboratory. from the Big Bang, the creation of stars and Introduction to homogeneous and hetero- Prerequisite: Undergraduate or equivalent galaxies, the nucleosynthesis of the elements geneous catalysis. Geometric factors in catal- physics and chemistry in supernova explosions, formation of the ysis. The kinetics of heterogeneous catalysis. Fall, spring, 4 credits, ABCF grading Earth and solar system, and human adapta- Electronic factors in catalysis: metals, semi- tion of Earth resources to create the modern conductors, and surface species. Preparation and ESM 554 Chemical and Biological Weapons: world will be discussed. In this process we properties of metal surfaces. Porosity. Typical Safeguards and Security will discover the fundamental laws governing industrial processes, e.g., Fischer-Tropsch, This course deals with the fundamentals of material behavior and explore the cosmic sig- ammonia synthesis, ammonia oxidation, etc. chemistry and biochemistry related to chem- nificance of our existence. Fall, 3 credits, ABCF grading ical weapons (CW) and biological weapons 3 credits, ABCF grading (BW) that could be used by terrorists. Topics ESM 610 Seminar in Reactions in Inorganic include CW and BW history, production, con- ESM 599 Research Solids trol, detection, identification, and emergency Fall and spring, 1-12 credits, S/U grading Crystal growth and the nature of defects response measures to deal with intended or May be repeated for credit in inorganic solids. Crystallography and unintended release and escape, and security nucleation phenomena in selected inorganic measures to protect and control stockpiles. ESM 600 Seminar in Surface Science single crystals. Theories of isothermal Prerequisite: Undergraduate or equivalent Discussions and reading on current problems in decomposition kinetics. Measurement of decomposition rates. Radiation effects and chemistry, biochemistry, and microbiology surface physics, chemistry, and crystallography. Spring, 3 credits, ABCF grading nature of radiation damage in inorganic Fall, spring, 4 credits, ABCF grading solids. Photodecomposition and the under- ESM 555 Synchrotron Techniques in ESM 602 Seminar in Plasticity and Fracture lying theories of photolysis. Materials Science Intended for advanced students, especially Fall, 3 credits, ABCF grading A short course in a selected synchrotron ana- those doing research in the area. Topics: detailed description of defects and their ESM 612 Seminar in Advanced lytical technique as applied to problems in Thermodynamics of Solids materials science. May include demonstration relations to mechanical structure; dislocation The fundamentals of the thermodynamics of and hands-on experience at the National theory; plasticity and yield criteria; creep irreversible processes are presented and the Synchrotron Light Source at Brookhaven and fatigue; microscopic theory of fracture theory applied to thermal diffusion, thermo- National Laboratory, and synchrotron including ductile and brittle behavior and the electric transport, and other coupled processes safety training. relationship of plastic flow to cleavage. in solids. Thermodynamics of multicomponent Prerequisite: ESM 513 Pre- or co-requisite: BNL Synchrotron phase equilibria. Diffusion, oxidation, and Safety Training; students must complete 3 credits, ABCF grading other rate processes in ternary and higher- BNL guest registration order systems. 1 credit, ABCF grading ESM 604 Seminar in Ultrasonic Methods and Internal Friction in Solids Prerequisite: ESM 511 Spring, 3 credits, ABCF grading ESM 560 Risk Assessment, Regulation, and Review of advanced measurement tech- Homeland Security niques in the field of ultrasonics coupled with ESM 613 Seminar in Materials and The course focus is on risk assessment asso- quantitative descriptions of experimental Environment variables related to the sample microstruc- ciated with nuclear, chemical, and biological Interactions between materials and their ture. Applications to optical, electrical, and weapons as it relates to Homeland Security. environments including corrosion, oxidation, mechanical properties are discussed. Use of Topics include air dispersion, uncertainty absorption, and adsorption reactions. The ultrasonics for nondestructive evaluation is analysis, exposure measurements, epidemiol- influence of these reactions on the properties considered. ogy, toxicology, regulatory issues, risk man- of materials, the design of materials resistant agement, risk communication, risk perception, Prerequisite: ESM 513 to these phenomena, alternative methods and risk preparedness. The course will also Spring, 3 credits, ABCF grading of protection, and the utilization of these cover laws and regulation, and disaster pre- reactions in promoting breakdown and paredness, various acts passed by the U.S. ESM 605 Advanced Diffraction Techniques deterioration of materials. Congress to regulate water, air, and con- Advanced topics in diffraction theory including Spring, 3 credits, S/U grading trolled substances. the dynamical theory in perfect and imper- Prerequisite: Undergraduate or equivalent fect crystals and its applications in imaging ESM 614 Seminar in Diffusion in Solids physics, math, and chemistry methods. Other topics from the following Diffusion in solids is considered in detail, list are pursued if time is available: EXA Fall, spring, 4 credits, ABCF grading including solution of the transport equations FS/EXELFS/SEXAFS; LEED/RHEED; for volume, grain boundary, and surface ESM 561 Crystal Growth Technology small-angle scattering; Kossel line and elec- diffusion. Kirkendall effect and other diffusion The main goal of this course is to introduce tron channeling patterns; convergent beam phenomena, atomic mechanisms of diffusion, graduate students to the fundamentals and diffraction; phonon scattering; glancing inci- correlation effects, etc. Next, the theory of physical principles that govern the process of dence X-ray diffraction; diffraction from defect processes in which diffusion plays an important crystal growth and show them how to apply structures; colored symmetry; holography. role is considered, such as ionic conduction, those principles to design and engineer Prerequisites: ESM 512 or permission of oxidation of metals, and the sintering of solids. growth systems for different crystalline instructor Spring, 3 credits, S/U grading materials. While microscopic theory of nucle- Fall, 3 credits, ABCF grading ation and growth kinetics will be an essential ESM 615 Seminar in Phase Transformations part of this course, its core will mainly focus ESM 606 Seminar in Optical Properties The theory of phase transformations in solids on applying transport phenomena and ther- of Material is considered. Kinetics and mechanisms of modynamics of chemical reactions to the A survey of modern optical materials and nucleation and growth and martenistic design of processing reactors. As part of the their characterization. The properties of both transformations. Melting and solidification,

233 MATERIALS SCIENCE AND ENGINEERING

precipitation from solid solution, polymorphic ESM 698 Practicum in Teaching in their home country are not covered by transformations, eutectic and eutectoid reac- Fall and spring, 0-3 credits, S/U grading mandatory health plan and must contact tions, second-order transitions, recrystalliza- May be repeated for credit the Insurance Office for the insurance tion, and other transformations in solids. charge to be removed; international students Fall, 3 credits, S/U grading ESM 699 Dissertation Research On Campus who are not in their home country are Prerequisite: Advancement to candidacy charged for the mandatory health insurance ESM 695 Graduate Internship (G5); major portion of research must take Participation in private corporations, public (if they are to be covered by another insur- place on campus, at Cold Spring Harbor, agencies, or non-profit institutions for ongo- ance plan, they must file a waiver by the ing research activities related to thesis or at Brookhaven National Lab second week of classes; the charge will only research. Students will be required to have a Fall, spring, and summer, 1-9 credits, be removed if the other plan is deemed com- faculty coordinator as well as a contact in the S/U grading parable); all international students must outside organization, to participate with May be repeated for credit receive clearance from an International them in regular consultations on the project, Advisor and to submit a final report to both. Not ESM 700 Dissertation Research Off Fall, spring, and summer, 1-9 credits, accepted for credit toward the M.S. degree. Campus–Domestic S/U grading Prerequisite: Permission of graduate Prerequisite: Must be advanced to candidacy May be repeated for credit program director (G5); major portion of research will take 1-3 credits, S/U grading place off campus, but in the U.S. and/or U.S. ESM 800 Full-time Summer Research May be repeated for credit provinces (Brookhaven National Lab and 0 credit, S/U grading Cold Spring Harbor Lab are considered May be repeated ESM 696 Special Problems in Materials on campus); all international students Science must enroll in one of the graduate student Supervised reading and discussion of insurance plans and should be advised by selected publications in particular fields an International Advisor of materials science. This course is designed primarily for advanced graduate students Fall, spring, and summer, 1-9 credits, who are, or expect to be, involved in research S/U grading in these areas, although other students may May be repeated for credit enroll with permission of the instructor. Fall and spring, 0-3 credits, ABCF grading ESM 701 Dissertation Research Off May be repeated for credit Campus–International Prerequisite: Must be advanced to candidacy ESM 697 Materials Science Colloquium (G5); major portion of research will take A weekly series of lectures and discussions by place outside the U.S. and/or U.S. provinces; visitors, local faculty, and students presenting domestic students have the option of current research results. the health plan and may also enroll in Fall and spring, 0-3 credits, S/U grading MEDEX; international students who are May be repeated for credit

234 MATHEMATICS

Mathematics (MAT)

Chair: David Ebin, Mathematics Building Room 5-116, (631) 632-8290 Graduate Program Director: Claude LeBrun, Mathematics Building Room 3-108, (631) 632-8254 Associate Graduate Program Director for Secondary Teacher Option Program: Bernard Maskit, Mathematics Building Room 5-112, (631) 632-8257 Graduate Secretary: Donna McWilliams, Mathematics Building Room P-143, (631) 632-8282

Degrees awarded: M.A. in Mathematics 7-12; M.A. in Mathematics; Ph.D. in Mathematics

The Department of Mathematics, in the D. A grade point average of at least Faculty College of Arts and Sciences, offers 3.0 in all calculus and post-calculus Distinguished Professors degree programs leading to the M.A. in mathematics courses; Mathematics (Secondary Teacher Option), Glimm, James, Ph.D., 1959, Columbia the M.A. in Mathematics, and the Ph.D. in E. Evidence that the student is University: Applied mathematics; numerical Mathematics. Several surveys, including likely to succeed: this usually consists analysis; mathematical physics. the latest in U.S. News & World Report’s of three letters of recommendation Lawson, H. Blaine, Jr., Ph.D., 1968, Stanford “America’s Best Graduate Schools,” rank from former teachers or supervisors; University: Differential geometry; topology; algebraic geometry. the Department’s graduate program in F. Acceptance by both the Department the top 25 in the nation. of Mathematics and the Graduate School. McDuff, Dusa, Ph.D., 1971, University of Cambridge, England: Geometry; symplectic topology. Master of Arts in Teaching Milnor, John W.,2 Director of the Institute Mathematics 7 to 12 The M.A. and Ph.D. Programs: for Mathematical Sciences, Ph.D., 1954, This is a 42-credit master’s program Professional Option Princeton University: Dynamical systems; administered by the School of Pro- The Professional Option is designed for topology; geometry. fessional Development (SPD). It is students who plan careers as professional Sullivan, Dennis,2 Ph.D., 1965, Princeton designed for students who already have mathematicians in research and/or University: Dynamical systems; topology; a bachelor’s degree in mathematics or teaching at universities and colleges geometry; partial differential equations; the equivalent and who wish to teach (including two-year colleges), in industry, quantum topology. mathematics in grades 7 to 12. or in government. With rare exceptions, Distinguished Service Professor Individuals interested in this program all students in this option are full-time Kra, Irwin, Emeritus, Ph.D., 1966, Columbia should refer to SPD’s online Bulletin: students, and at least one year of full- University: Complex analysis; Kleinian groups. www.stonybrook.edu/spd/graduate/ time study is required. matmath Professors Admission Anderson, Michael, Ph.D., 1981, University of California, Berkeley: Differential geometry; geo- The M.A. Program: In addition to the Graduate School metric analysis; mathematical physics. Secondary Teacher Option requirements, the minimum require- Barcus, William, Emeritus, D.Phil., 1955, The Secondary Teacher Option is a 30- ments for admission to this program are: University of Oxford, England: Algebraic topology. credit, two-year, part-time program A. A bachelor’s degree with a major designed for secondary school mathe- Bishop, Christopher, Ph.D., 1987, University in mathematics, or the equivalent; matics teachers who are seeking perma- of Chicago: Complex analysis. nent certification. The nine required B. Evidence that the student is likely Ebin, David, Chair, Ph.D., 1967, courses in the program are given in the to succeed: this must include three let- Massachusetts Institute of Technology: Global evenings and in the summer on a rotat- ters of recommendation from mathe- analysis; mathematics of continuum mechanics; ing basis; each required course is offered maticians, usually from present or partial differential equations. at least once every two and a half years. former teachers; the breadth and depth Fox, William, Emeritus, Ph.D., 1955, of mathematic courses taken, the University of Michigan: Complex analysis. Admission grades obtained in these courses, as Geller, Daryl, Ph.D., 1977, Princeton well as test scores on the Graduate In addition to the Graduate School University: Partial differential equations; Record Examination (GRE) General requirements, the minimum require- harmonic analysis. Test and a personal background essay ments for admission to this program are: Gromoll, Detlef, Ph.D., 1964, University of are also considered; Bonn, Germany: Differential geometry. A. A bachelor’s degree; C. Foreign students: Evidence that Hill, C. Denson, Ph.D., 1966, New York B. Two years of college-level mathemat- the student can understand and speak University: Partial differential equations; ics, including one year of single variable English sufficiently well; a TOEFL several complex variables. calculus, one semester of linear algebra, score paper based of 550, computer- Jones, Lowell, Ph.D., 1970, Yale University: and one additional semester of math- based of 21, or iBT-based of 90 is con- Topology; geometry. sidered satisfactory; matics beyond single variable calculus; Knapp, Anthony, Emeritus, Ph.D., 1965, Princeton C. Provisional New York State D. Acceptance by both the University: Lie groups; representation theory. Certification for Teaching Mathematics, Department of Mathematics and the Kumpel, Paul,1 Emeritus, Ph.D., 1964, Brown Grades 7 to 12; Graduate School. University: Algebraic topology.

235 MATHEMATICS

LeBrun, Claude, Graduate Program Director, James H. Simons Instructors For students in the Secondary Teacher D.Phil., 1980, University of Oxford, England: He, Xuhua, Ph.D., 2005, MIT: Representation Option, the 30-credit requirement is ordi- Differential geometry; complex analysis; math- theory, algebraic geometry. narily satisfied by the following courses: ematical physics; algebraic geometry. Kamenova, Ljudmila, Ph.D., 2006, MIT: MAT 511 Fundamental Concepts of Lister, William, Emeritus, Ph.D., 1951, Yale Complex geometry. Mathematics, MAT 512 Algebra for University: Algebra. Redden, Corbett, Ph.D., 2006, Notre Dame Teachers, MAT 513-514 Analysis for 2 Lyubich, Mikhail, Deputy Director of the University: Riemannian geometry, algebraic Teachers I-II, MAT 515 Geometry for Institute for Mathematical Sciences, Ph.D., topology. Teachers, MAT 516 Probability and 1983, Tashkent State University, Russia: Dynamical systems. Simon, Scott, Ph.D., 2006, Purdue University: Statistics for Teachers, MAT 517 Infinite-dimensional complex analysis, several Calculators and Computers for Teachers, Maskit, Bernard, Ph.D., 1964, New York complex variables. University: Complex analysis; Riemann surfaces; MAT 518 Seminar in the Uses of Kleinian groups and their deformation spaces. Wang, Qian, Ph.D., 2006, Princeton Mathematics, MAT 519 Seminar in University: Partial differential equations, geo- Michelsohn, Marie-Louise, Ph.D., 1974, Mathematics Teaching, and a three-credit metric analysis, harmonic analysis. University of Chicago: Differential geometry. elective with a significant mathematical Phillips, Anthony V., Ph.D., 1966, Princeton Lecturers and Visitors or pedagogical component. The compre- University: Differential topology and Andersen, Robert, M.S., 1974, Adelphi hensive examination consists of the final applications to mathematical physics. University, N.Y.: Mathematics education. examinations in MAT 512, 513, 514, and Pincus, Joel, Emeritus, Ph.D., 1959, New York Bernhard, William, M.A., 2000, Stony Brook 515. The minor requirement is met by the University: Operator theory and integral equations. University: Mathematics education. three courses MAT 516, MAT 517, and Szusz, Peter, Emeritus, Ph.D., 1951, Chas, Moira, Ph.D., 1998, Universitat MAT 518. University of Budapest, Hungary: Analytic Autonoma de Barcelona, Spain: Dynamical For students in the Professional Option, number theory. systems; geometric topology. the courses that satisfy the 30-credit Takhtajan, Leon, Ph.D., 1975, Leningrad Wiegand, Judy, M.S., 1969, Polytechnic requirement are MAT 530-531 Topology/ Branch of the Steklov Mathematical Institute, Institute of New York, Brooklyn: Hamilton Geometry I-II, MAT 534-535 Algebra I- Russia: Mathematical physics. graph theory; teacher education. II, MAT 542 Complex Analysis I, MAT Associate Professors RTG Postdoctoral Fellows 544 Real Analysis I, MAT 550 Real de Cataldo, Mark, Ph.D., 1995, University of Harrelson, Eric, Ph.D., 2006, University Analysis II, and MAT 598 Teaching Notre Dame: Higher dimensional geometry. of Minnesota: Algebraic topology, string Practicum. Unless specifically exempted Kirillov Jr., Alexander, Ph.D., 1995, Yale field theory. by the Director of Graduate Studies, all University: Representation theory; low Linch III, William, Ph.D., 2005, University of first-year graduate students are required dimensional topology; mathematical physics. Maryland at College Park: Theoretical and to take the core courses, MAT 530, 531, Popescu, Sorin, Ph.D., 1993, University mathematical physics. 534, 535, 542, 544, and 550 during their of Saarland, Germany: Algebraic geometry Weber, Brian, Ph.D., 2007, University of first year; this requirement is automati- and computational algebraic geometry. Wisconsin: Differential geometry. cally waived for students who have Martens, Marco, Ph.D., 1990, Delft University, passed the comprehensive examination Institute for Mathematical Sciences The Netherlands: Dynamics. (see the Guide to Graduate Study for Lyubich, Mikhail,2 Deputy Director of the Movshev, Michael, Ph.D., 1997, University of exemption guidelines). Institute for Mathematical Sciences, Ph.D., Pennsylvania: Algebra. 1983, Tashkent State University, Russia: In addition, students preparing for the Sutherland, Scott,2 Director of Computing, Dynamical systems. doctoral program ordinarily take MAT Ph.D., 1989, Boston University: Dynamical 590 Problem Seminar. The comprehen- Milnor, John W.,2 Director of the Institute for systems; root-finding algorithms; computing. Mathematical Sciences, Ph.D., 1954, sive examination consists of the final Assistant Professor Princeton University: Dynamical systems; examinations in MAT 530, 531, 534, 535, Berger, Lisa, Ph.D., 2007, University of Arizona: topology, geometry. 542, 544, and 550, or the equivalent. The Number theory, mathematics education of 1) Recipient of the State University Chancellor’s minor program consists of three courses teachers. Award for Excellence in Teaching, 1990 in an allied area such as applied mathe- Kennedy, Nadia, Ed.D., 2005, Montclair State 2) Member, Institute for Mathematical Sciences matics, computer science, statistics, or University: Mathematics education. theoretical physics. Khuri, Marcus, Ph.D., 2003, University of Degree Requirements Pennsylvania: Differential geometry, partial Requirements for the M.A. Degree Requirements for the Ph.D. Degree differential equations, and general relativity. In addition to the requirements of the In addition to the requirements of the Plamenevskaya, Olga, Ph.D., 2004, Harvard Graduate School, the following are Graduate School, the following are University: Contact and symplectic geometry, required: low-dimensional topology. required: Starr, Jason, Ph.D., 2000, Harvard University: A. Completion of 30 credits in graduate A. Passing the doctoral comprehensive Algebraic geometry. courses approved by the Department examination; Varolin, Dror, Ph.D., 1997, University of with a 3.0 overall grade point average; B. Passing the doctoral preliminary Wisconsin-Madison: Complex analysis and B. Passing the comprehensive examination; geometry. examination; Zinger, Aleksey, Ph.D., 2002, MIT: Symplectic C. Demonstrating proficiency in topology; enumerative algebraic geometry. C. A nine-credit minor. reading mathematics in two relevant

236 MATHEMATICS foreign languages, usually French, including study of lesson designs based on 552) serves as a focus for weekly discussions of German, or Russian; non-English- National Council of Teachers of Mathematics teaching and learning styles and techniques, (NCTM) and New York State standards, and and classroom management issues. Includes speaking international students can the study of pedagogical techniques includ- New York State mandated seminars on child demonstrate their proficiency in one of ing cooperative learning and the uses of abuse, substance abuse, and school violence. these languages, in addition to their technology. Students also engage in guided Prerequisite: Permission of the Director native language; observation of middle school and high school of Mathematics Education mathematics classes. Corequisites: MAE 551 and 552 D. Advancement to candidacy; Pre- or Co-requisite: MAE 501 Fall, spring, 3 credits, ABCF grading Fall, 3 credits, ABCF grading E. Writing an acceptable dissertation; Core Courses for Teacher Option MAE 520 Advanced Methods of Teaching F. Two consecutive semesters of Secondary School Mathematics Visit our Web site for the most current full-time study. The philosophy and goals of mathematics edu- descriptions: www.math.sunysb.edu cation, with an emphasis on implementation: Doctoral Comprehensive Examination curriculum development; teaching techniques MAT 511 Fundamental Concepts of and styles, and learning theories and styles; Mathematics This examination, which is offered twice lesson planning and assessment. Students will Brief history of mathematics; sets, functions a year (just before the start of each plan an entire unit, the work sample, including and logic; constructions of number systems; semester), is designed to test mastery of lesson plans and assessments, for inclusion in mathematical induction. The main focus of the fundamentals of mathematics. This the professional portfolio. the course will be on the construction and exam is based on the syllabi of the core Prerequisites: MAE 501 and 510 writing of mathematical proofs. Fall, spring, or summer, 3 credits, courses: MAT 530, 531, 534, 535, 542, 544, Spring, 3 credits, ABCF grading ABCF grading 550. Students who transfer from gradu- MAE 530 Directed Readings and Research ate programs at other universities may, Paper in Mathematics Education MAT 512 Algebra for Teachers in some cases, be granted exemption Tutorial studies concerning current issues in Linear algebra, the algebra of polynomials, from this requirement. Mathematics Education, including recent algebraic properties of the complex numbers, research and its relation to teaching practice. number fields, solutions of equations. Doctoral Preliminary Examination Students write a 10-page paper for inclusion Prerequisite: MAT 511 in the professional portfolio. Fall, spring, or summer, 3 credits, This examination is oral. Each student Prerequisites: MAE 501 and 510 ABCF grading must take this examination no later Fall, spring, 1 credit, ABCF grading than one year after passing the compre- MAT 513 Analysis for Teachers I hensive examination or receiving an MAE 540 Clinical Experience Topics in differential calculus, its foundations, exemption therefrom. The chair and one Supervised classroom experience in both and its applications. This course is designed middle school and high school settings, for teachers and prospective teachers of additional member of the examining including experience in a high-needs district, advanced placement calculus. committee are chosen by the student; individual tutoring, working with small Prerequisite: MAT 511 one additional member is chosen by the groups, and working as an inclusion aide. Fall, spring, or summer, 3 credits, program. Seminar discussions focus on classroom ABCF grading observations and experiences. Prerequisites: MAE 501 and 510 Professional Academic Training MAT 514 Analysis for Teachers II Pre- or Co-requisite: MAE 520 Topics in calculus, its foundations, and its appli- Program Spring, 2 credits, ABCF grading cations. Emphasis is on integration and on All full-time graduate students are numerical techniques. This course is designed required to participate in this program, MAE 551 Supervised Student Teaching in for teachers and prospective teachers of Middle School consisting of supervised teaching/tutor- advanced placement calculus. Analysis for Student teaching under the supervision of an Teachers I is not a prerequisite for this course. ing at the lower undergraduate levels. experienced teacher in middle school and Prerequisite: MAT 511 high school settings. These courses must be Fall, spring, or summer, 3 credits, taken simultaneously. ABCF grading Courses Prerequisites: MAE 520, 530, and 540; satis- faction of all other program requirements; MAT 515 Geometry for Teachers Mathematics Education Courses permission of the Director of Mathematics A re-examination of elementary geometry Visit our Web site for the most current Education using concepts from analysis and algebra. descriptions: www.math.sunysb.edu Co-requisite: MAE 552 and 554 Prerequisite: MAT 511 Fall, spring, 3 credits, S/U grading Fall, spring, or summer, 3 credits, MAE 501 Foundations of Secondary ABCF grading Mathematics Curriculum MAE 552 Supervised Student Teaching in High School MAT 516 Probability and Statistics for A re-examination of the current middle school Student teaching under the supervision of an and high school mathematics curriculum. Teachers experienced teacher in middle school and A review of the techniques and discussion of A priori and empirical probabilities; conditional high school settings. These courses must be the ideas from a more advanced point of view, probability; mean and standard deviation; taken simultaneously. including topics in algebra, geometry, ele- random variables; financial distributions; mentary functions, and probability and sta- Prerequisites: MAE 520, 530, and 540; satis- continuous distributions; sampling; estima- tistics. Competence in basic secondary school faction of all other program requirements; tion; decision making. mathematical ideas and techniques is tested. permission of the Director of Mathematics Fall, spring, or summer, 3 credits, Fall, 3 credits, ABCF grading Education ABCF grading Co-requisite: MAE 552 and 554 MAE 510 Introduction to Methods of Fall, spring, 3 credits, S/U grading MAT 517 Calculators and Computers for Teaching and Learning Standards Teachers Introduction to the basic methods of teaching MAE 554 Student Teaching Seminar Calculators and Computers for teachers. middle school and high school mathematics, The student teaching experience (MAE 551/ Graphing calculators, programming, comput-

237 MATHEMATICS ing and curve sketching; Geometers Sketch- nomial and group, fundamental theorem of position for Kaehler manifolds, Kodaira van- pad or other computer-based classroom tools; Galois theory, symmetric functions. ishing theorem, Hard Lefschetz Theorem, educational use of the Web. Spring, 3 credits, ABCF grading divisors and line bundles, Bertini’s theorem, Fall, spring, or summer, 3 credits, Lefschetz theorem on (1,1) classes, blowing ABCF grading MAT 536 Algebra III up, Kodaira’s embedding theorem. Selections from the following topics: intro- Fall, 3 credits, ABCF grading MAT 518 Seminar on the Uses of ductory algebraic number theory, introductory May be repeated for credit Mathematics algebraic geometry, algebraic groups, coho- This seminar explores the ways in which mology of groups, homological algebra, MAT 546 Differential Equations secondary school and elementary college advanced field theory and Galois theory, Distributions and the Fourier transform; mathematics are used in such diverse areas central simple algebras, representations of compact operators, Fredholm theory; pseudo- as psychology, sociology, political science, finite and compact groups. differential operators; Sobolev spaces; regularity economics, business, engineering, physics, Prerequisite: MAT 535 theory for elliptic operators; Hodge theorem. chemistry, biology, and medicine. Primarily for Fall, 3 credits, ABCF grading Prerequisite: MAT 544 secondary school teachers of mathematics. Corequisite: MAT 550 Fall, spring, or summer, 3 credits, MAT 539 Algebraic Topology Spring, 3 credits, ABCF grading ABCF grading Homology and cohomology groups, homotopy groups and the Hurewicz theorem, the univer- MAT 550 Real Analysis II MAT 519 Seminar in Mathematics Teaching sal coefficient theorem, cup and cap products, Representations and decomposition theorems Study of recent curricular and pedagogical Poincare duality, and introduction to spectral in measure theory; Fubini’s theorem; Lp spaces; developments in secondary school mathematics. sequences. Fourier series; Laplace, heat, and wave equa- Fall, spring, or summer, 3 credits, S/U grading Spring, 3 credits, ABCF grading tions; open mapping and uniform boundedness theorems for Banach spaces; differentiation of Introductory Courses for MAT 540 Topology in Geometry and Algebra I the integral; change of variable of integration. Cell complexes, algebraic and geometric defi- Professional Option Prerequisite: MAT 544 nitions of homology, fundamental and higher Visit our Web site for the most current homotopy groups, Hurewicz theorem, Spring, 3 credits, ABCF grading descriptions: www.math.sunysb.edu Lefschetz theorem and related topics. MAT 551 Real Analysis III Prerequisites: MAT 530, MAT 531 MAT 530 Topology, Geometry I Selections from the following topics. Partial Fall, 3 credits, ABCF grading differential equations in higher dimensions; Basic point set topology; connectedness, May be repeated for credit Sobolev spaces, calculus of variations, charac- compactness, continuity, etc. Metric spaces, teristics, Cauchy problem, energy estimates, function spaces, and topological manifolds. MAT 541 Topology in Geometry and Algebra II Introduction to algebraic topology; funda- maximum principles, Harmonic analysis; Cohomology, relations with obstruction and singular integrals, Hausdorff measure, har- mental group and covering space; homology; deformation theory, Poincare, Lefschetz, and applications. monic measure, Hardy spaces, Functional Alexander dualities, intersection theory, analysis; spectral theory, distributions, Banach Fall, 3 credits, ABCF grading relations to differential forms, monodromy, algebras. and related topics. Prerequisite: MAT 544, 550 MAT 531 Topology, Geometry II Prerequisites: MAT 530, MAT 531 Fall, 3 credits, ABCF grading Foundations of differentiable manifolds: Spring, 3 credits, ABCF grading differentiable maps, vector fields and flows, May be repeated for credit and differential forms and integration on man- MAT 552 Introduction to Lie Groups and Lie Algebras ifolds. Stokes’ theorem. Froebenius theorem. MAT 542 Complex Analysis I Lie derivatives. Immersions and submersions. Lie algebras, foundations of Lie groups and Elementary functions, holomorphic functions. DeRham chomology, cochain complexes, Lie algebras, classical groups and homoge- Cauchy theory, power series, classification of degree of a map, Mayer-Vietoris Theorem. neous spaces. Abstract Lie algebras. Basic isolated singularities, calculus of residues, representation theory of compact Lie groups. Spring, 3 credits, ABCF grading open mapping theorem, Riemann mapping Prerequisite: MAT 531, MAT 534 theorem. MAT 534 Algebra I Fall, 3 credits, ABCF grading Groups: normal subgroups, quotient groups, Spring, 3 credits, ABCF grading Lagrange’s theorem, class formula, finite MAT 543 Complex Analysis II MAT 555 Introduction to Dynamical Systems p-groups and solvable groups, Sylow’s Monodromy theorem and analytic continua- Fundamental themes of dynamical systems theorems, finitely generated abelian groups. and applications to other areas. Topics may Rings and modules: subrings, fields, prime tion. Elliptic functions. Dirichlet problem and Green’s function. Conformal mappings. include the following: Poincare recurrence and maximal ideals, quotient rings, ID’s, and Birkhoff Ergodic Theorem, Smale horse- PID’s, UFD’s, polynomial rings, field of frac- Introduction to Riemann surfaces and/or sev- eral complex variables. shoe and hyperbolicity, geodesic flow on tions, the Wedderburn theorem, Hilbert basis constant curvature surfaces, one-dimensional Fall, alternate years, 3 credits, ABCF grading theorem, finitely generated modules over a dynamics, Julia sets and Mandelbrot set, PID. Vector spaces: basis, linear maps and MAT 544 Real Analysis I renormalization, rigidity and universality matrices, dual spaces, determinants, eigen phoneomena, Hamiltonian dynamics and values and vectors, inner products, spectral Ordinary differential equations; Banach and Hilbert spaces; inverse and implicit function integrability, Kolmogorov-Arnold-Moser theorem for normal operators. Theory (overview), Homoclinic bifurcations Fall, 3 credits, ABCF grading theorems; Lebesque measure; general meas- ures and integrals; measurable functions; and New-house phenomenon. MAT 535 Algebra II convergence theorems for integrals. Prerequisite: MAT 530, MAT 544 Vector spaces: Cayley-Hamilton Theorem, Fall, 3 credits, ABCF grading Spring, 3 credits, ABCF grading Jordon normal form, binlinear forms, signa- ture, tensor products, symmetric and exterior MAT 545 Complex Geometry MAT 560 Mathematical Physics I algebras. Homological algebra: categories and Foundational material and techniques in Aimed at students affiliated with the RTG functors, universal and free objects, exact complex algebraic and differential geometry: program. Topics include classical field theory sequences, extensions. Representation theory Review of basic results in several complex (Lagrangian and Hamiltonian), electromag- for finite groups: irreducible representations variables/analytic geometry, sheaves and netism, special relativity, statistical mechan- and Shur's Lemma, characters, orthogonality. cohomology of sheaves, complex vector ics and thermodynamics, quantum mechanics Galois theory: splitting fields, finite fields, bundles, Chern classes, positivity, Kaehler and quantum field theory. extension fields of various types, Galois poly- manifolds, projective manifolds, Hodge decom- 3 credits, ABCF grading

238 MATHEMATICS

MAT 561 Mathematical Physics II Fall and spring, 3 credits, S/U grading MAT 615 Topics in Algebraic Geometry Aimed at students affiliated with the RTG May be repeated for credit Typical topics are drawn from varieties and program. Topics include classical field theory schemes, algebraic curves, and their arithmetics. (Lagrangian and Hamiltonian), electromag- MAT 598 Teaching Practicum Prerequisite: Permission of instructor netism, special relativity, statistical mechanics Seminar and workshop for new teaching Fall, 3 credits, ABCF grading and thermodynamics, quantum mechanics assistants. May be repeated for credit and quantum field theory. Fall, 3 credits, S/U grading Spring, 3 credits, ABCF grading MAT 620 Topics in Algebraic Topology MAT 599 M.A. Research Topics of current interest such as foliations, MAT 566 Differential Topology 1-12 credits, S/U grading surgery, singularities, group actions on mani- Vector bundles, transversality, and charac- May be repeated for credit folds, and homotopy theory. teristic classes. Further topics such as imbed- Prerequisite: Permission of instructor dings and immersions, intersection theory, Spring, 3 credits, ABCF grading surgery, and foliations. Intermediate Courses May be repeated for credit Prerequisite: MAT 531 Fall, 3 credits, ABCF grading These courses are designed for second- MAT 621 Topics in Algebraic Topology and third-year graduate students who MAT 568 Differential Geometry Topics of current interest such as foliations, are preparing for the doctoral prelimi- surgery, singularities, group actions on mani- Connections, curvature, geodesics, parallelism, folds, and homotopy theory. and completeness. Riemannian manifolds, nary examination or are starting work Prerequisite: Permission of instructor geometry of sub-manifolds; method of integral toward a dissertation. Topics covered are Spring, 3 credits, ABCF grading formulas; applications to global extrinsic chosen to reflect interest of instructors May be repeated for credit theorems. Riemannian curvature. Gauss- and students. All may be taken for Bonnet theorem, Hopf-Rinow theorem. MAT 626 Topics in Complex Analysis Prerequisite: MAT 531 repeated credit. Visit www.math.suny sb.edu for current descriptions. Topics selected from Riemann surfaces, quasi- Fall, 3 credits, ABCF grading conformal mappings, several complex vari- ables, Fuchsian groups, Kleinian groups, MAT 569 Differential Geometry MAT 602 Topics in Algebra First and second variation formulas, conjugate moduli of Riemann surfaces and Kleinian Typical topics are drawn from group theory, groups, analytic spaces, singularities. points and Jacobi fields, comparison theory. ring theory, representation theory of groups Curvature and fundamental group: spaces of Prerequisite: Permission of instructor and algebras, fields and commutative algebra, Spring, 3 credits, ABCF grading positive and of negative curvature, space forms, homological algebra. Lie groups, homogeneous spaces, and symmet- May be repeated for credit ric spaces. Different topics may be covered Prerequisite: Permission of instructor depending on the choice of the instructor. Fall, 3 credits, ABCF grading MAT 627 Topics in Complex Analysis Topics selected from Riemann surfaces, quasi- Prerequisite: MAT 531, MAT 568 May be repeated for credit conformal mappings, several complex vari- Spring, 3 credits, ABCF grading MAT 603 Topics in Algebra ables, Fuchsian groups, Kleinian groups, MAT 570 Concepts and Methods of Quantum Typical topics are drawn from group theory, moduli of Riemann surfaces and Kleinian Mechanics ring theory, representation theory of groups groups, analytic spaces, singularities. Mathematical methods of classical mechanics: and algebras, fields and commutative algebra, Prerequisite: Permission of instructor Lagrangian and Hamiltonian formulations, homological algebra. Spring, 3 credits, ABCF grading conservation laws. Mathematical foundation Prerequisite: Permission of instructor May be repeated for credit of quantum mechanics: Heisenberg and Fall, 3 credits, ABCF grading Schrodinger representations, Stone-von May be repeated for credit MAT 632 Topics in Differential Equations Neumann theorem. Examples of fundamental Typical topics are hyperbolic or elliptic sys- quantum mechanical problems, representation MAT 608 Topics in Number Theory tems, parabolic equations, spectral theory, theory and spin. Feynman path integral for- Typical topics are drawn from analytic finite difference equations, Cauchy-Riemann malism and related Wiener theory of integra- number theory, algebraic number theory, equations and complex vector fields, equa- tion, perturbation theory, semi-classical diophantine equations, and transcendental tions with constant coefficients, solvability of approximation, fermion systems. Mathematical number theory, with indications of methods linear equations, Fourier integral operators, applications. from algebra, geometry, analysis, and logic. nonlinear equations. Spring, 3 credits, ABCF grading Prerequisite: Permission of instructor Prerequisite: Permission of instructor May be repeated for credit Fall, 3 credits, ABCF grading Fall, 3 credits, ABCF grading May be repeated for credit MAT 588 First-Year Seminar I May be repeated for credit Workshop on basic graduate-level mathematics MAT 609 Topics in Number Theory MAT 633 Topics in Differential Equations skills and knowledge. Skills include reading Typical topics are drawn from analytic Typical topics are hyperbolic or elliptic systems, parabolic equations, spectral theory, and writing proofs, solving problems, reading number theory, algebraic number theory, finite difference equations, Cauchy-Riemann mathematics. Topics cover fundamental ideas diophantine equations, and transcendental equations and complex vector fields, equa- and theories such as constructions of number number theory, with indications of methods tions with constant coefficients, solvability of systems, interchange of limits, the Euclidean from algebra, geometry, analysis, and logic. algorithm, and the axiom of choice. linear equations, Fourier integral operations, Prerequisite: Permission of instructor Fall, 3 credits, S/U grading nonlinear equations. Fall, 3 credits, ABCF grading Prerequisite: Permission of instructor MAT 589 First-Year Seminar II May be repeated for credit Spring, 3 credits, ABCF grading Same concept as MAT 588, but covers different May be repeated for credit materials. MAT 614 Topics in Algebraic Geometry Topics are drawn from varieties and schemes, Spring, 3 credits, S/U grading MAT 638 Topics in Real Analysis algebraic curves, and their arithmetics. Topics selected from functional analysis, MAT 590 Problem Seminar Prerequisite: Permission of instructor harmonic analysis, Banach algebras, operator Analyze problems and explore supplementary Fall, 3 credits, ABCF grading theory. topics related to the core courses in the May be repeated for credit Prerequisite: Permission of instructor Professional M.A. Option. Focus on preparation Fall, 3 credits, ABCF grading for the doctoral comprehensive examination. May be repeated for credit

239 MATHEMATICS

MAT 639 Topics in Real Analysis MAT 656 Topics in Dynamical Systems Spring, 3 credits, ABCF grading Topics selected from functional analysis, Typical topics are drawn from holomorphic May be repeated for credit harmonic analysis, Banach algebras, operator and low-dimensional dynamics, hyperbolic theory. dynamics, theory of Hamiltonian systems, MAT 678 Advanced Topics in Real Analysis Prerequisite: Permission of instructor ergodic theory, and bifurcation theory. Prerequisite: Permission of instructor Spring, 3 credits, ABCF grading Prerequisite: Permission of instructor Fall, 3 credits, ABCF grading May be repeated for credit Spring, 3 credits, ABCF grading May be repeated for credit May be repeated for credit MAT 641 Topics in Lie Groups Theory MAT 679 Advanced Topics in Real Analysis Typical topics are universal enveloping Advanced Courses Prerequisite: Permission of instructor algebras; free, solvable and nilpotent Lie algebras; Lie theory and formal groups; root These courses are designed for students Spring, 3 credits, ABCF grading systems, Dynkin diagrams, classification and doing advanced work, especially in con- May be repeated for credit representations of complex semisimple Lie nection with doctoral dissertations. The MAT 682 Advanced Topics in Differential algebras; method of orbits; representations of only prerequisite is permission of the non-compact Lie groups; loop groups. Geometry Prerequisite: MAT 552 instructor. The topics are selected from Prerequisite: Permission of instructor Spring, 3 credits, ABCF grading the areas listed under the corresponding Fall, 3 credits, ABCF grading May be repeated for credit intermediate course and will generally May be repeated for credit be on a more advanced level. A course MAT 644 Topics in Differential Geometry MAT 683 Advanced Topics in Differential normally begins in the fall and may con- Typical topics will be drawn from areas such as Geometry comparison theorems, pinching theorems, tinue in the spring. Course offerings will Prerequisite: Permission of instructor Morse theory, characteristic classes, minimal depend on student demand and avail- Spring, 3 credits, ABCF grading varieties, Hodge theory, spectrum of the ability of faculty to supervise advanced May be repeated for credit Laplacian, and geometry of general relativity. work in the area. Courses may be taken Prerequisite: Permission of instructor MAT 685 Advanced Topics in Dynamics Fall, 3 credits, ABCF grading for repeated credit; each carries three credits. Visit www.math.sunysb.edu for An advanced topic selected from holomorphic May be repeated for credit and low-dimensional dynamics, hyperbolic current descriptions. MAT 645 Topics in Differential Geometry dynamics, KAM theory, smooth ergodic theory, geodesic flows, bifurcation theory. Typical topics will be drawn from areas such MAT 662 Advanced Topics in Algebra Prerequisite: Permission of instructor as comparison theorems, pinching theorems, Prerequisite: Permission of instructor Fall, 3 credits, ABCF grading Morse theory, characteristic classes, minimal Fall, 3 credits, ABCF grading varieties, Hodge theory, spectrum of the May be repeated for credit May be repeated for credit Laplacian, and geometry of general relativity. MAT 686 Advanced Topics in Dynamics Prerequisite: Permission of instructor MAT 663 Advanced Topics in Algebra Spring, 3 credits, ABCF grading An advanced topic selected from holomorphic Prerequisite: Permission of instructor May be repeated for credit and low-dimensional dynamics, hyperbolic Spring, 3 credits, ABCF grading dynamics, KAM theory, smooth ergodic the- MAT 648 Topics in Mathematical Physics May be repeated for credit ory, geodesic flows, bifurcation theory. Typical topics are mathematical methods of Prerequisite: Permission of instructor classical and quantum mechanics; methods of MAT 666 Advanced Topics in Algebraic Spring, 3 credits, ABCF grading Topology functional integration and its applications; May be repeated for credit infinite-dimensional Lie algebras, quantum Prerequisite: Permission of instructor groups and representations; conformal field Fall, 3 credits, ABCF grading MAT 690 RTG Seminar in Mathematics and theories; super-symmetry; topological quantum May be repeated for credit Physics I field theories; gauge theories and geometry Intensive learning seminar aimed at first- in four-dimensions; supergravity and mirror MAT 667 Advanced Topics in Algebraic and second-year graduate students. The main symmetry; strings. Topology purpose is to introduce mathematics students Prerequisite: Permission of instructor Prerequisite: Permission of instructor to the methods, language, and modes of Fall, 3 credits, ABCF grading Spring, 3 credits, ABCF grading thought in modern physics, and conversely to May be repeated for credit May be repeated for credit introduce physics students to the same things in modern mathematics. Student participa- MAT 649 Topics in Mathematical Physics MAT 670 Advanced Topics in Complex tion required. Topics change year to year. Typical topics are mathematical methods of Analysis 1-6 credits, S/U grading classical and quantum mechanics; methods of Prerequisite: Permission of instructor functional integration and its applications; Fall, 3 credits, ABCF grading MAT 691 RTG Seminar in Mathematics and infinite-dimensional Lie algebras, quantum Physics II May be repeated for credit groups and representations; conformal field Intensive learning seminar aimed at first- theories; super-symmetry; topological quantum and second-year graduate students. The main field theories; gauge theories and geometry MAT 671 Advanced Topics in Complex Analysis purpose is to introduce mathematics students in four-dimensions; supergravity and mirror to the methods, language, and modes of symmetry; strings. Prerequisite: Permission of instructor thought in modern physics, and conversely to Prerequisite: Permission of instructor Spring, 3 credits, ABCF grading introduce physics students to the same things Spring, 3 credits, ABCF grading May be repeated for credit in modern mathematics. Student participa- May be repeated for credit tion is required. Specific topics will change MAT 674 Advanced Topics in Differential from year to year. MAT 655 Topics in Dynamical Systems Equations 1-6 credits, S/U grading Typical topics are drawn from holomorphic Prerequisite: Permission of instructor and low-dimensional dynamics, hyperbolic Fall, 3 credits, ABCF grading MAT 696 Mathematics Seminar dynamics, theory of Hamiltonian systems, May be repeated for credit 1-12 credits, S/U grading ergodic theory, and bifurcation theory. May be repeated for credit Prerequisite: Permission of instructor MAT 675 Advanced Topics in Differential Spring, 3 credits, ABCF grading Equations May be repeated for credit Prerequisite: Permission of instructor

240 MATHEMATICS

MAT 697 Mathematics Colloquium 1-12 credits, S/U grading May be repeated for credit MAT 698 Independent Study 1-12 credits, S/U grading May be repeated for credit MAT 699 Dissertation Research On Campus Dissertation research under direction of advisor. Prerequisite: Advancement to candidacy (G5); major portion of research must take place on SB campus, at Cold Spring Harbor, or at Brookhaven National Lab. Fall, spring, and summer, 1-9 credits, S/U grading May be repeated for credit MAT 700 Dissertation Research Off Campus– Domestic Prerequisite: Must be advanced to candidacy (G5); major portion of research will take place off campus, but in the U.S. and/or U.S. provinces (Brookhaven National Lab and Cold Spring Harbor Lab are considered on campus); all international students must enroll in one of the graduate student insurance plans and should be advised by an International Advisor Fall, spring, and summer, 1-9 credits, S/U grading May be repeated for credit MAT 701 Dissertation Research Off Campus– International Prerequisite: Must be advanced to candidacy (G5); major portion of research will take place outside the U.S. and/or U.S. provinces; domestic students have the option of the health plan and may also enroll in MEDEX; international students who are in their home country are not covered by mandatory health plan and must contact the Insurance Office for the insurance charge to be removed; international students who are not in their home country are charged for the mandatory health insurance (if they are to be covered by another insurance plan, they must file a waiver by the second week of classes; the charge will only be removed if the other plan is deemed comparable); all international students must receive clearance from an International Advisor Fall, spring, and summer, 1-9 credits, S/U grading May be repeated for credit MAT 800 Full-Time Summer Research 0 credit, S/U grading May be repeated for credit

241 MECHANICAL ENGINEERING

Mechanical Engineering (MEC)

Chair: Fu-pen Chiang, Light Engineering Building Room 105, (631) 632-8311 Graduate Program Director: Peisen Huang, Light Engineering Building Room 163, (631) 632-8329 Graduate Secretary: Diane Van Tronk, Light Engineering Building Room 103, (631) 632-8340

Degrees awarded: M.S. in Mechanical Engineering; Ph.D. in Mechanical Engineering

The Department of Mechanical Engineer- formation. These issues span a wide Hopkinson pressure bars, and in situ ing, in the College of Engineering and range of interests that focus on various micromechanical high temperature Applied Sciences, offers graduate work materials, systems, and multiple length fatigue testing system. Current research leading to the Master of Science and scales. Research topics include fracture topics also include the characterization Doctor of Philosophy degrees. The mechanisms of embedded flaws in of mechanical properties of soft tissues Department offers a broad curriculum coatings and thin films, delamination and the pumping efficiency of an with concentrations in Design and in composites, and the mechanical prop- ischemic heart, both in vitro and in vivo. Manufacturing, Solid Mechanics, and erties and behavior of micron-scale Thermal Sciences and Fluid Thermal Sciences. Departmental brochures structures and systems, such as micro- Mechanics that provide a more detailed description electromechanical systems (MEMS) and of the graduate program are available microelectronic components. Stability of Fluid Mechanics upon request. Additional information is complex shell structures is studied with Current topics include advanced com- also available at the Department’s Web emphasis on nonlinear buckling mode bustor design and flow control, and the site: http://me.eng.sunysb.edu interactions, inelastic material behavior, behavior of chemically reacting species and deformation localization mechanisms in turbulent flows. Numerical and theo- Facilities and Areas of observed in shell collapse. Also investi- retical studies include direct simulation Specialization gated are the constitutive modeling and of turbulent flows and turbulent trans- failure characterization of ceramics, poly- port at modest Reynolds numbers, Design and Manufacturing mers, and heterogeneous multi-component stochastic modeling of the turbulent Studies include computer-integrated materials, and nano- and micromechanics transport of temperature, and spectral engineering; CAD/CAM; kinematics, of defect formation and motion in bulk closure approximations for chemically robotics, and manufacturing systems; materials and thin films. reactive flows. Other areas include dynamics and vibration; control; design Experimentally based research pro- microfluidics, interfacial fluid phenom- optimization; metrology; machine vision; grams focus on the mechanical, thermo- ena and wetting, multiphase flows, mis- mechatronics; microelectromechanical mechanical, and failure behavior of a cible flows, and complex fluids. systems (MEMS); and micro/nano-tech- wide variety of materials such as metals, Heat Transfer nologies. Research topics cover the polymers, ceramics, hard and soft bio- Current topics include measurement of analysis and design of mechanical sys- logical tissues, and composites under thermophysical properties, laser-mate- tems, such as high performance machin- both static and dynamic loading condi- rial interaction, materials processing, ery and robotic manipulators, and tions. Optical techniques of strain analy- and heat transfer in advanced energy mechanisms, including dynamics, motion, sis including moiré methods, laser and systems. Active research is also con- control, and vibration-related problems; white-light speckle methods, holographic ducted on various aspects of crystal optical metrology, 3-D machine vision, interferometry, photoelasticity, and growth (e.g., modeling, simulation, and their applications to manufacturing; classical interferometry are developed material characteristics, process con- manufacturing process modeling, free and applied to solid mechanics problems trol, and system design), advanced sen- abrasive machining, human augmented such as fracture, wave propagation, sors, photovoltaic technology, fuel cells, systems, and intelligent fault detection metal forming, vibration, and deforma- wind energy and biomass energy. The and diagnosis. Applied courses empha- tion of micron-scale structures and sys- integrated crystal growth and wafer size case studies, finite element meth- tems such as MEMS. Characterization manufacturing research facility consists ods, and computer graphics. Also of micron and nano-scale materials and of an industry-scale high-pressure sys- featured are an array of equipment and structures is accomplished with instru- tem for synthesis and growth of III-V software for research and teaching, such mented-indentation and scanning probe compound semiconductor crystals. The as mechatronic systems, robots, com- microscopy techniques for wear and ultra fast thermal processing and laser- puter vision systems, CAD/CAM sta- harsh environment applications. based measurement laboratory has an tions, CMM, desktop rapid prototyping Research is also conducted to character- amplified oscillator/regenerative ampli- machine, I-DEAS, NX, and AutoCAD. ize the failure mechanics of various engi- fier, a femtosecond autocorrelator, and a neered heterogeneous materials host of optoelectronics and light sources. Solid Mechanics systems, ranging from functionally lay- The thermal sciences research labora- The mechanical behavior of advanced ered/graded coatings to nanocomposites tory has a visualization and digital materials and structures is studied with under impact loading and high-tempera- image processing system. The solidifica- emphasis on mathematical modeling ture conditions. Specialized equipment tion and interfacial science laboratory and simulation of deformation, failure, includes high-speed digital cameras, contains several Bridgman crystal stability, and microstructural trans- scanning electron microscope, and split growth systems, a laboratory scale

242 MECHANICAL ENGINEERING physical vapor deposition system, a ance (GPA of 3.0 or above) may apply for Ladeinde, Foluso, Ph.D., 1988, Cornell surface energy analysis and measure- admission to the special combined University: Supersonic and hypersonic flows; ment system, and a Labview-based data Bachelor of Engineering/Master of flow control; turbulent flows; computational fluid dynamics; aircraft engines; combustion; acquisition system. Science (B.E./M.S.) degree program in numerical mathematics. mechanical engineering at the end of Thermodynamics Longtin, Jon P., Ph.D., 1995, University of their junior year. Once accepted into this The design of heat engines, as well as California, Berkeley: Heat transfer at fast time program, students will be permitted to most industrial processes that involve scales; ultrafast laser liquid- and laser-solid fluids, requires accurate, convenient-to- take up to nine graduate credits in interactions; laser processing, measurement, implement methods for predicting and replacement of the required technical and diagnostics for thermal systems; surface correlating the thermodynamic proper- electives. These credits will be applied tension effects. ties of the fluids present in the process. towards both their bachelor’s degree and Rastegar, Jahangir, Ph.D., 1976, Stanford This concentration is designed to pro- master’s degree, which will be awarded University: Mechanical design. vide students with the analytical tools together at the end of the program after Wang, Lin-Shu, Ph.D., 1966, University of needed to model and predict the thermo- they have fulfilled the requirements for California, Berkeley: Combustion heat engines; physical properties of fluids. Current both degrees. More information about thermodynamic theory; philosophy of science and technology; solar energy. studies include the development of sta- this program may be obtained from the tistical mechanical techniques to assess graduate program director or the Zhang, Hui, Ph.D., 1994, Polytechnic the relation between intermolecular Department Web site. University: Crystal growth, disaster simulations, process modeling, renewable energy systems, forces and the thermodynamic, dielec- and spray coating. tric, optical, and transport properties of Faculty Zheng, Lili, Ph.D., 1994, Cambridge fluids, fluid mixtures, and suspensions. Distinguished Professor University, England: Turbulent combustion, Research is also being conducted on solidification, magnetohydrodynamics; bio-fluid Chiang, Fu-pen, Chair, Ph.D., 1966, University combustion heat engines, aiming at mechanics; and materials processing. achieving high efficiency and engine of Florida: Experimental mechanics; solid mechanics; photoelasticity; moiré and laser performance. In a different research Assistant Professors methods for stress analysis; mechanics of soft Cubaud, Thomas, Ph.D., 2001, Paris-Sud direction, methodological issues of ther- tissues and heart. modynamic theory are being examined University/ESPCI, France: microfluidics, interfa- leading to the argument that theoretical Professors cial fluid phenomena and wetting, multiphase flows, miscible flows, and complex fluids. self-consistency requires thermodynamic Ge, Q. Jeffrey, Ph.D., 1990, University of California, theory to be based on both the “descrip- Irvine: Design kinematics; robotics; CAD/CAM; Korach, Chad S., Ph.D., 2004, Northwestern tive is” statements of thermodynamic mechanical systems analysis and simulation. University: Solid mechanics; micro and nanoscale tribology; thin films for wear applica- laws and the “prescriptive how” state- Kao, Imin, Ph.D., 1991, Stanford University: tions; friction and wear modeling, composite ments of operational principles—with a Robotics; modeling of contact interface; stiffness degradation, hard and soft biological material broad range of implication in technology control; intelligent fault detection and mechanics. and biological sciences and in philosophy diagnosis; modern wiresaw manufacturing process; wafer manufacturing; smart contact Lopez-Pamies, Oscar, Ph.D., 2006, University of of science following from this argument. Pennsylvania: Solid mechanics; nonlinear surface technology using MEMS; Taguchi homogenization; instabilities; polymers; Methods and quality engineering. Admission multi-functional materials. Kincaid, John, Ph.D., 1974, Rockefeller For admission to the M.S. and Ph.D. Nearon, Michelle Denise, Visiting Assistant University: Statistical mechanics and programs in Mechanical Engineering Professor, Ph.D., 2000, Stony Brook University: thermodynamics. the following are required: Turbulence and computational fluid mechanics. Nakamura, Toshio, Ph.D., 1986, Brown Nejat, Goldie, Ph.D., 2005, University of A. A bachelor’s degree in mechanical University: Solid mechanics; composite Toronto: Autonomous systems; robotics and materials; computational fracture mechanics. engineering or a related field such as mechatronics. another engineering discipline, physical O’Brien, Edward E., Emeritus, Ph.D., 1960, Purwar, Anurag, Research Assistant Professor, science, or mathematics; Johns Hopkins University: Turbulent transport. Ph.D., 2005, Stony Brook University: CAD/CAM; B. A grade point average of at Sharma, Satya, Ph.D., 1975, University of computational kinematics; design automation; Pennsylvania: Manufacturing and production. least B or equivalent in engineering, robotics. mathematics, and science courses; Tasi, James, Emeritus, Ph.D., 1962, Columbia Sesay, Juldeh, Visiting Assistant Professor, University: Solid mechanics; shock waves in Ph.D., 2005, Stony Brook University: Turbulent C. Completion and submission of the crystal lattices. flows; combustion; computational fluid dynamics and biothermal fluid sciences. Graduate Record Examination (GRE) Associate Professors General Test; Zhou, Yu, Ph.D., 2004, Johns Hopkins Huang, Peisen S., Ph.D., 1993, University of University: Robot kinematics, dynamics Michigan, Ann Arbor; Dr.Eng., 1995, Tohoku D. Acceptance by both the Department planning, sensing and control, multi-robot University, Japan: Optical metrology; 3-D of Mechanical Engineering and the systems, stochastic modeling, macromolecular computer and machine vision; manufacturing Graduate School. mechanics. automation. Adjunct Faculty Combined B.E./M.S. Degree Kukta, Robert V., Ph.D., 1998, Brown University: Solid mechanics; mechanics Hodson, Donald, Adjunct Instructor, M.S., Undergraduate mechanical engineering of thin films; micromechanical modeling of 1969, SUC at Buffalo: CAD; inductrial arts; majors with strong academic perform- defects in crystals; crystal growth. desktop publishing.

243 MECHANICAL ENGINEERING

Rohatgi, Upendra Singh, Adjunct Professor, minimum requirement for satisfactory the thesis option may not switch to the Brookhaven National Laboratory, Ph.D., 1975, status in the graduate program. In the non-thesis option without permission of Case Western Reserve University: Fluid doctoral program, a 3.5 grade point the graduate program committee. A mechanics; heat transfer; two-phase flow; average is expected. student who has ever been appointed numerical analysis; and turbomachinery. as a teaching, graduate, or research Yuan, Lifang, Adjunct Assistant Professor, Degree Requirements assistant must choose the thesis Ph.D., 2001, Stony Brook University: Cam option unless otherwise approved by integrated high-speed mechanisms; smart Requirements for the M.S. Degree the graduate program committee. materials; robotics; optimal machine design. A minimum of 30 credits is required for Affiliated Faculty the M.S. degree. Requirements for the Ph.D. Degree Adzic, Radoslav, Senior Chemist, Brookhaven A. Course Requirements National Laboratory, Dr.Sci., 1974, University of A. Course Requirements Belgrade: Surface electrochemistry; electrocatal- 1. M.S. with thesis: 21 approved 1. Eighteen approved graduate course ysis, direct energy conversion; fuel cells. graduate course credits and an accepted credits beyond the M.S. degree require- Cess, Robert D., Distinguished Professor and thesis, which is registered as nine credits ment. A minimum of nine credits, Distinguished Service Professor Emeritus, of MEC 599 and MEC 696 Special excluding MEC 599, MEC 696 and MEC Marine Sciences Research Center, Ph.D., Problems in Mechanical Engineering 699, must be taken in the Department. 1959, University of Pittsburgh: Atmospheric combined. sciences; climate modeling; greenhouse effect; 2. MEC 507. The graduate program nuclear winter theory. 2. M.S. without thesis: 30 approved director may waive this requirement if graduate credits. No credit for MEC Einav, Shmuel, Professor and Associate Dean, the student has taken sufficient applied 599 Master’s Thesis is approved for College of Engineering and Applied Sciences, mathematics courses elsewhere. Ph.D., 1972, Stony Brook University: Biomedical fulfilling this requirement. No more than 3. All full-time graduate students are engineering, two dimensional flow systems. six credits of MEC 696 may be applied toward the course requirements. required to register for MEC 691 each Kirk, Harold G., Physicist, Brookhaven National semester and obtain a satisfactory grade. Laboratory, Ph.D., 1972, University of 3. All full-time graduate students are Oklahoma: High-energy physics, accelerator and required to register for MEC 691 4. All courses taken outside the beam physics, experimental physics. Mechanical Engineering Seminar each Department for application to the Mahajan, Devinder, Research Professor, semester and obtain a satisfactory grade. graduate degree requirements are Department of Materials Science and subject to approval of the student’s Engineering, Ph.D., 1979, University of British 4. A minimum of 18 graduate credits, advisor and the graduate program Columbia, Canada: Clean fuels, energy of which 15 credits are in courses other director. The advisor may impose technologies. than MEC 599 and MEC 696, must be additional course requirements. Sampath, Sanjay, Professor, Center for Thermal taken in the Department of Mechanical Spray Research, Ph.D., 1989, Stony Brook Engineering. All courses taken outside B. Transfer Credits University: Thermal spraying, coatings, the Department for application to the A student who has entered the direct write electronics, thick film sensors, graduate degree requirements are sub- Ph.D. program with an M.S. degree from multifunctional systems. ject to approval of the student’s advisor another institution may transfer up to Wong, Teng-fong, Professor, Department of and the graduate program director. 12 credits; a student with a master’s Geosciences, Ph.D., 1980, Massachusetts degree from Stony Brook may transfer up Institute of Technology: Experimental rock B. Transfer Credits to six credits toward the Ph.D. degree. physics; fault mechanics. A maximum of 12 graduate credits Credits used to obtain any prior degrees Number of teaching, graduate, and research may be transferred from other programs are not eligible for transfer. Requests for assistantships, Fall 2007: 39 toward the M.S. degree. These may transfer of credits must be submitted to include up to six credits from other the graduate program director. Academic Advisor institutions. The maximum also includes Each graduate student is assigned any credits received from taking C. Areas of Concentration Mechanical Engineering courses while an academic advisor in his or her area The student selects an area of concen- having non-degree status at Stony Brook of interest before registration. The tration in one of the following areas as an SPD or GSP student. Credits used academic advisor will guide the student of Mechanical Engineering: in course selection, research, and other to obtain any prior degrees are not areas of academic importance. Students eligible for transfer. All requests for 1. Design and Manufacturing transfer of credits require the approval receiving financial aid must select a 2. Solid Mechanics thesis research advisor before the start of the graduate program director. of their second semester. 3. Thermal Sciences and C. Thesis Requirements Fluid Mechanics A student choosing the thesis option Academic Standing must select a research advisor. Upon D. Written Qualifying Examination An average GPA of 3.0 or higher in all completion, the thesis must be defended The written qualifying examination coursework, exclusive of MEC 599 in an oral examination before a faculty is offered once every year, usually in M.S. Thesis Research, MEC 698 committee of at least three members of January. Students who enter the gradu- Practicum in Teaching II, and MEC which at least two must be Mechanical ate program with an M.S. degree from 699 Ph.D. Dissertation Research, is a Engineering faculty. A student choosing another institution are encouraged to

244 MECHANICAL ENGINEERING take the examination the first time it program director, with the recommen- approved by the graduate program is offered after they begin academic dation of the student’s advisor. Upon director upon recommendation by the residency. Students who enter the submission of the list of five courses, dissertation advisor. The official recom- graduate program without an M.S. students must provide an explanation mendation for the appointment of the degree are encouraged to take the for the list, how the courses are related, dissertation examining committee is examination the first time it is offered and the rationale for the courses. Note made to the dean of the Graduate School. following three academic semesters in that students are not required to have Dissertation research is an apprentice- residence. Both categories of students taken the courses in the minor field ship for the candidate, who, under the who fail to take this opportunity must before taking the qualifying exam. supervision of the dissertation advisor, take the examination the next time it is However, the minor requirement must independently carries out original offered during their residency. Part-time be satisfied before the student can be work of significance. The dissertation students should follow a rule based on admitted to candidacy. examining committee provides a means graduate course credit hours (determined of exposing the candidate’s ideas to a by the equivalence of nine credits with F. Advancement to Candidacy variety of views, and helps to guide and one semester in residence). Students are A student will be advanced to oversee the candidate’s research allowed to take the written qualifying candidacy for the Ph.D. degree when all progress, which is reviewed by the examination no more than twice. Any formal coursework has been completed committee each year. The chair of the student who fails the exam twice will be and all the requirements listed in items committee must submit a written report dismissed from the Ph.D. program. A through E have been satisfied. to the graduate program director on the The written qualifying examination These requirements must be completed student’s progress after each review. consists of two parts. Part I covers within one calendar year after passing In addition, the student is required applied mathematics. Part II corresponds the written qualifying examination. to submit a written dissertation pro- to the student’s area of concentration. Advancement to candidacy must be posal and present it in an oral exami- More precise information on the exam, one year before the beginning of the nation conducted by the dissertation including a list of suggested courses for semester in which a student plans to examining committee. The written each subject in the exam, is available in defend his or her dissertation. dissertation proposal must be distrib- the Departmental office, as are samples uted to the committee members at of previous examination questions. G. Teaching least two weeks before the oral Each student taking the examination is Ph.D. students are required to take examination. The oral examination required to submit a written statement three credits of MEC 698 Practicum probes the doctoral student’s ability to the graduate program director with in Teaching II as part of the degree and examines the progress, direction, a declaration of both areas chosen at requirement. This requirement may be and methodology of the dissertation least one month before the announced met by taking one three-credit MEC research. The student will be exam- exam date. 698, or a combination of one-credit ined on the dissertation topic and its and/or two-credit MEC 698, totaling objective, the problem formulation, E. Minor Area of Concentration three credits. The form of this research approach, and knowledge In addition to the major area of practicum may include making class in related areas. The majority of the concentration, each student must select presentations, teaching in recitation dissertation examining committee must a second, minor area from the following classes, and preparation and super- approve the student’s performance. list: Bioengineering, Biomedical vision of laboratory classes. Note that Engineering, Computational Sciences MEC 697 Practicum in Teaching I does I. Dissertation Defense (including Applied Mathematics), not meet this requirement. At the completion of the dissertation, Design and Manufacturing, Electrical A faculty advisor is responsible for approval of the dissertation involves a Engineering, Electronic Engineering, providing feedback and formal evalua- formal oral defense. The formal defense Environmental Sciences, Fluid tion of MEC 698. is open to all interested members of Mechanics, Geological Sciences, the University community. A candidate Information Sciences, Material Science H. Dissertation Examining Committee and must fill out the Doctoral Degree Defense and Engineering, Solid Mechanics, and Dissertation Proposal Form (available on the Graduate School Thermodynamics and Heat Transfer. A The student chooses a dissertation Web page) with dissertation abstract petition to select a minor area that is not topic in consultation with his or her as well as other relevant details, contained in this list must be approved doctoral dissertation advisor as soon and submit the form to the graduate by the Graduate Program Committee. as possible after passing the written program director at least three weeks A student will be required to take a qualifying examination. Within one year in advance of the proposed event. coherent sequence of three graduate after passing the written qualifying The form is forwarded by the graduate level courses in the minor area and examination, a dissertation examining program director to the Dean of the obtain a grade of B or better in each of committee is established. The commit- Graduate School, which will be respon- the courses. However, students must tee must include at least three members sible for advertising the defense to the submit a list of five courses from the from the Department of Mechanical University community. Copies of the proposed minor field no later than the Engineering, including the dissertation dissertation are to be distributed to the time he or she applies to take the quali- advisor, and at least one member from committee members at least two weeks fying exam. The courses in the minor another program or from outside the before the dissertation defense; one copy field must be approved by the graduate University. The committee must be is to be kept in the Departmental office

245 MECHANICAL ENGINEERING for examination by the faculty. The final MEC 506 Energy Management in MEC 512 Mechanics of Viscous Fluids approval of the dissertation must be Commercial Buildings The role of viscosity in the dynamics of fluid by a majority vote of the dissertation Topics include basic heating, ventilating, and flow. The Navier-Stokes equations, low air-conditioning (HVAC) system design and Reynolds number behavior including lubrica- examining committee. selection for commercial buildings (includes tion theory, percolation through porous both low-rise and high-rise buildings); selec- media, and flow due to moving bodies. tion of central plant components and equip- High Reynolds number behavior including Courses ment; calculation of space heating and cooling steady, unsteady, and detached boundary load; computer techniques for estimating layers, jets, free shear layers, and wakes. MEC 500 Introduction to Computer annual energy consumption; design tools for Phenomenological theories of turbulent shear Integrated Design and Manufacturing reducing energy consumption; ASHRAE flows are introduced. Topics include part design specification; codes; building controls; BACnet. Fall, 3 credits, ABCF grading Computer Aided Design (CAD); CAD-driven Prerequisite: B.S. in mechanical engineering engineering analysis; Computer Aided or related fields MEC 514 Advanced Fluid Mechanics: Manufacturing (CAM); integration of CAD/ Fall, alternate years, 3 credits, ABCF grading Introduction to Turbulence CAM; computer integrated manufacturing Introductory concepts and statistical descrip- industrial robotics; CAD-driven inspection MEC 507 Mathematical Methods in tions: kinematics of random velocity fields; and measurement; concurrent engineering; Engineering Analysis I equations of motion; experimental tech- Internet-based design and manufacturing. An introduction to the use of mathematical niques: isotropic turbulence, closure problem; Prerequisite: B.S. in engineering analysis techniques for the solution of engi- transport processes. Fall, 3 credits, ABCF grading neering analysis problems and the simulation Prerequisite: MEC 512 of engineering systems. Both continuous and Spring, alternate years, 3 credits, MEC 501 Convective Heat Transfer and Heat discrete methods are covered. Initial and boundary value problems for ordinary and ABCF grading Exchange partial differential equations are treated. Differential and integral formulation. Exact Fall, 3 credits, ABCF grading MEC 521 Thermodynamics and approximate solutions. Topics include This course begins with a review of the fun- parallel and boundary layer flows, similarity MEC 508 Mathematical Methods in damental concepts and laws of classical ther- solutions, external and internal flows, Engineering Analysis II modynamics. Then the thermostatic theory of laminar and turbulent convection, and forced A continuation of the material covered equilibrium states and phase transitions is and free convection. in MEC 507. Introduction to and application of treated, followed by the thermodynamic the- Spring, 3 credits, ABCF grading numerical analysis techniques used in ory of processes and cycles of simple and engineering such as finite elements and fast composite systems, including heat engines. MEC 502 Conduction and Radiation Heat Fourier transforms. Determination of Special topics may include statistical thermo- Transfer response characteristics of dynamic systems. dynamics, irreversible thermodynamics, radiation and photovoltaic energy conver- Heat conduction and conservation laws; for- Combinatoric methods and techniques for sion, biological thermodynamic processes, mulation of conduction equations in differen- optimization of engineering design and sys- and other topics of current interest. tial and integral forms; analytical solution tems/process analysis problems. techniques including Laplace transforms and Prerequisite: MEC 507 Spring, 3 credits, ABCF grading separation of variables; scaling analysis; Spring, alternate years, 3 credits, MEC 524 Computational Methods for Fluid black body radiation, Kirchoff's law, analysis ABCF grading of heat conduction problems; analysis of Mechanics and Heat Transfer radiative exchange between surfaces and MEC 510 Object-Oriented Programming for Introduction of finite difference, finite vol- radiative transport through absorbing, emit- Scientists and Engineers ume, and finite element methods for incom- ting, and scattering media Practical introduction to C++ and object-ori- pressible flows and heat transfer. Topics include explicit and implicit schemes, accu- Fall, 3 credits, ABCF grading ented programming for a first programming course for scientists and engineers. Covers racy, stability and convergence, derived and MEC 504 Thermal Analysis and Design of basics of application software development primitive-variables formulation, orthogonal Electronic Systems such as problem decomposition, structure and non-orthogonal coordinate systems. Selected computer assignments from heat Thermal characteristics of electronic compo- charts, object modeling, class diagrams, incremental code building, and testing at a conduction, incompressible flows, forced and nents and systems, reliability considerations, free convection. design concepts, basic modes of heat transfer beginner’s level. Features the concepts of abstract data types (ADT), encapsulation, Prerequisite: MEC 507 and fluid flow. Topics of applied heat transfer: inheritance, composition, polymorphism, Fall, alternate years, 3 credits, ABCF grading heat exchanger, boiling and condensation, operator and function overloading besides cooling techniques, cooling at various packag- studying UML (Unified Modeling Language) MEC 525 Product Design Concept ing levels, thermal elastic effects, computa- as a graphical representational design tech- Development and Optimization tions for electronic systems. nique. The course follows the evolution of This graduate course will concentrate on the Fall, alternate years, 3 credits, ABCF grading programming ideas from the use of a single design concept development of the product function to the use of structural charts and MEC 505 Modeling and Simulation for development cycle, from the creative phase functions to modularize and finally to the use of solution development to preliminary con- Materials Processing and Manufacturing of object-oriented programming. cept evaluation and selection. The course Importance of modeling and simulation; Prerequisite: B.S. in science or engineering will then cover methods for mathematical interface between computer models and actual Spring, 3 credits, ABCF grading modeling, computer simulation, and optimiza- processes; microscopic versus macroscopic tion. The concept development component of models; continuum models; thermo-fluid MEC 511 Mechanics of Perfect Fluids the course will also cover intellectual prop- models, chemical transport, magnetic and Lagrangian and Eulerian frames. Dynamical erty and patent issues. The course will not electrical effects, and stress field; simulation equations of momentum and energy transfer. concentrate on the development of any partic- schemes: finite difference versus finite element Two-dimensional dynamics of incompressible ular class of products, but the focus will be methods; software development; post- and barotropic perfect fluids and of the com- mainly on mechanical and electromechanical processing: graphical representation, video pressible perfect gas. Conformal mapping devices and systems. As part of the course, animation; case studies; melting/solidification applied to two-dimensional fluid dynamics. each participant will select an appropriate bulk crystal growth; thin film deposition. Jets and cavities. Surface waves, internal project to practice the application of the Spring, alternate years, 3 credits, waves. Perfect shear flows. material covered in the course and prepare a ABCF grading Summer, 3 credits, ABCF grading final report.

246 MECHANICAL ENGINEERING

Prerequisites: Undergraduate electrical or MEC 536 Mechanics of Solids MEC 550 Mechatronics mechanical engineering and/or science A unified introduction to the fundamental An introduction to the design, modeling, training principles, equations, and notation used in analysis, and control of mechatronic systems (smart systems comprising mechanical, electri- Fall, 3 credits, ABCF grading finite deformation of solids, with emphasis on the physical aspects of the subject. Cartesian cal, and software components). Fundamentals MEC 528 Introduction to Experimental tensor representation of stress, principal val- of the basic components needed for the design and control of mechatronic systems, including Stress Analysis ues, finite strain, and deformation. Conserva- tion of mass, momentum, and energy. sensors, actuators, data acquisition systems, The concepts of three-dimensional stress and Formulation of stress-strain relations in elas- microprocessors, programmable logic con- strain, their transformation laws, and their ticity, and compatibility relations. The use of trollers, and I/O systems, are covered. mutual relationships are discussed in detail. general orthogonal coordinate systems in the Hands-on experience in designing and building Results from theory of elasticity as pertinent equations governing solids. Principles of practical mechatronic systems are provided through integrated lab activities. to experimental stress analysis are also pre- virtual displacement and virtual work. sented. Experimental techniques studied Fall, every year, 3 credits, ABCF grading Fall, 3 credits, ABCF grading include two-dimensional photoelasticity, resistance strain gauge, moire methods, holo- MEC 539 Introduction to Finite Element MEC 552 Mechanics of Composite Materials graphic interferometry, and speckle photogra- Methods The course is concerned with the analysis of layered composite materials subject to phy. The application of different techniques to (Formerly Finite Element Methods in the measurement of stress and strain in mod- mechanical loads. Cartesian tensor calculus is Structural Analyses.) Theory of finite element used. Homogeneous anisotropic media are els as well as actual structures is demon- methods and their application to structural strated. Students form small groups and each studied first. The effect of layering is then analysis problems. Matrix operations, force and analyzed. Applications to plates and shell are group is assigned different laboratory projects displacement methods. Derivation of matrices studied and analytical methods of solution are to gain experience in various experimental for bars, beams, shear panels, membranes, given. Numerical analysis of composite solids stress analysis methods. plates, and solids. Use of these elements to is also considered using finite difference and Prerequisite: MEC 362 or equivalent model actual structural problems. Weighted finite element methods. 3 credits, ABCF grading residual techniques and extension of the finite Prerequisite: MEC 536 element method into other areas such as heat Fall or spring, alternate years, 3 credits, MEC 529 Introduction to Robotics: Theory flow and fluid flow. Laboratory sessions intro- ABCF grading and Applications duce use of the computer in solving finite ele- Topics: robot components and mechanatronic ment problems. Programs for the solution of MEC 560 Advanced Control Systems aspects of robotics (sensors, actuators, and force and displacement method problems are Analytical methods applied to the design of effectors, system integration); rotation, configured. A computer project consisting of multivariable linear control systems. Intro- translation, rigid-body transform; robotics the solution and evaluation of a structural prob- duction to linear system theory: linearization, foundations in kinematics and inverse kine- lem is required. solution of linear matrix differential equa- matics, dynamics, serial and parallel manipu- Spring, alternate years, 3 credits, tions, stability, controllability, observability, lators and their duality, introduction to ABCF grading transformations to canonical forms. Formula- mobile robots and LEGO Robotics, control tion of control objectives. Deterministic state theories, motion planning, trajectory genera- MEC 540 Mechanics of Engineering observer. Full-state feedback control based tion, grasping and manipulation, robotic pro- Structures on pole assignment and linear quadratic optimization theory. Linear systems with gramming language, industrial robotics, An introduction to variational principles of mechanics and the development of approxi- stochastic inputs and measurement noise. manufacturing automation, and societal The response of linear systems to random impacts. Include hands-on projects. mation methods for the solution of structural mechanics problems. Linear and nonlinear input; stochastic state estimator (Kalman Spring, 3 credits, ABCF grading theories of beams and thin plates are devel- filter); separation principle of stochastic control and estimation; system robustness. MEC 530 Applied Stress Analysis oped along with their framework for numerical solutions. An introduction of the general the- Fall or spring, alternate years, 3 credits, A study of linear elastic solids with emphasis ory of structural stability is presented along ABCF grading on internal stress analysis. Simple boundary with its application to the buckling and initial value problems at plane structures are ana- postbuckling behavior of beams and plates. MEC 567 Kinematic Analysis and Synthesis lyzed with various solution techniques. Major 3 credits, ABCF grading of Mechanisms topics are stress and strain tensors, linear Introduction, mechanism structure, basic elasticity, principle of virtual work, torsion, MEC 541 Elasticity concepts of mechanisms, canonical represen- stress functions, stress concentration, ele- tation of motion. Kinematic analysis, algebraic Formulation of boundary value problems. method, vector-loop method, complex number mentary fracture, and plasticity. Compatibility equations and reciprocal theo- method, spherical and spatial polygon method, 3 credits, OPT rem. Torsion of noncircular cross-sections. matrix method, dual-number quaternion Fundamental solutions for two- and three- method, screw coordinate method, line coor- MEC 532 Vibration and Control dimensional domains. Potential function for- Fundamentals of vibrations and control of dinate method, motor algebra method, type mulations. Use of integral transforms and synthesis, number synthesis, coupler curves, vibrations of structures and dynamic sys- complex variable approaches. Formulation curvature theory path generation, finite tems. Topics include one dof systems and and solution of problems in thermoelasticity. displacement theory, rigid body guidance, responses, multiple dof systems and Prerequisite: MEC 536 function generation, computer-aided mecha- responses, classical feedback control theory, Spring, 3 credits, ABCF grading nisms analysis and synthesis. modern state-space feedback control theory, Prerequisite: Permission of instructor application of control methodology in struc- MEC 543 Plasticity Spring, 3 credits, ABCF grading ture and systems under vibration and dynam- Stress and deformation of solids: yield criteria ics; introduction of optimal control theory; and flow rules for plasticity deforming solids; MEC 568 Advanced Dynamics feedforward control; and distributed trans- the notion of a stable inelastic material; static Newtonian and Lagrangian mechanics of ducers for active control of vibration. and dynamic analysis of plastic bodies under rigid bodies; kinematics, inertia tensor, prin- Fall, every year, 3 credits, ABCF grading mechanical and thermal loading; use of load ciple of momentum, principle of virtual work, bounding theorems and the calculation of potential and kinetic energy, equations of MEC 535 Engineering Stress Analysis collapse loads of structures; the theory of the motion, extraction of information from the Provides an overview of stress analysis for slip-line field. equations of motion, and application to engi- practicing engineers and scientists. Prerequisite: MEC 541 neering problems. Spring, 3 credits, ABCF grading Fall, alternate years, 3 credits, ABCF grading Fall, 3 credits, ABCF grading

247 MECHANICAL ENGINEERING

MEC 570 Introduction to Engineering MEC 578 Reliability and Life Prediction of S/U grading Tribology Electromechanical Systems May be repeated for credit Focus is on the fundamentals of tribology, the The modes of failure and the factors that play a science of surfaces in relative motion, with an role in the failure of mechanical components are MEC 630 Special Topics in Fluid Mechanics introduction to friction, lubrication, and wear. presented. Failure modes and failure theories The subject matter of each special topics The basics of tribology science: engineering for brittle and ductile materials are introduced; course varies from semester to semester, surfaces, contact mechanics, lubrication theory, special emphasis will be placed on the fatigue depending on the interests of students and wear processes and modeling, wear properties and fracture of materials. Distinctions will be staff. Advanced topics and specialized topics of materials, and tribology test methods will be drawn between the behavior of single crystal will be discussed, particularly those of current covered. Analysis of tribological aspects of versus polycrystalline materials, and versus interest. machine components and bearings. Industrial ductile and brittle materials. Reliability issues 3 credits, ABCF grading case studies will be presented to place the will be discussed regarding the design of series May be repeated for credit topics in context to industry and society. versus parallel systems. Spring, every year, 3 credits, ABCF grading Fall or spring, alternate years, 3 credits, MEC 631 Special Topics in Heat Transfer ABCF grading The subject matter of each special topics MEC 571 Analysis and Design of Robotic course varies from semester to semester, Manipulators MEC 579 Optical Measurement depending on the interests of students and Introduction to robot manipulators from the Introduction to optical measurement and its staff. Advanced topics and specialized topics will be discussed, particularly those of mechanical viewpoint, emphasizing funda- applications to the fields of solid mechanics, current interest. mentals of various mechanisms and design design and manufacturing, and thermal and considerations. Kinematics on 2D and 3D fluid systems. Topics include fundamentals of 3 credits, ABCF grading optics, lasers, and detectors, dimensional and manipulators; statics and dynamics; motion May be repeated for credit surface metrology, machine vision, measure- planning; control fundamentals; algorithms ment of temperature, concentration, and MEC 632 Special Topics in Statistical development; computer-graphics simulation density, and optical techniques for stress Mechanics of manipulators; current applications. analysis and nondestructive testing. The subject matter of each special topics Prerequisite: Permission of instructor 3 credits, ABCF grading course varies from semester to semester, Fall or spring, alternate years, 3 credits, depending on the interests of students and ABCF grading MEC 580 Manufacturing Processes staff. Advanced topics and specialized topics The relationship between product design and will be discussed, particularly those of MEC 572 Geometric Modeling for CAD, CAM manufacturing. Materials properties and current interest. The de Casteljau algorithm, Bernstein poly- influence. Introduces traditional and nontra- 3 credits, ABCF grading nomials, and Bezier curves. Spline curves. ditional manufacturing processes and their May be repeated for credit Polynomial interpolation and cubic spline capabilities and limitations. Measurement interpolation. Rational Bezier and B-spline inspection, reliability, and quality engineer- MEC 633 Special Topics in Thermodynamics curves. Parametric surface patches. Parametric ing. Economic impact of modern process The subject matter of each special topics line constructs. Geometric continuity and engineering. Hands-on experience in the fun- course varies from semester to semester, geometric splines. Applications of geometric damentals of machining including, metrology depending on the interests of students and modeling methods in CNC machining, motion tools, saw, sheet metal working, drilling, staff. Advanced topics and specialized topics animation, and robotics. reaming, taping, turning, boring, milling, will be discussed, particularly those of Fall or spring, alternate years, 3 credits, welding, and rapid prototyping. current interest. ABCF grading Spring, 3 credits, ABCF grading 3 credits, ABCF grading May be repeated for credit MEC 575 Introduction to Micro Electro- MEC 584 Quality Engineering Mechanical Systems (MEMS) 3 credits, ABCF grading MEC 634 Advanced Topics in Kinematics An introduction to the fundamental knowledge and Dynamics of Machines and experience in the design and manufacture MEC 585 Total Quality Management The subject matter of each special topics of microsystems. Emphasis will be placed on Concepts of TQM and quality improvement course varies from semester to semester, the methodologies for design, fabrication, and methods to attain world-class performance in depending on the interests of students and packaging of microsystems. An overview on business operations. Topics include policy staff. Advanced topics and specialized topics fabrication and manufacturing technologies for deployment, process improvement methodol- will be discussed, particularly those of producing microsystems will also be covered. ogy, daily work management, quality story current interest. methodology, six sigma, poka-yoke, ISO, Interdisciplinary nature of MEMS will be 3 credits, ABCF grading Deming and Baldridge Awards criteria. emphasized via various engineering principles May be repeated for credit ranging from mechanical and electrical to mate- Spring, 3 credits, ABCF grading rials and chemical engineering. Introduction MEC 635 Advanced Topics in Nonlinear MEC 591 Industrial Project in Opto Electro Dynamic Systems of the working principles of micro actuators, Mechanical Systems Engineering sensors, and transducers. The subject matter of each special topics A student carries out a detailed design of an Prerequisite: Permission of instructor course varies from semester to semester, industrial project in OEMS engineering. A depending on the interests of students and Spring, 3 credits, ABCF grading comprehensive technical report of the project staff. Advanced topics and specialized topics and an oral presentation are required. MEC 576 Microfluidics and Microscale will be discussed, particularly those of Fall, 3 credits, ABCF grading current interest. Heat Transfer 3 credits, ABCF grading Topics: flow/control of liquids/gases at small MEC 597 Graduate Research and Study in May be repeated for credit length scales; deviation from classical fluid Manufacturing behavior; boundary conditions/scaling laws at Independent research or project in the area MEC 636 Advanced Topics in Mechanical small scales; microscopic flow of heat at small of manufacturing processes or systems. Vibration length- and time-scales; application to MEMS Prerequisite: Students specializing in The subject matter of each special topics devices, heat transfer in microelectronics Manufacturing course varies from semester to semester, devices, ultra-fast laser processing. 1-6 credits, ABCF grading depending on the interests of students and Prerequisite: B.S. in engineering or staff. Advanced topics and specialized topics Department approval MEC 599 Research will be discussed, particularly those of Fall, alternate years, 3 credits, ABCF grading Fall, spring, and summer, 1-12 credits, current interest.

248 MECHANICAL ENGINEERING

3 credits, ABCF grading MEC 695 Mechanical Engineering Internship (if they are to be covered by another insur- May be repeated for credit Partipation in off-campus engineering prac- ance plan, they must file a waiver by the tice in private corporations, public agencies, second week of classes; the charge will MEC 637 Special Topics in Precision or non-profit institutions. Students will be only be removed if the other plan is deemed Engineering required to have faculty coordinator as well comparable); all international students The subject matter of each special topics as a contact in outside organization, to partic- must receive clearance from an course varies from semester to semester, ipate with them in regular consultations on depending on the interests of students and the project, and to submit a final report to International Advisor staff. Advanced topics and specialized topics both. A maximum of three credits can be Fall, spring, and summer, 1-9 credits, will be discussed, particularly those of accepted toward the M.S. degree. S/U grading current interest. Fall, spring, and summer, 1 credit, S/U May be repeated for credit 3 credits, ABCF grading grading May be repeated for credit May be repeated for up to three credits MEC 800 Full Time Summer Research 0 credit, S/U grading MEC 641 Fracture Mechanics MEC 696 Special Problems in Mechanical May be repeated The mechanics of brittle and ductile fracture Engineering in engineering materials are studied. Major Conducted jointly by graduate students and subjects are linear elastic fracture, elastic- one or more members of the faculty. plastic fracture, and fatigue crack analysis. Prerequisite: Advisor’s permission Topics also include stress intensity factor, 1-6 credits, ABCF grading energy release rate, J-integ. May be repeated for credit Prerequisite: MEC 536 Fall or spring, alternate years, 3 credits, MEC 697 Practicum in Teaching I ABCF grading Every T.A. must register for this course. Fall, spring, 0 credit, S/U grading MEC 651 Advanced Finite Element Analysis May be repeated Finite element method for the analysis of continuous media. In-depth discussion of MEC 698 Practicum in Teaching II penalty method, integration techniques, and Practicum in teaching under faculty differential equation solvers. Computer supervision. implementation of finite element code in 1-3 credits, S/U grading nonlinear elastic, elastic-plastic materials, May be repeated for credit and dynamic problems. Major topics are 2-D and 3D element formulations, stress MEC 699 Dissertation Research On Campus update algorithms, Newton-Raphson iterative Prerequisite: Advancement to candidacy technique, and explicit/implicit time integra- tion schemes. (G5); major portion of research must take Prerequisites: MEC 541, MEC 539 place on SB campus, at Cold Spring Harbor, Fall or spring, alternate years, 3 credits, or at Brookhaven National Lab ABCF grading Fall, spring, and summer, 1-12 credits, S/U grading MEC 662 Advanced Vibration and Analysis May be repeated for credit Principle and techniques of vibration analysis of structures and machines. Includes free and MEC 700 Dissertation Research Off Campus– forced vibration responses of linear limped- Domestic parameter, multiple dof systems; model analysis Prerequisite: Must be advanced to candidacy of distributed, continuous systems; non-linear (G5); major portion of research will take vibration analysis; random vibrations. place off campus, but in the U.S. and/or Prerequisite: Permission of instructor U.S. provinces (Brookhaven National Lab 3 credits, ABCF grading and Cold Spring Harbor Lab are considered on campus); all international students MEC 671 Optical Methods for Experimental must enroll in one of the graduate student Stress Analysis insurance plans and should be advised by Theory and applications of moire methods (in-plane, shadow, reflection, projection, and an International Advisor refraction moire techniques) for measuring Fall, spring, and summer, 1-9 credits, static and dynamic deformation of 2D and S/U grading 3D models, bending of plates and shells, and May be repeated for credit temperature distribution or refraction index change in fluids. Other topics: holographic MEC 701 Dissertation Research Off interferometry, laser speckle interferometry, Campus–International digital speckle photography, and current Prerequisite: Must be advanced to candidacy research activities of the field. (G5); major portion of research will take Fall or spring, alternate years, 3 credits, place outside the U.S. and/or U.S. provinces; ABCF grading domestic students have the option of the health plan and may also enroll in MEC 691 Mechanical Engineering Seminar MEDEX; international students who are This course is designed to expose students to in their home country are not covered by cutting-edge research and development activi- ties in mechanical engineering. Speakers are mandatory health plan and must contact invited from both on and off campus. the Insurance Office for the insurance Fall and spring, 0 credit, S/U grading charge to be removed; international students May be repeated who are not in their home country are charged for the mandatory health insurance

249 249 SCHOOL OF MEDICINE School of Medicine Dean: Richard N. Fine, M.D., Health Sciences Center Level 4, Room 170, (631) 444-1785

Degree awarded: M.D., M.D./Ph.D., Ph.D.

The School of Medicine consists of basic science and clinical departments that have the responsibility for preclinical and clinical instruction of its students, as well as University-wide responsibility to students in other schools on the cam- pus. Basic science departments include Anatomical Sciences, Biochemistry and Cell Biology, Biomedical Engineering, Molecular Genetics and Microbiology, Neurobiology and Behavior, Oral Biology and Pathology (in conjunction with the School of Dental Medicine), Pathology, Pharmacological Sciences, and Physiology and Biophysics. Clinical departments include the departments of Anesthesiology, Dermatology, Emergency Medicine, Family Medicine, Medicine, Neurological Surgery, Neurology, Obstetrics and Gynecology, Ophthalmology, Orthopaedics, Pediatrics, Preventive Medicine, Psychiatry and Behavioral Science, Radiation Oncology, Radiology, Surgery, and Urology. In addition to instruction at the undergraduate and professional levels, these departments have major responsibility for graduate, postgraduate, and continuing education. Graduate studies in basic science are closely coordinated with those in the division of biological sciences and are conducted under the general regulations of the Graduate Council and the dean of the Graduate School. All questions concerning admission to the School of Medicine and requests for the Health Sciences Center Bulletin should be addressed to: Office of Admissions School of Medicine Health Sciences Center Stony Brook University Stony Brook, NY 11794-8434 (631) 444-2113

250 MOLECULAR AND CELLULAR BIOLOGY

Molecular and Cellular Biology (MCB)

Graduate Program Director: Rolf Sternglanz, Life Sciences Building Room 348, (631) 632-8565 Graduate Program Senior Staff Assistant: Carol Juliano, Life Sciences Building Room 336, (631) 632-8533

Degree awarded: Ph.D. in Molecular and Cellular Biology

The Molecular and Cellular Biology ensure our graduates are well equipped advances to candidacy and the proposal (MCB) graduate program offers a multi- for a successful career in research. committee along with the faculty disciplinary course of study leading to the The MCB program involves students in advisor become the student’s Ph.D. Ph.D. degree. Diverse biological systems ongoing research projects as soon as they thesis committee. The Ph.D. thesis of study from plants to humans are arrive on campus. During the first aca- committee meets at least once a year pursued in MCB research laboratories. demic year, students train in four with the student to assess progress and These systems are used to investigate a different research laboratories to help in discuss research strategies. For more variety of biological topics including choosing a mentor for thesis dissertation. information, visit the MCB Web site at Biological Membranes, Cancer, Cell Cycle, The first laboratory training, or rotation, www.grad.sunysb.edu/academics/broch Development, DNA Replication, Gene is usually at Stony Brook University, but ures/molecularcell/contact.html Expression, Immune Response, subsequent rotations can be performed Infectious Disease, Neurobiology, Protein at Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory or Facilities Trafficking, Signal Transduction, and Brookhaven National Laboratory. The The Biological Sciences Division and Structural Biology. The MCB program MCB program crosses departmental Health Sciences Center are well provides students with the opportunity to boundaries and institutions to offer the equipped for work in developmental and select an academic program in one of student thesis research training in nearly cellular biology. Individual faculty labo- three specializations: Cellular and 100 different laboratories. A decision for ratories and central services provide a Developmental Biology, Immunology and a thesis advisor is generally made by the full array of state-of-the-art equipment. Pathology, or Molecular Biology and end of the first academic year and These include the Flow Cytometry Biochemistry. The goal of this approach is research studies will subsequently form Facility, the Cell Culture and Hybridoma to provide the student with the widest the foundation of a Ph.D. thesis. Facility, the Transgenic Mouse Facility, range of research possibilities. All students in the MCB program gain the University Microscopy Imaging During the first year, students partici- experience and skills in teaching and oral Center, and the Center for Analysis and pate in several core courses that serve to presentation of their research studies. Synthesis of Macromolecules. The Health build a scholastic foundation for further During two semesters, students assist in Sciences Library contains a comprehen- study. The core courses include Graduate teaching undergraduate laboratory or sive collection of biomedical journals Biochemistry, Molecular Genetics, and lecture courses. The teaching experience and books and is complemented by the Cell Biology. In addition, students receive can include assistance in formulation/ Melville Library on the main campus. training to critically evaluate original grading of examinations and individual research articles in a Journal Club/ tutoring sessions. In the third and subse- Admission Readings course. Students can select an quent years, graduate students present In addition to the minimum require- area of specialization at the time of enroll- their research progress to other students ments of the Graduate School, the ment or they can decide on a course of and faculty in a seminar forum. The stu- following are suggested requirements: study during their first year. The pro- dent seminars are an opportunity to gain A. A bachelor’s degree with the gram of study in Molecular Biology and communication skills and to learn about following minimal preparation: mathe- Biochemistry includes Physical ongoing research of other students in dif- matics through one year of calculus, Biochemistry and any of a number of elec- ferent laboratories. In addition to student chemistry (including organic chemistry tives. Training stresses biochemical and seminars, a number of faculty from out- and laboratory), general physics, and one structural approaches to solve biological side the institution are invited for weekly year of biology (including laboratory); problems. The program of study in seminars. These are opportunities to meet Cellular and Developmental Biology visiting scientists who are leaders in their B. A minimum grade point average of includes a course in Developmental field and to learn of their latest findings. 3.0 (B) in undergraduate courses includ- Biology and any of a number of electives. In the second year of the MCB pro- ing science and mathematics courses; Emphasis is placed on the control mecha- gram, students take a comprehensive C. Letters from three previous nisms that define and regulate growing qualifying exam. Following successful instructors; and developing systems. The program of performance, students focus on their study in Immunology and Pathology thesis research. In the third year, D. A report of Graduate Record includes courses in Immunology and students prepare a written Ph.D. thesis Examination (GRE) General Test scores; General Pathology. This area of special- proposal in consultation with their E. Acceptance by both the Graduate ization emphasizes the cellular and molec- faculty thesis advisor. The proposal Program in Molecular and Cellular ular basis of human disease to foster a is defended orally before a proposal Biology and the Graduate School. bridge between basic and clinical committee comprised of faculty selected research. Each of the specializations by the student. Following successful In special cases, students not meeting enhances knowledge within the field to defense of the proposal, the student requirements A and B may be admitted

251 MOLECULAR AND CELLULAR BIOLOGY on a provisional basis. These students Ghebrehiwet, Berhane,8 D.V.M./D.Sc., 1974, Reinitz, John,16 Ph.D., 1987, Yale University: must act to remedy deficiencies within University of Paris, France: Biochemistry; role Systems biology of development and the first year according to the pro- of complement C1q receptors during infection transcription. gram’s requirements. and inflammation. Scarlata, Suzanne,6 Ph.D., 1984, University of Halegoua, Simon,3 Ph.D., 1978, Stony Brook Illinois: Structure/function studies of G proteins and effectors. Faculty University: Control of the neuronal phenotype and survival by growth factors using biochemi- Schechter, Nisson,1 Ph.D., 1971, Western Distinguished Professors cal, molecular, and cell biological approaches. Michigan University: Homeobox and filament 1 proteins in neuronal differentiation, growth, Grollman, Arthur, P.,4 M.D., 1959, Johns Haltiwanger, Robert, Ph.D., 1986, Duke and regeneration. Hopkins Medical School: Mechanisms of University: Role of protein glycosylation in chemical mutagenesis/carcinogenesis. signal transduction. Shroyer, Kenneth,5 Ph.D. 1983, M.D. 1987, 2 University of Colorado: Cancer biomarkers as Lennarz, William, J.,1 Ph.D., 1959, University Hayman, Michael, Ph.D., 1973, Institute for diagnostic adjuncts in cervical pathology and of Illinois: Biosynthesis and function of Medical Research, England: Viral/cellular cytopathology; cervical cancer and HPV. glycoproteins in cell-cell interactions. oncogenes; differentiation of erythroid cells. Simon, Sanford R.,1,5 Ph.D., 1967, Sternglanz, Rolf,1 Ph.D., 1967, Harvard Hearing, Patrick,2 Ph.D., 1980, Northwestern Rockefeller University: Proteinases and their University: Adenovirus-host cell interactions; University: Chromatin structure and function in inhibitors in invasiveness inflammation and adenovirus assembly and vectors for gene yeast; histone modifying enzymes. tumor metastasis; inhibition of bacterial therapy. Wimmer, Eckard,2 Ph.D., 1962, University of metalloproteinases. Hollingsworth, Nancy,1 Ph.D., 1988, University of Gottingen, Germany: RNA virus genetics, Smith, Steven O.,1 Ph.D., 1985, University of Washington, Seattle: Regulation of meiotic replication, and pathogenicity; cellular virus California, Berkeley: Structure and function recombination in yeast. receptors. of membrane proteins. Jesty, Jolyon,8 D.Phil., 1972, University of Oxford, Professors Staros, James V.,1 Ph.D., 1974, Yale England: Mechanisms of thrombogenesis. Benach, Jorge L.,2 Ph.D., 1972, Rutgers University: Molecular mechanisms of Johnson, Roger A.,6 Ph.D., 1968, University of transmembrane signaling. University: Host response to bacterial infections. Southern California, Los Angeles: Regulation of Steigbigel, Roy T.,8 M.D., 1966, University of Bingham, Paul M.,1 Ph.D., 1979, Harvard cell function by pro-nucleotide inhibitors of Rochester: Immune dysfunction induced by University: Genetic control of development transmembrane signaling mechanisms. HIV infection. and gene expression in animals. Katz, Eugene,2,14 Ph.D., 1969, University of Taichman, Lorne B.,10 M.D./Ph.D., 1971, Bogenhagen, Daniel F.,4 M.D., 1977, Cambridge, England: Genetics/development University of Wisconsin: Cutaneous gene therapy. Stanford University: Mitochondrial DNA; mito- in cellular slime molds. 9 chondrial proteomics. Tonge, Peter J., Ph.D., 1986, University of Konopka, James,2 Ph.D., 1985 University Birmingham, England: Tuberculosis drug 1 Brown, Deborah, Ph.D., 1987, Stanford of California, Los Angeles: Regulation of G discovery; spectroscopic insights into University: Cholesterol/sphingolipid-rich protein coupled receptor signal transduction; enzyme mechanisms; GFP fluorescent and membrane domains; role in endocytosis. morphogenesis in pathogenic yeast. chromophore formation. 1 Bynum, David R., Ph.D., 1981 Dartmouth Levine, Joel M.,3 Ph.D., 1980, Washington Tseng, Linda,11 Ph.D., 1968, University College: Director, Long Island Group Advancing University: Cell-surface molecules of the of North Dakota: Reproductive molecular Science Education, Stony Brook University. developing nervous system. endocrinology. 8 8 Chen, Wen-Tien, Ph.D., 1979, Yale University: London, Erwin,1 Ph.D., 1979, Cornell University: Van Nostrand, William E., Ph.D. 1985, Proteases and integrins in cancer invasion, Membrane protein structure/translocation/ University of California, Irvine: Molecular patho- metastasis, and angiogenesis. folding; structure and function of sphingolipid/ genic mechanisms in cerebrovascular pathology Citovsky, Vitaly,1 Ph.D., 1987, Hebrew cholesterol rafts in membranes. of Alzheimer’s disease and related disorders.

University, Israel: Nuclear targeting and 4 Malbon, Craig C., Ph.D., 1976, Case Western Associate Professors intercellular communication in plants. Reserve University: Signal transduction and Berrios, Miguel,4 Ph.D., 1983, Rockefeller Dean, Neta,1 Ph.D., 1988, University of gene regulation in differentiation and develop- University: Cell structure and function; the cell California, Los Angeles: Protein glycosylation, ment; roles of G-proteins. biology of DNA damage and repair. fungal cell wall biosynthesis; fungal pathogenesis. 1 Marcu, Kenneth B., Ph.D., 1975, Stony Brook Fleit, Howard B.,5 Ph.D., 1980, New York 1 Deutsch, Dale, Ph.D., 1972, Purdue University: University: NF-kappaB kinase signaling in stress, University: Leukocyte Fc receptors; Metabolism and uptake of the endocannabi- immunity, and cancer; mechanisms of action of macrophage differentiation. noids (anandamide and 2-AG). AID in adaptive immune responses. Ghazizadeh, Soosan,10 Ph.D., 1994, Stony 4 6 Frohman, Michael A., M.D./Ph.D., 1986, McLaughlin, Stuart, Ph.D., 1968, University of Brook University; Epithelial stem cell biology; University of Pennsylvania: Mammalian signal British Columbia, Canada: Calcium/phospholipid skin bioengineering and gene therapy. transduction development; vesicular trafficking; second messenger system. Holdener, Bernadette,1 Ph.D., 1990, University mitochondrial fusion diabetes. 6 Miller, Todd W., Ph.D., 1989, Rockefeller of Illinois: Biochemical and genetic Furie, Martha,5 Ph.D., 1980, Rockefeller University: The regulation and substrate characterization of the role of chaperone, University: Interactions among pathogenic specificity of ttyrosine kinases. MESD, in folding the LRP receptors during bacteria, endothelium, and leukocytes. Moll, Ute M.,5 M.D., 1985, Ulm, Germany: mouse embryonic development. Futcher, Bruce,2 Ph.D., 1981, Oxford University: Function/regulation of the p53 gene family in Karzai, Wali,1 Ph.D. 1995, Johns Hopkins Cell cycle control; microarrays; genomics. apoptosis and cancer; Function/regulation in University: RNA-protein interaction and Gergen, J. Peter,1 Ph.D., 1982, Brandeis normal cells and tumor-associated inactivation. translational control of gene expression. University: Pattern information and the Reich, Nancy L.,2 Ph.D., 1983, Stony Brook Kernan, Maurice,3 Ph.D., 1990, University of regulation of gene expression during University: Signal transduction and gene Wisconsin: Genetics of touch and hearing in Drosophilia development. expression in response to cytokines and virus. Drosophila; ciliogenesis and ciliary signaling.

252 MOLECULAR AND CELLULAR BIOLOGY

Kew, Richard B.,5 Ph.D., 1986, Stony Brook White, Thomas,6 Ph.D., 1994, Harvard Muthuswamy, Senthil, K., Assistant Professor,15 University: Role of complement activation University: Molecular biology and physiology of Ph.D., 1995, McMaster University: peoptide C5a and mast cells in acute an gap junction channels. Understanding cancer initiation using three- chronic inflammation. 3 Wollmuth, Lonnie, Ph.D., 1992 University of dimensional epithelial structures. Leatherwood, Janet,2 Ph.D., 1993, Johns Washington, Molecular mechanisms regulating Hopkins University: Cell-cycle control and DNA excitatory synaptic transmission in the brain. Setlow, Richard, Professor,1,13 Ph.D., 1947, replication; fission yeast molecular biology. Zieve, Gary,5 Ph.D., 1977, Massachusetts Yale University: DNA damage and repair; car- Lin, Richard,6 M.D., 1988, University of Institute of Technology: Assembly/transport cinogenesis and mutagenesis in fish, light- California, San Francisco: Phosphoinositide 3- of snRNP particles. induced malignant melanoma. kinase signaling and cell growth. Assistant Professors Spector, David L., Professor,15 Ph.D., 1980, Lyman, Harvard,1 Ph.D., 1960, Brandeis Boon, Elizabeth M.,9 Ph.D., 2003, California Rutgers University: Spatial organization of University: Photocontrol of chloroplast Institute of Technology: Nitric oxide signaling development. gene expression. in bacteria. Mackow, Erich R.,8 Ph.D., 1984, Temple Stenlund, Arne, Associate Professor,15 Ph.D., Carrico, Isaac,9 Ph.D., 2003, California University: Research on hantavirus and rotavirus Institute of Technology: Site-specific protein 1984, Uppsala University, Sweden: DNA directed signaling responses and pathogenesis; replication of papillomaviruses. viral regulation of cellualr response. labeling; glycoproteins. 8 Cohen, J. Craig, Ph.D., 1976, University of 15 McKinnon, David,3 Ph.D., 1987, John Curtin Stillman, Bruce, Professor, Ph.D., 1979, School of Medical Research, Australia: Mississippi: Organogenesis. Australian National University: DNA replication 4 Molecular physiology of sympathetic Colognato, Holly, Ph.D., 2000, Rutgers and chromatin assembly in human and neurons and cardiac muscle. University: Extracellular matrix in the brain; yeast cells. roles during development and during Moriya, Masaaki,4 Ph.D. 1981, Nagoya Studier, F. William, Professor,1,13 Ph.D., 1963, University, Japan: Cellular responses to neurodegeneration. DNA damage. Sirotkin, Howard,3 Ph.D., 1996, Albert Einstein California Institute of Technology: Molecular genetics of phage T7: recombinant protein Neiman, Aaron,1 Ph.D., 1994, University of College of Medicine: Vertebrate neural California, San Francisco: Vesicle trafficking development and patterning. productions. 2 and intracellular signaling in yeast. Zong, Wei-Xing, Ph.D., 1999. Univeristy of Tonks, Nicholas, Professor,15 Ph.D., 1985, Medicine and Dentistry of New Jersey: Prives, Joav,4 Ph.D., 1968, McGill University, University of Dundee, Scotland: Characterization Canada: Cytoskeletal membrane interactions Molecular regulation of apoptotic and necrotic of protein tyrosine phosphatases. in muscle cell. cell death. Van Aelst, Linda, Ph.D., Associate Professor,15 Quitschke, Wolfgang,7 Ph.D.,1983, Stony Adjunct Faculty 1991, University of Leuven, Belgium: Role of Brook University: Gene regulation of proteins Dunn, John, Microbiologist,13 Ph.D., 1970, associated with neurodegenerative diseases. Rutgers University: Structure/function of ras in mammalian cell transformation. 8 Rebecchi, Mario J., Ph.D., 1984, New York bacteriophage T7 RNA polymerase. Wigler, Michael, Professor,15 Ph.D., 1978, University: Phospholipases and signal 15 Hannon, Gregory, Professor, Ph.D., 1992, Columbia University: Genomics and cancer. transduction. Case Western Reserve University: Genetics of Number of teaching, graduate, and research Schärer, Orlando D.,4,9 Ph.D., 1996, Harvard growth in mammalian cells and dsRNA-induced University: Chemical biology of DNA damage gene silencing. assistantships, Fall 2008: 101 and repair. Joshua-Tor, Leemor, Professor,15 Ph.D., 1991, 1) Department of Biochemistry and Cell Biology 9 Simmerling, Carlos, Ph.D. 1994, University of The Weizmann Institute of Science Structural 2) Department of Molecular Genetics and Illinois, Chicago: Development of tools for effi- Biology: X-ray crystallography; molecular Microbiology cient and simulation of chemical systems and reconginition; nucleic acid regulation; RNAi. 3) Department of Neurobiology and Behavior using them to study the structure and dynamics Krainer, Adriane, Professor,15 Ph.D., 1986, of molecules involved in biological processes. Harvard University: mRNA splicing; gene 4) Department of Pharmacological Sciences 6 Spector, Ilan, Ph.D., 1967, University of expression; RNA-protein interaction. 5) Department of Pathology Paris, France: Neuronal differentiation and Lazebnik, Yuri, Professor,15 Ph.D., 1986, St. 6) Department of Physiology and Biophysics microfilaments. Petersburg State University, Russia: Molecular Spitzer, Eric D.,5 M.D./Ph.D., 1985, Johns mechanisms of apoptosis. 7) Department of Psychiatry Hopkins University: Molecular biology of Lowe, Scott, Professor,15 Ph.D., Massachusetts 8) Department of Medicine Cryptococcus neoformans. Institute of Technology: Modulation of apoptosis; 9) Department of Chemistry Thanassi, David G., Ph.D., 1995, University of chemosensitivity; senescence by cancer genes. 15 10) Department of Oral Biology and Pathology California at Berkeley: Virulence factors of Martienssen, Robert, Professor, Ph.D., pathogenic bacteria. Cambridge University, Plant genetics; 11) Department of Obstetrics and Gynecology 1 Thomsen, Gerald H., Ph.D., 1988, transposons; development; gene regulation; 12) Department of Anatomical Sciences Rockefeller University: Emproyic development DNA methylation. 15 13) Brookhaven National Laboratory mechanisms and their evolution. Mills, Alea, A., Associate Professor, Ph.D., Tsirka, Styliani-Anna,4 Ph.D., 1989, University 1997, University of California, Cancer; 14) Recipient of the State University Chancellor’s of Thessaloniki, Greece: Neuronal-microglial development; aging; senescence; epigenetics. Award for Excellence in Teaching, 1975 interactions in the physiology and pathology of Mittal, Vivek, Assistant Professor,15 Ph.D., 15) Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory the central nervous system. 1994, Jawaharlal Nehru University: Id 16) Department of Applied Math and Statistics Wang, Hsien-yu,6 Ph.D., 1989, Stony Brook transcription factors; tumor-mediated neovas- University: Wnt/Frizzled and G-protein signal cularization; transcription profiling; RNA inter- transduction in development. ference; dendritic cells.

253 MOLECULAR AND CELLULAR BIOLOGY

Requirements for the Ph.D. Immunology and Pathology Specialization E. Advancement to Candidacy Degree 1. Molecular Genetics (MCB 503) When the above requirements have been satisfactorily completed, 2. Graduate Biochemistry (MCB 520) A. Course Requirements a recommendation for advancement Biochemistry and Molecular Biology 3. Membrane Biochemistry (MCB 517) to candidacy for the Ph.D. will be Specialization forwarded to the Graduate School. 4. Cell Biology (MCB 656) 1. Molecular Genetics (MCB 503) 5. General Pathology (HBP 531) F. Ph.D. Dissertation 2. Graduate Biochemistry (MCB 520) During the second year, the student 6. Immunology (HBP 533) initiates a dissertation research project in 3. Membrane Biochemistry (MCB 517) 7. Students in their first year rotate the laboratory of a particular member of 4. Cell Biology (MCB 656) in four laboratories with the goal of the program faculty. After the student has passed the proposition examination, a 5. Physical Biochemistry (MCB 512) selecting an environment for their thesis research. research committee is appointed to guide 6. One approved elective graduate the dissertation research, and when the course 8. Participation in Journal Club research nears completion, a dissertation (HBP 590); Student Seminars examining committee is approved by 7. Students in their first year rotate (MCB 603/604); Visiting Scientists the dean of the Graduate School. in four laboratories with the goal of Seminars (MCB 601/602) selecting an environment for their G. Dissertation Defense 9. Enrollment in the first year in thesis research Ethics (GRD 500) The dissertation defense, which 8. Participation in Journal Club completes the requirements for the 10. Enrollment in the third (MCB 531/532); Student Seminars Ph.D., consists of a public seminar semester in Computational Methods in (MCB 603/604); Visiting Scientists presentation of the dissertation work Biochemistry and Structural Biology Seminars (MCB 601/602) followed by an oral examination before (BSB 515) the dissertation examining committee. 9. Enrollment in the first year in Students must achieve a B or better in Ethics (GRD 500) H. Residence Requirement all required courses and must maintain The University requires at least 10. Enrollment in the third a B average in elective courses. two consecutive semesters of full-time semester in Computational Methods in B. Qualifying Examination graduate study. The demands of the Biochemistry and Structural Biology course of study necessitate a longer (BSB 515) At the beginning of the fourth semester, the student must pass a period of residence. Cell and Developmental Biology written qualifying examination. Specialization Courses C. Research Proposal 1. Molecular Genetics (MCB 503) Following successful completion of MCB 500 Directed Readings in Molecular 2. Graduate Biochemistry (MCB 520) the qualifying examination, the student and Cellular Biology writes a research proposal based on the Directed readings in topics of current interest, 3. Membrane Biochemistry (MCB 517) under supervision of a faculty sponsor. probable area of the student’s Ph.D. 4. Cell Biology (MCB 656) Prerequisite: Matriculation in graduate dissertation. The proposal is defended program or permission of instructor 5. Developmental Biology (MCB 657) orally to a faculty examination commit- Fall and spring, 1-3 credits, ABCF grading 6. One approved elective graduate tee that does not include the student’s May be repeated for credit research advisor. The proposal exami- course MCB 503 Molecular Genetics nation normally takes place by the end 7. Students in their first year rotate Introduces the classical work and current of the fifth semester. After passing developments in lower and higher genetic in four laboratories with the goal of the proposal examination, the faculty systems. Covers gene structure and regula- selecting an environment for their committee and Ph.D. research advisor tion in prokaryotic and eukaryotic organisms, thesis research mutational analysis and mapping, transpos- usually become the student’s Ph.D. able elements, and biological DNA transfer 8. Participation in Journal Club thesis committee and meet with the mechanisms. Bacteriophage as well as lower (MCB 531/532); Student Seminars student at least once a year to follow and higher eukaryotic systems are used to (MCB 603/604); Visiting Scientists his or her thesis progress. illustrate aspects of molecular genetic structure and function. This course is offered as both Seminars (MCB 601/602) D. Teaching Experience MCB 503 and HBM 503. 9. Enrollment in the first year in Prerequisite: Matriculation in graduate All students are required to gain program or permission of instructor Ethics (GRD 500) experience in teaching by assisting in Fall, 3 credits, ABCF grading 10. Enrollment in the third laboratory sections, leading discussion MCB 509 Experimental Molecular and semester in Computational Methods in sections, or helping to formulate and grade examination papers. The teaching Cellular Biology Biochemistry and Structural Biology An introduction to modern biochemical (BSB 515) experience may be in either undergrad- research techniques. The student spends a half- uate or graduate courses, and extends term in the laboratory of each of four different over a period of two semesters. members of the staff selected in consultation

254 MOLECULAR AND CELLULAR BIOLOGY with the course director. In each laboratory the mal structure, signal transduction, protein student participates in some aspect of the ongo- MCB 532 Graduate Seminar in Molecular translocation, the cytoskeleton, and the ing research pursued by the faculty member. and Cellular Biology extracellular matrix. The interaction of cellu- Prerequisite: Matriculation in graduate Seminars are given by graduate students lar structures and components and their reg- program or permission of instructor on current literature in the fields of bio- ulation is stressed as is the organization and Fall, 1-4 credits, ABCF grading chemistry, molecular biology, cell biology, or interaction of cells in tissues. The course is developmental biology. comparative and includes examples of cells MCB 510 Experimental Molecular and Prerequisite: Matriculation in graduate and tissues from vertebrates, invertebrates, Cellular Biology program or permission of instructor plants, and prokaryotic systems. An introduction to modern biochemical Spring, 1 credit, ABCF grading Prerequisite: Matriculation in graduate research techniques. The student spends program or permission of instructor a half-term in the laboratory of each of four MCB 599 Dissertation Research Summer, 4 credits, ABCF grading different members of the staff selected in Original investigation under the supervision of consultation with the course director. In each a member of the staff. MCB 657 Principles of Development laboratory the student participates in some Prerequisite: Matriculation in graduate This course deals with developing systems aspect of the ongoing research pursued by program or permission of instructor at all levels from the morphological to the the faculty member. Fall and spring, 1-12 credits, S/U grading molecular. Illustrative material from both Prerequisite: Matriculation in graduate animal and plant kingdoms is used. Special May be repeated for credit program or permission of instructor attention is given to gametogenesis, genetic Spring, 1-4 credits, ABCF grading MCB 601 Colloquium in Molecular and control of early development, transcriptional and translational control of protein synthesis, Cellular Biology MCB 512 Physical Biochemistry the role of cell division and cell movements, A weekly series of talks and discussions by Theoretical principles and experimental and cell-to-cell interactions in defining devel- visiting scientists covering current research methods used in the study of proteins and oping systems. and thinking in various aspects of molecular nucleic acids, e.g., spectroscopy, magnetic Prerequisite: MCB 656, matriculation in and cellular biology. Required for all MCB resonance, and diffraction. graduate students. Attendance is mandatory. graduate program, or permission of Prerequisites: MCB 520 or undergraduate Visitors welcome. instructor physical chemistry course, plus matricula- Prerequisite: Matriculation in graduate Fall, 3 credits, ABCF grading tion in gradaute program or permission of program or permission of instructor MCB 699 Dissertation Research On Campus instructor Fall, 1 credit, S/U grading Fall, 2 credits, ABCF grading Prerequisites: Must be advanced to candidacy MCB 602 Colloquium in Molecular and (G5); major portion of research must take MCB 517 Membrane Biochemistry Cellular Biology place on SB campus, at Cold Spring Harbor, Examines the molecular architecture of A weekly series of talks and discussions by or at Brookhaven National Lab; matricula- membranes; the structure, organization, visiting scientists covering current research tion in graduate program or functions, and assembly of lipids and proteins and thinking in various aspects of molecular permission of instructor in biological membranes. This course is also and cellular biology. Required for all MCB Fall, spring, and summer, 1-9 credits, offered as BSB 517. graduate students. Attendance is mandatory. S/U grading Prerequisite: Matriculation in graduate pro- Visitors welcome. May be repeated for credit gram or permission of instructor Prerequisite: Matriculation in graduate Fall, 1 credit, ABCF grading program or permission of instructor MCB 700 Dissertation Research Off May be repeated for credit Spring, 1 credit, S/U grading Campus–Domestic MCB 520 Graduate Biochemistry I Prerequisites: Must be advanced to candidacy MCB 603 Student Seminar in Molecular (G5); major portion of research will take Several topics in modern biochemistry are and Cellular Biology place off campus, but in the U.S. and/or treated at an advanced level. Topics covered Seminars given by graduate students on the will include protein structure, enzyme kinet- progress of their own thesis research. U.S. provinces (Brookhaven National Lab ics and mechanisms, and enzyme regulation. Required of all students every term in which and Cold Spring Harbor Lab are considered Prerequisite: Undergraduate biochemistry they are registered in Graduate Studies on campus); all international students course, matriculation in graduate program, in Molecular Biology and Biochemistry. must enroll in one of the graduate student or permission of instructor Attendance is mandatory. Visitors welcome. insurance plans and should be advised by Fall, 3 credits, ABCF grading Prerequisite: Matriculation in graduate an International Advisor; matriculation in program or permission of instructor graduate program or permission of instructor MCB 529 Organelle Development Fall and spring, 1 credit, S/U grading Fall, spring, and summer, 1-9 credits, This course is concerned primarily with the May be repeated once for credit S/U grading development of the mitochondrion and the May be repeated for credit chloroplast. Subjects will include the biogen- MCB 604 Student Seminar in Molecular esis of these organelles and their relation to and Cellular Biology MCB 701 Dissertation Research Off the interaction with the nucleus. Emphasis Seminars given by graduate students on the Campus–International will be on genetic and biochemical analysis. progress of their own thesis research. Prerequisites: Must be advanced to candidacy Prerequisite: Matriculation in graduate Required of all students every term in which (G5); major portion of research will take program or permission of instructor they are registered in Graduate Studies in place outside the U.S. and/or U.S. provinces; Fall, alternate years, 3 credits, Molecular Biology and Biochemistry. domestic students have the option of ABCF grading Attendance is mandatory. Visitors welcome. the health plan and may also enroll in Prerequisite: Matriculation in graduate MEDEX; international students who are MCB 531 Graduate Seminar in Molecular program or permission of instructor and Cellular Biology in their home country are not covered by Fall and spring, 1 credit, S/U grading mandatory health plan and must contact Seminars are given by graduate students on May be repeated once for credit current literature in the fields of biochemistry, the Insurance Office for the insurance molecular biology, cell biology, or developmen- charge to be removed; international students MCB 656 Cell Biology who are not in their home country are tal biology. Introduction to the structural and functional Prerequisite: Matriculation in graduate charged for the mandatory health insurance organization of cells and tissues and to the (if they are to be covered by another insur- program or permission of instructor way structure relates to function. Particular ance plan, they must file a waiver by the 1 credit, ABCF grading emphasis is placed on nuclear and chromoso-

255 MOLECULAR AND CELLULAR BIOLOGY second week of classes; the charge will only be removed if the other plan is deemed comparable); all international students must receive clearance from an International Advisor; matriculation in graduate program or permission of instructor Fall, spring, and summer, 1-9 credits, S/U grading MCB 800 Summer Research Prerequisite: Matriculation in graduate program or permission of instructor S/U grading 0 credit, S/U grading May be repeated BSB 515 Computational Methods in Biochemistry and Structural Biology Computational methods used in sequence searching and analysis, bioinformatics, graph- ical analysis of proteins, and nucleic acids. Prerequisite: This class is restricted to first- year BSB, HBM, and HBH Ph.D. students and second-year MCB Ph.D. students; exception requires approval from the course instructor Fall, 1 credit, S/U grading HBP 531 General Pathology Introduces the nature and causes of disease, death, reaction to injury, and repair. Analyzes associated structural changes in cells and tissues, with reference to their functional correlates. Prerequisites: Histology, gross anatomy, physiology, and biochemistry, prior or concurrent microbiology, or permission of instructor Spring, 3 credits, ABCF grading HBP 580 Teaching Honors HBP 533 Immunology Selected students whose performance in the Principles of immunology for graduate basic required courses for the graduate pro- students in the biological sciences, including gram is in the top 10 percent conduct tutorials definition of antigens and antibodies, speci- for first-year graduate students in the pro- ficity of the immune response, immunoglobu- gram and other students taking graduate lin structure, the genetics of immunoglobulin courses for credit. The tutors are supervised synthesis, cellular cooperation in the immune and graded by program faculty of the graduate response, hypersensitivity, tolerance immuno- program. Successful completion of this course genetics. Open to advanced undergraduates. will make the students eligible to receive an Prerequisites: Advanced courses in biology and “Honors in Teaching” on their transcript. biochemistry and permission of instructor Prerequisite: Permission of instructor Fall, 3 credits, ABCF grading Fall and Spring, 1 credit, ABCF grading HBP 554 Advanced Immunology HBP 590 Seminars in Immunology Selected topics in immunology are discussed A series of monthly seminars focusing on using original research literature as the cen- research in progress by the participants, cur- tral focus. Students present and discuss the rent journal articles in the field of immunobi- literature in a seminar format. ology, and prepared reviews of specified Prerequisite: HBP 531 or 533 and permission areas in the general field. of instructor Prerequisite: MCB graduate student Spring, 2 credits, ABCF grading Fall and spring, 1 credit, S/U grading Repeatable for credit HBP 561 Electron Microscopy for Experimental Pathologists Uses electron microscope (EM), alone and in conjunction with other methodologies in studies of biological dysfunction. Special techniques include histochemistry, enzyme histochemistry, immunohistochemistry, dif- fraction, stereo-EM, and scanning EM. Design of protocols, preparation, and inter- pretation of data. Prerequisite: Permission of instructor Fall and spring, 2-6 credits, ABCF grading

256 MOLECULAR AND CELLULAR PHARMACOLOGY

Molecular and Cellular Pharmacology (HBH)

Interim Chair: Michael A. Frohman, Center for Molecular Medicine CMM438, (631) 444-3050 Graduate Program Director: Styliana-Anna Tsirka, Basic Sciences Tower BST-8 Room 192, (631) 444-3859 Graduate Program Administrator: Beverly Campbell, Basic Sciences Tower BST-8 Room 140, (631) 444-3057 Fax: (631) 444-9749 E-mail: [email protected]; Web site: www.pharm.stonybrook.edu/Graduate_Program/Other/Home/

Degree awarded: Ph.D. in Molecular and Cellular Pharmacology The faculty of the Department of ultracentrifugation, scintillation and Faculty Pharmacological Sciences, in conjunction gamma spectrometry, transgenic mouse with faculty in other departments at research, electron microscopy, confocal Distinguished Professors Stony Brook, offers the graduate pro- microscopy, molecular modeling, gas and Grollman, Arthur P.,1 M.D., 1959, Johns gram in Molecular and Cellular high-performance liquid chromatography, Hopkins University: Chemical carcinogenesis and mutagenesis. Pharmacology leading to the Ph.D. proteomics, nuclear magnetic resonance, degree. Because the program emphasizes X-ray crystallography, and mass spec- Malbon, Craig C., Ph.D., 1976, Case Western early research experience and provides trometry. Research activities are sup- Reserve University: Wnt-frizzled signaling via G-proteins in development; analysis of a broad curriculum, students lay the ported by various shops, University signaling complexes. foundation for subsequent independent computing facilities, animal-care facilities, research. Graduate research opportunities and media services. Excellent library Reich, Edward, M.D., 1956, Johns Hopkins University; Ph.D., 1962, Rockefeller University: are provided in a broad range of areas facilities include the Health Sciences Autocrine regulation; parasite biochemistry; including biochemical and molecular Library, the Pharmacological Sciences design of new therapeutic systems. pharmacology, chemical pharmacology Library, and online resources, compris- and toxicology, and cellular and physio- ing of databases, e-books, and e-jour- Professors logical pharmacology. Students, in nals. Program faculty members Bliska, James, Ph.D.,10 1988, University of consultation with faculty advisors, pur- currently receive more than $19 million California, Berkeley: Molecular and cellular sue basic and elective courses and begin in annual research support from federal basis of bacterial-host cell interactions. thesis research during the first two and private agencies. Bogenhagen, Daniel, M.D., 1977, Stanford years of training. During this time, they University School of Medicine: Replication, participate in several research projects Admission transcription, and repair of mammalian directed by faculty members associated Admission to the Ph.D. Program in mitochondrial DNA; mitochondrial proteomics. with the program. Students then select Molecular and Cellular Pharmacology Cohen, Ira S.,14 M.D., Ph.D., 1974, New York a research advisor from the faculty and, University: Electrophysiology of the heart. For admission to the graduate program upon completion of the qualifying exam, Eisenberg, Moises, Ph.D., 1972, California in Molecular and Cellular Pharmacology, devote full effort to dissertation research. Institute of Technology: Application of the following, in addition to the mini- Students have the opportunity to perform bioinformatics tools to study comparative mum Graduate School requirements, research rotations and/or thesis research gene organization. are normally required: in any of 52 associated laboratories in Fisher, Paul A., M.D., Ph.D., 1980, Stanford Department of Pharmacological Sciences A. A bachelor’s degree in an appropriate University: Structure and function of the cell or other University departments or at field (biology, chemistry, biochemistry, nucleus; DNA metabolism and mutagenesis; Brookhaven National Laboratory and microbiology, physics) with evidence of human neurodegenerative diseases. Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory. superior performance in science courses. Frohman, Michael A., Interim Chair, M.D., Further details may be obtained from Coursework in biochemistry, physical Ph.D., 1985, University of Pennsylvania: the graduate program director. chemistry, and physiology is desirable; Neural differentiation and signal transduction. 9 B. Three letters of reference are Ghebrehiwet, Berhane, D.V.M., D.Sc., 1974, University of Paris VII: C1q receptor mediated Facilities required; cellular responses with particular emphasis on The Department of Pharmacological C. Graduate Record Examination inflammation and microbial infection. Sciences is the primary training facility (GRE) General Test scores are required, 7 for graduate studies in Molecular and Haltiwanger, Robert, Ph.D., 1986, Duke as is the TOEFL for foreign students. University: Regulation of signal transduction by Cellular Pharmacology. The Department An advanced test in biochemistry, glycoproteins. occupies 32,000 square feet in the biology, chemistry, computer science, 10 University’s Basic Sciences Tower and Hearing, Patrick, Ph.D., 1980, Northwestern physics, or mathematics is desirable; University: Adenovirus regulation of cellular 5,000 square feet in the Graduate D. Students must be accepted by both proliferation and gene expression; adenovirus Chemistry Building. Faculty laboratories, vectors for human gene therapy. including those faculty located in the the Department of Pharmacological Iden, Charles R., Ph.D., 1971, Johns Hopkins recently opened Center for Molecular Sciences and the Graduate School; University: Biomedical applications of mass Medicine, are equipped for all types of E. Students accepted into the graduate spectrometry; proteomics; characterization of modern molecular and cell biological, program receive stipend support and DNA adducts and DNA repair mechanisms; biochemical, neurochemical, chemical, full tuition scholarships. The current synthesis of modified oligodeoxynucleotides. biophysical, and toxicological research. stipend level (2008-2009) is $26,000 and Specialized facilities are provided for tis- includes health insurance coverage. sue culture, recombinant DNA work,

257 MOLECULAR AND CELLULAR PHARMACOLOGY

Johnson, Francis, Ph.D., 1954, University of Associate Professors Garcia-Diaz, Miguel, Ph.D., 2003, University of Glasgow, Scotland: Synthesis of natural prod- De los Santos, Carlos, Ph.D., 1987, University Madrid, Spain: Structural enzymology of ucts; DoM reactions; antiviral agents; mecha- of Buenos Aires, Argentina: NMR solution DNA/RNA transactions. nism of action of carcinogens and mutagens; structures of damaged nucleic acids and Maletic-Savatic, Mirjana,18,5 M.D., Ph.D., 1996, site-specific mutagenesis; DNA damage and repair proteins. University of Belgrade, Serbia and mechanisms of action of DNA-repair enzymes. Dewey, Stephen L.,16 Ph.D., 1985, University Montenegro: Mechanisms of differentiation of 11 Levine, Joel, Ph.D., 1980, Washington of Iowa: Imaging neurotransmitter interactions neural progenitor cells; identification of neuron University: Glial cells; proteoglycans, and with PET and fMRI. progenitor cell biomarkers. the regulation of axonal growth. 14 Evinger, Marian J.,13 Ph.D., 1978, University Nassar, Nicolas, Ph.D., 1992, European 11 McKinnon, David, Ph.D., 1987, Australian of Washington: Transcriptional regulation of Molecular Biology Laboratory, Grenoble, France: National University, Australia: Molecular PNMT gene expression; gene expression in Regulation of signaling proteins. physiology of neurons and cardiac muscle. neuronal tumors. Rizzo, Robert,19 Ph.D., 2001, Yale University: 14 Miller, W. Todd, Ph.D., 1987, Rockefeller Enikolopov, Grigori N.,17 Ph.D., 1978, Institute Computational research projects in cancer, University: Signal transduction by tyrosine of Molecular Biology, USSR Academy of HIV\AIDS, influenza, and method development. kinases. Science: Stem cells; neurogenesis; develop- Takemaru, Ken-Ichi, Ph.D., 1997, Graduate Moll, Ute M.,5 M.D., 1985, Ulm, Germany: ment; signal transduction University for Advanced Studies, Japan: Wnt Function/regulation of the p53 gene family in Karzai, Wali A.,7 Ph.D., 1995, Johns Hopkins signaling in development and disease. apoptosis and cancer. University: Biochemistry and structural biology Wei-Xing Zong,10 Ph.D., 1999, UMDNJ-Robert Prives, Joav M., Ph.D., 1968, McGill of RNA-protein interactions, translational con- Wood Johnson Medical School, New Jersey: University, Canada: Regulation of surface trol of gene expression, and drug discovery. Molecular regulation of apoptotic and necrotic receptors in muscle cells. Kurland, Irwin,1 M.D., 1984, University of cell death. 10 Reich, Nancy C., Ph.D., 1983, Stony Brook Southern California; Ph.D. 1992, Vanderbilt Research Faculty University: Signal transduction and gene expres- University: Regulation of insulin action and Berrios, Miguel, Associate Professor, Ph.D., sion induced by cytokines and viral infection. glucose metabolism. 1983, Rockefeller University: Polypeptide 1 1 Rigas, Basil, M.D., 1972; D.Sc. 1975, Athens Morrison, Sidonie A., D.Phil., 1973, University structure of the cell nucleus; nuclear assembly University Medical School, Greece: NSAIDs in of Oxford, England: Mechanisms of infection and disassembly; mapping genomic DNA the prevention of colon cancer. and pathogenesis in HIV-1 disease, especially damage and repair assembly and disassembly; Said, Sami I.,9 M.D., 1951, Cairo University, host-cell factors; restoration of immune function fertilization and pronuclear formation. during highly active antiretroviral therapy. Egypt: Physiology and pharmacology of VIP Du, Guangwei, Assistant Professor, Ph.D., 2 and related neuropeptides, with special Simmerling, Carlos, Ph.D., 1994, University of 1999, Peking Union Medical College and reference to their modulation of cell injury, Illinois, Chicago: Computational chemistry and Chinese Academy of Medical Sciences, inflammation, and cell death, and their potential structural biology; molecular dynamics of China: Cellular morphogenesis and as therapeutic agents. biological macromolecules. membrane trafficking 2 Sampson, Nicole, Ph.D., 1990, University of Schärer, Orlando, Ph.D., 1996, Harvard Li, Feng-Qian, Assistant Professor, Ph.D., California, Berkeley: Integrin receptor interac- University: Chemical biology of mammalian 1994, University of Advanced Studies/National tions in mammalian fertilization/enzymology of DNA repair. Insitute of Genetics, Japan: Function of cholesterol oxidase. Talmage, David,10 Ph.D., 1981, University of signaling regulators involved in cell growth Schechter, Nisson,15 Ph.D., 1971, Western Minnesota: Interactions between retinoids and regulation, cancer biology and adipogenesis. Michigan University: Structure, function, and receptor tyrosine kinase signaling pathways. Moriya, Masaaki, Professor, Ph.D., 1981, regulation of intermediate filament proteins Thomsen, Gerald H.,7 Ph.D.,1988, Rockefeller Nagoya University, Japan: Cellular response to and homeobox proteins during zebrafish University: Vertebrate embryonic development. DNA damage. neurogenesis. Wollmuth, Lonnie,11 Ph.D., 1992, University of Rosenquist, Thomas, Assistant Professor, 1 Steigbigel, Roy, M.D., 1966, University of Washington: Molecular mechanisms of synap- Ph.D., 1989, University of Wisconsin-Madison: Rochester: HIV treatment and immuno- tic transmission. Genetic analysis of mammalian oxidative DNA reconstitution. damage repair. 2 Assistant Professors Tonge, Peter, Ph.D., 1986, University of Shibutani, Shinya, Professor, Ph.D., 1983, Bowen, Mark,14 Ph.D., 1998, University of Illinois Birmingham, England: Biological chemistry Toyama Medical and Pharmaceutical at Chicago: Single molecule spectroscopy; coor- and enzyme mechanisms; quantitating University, Japan: Mechanisms of translesional dination of post-synaptic glutamate receptor sig- substrate strain in enzyme-substrate complexes DNA synthesis. using vibrational spectroscopy; rational naling by the MAGUK family of scaffolds. drug design. Chen, Emily, Ph.D., 2002, University of Number of teaching, graduate, and research Tsirka, Styliani-Anna (Stella) E.,16 Graduate California, San Diego: Proteome signature of assistants, Fall 2008: 34 Program Director, Ph.D., 1989, University of organ-specific metastasis. 1) Joint appointment, Department of Medicine Thessaloniki, Greece: Neuronal-microglial Colognato, Holly, Ph.D., 1999, Rutgers 2) Joint appointment, Department of Chemistry interactions in the physiology and pathology of University: Extracellular matrix in the brain: 3) Joint appointment, Department of Neurobiology the central nervous system. roles during development and during neurode- and Behavior 9 generation. Van Nostrand, William, Ph.D., 1985, 4) Joint appointment, Department of Physiology and University of California: Cerebrovascular Crawford, Howard, Ph.D., 1993, University of Biophysics pathology in Alzheimer’s disease and related Texas Southwestern Medical Center at Dallas: 5) Joint appointment, Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory disorders. Pancreatic cancer. 6) Joint appointment, Brookhaven National Laboratory Volkow, Nora D.,15, 16 M.D., 1981, National Fu, Dax,6 Ph.D., 1995, Mayo Graduate School of 7) Primary appointment with Department of University, Mexico: Imaging studies of Medicine: Biochemical and X-ray crystallographic Biochemistry and Cell Biology neuropharmacological agents; positron studies of transmembrane active processes emission (PET) scanning. via membrane channels and transporters.

258 MOLECULAR AND CELLULAR PHARMACOLOGY

8) Primary appointment with Department of Chemistry The host laboratory for thesis research Review of anticoagulants and thrombolytic 9) Primary appointment with Department of Medicine is typically selected from one of these agents, antiparasitic, and drugs for the treat- ment of allergic conditions and gout. Includes 10) Primary appointment with Department of three rotations. discussion of specific cases taken from clinical Molecular Genetics and Microbiology practice and a presentation based on a set of 11) Primary appointment with Department of C. Qualifying Exam selected readings. Crosslisted with BCP 401. Neurobiology and Behavior In the second year, students are Fall, every year, 4 credits, ABCF grading 12) Primary appointment with Department of required to write and orally defend a HBH 502 Advanced Principles of Pathology research proposal on a topic unrelated Pharmacology 13) Primary appointment with Department of to their thesis research. Pediatrics Advanced concepts of drug metabolism, pharmacokinetics, biochemical and molecular 14) Primary appointment with Department of D. Thesis Proposal Examination mechanisms of drug action and drug resist- Physiology and Biophysics In the fall semester of the third year, ance in human disease states. Toxicological 15) Primary appointment with Department of students select a thesis committee agents and environmental pollutants. The Psychiatry pharmacology of autocoids, anti-inflammato- including three program faculty and one 16) Primary appointment with Brookhaven National ries, immunosuppressants, and anti-asthmat- Laboratory extramural faculty member to evaluate ics. Rational drug design and drug receptor their written thesis proposal and their interactions using computer molecular mod- 17) Primary appointment with Cold Spring Harbor oral defense of the proposal. eling techniques. Includes discussion of spe- Laboratory cific cases taken from clinical practice and a 18) Primary appointment with Department of presentation based on a set of selected read- E. Advancement to Candidacy Neurology ings. Crosslisted with BCP 402. 19) Primary appointment with Department of Applied Following completion of coursework, Spring, every year, 4 credits, ABCF grading Mathematics and satisfactory performance on the HBH 510 Pharmacology: Principles and qualifying examination and research Practice proposal examination, students will be Degree Requirements Introduces the basic principles of pharmacol- Requirements for the Ph.D. Degree in recommended to the Graduate School for ogy and covers drugs with action in the auto- advancement to Ph.D. degree candidacy. nomic and central nervous systems. Includes Molecular and Cellular Pharmacology the discussion of specific cases taken from the In addition to the minimum Graduate F. Ph.D. Dissertation clinical practice. School requirements, the following are The research for the Ph.D. dissertation Fall, every year, 2 credits, ABCF grading required: is conducted under the supervision of HBH 511 Pharmacology: Principles and A. Course Requirements the thesis committee. Upon approval Practice 1. Graduate Biochemistry (MCB 520) of the completed dissertation by this Continuation of HBH 510. Covers the action committee, a dissertation examining of drugs acting in the cardiovascular, respi- 2. Molecular Genetics (MCB/HBM 503) committee is appointed by the dean of ratory, gastrointestinal, renal, and endocrine 3. Biochemical Laboratory Techniques the Graduate School. A formal public systems, as well as anticoagulant, anti- inflammatory, anti-microbial, and anticancer (HBH 545, HBH 546) oral defense of the dissertation is agents. Includes the discussion of specific 4. Computational Methods in scheduled, at which the student presents cases taken from the clinical practice. Biochemistry and Structural Biology his or her findings and is questioned by Prerequisite: HBH 510; open only to stu- (BSB 515) members of the examining committee dents enrolled in the Physician Assistant and by other members of the audience. Graduate Program 5. Cell Biology (MCB 656) 4 credits, ABCF grading 6. Biomembranes (MCB 517) G. Teaching Requirement HBH 531 Principles of Medical Pharmacology 7. Six one-credit special topics in the It is expected that each graduate Basic principles that underlie actions of drugs series Principles of Pharmacology student completing a doctoral degree on physiological processes with particular (HBH 631-636) will have functioned as a teaching assis- reference to their therapeutic and toxic tant during at least one semester of his actions. For medical and dental students. 8. Integrity in Science (GRD 500) or her graduate career (HBH 601). Prerequisites: Physiology, biochemistry, 9. Proposal Preparation in Regulatory permission of instructor, admission to Biology (HBH 560) H. Residence Requirement graduate Health Sciences Center program Modules 4-6, 5 credits, ABCF grading 10. One elective The University requires at least two consecutive semesters of full-time HBH 545 Biochemical Laboratory 11. Practicum in Teaching graduate study. The demands of the Techniques Pharmacology (HBH 601) program necessitate a longer period Introduces theoretical principles and experi- mental techniques used in modern biochemi- Depending on prior course work, of residence. cal research. Lectures and homework students may adjust these require- assignments explore topics in basic molecular ments with the consent of the Steering Courses and cellular techniques. Committee of the graduate program. Prerequisites: Admission to graduate HBH 501 Principles of Pharmacology Health Sciences Center program B. Research Rotations Basic principles and mechanism of drug distri- Fall, 1 credits, ABCF grading bution, absorption, metabolism, and elimina- May be repeated once for credit Students are required to complete tion. Principles of chemical carcinogenesis and three rotations in laboratories affiliated tumor promotion. Autonomic, Smooth Muscle HBH 546 Biochemical Laboratory with the program during the first two and CNS Pharmacology. Pharmacology of spe- Techniques cific drugs of historical interest including alco- semesters and the following summer. Continuation of HBH 545. Lectures and hol, antibiotics, aspirin, nicotine, and morphine. demonstrations present topics in chromatog-

259 MOLECULAR AND CELLULAR PHARMACOLOGY raphy, mass spectrometry, protein sequenc- graduate status cancer chemotherapy. The lecture material ing, sedimentation, electrophoresis, ligand Fall and spring, 0 to 1 credit, ABCF grading stresses how selective toxicity is achieved in binding, basic pharmacological methods, and May be repeated up to five times for credit each case with either cell death or inhibition statistical analysis of data. Includes proce- of cell growth as the ultimate mechanism. dures for the safe handling of toxic chemicals HBH 631 Principles of Drug Action Original research papers are discussed on and radioisotopes. This course is designed to provide a quantitative mechanisms whereby cells develop resistance Prerequisites: Permission of instructor, understanding of the basic principles by which to chemotherapy and novel strategies to admission to graduate Health Sciences drugs interact with living systems at the overcome this resistance. Center program. cellular and organismal levels. Topics include Prerequisites: Admission to graduate Spring, 1 credit, ABCF grading the mechanisms of drug transport through Health Sciences Center program May be repeated once for credit membranes, interaction of drugs with recep- Fall, 1 credit, ABCF grading tors and binding proteins, drug distribution, HBH 553 Signal Transduction biotransformation of drugs, enzymes of stage HBH 636 Drug Discovery and Drug The course will emphasize fundamental I and stage II metabolism, cytochrome p450 Interactions concepts in signal transduction (e.g., mem- gene families and regulation of p450 gene An advanced series of lectures and student brane-protein and protein-protein interac- expression, mechanisms of renal excretion of presentations will develop a basic under- tions, amplification of signals), and individual drugs and metabolites, pharmacokinetics standing of modern methods of drug discovery lectures will apply these concepts at each of constant drug infusions and intermittent and drug receptor interactions. Topics stage of cell signalling from the cell surface to dosing regimens, and applications of pharma- include the structural and physiological the nucleus, where signal transduction leads cokinetic principles to protein and mRNA factors essential for drug action, quantitative to specific gene expression. Crosslisted as induction and turnover. Students apply phar- structure activity relationships, and unintended HBY 553 or HBH 553. macological principles in a series of problem- toxicities produced by drug substances. Prerequisites: Admission to graduate Health solving exercises. Prerequisites: Admission to graduate Sciences Center program Prerequisites: Admission to a graduate Health Sciences Center program Spring odd years, 3 credits, ABCF grading Health Sciences Center program Fall, 1 credit, ABCF grading Fall or spring, 1 credit, ABCF grading HBH 560 Proposal Preparation in HBH 655 Neuropharmacology Regulatory Biology HBH 632 Molecular Interactions of Drug An advanced course for graduate students A literature-based course focusing on major Structures interested in developing an understanding of research areas in molecular and biochemical The course provides an overview of the most neuropharmacology and research on this topic. pharmacology. The first part of the course will current approaches to analyze and understand Following a general introduction to the nerve expose students to a series of examples of the interactions between a drug and its target cell structure, synaptic and chemical trans- recent grant proposals. The second part of the and how this information is used for the design mission, three themes receptors, receptors as course will feature student presentations of and development of new drugs. The detailed channels, and G-protein-coupled receptors their research proposals. Due to the coordina- structural analysis of drug target interactions are developed. Recent advances in cell and tion of this course with the Qualifying Exam, by X-ray crystallography and NMR spec- molecular biology provide the framework for registration is limited to Pharmacology troscopy as a basis for the design of new drugs instruction and discussion. This course is graduate students. will be discussed on the basis of very recent offered as both HBH 655 and BNB 655. Fall and spring, 2 credits, ABCF grading examples. Advanced computer simulation Prerequisites: Admission to graduate May be repeated once for credit techniques will be discussed and will include Health Sciences Center program the use of molecular mechanics energy func- Spring, even years, 3 credits, ABCF grading HBH 580 Selected Topics in Pharmacology tions to optimize biomolecular structures, pre- Student seminars and readings on topics dict ligand binding modes and energetics. HBH 699 Dissertation Research On Campus arranged through consultation with staff. Prerequisites: Admission to a graduate Original investigation undertaken as part of Prerequisites: Full-time pharmacology Health Sciences Center program the Ph.D. program under supervision of graduate status Fall or spring, 1 credit, ABCF grading thesis adviser and committee. Fall and spring, 0 to 1 credit, ABCF grading Prerequisite: Advancement to candidacy May be repeated for credit HBH 633 Physiological Action of Drugs (G5); permission of thesis advisor; major Selected applications of drugs used in clinical portion of research must take place on HBH 590 Pharmacology Seminars medicine, illustrating current concepts and SB campus, at Cold Spring Harbor, or Advanced research seminars by staff and problems at the intersection of pharmacologi- at Brookhaven National Lab; full-time visiting lecturers. cal basic science and therapeutic treatment. pharmacology graduate status Prerequisites: Full-time pharmacology Settings to include the management of dia- Fall, spring, and summer, 1-9 credits, graduate status betes, metabolic diseases, and cardiac disease. S/U grading Fall and spring, 0 to 1 credit, S/U grading Prerequisites: Admission to a graduate May be repeated for credit May be repeated for credit Health Sciences Center program Fall or spring, 1 credit, ABCF grading HBH 700 Dissertation Research Off Campus- HBH 599 Graduate Research in Pharmacological Sciences HBH 634 Organ Physiology and Domestic Original research projects under faculty Pharmacology Prerequisite: Must be advanced to candi- supervision. The goals of this class are to provide a gen- dacy (G5). Major portion of research will Prerequisites: Full-time pharmacology eral introduction to the normal physiology of take place off-campus, but in the United the cardiovascular/blood, respiratory, gas- graduate status States and/or U.S. provinces. Please note, trointestinal, and muscle systems at the cel- Brookhaven National Labs and the Cold Fall, spring, and summer, 0-12 credits, lular, tissue, organ, and organ systems levels. Spring Harbor Lab are considered on-cam- ABCF grading Additionally students learn how normal May be repeated up to nine times for credit function may be changed by disease and pus. All international students must enroll pharmacology. in one of the graduate student insurance HBH 601 Practicum in Teaching Prerequisites: Permission of instructor plans and should be advised by an Pharmacology 1 credit, ABCF grading International Advisor; full-time pharmacol- Practical experience and instruction in the ogy graduate status teaching of pharmacology carried out under HBH 635 New Concepts in Chemotherapy Fall, spring, and summer, 1-9 credits, faculty orientation and supervision. This course compares mechanisms of action S/U grading Prerequisites: Full-time pharmacology of drugs used for antibacterial and anti- May be repeated for credit

260 MOLECULAR AND CELLULAR PHARMACOLOGY

HBH 701 Dissertation Research Off Campus- International Prerequisite: Must be advanced to candi- dacy (G5). Major portion of research will take place outside of the United States and/or U.S. provinces. Domestic students have the option of the health plan and may also enroll in MEDEX. International stu- dents who are in their home country are not covered by mandatory health plan and must contact the Insurance Office for the insur- ance charge to be removed. International students who are not in their home country are charged for the mandatory health insur- ance. If they are to be covered by another insurance plan they must file a waiver be second week of classes. The charge will only be removed if other plan is deemed compa- rable. All international students must receive clearance from an International Advisor; full-time pharmacology graduate status Fall, spring, and summer, 1-9 credits, S/U grading May be repeated for credit HBH 800 Full-Time Summer Research Full-time laboratory research projects super- vised by staff members. Prerequisites: Full-time pharmacology graduate status Summer, 0 credit, S/U grading May be repeated

261 MOLECULAR GENETICS AND MICROBIOLOGY

Molecular Genetics and Microbiology (HBM) Chair: Jorge Benach, Life Sciences Building Room 280, (631) 632-4225 Graduate Program Director: Janet Hearing, Life Sciences Building Room 250B, (631) 632-8778 Graduate Program Coordinator: Kathryn Bell, Life Sciences Building Room 130, (631) 632-8812

Degree awarded: Ph.D. in Molecular Genetics and Microbiology

Graduate study in Molecular Genetics CMM, a new state-of-the-art research Bliska, James B., Ph.D., 1987, University of and Microbiology offers a diversified and teaching facility, serves as a physi- California, Berkeley: Molecular and cellular course of study leading to the Ph.D. cal and intellectual bridge between basis of bacterial-host interactions. degree. The major areas of study are the investigators in the adjacent Life Carter, Carol A., Ph.D., 1972, Yale University: basic mechanisms of viral and bacterial Sciences Building and the nearby HIV and retroviral assembly and replication. pathogenesis, cell growth, signal trans- University Health Sciences Center. The Furie, Martha,1 Ph.D., 1980, Rockefeller duction, and the molecular mechanisms Health Sciences Library and Barry S. University: Interactions among endothelial cells, of cancer. Coller Learning Center, located in the leukocytes, and pathogenic bacteria. Studies are directed toward an under- Health Sciences Center, contains collec- Futcher, Bruce, D.Phil., 1981, University of standing of cell biology, molecular genetics, tions of biological and medical books and Oxford: Control of cell division in eukaryotic cells. and microbial pathogenesis and are journals presently totaling 262,000 vol- Hayman, Michael J., Ph.D., 1973, National designed to prepare a student to become umes, including more than 3,200 journal Institute for Medical Research, England: an effective research scientist. titles. In addition, the Health Sciences Mechanism of transformation by retroviral The student prepares for a program of Library provides access to more than oncogenes; erythroid differentiation. study in consultation with an advisory 2,300 full-text electronic journals. Other Hearing, Patrick, Ph.D., 1980, Northwestern committee composed of faculty members campus libraries include the Frank University: Viral molecular genetics; eukaryotic active in several research areas. A Melville Jr. Memorial Library. transcriptional regulation; gene therapy. research advisor, selected by the student Katz, Eugene R., Ph.D., 1969, University of at the end of the first year of study, then Admission Cambridge, England: Developmental and joins the advisory committee. The individ- Predoctoral trainees in Molecular genetic studies on Dictyostelium discoideum; ualized program aims to develop breadth Genetics and Microbiology are admitted the role of membrane sterols in cell growth of understanding in the basic disciplines to the Graduate School of Stony Brook and development. through active participation in laboratory University by application to the program. Konopka, James B., Ph.D., 1985, University research, coursework, and seminars. The final decision concerning admissions is of California, Los Angeles: G-protein coupled made by the Dean of the Graduate School, receptor signal transduction; fungal pathogen- Facilities and the candidate is officially notified by let- esis (Candida albicans). The Department of Molecular Genetics ter from the Dean’s office. In addition to the Marcu, Kenneth,2 Ph.D., 1975, Stony Brook and Microbiology occupies the second minimum Graduate School requirements, University: Immunoglobulin gene expression floor of the Life Sciences Building. the following are taken into account: and recombination; regulation and mechanisms of action of the inhibitor of NF-kB kinase (IKK) Program faculty members’ laboratories A. Undergraduate performance complex. are also located on the first and second in science courses; floors of the Centers for Molecular Reich, Nancy, Ph.D., 1983, Stony Brook University: Signaling switches in gene expres- Medicine (CMM) and within other B. Percentile on the Graduate Record sion by hormones or viral infection. departments at Stony Brook University, Examination (GRE) General Test; 3 Brookhaven National Laboratory, Cold Steigbigel, Roy, M.D., 1966, University of C. Three letters of recommendation Rochester School of Medicine: Treatment of Spring Harbor Laboratory, and the HIV infection. Feinstein Institute for Medical The program does not require, but prefers Research. Approximately 47,000 square to see, evidence of research activity as an Wimmer, Eckard, Ph.D., 1962, University of Gottingen, Germany: The molecular biology of feet of research space are available undergraduate. Whenever possible, prospec- poliovirus replication and the molecular basis within the Department of Molecular tive students are invited to Stony Brook for of picornaviral pathogenesis. Genetics and Microbiology. Each interviews with the program faculty. research laboratory is fully equipped All students who are accepted into the Associate Professors and, in addition, the Department pro- Molecular Genetics and Microbiology Hearing, Janet C., Ph.D., 1984, Stony Brook vides access to a variety of communal program are accepted with full support. University: Molecular analysis of Epstein-Barr central facilities and services. These The level of support for 2008-2009 is virus latent cycle DNA replication. include a cell culture and hybridoma $26,000 per calendar year plus full Leatherwood, Janet, Ph.D., 1993, Johns Hopkins facility, microinjection facility, glass- tuition scholarship. Health insurance is University: Cell cycle control of DNA replication. ware washing and sterilization facility, provided for all students. Mackow, Erich R., Ph.D., 1984, Temple analytical equipment lab, deconvolution University: Rotavirus and hantavirus microscopy facility, environmental Faculty pathogenesis. rooms, darkrooms, and fermentor facil- Professors Paul, Aniko, Ph.D., 1966, Stanford University: ity. Major items of equipment are organ- Benach, Jorge, Acting Chair, Ph.D., 1971, Biochemical and genetic studies of poliovirus ized into these central facilities, which Rutgers University: Pathogenesis of spirochetal replication. are readily available to trainees. The infections and their host responses.

262 MOLECULAR GENETICS AND MICROBIOLOGY

Thanassi, David, Ph.D., 1995, University of Boon, Elizabeth, Assistant Professor,11 Ph.D., Number of teaching, graduate, and research California, Berkeley: Secretion of virulence fac- 2002, California Institute of Technology: Biofilms. assistants, Fall 2007: 25 tors by bacterial pathogens; pilus biogenesis 12 Cutler, Christopher, Associate Professor, D.D.S., 1) Joint appointment, Department of Pathology by uropathogenic E. coli. Ph.D., 1986 and 1990, Emory University School 2) Joint appointment, Department of Biochemistry of Medicine: Periodontal disease. Assistant Professors and Cell Biology Dean, Neta, Professor,13 Ph.D., 1988, Carpino, Nicholas A., Ph.D., 1997, Stony 3) Joint appointment, Department of Medicine Brook University: Positive and negative University of California, Los Angeles: Protein regulation of T cell receptor signaling. trafficking in yeast. 4) Joint appointment, Department of Pediatrics 7 5) Joint appointment, Department of Urology Chan, Edward,4 M.D., 1997, State University of Freimuth, Paul, Associate Biochemist, Ph.D., New York, Buffalo: Growth factor receptors 1980, Stanford University: Adenovirus 6) Joint appointment, Department of Surgery reproduction; virus-cellular receptor binding. and cancer. 7) Brookhaven National Laboratory Joshua-Torr, Leemor, Associate Professor,8 Crawford, Howard, Ph.D., 1993, University of 8) Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory Texas Southwestern Medical Center at Dallas: Ph.D., 1991, The Weizmann Institute, Israel: 9) The Feinstein Institute for Medical Research Pancreatic cancer. Structural biology and molecular recognition. 14 10) Department of Medicine Karzai, Wali,2 Ph.D., 1995, Johns Hopkins Kew, Richard, Assistant Professor, Ph.D., University: Structure and function of RNA- 1986, Stony Brook University: Leukocyte 11) Department of Chemistry binding proteins and biochemical studies of chemotaxis; inflammation; pulmonary 12) Deparment of Periodontics the SmpBSsrA quality control system. immunopathology. 13) Department of Biochemistry and Cell Biology 13 Lee, Christopher,5 M.D., University of Medicine London, Erwin, Professor, Ph.D., 1979, 14) Department of Pathology and Dentistry of New Jersey-Robert Wood Cornell University: Membrane protein folding Johnson Medical School: Cancer vaccine and lipid interaction. 15) Department of Physiology and Biophysics development. Lowe, Scott, Professor,8 Ph.D., 1994, Patel, Kepal N.,6 M.D., 1996, University of Massachusetts Institute of Technology: Degree Requirements Medicine and Dentistry of New Jersey-Robert Apoptosis; anticancer therapy resistance. Requirements for the Ph.D. Wood Johnson Medical School: Genetic Luft, Benjamin, Professor,10 M.D., 1976, Albert Degree in Molecular Genetics profiling in the progression of thyroid cancer. Einstein Medical College: Pathobiology of and Microbiology van der Velden, Adrianus, Ph.D., 2000, Oregon Borellia and Toxoplasma. The predoctoral training program offers Health and Science University: Salmonella Miller, Todd, Professor,15 Ph.D., 1988, its students the opportunity to study pathogenesis. Rockefeller University: Signal transduction by questions in virology, bacteriology, Zong, Wei-Xing, Ph.D., 1999, University of tyrosine kinases. immunology, biochemistry, and cell Medicine and Dentistry of New Jersey-Robert Moll, Ute, Professor,14 M.D., 1985, University and developmental biology utilizing the Wood Johnson Medical School: Cell death in of Ulm: Tumor suppressor genes; role of experimental approaches of the molecular response to stress and chemotherapeutic agents. p53 in human cancer. biologist and geneticist. Instruction and Adjunct Faculty Neiman, Aaron, Assistant Professor,13 Ph.D., course planning involve faculty members 1994, University of California, San Francisco: from the Department of Molecular Anderson, Carl W., Geneticist,7 Ph.D., 1970, Vesicle trafficking and intracellular signaling Washington University: Cell cycle control and Genetics and Microbiology and selected in yeast. cellular response to DNA damage. members from the Departments of Skowronski, Jacek, Associate Professor,8 Ph.D., Biochemistry and Cell Biology, Medicine, Dunn, John J., Senior Microbiologist,7 Ph.D., 1981, Lodz University: HIV genes and signal 1970, Rutgers University: Transcription, Pathology, Physiology and Biophysics, transduction in T cells. processing, and translation of RNA. and Pharmacology, and from three outside Spitzer, Eric, Associate Professor,10 M.D., institutions, Cold Spring Harbor Hannon, Gregory, Associate Professor,8 Ph.D., Ph.D., 1985, Johns Hopkins University: 1992, Case Western Reserve University: Laboratory, Brookhaven National Molecular biology of microbial pathogens. Cellular proliferation control; double-stranded Laboratory, and The Feinstein Institute RNA-induced gene silencing. Stenlund, Arne, Associate Professor,8 Ph.D., for Medical Research. The general phi- 1984, Uppsala University, Sweden: DNA Li, Huilin, Biophysicist,7 Ph.D., 1994, losophy of the program is that a success- replication of bovine papillomavirus. University of Sciences and Technology, ful research career in the diverse and China: Structural biology of macromolecular Studier, F. William, Professor,7 Ph.D., 1963, heterogeneous area of molecular biology assemblies and membrane proteins by Caltech: Genetics and physiology of bacterio- requires a broadly based background, cryo-electron microscopy. phage T7; structural genomics. familiarity with at least all of the above 13 Steinberg, Bettie M., Associate Professor,9 Ph.D., Thomsen, Gerald, Associate Professor, Ph.D., areas, and a frame of mind that is 1976, Stony Brook University: Papilloma viruses; 1988, Rockefeller University: Embryonic receptive to new approaches. cell-virus interactions; viral transformation. induction in Xenopus. The Department of Molecular 11 Stillman, Bruce W., Professor,8 Ph.D., 1979, Tonge, Peter J., Assistant Professor, Ph.D., Genetics and Microbiology has an active Australian National University: Mechanism of 1986, University of Birmingham: Enzyme seminar program of outside speakers who eukaryotic DNA replication. mechanisms and rational drug design. present topics relevant to molecular 8 Tracey, Kevin J., Professor,9 M.D., 1983, Tonks, Nicholas, Professor, Ph.D., 1985, genetics and microbiology, and there is a Boston University School of Medicine: The University of Dundee: Post-translational modifi- yearly retreat in which ongoing cholinergic anti-inflammatory pathway. cation; phosphorylation and phosphatases. research in the Department and recent Wigler, Michael, Professor,8 Ph.D., 1978, progress in the field are presented and Research Faculty Columbia University: Signal transduction and discussed. This retreat is held early in Bahou, Wadie, Professor,10 M.D., 1980, growth control in eukaryotes. the fall to introduce new students to the Massachusetts Medical Center: Human genetics; gene therapy. faculty, to other students, and to the

263 MOLECULAR GENETICS AND MICROBIOLOGY areas of ongoing research within the HBM 690 Microbiology Seminar H. Publication Requirement Department. The Department also pres- HBM 691 Readings in Microbiology All students must be the first author ents a colloquium each fall on human dis- Literature of at least one publication of original eases, with outstanding researchers research in order to graduate. from throughout the world presenting Spring their current work on the selected topic. HBM 522 Biology of Cancer Courses Students in the program are encouraged (offered in alternate years) to attend all of these programs as part of HBM 503 Molecular Genetics their training. HBM 599 Graduate Research Introduces the classical work and current developments in lower and higher genetic In addition to the minimum require- HBM 690 Microbiology Seminar systems. Covers gene structure and regula- tion in prokaryotic and eukaryotic organisms, ments of the Graduate School, the B. Qualifying Exam mutational analysis and mapping, transpos- following are required: After the successful completion of all able elements, and biological DNA transfer mechanisms. Bacteriophage as well as lower A. Course Requirements required courses, the student must and higher eukaryotic systems are used It is the policy of the Department of pass a written qualifying examination. to illustrate aspects of molecular genetic structure and function. This course is offered Molecular Genetics and Microbiology that C. Dissertation Proposal Exam as both MCB 503 and HBM 503. a student must obtain a grade of B or Within 16 months of passing the qual- Prerequisite: Matriculation in graduate pro- higher in each course. Any course with ifying exam, each student submits a gram or permission of instructor a final grade below 3.0 must be retaken. Fall, 3 credits, ABCF grading written proposal of his or her disserta- First Year tion research (similar to an NIH grant HBM 509 Experimental Molecular Genetics proposal) and orally defends the pro- and Microbiology Fall posal before his or her dissertation An introduction to modern microbiological MCB 520 Graduate Biochemistry I committee shortly thereafter. research. The selection of laboratories is made in consultation with the student’s advisory HBM 503 Molecular Genetics committee. By taking part in ongoing projects D. Advancement to Candidacy the student will learn experimental procedures HBM 509 Experimental Microbiology After successfully completing of all and techniques and become acquainted with (laboratory rotations) required and elective courses, the writ- research opportunities in the Department. Prerequisites: Matriculation in a graduate HBM 690 Microbiology Seminar ten comprehensive exam, and the dis- sertation proposal exam, the student program and permission of the graduate studies director and the lab director MCB 517 Biomembranes will be recommended to the Graduate Fall, 1-8 credits, S/U grading BSB 515 Computational Methods in School for advancement to candidacy. Biochemistry and Structural Biology HBM 510 Experimental Molecular Genetics E. Attendance and Participation in Student and Microbiology Seminar Spring An introduction to modern microbiological Both before and after being advanced research. The selection of laboratories is made HBM 522 Biology of Cancer to candidacy, the student is expected in consultation with the student’s advisory (offered in alternate years) committee. By taking part in ongoing projects to participate actively in the program’s the student will learn experimental procedures MCB 656 Cell Biology student seminar series. and techniques and become acquainted with HBM 510 Experimental Microbiology research opportunities in the Department. F. Ph.D. Dissertation Prerequisites: Matriculation in a graduate (laboratory rotations)* The research for the Ph.D. dissertation program and permission of the graduate HBM 690 Microbiology Seminar is conducted under the supervision of the studies director and the lab director dissertation committee, which is Spring, 1-8 credits, S/U grading HBM 692 Experimental Methods in appointed by the program and Molecular Genetics and Microbiology HBM 511 Introduction to Biophysical approved by the Dean of the Graduate Chemistry GRD 500 Integrity in Science School. A formal public oral defense of Introduces the chemical principles and tech- the dissertation is scheduled, at which niques needed for the study of biological *Students rotate through three different the student presents his or her findings macromolecules. Topics to be covered include laboratories over the course of their first and is questioned by members of the solution chemistry, chemical thermodynam- year. At the end of that year, students ics, binding and dissociation equilibrium, dissertation committee and other mem- must identify and enter the laboratory denaturation phenomena, spectroscopy, and bers of the audience. A closed oral exam- hydrodynamics. This course is intended to in which they will conduct their disser- ination before the dissertation committee prepare non-Chemistry majors for more tation research. follows the seminar. advanced work in biophysics. 3 credits, ABCF grading Second Year G. Teaching Practicum May be repeated for credit Fall It is expected that each graduate HBM 522 Biology of Cancer HBM 640 Molecular Mechanisms of student completing a doctoral degree A short course with the emphasis on cancer Microbial Pathogenesis will have functioned as a teaching as a disease of man. Lectures address human assistant during at least two semesters cancer as seen by the clinician and as basic HBP 533 Immunology of his or her graduate studies. research relates to human disease. This HBM 599 Graduate Research course provides students with a link between courses in cell and molecular biology and the

264 MOLECULAR GENETICS AND MICROBIOLOGY application of this basic information to tumor management. Spring, even years, 1 credit, ABCF grading HBM 531 Medical Microbiology Information derived from molecular and experimental cellular biology is presented to provide a foundation for understanding the basic aspects of the growth, regulation, struc- ture, and function of viruses and prokaryotic and eukaryotic cells. The properties of the infectious agents are correlated to human diseases caused by these agents. Laboratory experiments demonstrate basic techniques to identify and quantitate microorganisms. Prerequisite: Permission of instructor; matriculation as a Stony Brook medical or dental student Fall, 1-4 credits, ABCF grading May be repeated for credit HBM 599 Graduate Research in Molecular Genetics and Microbiology Original investigations under faculty super- vision. Prerequisite: Permission of instructor Fall and spring, 1-9 credits, ABCF grading

HBM 640 Molecular Mechanisms of Microbial Pathogenesis This course covers the principles and molecular mechanisms of pathogenesis of a selected group of the best understood viral and bacte- rial pathogens. A major focus of the course nal articles relating to the concepts intro- HBM 701 Dissertation Research Off relates to pathogen modification of host duced will be assigned. A separate discussion Campus–International extracellular and intracellular signalling section will be held to review and critique the Prerequisites: Must be advanced to candidacy events, as well as pathogen-host interactions articles, to be led by the students. (G5); major portion of research will take pertaining to the innate, humoral, and cellu- Prerequisite: Must be registered in the HBM place outside the U.S. and/or U.S. provinces; lar responses to infection. The material is Program domestic students have the option of presented by invited lecturers who are lead- 1 credit, ABCF grading ers in their fields. This course is directed to the health plan and may also enroll in MEDEX; international students who are graduate students, postdoctorate and medical HBM 699 Dissertation Research On Campus in their home country are not covered by fellows, and advanced medical students, who For the student who has been advanced to are are contemplating careers in infectious candidacy. Original research will be under the mandatory health plan and must contact disease research. supervision of the thesis advisor and advisory the Insurance Office for the insurance Prerequisite: HBM, BMO 503, and BMO 520 committee. charge to be removed; international students 3 credits, ABCF grading Prerequisite: Advancement to candidacy who are not in their home country are (G5); permission of thesis advisor; major charged for the mandatory health insurance HBM 690 Molecular Genetics and portion of research must take place on (if they are to be covered by another insur- Microbiology Seminar SB campus, at Cold Spring Harbor, or at ance plan, they must file a waiver by the A weekly meeting devoted to current work in Brookhaven National Lab second week of classes; the charge will only the Department. Enrolled students present be removed if the other plan is deemed com- seminars each week throughout the term. Fall, spring, and summer, 1-9 credits, parable); all international students must Prerequisite: Permission of instructor S/U grading receive clearance from an International Fall and spring, 1 credit, S/U grading May be repeated for credit Advisor; matriculation in graduate May be repeated up to ten times for credit HBM 700 Dissertation Research Off program or permission of instructor HBM 691 Readings in Molecular Genetics Campus–Domestic Fall, spring, and summer, 1-9 credits, and Microbiology Literature Prerequisites: Must be advanced to candidacy S/U grading Readings in microbiology literature covering (G5); major portion of research will take May be repeated for credit areas of molecular biology and genetics. place off campus, but in the U.S. and/or Prerequisite: Permission of instructor U.S. provinces (Brookhaven National Lab HBM 800 Full-Time Summer Research Full-time laboratory research projects Fall, 1 credits, ABCF grading and Cold Spring Harbor Lab are considered supervised by staff members. May be repeated for credit on campus); all international students must enroll in one of the graduate student Prerequisites: Permission of instructor HBM 692 Experimental Methods in insurance plans and should be advised by and full-time graduate student status Molecular Genetics and Microbiology an International Advisor; matriculation in 0 credit, S/U grading The goal of this course is to introduce stu- graduate program or permission of instructor May be repeated dents to the rationale underlying the wide Fall, spring, and summer, 1-9 credits, array of new methods in biology, as well as to S/U grading promote the critical analysis of scientific lit- erature. Lectures will be given about various May be repeated for credit scientific methods and approaches, and jour-

265 MUSIC

Music (MUS)

Chair: Daniel Weymouth, Staller Center Room 3310, (631) 632-7330 Graduate Program Director: Judith Lochhead, Staller Center Room 3307, (631) 632-7330

Degrees awarded: M.A. in Music History and Theory; M.A. in Ethnomusicology; M.A. in Composition; M.M. in Music Performance; Ph.D. in History and Theory; Ph.D. in Ethnomusicology; Ph.D. in Composition; D.M.A. in Music Performance

The Department of Music offers pro- Facilities 2. For Composition applicants, grams which normally lead to the Master musical scores and recordings Stony Brook’s Staller Center for the Arts of Arts degree and the Doctor of includes an acoustically excellent theatre- F. Results of the Graduate Record Philosophy degree with graduate pro- concert hall and a more intimate recital Examination (GRE) General Test; grams in Music History and Theory, in hall. The music building contains a full Ethnomusicology, and in Composition. G. Acceptance by both the Depart- range of rehearsal and teaching facilities, The Department also offers programs ment of Music and the Graduate School. over 70 practice rooms and studios for which normally lead to the Master of graduate students, and more than 40 Applicants are invited to submit any Music degree and the Doctor of Musical Steinway grand pianos. A fully equipped other evidence of their abilities in support Arts degree in Music Performance. electronic and computer music studio of their application for admission, such Stony Brook’s programs have grown complex provides advanced facilities for as recordings of music performances or out of an unusual partnership between electronic and computer music composi- the score on the GRE Area Test in music. the academy and the conservatory. The tion. Within the Department, students All students entering the M.A. program Department of Music has a distinguished have access to computing resources in the will be examined in the following areas: and well-balanced faculty in the areas of graduate student computing lounge, as music history, theory, ethnomusicology, 1. Ear training well as the e-media SINC site (run by composition, and performance. The degree Instructional Computing), which has mul- 2. Basic keyboard skills programs are designed to favor inter- timedia software and hardware. The action among musical disciplines that have 3. The harmonization of a chorale Department also has a collection of early traditionally been kept separate. For in four voices instruments, including several harpsi- example, the performance programs at chords and organs, a consort of viols, and 4. The composition of a passage Stony Brook all have an academic com- Renaissance wind instruments. The music in two-part counterpoint in either ponent. Graduate courses typically have library contains an extensive research col- 16th-century or 18th-century style a healthy mix of students from all areas. lection of books, periodicals, scores, micro- A number of courses are team taught by 5. The history of music (for History films, and recordings, and includes an two or more faculty members, examin- and Theory and Ethnomusicology excellent state-of-the-art listening facility. ing topics from several disciplinary students only) viewpoints. Several examine music in a Admission The examinations in harmony and broader social context, drawing on such counterpoint will be sent to students disciplines as ethnomusicology, cultural Admission to the M.A./Ph.D. after they have been admitted in the studies, and feminist theory. Inter- Program at the Master’s Level spring. The other examinations will disciplinary studies are central to the The following are required for admis- be given during the week before the educational philosophy of the Department. sion to the Graduate Program in Music beginning of classes. The Department encourages the develop- History and Theory, in Ethnomusic- Students who are found deficient in ment of professional competence in more ology, and in Composition leading to an any of the above areas will be required than one area of musical study. For stu- M.A. and/or Ph.D. degree, in addition to to take appropriate courses in the first dents at the doctoral level who propose to the Graduate School requirements: year of study to remedy the deficiencies. do serious work both in performance and in some other area, a variety of options are A. A bachelor’s degree from a recog- Admission to the M.M./D.M.A. available, including double degrees. nized institution; Program at the Master’s Level The music of the 20th and 21st centuries B. Official transcripts of undergraduate is a particular emphasis of both the The following are required for admission records; performance and academic programs, but to the M.M. Program in Performance, other areas are also amply represented. C. A minimum average of B in under- in addition to the requirements of the Students can choose seminars from a graduate music courses; Graduate School: broad spectrum of topics, ranging from D. Three letters of recommendation A. A bachelor’s degree from a recog- medieval music theory to popular music. from persons familiar with the student’s nized institution; Performing opportunities include work; B. Official transcripts of undergraduate Baroque Chamber Ensemble, Chamber records; Music, Jazz Ensemble, Contemporary E. Examples of undergraduate work: Chamber Players, Camerata Singers, 1. For History and Theory and Ethno- C. An audition in the major field of Stony Brook Symphony Orchestra, and musicology applicants, essays in music performance: Students residing at a Opera Workshop. research, analysis, theory, or criticism distance from the University may

266 MUSIC gain provisional acceptance by sending strate achievement commensurate secondary area of specialization in a recorded audition. Audition dates, with that degree by the end of the first Composition, Ethnomusicology, or usually designated for February, are year of study by taking the relevant History and Theory within their announced by the Department mid-fall. M.A. comprehensive examination. D.M.A. program must submit examples These dates, as well as specific require- Entering students who have not of work in the proposed secondary area ments for auditions, are posted at the already done so must successfully and must demonstrate to the pertinent Departmental Web site. complete the appropriate advisory faculty competence commensurate with examinations described under a master’s degree at a distinguished D. Letters of recommendation from Admission to the M.A./Ph.D. Program. level in that area. Students who are the former principal teacher and at Any remedial work must be completed accepted in a secondary area of special- least two other persons familiar with by the end of the first year of study. ization must pass the appropriate advi- the student’s work; Although most students will move sory examinations described under E. While acceptance into the program directly from the master’s to the doc- Admission to the M.A. program. Any is based primarily upon excellence in toral level of the M.A./Ph.D. program, remedial work must be completed by performance, the program contains a successful completion of the Stony the end of the first year of study. significant academic component. Brook M.A. degree does not guarantee Although most students will move Applicants are therefore required to acceptance into the Ph.D.-level program. directly from the master’s to the doc- submit two examples of their work in Students wishing to continue on must toral level of the M.M./D.M.A. program, music history or music theory, such as indicate their intention to do so, in a successful completion of the Stony Brook M.M. degree does not guarantee papers completed as coursework in formal letter, to reach the graduate acceptance into the D.M.A.-level pro- either area. program coordinator by January 15 for gram. Students wishing to continue on fall admission. This should be accompa- F. Acceptance by both the Department must indicate their intention to do so, in nied by two letters of recommendation of Music and the Graduate School. a formal letter, to reach the graduate from Stony Brook faculty. To demon- program coordinator by January 15 for Entering students will be examined strate the ability to continue on at the fall admission. This should be accompa- in ear training and foreign languages doctoral level, students must submit nied by two letters of recommendation (for students with prior foreign language appropriate examples of work: master’s from Stony Brook faculty. To demon- papers for History and Theory, and experience) during the week before the strate the ability to continue on at the beginning of classes, and will be placed Ethnomusicology; the master’s compo- doctoral level, students must play a in the appropriate courses. sition portfolio for Composition. personal audition. Students may also Students may also elect to finish with elect to finish with the M.M. degree. Admission to the Ph.D. Program the M.A. degree. See Admission to the M.A./Ph.D. Faculty Program, above. In addition, a master’s Admission to the D.M.A. Program degree, usually in the pertinent area of See Admission to the M.M./D.M.A. Professors competence, is required. As evidence of Program, above. In addition, a master’s Anderson, Ray, Visiting Professor, Director of ability to carry on doctoral work in degree, usually in the pertinent area of Jazz Studies, Empire State College: Jazz studies the area of specialization, applicants performance, is required. Applicants and jazz improvisation. should submit examples of recent must audition in person before a faculty Carr, Colin, Certificate of Performance, 1974, work as follows: committee. Audition dates, usually desig- Yehudi Menuhin School: Cello. nated for February, are announced by Fuller, Sarah,1 Ph.D., 1969, University of 1. For Composition: recordings the Department mid-fall. These dates, as California, Berkeley: Medieval and Renaissance and scores well as specific requirements for audi- music; history of music theory. 2. For History and Theory and Ethno- tions, are posted at the Departmental Haas, Arthur, M.A., 1974, University of musicology: essays that demonstrate a Web site. California, Los Angeles: Harpsichord; breadth of knowledge in two or more of Students who do not possess a Master performance of early music. the following areas: music history, theory, of Music degree from Stony Brook must Kalish, Gilbert, B.A., 1956, Columbia ethnomusicology, analysis, or criticism demonstrate a level of achievement in University: Piano; chamber music; 20th- ear training, and demonstrate prepara- century piano repertory. Applicants who plan to include study tion in music history and theory, com- Lawton, David, Ph.D., 1973, University in performance as a part of their degree mensurate with the M.M. requirements. of California, Berkeley: Opera workshop; program should follow the audition Voice students who do not possess a 19th-century studies. procedure outlined under Admission to Master of Music degree from Stony Lochhead, Judith,5 Graduate Program the D.M.A. Program, below. Students Brook must also satisfy the piano Director, Ph.D., 1982, Stony Brook University: who intend to work in a secondary proficiency and foreign language Theory and history of recent music; phenome- area of specialization must demonstrate requirements of the Stony Brook M.M. nology and music; performance and analysis. to the pertinent faculty competence degree in voice. Harpsichord students Mount, Timothy, Director of Choral Music, commensurate with a master’s degree who do not have a Stony Brook M.M. D.M.A., 1981, University of Southern at a distinguished level in that area. must also satisfy the foreign language California: Choral conducting. Students who do not possess the requirement of the Stony Brook M.M. Setzer, Philip, M.M., 1974, Julliard School; Master of Arts degree in music from in harpsichord. Mus.D., 1995, Middlebury College: Violin; Stony Brook will be asked to demon- Applicants who plan to include a chamber music.

267 MUSIC

Silver, Sheila, Ph.D., 1976, Brandeis University: Murdock, Katherine, B.Mus., 1977, Boston consultation with the student’s advisor. Composition and analysis. University: Viola; chamber music. A student must achieve an overall 3.0 Winkler, Peter,2 Graduate Program Director, Powell, Michael, B.Mus., 1973, Wichita State grade point average to receive a M.F.A., 1967, Princeton University: University: Trombone; chamber music. degree. The program must include: Composition; theory and history of popular Purvis, William, B.A., 1971, Haverford College, music; analysis. 1. MUS 501 Compositional Skills student of Forrest Standley and James of Tonal Music, to be taken during the Associate Professors Chambers: Horn; chamber music. fall semester of the first year of study. Dahl, Christina, M.M., 1989, Peabody Trakas, Chris Pedro, M.M., 1980, University Qualified students may be exempted Conservatory of Music: Piano, accompaniment, of Houston: Voice. from this course through a placement chamber music. Willard, Jerry, student of Sophocles Papas: exam that will be given in the summer Goldstein, Perry,3 Coordinator of Musicianship, Guitar; lute. before they begin the program. Ph.D., 1986, Columbia University: Composition Wincenc, Carol, M.M., 1972, Juilliard School 2. MUS 502 Proseminar in Tonal and analysis. of Music: Flute; chamber music. Analysis, to be taken during the spring Semegen, Daria, Director of the Electronic Music Studio, M.Mus., 1971, Yale University: Quartet-in-Residence semester of the first year of study. Composition; electronic music; composition, The Emerson String Quartet: In fall 2002, the Students who are well prepared in history, and aesthetics of electronic music. celebrated Emerson String Quartet became analysis may be exempted from this the quartet-in-residence at Stony Brook. requirement by examination. (Not Sugarman, Jane,4 Ph.D., 1993, University This prestigious ensemble presents a series of California, Los Angeles: Ethnomusicology; required for ethnomusicologists.) of concerts, chamber music instruction, and musics of Southeastern Europe and the workshops at the University every year. 3. MUS 505 Foundations of Middle East; gender issues. Musicianship, and MUS 506 Graduate Drucker, Eugene, Mus.D., 1995, Middlebury Weymouth, Daniel, Chair, Director of the College: Violin; chamber music. Musicianship, to be taken during the Computer Music Studio, and Co-Director, first year of study. Qualified students Dutton, Lawrence, M.M., 1978, Juilliard Laboratory for Technology in the Arts, Ph.D., may be exempted from these courses School; Mus.D., 1995, Middlebury College: 1992, University of California, Berkeley: through a placement exam given at Composition; analysis; computer music; Viola; chamber music. the beginning of the fall semester. multimedia and performance technologies. Finckel, David, Mus.D., 1995, Middlebury College: Cello; chamber music. If a course in a department or pro- Assistant Professors Setzer, Philip, M.M., 1974, Juilliard School; gram other than Music is taken toward Calcagano, Mauro, Ph.D., 2000, Yale University: Mus.D., 1995, Middlebury College: Violin; the degree, approval from the graduate 16th- and 17th-century music; madrigal; opera; chamber music. studies committee must be obtained. Monteverdi; performance studies. Long, Timothy, M.M., 1992, Eastman School Directors *Note: All graduate students whose of Music: Vocal coach; conducting. Deaver, Susan, Director of the University programs have a foreign language Minor, Ryan, Ph.D., 2005, University of Orchestra, D.M.A., 1994, Manhattan School requirement (M.A. in Music History and Chicago: 19th-century music; choral music; of Music: Conducting. Theory, M.A. in Ethnomusicology, Ph.D., Brahms; Wagner; opera. Engel, Bruce, Director of the University D.M.A., and M.M in harpsichord) must take the appropriate foreign language Moehn, Frederick, Ph.D., 2001, New York Wind Ensemble, M.M., 1974, Juilliard School exam during their first semester of resi- University: Musicology; ethnomusicology. of Music: Conducting. dence. Students who fail the examination Schedel, Margaret., D.M.A., 2007, University Number of teaching, graduate, and research must take an appropriate language of Cincinnati, College Conservatory of Music. assistants, Fall 2005: 71 (full or partial support) course or retake the examination Composition; digital music and art. (depending on the program) after demon- 1) Recipient of the President’s Award for Excellence Steege, Benjamin, Ph.D., 2007, Harvard in Teaching, 1984 strating evidence of formal preparation University: 20th-century music; history of (such as a course or private tutoring). 2) Recipient of the State University Chancellor’s theory; Debussy; muic and technology. Award for Excellence in Teaching, 1977 Performing Artists in Residence 3) Recipient of the President’s Award and the State Specific Requirements for the M.A. Bonazzi, Elaine, B.Mus., Eastman School of University Chancellor’s Award for Excellence in Degree, Graduate Program in Music Teaching, 1997 Music: Voice; vocal repertory. History and Theory 4) Recipient of the President’s Award and the Cobb, Kevin, M.M., 1995, Juilliard School of State University Chancellor’s Award for Excellence A. Course Requirements Music: Trumpet. in Teaching, 1995 In addition to the general course Frank, Pamela, B.Mus., 1989, Curtis Institute 5) Recipient of the Chancellor’s Award for Excellence requirements for the M.A. degree listed of Music: Violin. in Faculty Service, 2004. above, the M.A. in Music History and Graffin, Philippe, UM diploma, 1990, Utrecht Theory requires: Conservatory, Netherlands; artist diploma, 1987, Degree Requirements* 1. MUS 500 Introduction to Music Indiana University: Violin; chamber music. General Requirements Research Kim, Soovin, 1999, Bachelor of Music, Curtis for the M.A. Degree 2. MUS 503 Music in the 20th and Institute: Violin; chamber music. Thirty graduate credit hours (exclusive 21st Centuries Leandro, Eduardo, M.M., 1999, Yale of those in MUS 501 Compositional University: Percussion; chamber music. Skills of Tonal Music, MUS 505 3. At least two courses from the Morelli, Frank, D.M.A., Juilliard School of Foundations of Musicianship, and MUS group MUS 541-555 (Special Topics Music: Bassoon; chamber music. 591 Practicum in Teaching) chosen in Courses)

268 MUSIC

4. At least two courses chosen from D. Research Paper Note: There is no foreign language the following courses in theory and A substantial essay, normally one the requirement for the M.A. in Composition. analysis: MUS 538, MUS 557, MUS 559 student has written as part of the However, students should be aware coursework, is required. The paper that a reading knowledge of French, B. Foreign Languages should be submitted no later than the German, Italian, or Spanish is A reading knowledge of French and third week of the semester in which the required for the Ph.D. in Composition. German is required. One exam must student expects to receive the degree. be taken at the beginning of the first Requirements for the M.M. Degree semester of study and the other at the Specific Requirements for the A. Course Requirements beginning of the second semester. M.A. Degree, Graduate Program Thirty graduate credit hours C. Comprehensive Examinations in Composition (exclusive of those in MUS 501 Written and oral examinations in A. Course Requirements Compositional Skills of Tonal Music, the history of music and in the analysis In addition to the general course MUS 505 Foundations of Musicianship, of pre-assigned compositions. requirements for the M.A. degree listed and MUS 591 Practicum in Teaching) above, the M.A. in Composition requires: chosen in consultation with the student’s D. Research Paper advisor. A student must achieve a 3.0 1. A course in the history of music, A substantial essay, normally one overall grade point average or better normally MUS 503, Music in the 20th the student has written as part of the to receive a degree. Up to 15 credits in and 21st Centuries or MUS 507, individual study of the major instrument coursework, is required. The paper Studies in Music History or voice may be counted toward the should be submitted no later than the degree. None of the remaining 15 degree third week of the semester in which the 2. MUS 504 Analysis of Music of the credits may be in individual study of student expects to receive the degree. 20th and 21st Centuries; students who another instrument or voice. are well prepared in 20th-century The program must include at least one Specific Requirements for the M.A. analysis may be exempted from this course in music history (MUS 503 or 507) Degree, Graduate Program in course by examination and must substi- and one course in music theory (MUS Ethnomusicology tute an advanced course in 20th-cen- 502, 504, 508, 514, 515, 517, or 521). A. Course Requirements tury theory or analysis (for example, Students who can demonstrate adequate MUS 557, Topics in Theory, or MUS preparation may take more advanced In addition to the general course 559, Topics in Analysis, when either of courses to fulfill this requirement. requirements for the M.A. degree listed these courses are devoted to a 20th- or Students who play orchestral above, the M.A. in Ethnomusicology 21st-century topic) instruments are required to enroll requires: in MUS 565, Stony Brook Symphony 3. MUS 515 The Fundamentals of 1. MUS 500 Introduction to Music Orchestra, every semester of full-time Electronic Music Research residence. Students who are registered 4. MUS 516 Electronic Music part-time are required to participate in 2. MUS 537 Research Methods in Workshop or MUS 517 Introduction the Stony Brook Symphony Orchestra on Ethnomusicology to Computer Music a part-time basis. Under extraordinary circumstances a student may petition 3. MUS 539 Proseminar in 5. MUS 523 Advanced Composition, to have this requirement waived on Ethnomusicology to be taken every semester of residence a per-concert basis; a memorandum 4. At least two courses in musics of a outlining policies and procedures for B. Comprehensive Examination such a waiver is available from the world area (MUS 536) Written examination in the analysis of Department of Music’s Graduate Office. 5. At least two courses in the cross- pre-assigned compositions is required. Students in voice are required to cultural study of music (at least one enroll in MUS 566, Camerata Singers, C. Compositions must be MUS 541; the other may be or MUS 579, Opera Workshop, for must 541, 542, 538, or selected topics Students must satisfy the two semesters. This requirement from 555) Departmental requirement that they may be waived at the request of either have written compositions of sufficient the conductor or the major teacher. B. Foreign Languages quality and variety during the period of Participation in the accompaniment pool is required of all pianists and A reading knowledge of one major study after admission to the Graduate harpsichordists during each semester European language other than English: School. Fair copies of all these composi- tions must be submitted to the graduate of full-time residence. Students in French, German, Spanish, Russian program committee as they are com- harpsichord are expected to participate (second language to be completed at pleted. The last day for graduate stu- in Baroque Chamber Ensemble for Ph.D. level). dents to submit theses and dissertations, two semesters. All students except as specified in the academic calendar, those in the conducting programs must C. Comprehensive Examinations be enrolled in MUS 571 (lessons) during will be the final deadline for all works Written examinations on the history each semester of full-time residence. to be submitted. of ethnomusicological theory and on the All full-time performance students are analysis of world music repertoires. required to take MUS 590 (Practicum

269 MUSIC in Professional Skills) each semester. If unable to attend the recital in per- 2. A field exam demonstrating All students are required to enroll in a son, the major teacher or academic knowledge of scholarship and formal chamber music course during the advisor may hear a recording of it. repertoire in the broad field of study first two semesters of residency: MUS 573 that will situate dissertation research. Chamber Music, MUS 584 Baroque Requirements for the Doctor of Chamber Ensemble, MUS 595 Chamber 3. A public colloquium. The topic will Philosophy Degree, Contract be determined by the student, in con- Players, MUS 596 Contemporary Toward Candidacy Chamber Players, or MUS 568 Jazz sultation with his or her directing A plan of study in the form of a Ensemble. committee. For composers, the lecture working contract toward candidacy If a course in a department other or colloquium must be on a topic of will be drawn up by the student and than Music is taken toward the degree, significant interest in music of the 20th a directing committee early in the approval from the graduate studies or 21st century. See section B, student’s first semester. The directing committee must be obtained. paragraph 2 below. committee will consist of the student’s Students who propose to do work in B. Ear Training advisor and at least two other faculty performance as an integral part of the MUS 505, Foundations of members. The graduate program direc- program must, in addition, present at Musicianship, and MUS 506, Graduate tor will appoint the directing committee least two recitals showing mastery of Musicianship, must be taken during the and will designate its chair, who shall a broad range of musical styles. first year of study. Qualified students not be the student’s advisor. The com- may be exempted from these courses mittee may include faculty members B. Work in the Area of 20th- and 21st- Century Music through a placement exam given at from outside the Department when the beginning of the fall semester. appropriate. Final approval of the con- Competence is to be demonstrated tract, and of any revisions that may be to the directing committee through C. Piano Proficiency necessary, rests with the graduate the following: Students in voice and choral conduct- studies committee. 1. An essay dealing with 20th- or ing are required to take the piano The design of the program is to be 21st-century music from a historical, proficiency examination upon entering developed around the requirements theoretical, critical, or analytical point the program. Those who do not pass the given below, and the contract should of view. examination must take appropriate specify such terms as the core of courses and pass the examination before courses to be taken, the length of full- 2. A public lecture or colloquium on a the degree will be granted. time residence, and the schedule and topic of significant interest in 20th- or subject areas of various examinations 21st-century music. See the description D. Jury Examinations including the preliminary examination. of MUS 696. Jury examinations are offered each The terms of the contract should nor- semester. Students must take one jury To satisfy the requirement, com- mally be completed within two or three posers must complete both the essay examination, generally the semester years, depending upon the scope of the before the degree recital. and the lecture or colloquium. program. Successful completion of rele- Historians and theorists and ethnomu- For students in harpsichord, the vant master’s requirements is assumed examinations will include continuo sicologists may satisfy the requirement for the Ph.D. degree; see Admission to realization. either with the essay or with the lecture the Ph.D. Program. or colloquium. E. Foreign Language A. Work in the Student’s Area(s) C. Foreign Language Knowledge of French or German is of Specialization Reading knowledge of German and required of students in harpsichord. The Progress during residence in the requirement is satisfied by taking and French for students in History and program will be demonstrated to Theory is required. For students in passing the exam given by the relevant the directing committee in the follow- Ethnomusicology, a reading knowledge Stony Brook language departments dur- ing ways: of a second language in addition to that ing the advisory exam period before the completed for the M.A. is required; this first semester of study. Students who do 1. Evidence of advanced scholarly and will usually be a language for field creative work: not pass the examination must take the research. For Composition students, courses recommended by the relevant a) Students in History and Theory or reading knowledge of one language language department and achieve a Ethnomusicology: The presentation of a (from French, German, Italian, or grade of B or higher. Students who have number of essays demonstrating profi- Spanish) is required. (See M.A. lan- not had any previous foreign language ciency in various aspects of musicological guage requirements, above.) The con- study must take a year of college-level research, theoretical studies, analysis, or tract toward candidacy may specify elementary foreign language courses criticism. The essays may have been further or alternate language profi- and achieve a grade of B or higher to prepared as part of coursework. ciency depending on the area of the dis- satisfy the requirement. sertation, subject to the approval of the b) Composition students: The presen- graduate studies committee. F. Public Recital tation of a number of musical composi- The student’s major teacher and aca- tions demonstrating fluency in working D. Teaching demic advisor must determine whether with a variety of contemporary per- A minimum of two semester-long or not the recital is of passing quality. formance media. courses or the equivalent, at least

270 MUSIC one of which shall be an introductory the schedule and substance of various D. Work in the Area of 20th- and 21st- college course in musicianship, theory, recitals, essays, and examinations. Century Music or literature, is required. Students The term of the contract should The recitals, described above in must also participate in the seminar on normally be completed within two section A, should include a substantial the teaching of music for a minimum of years of full-time residence. amount of music from the 20th and 21st one semester. centuries (the equivalent of at least one A. Work in the Student’s Area of full recital’s worth) including recent and E. Advancement to Candidacy Specialization challenging works. The lecture-recital After completing the terms of Progress during residence in the may also be devoted to music of the the contract, a student is eligible program will be demonstrated to the 20th and 21st centuries. for advancement to candidacy. To directing committee through the pres- be advanced, the student must: entation of four recitals, not including E. Foreign Language the doctoral degree recital, showing Proficiency in one or more foreign 1. Submit a prospectus outlining the mastery of a broad range of musical language is required for the D.M.A. nature and aims of the dissertation. styles. Two of these must be solo recitals, degree. There are two types of require- 2. Pass a preliminary examination unless otherwise specified by the direct- ments: (1) knowledge equivalent to a that will demonstrate preparation in ing committee. Three of these recitals year’s college-level study or his or her special competence. For his- must be presented before the student (2) reading knowledge. Depending torians and theorists and ethnomusicol- can advance to candidacy; the fourth on the program, the student may ogists, the examination will be focused may be presented after advancement have to satisfy one or both types of on a detailed prospectus and bibliogra- to candidacy. Students who propose to requirements. phy for the dissertation. For com- work in a second area of specialization Choral conducting students and posers, the examination will cover the should see section J below. harpsichord students must demonstrate composer’s musical craft and aesthetics, Students in the choral conducting knowledge equivalent to a year’s as revealed in the contract pieces program present three recitals, not college-level study of any two of the (copies of which must be provided to including the doctoral degree recital. Two following languages: French, German, the graduate program director), and of these recitals must be completed before or Italian. the projected thesis composition. the students can advance to candidacy. Instrumental students other than harpsichordists must demonstrate F. Dissertation B. Academic Coursework and the knowledge equivalent to a year’s The dissertation shall be a significant D.M.A. Research Essay college-level study of any one of the original work of scholarship or composi- During the first year of residency, stu- following languages: French, German, tion. Approval of the dissertation dents must take two academic courses Italian, or Spanish. will rest upon a formal oral defense, and receive a grade of B or better in Equivalency is determined by passing which is also a public colloquium on each. One course must be a history the exam given by the language depart- the dissertation work, to be conducted course from the group: MUS 503, 507, ments at Stony Brook University. by the dissertation committee. 535, 536, or any numbered MUS 539- Students with prior language experi- 555. The other must be an analysis or ence should take the exam given by Requirements for the Doctor theory course from the group: MUS 502, these departments during the advisory of Musical Arts Degree with a 504, 538, 557, or 559. Students will exam period before the first semester Concentration in Performance, develop one of the term papers gener- of study. Students who do not pass the Doctoral Contract ated in these two academic courses examination must take the courses rec- A plan of study in the form of a work- into the D.M.A. Research Essay. After ommended by the relevant language ing doctoral contract will be drawn up conferring with the academic advisor department during the first year of resi- by the student and a directing commit- on which paper to use for the research dency and achieve a grade of B or higher. tee early in the student’s first semester. paper, the student must enroll in MUS Students who have not had any previ- The directing committee will consist of 695, Doctoral Essay Tutorial, during the ous foreign language study must take a the student’s performance advisor third term of residency to develop and year of college-level elementary foreign (major teacher) and a member of the revise the original course term paper. language courses and achieve a grade academic faculty, to be appointed by of B or higher to satisfy the require- C. Public Lecture-Recital the graduate program director. The ment. The graduate review courses committee may include additional fac- A colloquium illustrated by live per- FRN 500, GER 500, and ITL 500 will ulty members from within or outside formance, the lecture-recital may deal not satisfy the Department of Music’s the Department if appropriate. Final with performance problems, historical foreign language requirement for the approval of the contract, and of any revi- or analytical matters, or with interpre- DMA degree. sions that may be necessary, rests tative or critical issues. The music per- Harpsichord students must demon- with the graduate studies committee. formed in the lecture-recital may also strate knowledge equivalent to a year’s The design of the program is to be appear on one of the doctoral recital college-level study of any two of the developed around the requirements programs, but not in the final doctoral following languages: French, German, given below, and the contract should recital. Students must enroll in MUS or Italian specify the core of courses to be taken; 696, Doctoral Colloquium, and present Voice Students: Since the study the length of full-time residence; and the lecture-recital during that semester. of foreign languages is central to a

271 MUSIC singer’s craft, the foreign language Practicum in Professional Skills. This criticism. The essays may have been requirement for singers is more course covers practical training in prepared as part of coursework. demanding than it is for instrumentalists. activities related to the professional Voice students must demonstrate work of a performing musician, including K. Doctoral Jury Examinations knowledge equivalent to a year’s solo and ensemble performance, teach- A preliminary doctoral jury will be college-level study of all three of the ing, internships, and related work, played during the first full year of following languages: French, German, both on campus and off campus. residency. A second, 20-minute jury and Italian. Students with prior examination will be taken at the end of language experience should take H. Orchestra/Accompaniment the period of residency covered under the exam given by Stony Brook lan- Students who play orchestral the contract toward candidacy. Both guage departments during the advisory instruments are required to enroll in juries must be passed as a condition exam period before the first semester MUS 565, Stony Brook Symphony for advancement to candidacy. Orchestra, every semester of full-time of study. Students who do not pass the L. First-Year Academic Review examination must take the appropriate residence. Students who are registered To be in good standing, D.M.A. stu- courses and achieve a grade of B or part-time are required to participate in dents must have taken the two aca- higher to satisfy the requirement. the Stony Brook Symphony Orchestra on demic courses required (History and Voice students must also demonstrate a part-time basis. Under extraordinary Theory) by the end of the first a reading knowledge of any two of the circumstances, a student may petition year of the program, and must have following languages: French, German, to have this requirement waived on taken the foreign language proficiency Italian, or Russian. Reading knowledge a per-concert basis; a memorandum exam, or be in the appropriate language is determined solely by the Department outlining policies and procedures for course, by the beginning of the second of Music Translation Exam. requesting such a waiver is available semester. The graduate program For all D.M.A. programs, the foreign from the Department of Music’s director will monitor the academic Graduate Office. Students in voice are language requirement must be satisfied progress of D.M.A. students by asking required to enroll in MUS 566, in a timely manner, preferably by the all academic advisors to submit contract Camerata Singers, or MUS 579, Opera end of the first year of study. In any checklists in February of each year. case, all language requirements must Workshop, for two semesters. This be satisfied before advancement to requirement may be waived at the M. Advancement to Candidacy candidacy, except in programs where request of either the conductor or the The student may advance to candidacy more than one language is required. major teacher. Pianists and harpsi- after completion of the following In these programs only, all but one chordists are required to participate in requirements: language requirement must be satisfied the accompaniment pool during each before advancement; the remaining semester of full-time residency. 1. Three of the four public recitals language may be satisfied after (see Requirement A). I. Chamber Music advancement to candidacy. 2. Completion of Requirements The contract toward candidacy may All students are required to enroll in B through M. In programs which specify further or alternate language a formal chamber music course during require more than one language, all but proficiency depending upon the proposed the first two semesters of residency: one language. plan of study, subject to the approval MUS 573 Chamber Music, MUS 584 of the graduate studies committee. Baroque Chamber Ensemble, Advancement to candidacy is granted MUS 595 Chamber Players, MUS 596 by the Graduate School upon recom- F. Teaching Contemporary Chamber Players, or mendation from the Departmental A minimum of two semester-long MUS 568 Jazz Ensemble. Students in graduate program director. the choral conducting program should courses, either or both of which may N. Completion of the Doctoral Contract comprise individual lessons, ensemble fulfill this requirement by conducting coaching, or classroom teaching, is chamber music (see Professor Timothy The Doctoral Contract will be com- required. In certain cases, this require- Mount for details). pleted after presentation of the fourth ment may be met by private teaching or public recital (see Requirement A), and teaching at another institution (see the J. Secondary Area of Specialization completion of any remaining language requirement (see Requirement E). graduate program director for details.) Students who propose to do advanced work in Composition, History and O. Doctoral Degree Recital Examination G. Practicum in Professional Skills Theory, or Ethnomusicology as an After the doctoral contract is A professional performing musician, integral part of the program must do completed, the student must: who is more likely than ever before to one or both of the following: assemble a career and a livelihood from 1. Present a number of musical 1. Submit a program of the proposed a wide variety of music-related activi- compositions demonstrating fluency in doctoral degree recital, bearing the ties, needs a wide variety of practical working with a variety of contemporary signature of the major teacher, to the skills, not all of which can be acquired performance media. graduate program director and gradu- in formal courses or even necessarily 2. Present a number of essays ate studies committee for approval. within the confines of the academy. demonstrating proficiency in various The program must not include works Thus, every full-time D.M.A student in aspects of musicological research, previously performed to satisfy other residence must register for MUS 690 theoretical studies, analysis, or graduate degree requirements.

272 MUSIC

2. Submit a doctoral examination MUS 501 is assumed Prerequisite: Audition prospectus , approved by both members Spring, 3 credits, ABCF grading Fall and spring, 1-3 credits, ABCF grading of the directing committee, that focuses May be repeated for credit MUS 503 Music in the 20th and 21st on significant analytical, historical, and Centuries MUS 513 Workshop in Instrumentation and interpretative aspects of the works to An intensive course in contemporary musical Orchestration be performed. The prospectus will styles, focusing on historical problems. Studies in writing for specific instruments serve as the basis of the doctoral Seminar reports and research papers on and ensembles through practical exercises works of major significance. examination. Students may request a and examination of the repertory. Faculty Fall, 3 credits, ABCF grading and student performers discuss the capabili- sample prospectus and should review ties of their instruments and perform and the Oral Exam Guidelines prior to the MUS 504 Analysis of Music of the 20th and discuss exercises written for the class. exam (this document is available from 21st Centuries Fall or spring, 3 credits, ABCF grading the graduate coordinator). Detailed analyses of various works that are representative of the significant composi- MUS 514 Audio Engineering 3. Appear before an examining tional systems of recent music. Technical fundamentals of audio engineering committee to demonstrate mastery Fall, 3 credits, ABCF grading for the serious practitioner, with primary of the doctoral degree recital program emphasis on sound reinforcement and record- MUS 505 Foundations of Musicianship ing arts. The course focuses on measurement and of areas pertinent to the works An intensive workshop in the skills of sight and critical listening, and investigates the to be performed. The doctoral degree singing and dictation of tonal melodies, basic operational theory of principal devices recital examination normally takes rhythm, and diatonic harmony. Repertoire is and systems. place within one year after advance- drawn from diverse styles and periods. Prerequisite: Permission of instructor Qualified students may be exempted from Spring, 3 credits, ABCF grading ment to candidacy. this course through a placement exam given at the beginning of the fall semester. P. Doctoral Degree Recital MUS 515 The Fundamentals of Fall, 2 credits, ABCF grading Electronic Music The doctoral degree recital should A short survey of the history and literature be performed after the degree recital MUS 506 Graduate Musicianship of the medium is followed by study of the per- examination has been passed. It An intensive workshop in the development of tinent background in theoretical acoustics musicianship skills in advanced tonal and and practical engineering. Students are must demonstrate a distinguished, atonal music. The course includes dictation in instructed in the basic techniques of elec- professional level of performance a variety of harmonic, melodic, and rhythmic tronic sound production and modification. and be presented on campus, except categories and prepared singing and sight- Fall, 3 credits, ABCF grading under extraordinary circumstances singing of complex tonal and atonal melodies for students in Choral Conducting. A (in bass, alto, tenor, and treble clef). Qualified MUS 516 Electronic Music Workshop students may be exempted from this course Individual short experimental works or recording of this recital, along with the through a placement exam given at the specific assignments. Uses of electronic music program and the doctoral examination beginning of the fall semester. equipment. prospectus, is submitted to the Graduate Spring, 2 credits, ABCF grading Prerequisite: MUS 515 or the equivalent School and is eventually deposited in Spring, 3 credits, ABCF grading MUS 507 Studies in Music History the University library. Concentrated study of the works of a single MUS 517 Introduction to Computer Music composer, or of repertories that represent A hands-on introduction to the uses of comput- Courses single compositional tendencies in Western ers in the creation and performance of music. music. Recent topics have included Mozart’s Topics include software synthesis, computer operas, Goethe’s Faust and the symphonic tra- MUS 500 Introduction to Music Research manipulation of natural sound, MIDI instru- dition, Bach cantatas, virtuosity, Stravinsky, ments and their use, and interactive perform- Team-taught by members of the History music and nationalism, and introduction to ance. There is a brief survey of the history, and Theory faculty, the course offers an intro- popular music studies. Not more than eight literature, and repertoire of the field. duction to musical research techniques, bibli- credits of MUS 507, 508, and 509 combined Prerequisite: Music major or permission of ography, and methodologies through a series may be counted toward the degree. the instructor of two-week units covering a wide range of Fall and spring, 3 credits each semester, topics of current concern in musical scholar- Spring, 3 credits, ABCF grading ABCF grading ship. Recent topics have included sketches May be repeated for credit and critical editions, interdisciplinary studies, MUS 518 Advanced Projects in Computer Music issues in theory and analysis, and popular MUS 508 Studies in Composition and Theory music studies. Students prepare short projects Advanced projects, individual or collaborative, Study of contemporary or traditional compo- and/or presentations for each unit. in computer music. sitional techniques or styles, including both Prerequisite: MUS 517 and permission of Fall, 3 credits, ABCF grading analysis and exercises in writing. Not more than eight credits of MUS 507, 508, and 509 instructor MUS 501 Compositional Skills of combined may be counted toward the degree. Fall and spring, 1-3 credits, ABCF grading Tonal Music Fall or spring, 1-3 credits, ABCF grading May be repeated for credit An intensive course in chorale harmonization May be repeated for credit and counterpoint. Enrollment limited to 12. MUS 523 Advanced Composition MUS 501 may not be included in the courses MUS 509 Performance Studies Individual projects for graduate students in taken in fulfillment of degree requirements. Study of an instrument or voice as a supple- composition. Fall, 3 credits, ABCF grading ment to other work in a graduate music pro- Fall and spring, 2-6 credits, ABCF grading gram. This course is designed for students May be repeated for credit MUS 502 Proseminar in Tonal Analysis who require piano study to pass the piano The application of various techniques of proficiency requirement, and for students not MUS 535 Lecture-Workshop in the analysis to tonal works. Rhythmic, harmonic, in a performance degree program who wish Performance of Baroque Music linear, thematic, and other elements of musical to study voice or an instrument. Not more An examination of problems confronting the structure are considered. than eight credits of MUS 507, 508, and 509 performer of music from the period ca. 1600- Prerequisite: Preparation equivalent to combined may be counted toward the degree. 1750, from both musicological and practical

273 MUSIC points of view. The basso continuo, its func- the humanities and social sciences provide a rhythm in theory and practice; theories of tion and realization; phrasing and articulation; context within which to appraise recent tonality from Rameau to Schenker; theoreti- ornaments, notated and improvised; period research in ethnomusicology, historical musi- cal approaches to post-tonal and 12-tone instruments; aspects of notation; bibliogra- cology, and popular music studies, and to music; and theories of timbre and texture. phy. The course meets in lecture for two hours formulate possible directions for future Fall or spring, 3 credits, ABCF grading each week with a third hour devoted to the research. Representative topics include music May be repeated for credit coaching of a rehearsal or performance of and gender, music and the media, music and music prepared by members of the class. power, and performance and performers. MUS 559 Topics in Analysis Fall or spring, alternate years, 3 credits, Fall or spring, 3 credits, ABCF grading Intensive analytical study of selected works ABCF grading May be repeated for credit and exploration of analytical problems. Recent topics have included analysis and performance, MUS 536 Area Studies in Ethnomusicology MUS 542 Ethnomusicology and Social melody, Xenakis and Ligeti, Beethoven’s late Examination of the music of a selected world Theory quartets, Berg’s Lulu, spectral music, and the area, combining musical analysis with a con- An introduction to major schools of social theory string quartet since 1945. sideration of historical, social, and perform- as they may be applied to the analysis of music Fall or spring, alternate years, 3 credits, ance contexts. Recent topics have included and related performance forms. Theoretical ABCF grading Brazilian music from 1822 to the present; writings in sociology, anthropology, philosophy, music, politics, and society in Eastern cultural studies, and related fields will be paired May be repeated for credit Europe; and a century of Middle Eastern with case studies that situate musical creation, musics. performance, and dissemination within the MUS 563 Advanced Choral Conducting A Fall or spring, 3 credits, ABCF grading unfolding of societal processes. Advanced training in preparing and conduct- May be repeated for credit Fall or spring, alternate years, 3 credits, ing choral works. Students spend a semester ABCF grading in score study, receive individual private MUS 537 Research Methods in instruction, and are expected to participate in Ethnomusicology MUS 543 Topics in Medieval Music the rehearsing of the University Chorus, the A practicum covering both the theoretical Study of a focused area in medieval music, University Chorale, and the Chamber Singers. foundations and practical components of such as the works of Guillaume de Machaut, Open only to students enrolled in graduate ethnomusicological field research and analy- transmission processes, and the Notre Dame conducting programs. sis. Emphasis is on designing and undertak- repertory. Fall and spring, 3-6 credits, ABCF grading ing a small musical ethnography, and on Fall or spring, 3 credits, ABCF grading exploring practical, ethical, ontological, and May be repeated for credit MUS 564 Advanced Choral Conducting B epistemological aspects of ethnomusicological Advanced training in preparing and conduct- research. Weekly readings and a final project. MUS 547 Topics in Baroque Music ing choral works. Not open to students enrolled 3 credits, ABCF grading Historical problems in music of the Baroque in the graduate conducting programs. era. Recent topics have included German Prerequisite: Instructor consent MUS 538 Phenomenological Approaches Passion settings, theories of expression and Fall and spring, 3 credits, ABCF grading to Music Analysis representation, and musical rhetoric. Concepts from phenomenological philosophy Fall or spring, 3 credits, ABCF grading MUS 565 Stony Brook Symphony Orchestra are used as a basis for the study of music from May be repeated for credit Study and performance of orchestral works various periods and cultures, with an emphasis from the Baroque period to the present. on recent music in the Western classical tradi- MUS 549 Topics in 18th-Century Music tion. Readings include Heidegger, Husserl, and Fall and spring, 1-2 credits, ABCF grading Investigation of critical, analytical, and histor- later writings in phenomenology; philosophies May be repeated for credit ical issues in 18th-century music, such as the of space and time; and music theoretic studies interpretation of sketches and fragments, by Clifton, J. Kramer, Lewin, and others. MUS 566 Camerata Singers counterpoint teaching in the 1790s, and the Study and performance of choral works Fall or spring, alternate years, 3 credits, music of Mozart. ABCF grading for chamber chorus from all periods of music Fall or spring, 3 credits, ABCF grading history. MUS 539 Proseminar in Ethnomusicology May be repeated for credit Fall and spring, 1 credit, ABCF grading An introduction to the field of ethnomusicol- MUS 553 Topics in 19th-Century Music May be repeated for credit ogy as practiced in Europe and North America Historical, analytical, and critical issues in the over the past century. Theoretical and method- MUS 567 Master Class in Orchestral music of the 19th century. Recent topics have Repertory ological approaches in ethnomusicology are included Italian opera, the unfinished works of Study of orchestral parts for sections examined as they relate to major periods in Schubert, and genre in Chopin’s oeuvre. the history of ethnographic disciplines. (brass, strings, woodwinds) or for individual Fall or spring, alternate years, 3 credits, Fall, 3 credits, ABCF grading instruments. The course emphasizes overall ABCF grading ensemble skills and audition preparation. MUS 540 Studies in Cultural Historiography May be repeated for credit Different sections directed toward specific This course is intended to promote the groups. See the course listing for offerings in MUS 555 Topics in 20th-Century Music student’s knowledge and reflection about the any particular semester. Focused study of selected issues in music of study of the history of the arts as history. Fall and spring, 1-2 credits, ABCF grading the 20th century. Recent topics have included It is organized on the following topics: origins primitivism and exoticism; quotation, borrow- May be repeated for credit and philosophical foundations of the modern ing, and collage; the music of Roger Sessions; MUS 568 Jazz Ensemble historical consciousness; the nature of historical and the Second Viennese school. knowledge and explanation; historiographic Study and performance of works for jazz Fall or spring, 3 credits, ABCF grading models; and origins, philosophical founda- ensemble from the early 20th century to tions, and genres of historical musicology. May be repeated for credit the present. Fall or spring, alternate years, 3 credits, MUS 557 Topics in Theory Fall, 1-2 credits, ABCF grading ABCF grading Studies in the writings of music theorists May be repeated for credit MUS 541 Topics in the Cross-Cultural Study from the Middle Ages through the present day in the context of contemporary reper- MUS 569 Performance Problems in of Music 20th-Century Music Examination of a topic of current interest in toires. Recent topics have included modal the- ory as a model for melodic construction; efforts A study of performance skills required in the cross-cultural study of music. Readings new music, with emphasis on polyrhythms, from various intellectual traditions in to adapt modal theory to polyphonic practice;

274 MUSIC composite rhythms, control of tone color and MUS 577 Master Class in Performance MUS 590 Practicum in Professional Skills dynamics, and the understanding of new Pedagogy Practical training in activities related to the methods of notation. Exercises and the study Guidance and supervision in the teaching of professional work of a performing musician, of selected 20th-century works. an instrument or voice. including teaching, solo and ensemble per- Fall, 2 credits, ABCF grading 2 credits, ABCF grading formance, conducting, internships, and related musical work, both on and off-campus. MUS 570 Introduction to the History and MUS 579 Opera Workshop Required of all full-time students in the M.M. Performance of the String Bass in Jazz Study and performance of scenes and performance program. All off-campus activi- Study of the historical development of the complete operas from the standard and 20th- ties in fulfillment of this course must be string bass in jazz and other related impro- century repertories. An interdisciplinary approved by the graduate program director, vised musics through a selection of reading approach involving the Departments of Music who acts as supervisor for this course. and listening projects. Practical assignments and Theatre Arts. Fall, spring, and summer, 1-3 credits, will include making transcriptions of classic Fall and spring, 1-2 credits, ABCF grading S/U grading records and then learning to play them on May be repeated for credit May be repeated for credit bass, employing the time-proven method of “copying the masters.” MUS 580 Vocal Diction MUS 591 Practicum in Teaching 1-2 credits, ABCF grading A thorough study of the rules of pronuncia- Instruction in the Department under the tion and International Phonetic Alphabet supervision of the faculty. (MUS 591 may not MUS 571 Advanced Instruction in transcription in a major language of the voice Instrument or Voice be included in the courses taken in fulfillment repertory: Italian, French, or German. Special of degree requirements.) Individual guidance in technique and reper- attention to lyric projection of the language Fall and spring, 1-3 credits, S/U grading tory, with 30 practice hours required each as it relates to voice production, listener May be repeated for credit week. Each student is required to perform comprehension, and musical values. Course at least one solo piece per semester, unless work includes coaching in appropriate song MUS 592 Seminar on the Teaching of Music excused by the instructor in a written note to and operatic literature. The specific language Discussion of fundamental problems in teach- the Department’s graduate program committee. studied rotates from semester to semester. ing music. Topics may include the explanation Fall and spring, 1-6 credits, ABCF grading Fall and spring, 1-2 credits, ABCF grading May be repeated for credit of musical processes; communication to non- May be repeated for credit professionals; and integration of aspects of MUS 572 Improvisation MUS 581 Harpsichord for Pianists performance, theory, history, and analysis Practical study of the skills and sources of (Beginning) with one another. Required of all students who teach one of the introductory undergrad- musical improvisation, including playfulness, Fundamentals of harpsichord techniques, uate courses in musicianship, theory, or liter- emotion, courage, concentration, risk, instru- touch, and repertoire for students already ature; to be taken during the first semester mental and vocal technique, patience, and possessing a keyboard background. of teaching. trust. Improvisational skills will not be lim- Fall, alternate years, 2 credits, ABCF grading ited to any single musical style. All students Fall, 1 credit, S/U grading will be required to improvise vocally or MUS 582 Harpsichord for Pianists May be repeated for credit instrumentally. (Advanced) Fall, 1-2 credits, ABCF grading Continuation of MUS 581: Further explo- MUS 593 Practicum in Performance May be repeated for credit ration of techniques and repertoire. Individual instruction and/or coaching for Prerequisite: Piano major or strong key- professional performing experience. MUS 573 Chamber Music board background Fall and spring, 0-1 credit, S/U grading Chamber ensembles such as the string Spring, alternate years, 2 credits, May be repeated for credit quartet, wind quintet, solo vocal ensemble, ABCF grading two-piano team, and other special groups MUS 595 Chamber Players meet, each under the direction of a member MUS 583 Continuo Realization Specially appointed chamber groups, such as of the performance faculty, for the study of Practical and theoretical instruction in figured the Graduate String Quartet, the Graduate works from the repertories of the respective bass realization, based on the study of vocal Piano Trio, etc., which work under the direc- groups, with particular attention given to the and instrumental scores from 1600-1750. tion of a member of the performance faculty music of the 20th and 21st centuries. Required: Required of students in harpsichord. Open, and present concerts and workshops at the Presence at coaching sessions, at least three with consent of the instructor, to other University and elsewhere. hours per week of uncoached rehearsal, and at qualified students who have some knowledge Fall and spring, 3 credits, ABCF grading least one performance per semester. of figured bass realization. May be repeated for credit Fall and spring, 1-2 credits, ABCF grading Fall or spring, alternate years, 2 credits, May be repeated for credit ABCF grading MUS 596 Contemporary Chamber Players The study and performance of music of the MUS 575 Master Class in Solo Repertory for MUS 584 Baroque Chamber Ensemble 20th and 21st centuries for ensemble, ranging Instrument or Voice Study and performance of instrumental and from duos to larger conducted groups. Performance techniques and problems in vocal music, 1600-1750. Participants work Repertoire includes 20th-century classics as works for instrument or voice, drawn from all well as new works, including compositions historical periods. The instructor is a teacher of from scholarly editions and original sources whenever possible and have the possibility of written by Stony Brook students. A full sched- the specific instrument in each case, except that ule of public performances takes place. his or her section may be open to students of performing on replicas of early instruments. certain other instruments with his or her A concert is given at the end of the class term. Prerequisite: Permission of instructors permission. Not offered each semester in Acceptance by audition. Fall and spring, 1-3 credits, ABCF grading every instrument. Fall and spring, 1 credit, ABCF grading May be repeated for credit Fall and spring, 1-2 credits, ABCF grading May be repeated for credit May be repeated for credit MUS 597 Jazz Ensemble MUS 585 Early Music Performance Practice Study and performance of works for jazz MUS 576 Instrumental Repertoire before Study and implementation of Renaissance ensemble. 1750 and Baroque performance practices. Areas Prerequisites: Permission; audition required Exploration of instrumental repertoire in the include brass ensemble music and lute and Fall and spring, 0-1 credit, ABCF grading 17th and 18th centuries. guitar repertories. May be repeated for credit Fall or spring, alternate years, 2 credits, Fall and spring, 2 credits, ABCF grading ABCF grading May be repeated for credit

275 MUSIC

MUS 599 Independent Studies MUS 696 Doctoral Colloquium MUS 800 Summer Research Individual studies under the guidance of a Students are required to enroll in MUS 696 in Students who receive support for summer faculty member. Each student must submit the semester in which the Ph.D. colloquium research must register for this course, which to the graduate studies committee of the or the D.M.A. lecture-recital is given. The gives them full-time status. Department a written prospectus of the work instructor, chosen in consultation with the 0 credit, S/U grading he or she intends to pursue, with the amount directing committee, acts as an advisor or May be repeated of credit proposed, together with the written tutor, and signals to the graduate program endorsement of the prospective instructor. committee that the colloquium or lecture- MUS 850 Summer Teaching Approval of the graduate studies committee recital may be given. Students who receive support for summer is required; hence this material should be Fall and spring, 1 credit, S/U grading teaching must register for this course, which submitted as soon as possible, and in any case gives them full-time status. MUS 697 Directed Reading within the first two weeks of the semester 0 credit, S/U grading (or the first week of a summer session). Intended for preparation for the preliminary 0-16 credits, ABCF grading examinations and related requirements. May be repeated for credit Fall and spring, 1-12 credits, S/U grading May be repeated for credit MUS 615 Seminar in Electronic Music Composition MUS 699 Dissertation Research On Campus Individual compositions of substantial pro- Intended for work in the area of the dissertation. portions in electronic or concrete music Prerequisite: Advancement to candidacy media. Prerequisite: Open only to qualified (G5); major portion of research must take students in a music degree program. MUS place on SB campus, at Cold Spring Harbor, 516 or the equivalent. or at Brookhaven National Lab Fall and spring, 3 credits, ABCF grading Fall, spring, and summer, 1-12 credits, May be repeated for credit S/U grading MUS 623 Directed Study in Composition May be repeated for credit Intended for doctoral students in composition. MUS 700 Dissertation Research Off Campus– Fall and spring, 1-12 credits, ABCF grading May be repeated for credit Domestic Prerequisite: Must be advanced to candidacy MUS 661 Directed Study in Conducting (G5); major portion of research will take Intended for doctoral students in conducting. place off campus, but in the U.S. and/or Fall and spring, 1-12 credits, ABCF grading U.S. provinces (Brookhaven National Lab May be repeated for credit and Cold Spring Harbor Lab are considered on campus); all international students MUS 671 Directed Study in Instrumental must enroll in one of the graduate student and Vocal Performance insurance plans and should be advised by Intended for doctoral students in instrumental an International Advisor and vocal performance. Fall, spring, and summer; Prerequisite: G5 Fall and spring, 1-12 credits, ABCF grading Standing; 1-9 credits, S/U grading May be repeated for credit May be repeated for credit MUS 690 Advanced Practicum in Professional Skills MUS 701 Dissertation Research Off Practical training through activities related Campus–International to the professional work of a performing Prerequisite: Must be advanced to candidacy musician, including teaching, solo and ensem- (G5); major portion of research will take ble performance, internships, and related place outside the U.S. and/or U.S. provinces; musical work, both on-campus and off-campus. domestic students have the option of the health Required for all full-time students in the plan and may also enroll in MEDEX; D.M.A. performance program. All off-campus international students who are in their home activities in fulfillment of this course must be country are not covered by mandatory health approved by the graduate program director, who acts as a supervisor for this course. plan and must contact the Insurance Office Fall, spring, and summer, 1-3 credits, for the insurance charge to be removed; S/U grading international students who are not in their May be repeated for credit home country are charged for the mandatory health insurance (if they are to be covered MUS 695 Doctoral Essay Tutorial by another insurance plan, they must file Development of an essay in music history or a waiver by the second week of classes; the analysis to satisfy the essay requirement of charge will only be removed if the other plan the Doctor of Musical Arts degree. Students is deemed comparable); all international may enroll in this course only after completing students must receive clearance from an the required graduate seminars or prosemi- International Advisor nars (see program requirements) with a grade Fall, spring, and summer; Prerequisite: G5 of “B” or better, in both the seminar and the essay to be developed. Standing; 1-9 credits, S/U grading Prerequisite: MUS 502, 503, 504, 507, 535, May be repeated for credit 537-555, 557, or 559 Fall and spring, 1-2 credits, ABCF grading May be repeated for credit

276 NEUROSCIENCE

Neuroscience (NEU)

Chair: Lorna Role, Life Sciences Building Room 518, (631) 632-8616 Graduate Program Director: Lonnie Wollmuth, Life Sciences Building Room 520, (631) 632-8630 Graduate Administrator: Diane Godden, Life Sciences Building Room 520, (631) 632-8630

Degree awarded: Ph.D. in Neuroscience

The graduate program in Neuroscience, Admission McKinnon, David, Ph.D., 1987, Australian in the College of Arts and Sciences, National University: Molecular control of neuron Students are expected to fulfill basic offers doctoral training in the rapidly firing properties. requirements of the Graduate School: 3 expanding field of neuroscience. a bachelor’s degree from a recognized McLaughlin, Stuart, Ph.D., 1967, University Through coursework and independent university, a grade point average corre- of British Columbia, Canada: Biophysics of signal transduction. research, students are trained to sponding to B or higher, evidence of the approach research problems in neuro- capacity to do satisfactory graduate work Morin, Lawrence P.,4 Ph.D., 1974, Rutgers science with a broad perspective. as evidenced by scores on the Graduate University: Neural control of mammalian Expertise in the areas of molecular and Record Examination (GRE), and the circadian rhythms. biochemical control of development, recommendations of three former instruc- Role, Lorna, Ph.D., 1981, Harvard University: properties of receptors and ion channels tors. In addition, all international stu- Neurobiology and pathology of cortico- in relation to cellular physiology, the cel- dents must score a minimum of 600 on limbic circuits. lular basis of integrative functions, and the Test of English as a Foreign the structural basis for communication Yazulla, Stephen, Ph.D., 1971, University Language (TOEFL). The program in of Delaware: Synaptic circuitry of the among neurons are available to all stu- Neuroscience has the following addi- vertebrate retina. dents in the program. Graduate stu- tional requirements: one year of calcu- Associate Professors dents will receive in-depth research lus, physics, and chemistry, and training in molecular, biochemical, phys- demonstrated proficiency in biological Anderson, Brenda J.,5 Ph.D., 1993, University iological, behavioral, or anatomical sci- sciences. Deficiencies in the program of Illinois: Neuroanatomical and metabolic ences. In addition the program offers requirements do not preclude admission plasticity. unique opportunities to draw from one and special consideration will be made to Evinger, Marian J.,1 Ph.D., 1978, University of or more of these disciplines through promising applicants. Washington: Neural regulation of gene expression; multidisciplinary, cosponsored research cholinergic intracellular signaling pathways. projects. A program of highly interac- Faculty tive faculty and students provides an Kernan, Maurice, Ph.D., 1990, University Distinguished Professors exciting focus for research training. of Wisconsin: Drosophila mechanosensory transduction; differentiation of sensory cilia Mendell, Lorne M., Ph.D., 1965, and sperm. Facilities Massachusetts Institute of Technology: Program faculty are located in Functional effects of neurotrophins in pain Kritzer, Mary, Ph.D., 1989, Yale University: the Life Sciences Building, Centers for and segmental reflex pathways. Sex differences in cortical microcircuitry. Molecular Medicine, and Health Sciences Professors Sirotkin, Howard, Ph.D., 1996, Albert Einstein Center on the Stony Brook campus and Adams, Paul R., Ph.D., 1974, University of College of Medicine: Molecular genetics of at Brookhaven National Laboratory and London, England: Models of synaptic learning; vertebrate neural patterning. the Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory. neocortical design. Solomon, Irene C.,3 Ph.D., 1994, University of Molecular facilities provide for analysis Brink, Peter,3 Ph.D., 1976, University of California, Davis: Neural control of respiratory of protein and DNA biochemistry, Illinois: Electrotonic synapses. motor output and fast oscillatory rhythms. including microsequencing, peptide map- 2 Evinger, Leslie Craig, Ph.D., 1978, University Talmage, David A., Ph.D., 1981, University of ping, synthesis of oligonucleotides and of Washington: Motor control and learning; Minnesota: Neuregulin signaling and synaptic peptides, cellular transfection, and pro- movement disorders. homeostasis. duction of transgenic animals. Wide- 2 2 Tsirka, Styliani-Anna E., Ph.D., 1989, ranging facilities for cellular and Frohman, Michael, Ph.D., M.D., 1985, University of Thessaloniki: Neuronal-microglial integrative electrophysiology exist for University of Pennsylvania: Regulation of exo- cytosis and cell shape by signaling proteins. interactions in the physiology and pathology of studies on dissociated neurons, brain the central nervous system. slice preparations, neurons in situ, and Halegoua, Simon, Ph.D., 1978, Stony Brook genetically engineered cells in culture. University: Neuronal growth factor signaling Wollmuth, Lonnie, Graduate Program Director, Ph.D., 1992, University of Washington: Imaging facilities permit anatomical and the control of phenotype and survival. Molecular mechanisms of synaptic transmission. reconstruction, fluorescence measure- Levine, Joel M., Ph.D., 1980, Washington ments, and the use of ion-sensitive indi- University: Molecular biology of nerve Assistant Professors regeneration; nerve-glia interactions. cators on both conventional and confocal Colognato, Holly,2 Ph.D., 1999, Rutgers microscopes. An image analysis core is Matthews, Gary G., Ph.D., 1975, University University: Molecular mechanisms that control linked to a scanning and transmission of Pennsylvania: Cellular and molecular oligodendrocyte function during nervous sys- electron microscopy facility. neurobiology of the retina. tem development and during disease.

277 NEUROSCIENCE

Adjunct Faculty of study, including 30 graduate credit original and significant contribution to Cline, Hollis,7 Ph.D., 1985, University of hours, a preliminary examination, a the field of neuroscience is required for California, Berkeley: Molecular control of research thesis, and the minimum the Ph.D. The work must be of a qual- neuronal plasticity. requirements of the Graduate School. ity acceptable for publication in a rec- ognized scientific journal. At the end of Dewey, Stephen L.,6 Ph.D., 1985, University of the first year, students normally initi- Iowa: Medical imaging and functional neuro- Requirements for the Ph.D. Degree ate a dissertation research program in transmitter interactions in substance abuse. A. Course Requirements a program faculty’s laboratory. After 7 Dubnau, Josh, Ph.D., 1995, Columbia 1. Core courses in neuroscience (BNB advancement to candidacy, the student University: Genetic dissection of memory in 561, BNB 562, BNB 563, BNB 564). A and advisor will assemble an advisory Drosophila. four-semester series taught by members committee to guide the dissertation Enikolopov, Grigori,7 Ph.D., 1978, Academy of the program; the student is intro- research. Upon completion of the dis- of Russia: Nitric oxide; neuron differentiation; duced to a broad variety of topics. These sertation research, the student will survival. will be taken in the fall and spring present a seminar based on the disser- Gifford, Andrew N.,6 Ph.D., 1989, St. Andrews semesters of the first and second years. tation. Following this the student will University, Scotland: Pharmacology of brain 2. Laboratory Rotations in be given an oral examination on the receptors and neurotransmitter release. Neuroscience (BNB 555). A two-semes- dissertation research and related areas Huang, Z. Josh,7 Ph.D., 1994, Brandeis ter course in the fall and spring semes- by the dissertation committee. University: Development and plasticity of ters of the first year. Students conduct E. Teaching Requirements the neocortical GABAergic circuits. research rotations in laboratories of To gain experience in teaching, the Mainen, Zachary,7 Ph.D., 1995, University three program members and present program requires that all students serve of California, San Diego: Neural coding and oral reports on their research. as teaching assistants during the first computations underlying rodent olfactory- 3. Writing Neuroscience (BNB 551). guided behavior. two years of study. Usually, TA assign- This course is taught in the fall semester ments are to courses taught by the 6 Peña, Louis, Ph.D., 1991, University of of the first year. It provides training in program faculty. Assignments are made California, Los Angeles: Cellular and molecular the basics of scientific communication, to minimize impact on research produc- mechanisms of radiation sensitivity; nuclear with a strong emphasis on writing and tivity in the second year of study. medicine imaging of neurological disorders. revision. Practical exercises are Thanos, Peter,6 Ph.D., 1997, Eastern Virginia designed to give experience and feed- F. Residence Requirement back in commonly needed aspects of sci- Medical School: Behavioral neuropharmacology The University requires at least two and neuroimaging of addiction (including entific writing. consecutive semesters of full-time alcohol, drugs, and food) and ADHD. 4. Advanced Neurobiology and study. The demands of the course of 7 Tully, Tim, Ph.D., 1981, University of Illinois: Behavior Seminar (BNB 697). Seminar study necessitate a longer period of Genetic basis of memory. presentations delivered by faculty, stu- residence. Zador, Anthony,7 M.D., Ph.D., 1994, Yale dents, associates, and visiting speakers. University: How does the cortex solve the G. Academic Standing 5. Electives. At least two additional cocktail party problem? graduate-level courses in various bio- All students must maintain a 3.0 grade Zhong, Yi,7 Ph.D., 1991, University of logical, physical, or mathematical sci- point average at all times. Due to the California, Berkeley: Neurogenetics. ences must be selected by the student importance of BNB 561-564 as the basis for advanced study in Neuroscience, Number of teaching, graduate, and research in consultation with the student’s advi- assistants, Fall 2007: 32 sor. Students may take additional elec- students who have a grade of less than a tive courses if they desire. B in these courses must repeat them 1) Primary appointment with Pediatrics satisfactorily prior to taking the 2) Primary appointment with Pharmacology B. Comprehensive Examination comprehensive examination. Any stu- 3) Primary appointment with Physiology and At the end of the second year of study, dent who fails to receive a grade of B or Biophysics each student must take a comprehensive better in more than one required course 4) Primary appointment with Psychiatry examination. The examination consists of will be reviewed for possible termination 5) Primary appointment with Psychology the preparation and defense of a written from the program. Research (BNB 599 6) Primary appointment with Brookhaven National proposal in the area and on the topic in and 699) is graded on a satisfactory/ Laboratory which the student expects to do their the- unsatisfactory basis. Any student who 7) Primary appointment with Cold Spring Habor sis research. receives a grade of U in a research Laboratory course will be reviewed for possible C. Advancement to Candidacy termination from the program. Degree Requirements The faculty will recommend a student Requirements for the M.A. Degree to the Graduate School for advance- The graduate program in Neuroscience ment to candidacy upon satisfactory normally does not accept a student whose completion of all course requirements goal is an M.A. degree. In exceptional and the comprehensive examination. instances, a student already in the pro- D. Ph.D. Dissertation gram may be awarded an M.A. degree upon completion of an approved course A dissertation that constitutes an

278 NEUROSCIENCE

Courses networks, and gene regulation. BNB 700 Dissertation Research Off Campus– BNB 531 Advanced Neurobiology 4 credits, ABCF grading Domestic Prerequisite: Must be advanced to candidacy Advanced seminar course centered around a BNB 562 Introduction to Neuroscience II topic to be determined. Examples include neu- (G5); major portion of research will take Second of two-semester core course introduc- rochemistry, membrane biophysics, neuronal place off campus, but in the U.S. and/or U.S. ing students to basic principles of neuro- plasticity, synaptic mechanisms, molecular science. The major focus is systems provinces (Brookhaven National Lab and neurobiology, developmental neurobiology. neuroscience. Topics covered include analy- Cold Spring Harbor Lab are considered on Students are expected to read original litera- ses of all major sensory systems, motor sys- campus); all international students must ture and deliver oral presentations of material. tems, and systems mediating higher order, enroll in one of the graduate student insur- Prerequisite: Permission of instructor cognitive functions in the nervous system. ance plans and should be advised by an Fall, 3 credits, ABCF grading 4 credits, ABCF grading International Advisor Fall, spring, and summer, 1-9 credits, S/U BNB 551 Writing Neuroscience BNB 563 Advanced Topics in Neuroscience I Seminar course for doctoral students in grading This course includes one to three separate Neuroscience providing practical instruction in May be repeated for credit modules taught by different faculty on focused written communication in Neuroscience. topics in neuroscience, typically focusing on Topics include writing effective abstracts, BNB 701 Dissertation Research Off Campus– synaptic plasticity and development. cover letters, figure captions, and grant-spe- International 1-3 credits, ABCF grading cific aims, among others. Prerequisite: Must be advanced to candidacy Prerequisite: Admission to graduate program BNB 564 Advanced Topics in Neuroscience II (G5); major portion of research will take in Neuroscience or permission of instructor This course includes one to three separate place outside the U.S. and/or U.S. provinces; 1-2 credits, ABCF grading modules taught by different faculty on domestic students have the option of the focused topics in neuroscience. health plan and may also enroll in MEDEX; BNB 552 Neurobiological Techniques Spring, 1-3 credits, ABCF grading international students who are in their home A series of laboratory exercises designed to country are not covered by mandatory health give students hands-on experience in the BNB 565 Developmental Neuroscience plan and must contact the Insurance Office basic laboratory techniques of contemporary A modular course introducing concepts in the for the insurance charge to be removed; neuroscience. Includes intracellular and development of the nervous system. Topics international students who are not in their extracellular recording, neuronal tissue can include neuroembryology, neuronal dif- culture, neuroanatomical techniques, and ferentiation, synapse formation, and speci- home country are charged for the mandatory integrative physiology. ficity and plasticity of connections in health insurance (if they are to be covered by Fall, every year, 2 credits, ABCF grading vertebrates and invertebrates. another insurance plan, they must file a Fall, 1 credit, ABCF grading waiver by the second week of classes; the BNB 555 Laboratory Rotations in charge will only be removed if the other plan Neuroscience BNB 599 Research is deemed comparable); all international Course for doctoral students in Neuroscience Original investigation undertaken with students must receive clearance from an in which students participate in three formal supervision of a member of the staff. International Advisor laboratory rotations in program faculty labo- Fall and spring, 1-12 credits, S/U grading Fall, spring, and summer, 1-9 credits, ratories during the first year. Students May be repeated for credit make oral presentations for each rotation. S/U grading May be repeated for credit Instruction is provided in how to organize and BNB 655 Neuropharmacology present material in a seminar format, includ- An advanced course for graduate students ing the proper use of visual aids. Enrollment BNB 800 Summer Research interested in developing an understanding of 0 credit, S/U grading restricted to students in the graduate pro- neuropharmacology and research on this topic. May be repeated for credit gram in Neuroscience. Following a general introduction to the nerve Fall and spring, 1-3 credits, S/U grading cell structure, synaptic and chemical trans- May be repeated once for credit mission, three themes receptors, receptors as channels, and G-protein-coupled receptors BNB 560 Laboratory in Neuroanatomy are developed. Recent advances in cell and This course consists of a series of laboratory molecular biology provide the framework for exercises and supplemental lectures providing instruction and discussion. This course is an overview of the structural organization of offered as both HBH 655 and BNB 655. the nervous system. The mammalian nervous Prerequisites: Admission to graduate Health system and its sensory, motor, and cognitive Sciences Center program components are emphasized. Laboratories Spring, even years, 3 credits, ABCF grading include examination of whole brains and histological sections, and some hands-on BNB 697 Advanced Neurobiology and experience with basic neuroanatomical tech- Behavior Seminar niques. Computer programs illustrating the Seminar presentations delivered by faculty, three-dimensional and circuit organization of associates, students, and visiting speakers. the human brain are also used. Fall and spring, 1 credit, S/U grading Prerequisities: BIO 334 or equivalent and per- May be repeated for credit mission of instructor Fall, 2 credits, ABCF grading BNB 699 Dissertation Research On Campus Original investigations undertaken as part of BNB 561 Introduction to Neuroscience I the Ph.D. program under the supervision of First of a two-semester core course introduc- the dissertation committee. ing students to basic principles of neuro- Prerequisite: Must be advanced to candidacy science. The major focus is cellular and (G5); major portion of research must take molecular neurosicence. Topics covered place on SB campus, at Cold Spring Harbor, include the ionic basis of resting potentials and electrical excitability, the structure, func- or at Brookhaven National Lab tion and molecular biology of voltage- and lig- Fall, spring, and summer, 1-9 credits, and-gated ion channels, exocytosis, cellular S/U grading May be repeated for credit

279 SCHOOL OF NURSING School of Nursing

Dean: Lenora J. McClean, Ed.D., R.N., Health Sciences Center Level 2, Room 236, (631) 444-3549

The School of Nursing is one of five pro- Graduate Degrees Awarded • Advanced Graduate Certificate as a fessional schools within the Health Master of Science specialties: Community/Mental Health Nurse Sciences Center. The mission of the • Adult Health: Primary, Acute, and Practitioner School of Nursing is to provide accessible Critical Care • Advanced Graduate Certificate as a high-quality undergraduate, graduate, • Child Health Family Health Nurse Practitioner and related nursing education to • Nurse Midwifery diverse geographically dispersed stu- • Perinatal/Neonatal Health Master’s Completion Programs dents through innovative programs that • Perinatal/Women’s Health reflect current trends and promote • Psychiatric/Mental Health Nursing • Certified Nurse Midwives professional growth to address global • Family Health Nursing Certified Nurse Practitioners and/or health care concerns. Doctor of Nursing Practice Certified Nurse Midwives may apply to Three degree programs are offered: a Master’s Completion Program in their a Bachelor of Science with a major in Advanced Graduate Certificates Awarded specialty. nursing; a Master of Science; and Doctor of Nursing Practice (DNP). The under- • Advanced Graduate Certificate as an Adult Health Nurse Practitioner Further information may be obtained graduate curriculum prepares basic bac- from: calaureate and registered nurse students • Advanced Graduate Certificate as a to become knowledgeable participants in Child Health Nurse Practitioner Kathleen Bratby, M.S.N., R.N. the delivery of comprehensive health care • Advanced Graduate Certificate as a Assistant Dean for Students in hospitals and other health care agen- Nurse Midwife Stony Brook University School of cies. The graduate program prepares • Advanced Graduate Certificate as a Nursing students for advanced practice roles as Perinatal/Women’s Health Nurse Health Sciences Center Level 2 nurse practitioners/clinical nurse spe- Practitioner Stony Brook, NY 11794-8240 cialists in adult health, primary acute • Advanced Graduate Certificate as a (631) 444-3200, Fax (631) 444-6628 and critical care, child health, perina- Neonatal Nurse Practitioner www.nursing.stonybrook.edu tal/women’s health/psychiatric/mental health, family health/primary care, and as nurse midwives. Principles of evidence- based practice for vulnerable popula- tions and health care policy development are inherent components of the educa- tional programs.

280 ORAL BIOLOGY AND PATHOLOGY

Oral Biology and Pathology (HDO)

Chair: Israel Kleinberg, Westchester Hall Room 195, (631) 632-8923 Graduate Program Director: Marcia Simon, Westchester Hall Room 105, (631) 632-8922, Fax (631) 632-9704, E-mail: [email protected] Graduate Program Assistant: Laura Bertolloti, Westchester Hall Room 109, (631) 632-8923

Degrees awarded: M.S. and Ph.D. in Oral Biology and Pathology

The graduate program in Oral Biology square feet of research space. Facilities Aptitude and Advanced parts of the and Pathology, within the Health include scanning electron microscope; Graduate Record Examination (GRE); Sciences Center, offers a program of computerized micro hardness tester; C. All applicants are carefully study and research leading to the M.S. isotope counters and preparative and screened by the credentials committee and Ph.D. degrees. A separate track is analytical ultracentrifuges; infrared, of the Department. Interviews and available for dental graduates who wish atomic absorption, ultraviolet/visible discussions are arranged with faculty to pursue a combined Ph.D.-General spectrophotometers; a mass spectropho- members and graduate students where Dentistry or Clinical Specialty degree. tometer; an olfactometer; gas and high- possible; Programs of study are also available to pressure liquid chromatography systems; individuals with a Ph.D. or a clinical high-voltage, particle-free flow, and D. Formal approval for acceptance degree (dental or medical) desiring fur- polyacrylamide gel electrophoresis sys- into the program is given by the ther postdoctoral research training or tems; computer equipment of various Graduate School. experience. The M.S. curriculum is of types; fluorescence densitometer, approximately two years’ duration and spectrophotometer, and microscopes of Faculty is particularly suited for those dental various types; microdensitometer; auto- graduates who wish to obtain further mated colony counter; amino acid ana- Distinguished Professors basic science training before entering or lyzer; 75-liter steam sterilizable Kleinberg, Israel, Chair, D.D.S., 1952, while obtaining a clinical specialty. The fermenter; autoclaves and ethylene University of Toronto, Canada; Ph.D., 1958, graduate program in Oral Biology and oxide sterilizer; tumor virus tissue cul- University of Durham, Newcastle upon Tyne, Pathology is also of particular interest ture facility; specialized anaerobic bacte- England: Identification of peptides and salivary factors involved in the growth and metabolism to industrial-based scientists seeking riology, animal, and clinical laboratories; of oral mixed bacterial populations; pharma- additional training and advanced extensive tissue culture facilities espe- ceutical application of salivary components in degrees. While the Department is inter- cially for growth of keratinocytes, the control of dental caries and oral malodor; ested in all aspects of oral biology, active fibroblasts, and other cell types. mechanisms of dental plaque formation; con- programs of research presently being The Living Skin Bank, which will trol of microbial populations (oral, gastrointesti- conducted include the following: devel- provide a core facility for the production nal, vaginal) with growth factors and growth opment, metabolism, and control of the of clinical-grade cell-based therapies, is inhibitors; new diagnostic techniques and ther- oral microflora on the teeth and various housed in the Department of Oral Biology apeutics, technology transfer. epithelial surfaces including those of the and Pathology, under the direction of Golub, Lorne, M., D.M.D., 1963, M.Sc., mouth, skin, and vagina; oral putrefac- Marcia Simon. Research operatories are 1965, University of Manitoba, Canada; Cert. tion, malodor, and gingivitis; pathogene- available in the Dental Care Center for Periodontics, 1968, Harvard School of Dental Medicine: Synthesis maturation and degradation sis of periodontitis; interrelationship clinical research projects. Graduate stu- between systemic and oral diseases; of collagen in oral tissues; effect of inflammation dents have access to the University cen- on diabetes and collagen metabolism, on the mechanisms and therapy of dentinal tral computer facility as well as flow and cellular and chemical constituents of hypersensitivity; ultrastructure and high-speed Ethernet links connecting the gingival fluid, and relevance to diagnosis and metabolism of healthy and diseased Department to e-mail, Medline, and the management of the periodontal patient; thera- periodontal tissues with an emphasis on Internet through servers located in the peutic potential of tetracyclines as inhibitors of remodeling and matrix metallopro- University Hospital. matrix metalloproteinases. teinases; chemistry and crystallography Professors of the biological calcium phosphates; Admission biology of epithelial growth and differ- London, Steve, D.D.S., 1981, Ph.D., 1987, In addition to the minimum Graduate entiation; epithelial gene therapy; University of Pennsylvania: Mucosal immunity, School requirements, the following are viral immunology, mucosal vaccine develop- mechanisms of epidermal and oral required: ment, viral pathogenesis. carcinogenesis; wound repair; sebocyte A. A bachelor’s degree and grade Ryan, Maria E., D.D.S., 1989, Ph.D., 1998, biology; biology of skin and mucosal point average of 3.3 in the sciences and Stony Brook University; Cert. Peridontology, grafting; acquired and innate immunity; 3.0 overall are required for admission 1993, University of Connecticut: Connective inflammation and fibrosis. Further into either the M.S. or Ph.D. program tissue biology; the role of growth factors in details may be obtained from the in Oral Biology and Pathology; connective tissue metabolism; diagnostic graduate program director. technology as it applies to preventative B. In addition to original transcripts, and therapeutic measures in dentistry; host Facilities applicants are required to submit three modulatory therapies. The Department of Oral Biology and letters of recommendation and proof of Pathology currently occupies 18,000 satisfactory performance on the General

281 ORAL BIOLOGY AND PATHOLOGY

Simon, Marcia, Graduate Program Director Pollock, Jerry J., M.Sc., 1966, University of within and outside the Department. and Director of the Living Skin Bank, Ph.D., Toronto, Canada; Ph.D., 1969, Weizmann Ph.D. students are generally required 1981, Brandeis University: Biology of oral and Institute of Science, Rehovot, Israel: Salivary to complete four to six course offerings cutaneous epithelial and mesenchymal cells, host defense systems; free radicals, anti- at the graduate level. retinoid metabolism and the control of differ- oxidants and nutritional therapy in dental and entiations, wound healing, development and systemic disease. B. To advance to Ph.D. candidacy, the assessment of products for treatment of chem- Ramamurthy, Nungavarm S., Research student must pass an advancement-to- ical and thermal burn injury. Professor, M.V.Sc., 1965, University of Agra, candidacy examination. To do this, the Associate Professors India; Ph.D., 1970, University of Manitoba, student must prepare a detailed writ- Canada: Collagen synthesis and remodeling in Ghazizadeh, Soosan, Ph.D., 1994, Stony Brook ten proposal in the format of a National health and systemic disease; leukocyte metab- University: Epithelial stem cell biology; hair olism and chemotaxis in diabetes; regulation of Institutes of Health research grant follicle development; immunological responses mammalian metallo-proteinases (MMPS) and application. A public seminar is in gene therapy; cutaneous gene therapy. development of synthetic inhibitors for MMPS. presented by the student to members London, Lucille, Ph.D., 1986, University of Sreebny, Leo M., D.D.S., 1945, M.S., 1950, of his or her advisory committee, Pennsylvania: Mucosal immunity, pulmonary Ph.D., 1954, University of Illinois: Studies of the Department, and the University inflammation and fibrosis, acute respiratory saliva in health and disease; relationship of community at large, in which the distress syndrome, viral immunology, signal salivary constituents to systemic diseases, transduction. student defends the proposal. This is especially Sjögren’s syndrome and systematic followed by a further defense by the Walker, Stephen G., M.Sc., 1987, University lupus erythematosis. of Guelph, Canada; Ph.D., 1994, University student before his or her advisory Taichman, Lorne B., M.D., 1965, M.Sc., 1967, of British Columbia, Canada: Analysis of the committee. A determination for University of Toronto, Canada; Ph.D., 1971, cell surface proteins and carbohydrates of advancement to candidacy is then University of Wisconsin: Biology of epithelial Treponema pectinovorum and how these keratinocyte growth and differentiation; made and forwarded to the Graduate molecules interact with the environment cutaneous and mucosal gene therapy; viral School for official approval. (T. pectinovorum is an anaerobic spirochete that and nonviral methods for gene transfer; flourishes in the diseased periodontal pocket of C. The candidacy examination is used keratinocyte secretion. humans and may contribute to periodontitis). to examine the student’s ability to han- Research Faculty Assistant Professors dle the intellectual and communicative Gao, Jay G., Ph.D., 1989, Institute of Genetics, processes involved in carrying out Trochesset, Denise, D.D.S., 1988, University of Fudan University, China Shanghai: Cutaneous Minnesota; Certificate of General Practice independent research. and hepatic retinoid metabolism, regulation of Residency, 1989, VAMC, West Haven, CT; lipolysis and lipogenesis,. D. An original research thesis is Certificate of Oral and Maxillofacial Pathology, required for completion of both the 2002, New York Hospital Queens; Diplomate, Lee, His-Ming, Ph.D., 1996, Stony Brook The American Board of Oral and Maxillofacial University: Proteinase inhibitor in periodontal M.S. and Ph.D. degrees. For the Ph.D. Pathology, 2002: Clinical investigation of disease: serpinolytic inhibition by doxycycline. degree, the format of the thesis defense leukoplakic oral lesions; leukoplakic lesions Jasvir, Grewal, Ph.D., 1997, Post Graduate is similar to the advancement-to-candi- and their relationship to alcohol and human Institute of Medical Education and Research, dacy examination in that the student papilloma virus. Chandigarh, India: Studies on the kinetics of defends his or her thesis in a public cellular immune response in experimental cys- Adjunct Professors seminar followed by a second examina- ticercosis in pigs infected with Taenia solium. Cutler, Christopher, D.D.S., 1986, Emory tion by the student’s dissertation Milroy, Codipilly, Ph.D., 1991, Stony Brook University School of Dentistry, Ph.D., 1990, committee. For the M.S. degree, the University: Basis of saliva viscosity and its Emory University School of Medicine; student defends the thesis to the relation to intra-oral adhesion phenomena. Certificate of Periodontics, 1990, Emory student’s dissertation committee. University School of Post-graduate Dentistry: Clinical Adjunct Faculty A public defense of the thesis is not Innate immunity, inflammation, pathogenesis Cooper, Barry, D.D.S. required. If recommended for approval, of chronic periodontitis, dendritic cells/langer- this determination is submitted to hans cells, anaerobic microbiology, Goren, Arthur, D.D.S. the Graduate School, which makes the Porphyromonas gingivalis. Kittay, Irving, D.D.S. final decision to award the degree. Professors Emeritus Phelan, Joan, D.D.S. E. Each student has the opportunity Kaufman, Hershall W., D.M.D., 1963, Ph.D., Westbay, George, D.D.S. 1967, University of Manitoba, Canada: Wolff, Mark, D.D.S., Ph.D. to engage in various aspects of the teaching program of the Department, Calcium phosphate chemistry as it relates to Xu, Ling, D.D.S., Ph.D. dental hypersensitivity, dental caries, and and a major effort is made to assist calculus formation and prevention; rheological students to attend and present papers properties of saliva and their relation to oral Degree Requirements at various scientific meetings. health; design, management, and statistical In addition to the minimum degree analysis of clinical research trials. requirements of the Graduate School, McNamara, Thomas F., Ph.D., 1959, Catholic the following are required: University of America: Microbial etiology of dental caries and periodontal disease; immune A. All students must complete all or mechanisms involved in dental pathogenesis; part of the Oral Biology and Pathology viral infection in oral microorganisms; Oral Systems course. M.S. students significance of secretory IgA in must, in addition, complete two gradu- caries prevention. ate courses selected from offerings

282 ORAL BIOLOGY AND PATHOLOGY

Courses events involved in the differentiation program. the periodontal structures. HDO 500 Biology of the Oral Mineralized Consideration is also given to mechanisms Prerequisites: Undergraduate degree in Tissues involved in cutaneous disorders. basic science; permission of instructor Prerequisites: Permission of instructor; This course deals with the basic chemistry, Fall and spring, 3 credits, ABCF grading crystallography, ultrastructure, and metabo- HBP 531 suggested; students must have had lism of the calcium phosphates involved in the a background in cellular biochemistry HDO 563 Oral Biology and Pathology IV formation and physiological and pathological molecular biology This course is the last of four comprehensive resorption of the various mineralized tissues Fall and spring, 2 credits, ABCF grading courses on molecular structure, biochemical and physiological function, developmental found in or associated with the oral cavity anatomy and pathology of the various sys- (enamel, dentin, cementum, bone). Ectopic HDO 550 Oral Diagnostics and Therapeutic tems that constitute the oral apparatus. calculus formation will be examined. Technology, Lectures, and Laboratory Techniques Covers the biology and pathology of the Prerequisites: HDO 560, 561, 562, and 563 or Recent advances in the use and development oral sensory systems and the biology and their equivalent of research technology for the early diagnosis pathology of oral motor systems. Fall and spring, 3 credits, ABCF grading and treatment monitoring of oral and Prerequisites: Undergraduate degree in systemic disease. Special attention is paid to basic science; permission of instructor; HDO 501 Oral Biology I the principles of technology transfer including admission to graduate Health Sciences Deals with the molecular structure, biochem- patents and patenting; searching of online Center program istry, and physiology and developmental databases is a key component. The course 3 credits, ABCF grading anatomy of the systems constituting the oral includes relationships of dry mouth to salivary apparatus. Covers the embryological devel- physiology, diabetes, and drug medications; HDO 590 Research Projects in Oral Biology opment of the face and oral cavity, the biology salivary film measurements, wetting of oral and Pathology of the oral mucous membranes, and the biol- surfaces, visco-elasticity and lubricity; the Individual laboratory projects closely super- ogy of the dental mineralized tissues. Thirty- use of the Periotron and enzyme assays for one course hours. vised by faculty members to be carried out in the diagnosis of gingivitis and periodontal their research laboratories. 0 credit, ABCF grading disease; instrumentation used in sensitive teeth Prerequisite: Enrollment in a master’s or measurement and evaluation of treatment HDO 510 Salivary Metabolism and Secretion effectiveness using oral compositions and ion- doctoral program Consideration is given to the normal and tophoresis; oral candidiasis and denture 3 credits, ABCF grading abnormal structure and function of the glan- stomatitis and early detection and causes of May be repeated once for credit dular systems found in the oral cavity. The dental caries; oral malodor measurements composition, regulation, and functions of the including use of the Halimeter and its use HDO 599 Graduate Research secretions from the major and minor salivary in the formulation of oral compositions. Original investigations undertaken with glands will receive particular attention. Application to clinical practice and clinical supervision of a faculty member. Prerequisites: HDO 560, 561, 562, and 563 or studies is covered. 1-12 credits, ABCF grading their equivalent; permission of instructor Prerequisites: HDO 560, 561, 562, and 563 or May be repeated up to five times for credit Fall and spring, 3 credits, ABCF grading their equivalent; permission of instructor Fall and spring, 3 credits, ABCF grading HDO 601 Oral Biology II HDO 520 Oral Microbial Systems A continuation of HDO 501 covering the biol- ogy of the dental supporting tissues, the biol- Consideration is given to the structural com- HDO 560 Oral Biology and Pathology I ogy of the salivary glands and their products, position, metabolism, and environmental The first of four comprehensive courses on and the microbiology of the oral cavity. relationships of the bacterial systems formed molecular structure, biochemical and physio- Eighty-four course hours on and in association with the oral hard and logical function, developmental anatomy and Prerequisites: HD 501 soft tissues. Specific and mixed bacterial pop- pathology of the various systems that consti- ulations, such as those resident on extra-oral tute the oral apparatus. Covers the embry- 0 credit, ABCF grading ological development of the face and oral mucosal surfaces and the skin and their role HDO 690 Oral Biology and Pathology in oral disease will be dealt with. cavity and the biology and pathology of the oral mineralized tissues. Seminars Prerequisite: HDO 560, 561, 562, and 563 or Prerequisites: Undergraduate degree in Research seminars by students, staff, and their equivalent basic science; permission of instructor visiting scientists. Fall and spring, 3 credits, ABCF grading Fall and spring, 3 credits, ABCF grading Prerequisites: Permission of instructor Fall and spring, 1 credit, ABCF grading HDO 530 Molecular Biology and Pathology of HDO 561 Oral Biology and Pathology II May be repeated up to ten times for credit the Periodontium The second of four comprehensive courses on This course deals with the ultrastructure and molecular structure, biochemical and physio- HDO 695 Oral Biology and Pathology biochemical composition of the periodontal logical function, developmental anatomy and Teaching Practicum tissues, remodeling of the extracellular pathology of the various systems that consti- Practice instruction in the teaching of oral matrix with an emphasis on the role of metal- tute the oral apparatus. Covers the biology biology and pathology at the undergraduate loproteinases; the microbial interrelations and pathology of the periodontal structures level carried out under faculty orientation with the organic and inorganic components of and the microbiology of the oral cavity. and supervision. the periodontal tissues, the biochemical Prerequisites: Undergraduate degree in Prerequisite: Permission of instructor dynamics of gingival inflammation and basic science; permission of instructor 3 credits, ABCF grading wound healing, and the metabolic processes Fall and spring, 3 credits, ABCF grading responsible for the composition and flow of HDO 699 Thesis Research Oral Biology and gingival crevicular fluid. HDO 562 Oral Biology and Pathology III Pathology Prerequisites: HDO 560, 561, and 563 or This course is the third of four compre- Dissertation research. their equivalent hensive courses on molecular structure, Prerequisites: Advancement to candidacy Fall and spring, 3 credits, ABCF grading biochemical and physiological function, Fall, spring, and summer, 1-9 credits, developmental anatomy, and pathology of the ABCF grading HDO 535 Epithelial Keratinization and various systems that constitute the oral May be repeated for credit Differentiation apparatus. The course consists of' the follow- The course examines the growth and differ- ing two units of instruction: (1) the biology HDO 700 Dissertation Research Off Campus entiation of startified sqamous epithelia. and pathology of the salivary glands and their –Domestic Particular emphasis is placed on molecular products and (2) the biology and pathology of Prerequisite: Must be advanced to candidacy

283 ORAL BIOLOGY AND PATHOLOGY

(G5). Major portion of research will take place off-campus, but in the United States and/or U.S. provinces. Please note, Brookhaven National Lab and Cold Spring Harbor Lab are considered on-campus. All international students must enroll in one of the graduate student insurance plans and should be advised by an International Advisor. Fall, spring, summer, 1-9 credits, S/U grading May be repeated for credit HDO 701 Oral Biology III A continuation of HDO 601, covering the oral motor and sensory systems. Twenty-six course hours. Prerequisites: HDO 601 0 credit, ABCF grading HDO 702 Oral Pathology Covers the clinical and histopathologic mani- festations of acquired, inherited, and neoplas- tic diseases of the human oral cavity. Includes benign and malignant tumors of bone, odon- togenic, and non-odontogenic cysts and tumors, mucosal and salivary gland diseases, and oral manifestations of systemic diseases. Sixty-two course hours. Prerequisites: HDO 601 0 credit, ABCF grading HDO 703 Oral Pathology Conference I Clinicopathologic case presentations and development of differential diagnosis skills. Sixteen course hours. Prerequisite: HD 702 0 credit, ABCF grading

HDO 704 Translational Oral Biology HDO 805 Summer Research Covers the biochemical, physiological, micro- Prerequisite: Admission to graduate biological, and electronic principles involved Health Sciences Center program in a variety of techniques used as aids in the S/U grading diagnosis of oral diseases. Thirty-seven course hours. HDO 821 Year IV Clinic: Oral Diagnostics Prerequisite: HDO 601 The clinical continuation of HDO 704 in which 0 credit, ABCF grading the principals of oral diagnostics are applied to patient care. Thirty-six course hours. HDO 705 Oral Medicine Prerequisites: HDO 704 Introduces the principles of patient care 0 credit, ABCF grading related to stomatologic and dermatologic dis- ease, neurologic abnormalities, hematologic disturbances, and the medically compromised patient. Sixteen course hours. Prerequisites: HDO 701 0 credit, ABCF grading HDO 707 Clinical Pharmacology Covers pharmacology in dental practice emphasizing clinical usage of antibiotics, sedatives, tranquilizers, and analgesics. Drug interactions and side effects are discussed. Eighteen course hours. Prerequisite: HD 608 0 credit, ABCF grading

HDO 803 Oral Pathology Conference II Clinicopathologic case presentations and development of differential diagnosis skills. Eleven course hours. Prerequisites: HDO 702, HDO 703 0 credit, ABCF grading

284 PHILOSOPHY

Philosophy (PHI) Chair: Robert Crease, Harriman Hall Room 209, (631) 632-7585 Doctoral Program Director: Harvey Cormier, Harriman Hall Room 216, (631) 632-7524 Master’s Program Director: Eduardo Mendieta, Harriman Hall Room 250, (631) 632-7581 Assistant to the Chair: Alissa Betz, Harriman Hall Room 211-A, (631) 632-7590 Graduate Program Coordinator: Nathan Leoce-Schappin, Harriman Hall Room 215, (631) 632-7580 Department Secretary: Ann Marie Monaghan, Harriman Hall Room 213, (631) 632-7570

Degree awarded: M.A. in Philosophy and the Arts; Ph.D. in Philosophy

The Department of Philosophy, in the increasing urgency in more recent regular seminars, offered primarily by College of Arts and Sciences, offers times: What does psychoanalysis have the Departments of Philosophy and Art. programs leading to the Master of to teach us about the place of art in To satisfy program requirements, courses Arts in Philosophy and to the Doctor of our lives? How are class, race, and must be approved by the ArtPHIL Philosophy. gender pertinent to the production Program Director. All ArtPHIL stu- The doctoral program offers a rare and enjoyment of art? Do we need to dents must take the joint seminar opportunity to integrate the study of reconceive aesthetics in view of a global offered by two faculty members, one in the history of philosophy with an electronic culture? Philosophy and the other in Art. exploration of contemporary philosophical This master’s program offers an open For students enrolled in an ARH or methods and to apply an interdisci- and informal setting in which to explore PHI graduate program, nine of the 15 plinary approach to the framing and such questions in seminars and lectures credits must be earned outside the home treatment of philosophical problems. The taught by renowned philosophers of art. graduate program. The six credits Department of Philosophy is the sponsor Practicing artists will also participate in earned toward the graduate degree in of a Transatlantic Philosophical an intensive discussion of issues in the the home department may be applied Collegium that offers advanced students philosophy of art that are of enduring as toward the ArtPHIL Graduate opportunity for extended study at the well as contemporary interest. Certificate. Students enrolled in Stony University of Wuppertal. Depart- Brook graduate programs other than mentally based, funded exchanges with M.A. in Philosophy Curriculum ARH or PHI should consult with their the University of Tübingen and the and Degree Requirements home departments to determine University of Paris give students further whether credits earned for the opportunity to study abroad. For the master’s degree, a student must ArtPHIL AGC can be applied to the pri- There are three general aims of the take 30 course credits, i.e., the equiva- mary graduate degree program. doctoral program: lent of ten courses. Some of these courses are listed below. The full list For complete admission requirements, 1. To cultivate and make explicit the will be revised from time to time; of approved courses, and enrollment forms values and principles of the principal the 30 credits, six can be taken as in the ArtPHIL AGC program, please contemporary styles of philosophical independent study. reasoning; visit http://ms.cc.sunysb.edu/~hsilver In addition, three credits are to be man/ArtPHIL/ArtPHIL.htm. Students 2. To investigate the areas between earned by registering for an M.A. thesis, interested in the ArtPHIL program are philosophy and other disciplines that to be directed by a Stony Brook advised to seek enrollment early in involve methodological, conceptual, and Philosophy faculty member. their primary degree program. To dis- historical exchanges between philoso- cuss program details and enrollment phy and these other disciplines; Advanced Graduate Certificate procedures, contact Prof. Hugh J. 3. To provide an understanding of (AGC) in Art and Philosophy Silverman, ArtPHIL Program Director, the history, major figures, and diverse (ArtPHIL) at [email protected] problems of philosophy. The Art and Philosophy (ArtPHIL) Advanced Graduate Certificate is a 15- Admission to the Ph.D. and M.A. Degree in Philosophy with a credit (minimum) program designed to M.A. Programs in Philosophy focus on the Arts and Aesthetics provide an interdisciplinary concentra- For admission to the doctoral and mas- Many of the questions that occasioned tion in art theory and criticism, aesthet- ter’s programs in Philosophy, the follow- Plato’s reflection on art are still with us: ics, art history, visual arts, and ing are normally required: What is the relationship between art contemporary continental philosophy A. A bachelor’s degree with a major and truth? Is the task of the artist to for students already enrolled (full-time) in Philosophy; represent already existing things or to in a Stony Brook graduate degree- create altogether new things? Is the granting program (Ph.D., M.F.A., M.A. B. Some knowledge of the history spectator of art to be regarded as a mere in fields such as Art History and of philosophy and of contemporary witness or as an active participant? Criticism, Studio Art, Philosophy, or a modes of thought is highly desirable; What is the role of emotion in the expe- related discipline such as Comparative deficiencies in these areas may rience of art? What are the most salient Literature, Cultural Studies, Music, require the student to undertake differences between the various arts? Theater, English, Hispanic Languages, special work; Other questions have arisen with etc.). ArtPHIL graduate courses are C. An official transcript of undergrad-

285 PHILOSOPHY uate record and of any work completed Simon, Michael A., Emeritus, Ph.D., 1967, 6) Recipient of the State University Chancellor’s at the graduate level; Harvard University: Social philosophy; philoso- Award for Excellence in Teaching, 1980 phy of biological and social science; philoso- 7) Recipient of the State University Chancellor’s D. Letters of recommendation from phy of mind; philosophy of law. Award for Excellence in Teaching, 1988 8) Recipient of the State University Chancellor’s three previous or current instructors; Simpson, Lorenzo,9 Ph.D., Yale University: Award for Excellence in Teaching, 1993 Contemporary continental philosophy E. Submission of a philosophical essay 9) Recipient of the Commonwealth of Virginia’s (hermeneutics and critical theory); philosophy (which may be a paper written for a Outstanding Faculty Award, 1990; University of of the social sciences; philosophy of science previous course); Richmond’s Distinguished Educator Award, 1984 and technology; neopragmatism and post-ana- 10) Recipient of President’s and Chancellor’s Award for F. Graduate Record Examination lytic philosophy; philosophy and race. Excellence in Scholarship and Creative Activity, 2005. (GRE) General Test scores; Spector, Marshall, Ph.D., 1963, Johns Hopkins University: Philosophy of science; philosophy G. Acceptance by both the Department Degree Requirements of technology; environmental issues. of Philosophy and the Graduate School. Requirements for the Ph.D. Degree Tejera, Victorino, Emeritus, Ph.D., 1956, Columbia University: Aesthetics; classical in Philosophy Faculty philosophy. The doctoral program is designed to be completed in five years of full-time Distinguished Professors Watson, Walter, Emeritus, Ph.D., 1958, University of Chicago: History of philosophy. work. The Graduate School regulations Casey, Edward S., Ph.D., 1967, Northwestern 10 prescribe a minimum of two semesters University: Aesthetics; phenomenology; Welton, Donn, Ph.D., 1973, Southern Illinois of full-time enrollment. In addition to philosophy of psychology. University: Phenomenology and epistemology; philosophical psychology; contemporary the minimum degree requirements of Howard, Richard, Ph.D., 1970, University of German philosophy. the Graduate School, the following are Texas: Political and social philosophy; Marxism. Williams, Peter,3,5 Ph.D., 1973, Harvard required: Ihde, Don, Ph.D., 1964, Boston University: University: Philosophy of law; ethics. Phenomenology; philosophy of technology; A. Seminars hermeneutics. Associate Professors Seminar coursework will be required Cormier, Harvey, J., Ph.D., 1992, Harvard Distinguished Service Professor from the following three areas: history University: American philosophy; William James of philosophy, interface studies, and Gelber, Sidney, Emeritus, Ph.D., 1954, and pragmatism; philosophy and culture. Columbia University: Political philosophy. contemporary philosophy. Each of the De Laurentis, Allegra, Ph.D., 1982, University three areas has a minimum number of of Frankfurt: Greek philosophy; Hegel. Distinguished Teaching Professor required courses. The student will also Grim, Patrick,7 B. Phil., 1975, University of Edwards, Jeffrey, B., Ph.D., 1987, Universitat take at least two additional seminars St. Andrews, Scotland; Ph.D., 1976, Boston Marburg, Germany: History of philosophy; in one of the three areas to fulfill the Kant; modern philosophy. University: Logic; ethics; computer modeling; concentration of studies requirement. contemporary analytic philosophy. Manchester, Peter,2 Ph.D., 1972, Graduate Theological Union: Greek philosophy; Heidegger. 1. Three seminars in the history of Professors Mar, Gary,8 Ph.D., 1985, University of California, philosophy from four groups of courses Allison, David B., Ph.D., 1974, Pennsylvania Los Angeles: Logic; philosophy of mathematics; concentrating on ancient philosophy, State University: Contemporary European contemporary analytic philosophy; philosophy medieval/Renaissance philosophy, philosophy. of religion. modern philosophy, and 19th-century Crease, Robert, Ph.D., 1987, Columbia Mendieta, Eduardo, Ph.D., 1996, New School philosophy. These courses will feature University: Philosophy of science; aesthetics. for Social Research: Latin American philosophy; an intensive writing component. For Dilworth, David, Ph.D., 1963, Fordham critical theory. those students wishing to pursue a University; Ph.D., 1970, Columbia University: Rawlinson, Mary C., Ph.D., 1978, Northwestern concentration of studies in the history East Asian languages and cultures. University: 19th-century philosophy; Hegel; of philosophy, a minimum of two addi- Kittay, Eva, Ph.D., 1978, City University of aesthetics and literary theory; philosophical tional courses may be taken from these New York: Philosophy of language; philosophy psychology; philosophy of medicine. areas or from seminar studies directed and literature; feminism. to special topics in the history of Assistant Professor Kuspit, Donald B.,1 D.Phil., 1960, University of philosophy (which draw upon specific Frankfurt, Germany; Ph.D., 1971, University Craig, Megan, Ph.D., 2006, New School for authors, texts, themes, or problems Social Research: Ethics; aesthetics, Levinas. of Michigan: Art criticism; 20th-century art; from the history of philosophy). northern Renaissance art. O’Byrne, Anne, Ph.D, 1999, Vanderbilt 2. Two interface seminars in inter- Miller, Clyde Lee,6 Ph.D., 1974, Yale University. University: History of philosophy. disciplinary areas between philosophy Number of teaching, graduate, and research and another discipline pertaining to the Nolan, Rita D., Ph.D., 1965, University of assistants, Fall 2007 40 Pennsylvania: Philosophy of language; theory natural sciences, to the social sciences, or of knowledge; philosophy of psychology. 1) Joint appointment, Department of Art to the humanities. This requirement may 2) Joint appointment, Department of Comparative be met either by taking interdisciplinary Silverman, Hugh J.,2,4 Ph.D., 1973, Stanford Studies seminars team-taught by philosophy fac- University: Continental philosophy (hermeneutics, 3) Joint appointment, Community and Preventive ulty with faculty from another discipline deconstruction, and postmodern theory); Medicine or by taking regular graduate courses in aesthetics and cultural theory; 4) Recipient of the State University Chancellor’s contemporary European philosophies, Award for Excellence in Teaching, 1977 another discipline. Two additional literatures, and cultures; history of ideas; 5) Recipient of the State University Chancellor’s courses from this category may be taken literary theory. Award for Excellence in Teaching, 1978 to fulfill concentration requirements.

286 PHILOSOPHY

3. Five seminars in contemporary ination. The second-year review is the tion convened for that purpose by the philosophy are required. Two seminars in milestone requirement of the program. Department and open to interested the preeminent styles or modes of These reviews will assess the progress faculty members and graduate students. philosophy are required: one in conti- of students and determine qualifica- If the dissertation defense is successful, nental philosophy (PHI 630) and one in tions for continuance or noncontinuance the candidate is recommended to the analytic philosophy (PHI 631). These in the program. University for the Doctor of Philosophy two seminars will explore the methods, The graduate program director degree. presuppositions, and operational modes will guide students in planning their Doctoral students may be awarded of the contemporary philosophy program of studies to assure that the M. A. degree upon completion of involved. Two additional seminars, cho- general requirements are completed the minimum coursework offerings for sen from a list of subjects, must be prior to their advancement to candidacy. a total of 30 graduate credits of taken to fulfill the basic requirement. coursework. Two more seminars from the contempo- C. Ph.D. Candidacy rary category may be taken to fulfill Official Ph.D. candidacy is attained concentration requirements. Course Requirements when, in addition to the requirements Requirements for the Doctoral 4. A practicum in the teaching of listed above, a student fulfills the Program in Philosophy philosophy. This involves a supervised following competency requirements: teaching seminar, along with additional I. History Courses 1. Competence in symbolic logic. teaching experience in the undergradu- Sufficient knowledge of concepts and Three of the four history courses marked ate program. with an asterisk (*) are required, plus notations of first-order logic for under- two additional courses for a concentration 5. A prospectus seminar taken in the standing and applying them to problems in the history of philosophy. History spring semester of the third year. The in philosophy. A grade of B or better primary goal will be to produce a dis- courses will feature an intensive writing in an undergraduate symbolic logic component. sertation proposal. course is normally adequate evidence 6. An overall average grade of B or of competence. II. Interface Studies Seminars better is required, with no more than 2. Competence in a foreign language. Two seminars, selected from either six credits of B grades counting toward This is shown by translating a previously team-taught interface seminars or grad- uate seminars in another discipline, will the degree. untranslated philosophical article (or fulfill the basic interface requirement. the equivalent) or by writing a research B. General Requirements For a concentration in Interface Studies paper including a translation of substan- 1. The student must pass an examina- two additional seminars must be taken tial philosophical passages. tion in the history of philosophy. Although (from among team-taught or approved the student may take the exam any 3. Competence to undertake a non-philosophy graduate seminars). number of times prior to the deadline, dissertation project. This is shown by III. Contemporary Philosophy Seminars the examination must be passed by the (a) a prospectus (10 to 15 pages) outlin- end of the second year. The history of ing projected study, expected findings, The two seminars marked with an aster- isk (*) are required. Three additional philosophy examination is constructed and relevant arguments and evidence seminars chosen from the remaining list and read by the faculty History of (e.g., bibliography), and (b) an oral Philosophy Committee. of contemporary philosophy seminars defense of the projected study before a must be taken to fulfill the basic require- 2. The student must submit an essay, faculty examining committee. ment. Two more seminars may be chosen judged acceptable by a committee, Upon the recommendation of the to fulfill concentration requirements. in one of the areas of contemporary examining committee and the graduate philosophy. IV. Independent and Directed Studies program director that the dissertation 3. The student must submit an essay, project be initiated, the student Courses judged acceptable by a committee com- becomes a candidate for the Ph.D. posed of at least one Philosophy faculty Detailed course descriptions for the D. Dissertation member and a faculty member from the master’s and doctoral program are relevant second discipline, in one area After advancement to candidacy, the available from the Philosophy of interface studies. student will concentrate on a disserta- Department office each semester. tion (the written results of specialized Please refer to the current undergradu- General reviews of student progress study and research) under the super- ate and Graduate Class Schedules for based upon a portfolio (courses taken, vision of a dissertation committee. After specific semester offerings. courses completed, grades, faculty the dissertation is completed, it is read by a committee of four members, consisting evaluations of seminar work, sample PHI 500 Feminist Theories papers, teaching evaluations, and per- of the director, two other members of This course is designed to introduce students formance in the above general require- the philosophy faculty, and one faculty to the most recent developments in feminist ments) will be undertaken at the end of member from outside the Department theory, covering different currents as well as the first and third years and in the who has specialized in related areas. traditions. The seminar may focus on moral Before final approval can be granted, the and political questions, the intersection second year after the deadline for student must present the results of the between the social and the psychological, or passing the history of philosophy exam- culture and representation as it is negotiated dissertation research at an oral examina- in different cultural media (film, literature,

287 PHILOSOPHY architecture, music, etc.). art to be compared with other symbolic forms life and ideologies in the light of the theoreti- Spring, 3 credits, ABCF grading (e.g., language, science, technology)? What cal frameworks they have achieved. May be repeated for credit does art offer that philosophy does not, and Readings and assignments will be drawn vice versa? In what ways does the gender or from such exemplary works as Plato’s PHI 501 Theories of Race racial identity of the artist affect the creation Republic, Aristotle’s Politics, Machiavelli’s This course is designed to introduce the of the work? What are the cultural, social and The Prince, Hobbes’s Leviathan, Locke’s student to different currents of analyses of political dimensions of the art work and its Second Treatise of Government, and Marx’s race and racism. It focuses particularly on the reception? Communist Manifesto. relationship between philosophy and the 3 credits, ABCF grading 3 credits, ABCF grading development, legitimacy, and legitimation of May be repeated for credit racial categories. The seminar may focus PHI 553 Philosophy of Education on moral and political philosophy, questions PHI 507 Aesthetic System The purpose of the course is to develop cur- of epistemology or metaphysics, the inter- A concentrated reading of a single major ricula which not only bridge educational gaps sections between the social and the psycho- work, with attention both to its detailed but which also develop within all students a logical, or culture and representations of structure and to its larger significance. sense of civil responsibility toward commu- raced subjects as they are negotiated in Candidates for such reading include nity issues and problems. This course criti- different cultural media (film, literature, Aristotle’s Poetics, Kant’s Critique of cally examines such issues of ethnicity and architecture, music, etc.). Judgement, Hegel’s lectures on The race, family systems, affirmative action, and multiculturalism through the vehicle of Asian Fall, 3 credits, ABCF grading Philiosophy of Art, Adorno’s Aesthetic American studies. May be repeated for credit Theory, Collingwood’s Principles of Art, Langer’s Feeling and Form, Dewey’s Art as 3 credits, ABCF grading PHI 503 Theories of Ethnicity Experience, Heidegger’s “The Origin of the PHI 555 Perspectives on the Person This course focuses on the category of ethnic- Work of Art”, and Danto’s Transfiguration of The focus of this course will be the question ity. Using an inter-cultural, comparative, and the Commonplace. of how the results of current research are historical approach, it seeks to expose the stu- Fall, every year, 3 credits, ABCF grading related to our understanding of human devel- dent to the uses and misuses of this category. May be repeated for credit opment and whether they require us to The category of ethnicity will also be studied revise our understanding of what a person is. in conjunction with questions relating to indi- PHI 508 Contemporary Issues in the Arts Readings from classic philosophical texts, vidual identity, national, cultural, and With an eye on artworks accessible in the public sphere—museums, galleries, concerts, such as Plato, Locke, Kant, and from contem- civilizational identities. Ethnicity, like race porary research in philosophy, psychology, and gender, is one of the most fundamental readings, dance performances, film—philo- sophical questions will be raised: Why these and other relevant sciences will be used. markers of identity. Using interdisciplinary Offered as both CEI 587 and PHI 555 and comparative methods and perspectives, works now? How do they compare with their 3 credits, ABCF grading ethnicity’s role in the constitutions of identi- predecessors? What do they portend for the future of art? Visits to the sites and perform- ties will be studied. PHI 562 Concepts and Methods in Fall, 3 credits, ABCF grading ances of such works will be integrated into an ongoing discussion of the issues they raise Evolutionary Biology May be repeated for credit within the context of aesthetic theory—and The course aims at achieving two related what new theories they suggest. objectives: first, to provide graduate stu- PHI 504 Intersections of Race, Ethnicity, and dents in Ecology and Evolution, other biol- 3 credits, ABCF grading Gender ogy departments, as well as Philosophy, with This course, which is analogous to an honors May be repeated for credit a basic understanding of the varied methods (both experimental and statistical) that make senior seminar, seeks to integrate into a pro- PHI 509 Special Seminar in Aesthetics ductive dialogue the different methods, tradi- up the body of evolutionary quantitative biol- tions, and perspectives used to analyze race, This is an advanced seminar in aesthetics ogy. The focus will be in particular on quanti- ethnicity, and gender, while also juxtaposing that focuses on a single question that arises in tative genetics and its interface with more and comparing the similarities and differ- the philosophy of art. This question may be modern approaches, including QTL mapping, bioinformatics, and the various “omics” ences between them. The approach, as in the approached through the writings of a single author, or else by consulting texts of several (genomics, proteomics, etc.). Second, stu- whole program, will be interdisciplinary and thinkers (including practicing artists as well dents will become familiar with the funda- comparative. as philosophers). Examples of such questions mental concepts of philosophy of science, in Fall, 3 credits, ABCF grading would be: What is the place of form in art? particular as they relate to the conceptual May be repeated for credit How does emotion figure into the creation or analysis of the ideas that shape modern evo- appreciation of art? To be taught on the main lutionary and ecological theory. In this PHI 505 Core Course in Philosophy and the respect, the focus will be both on philosophi- campus by a regular faculty member. Ideally, Arts: History of Aesthetic Theory cal concepts such as falsificationism, induc- this course would be taken during the second tion, deduction, hypothesis testing, and the The basic course will investigate some of the year of master’s degree work at Stony Brook nature of evidence, as well as on the meaning most important and influential theories of art Manhattan. of key ideas in evolutionary ecology, like nat- in the West from Plato to the present. Fall, spring, every year, 3 credits, ABCF ural selection, genetic drift, and constraints. Readings and discussion in depth of major grading Spring, alternate years, 3 credits, figures will make up the content of the May be repeated for credit ABCF grading course: e.g., Plato, Aristotle, Kant, Hegel, Schopenhauer, Nietzche, Heidegger, PHI 521 Contemporary Moral Issues PHI 571 American Philosophy: Philosophical Collingwood, Langer, Merleau-Ponty, This examination of the radical nature of tra- Foundations of American Politics Dufrenne. The focus throughout will be on ditional moral theory in its contemporary Readings from Emerson, C.S. Peirce, G.H. central issues in aesthetics such as imitation, applications will look at the ideas of Mill, Mead, W. James, G. Santayana, J. Dewey, truth, beauty, expression, emotion, and imag- Kant, and Aristotle as variations on tradi- J.H. Randall, and J. Buchler will give the stu- ination. tional Judeo-Christian moral theory. dent a grasp of the classic American tradition Fall, and spring, every year, 3 credits, Students will write short papers on contem- in philosophy and the plural strands that go ABCF grading porary moral issues as these are portrayed in to make it up, such as: the turn from idealism May be repeated up to nine times for credit short fiction. to semioticism, neo-realism and critical real- 3 credits, ABCF grading ism, pragmatism and pragmaticism, the his- PHI 506 Art and Its Problems torical interest and the social interest, A consideration of basic problems in the PHI 535 Political Philosophy individualism and voluntarism, and the cen- creation and appreciation of art. What is the This course will take up classics of political trality of art and science in human affairs. creative process? Who is the artist? How is philosophy and discuss contemporary social 3 credits, ABCF grading

288 PHILOSOPHY

PHI 572 Oriental Philosophy PHI 604 Special Topics in the History of Contemporary Seminars 3 credits, ABCF grading Philosophy 3 credits, ABCF grading PHI 630 Seminar in Continental Philosophy PHI 575 Philosophy of Religion May be repeated for credit 3 credits, ABCF grading Several aspects of the Judeo-Christian tradi- tion raise philosophical questions worthy of PHI 631 Seminar in Analytic Philosophy further reflection and consideration. The first Interface Seminars 3 credits, ABCF grading is the relation of religious faith to other sorts of knowledge and commitment: is religious PHI 610 Philosophy and the Arts PHI 632 Seminar in Comparative Philosophy belief more like belief in scientific experts or 3 credits, ABCF grading 3 credits, ABCF grading more like belief in one's spouse? A second is what sort of God is worth believing in and PHI 611 Philosophy and Literature PHI 633 American Pragmatism and whether we can talk intelligibly about the 3 credits, ABCF grading Naturalism deity. The third is whether and how any God 3 credits, ABCF grading worth believing in could be compatible with PHI 612 Philosophy and Psychology the obvious ills of our world. Note: Ability to 3 credits, ABCF grading read and write material that is abstract and PHI 634 Eastern Philosophy complex, but rewarding. 3 credits, ABCF grading PHI 613 Philosophy and Politics 3 credits, ABCF grading 3 credits, ABCF grading PHI 635 Philosophy of Science and Logic PHI 576 Ethics and Values 3 credits, ABCF grading PHI 614 Philosophy and Linguistics 3 credits, ABCF grading 3 credits, ABCF grading PHI 636 Metaphysics PHI 582 Philosophy of Art 3 credits, ABCF grading PHI 615 Philosophy and Feminism The purpose of this course is to encourage 3 credits, ABCF grading students to explore and enrich their aesthetic PHI 637 Epistemology A study of selected conceptions of the nature, experience through reading, analyzing, dis- PHI 616 Philosophy and Technology cussing, and writing about various theories structure, and content of knowledge, as found put forth by philosophers in the western 3 credits, ABCF grading in classical and contemporary theories of tradition. Among topics to be considered are knowledge. representation, expression, form, the aesthetic PHI 617 Philosophy and Environmental 3 credits, ABCF grading attitude, beauty, taste, criticism and interpre- Studies tation of art, and the relation of art to other 3 credits, ABCF grading PHI 638 Philosophical Psychology areas of experience. The course does not 3 credits, ABCF grading assume previous familiarity with philosophy PHI 618 Philosophy and the Sciences or art; however, it does assume an intellectual 3 credits, ABCF grading PHI 639 Social and Political Philosophy commitment to the examination of difficult 3 credits, ABCF grading ideas. This course is offered as both CEI 573 PHI 619 Special Topics in Interface Studies and PHI 582. 3 credits, ABCF grading PHI 640 Ethics 3 credits, ABCF grading May be repeated for credit 3 credits, ABCF grading PHI 587 Directed Readings PHI 620 Advanced Problems in Philosophy PHI 641 Aesthetics 1-6 credits, ABCF grading 3 credits, ABCF grading 3 credits, ABCF grading May be repeated for credit PHI 588 Directed Research PHI 642 Philosophy of Religion 1-6 credits, ABCF grading PHI 621 Independent Study 3 credits, ABCF grading 1 to 12 credits, S/U grading PHI 590 Directed Readings May be repeated for credit PHI 643 Semiotics 1-6 credits, S/U grading 3 credits, ABCF grading PHI 622 Supervised Teaching PHI 595 Directed Research 3 credits, S/U grading PHI 644 Special Topics in Contemporary 1-6 credits, S/U grading Philosophy PHI 623 Teaching Practicum 3 credits, ABCF grading PHI 599 Master’s Thesis Research 3 credits, S/U grading May be repeated for credit 3 credits, ABCF grading May be repeated once for credit PHI 624 New York Consortium Study This course designation should be used by Dissertation Research students who enroll in seminars at participat- History of Philosophy Seminars ing universities of the New York Consortium PHI 699 Dissertation Research On Campus of Graduate Schools. No more than six cred- Prerequisite: Advancement to candidacy PHI 600 Ancient Philosophy its of consortium study (and none for first- (G5); major portion of research must take 3 credits, ABCF grading year students at Stony Brook) may count place on SB campus, at Cold Spring Harbor, toward the fulfillment of requirements in the PHI 601 Medieval and/or Renaissance doctoral program. or at Brookhaven National Lab Philosophy Prereguisite: Completion of first year in Fall, spring, and summer, 1-9 credits, S/U 3 credits, ABCF grading doctoral program (Philosophy) grading Fall, 1-4 credits, ABCF grading May be repeated for credit PHI 602 Modern Philosophy 3 credits, ABCF grading PHI 625 Prospectus Seminar PHI 700 Dissertation Research Off Campus– This seminar is taken by all doctoral students Domestic PHI 603 19th-Century Philosophy in the spring semester of their third year. The Prerequisite: Must be advanced to candidacy 3 credits, ABCF grading primary goal is to have each write a disserta- (G5); major portion of research will take tion proposal. place off campus, but in the U.S. and/or Spring, every year, 3 credits, S/U grading U.S. provinces (Brookhaven National Lab and Cold Spring Harbor Lab are considered

289 PHILOSOPHY on campus); all international students must enroll in one of the graduate student insurance plans and should be advised by an International Advisor Fall, spring, and summer, 1-9 credits, S/U grading May be repeated for credit PHI 701 Dissertation Research Off Campus– International Prerequisite: Must be advanced to candidacy (G5); major portion of research will take place outside the U.S. and/or U.S. provinces; domestic students have the option of the health plan and may also enroll in MEDEX; international students who are in their home country are not covered by mandatory health plan and must contact the Insurance Office for the insurance charge to be removed; international students who are not in their home country are charged for the mandatory health insurance (if they are to be covered by another insur- ance plan, they must file a waiver by the second week of classes; the charge will only be removed if the other plan is deemed com- parable); all international students must receive clearance from an International Advisor Fall, spring, and summer, 1-9 credits, S/U grading May be repeated for credit PHI 800 Full-Time Summer Research 0 credits, S/U grading May be repeated

290 PHYSICS AND ASTRONOMY

Physics and Astronomy (PHY)

Chair: Peter Koch, Physics Building Room P-110, (631) 632-8100 Graduate Program Director: Laszlo Mihaly, Physics Building Room P-107, (631) 632-8279 Assistant Graduate Program Director: Pat Peiliker, Physics Building Room P-106, (631) 632-8080

Degrees awarded: M.A. in Physics; M.S. in Physics in Scientific Instrumentation; Ph.D. in Physics

The Department of Physics and Under the umbrella of the New York Medical Physics, Chemical Physics, Astronomy in the College of Arts and Center for Computational Science Atmospheric and Climate Modeling, Sciences offers courses of study and (NYCCS), the Stony Brook Center for Materials Science, or Biophysics. research that normally lead to the Ph.D. Computational Science coordinates with The entire faculty participates in teach- degree. The M.A degree is awarded the Brookhaven Computational Science ing a rich curriculum of undergraduate, either to exchange students or to stu- Center (CSC) on their mission to graduate, and professional development dents on the way to the Ph.D. degree. A develop interdisciplinary computational courses, including many courses on special Master of Science in Scientific science at Stony Brook. It provides a topics of current interest. Graduate stu- Instrumentation program is provided focal point for the community of users of dents must fulfill one year of teaching. for those interested in instrumentation the new IBM BlueGene/L supercom- Course requirements are kept at a mini- for physical research. A Master of Arts puter, NY Blue. Faculty and staff make mum to allow the student to set up a flex- in Teaching program, from the School of use of many off-campus facilities includ- ible program. Students are encouraged to Professional Development, is available ing the Relativistic Heavy Ion Collider participate in research as early as possible for students seeking to teach physics in at BNL, the Fermilab Tevatron and to begin their thesis research no later high schools. Collider, the Large Hadron Collider at than the beginning of their third year. The Physics research is conducted in the CERN, neutrino facilities in Japan, the typical length of time to the Ph.D. is four areas of particle, nuclear, condensed Center for Functional Nanomaterials to six years, whereas the Master’s in matter, mesoscopic, nanoscale, device, and at BNL, and synchrotron light sources Scientific Instrumentation is a two-year atomic, molecular, and optical physics on at BNL, Argonne National Laboratory program that involves a thesis project in campus and at research facilities else- and Lawrence Berkeley National instrumentation design or development. where. Brookhaven National Laboratory Laboratory. The Department of Physics and (BNL), located only 20 miles away, offers Astronomical research is conducted on Astronomy has been highly ranked in many unique research opportunities. A both theoretical and observational top- national surveys for the quality of its number of institutes dedicated to spe- ics. The group uses DOE supercomput- graduate program, its faculty, and the cific fields of research are associated with ing facilities as well as an on-site impact of its published research. It the Department. The C.N. Yang Institute Beowulf cluster for extensive simula- strives to make a graduate education in for Theoretical Physics focuses on tions of astronomical objects and physics intellectually stimulating and research in fundamental theory such as nuclear astrophysical processes. educationally rewarding. particle theory, neutrino physics, string Observational research investigates Research Areas theory, supersymmetry, and statistical extragalactic and cosmological parame- mechanics. The Nuclear Theory ters, molecular clouds, stellar proper- Experimental High-Energy Physics Institute works on the theory of non- ties, star formation regions, and neutron The Stony Brook group has been in the perturbative quantum chromodynamics stars. Stony Brook is a member of the forefront of high-energy research at and the properties of hadronic matter. SMARTS consortium that operates a many premier facilities in the United A new Simons Center for Geometry set of telescopes at Cerro Tololo in Chile. States, Europe, and Japan. A large and Physics initatiated by a significant Faculty and students are also frequent effort is based on the Dfl experiment at private donation to the University is users of the National Optical Astronomy the Fermilab collider, currently the now in the planning stage. It will build Observatories, the National Radio highest energy accelerator in the world. on the historic close interaction Astronomy Observatories, the observa- The detector has been upgraded to seek between mathermaticians and physi- tories at Mauna Kea, and the millimeter new understanding of the top quark, to cists at Stony Brook. The Department wave facilities at FCRAO and IRAM. explore the mechanism of electroweak has a Tandem Van de Graaff accelerator They have also received extensive time symmetry breaking and search for the that after 40 years of nuclear research on space-based observatories, including Higgs boson, to study CP violation and is now being converted to educational, the Hubble Space Telescope. mixing in the b quark system, to probe training, and accelerator R&D efforts. There are additional research possibil- the strong QCD force in new regions, and The Institute for Terrestrial and ities for graduate students at Brook- to seek new phenomena such as super- Planetary Atmospheres at the School haven National Laboratory or Cold symmetry or extra spatial dimensions. of Marine and Atmospheric Sciences Spring Harbor Laboratory in various The group is also participating in the offers a program in atmospheric areas of physics not found in the ATLAS experiment at the CERN Large physics. The Center for Environmental Department. Students may also find Hadron Collider, expected to begin in Molecular Sciences enables study of opportunities in related disciplines at 2008, and has built components of its biological and environmental problems. Stony Brook in such programs as calorimeter and event selection electron-

291 PHYSICS AND ASTRONOMY ics. Our proximity to BNL continues to Experimental Nuclear Physics Atomic, Molecular, and Optical provide fruitful opportunities for The Stony Brook Relativistic Heavy Ion Physics and Quantum Electronics research. We are working to develop a Group studies collisions of large nuclei at Atomic, molecular, and optical physics 500 GeV e+e- linear collider at a site to be the highest available energies, with the and quantum electronics experimental determined. intent of elucidating the properties of the and theoretical studies focus on the The Stony Brook Nucleon Decay and quark-gluon plasma, a state in which interaction of light and matter under Neutrino group is involved in the Super- quarks and gluons become deconfined. widely different circumstances. We are Kamiokande, the K2K and the T2K The group is one of the founders of the exploring new topics in optical manipu- experiments in Japan. The Super- PHENIX experiment at BNL lation of atoms both in the quantum Kamiokande detector, located deep Relativistic Heavy Ion Collider. They (deBroglie) and the classical domains. underground in western Japan, detects are among the leading institutions in We can exert huge optical forces with neutrinos from the sun and neutrinos PHENIX having taken responsibility non-monochromatic light, create elec- produced in the upper atmosphere. In for the design and construction of trostatic forces on Rydberg atoms, and 1998, the experiment discovered neu- the focal plane of the Ring-Imaging produce delicate momentum changes trino oscillations in the atmospheric Cherenkov detector, the electronics with Raman transitions. We explore neutrino data with a far-reaching impact and mechanics of the PHENIX drift dark state physics, coherent control of in elementary particle physics. The chambers, the tracking software, and momentum exchange between atoms experiment also aims to detect neutrinos leadership of the overall analysis efforts and light fields, and entanglement from super-nova bursts. It is sensitive to of PHENIX data. This fruitful program between orthogonal spaces. The bound- a host of possible proton decay signals has included the first observations of jet ary between quantal and classical and has set the world’s best limits on the quenching phenomena and excess nucleon physics is especially interesting when proton decay. The K2K experiment is yield at high transverse momentum, the latter is chaotic. Some experiments the first successful long baseline neutrino both discovered by the Stony Brook have focused on hydrogen atoms excited oscillation experiment which confirmed group’s analysis of the PHENIX data. with energetic collisions and lasers into the discovery made by the Super- The group has also taken on the leader- highly excited states being driven by Kamiokande experiment on neutrino one or more carefully controlled ship role in the upgrade of PHENIX for oscillation and refined the measurement microwave fields strong enough to cause second-generation RHIC measurements. of the neutrino mixing using accelerator- ionization. In other experiments that A new effort to understand the composi- generated neutrino beams. Neutrinos use microwaves, carefully built macro- tion of nucleon spin was launched in 2004, were generated at the KEK laboratory scopic resonators are mathematically and the first results on the role of the glu- on the East Coast of Japan 250 km from equivalent to certain mesoscopic sys- ons in the nucleon's spin, obtained from Super-Kamiokande and sent to the tems of interest in low-temperature con- polarized proton collisions, have been Super-Kamiokande detector. The T2K densed-matter systems. Our recent published recently. The expected large experiment is an extension of this pro- experiments have focused on so-called increase in polarized proton luminosity, gram which will use neutrinos gener- ray-splitting phenomena. Modern laser along with the introduction of precision ated by the new JPARC accelerator. It technology allows pulses that are short silicon vertex detectors for heavy quark is the first approved experiment in the compared to molecular vibrational peri- physics (currently under development by world to specifically look for electron ods, so by careful choice of their spectral the group) will enable the group to neutrino appearance from muon neutri- content and phases, quantum chemistry nos, which will allow us to measure 1st address many interesting questions in the can be controlled. The process exploits and 3rd generation mixing. The group is field of nucleon spin in the coming years. learning and genetic algorithms that con- also leading an effort to build a next- Members of the spin group play leader- trol the behavior of fast modulators generation underground neutrino detec- ship roles in all aspects of the spin physics through sophisticated computing sys- tor, UNO, in the Henderson Mine in at RHIC, and in the planning of the new tems. Theoretical studies of Bose Empire, Colorado. Electron Ion Collider, currently under Einstein condensates (BEC) probe inter- The MARIACHI (Mixed Apparatus consideration by the U.S. nuclear physics esting new regimes of many-body for Radar Investigation of Cosmic-rays community. physics. A new laboratory now taking of High Ionization) project, developed Optical Sciences shape has produced BECs and will by physicists and high school teachers, explore BECs and correlated motion of utilizes an innovative technique—radar The optical sciences are among the most atoms in optical lattices. reflection from ionization—to detect and dynamic areas of physics with an impact study ultra high-energy cosmic rays. on contemporary life that will continue to Experimental Condensed Mesoscopic, MARIACHI integrates outreach educa- grow. Organized as an optics consortium, Nanoscale, and Device Physics tion with science and involves a diverse several groups in the Department share The Department is active in several key group of scientists, educators, and stu- an interest in optics and offer research areas of mesoscopic, nanoscale, and dents in its implementation. The scien- opportunities in atomic molecular and solid-state device physics, including tific scope of MARIACHI includes the optical physics, physics of optoelectronic quantum computing, single-electronics, study of meteors, lightning, and atmos- materials, and X-ray optics and molecular electronics, and nanoscale pheric phenomena that can be concur- microscopy. The Laser Teaching Center transistors. We have developed novel rently detected and recorded by their is a focus for the activities of many ultrafast superconducting digital devices radar reflections. student research projects. and integrated circuits based on magnetic

292 PHYSICS AND ASTRONOMY flux quantization, and single-electronic Atmospheric Research nomenological calculations and analyses devices using ultra-small tunnel junctions Atmospheric research may be carried of high-energy scattering experiments, with dimensions down to 30 nm. There is out within the Department and also with and the development of improved also an active program in solid-state and faculty in the Institute for Terrestrial theoretical methods for both quantum low-temperature physics. Areas of study and Planetary Atmospheres (ITPA). Our QCD (including nuclear scattering) and electroweak interactions. There is a include semiconductors, fullerenes, phase ground-based research based on meas- tradition in the study of neutrinos, now transitions in two-dimensional solids, urements of stratospheric trace gases led including analyses of masses and mixing integer and fractional quantum Hall to the first proof that the Antarctic “ozone hole” is caused by stratospheric in the light of contemporary data. effect, Wigner crystallization of the two- contamination from man-made chloro- Quantum field and string theories dimensional electron gas in semiconductor fluorocarbons. Stratospheric dynamics can supply a language for the description of heterostructures, electronic properties be studied by measuring the behavior of matter on the smallest scales. Super- of electron-hole systems, and electro- various inert tracers of transport, and symmetric and other field theoretic optic effects in quantum wells and chemistry-driven effects are studied by extensions of the standard model, super- superlattices. There is also a project to quantitative measurement of various gravity (which was discovered at Stony develop self-wiring “neuromorphic” species and their temporal and spatial Brook), and string theories are being computer architectures using a hybrid evolution. Research in the ITPA includes studied and developed, with attention to both their mathematical structures and of 50nm lithographic crossbars and advanced computer modeling or direct physical consequences. Of special interest molecular conductors as active circuit field studies of the chemistry and the are quantum mechanical descriptions elements. Projects at the National large scale and mesoscale dynamics of atmospheres, including radiative trans- of gravitation and its relations to other Synchrotron Light Source at BNL include fer through atmospheres (the “green- forces. Other directions of research powder diffraction studies on a wide house effect” and related phenomena), involve the complementary descriptions range of materials (ranging from malaria the atmospheric-ocean interchange, and of theories with weak and strong inter- pigment to intercalated fullerenes) and the use of isotopic composition to charac- actions, relying on modern techniques in exploring new methods of electron spin terize and monitor natural and anthro- mathematics, statistical mechanics, resonance by using the far-infrared syn- pogenic trace gas sources and sinks in the including exactly solvable models and chrotron light and superconducting earth’s atmosphere. Close interaction of quantum computing. Progress in statisti- magnets. A wide variety of modern students in the department with faculty cal mechanics, string and field theory is techniques for fabrication of samples is of the ITPA offers a way to participate facilitated by the many physical concepts and mathematical methods employed including molecular beam epi- actively in finding solutions to global- that they share. taxy, deposition of thin films by resistive scale atmospheric-environmental problems facing the world in the 21st century. The The broad range of topics and inter- and electron-gun evaporation and mag- Department of Environmental Sciences ests represented at the YITP encourages netron sputtering, and patterning of at BNL offers further opportunities fruitful interactions with the nuclear thin-film structures using optical lithog- for instrumentation development and and condensed matter theory groups, raphy and direct electron-beam writing. laboratory and field studies of atmos- the high-energy and nuclear experimen- pheric dynamics and related topics. tal groups, and other groups in the X-Ray Physics Departments of Physics and Astronomy, X rays have a wavelength short enough Yang Institute for Theoretical Physics Mathematics, and Applied Mathematics. that one can produce a high-resolution Research at the C.N. Yang Institute for Nuclear Theory focus and probe the structure of materi- Theoretical Physics addresses varied top- als at the atomic scale. The X-ray Optics ics of fundamental interest. The Institute Traditionally, nuclear theory was limited and Microscopy group carries out provides students of the Department to the study of properties of nuclei. research in developing high resolution the opportunity to carry on collabora- However, in the past decade this field X-ray optics (in partnership with the tive and independent research in a wide has broadened into the study of strong Center for Functional Nanomaterials range of areas in theoretical physics. interactions in general with applications to a wide range of phenomena such as at BNL), and using these optics for soft The currently known forces and parti- relativistic heavy ion collisions, the X-ray microscopy and spectroscopy cles of high-energy physics are referred properties of hadrons, and the interior studies of problems in biology and in to as the standard model, including of neutron stars. The primary goal of environmental science (the latter as part electroweak interactions and the theory of the strong interactions, quantum nuclear theory is to understand strong of a Center for Environmental Molecular chromodynamics (QCD). The leading interactions starting from quantum Science at Stony Brook). The group questions of high-energy and elementary chromodynamics (QCD), the underlying is also developing X-ray imaging particle physics emerge from unanswered microscopic theory. We address this beyond the resolution limit of lenses questions raised by the standard model. problem in two different ways. First, by reconstructing diffraction data from Among these are the origins of electro- to make contact with experiment, we non-crystalline specimens. Our research weak symmetry breaking and of the pat- construct and analyze phenomenological primarily makes use of the National terns of particle masses. QCD is a unique models. We investigate effective theo- Synchrotron Light Source at BNL, but testing ground for quantum field theory ries for the description of hadrons at low also synchrotron sources at Argonne because of its highly energy-dependent energy; have understood the pion wind National Laboratory and Lawrence interactions. Recent and ongoing studies in relativistic heavy ion collisions in Berkeley National Laboratory. in particle physics include detailed phe- terms of relativistic hydrodynamics; are

293 PHYSICS AND ASTRONOMY world experts in many body theory, active research into one- and two- these first revealed the existence of which relates the properties of nuclei to dimensional systems where exact math- giant molecular clouds. Current research the nucleon-nucleon interaction; and ematical calculations can be made. focuses on determining the star formation apply our insights to problems in astro- These include studies of phase transi- rates in these clouds and producing high- physics such as the structure of the inte- tions, solitons, and spin diffusion. The resolution maps of the star-forming cores, rior of neutron stars and the formation effort spans the range from quantum and uses both infrared and millimeter of black holes. Second, we analyze QCD field theory to computer studies. wave observatories, including IRAS and as a quantum field theory from different the IRAM 30-meter antenna, the world’s perspectives and under different and Accelerator and Beam Physics most powerful millimeter wave antenna. extreme conditions. We are particularly Research in accelerator physics is being Extragalactic mapping of interstellar interested in nonperturbative phenom- carried out at Stony Brook and in sev- molecules like CO and CS is performed to ena and answer questions such as: Why eral departments at nearby Brookhaven understand the role played by giant do nucleons exist? What are the proper- National Laboratory. The research molecular clouds in star formation and the ties of the vacuum? What is the phase of covers theoretical and experimental evolution of spiral galaxies. Recently, QCD at high temperature and baryon aspects of circular and linear accelera- CS emission has been detected in the density? What are the properties of the tors as well as interaction of particle luminous infrared galaxy Arp220, indicat- quark-gluon plasma that might be beams with electromagnetic radiation, ing the existence of 10 billion solar masses observed in high-energy nuclear colli- including free electron lasers. The experi- of dense molecular gas and extensive sions? Is QCD at high baryon density mental facilities include the BNL star formation. Mappings are also used superconducting? The methods we use Alternating Gradient Synchrotron, the to understand the effects of galaxy colli- to answer these questions are from National Synchrotron Light Source, and sions on star formation and the starburst many areas of quantum field theory and the Relativistic Heavy-Ion Collider, also phenomenon. statistical mechanics. Examples include with work on radio-frequency supercon- the analysis of the statistical mechanics ducting accelerators and energy recovery Nuclear Astrophysics of instantons, development of a semi- linacs. Research is also being conducted Nuclear astrophysics research focuses classical theory of high-energy scatter- on facilities such as the high-brightness on thermonuclear and core-collapse ing, interpretation of gauge field Accelerator Test Facility, including inves- supernovae, neutron stars, and X-ray fluctuations in terms of random matrix tigations in high-gradient acceleration, bursts, on the physics of dense matter, theory, and finite temperature quantum generation of high-brightness beams, and and on the development and verification field theory. Our work has both bene- free-electron lasers. Ph.D. and M.S.I. and validation of algorithms for modeling fited from and influenced large-scale research at BNL may be arranged through these systems. Numerical simulations of Monte-Carlo simulations of lattice QCD the Center for Accelerator Physics. these explosive events are carried out by groups around the world. with grant support from DOE and using Astronomy and Astrophysics DOE and NASA supercomputing facili- Condensed Matter Theory Cosmology and Extragalactic ties nationwide. This work continues a and Statistical Mechanics Astronomy long tradition of computational astro- In the last decade, new conceptual and The cosmological and extragalactic effort physics at Stony Brook, including the computational tools have led to major combines theoretical and observational modeling of supernovae and proto- changes in our understanding of con- research to understand galaxy forma- neutron stars spectacularly confirmed by densed matter systems. Recent work at tion and evolution, and the development neutrino observations from 5N1987A. Stony Brook has focuses on quantum of large-scale structure in the universe. Other active areas of research are neutron mechanical effects (i.e., superconductiv- Theoretical efforts are aimed at inter- star structure and cooling, including the ity) on a macroscopic scale, quantum preting the density structures uncov- effects of composition and superfluidity, computing, collective phenomena in low- ered by redshift surveys and have and compact object mergers. Models for dimensional solids (i.e., high-tempera- resulted in the determination of the the dense matter equation of state ture superconductors), the quantum gravitational field out to 0.5 billion light developed by Stony Brook are used Hall effect, properties of mesoscopic years. N-body hydrodynamics simula- worldwide. metals such as correlated tunneling and tions of the large-scale structure are Astronomers at Stony Brook have dis- single-electron charging effects, and compared to the fast-growing body of covered a nearby neutron star and meas- properties of nanoscale matter such as data of large-scale field flows and the ured its distance, temperature, and age. electronic properties of nanowires, sin- cosmic background radiation. Our obser- A major goal is to determine the radii of gle-molecule electronics, and solar vational efforts have focused on quasar neutron stars combining calculations of energy applications. Computer simula- absorption lines, which have revealed neutron star atmospheres (employing tion of solids and liquids (including extensive galactic halos, and on the various compositions and magnetic problems involving interfaces, surfaces, Hubble Deep field, in which the most fields) with optical and X-ray observa- amorphous states, nanocrystals and distant objects in the universe have tions (from Hubble, CHANDRA, XMM, molecules) is being performed with den- been found. and other instruments) of this and other sity-functional theory and other theo- neutron stars. retical methods using both a local, Millimeter Wave Astronomy and Modeling of thermonuclear explosions, dedicated computer cluster and the new Interstellar Molecular Clouds including Type Ia supernovae and X-ray IBM BlueGene/L supercomputer. In Stony Brook is involved in millimeter bursts, is also a major topic of research. statistical mechanics there is very CO surveys in the galactic plane; in 1977 Both the early stages and the explosion

294 PHYSICS AND ASTRONOMY itself are being investigated with a range may be chosen from participating mem- Grannis, Paul D., Emeritus, Ph.D., 1965, of simulation codes developed by Stony bers of the cooperating programs. University of California, Berkeley: Experimental Brook astrophysicists in association with A student in one of these programs high-energy physics. researchers at DOE labs and other uni- who expects to receive a Ph.D. from a Jacak, Barbara, Spokesperson of the PHENIX versities. Due to the complexity of the cooperating program should consult that Collaboration since 2006, Ph.D., 1984, algorithms used in our research, verifica- program’s section in this bulletin for Michigan State University: Experimental nuclear physics; relativistic heavy ions. tion and validation of our simulation degree requirements. The cooperating codes is also an active area of research. programs are Biophysics: Department Kirz, Janos, Emeritus, Ph.D., 1963, University of California, Berkeley: X-ray optics and This process is done in participation with of Pharmacological Sciences and microscopy; synchrotron radiation. collaborations at the DOE labs. Department of Physiology and Likharev, Kostantine K., Ph.D., 1979, Moscow Biophysics; and Chemical Physics: Star Formation and Stellar State University, Russia: Mesoscopic physics. Department of Chemistry. Astronomy McCoy, Barry M.,1 Ph.D., 1967, Harvard Star formation research focuses on low- Admission University: Theoretical physics; statistical mass pre-main sequence (PMS) evolu- mechanics. For admission to graduate study in tion and the true initial mass function. Shuryak, Edward, Ph.D., 1974, Institute Physics and Astronomy the following, This research has demonstrated that of Nuclear Physics, Novosibirsk, Russia: in addition to the minimum Graduate most PMS stars are not T-Tauri objects Theoretical nuclear physics. School requirements, are required: and also that most are in binary sys- Sprouse, Gene D., Editor in Chief, American tems. We study the early evolution of A. A bachelor’s degree in physics or a Physical Society, Ph.D., 1968, Stanford PMS stars, measure their masses, and closely related field from an accredited University: Atomic and nuclear spectroscopy with trapped radioactive atoms. probe the structure and composition of institution; their circumstellar disks using state-of- Sterman, George,1 Director of Yang Institute for the-art optical, infrared, and millimeter- B. A minimum grade average of B in Theoretical Physics, Ph.D., 1974, University of wave techniques from the ground and all undergraduate coursework, and B or Maryland: Theoretical physics. space. We participate in a space inter- better in the sciences and mathematics; Van Nieuwenhuizen, Peter,1 Ph.D., 1971, University of Utrecht, Netherlands: Theoretical ferometry project to study the earliest C. Submission of the Graduate physics; quantum field theory. epochs of planet formation. We are Record Examination (GRE) General actively investigating the environments Test (the Physics GRE subject test is Distinguished Service Professor of the pre-main sequence stars, using also recommended); Paul, Peter, Emeritus, Ph.D., 1959, University CHANDRA and XMM, to study the of Freiburg, Germany: Experimental nuclear 7 10 K coronal gas, and using FUSE and D. Admission by the Department physics. the Hubble Space Telescope to study the of Physics and Astronomy and the stellar chromospheres, the accretion Graduate School. Distinguished Teaching Professors process, and circumstellar molecular Hemmick, Thomas, Ph.D., 1989, University of In special cases, a student not meeting hydrogen. We also study the outer Rochester: Experimental nuclear physics; rela- requirement A (or, in unusual cases, atmospheres and the coronal and tivistic heavy ions. requirement B) may be admitted on chromospheric activity of older cool Metcalf, Harold J., Ph.D., 1967, Brown a provisional basis, without financial stars using optical, ultraviolet, and University: Atomic physics; laser cooling support. Upon admission, the student and trapping; atom optics; precision stark X-ray spectra obtained from the ground spectroscopy; lasers and optics. and space observatories. will be informed of the requirements that must be satisfied for termination Professors of provisional status. Doctoral Programs with Allen, Philip B. Ph.D., 1969, University of Retention of students in subsequent California, Berkeley: Theoretical condensed Concentrations in Biophysics years will depend on satisfactory matter physics. and Chemical Physics academic progress. Aronson, Meigan, Ph.D., 1988, University of The Department of Physics and Illinois at Urbana: Experimental condensed Astronomy participates in two Ph.D. cur- Faculty matter. ricula in cooperation with other pro- Einstein Professor Averin, Dmitrii V., Ph.D., 1987, Moscow State University, Russia: Theoretical condensed grams. The basic degree requirements Yang, Chen Ning,1 Emeritus, Ph.D., 1948, matter physics. for a student enrolled in one of these pro- University of Chicago: Theoretical physics; field grams are the same as those for other theory; statistical mechanics; particle physics. Courant, Ernest D.,1 Emeritus, Ph.D., 1943, students in physics. He or she will usu- University of Rochester: Theoretical physics; University Professor ally be advised to take one or more high-energy accelerator design. Marburger, John H., Science Advisor to the courses in the cooperating program. The DeZafra, Robert L., Emeritus, Ph.D., 1958, President and Director of the Office of Science University of Maryland: Atmospheric sciences; written part of the preliminary (compre- and Technology Policy, Ph.D., 1966, Stanford hensive) examination is the same as for remote sensing, stratospheric dynamics, and University: Laser theory. trace constituent measurements; millimeter- other physics students; the oral part will wave spectroscopy. ordinarily be on topics in biophysics or Distinguished Professors Drees, Klaus Axel, Ph.D., 1989, University of chemical physics. Subject to the approval Brown, Gerald E., Ph.D., 1950, Yale University: Theoretical physics; the many-body problem. Heidelberg, Germany: Experimental nuclear of the chairs of the two programs physics; relativistic heavy ions. involved, the student’s research advisor

295 PHYSICS AND ASTRONOMY

Engelmann, Roderich, Ph.D., 1966, University Rijssenbeek, Michael, Ph.D., 1979, University Peterson, Deane M., Ph.D., 1968, Harvard of Heidelberg, Germany: Experimental of Amsterdam, Netherlands: Experimental University: Stellar atmospheres; radiative high-energy physics. high-energy physics. transfer; optical interferometry; stellar imaging.

1 Feingold, Arnold, Emeritus, Ph.D., 1952, Rocek, Martin, Ph.D., 1979, Harvard Assistant Professors Princeton University: Theoretical nuclear physics. University: Theoretical physics: supersymmetry and supergravity. Calder, Alan, Ph.D., 1997, Vanderbilt Finocchiaro, Guido, Emeritus, Ph.D., 1957, University: Observational astronomy. University of Catania, Italy: Experimental Shrock, Robert,1 Ph.D., 1975, Princeton Dawber, Matthew, Ph.D., 2003, Cambridge high-energy physics. University: Theoretical physics; gauge theories; statistical mechanics. University: Experimental condensed matter Goldhaber, Alfred S.,1 Ph.D., 1964, Princeton 1 physics. University: Theoretical physics; nuclear theory; Siegel, Warren, Ph.D., 1977, University Deshpande, Abhay, Ph.D., 1995, Yale particle physics. of California, Berkeley: Theoretical physics; strings. University: Nucleon spin and heavy ion physics. Goldman, Vladimir J., Ph.D., 1985, University Durst, Adam, Ph.D., 2002, Massachusetts of Maryland: Experimental condensed matter Simon, Michal, Ph.D., 1967, Cornell Institute of Technology: Theoretical condensed physics. University: Infrared astronomy; physics of the interstellar medium; star formation; matter physics. Gurvitch, Michael, Ph.D., 1978, Stony Brook solar astronomy. Fernandez-Serra, Maria, Ph.D., 2005, University: Experimental condensed matter Smith, John,1 Ph.D., 1963, University of Cambridge University: Theoretical condensed physics. Edinburgh, Scotland: Theoretical physics; matter physics. Jacobsen, Chris, Undergraduate Program elementary particle physics. Perez, Gilad,1 Ph.D., 2003, Weizmann Institute Director, Ph.D., 1988, Stony Brook University: Stephens, Peter W., Ph.D., 1978, of Science: Theoretical physics. X-ray microscopy and holography. Massachusetts Institute of Technology: Rastelli, Leonardo,1 Ph.D., 2000, Jung, Chang Kee, Ph.D., 1986, Indiana Experimental condensed matter physics. Massachusetts Institute of Technology: University: Experimental high-energy physics. Swartz, Clifford E., Emeritus, Ph.D., 1951, String theory. Kahn, Peter B., Emeritus, Ph.D., 1960, University of Rochester: Experimental high- Schneble, Dominik A, Ph.D., 2002, University Northwestern University: Theoretical physics; energy physics; school curriculum revision. of Konstanz: Experimental atomic physics; nonlinear dynamics. Verbaarschot, Jac, Ph.D., 1982, University ultracold quantum gases. Koch, Peter M., Chair, Ph.D., 1974, Yale of Utrecht, Netherlands: Theoretical nuclear Teaney, Derek, Ph.D., 2001, Stony Brook University: Experimental atomic physics; physics. University: Nuclear theory. quantum chaos; nonlinear dynamics. Walter, Fredrick M., Ph.D., 1981, University Weinacht, Thomas, Ph.D., 2000, University Korepin, Vladimir,1 Ph.D., 1977, Leningrad of California, Berkeley: Stellar astrophysics, of Michigan: Quantum optics and atomic physics. University, Russia: Theoretical physics. including X-ray optical and infrared photometry and spectroscopy; RS CV objects; pre-main Zingale, Michael A., Ph.D., 2000, University of Kuo, Thomas T.S., Ph.D., 1964, University of sequence objects. Chicago: Computational astrophysics. Pittsburgh: Nuclear theory. Weisberger, William,1 Emeritus, Ph.D., 1961, Lanzetta, Kenneth M., Ph.D., 1988, University Research Faculty MIT: Theoretical physics. of Pittsburgh: Formation and evolution of Patel, Vijay, Ph.D., 2001 Stony Brook galaxies; evolution of the intergalactic medium. Yahil, Amos, Ph.D., 1970, California Institute University: Experimental condensed matter of Technology: Galaxies; clusters of galaxies; physics. Lattimer, James M., Ph.D., 1976, University physical cosmology; accretion processes; stellar of Texas: Nuclear, nutrino, and high-energy collapse; supernovae; nuclear astrophysics. Semenov, Vasili, Ph.D., 1975, Moscow State astrophysics; supernovae, neutron stars, dense University, Russia: Experimental condensed Zahed, Ismail, Ph.D., 1983, Massachusetts matter; grain formation; isotopic anomalies in matter physics. Institute of Technology: Theoretical nuclear meteorites. physics. Swesty, Douglas F., Ph.D., 1993, Stony Brook Lee, Linwood L., Emeritus, Ph.D., 1955, Yale University: Computational and nuclear University: Experimental nuclear physics. Associate Professors astrophysics. Lukens, James, Ph.D., 1968, University of Abanov, Alexander, Ph.D., 1997, University of Yanagisawa, Chiaki, Ph.D., 1981, University of California, San Diego: Experimental condensed Chicago: Theoretical condensed matter Tokyo, Japan: Experimental high-energy physics. matter physics. physics. Adjunct Faculty Marx, Michael D., Ph.D., 1974, Massachusetts Evans, Aaron, Ph.D., 1996, University of Abbamonte, Peter, Ph.D., 1999, University Institute of Technology: Experimental high- Hawaii: Near-infrared and millimeter-wave astronomy; evolution and collisions of galaxies. of Illinois: Condensed matter physics. energy physics. Gonzalez-Garcia,1 Concha, Ph.D., 1991, Aronson, Samuel, Director of Brookhaven McCarthy, Robert L., Ph.D., 1971, University Universidad de Valencia, Spain: Theoretical National Laboratory, Ph.D, 1968, Princeton of California, Berkeley: Experimental high- elementary particle physics. University: Experimental nuclear physics. energy physics. Graf, Erlend H., Ph.D., 1967, Cornell University: Ben-Zvi, Ilan, Ph.D., 1967, Weizmann McGrath, Robert L., Vice President for Experimental low-temperature physics. Institute, Israel: Accelerator and beam physics. Brookhaven Affairs, Ph.D., 1965, University of Iowa: Experimental nuclear physics. Hobbs, John, Ph.D., 1991, University of Bergeman, Thomas, Ph.D., 1971, Harvard Chicago: Experimental high-energy physics. University: Theoretical atomic physics; interac- Mendez, Emilio E., Director, Center for tion of light and matter; laser cooling; Bose Functional Nanomaterials, BNL., Ph.D., 1979, McGrew, Clark, Ph.D., 1994, University of Massachusetts Institute of Technology: California Irvine: Experimental high-energy condensation. Experimental condensed matter physics. physics. Creutz, Michael,1 Ph.D., 1970, Stanford Mihaly, Laszlo, Graduate Program Director, Mould, Richard A., Emeritus, Ph.D., 1957, University: Lattice gauge theory. Ph.D., 1977, Eotvos Lorand University, Yale University: Theoretical physics; general Davenport, James, Ph.D., 1976, University of Budapest, Hungary: Experimental condensed relativity; quantum theory of measurements. Pennsylvania: Theoretical condensed matter matter physics. physics.

296 PHYSICS AND ASTRONOMY

Dawson, Sally,1 Ph.D., 1981, Harvard Degree Requirements laboratory for at least one semester University: High-energy theory. Requirements for the M.A. Degree (being a TA in PHY 445 may satisfy the Dierker, Steven, Ph.D., 1983, University of requirement of taking the second Illinois: Experimental solid state physics. in Physics semester of graduate lab [PHY 516]); A. Satisfactory performance in a pro- DiMauro, Louis, Ph.D., Experimental atomic E. Thirty credits (minimum) of physics. gram of studies (30 graduate credits) approved by the Department; normally graduate courses (500 level or above), Forman, Miriam, Ph.D., 1972, Stony Brook including a minor project and a master’s University: Cosmic rays. such a program would include graduate seminars, classical mechanics, electro- thesis are required. This thesis must Geller, Marvin, Ph.D., 1969, Massachusetts dynamics, and quantum mechanics; describe a major piece of work in Institute of Technology: Atmospheric physics. scientific instrumentation and must be Johnson, Peter, Ph.D., 1978, Warwick B. Minimum grade point average in a form acceptable to the Graduate University: Experimental solid state physics. of 3.0 in all graduate courses taken at School. It need not be original research Kao, Chi-Chang, Ph.D., 1988, Cornell Stony Brook; in the same sense as a Ph.D. thesis, University: Condensed matter physics. C. Either passing the graduate com- but it should be the result of an effort consistent with a full year of full-time Ku, Wei, Ph.D., 2000, University of Tennessee: prehensive examination at the master’s work. The thesis should present an Theoretical condensed matter physics. level or completion of a master’s project. Lee-Franzini, Juliet, Ph.D., 1960, Columbia improvement of the state of the art in University: Experimental high-energy physics. some area, the development of a sophis- Requirements for the M.S. Degree ticated and/or automated apparatus, or Litvinenko, Vladimir, Ph.D., 1989, Institute with Specialization in Scientific some other significant laboratory project, of Nuclear Physics, Novosibirsk, Russia: Instrumentation (MSI) Accelerator physics and free electron lasers. and be defended before a committee; A candidate for the master’s degree Maslov, Sergei, Ph.D., 1996, Stony Brook with concentration in instrumentation F. Students shall work as teaching University: Theoretical condensed matter assistants in an undergraduate will be required to demonstrate a physics. laboratory for at least one semester; certain level of knowledge of physics Peggs, Steven, Ph.D., 1981, Cornell (by written and/or oral examination), G. Students shall acquire those tech- University: Accelerator physics. to take certain required and elective nical skills deemed necessary by their Sayre, David, Ph.D., 1951, Oxford University: courses, and to complete both a major thesis supervisors. These must include, X-ray physics. and minor project. The curriculum is but are not limited to, machining Sivaramakrishnan, Anand, Ph.D., 1983, designed to meet the needs of students capability and computer literacy. University of Texas at Austin: Astronomical learning about the design, construction, adaptive optics. Each student will be assigned a and testing of sophisticated instrument committee of three faculty members Spira, Robert, Physics high school teacher. systems. The degree holder will not be and will be required to meet frequently Svoboda, Karel, Ph.D., 1994, Harvard a super-technician but a professional with them. It is expected that close University: Experimental biophysics. scientist trained in both physics and communication among all the faculty Takai, Helio, Ph.D., 1986, Rio de Janeiro: measurement techniques. and students involved will foster Experimental particle and heavy ion physics. A. A student shall demonstrate spirit, expose problems, and generally Tolpygo, Sergei, Ph.D., 1984, Institute of Solid proficiency in undergraduate physics contribute to success. State Physics of the Russian Academy of at the level of the courses PHY 335 Sciences: Mesoscopic physics. For further information on (Junior Laboratory I) and 405 this program, contact Professor Tsvelik, Alexei, Ph.D., 1980, Kurchatov (Advanced Quantum Physics). Students Institute of Atomic Energy, Moscow, Russia: Harold Metcalf. need to have demonstrated knowledge Theoretical condensed matter physics. in two of three areas: Nuclear and 1 Vogelsang, Werner, Ph.D., 1993, University of Particle Physics (covered in PHY 431), Requirements for the Ph.D. Degree Dortmund: Theory YITP. Condensed Matter Physics (PHY 472), A. Completion of the following core Zhu, Yimei, Ph.D., 1987, Nagoya University: or Laser and Atomic Physics (PHY courses with a grade of B or better: Condensed matter physics. 452). This can be done (1) by acceptance 501, 505, 506, 511, 512, 540. A student Affiliated Faculty by the Master’s in Scientific can skip one or more of these courses Wang, Jin, Ph.D., 1991, University of Illinois, Instrumentation Committee of courses by sufficiently good performance in Biology of physics. taken as an undergraduate, (2) by the corresponding parts of a placement written examination, or (3) by passing examination given at the beginning of Number of teaching, graduate, and research the courses appropriate to a student’s each fall semester; assistants, Fall 2007: 183 background; B. Completion of required courses; 1) Member, C.N. Yang Institute for Theoretical Physics B. A course about research instru- each of the courses listed below must mentation (PHY 514); be passed with a minimum grade of B: C. Two semesters each of graduate 1. PHY 598 and PHY 599 Graduate lab (PHY 515, 516) and graduate Seminars. These courses are normally seminar (PHY 598, 599); taken during the first year of graduate study, one per semester in either order. D. Students shall work as teaching assistants in an undergraduate 2. PHY 515 Methods of Experimental

297 PHYSICS AND ASTRONOMY

Research. This course must be taken PHY 504 Methods of Mathematical Physics II PHY 515 Methods of Experimental Research I not later than the fourth semester of A selection of advanced mathematical tech- An experimental course required for all grad- residence. niques useful for physicists. Topics are uate students. The goal of the course is to selected from: integral equations, group theory, provide firsthand experience with the nature 3. Two advanced courses, each in an conformal field theory, advanced statistics, of experimental work. For students oriented area outside that of the student’s thesis stochastic methods, modern geometry, topol- toward theory, the course gives a background ogy, Green functions, variational calculus. This for reading and evaluating experimental research, chosen from a list of courses course is offered to graduate students with papers. The course is based on classic approved for this purpose. special interest in mathematical methods. measurements in nuclear, particle, atomic, Fall and spring, 3 credits, ABCF grading condensed matter physics, and astronomy. C. Passing of the written comprehen- Students can gain experience in handling sive examination. This is offered at PHY 505 Classical Electrodynamics I cryogenic liquids, vacuum systems, lasers, the beginning of each semester and First course in a two-part sequence. pulse counting and coincidence methods, generally draws from courses beyond Electrostatics and magneostatics in vacuum resonance measurements, and electronic the core listed in paragraph A above. and matter; electromagnetic induction, instrumentation, such as lock-in amplifiers, Maxwell’s equations and gauge invariance; particle detectors, coincidence counters, It must be passed in the student’s computer control, etc. Numerical analysis of fourth semester of study at Stony electromagnetic waves. Additional topics as time permits. Vector analysis, eigenfunction data, presentation of results in written, Brook or earlier; expansions, and Green functions will be intro- graphic, and oral form, and meaningful com- duced and used. parison of experiments and theory are part of D. Passing an oral examination on the course. Working alone or with, at most, Fall, 3 credits, ABCF grading a broad range of topics relevant to one partner, each student must do one exper- the student’s intended area of thesis PHY 506 Classical Electrodynamics II iment from each of four different groups. 3 credits, ABCF grading research. The oral examination should Second course in a two-part sequence. be passed before the beginning of the Maxwell’s equations are applied to electro- May be repeated for credit fifth semester of residency. magnetic waves in materials and at interfaces PHY 517 Laboratory Course in Astronomical between media. Electromagnetic radiation Techniques E. Acceptance of graduate student by moving charges. Special relativity. A course designed to introduce the theory, Additional topics as time permits. by an advisor for thesis work; design, and operation of modern astronomical Spring, 3 credits, ABCF grading instrumentation and to familiarize the F. Teaching experience at least equiv- student with the use of telescopes. Current alent to that obtained in a one-year PHY 510 Introduction to Nonlinear Dynamics astronomical techniques will be discussed appointment as a teaching assistant, This course concentrates on developing the with emphasis on methods of observational usually carried out in the first year; tools used to analyze models of dynamical measurements and reduction of data. systems associated with physical phenomena, Emphasis is given on optical techniques G. Advancement to candidacy for the such as coupled electrical mechanical, chemi- appropriate for wavelengths shorter than Ph.D. The Department’s recommenda- cal, and biological oscillators, amplitude one micron. Extensive laboratory and equations, symplectic maps, etc. There is tion to the Graduate School for advance- observing exercises may be expected. a discussion of the basic theorems, as well Spring, alternate years, 3 credits, ment to candidacy is based on the as methods used to derive perturbation ABCF grading satisfactory completion of all require- solutions for differential equations and maps ments listed above; using the method of normal forms. PHY 521 Stars Fall or spring, 3 credits, ABCF grading A study of the atmospheres, interiors, and H. Research, dissertation, and evolution of stars. The contact between the- passing the dissertation examination; PHY 511 Quantum Mechanics I ory and observations is emphasized. Stellar First course in a two-part sequence. Topics atmospheres in hydrostatic and radiative I. At least one year of residence. include basic quantum physics and mathemati- equilibrium described. Models for the calcula- cal apparatus; application to one-dimensional tion of stellar spectra are discussed. Stellar Courses examples and simple systems. Symmetries, winds are studied. Next, theoretical studies angular momentum, and spin. Additional of stellar interiors and evolution, including topics as time permits. equations of state, energy transport, and PHY 501 Classical Mechanics Fall, 3 credits, ABCF grading nuclear energy generation, are developed. Analytical classical mechanics including Structures of main sequence, red giant, Lagrangian and Hamiltonian formulations PHY 512 Quantum Mechanics II pre-main sequence, and white dwarves are and the Hamilton-Jacoby theory. Variational Second course in a two-part sequence, studied and compared to observations. The principles, symmetries, and conservative laws. covering variational principles, perturbation evolution of single stars up to supernovae and Selected advanced problems such as paramet- theory, relativistic quantum mechanics, the peculiar evolution of close binary systems ric and nonlinear oscillations, planetary quantization of the radiation field, many-body are also studied. motion, classical theory of scattering, rigid body rotation, and deterministic chaos. Basic systems. Application to atoms, solids, nuclei Fall, alternate years, 0-3 credits, notions of elasticity theory and fluid dynamics. and elementary particles, as time permits. ABCF grading Fall, 3 credits, ABCF grading Spring, 3 credits, ABCF grading PHY 522 Interstellar Medium PHY 503 Methods of Mathematical Physics I PHY 514 Current Research Instruments A study of the interstellar medium with A selection of mathematical techniques use- In a series of distinct units, various members emphasis on physical processes. Topics include ful for physicists. Topics are selected from: of the experimental research faculty describe kinetic theory, equation of transfer, spectral linear algebra, complex variables, differential the nature of their work, explain the major lines, non-thermal emission, ionization effects equations, asymptotic analysis, special func- principles of their laboratory instruments, of dust, and formation and spectroscopy of tions, boundary value problems, integral discuss how these instrument systems func- molecular clouds. The components of the inter- transforms, perturbation theory as applied to tion, and conduct tours of their laboratories stellar medium and the interactions between linear and nonlinear systems. This course showing the apparatus in action. The student them are discussed in detail, as well as the should be taken by entering graduate stu- becomes familiar with most of the experimental process of star formation. dents seeking enrichment in these areas. research instrumentation in the Department. Spring, alternate years, 0-3 credits, Fall and spring, 3 credits, ABCF grading Fall or spring, 3 credits, S/U grading ABCF grading

298 PHYSICS AND ASTRONOMY

PHY 523 Galaxies Fluctuations in thermal equilibrium, fluctua- interactions. Interactions at high energies. A basic course on the observational and theo- tion-dissipation theorem, brief review of Interactions between particles and matter, retical aspects of the content, morphology, non-equilibrium fluctuations. Basic notions experiments in particle and experimental kinematics, and dynamics of galaxies. Topics of ergodicity, classical, and quantum chaos. results. Survey of particle accelerators. include the size, shape, and location of the sun Spring, 0-3 credits, ABCF grading Fall or spring, 0-3 credits, ABCF grading in the Milky Way; stellar populations; the disk and spheroidal components; galactic PHY 541 Advanced Statistical Mechanics PHY 562 Lasers and Modern Optics rotation; distance determination in the Milky Topics are selected from cluster expansions, Introduction to the theory of lasters includ- Way and to external galaxies; galaxy classifi- elementary theory of quantum fluids, phase ing resonance conditions, normal modes, cation and the Hubble Law. Theoretical top- transitions, transfer matrix, Ising and ferro- optical cavities, and elementary quantum ics center on stellar dynamics, including electric models, polymers and membranes, mechanics. Description of types of lasers, potential theory; stellar orbits; and spiral disordered systems, and fluctuation and non- methods of control, limitations of power, pre- structure. The course also includes a brief equilibrium phenomena. cision, wavelength, etc. Applications to introduction to cosmology. Fall, 0-3 credits, ABCF grading research and industry. Throughout the course, Fall, alternate years, 0-3 credits, there will be many problems that involve writ- ABCF grading PHY 551 Nuclear Physics I ing computer programs to solve simple differ- Nucleon structure, conservation laws, and ential equations and model different aspects of PHY 524 Cosmology the static quark model; nuclear force and the laser operation. Not for satisfying physics A basic course on cosmology: Hubble expan- two nucleon system; bulk properties of Ph.D. breadth course requirements. sion, Friedmann universes, age of the uni- nuclear matter, charge distribution, spin, Fall, every year, 0-3 credits, ABCF grading verse, microwave background radiation, isospin, mass, alpha decay, nuclear fission; big-bang nucleosynthesis, inflation, growth electromagnetic and weak interaction; collec- PHY 565 Quantum Electronics I: of gravitational instabilities and galaxy for- tive motion; microscopic models of the Atomic Physics mation, correlation functions, local density nucleus; nuclear matter under extreme condi- Quantum electronics is a synthesis of quan- and velocity perturbations, and dark matter. tions, high rotational states, heavy ion tum physics and electrical engineering, and is Prerequisite: PHY 523 or permission of physics at RHIC, nuclear astrophysics. introduced in two independent semesters. A instructor Summer, 0-3 credits, ABCF grading description of simple atoms and molecules Spring, alternate years, 0-3 credits, and their interaction with radiation includes atoms in strong and/or weak external fields, ABCF grading PHY 552 Nuclear Physics II Nucleon-nucleon scattering and effective two-photon spectroscopy, superradiance, PHY 533 High Energy Astrophysics range approximation; the nucleon-nucleon Rydberg states, lasers and laser spectroscopy, coherent transients, etc. Physical processes that occur at high interaction calculated from meson exchange; temperatures and pressures, including X-ray effective forces between nucleons in nuclei Spring, 0-3 credits, ABCF grading and gamma ray emission, cosmic rays, and nuclear matter; the renormalization group approach to these interactions; Fermi- PHY 566 Quantum Electronics II: bremsstrahlung, synchrotron, inverse Compton Quantum Optics radiation, and gravitational radiation. Topics liquid theory of the nuclear many-body also include stellar and galactic accretion problem; thermodynamics of hadrons at high Quantum electronics is a synthesis of quan- processes and jets, including relativistic temperature; RHIC physics with heavy ions tum physics and electrical engineering, and effects and superluminal expansion. We dis- including transition from hadrons to quark is introduced in two independent semesters. cuss applications to stellar coronae, super- gluon plasma, restoration of chiral symmetry, This course focuses on the quantum proper- equation of state, initial conditions, thermo- nova remnants, X-ray binaries, pulsars, and ties of light. The quantized electromagnetic dynamics of hadrons at high temperature. compact extragalactic objects. field and its correlations are used to under- 0-3 credits, ABCF grading stand nonclassical states from various sources Fall or spring, alternate years, 0-3 credits, such as two-level atoms and nonlinear ABCF grading PHY 555 Solid-State Physics I systems interacting with radiation fields. PHY 534 Radio Astronomy This course concentrates on the basic notions Fall, 0-3 credits, ABCF grading of solid-state physics, treated mostly within Topics covered include continuum and spectral- the single-particle approximation. Main top- PHY 570 Introductory Physics line radio astronomy. Within the Milky Way ics include: crystal lattices and symmetries, Revisited for Teachers Galaxy topics include the interstellar medium, reciprocal lattice and state counting, This seminar allows students to explore the the physics and kinematics of molecular phonons, electron energy band theory, bond- fine points of topics normally covered in high clouds, star formation in giant molecular ing and cohesion (semi-quantitatively), electron school physics. Not for Ph.D. credit. clouds, chemistry of molecular clouds, galactic dynamics and electron transport in metals structure, spiral structure, and pulsars. and semiconductors, screening, optical Spring, 3 credits, ABCF grading Extragalactic topics include radio galaxies properties of solids, and an introduction to and jets, radio loud quasars, molecular and superconductivity and magnetism. PHY 571 Electromagnetic Theory for Teachers atomic gas in galaxies, luminous infrared Fall, 0-3 credits, ABCF grading The course reviews vector calculus and galaxies, the missing mass problem in spiral develops Maxwell’s equations relating elec- galaxies, and cosmic microwave background PHY 556 Solid-State Physics II tric and magnetic fields to their sources. radiation. Radio astronomy measurement The course focuses on the many-particle Applications for time-independent fields are techniques for single telescopes and aperture aspects of solid-state physics addressing developed for solving boundary value prob- synthesis techniques are also covered, classical topics such as superconductivity and lems and the interactions of fields in bulk although the emphasis is on scientific results. the transport properties of disordered con- matter. An oral presentation of a relevant Fall or spring, alternate years, 0-3 credits, ductors, as well as more modern subjects topic suitable for a high-school class is ABCF grading including the fractional quantum Hall effect, required. Not for Ph.D. credit. dissipative quantum mechanics, and problems Fall, 3 credits, ABCF grading PHY 540 Statistical Mechanics of mesoscoptic physics. Both phenomenologi- Brief review of thermodynamics, principles of cal and theoretical descriptions are discussed. PHY 573 Mechanics for Teachers physical statistics, systems of non-interacting Spring, 0-3 credits, ABCF grading The Newtonian formulation of classical particles: Boltzmann, Fermi-Dirac, and Bose- mechanics is reviewed and applied to more Einstein statistics. Applications to ideal gases, PHY 557 Elementary Particle Physics advanced problems than those considered in electrons and phonons in solids, and black Introduction to elementary particle physics. introductory physics. The Lagrangian and body radiation. Approximate treatment of Symmetries and invariance in particle physics. Hamiltonian methods are then derived from non-ideal gases. First-order and second- The properties of particles in terms of quarks the Newtonian treatment and applied to vari- order phase transitions. Ising model, transfer and leptons and their interactions. An intro- ous problems. An oral presentation of a rele- matrix, and renormalization group approach. duction to the electroweak and for strong vant topic suitable for a high-school class is

299 PHYSICS AND ASTRONOMY required. Not for Ph.D. credit. PHY 585 Special Study PHY 621 Advanced Quantum Field Theory Fall, 3 credits, ABCF grading Reading course in selected topics. Proofs of renormalizability and unitarity on Fall and spring, 0-18 credits, ABCF grading non-Abelian gauge theories using modern PHY 576 Thermodynamics and Statistical May be repeated for credit methods of Becchi-Rouet-Store-Tyutin (BRST) Mechanics for Teachers symmetry; descent equations for anomalies; This course consists of two parts. Those rela- PHY 595 Master’s Degree Thesis Research classical instantons and their quantum tions among the properties of systems at Independent research for master’s degree corrections, including integration over zero thermal equilibrium that are independent of a students. Open only to those approved by modes; background field methods, other detailed microscopic understanding are individual faculty for thesis work. topics if time permits. developed by use of the first and second laws Fall and spring, 0-18 credits, ABCF grading Prerequisite: PHY 610/611 or equivalent of thermodynamics. The concepts of temper- May be repeated for credit Fall or spring, 0-3 credits, ABCF grading ature, internal energy, and entropy are ana- lyzed. The thermodynamic potentials are PHY 598 Graduate Seminar I PHY 622 String Theory I introduced. Applications to a wide variety of Special research topics centered on mono- This course is intended for graduate students systems are made. The second portion of the graphs, conference proceedings, or journal who have familiarity with guage and quantum course, beginning with the kinetic theory of articles. Topics include solid-state physics, field theory. Topics will be selected from: Free gases, develops elementary statistical atomic physics, and quantum optics. Required bosonic and spinning strings and heterotic mechanics, relates entropy and probability, for all first-year graduate students. and Green-Schwarz superstrings; conformal and treats simple examples in classical and Fall and spring, 0-1 credits, ABCF grading field theory; tree-level and one-loop ampli- quantum statistics. An oral presentation of a tudes; partition functions; spacetime super- relevant topic suitable for a high-school class PHY 599 Graduate Seminar II symmetry and supergravity; compactification is required. Not for Ph.D. credit. Special research topics centered on mono- and duality; winding and Kaluza-Klein modes; Spring, 3 credits, ABCF grading graphs, conference proceedings, or journal 11-dimensional supergravity; branes in super- articles. Topics include elementary particles, gravity; D-branes in string theory; T-duality; PHY 578 Quantum Physics for Teachers nuclear physics, galactic and extragalactic M-theory; complex geometry and Calabi-Yau The concepts, historical development, and astronomy, and cosmology. Required for all manifolds; string field theory; other advanced mathematical methods of quantum mechanics. first-year graduate students. topics if time permits. Topics include Schroedinger’s equation in time- Fall and spring, 0-1 credits, ABCF grading Prerequisite: PHY 610/611 or equivalent dependent and time-independent forms, and May be repeated for credit Fall or spring, 0-3 credits, S/U grading one- and three-dimensional solutions, including the treatment of angular momentum and spin. PHY 600 Practicum in Teaching PHY 623 String Theory II Applications to simple systems, especially the This course provides hands-on experience in This course is intended for graduate students hydrogen atom, are stressed. An oral presen- teaching. Activities may include classroom who have familiarity with gauge and quantum tation of a relevant topic suitable for a high- teaching, preparation and supervision of field theory. Topics will be selected from: free school class is required. Not for Ph.D. credit. laboratory experiments, exams, homework bosonic and spinning strings and heterotic Spring, 3 credits, ABCF grading assignments, and projects. and Green-Schwarz superstrings; conformal Fall and spring, 0-2 credits, ABCF grading field theory; tree-level and one-loop ampli- PHY 579 Special Topics for Teachers tudes; partition functions; spacetime super- May be repeated for credit Topics of current interest to high school symmetry and supergravity; compactification teachers are discussed to bring the teachers PHY 610 Quantum Field Theory I and duality; winding and Kaluza-Klein modes; up to date on the latest developments in vari- 11-dimensional supergravity; branes in super- Quantization of relativistic fields: Lorentz ous areas of research. Examples could include gravity; D-branes in string theory; T-duality; and gauge symmetries, relativistic spin, the the standard model of particle physics, M-theory; complex geometry and Calabi-Yau S-matrix and scattering; the standard model; nanofabrication techniques, atomic force manifolds; string field theory; other advanced perturbation theory, renormalization and microscopy, etc. Not for Ph.D. credit. topics if time permits. effective field theories; path integrals and Fall or spring, 0-3 credits, ABCF grading relations to condensed matter physics. Prerequisite: PHY 610/611 or equivalent May be repeated for credit Fall, 0-3 credits, ABCF grading Fall or spring, 0-3 credits, S/U grading PHY 580 Special Research Projects PHY 611 Quantum Field Theory II PHY 655 Advanced Graduate Seminar in Research under the direction of a faculty Quantization of relativistic fields: Lorentz Theoretical Physics member. Not open to Ph.D. candidates. and gauge symmetries, relativistic spin, the A weekly seminar on advanced theoretical Fall and spring, 0-18 credits, ABCF grading S-matrix and scattering; the standard model; concepts. The discussion starts with a gradu- May be repeated for credit perturbation theory, renormalization and ate student presentation and it is conducted effective field theories; path integrals and under the guidance of a faculty supervisor. PHY 581 Astrophysics relations to condensed matter physics. 0-3 credits, S/U grading An introduction to some areas of astrophysics. Spring, 0-3 credits, ABCF grading May be repeated for credit Topics are selected from stellar structure and evolution, stellar atmospheres, interstellar PHY 612 Theoretical Particle Physics PHY 664 Astronomy Journal Club matter, planetary atmospheres, galactic Applications of quantum field theory to inter- Presentation of preliminary research results dynamics, high-energy astrophysics and cos- actions between elementary particles. Topics and current research problems by students mology, laboratory astronomical techniques. are chosen from perturbative quantum chro- and faculty. Required every semester of all 0-3 credits, ABCF grading modynamics, the standard electro-weak model, astronomy graduate students. lattice field theory, grand unified models, Fall and spring, 0-1 credits, S/U grading PHY 582 Optics Rotation supersymmetry, and current research problems. May be repeated for credit Optical science students experience three- to Fall, 0-3 credits, ABCF grading eight-week periods in each of several appro- PHY 666 Cool Stars priate research groups. At the end of each PHY 620 Modern General Relativity A weekly seminar concentrating on observa- period a report is required that describes the General theory of relativity; tensor analysis, tional and theoretical studies of cool stars and topics studied or project done. May not be Einstein’s field equations, experimental tests, related objects. Emphasis is on ongoing taken for credit more than two semesters. black holes, gravitational waves, cosmology. research and recent results in this area. Fall and spring, 2 credits, ABCF grading May also include topics such as spinor methods, Speakers include faculty, students, and visi- May be repeated once for credit conformal invariance, and introduction to tors. Topics anticipated in the near future string theory or supergravity. include results from the Hubble Space Fall or spring, 0-3 credits, ABCF grading Telescope and ROSAT. Students registering

300 PHYSICS AND ASTRONOMY for one credit will be expected to present at PHY 683 Special Topics in Astronomy place off campus, but in the U.S. and/or U.S. least one seminar. Fall and spring, 0-3 credits, ABCF grading provinces (Brookhaven National Lab and Prerequisite: Permission of instructor May be repeated for credit Cold Spring Harbor Lab are considered Fall and spring, 0-1 credits, S/U grading on campus); all international students May be repeated for credit PHY 684 Special Topics in Nuclear Physics must enroll in one of the graduate student Fall and spring, 0-3 credits, ABCF grading insurance plans and should be advised by PHY 668 Seminar in Astronomy May be repeated for credit an International Advisor A weekly series of research seminars Fall, spring, and summer, 1-9 credits, presented by visiting scientists as well as by PHY 685 Special Topics in Mathematical S/U grading the faculty. Required every semester of all Physics May be repeated for credit astronomy graduate students. Fall and spring, 0-3 credits, ABCF grading Fall and spring, 0-1 credits, S/U grading May be repeated for credit PHY 701 Dissertation Research Off Campus– May be repeated for credit International PHY 686 Special Topics in Elementary PHY 669 Nuclear Astrophysics Seminar Particles Prerequisite: Must be advanced to candidacy A weekly seminar concentrating on topics in (G5); major portion of research will take Fall and spring, 0-3 credits, ABCF grading nuclear astrophysics, including dynamics of place outside the U.S. and/or U.S. provinces; May be repeated for credit supernova collapse, structure and evolution domestic students have the option of of neutron stars, equation of state, the role of PHY 687 Topics in Biological Physics the health plan and may also enroll in neutrinos in nucleosynthesis, etc. The “Topics” courses in the 680 sequence do MEDEX; international students who are Fall and spring, 0-1 credits, S/U grading not have specific description, since the sub- in their home country are not covered by May be repeated for credit ject matter within the broadly defined topic mandatory health plan and must contact may change from one semester to the next. the Insurance Office for the insurance PHY 670 Seminar in Theoretical Physics 0-3 credits, ABCF grading charge to be removed; international students Fall and spring, 0-1 credits, S/U grading who are not in their home country are PHY 688 Special Topics in Astrophysics charged for the mandatory health insurance PHY 672 Seminar in Elementary Fall and spring, 0-3 credits, ABCF grading Particle Physics (if they are to be covered by another insur- May be repeated for credit ance plan, they must file a waiver by the Fall and spring, 0-1 credits, S/U grading second week of classes; the charge will only PHY 690 Special Topics in Atomic and be removed if the other plan is deemed PHY 674 Seminar in Nuclear Physics Optical Physics Fall and spring, 0-1 credits, S/U grading comparable); all international students Fall and spring, 0-3 credits, ABCF grading must receive clearance from an PHY 676 Seminar in Solid-State Physics May be repeated for credit International Advisor Fall and spring, 0-1 credits, S/U grading PHY 698 Colloquium Fall, spring, and summer, 1-9 credits, S/U grading Fall and spring, 0-1 credits, S/U grading PHY 678 Atomic, Molecular, and Optical May be repeated for credit Physics Seminar May be repeated for credit Fall and spring, 0-1 credits, S/U grading PHY 699 Dissertation Research On Campus PHY 800 Summer Research Independent research for Ph.D. degree 0 credit, S/U grading PHY 680 Special Topics in candidates. May be repeated Theoretical Physics Prerequisite: Must be advanced to candi- Fall and spring, 0-3 credits, ABCF grading dacy (G5); major portion of research must May be repeated for credit take place on SB campus, at Cold Spring PHY 681 Special Topics in Harbor, or at Brookhaven National Lab Statistical Mechanics Fall, spring, and summer, 1-9 credits, Fall and spring, 0-3 credits, ABCF grading S/U grading May be repeated for credit May be repeated for credit PHY 682 Special Topics in Solid-State Physics PHY 700 Dissertation Research Off Campus– Fall and spring, 0-3 credits, ABCF grading Domestic May be repeated for credit Prerequisite: Must be advanced to candidacy (G5); major portion of research will take

301 PHYSIOLOGY AND BIOPHYSICS

Physiology and Biophysics (HBY) Chair: Peter R. Brink, Basic Science Tower T-6 Room 140, (631) 444-2287 Graduate Program Director (Ph.D.): Suzanne Scarlata, Basic Science Tower T-6 Room 145A, (631) 444-3071 Graduate Program Director (M.S.): Irene Solomon, Basic Science Tower T-5 Room 167, (631) 444-2932 Graduate Program Administrator: Melanie Bonnette, Basic Science Tower T-6 Room 140, (631) 444-2299

Degree awarded: Ph.D. in Physiology and Biophysics and M.S. in Physiology and Biophysics

The Department of Physiology and The Department strives to offer a able on campus, the Department of Biophysics offers graduate studies broad spectrum of experimental Physiology and Biophysics is well leading to the Ph.D. degree. The approaches and a wide range of research equipped with major research instrumen- Department’s faculty has a broad spec- interests, including membrane bio- tation for physiological, metabolic, and trum of research interests, with a major physics, systems biology, cardiac physi- biochemical studies. The Department emphasis on understanding the mecha- ology, membrane transport, and the houses a Molecular Biology Core that has nisms of regulation of cellular and organ molecular physiology of cell signaling scintillation counters, ultracentrifuges, function in mammalian systems. systems. The Department also offers amino acid analyzers, protein sequencers, The overall goals of the new Master of expertise in a wide range of experimen- and a wide variety of chromatographic, Science degree program in Physiology tal methods including patch clamping, electrophoretic, and spectrophotometric and Biophysics are to prepare students protein chemistry, optical spectroscopy, equipment. Also available are a peptide for a research staff scientist career in recombinant DNA and siRNA technol- synthesizer and a laboratory for chemical industry (without a focus on R&D), a ogy, and state-of-the-art cell imaging. synthesis of low-molecular-weight teaching career at the undergraduate Some Department faculty members are compounds. NMR instrumentation is college level, or further graduate study associated with the Health Sciences available through collaboration with leading to the Ph.D degree in the Center Diabetes and Metabolism Center other departments. Tissue culture Biomedical Sciences. For students inter- and others participate in a University- services, including monoclonal antibody ested in attending medical school, the wide program in Molecular and Cellular production, are also available. Specialized M.S. degree program can complement Biology, Structural Biology, Biophysics, equipment used in studies of membrane and enhance your background in the and Biosystems. Most faculty have collab- physiology and biophysics (e.g., mem- physiological sciences, including bio- orative arrangements with other basic brane electrophysiology and patch-clamp medical research. To accomplish these science and clinical departments. studies on ion channels) are in routine goals, the program of study provides Through joint faculty appointments, use in several faculty laboratories. The training in cellular and systems-level students have access to the unique facil- Department also houses an imaging physiology, membrane biophysics, ities of Brookhaven National Laboratory center containing two confocal micro- experimental design, data analysis, and and Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory, scopes with image acquisition and pro- commonly used laboratory techniques in renowned research institutions, which cessing systems. integrative physiology. Elective courses are located near Stony Brook. in Biomedical Engineering, Molecular Molecular Biology Core and Cellular Biology, Neuroscience, Institute of Molecular The molecular biology core was estab- Pharmacological Sciences, and Cardiology lished to provide students and faculty Physiology and Biophysics, are then ready access to DNA/RNA recombinant Housed within the Department of selected to complement and expand on technology. Departmental facilities Physiology and Biophysics is the Institute the above core training, and meet the include a 37-degree environmental room, of Molecular Cardiology. Since heart individual needs of each student. For a DNA synthesizer, and an automatic disease is still the number one cause of more information, please contact Dr. DNA sequencer, large orbital shakers, death in the United States, the Institute Solomon at [email protected] an array of incubators, DNA sequencing of Molecular Cardiology was established gel set ups (IBI), electrophoretic appara- to bring a multidisciplinary group of tus and power supplies, an IBI gel reader Research Interests basic scientists and clinical investigators and a software package that permits the There are five main research areas in together to focus on clinically relevant reading of DNA sequencing gels, a selec- the Department: problems. Biophysicists, molecular biol- tion of restriction enzymes, and a num- ogists, cell biologists, engineers, and 1. Regulation of cell function and ber of cDNA expression libraries. metabolism cardiovascular surgeons together com- pose the group that currently investi- Molecular Modeling 2. Intercellular and intracellular gates ischemic preconditioning, atrial Computational molecular modeling and signaling mechanisms and ventricular arrhythmias, cardiac visualization are valuable tools for the 3. Biophysical studies of membranes contractility, and the development of study of signal transduction systems stem-cell-based therapies. and protein structure/function. Some 4. Cellular and systems electrophysi- current applications of faculty affiliated ology and neurobiology Research Facilities with our Biophysics Program include 5. Cardiac pre-conditioning and In addition to the wide range of instru- examining the physical factors involved arrhythmia prevention mentation and technical centers avail- in protein/membrane, protein/protein,

302 PHYSIOLOGY AND BIOPHYSICS protein/DNA interactions, studying the Cellular and Molecular Physiology Medicine, and Applied Mathematics and specificity of ligand and substrate binding The goal of the Cellular and Molecular Statistics, as well as members from to enzymes, and building models of pro- Physiology concentration is to train Brookhaven National Laboratory and teins using domain structures from homol- students to investigate significant prob- Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory. ogous proteins. Several Departmental lems in human physiology using modern The campus-wide nature of the members have access to the University’s techniques of molecular and cellular BioSystems Group provides educational Supercomputing Centers. biology. Students who choose this option and research opportunities of excep- Computing Facilities generally have undergraduate degrees tional depth and diversity, and the abil- in biochemistry or biology, and will take ity to accommodate students with a Access to the campus-wide wireless net- advanced graduate classes in cellular broad spectrum of interests and back- work is available. All computers are con- and molecular biology and molecular grounds. This diversity is reflected in nected via Ethernet to a local area genetics during their second year. the areas of specialization within the network. To increase the training and research graduate programs. These include the opportunities available to our students, general areas of systems physiology, The Graduate Program in cellular/molecular physiology, biophysics, Physiology and Biophysics this program is affiliated with an inter- departmental program in Molecular biomedical engineering, neuroscience, pharmacology, computational biology, and Goals of the Program and Cellular Biology (MCB). The MCB Program consists of approximately 100 signal processing. The diverse nature of the Department’s faculty from 11 departments, as well as Requirements and Procedures research provides a unique environment investigators at Cold Spring Harbor for graduate study. The overall goal of Laboratory and Brookhaven National Advisory Committee our program is to prepare students to Laboratory. It offers several core After admission and until the student investigate complex physiological and courses taken by all graduate students qualifies for candidacy, the student’s edu- biophysical problems that often bridge in the biological sciences. cation is directed by the Departmental traditional academic boundaries. This graduate committee. The committee will requires sound training in a broad range Biophysics assess the student’s background and of biological disciplines, plus experience in The goal of the Biophysics Studies preparation and will develop with each using the latest techniques in physiology, concentration is to train students with student an individual program of courses, biochemistry, molecular biology, physics, strong backgrounds in physics and/or laboratory experiences, and independent applied mathematics, and computing. chemistry in modern biophysics. The study. The committee is also responsible To accomplish this goal, we recruit a program is an interdepartmental effort, for monitoring student performance relatively small number of students consisting of faculty from Cold Spring and assessing progress after the end of with diverse undergraduate training in Harbor Laboratory and Brookhaven the first year. the physical and biological sciences. National Laboratory. Students who Individual courses of study are then Laboratory Experience choose this option generally take designed that reflect the background advanced courses in biophysical chem- During the first year, students rotate and goals of each student. istry, computational biophysics, electro- through at least three laboratories Overview of Curriculum physiology, or advanced biochemistry. affiliated with the Department. The duration of these rotations may vary, During the first year, all students take Biophysics students carry out rotations and dissertation research in the lab of but should not exceed six months. At courses in cellular and organ systems the end of each rotation, students will physiology, biochemistry, and experimen- any faculty member affiliated with the Biophysics Program. submit a written report of the aims and tal design and data analysis methods. results, as well as the difficulties with During the second-year, students select Systems Physiology the project. from a variety of advanced courses that suit their scientific interests, goals, and The primary goal of the systems physiol- Teaching Experience background. Most students complete ogy concentration is to provide an educa- Students are required to serve as teach- their coursework at the end of the fall tional framework that focuses on ing assistants for one semester in a semester of their second year. Students preparing students to attack complex course offered by the Department. This rotate through at least three faculty labo- integrative problems using interdiscipli- will fulfill the Teaching Practicum ratories to gain research experience in nary approaches and to work effectively required for doctoral degrees awarded their first year. Students also participate, as part of a multidisciplinary team. Areas by the State University of New York. under faculty supervision, in the teaching of specialization in the Department Seminars and Journal Club of physiology or biophysics. Upon com- include systems neurophysiology, cardio- pletion of the qualifying examination and vascular and microvascular physiology, The Department hosts an extensive the selection of a faculty advisor for their and vision research. The systems physi- series of seminars on topics of direct research, the students then devote ology concentration is a central element and indirect relevance to research essentially all of their time to dissertation in the BioSystems Group, which is an interests of the faculty. Seminars are research. interdepartmental consortium of faculty given by faculty and visiting scientists. There are three research concentra- members drawn from six departments, Students are required to attend all tions available to graduate students: including Physiology and Biophysics, departmental seminars. Students are Cellular and Molecular Physiology, Biomedical Engineering, Neurobiology also required to participate in the stu- Biophysics, and Systems Physiology. and Behavior, Pharmacological Sciences, dent journal club, in which a student

303 PHYSIOLOGY AND BIOPHYSICS critically presents a journal article to faculty and present a seminar to the Time Limits members of the Department. entire Department describing the pro- All requirements must be completed posal. Following the seminar, the student within seven years. Course of Study will meet with the faculty to defend the Graduate students are required to take proposal. The Preliminary Examination the following courses: HBY 530 Cellular Committee will then vote on whether Admission Physiology and Biophysics, HBY 501 the student passes, fails or must amend For admission to the Ph.D. program in Human Physiology or HBY 531 Medical portions of his/her exam. Physiology and Biophysics or the M.S. Physiology, MCB 517 Biomembranes, program, the following, in addition to MCB 520 Graduate Biochemistry, HBY Doctoral Program Committee the minimum Graduate School require- 561 Statistical Analysis of Physiological After completing three rotations, the ments, are normally required: Data, HBY 562 Model-based Analysis of student will select a faculty committee A. A four-year undergraduate degree Physiological Data, HBY 695 Teaching to provide guidance throughout the including the following courses: one Practicum, HBY 591 Research in dissertation research. The committee year of calculus, one year of general Physiology and Biophysics, HBY 570 will meet at least once a year to assess biology with laboratory, one year of Journal Club, HBY 690 Seminar in the progress of the work toward a dis- physics using calculus, and one year Physiology and Biophysics, and HBY 699 sertation. The committee will advise of chemistry. Training in the following or HBY 700 Thesis Research in Physi- the student when it is appropriate to areas is strongly recommended: organic ology and Biophysics, GRD 500 Scientific assemble the committee for the disser- Integrity. tation defense. chemistry, biochemistry, and physical Students must also take at least four chemistry. Courses in genetics, cell elective courses equaling 12 credits. Thesis Research Proposal biology, and biostatistics will also be 1. Biophysics: HBY 553 Signal In consultation with the student’s advi- useful. In exceptional circumstances, Transduction and other courses with sor and Doctoral Program Committee, permission may be granted to correct approval. the student is required to submit a writ- deficiencies in undergraduate training 2. Cellular, Molecular, and Systems ten thesis proposal to the Doctoral during the first year of graduate study. Physiology: HBM 503, Molecular Program Committee as soon as the B. Three letters of reference are Genetics Molecular and HBH 533 direction and scope of the dissertation required. Physiological Basis of Drug Action, HBP research project is established. The 533 Immunology, HBY 564 Experimen- student is also required to present a C. The Graduate Record Examination tal Techniques in Systems Physiology, seminar describing his proposal to the (GRE) General Test is required. HBY 565 Mathematical Models of entire Department and to defend the Instructions on reporting scores to this Physiologic and Biophysical Systems, and proposal in a closed meeting with campus is on the Graduate School Web other courses with approval. the Doctoral Program Committee. The site. So that the scores will be available Students are also required to demon- approved thesis proposal should be for a timely admission decision, the test strate competency in statistics and submitted one to two years after should be taken no later than January. computer programming, either by for- advancement to candidacy. The deadline for receipt of the online mal undergraduate or graduate courses, applications for admission in the fall is or by passing an exam after self study. Dissertation Defense January 15. The TOEFL examination is Qualifying for Candidacy A Dissertation Defense Committee is also necessary for foreign students. appointed by the Dean of the Graduate Acceptance by both the Department of The major purpose of the Qualifying School, and is to include at least four Physiology and Biophysics and the Examination is to establish how well the faculty members, of whom at least one Graduate School is required. student is able to formulate scientific must be from outside the program. The questions independently. To accomplish thesis advisor may be in attendance, but D. A GPA of 3.0 or higher is required. this, the student will be required to is without vote. write, within a prescribed period of time, Faculty a formal research proposal with format Doctoral Thesis Professors and scope similar to an NIH Postdoctoral The thesis will be written in the form of Fellowship Application under the guid- one or more scientific publications in Brink, Peter R., Chair, Ph.D., 1976, University ance of a faculty committee. accordance with the guidelines of the of Illinois: Physiology and biophysics of The qualifying exam will be adminis- Graduate School. The student then junctional and excitable membranes. tered to all second-year students in the presents his/her thesis work to Cohen, Ira S., M.D., Ph.D., 1974, New York spring semester. At that time, the stu- Departmental members in an open University: Electrophysiology of the heart; dent will choose a topic that may com- seminar, after which the student meets synaptic physiology. plement but not be directly in the area privately with the Dissertation Dilger, James P.,5 Ph.D., 1980, Stony Brook of the student’s own major research Defense Committee for an oral exami- University: Neuromuscular junction; ion interest. The student will then meet nation. The Dissertation Defense channels in nerve membranes. with the Preliminary Examination Committee evaluates both the oral Johnson, Roger A., Ph.D., 1968, University of Committee, twice over the course of six exam and the completed thesis. Southern California: Mechanism of hormone to eight weeks. The student will then action; inter- and intracellular regulation of distribute copies of the proposal to the membrane-bound hormone-sensitive enzymes.

304 PHYSIOLOGY AND BIOPHYSICS

Krukenkamp, Irvin B.,3 M.D., University of microscopy; pharmacology of plasma Malbon, C., Professor, Department of Maryland, 1978: Surgical and pharmacologic cells secretion. Pharmacology, Ph.D., 1976, Case Western precondition and atrial arrhythmias. El-Maghrabi, Raafat, Associate Professor, Reserve University: Elucidating the genetic basis Mathias, Richard T., Ph.D., 1975, University of Ph.D., 1978, Wake Forest University: Enzyme of developmental and metabolic diseases. California, Los Angeles: Electrophysiology of regulation; hormonal control of metabolism. Matthews, Gary, Professor, Department of cardiac muscle; volume regulation in the lens. Gao, Junyuan, Assistant Professor, Ph.D., Neurobiology and Behavior, Ph.D., 1975, McLaughlin, Stuart, Ph.D., 1968, University 1994, Stony Brook University: Sodium University of Pennsylvania: Cellular biophysics of of British Columbia, Canada: Biophysics of potassium pump current in cardiac myocytes. electrical signals in the retina. membranes. Kumari, Sindhu, Assistant Professor, Ph.D., Raleigh, Daniel P., Professor, Department of Mendell, Lorne,1 Ph.D., 1965, Massachusetts 1988, Madurai Kamaraj University, India: Chemistry, Ph.D., 1988, Massachusetts Institute Institute of Technology: Physiology and Biochemical and molecular characterization of Technology: Experimental studies of protein modifiability of synapses in the spinal cord. of gap junction channels and sodium folding and amyloid formation. Miller, W. Todd, Ph.D., 1988, Rockefeller potassium pump. Rubin, Clinton, T., Professor, Department of 5 University: Protein structure and function; Pentyala, Srinivas N., Assistant Professor, Ph.D., Orthopaedics, Ph.D., 1983, Bristol University: molecular mechanisms of signal transduction. 1989, Sri Venkateswara University: Molecular Cellular mechanisms responsible for adaptation Moore, Leon C., Ph.D., 1976, University mechanics of the action of anesthetics. in bone. of Southern California: Renal physiology. Rebecchi, Mario J.,5 Associate Professor, Sampson, Nicole S., Professor, Department of Scarlata, Suzanne, Ph.D. Program Director, Ph.D., 1984, New York University School of Chemistry, Ph.D., 1990, University of California, Ph.D., 1984, University of Illinois: Biophysics Medicine: Signal transduction in mammalian Berkeley: Enzyme mechanisms and protein of signaling proteins. cells. structure-function relationships. Smith, Steven O.,14 Ph.D., 1985, University Rosati, Barbara, Assistant Professor, Ph.D., Setlow, Richard, Professor, Department of of California, Berkeley: Molecular mechanisms 2000, Milan, Italy: Transcriptional regulation Biology, and Senior Scientist, Brookhaven of signal transduction. of ion channel genes in the heart. National Laboratory, Ph.D., 1947, Yale University: DNA damage and repair. Associate Professors Valiunas, Virginijus, Assistant Professor, Ph.D., 1992, Kaunas Medical University, Lithuania: Tonge, Peter J., Professor, Department of 18 Chon, Ki H., Ph.D., 1993, USC: Gap junction; intercellular communication Chemistry, Ph.D., 1986, University of Biomedical signal processing; identification and cardiac electrophysiology. Birmingham, England: Enzyme mechanisms in and modeling of physiological systems and antitubercular drugs and Alzheimer’s disease. medical instrumentation. Varadaraj, Kulandaiappan, Assistant Professor. Ph.D., 1991, Madri Kamaraj University: Lens Wong, Stanislaus, Assistant Professor, Clausen, Chris, Ph.D., 1979, University of membrane proteins and gap junctions. Department of Chemistry, Ph.D., 1999, Harvard California, Los Angeles: Electrical properties of transporting epithelia. Wang, Hsien Yu, Associate Professor, Ph.D., University: Fundamental structure correlations in unique nanostructures. Konopka, James B.,17 Ph.D., 1985, UCLA: 1989, Stony Brook University: Signal G protein-coupled receptor signal transduction transduction and development. and yeast morphogenesis. Biophysics Program Affiliated Faculty 1) Joint appointment, Department of Neurobiology 1 and Behavior McKinnon, David, Ph.D., 1987, Australian Grollman, Arthur P., Distinguished Professor, 2) Joint appointment, Department of Medicine National University: Control of ion channel Department of Pharmacological Sciences, M.D., expression. 1959, Johns Hopkins University: Chemical car- 3) Joint appointment, Department of Surgery Solomon, Irene C., M.S. Graduate Program cinogenesis and mutagenesis. 4) Joint appointment, Department of Pediatrics Director, Ph.D., 1994, University of California, Jacobsen, Chris J., Professor, Department of 5) Joint appointment, Department of Anesthesiology Davis: Neural control of respiratory motor output Physics, Ph.D., 1988, Stony Brook University: and fast oscillatory rhythms. 6) Joint appointment, Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory Soft X-ray microscopy of cellular structure and 7) Joint appointment, Brookhaven National Spector, Ilan, Ph.D., 1967, University of Paris, materials structure. France: Electrophysiology of nerve and muscle Laboratory cell lines; ion channels; neurotoxins. Joshua-Tor, Leemor, Assistant Investigator, Cold 8) Joint appointment, Department of Applied Spring Harbor Laboratory, Ph.D., 1991, The Mathematics and Statistics White, Thomas W., Ph.D., 1984, Harvard Weizmann Institute of Science: Structural biol- 9) Joint appointment, Department of Orthopedics University: Biology of cell-to-cell communication ogy; X-ray crystallography; molecular recogni- and gap junction. tion; transcription; proteases. 10) Joint appointment, Veterans Administration Hospital Assistant Professors Kirz, Janos, Professor, Department of Physics, Ph.D., 1963, University of California, Berkeley: 11) Joint appointment, North Shore University Bowen, Mark, Ph.D., 1998, University of Hospital Illinois, Chicago: Molecular aspects of signal Microscopy and microanalysis of cellular archi- transduction. tecture with soft X-rays. 12) Joint appointment, Department of Urology 13) Joint appointment, SUNY Old Westbury Entcheva, Emilia,18 Ph.D., 1998, Memphis: Krainer, Adrian R., Professor, Cold Spring Harbor Cardiac cell function. Laboratory, Ph.D., 1986, Harvard University: 14) Joint appointment, Department of Biochemistry 18 Mechanisms and regulation of messenger RNA and Cell Biology Frame, Mary, Ph.D., 1990, University of splicing in human cells. Missouri: Microcirculation; tissue engineering; 15) Joint appointment, Department of Biology, nanofabrication. Lennarz, William J., Professor, Department of University of Tulsa, Oklahoma Biochemistry. Ph.D., 1959, University of Illinois: Nassar, Nicolas, Ph.D., 1992, University 16) Joint appointment, Department of Pharmacology, Biosynthesis and function of glycoproteins in College of Physicians and Surgeons, Columbia Joseph Fourier and EMBL: Protein-protein development. University interactions. London, Erwin, Professor, Department of 17) Joint appointment, Department of Molecular Research Faculty Biochemistry, Ph.D., 1979, Cornell University: Genetics and Microbiology Cameron, Roger H., Assistant Professor, Membrane lipid-protein interactions; protein 18) Joint appointment, Department of Biomedical Ph.D., 1990, Stony Brook University: Electron toxin structure and function. Engineering

305 PHYSIOLOGY AND BIOPHYSICS

Degree Requirements Prerequisites: Admission to medical or HBY 565 Mathematical Models of dental school and permission of instructor Physiological and Biophysical Systems In addition to the minimum Graduate Spring, 8 credits, ABCF grading An introduction to mathematical modeling of School requirements, the following are cell and tissue function. Topics include the der- required: HBY 553 Signal Transduction ivation and numerical solution of models of cell The course will emphasize fundamental con- homeostasis, membrane transport and A) Completion of HBY 531 or HBY cepts in signal transduction (e.g., membrane- excitability, and cell signaling and metabolism. 501, HBY 530, HBY 561 HBY 562, protein and protein-protein interactions, Grading is based on problems, student presen- MCB 517, MCB 520, HBY 570, HBY amplification of signals), and individual lec- tations, and completion of a modeling project. 591, HBY 690, HBY 699, HBY 695, tures will apply these concepts at each stage Spring, 3 credits, ABCF grading GRD 500 of cell signalling from the cell surface to the nucleus, where signal transduction leads to HBY 570 Student Journal Club B) Satisfactory completion of the specific gene expression. Crosslisted with Graduate student presentation on a selected preliminary examination at the end of HBY 553 or HBH 553. topic with faculty consultation. the second year of study Prerequisite: Admission to graduate Health Prerequisite: Limited to students of the Sciences Center program Physiology and Biophysics program C) Submission of a thesis research Spring, odd years, 3 credits, ABCF grading 1 credit, ABCF grading proposal by the end of the third year May be repeated for credit HBY 554 Principles of Neuroscience D) Participation in the teaching The aim of this course is to highlight and cre- HBY 590 Special Topics in Physiology and practicum ate an understanding as to how the human Biophysics nervous system operates. Student seminars on topics to be arranged E) Submission of an approved disser- Prerequisite: Undergraduate biochemistry, through consultation with faculty members. tation and successful oral defense biology, and chemistry. Permission of Prerequisite: Permission of instructor instructor. Spring, 1 credit, S/U grading F) Completion of all requirements Fall, 2 credits, ABCF grading May be repeated for credit within seven years HBY 557 Advanced Physiology HBY 591 Physiology and Biophysics This course is designed to introduce students Research Courses to integrative approaches in biomedical Original investigation under the supervision research. Emphasis will be placed on the pri- of a staff member. HBY 501 Physiology mary physiological concepts of control, com- Prerequisite: Permission of instructor munication, signal processing, metabolism Introduces normal function of human tissues 1-12 credits, ABCF grading and replication. and organs and their regulation by nervous May be repeated for credit and endocrine systems. Emphasizes the Prerequisites: Systems physiology, biochem- organization and function of physiological istry, and permission of instructor HBY 690 Seminar in Physiology and control systems and the maintenance of a Spring, 3 credits, ABCF grading Biophysics constant internal environment. Seminars and discussions on major topics in HBY 561 Statistical Analysis of Prerequisites: Fully matriculated graduate physiology and biophysics by students, staff, Physiological Data students, with permission of instructor and visiting scientists. Statistical methods useful in analyzing com- Fall, 4 credits, ABCF grading Prerequisite: Permission of instructor mon types of physiological data. Topics include 0-1 credit, S/U grading HBY 530 Cellular Physiology and Biophysics probability, data distributions, hypothesis May be repeated for credit Cellular structure and function. Topics testing with parametric and non-parametric include ion channels excitability, transport, methods, ANOVA, regression and correlation, and power analysis. Emphasis is on experi- HBY 695 Practicum in Teaching in energetics and metabolism, contraction, secre- Physiology and Biophysics tion, and communication within and between mental design and appropriate, efficient use of Practical experience and instruction in the cells. Emphasizes quantitative analysis of cel- statistical software. teaching of physiology and biophysics carried lular processes. Crosslisted with BME 545. Fall, 1 credit, ABCF grading out under faculty orientation and supervision. Prerequisites: Undergraduate physics, HBY 562 Model-based Analysis of 1 credit, ABCF grading physical chemistry, biology, calculus, or Physiological Data May be repeated for credit permission of instructor The analysis of common biochemical and Fall, 1-3 credits, ABCF grading physiological data by non-linear regression of HBY 699 Dissertation Research On Campus data models and biophysical models of physi- Original (thesis) research undertaken with HBY 531 Medical Physiology the supervision of a member of the staff. A graduate-level introduction to the physiol- ological and biochemical processes. Examples Prerequisite: Advancement to candidacy ogy of the organ systems with ultrastructural include binding kinetics, compartmental mass correlations. Ultrastructural correlations are transfer, and spectral analysis. (G5); permission of thesis advisor; major demonstrated in a laboratory setting using Prerequisite: HBY 561; permission of portion of research must take place on histological preparations in conjunction with instructor SB campus, at Cold Spring Harbor, or at electron micrographs illustrating the rele- Fall, 1 credit, ABCF grading Brookhaven National Lab; admission to vant ultrastructure needed to understand the graduate Health Sciences Center program normal functioning of tissues and organs. The HBY 564 Experimental Techniques in 1-9 credits, ABCF grading Systems Physiology physiology of the major organ systems is May be repeated for credit addressed in a lecture format with the A series of lectures and laboratory exercises emphasis on problem solving. Relevant clini- designed to introduce students to in vivo exper- HBY 700 Dissertation Research Off cal correlations are addressed at the end of imental techniques used in systems physiology. Campus–Domestic Emphasis will be placed on the ethical use each block insofar as they illustrate how Prerequisite: Must be advanced to candi- symptoms and signs of disease result from of rodents in biomedical research and the dacy (G5); major portion of research will disordered physiology. Medical Physiology measurement of physiological variables. Data addresses the structure and function of the acquisition and analysis procedures used in take place off campus, but in the U.S. and/or cardiovascular, respiratory, renal, gastroin- cardiovascular, respiratory, neural, and renal U.S. provinces (Brookhaven National Lab testinal, endocrine, skeletal, reproductive, physiology will also be covered. and Cold Spring Harbor Lab are considered and integumenary systems. Spring, 2 credits, ABCF grading on campus); all international students must

306 PHYSIOLOGY AND BIOPHYSICS enroll in one of the graduate student insur- ance plans and should be advised by an international advisor; admission to gradu- ate Health Sciences Center program 1-9 credits, S/U grading May be repeated for credit HBY 701 Dissertation Research Off Campus–International Prerequisite: Must be advanced to candi- dacy (G5); major portion of research will take place outside of the U.S. and/or U.S. provinces; domestic students have the option of the health plan and may also enroll in MEDEX; international students who are in their home country are not covered by the mandatory health plan and must contact the Insurance Office for the insurance charge to be removed; international students who are not in their home country are charged for the mandatory health insurance (if they are to be covered by another insur- ance plan, they must file a waiver by the second week of classes; the charge will be removed only if the other plan is deemed comparable); all international students must receive clearance from an interna- tional advisor; admission to graduate Health Sciences Center program 1-9 credits, S/U grading May be repeated for credit HBY 800 Full-Time Summer Research Full-time laboratory research projects super- vised by staff members. Prerequisite: Permission of instructor; full-time graduate status Summer, 0 credit, S/U grading May be repeated

307 POLITICAL SCIENCE

Political Science (POL) Chair: Jeffrey Segal, Ward Melville Social and Behavioral Sciences Building Room S-711, (631) 632-7667 Graduate Program Director: Charles Taber, Ward Melville Social and Behavioral Sciences Building Room N-707A, (631) 632-7659 Graduate Coordinator: Lee Stanley, Ward Melville Social and Behavioral Sciences Building Room S-703, (631) 632-7667

Degrees awarded: M.A. in Political Science; M.A. in Public Policy; Ph.D. in Political Science

Ph.D. Program shape economic policies. Students choos- Methodology in Political Science ing this concentration analyze important Since we believe that a strong back- issues by focusing on decision making The Ph.D. program in Political Science, ground in research methods is essential and organizational behavior as shaped by in the College of Arts and Sciences, for political scientists interested in empir- is characterized by several distinct individual incentives and institutional ical research, we provide a rigorous train- features: structures. In addition to the foundation ing in the application of statistical course in public policy required of all methods and formal models to political A. Three areas of specialization: students, elective seminars in this field analysis. Coursework in methods includes 1. Political Psychology/Behavior include policy evaluation, organizational introductory training in research design decision making, bureaucracy, regulation, and elementary statistics, as well as more 2. Political Economy and Public Policy institutional analysis, and urban politics. advanced work in statistical analysis, 3. American Politics The faculty have published research econometrics, time series analysis, and measurement. The Department recog- B. Close student/faculty interaction on issues such as the economic develop- ment of metropolitan areas, the political nizes that many undergraduates in polit- C. An emphasis on professional train- economy of suburbs, political controls ical science come to graduate school without much background in statistics ing of research-oriented students and over regulatory bureaucracies, and citi- and math. Therefore, our courses there- the production of professional-quality zen responses to tax policies. A sample articles and conference papers by fore start at an introductory level and of other ongoing research projects in Ph.D. students slowly develop the skills necessary to do which incoming students may become publishable research in political science. involved includes the effect of market- Political Psychology/Behavior In addition to the classroom work, these like incentives in school choice, subsidy courses all involve analysis of actual The doctoral concentration in political flows in the European Union, the role of data on personal computers. We believe, psychology/behavior applies contempo- social capital in environmental decision- rary psychological theories, concepts, however, that it is the application of making, and regulation of business by and research methods to the study of research methods, first as part of faculty state governments. The economic political behavior. Students are trained and class research projects and then in a approach is also used to investigate in topics and methods associated with student’s own dissertation research, psychology as well as political science. other political processes such as voting, that makes a qualified researcher with Methodological concerns focus on exper- party competition, and agenda setting. the skills required for success in research and academic careers. imentation and survey research. In American Politics addition to formal training in methods The American politics concentration Research Facilities appropriate to the psychological study provides a broad perspective on national of political behavior, students are The Department has extensive research political institutions and processes, with apprenticed to ongoing research proj- facilities equal to any in the country, ects throughout their course of training. particular emphases on elections and most located on the same floor with Students become familiar with the courts. Courses focusing on political faculty and student offices. Students Department’s extensive and well- parties and elections, the legislative routinely use the conveniently located equipped laboratories and the regular process, the American judiciary, elec- computer facilities for writing and subject pool. Opportunities are also toral behavior, American political ideol- analysis as part of their professional available to take part in ongoing survey ogy, and public choice theory are training. The Social and Behavioral research projects. offered. Students become familiar with Sciences Data Laboratory on our floor The substantive interests of the fac- the kinds of quantitative and formal provides access to state-of-the-art per- ulty in this area include voter decision- analysis techniques most often applied sonal computers tied to a local computer making processes, political socialization, to the study of American politics. network and providing connections to all political values and beliefs, the mass Seminar papers allow students to go computers on campus. The Stony Brook media, political cognition, group influ- into detail on topics of special interest. Instructional Networked Computer site ence, and public opinion. Members of the faculty are currently one floor below the Department provides doing research on congressional and additional personal computers for class- Political Economy and Public Policy Supreme Court decision making, the room and research work. In addition, our The concentration in political economy role of economic forces in American data lab maintains a library of reference and public policy emphasizes the inter- national elections, voting in congres- materials, holds classes on specific action between politics and the institu- sional elections, gender issues, and the software packages, provides access to tions (both public and private) that dynamics of American public opinion. the extensive data archives available

308 POLITICAL SCIENCE through the Inter-University Consortium Faculty Lindstädt, René, PhD., 2006, Washington for Political and Social Resources, and University: Political institutions; bureaucratic and employs computer consultants to help Distinguished Professors legislative politics; American political develop- with student research projects. All of Lodge, Milton G., Emeritus, Ph.D., 1967, ment; political methodology and formal theory. the resources of the data lab are avail- University of Michigan: Political psychology; polit- Simmons, Joel, Ph.D., 2007, University of ical cognition. able to graduate students. Michigan: Comparative political economy; inter- The laboratories for political psychol- Schneider, Mark, Ph.D., 1974, University national political economy; political and eco- nomic development; political institutions; political ogy research are designed for the of North Carolina, Chapel Hill: Urban public policy; urban service delivery; administration parties; public goods provision; international rela- experimental study of political behavior. and public policy. tions; methodology. One set of labs contains computerized Smirnov, Oleg, Ph.D., 2005, University of equipment to monitor, control, record, Segal, Jeffrey A., Chair, Ph.D., 1983, Michigan State University: Judicial process and behav- Oregon: Evolutionary game theory; computational and analyze multiple responses from ior; research methods; American politics. and agent-based modeling; experimental eco- subjects. Much of the recent work nomics; evolutionary psychology. focuses on information processing and Professors Number of teaching, graduate, and research decision making—how citizens inter- Feldman, Stanley, Ph.D., 1978, University of assistants, Fall 2007: 23 pret, use, and recall political informa- Minnesota: American politics, emphasizing tion. The other set of labs contains a political psychology and socialization; public Degree Requirements large survey and experiment room opinion; voting behavior and participation; equipped with computerized data col- methodology. Requirements for the M.A. Degree lection stations. Students may also take Huddy, Leonie, Ph.D., 1987, University of In addition to the minimum require- advantage of our modern, fully California, Los Angeles: Political attitudes; ments of the Graduate School, the equipped Survey Center for public opin- groups and politics; sociopolitical gerontology; Department requires all candidates ion studies using computer-assisted, women and politics. to complete 30 credits of approved telephone interviewing. Koppelman, Lee E., D.P.A., 1970, New York graduate coursework in which a grade University: Comprehensive regional and urban of B or higher has been received. Admission planning; environmental policy; American federalism and intergovernmental relations; The Department of Political Science regional policy analysis; coastal zone planning. M.A. in Public Policy doctoral program admits only students Myers, Frank, Ph.D., 1965, Columbia University: The M.A. in Public Policy prepares stu- who intend to complete the Ph.D., Comparative politics; political theory. dents for entry and mid-level analytic although students are eligible to receive and management positions in state, the M.A. Applicants for admission to the Norpoth, Helmut, Ph.D., 1974, University of Michigan: Electoral behavior; public opinion local, and federal agencies, in non-profit Ph.D. program in political science must organizations that interact with govern- meet the following requirements: Salins, Peter D., SUNY Provost and Vice Chancellor for Academic Affairs, Ph.D., 1969, ment, and in corporations that deal Syracuse University: Public policy; regional with public policy. Courses are taught A. Submission of Graduate Record planning. by members of the Department, as well Examination (GRE) Test scores as by outstanding local practitioners (verbal, quantitative, and analytic) Associate Professors affiliated with the Center for Regional Cover, Albert D., Ph.D., 1976, Yale University: B. Prior training that includes basic Policy Studies, headed by Dr. Lee American politics: congressional elections. work in at least one of the following: Koppelman. Lavine, Howard, Ph.D., 1994, University of 1. Political science Minnesota: Political psychology; cognition. Admission 2. Psychology Taber, Charles S., Graduate Program Director, Ph.D., 1991, University of Illinois: International Applicants should have an undergradu- 3. Mathematics or statistics relations; political psychology; foreign policy; ate grade point average of 3.0 (out of conflict modeling; computational modeling (AI). 4.0), and Graduate Record Examination 4. Economics or sociology (GRE) scores indicating a potential for Assistant Professors C. A bachelor’s degree with at least success in a rigorous graduate program. Bartels, Brandon, Ph.D., 2006, Ohio State Consideration will also be given to letters a B average in the major subject University: Judicial politics and decision-making; of recommendation and work experience. D. Three letters of recommendation constitutional law; public opinion; congressional organization and behavior; political methodology from instructors or academic advisors Basinger, Scott J., Ph.D., 2000, University of Program Tracks E. In cases where the Departmental California, San Diego: Game theory; American M.A. Track political parties; American political development. admissions committee deems it This track requires the completion desirable, personal interviews with Lahav, Gallya, Ph.D., 1995, City University of New of 30 credits of graduate coursework, Departmental representatives may York: Political psychology; comparative politics. typically distributed as follows: be necessary Lebo, Matthew, Ph.D., 1999, University of North Texas: Political parties; public opinion; elections; Fall: Acceptance by both the Department political methodology. of Political Science and the Graduate POL 501 Introductions to Statistics School is required. Levitan, Lindsey Clark, Ph.D., 2007, University of for Public Policy (three credits) Chicago: Social networks; attitudes; prejudice. POL 535 Public Policy Analysis and Evaluation (three credits)

309 POLITICAL SCIENCE

POL 509 Public Budgeting and POL 536 Public Management and D. Teaching and Research Apprenticeship Finance (three credits) Organizational Behavior (three credits) To ensure that all students become POL 537 Administrative Law for The student then completes the proficient in teaching and research, Public Analysts (three credits) remaining graduate requirements students work with the faculty on during the fifth year of full-time study. an individual basis. Funded students or participate in faculty research projects 500-level elective approved by Requirements for the Ph.D. Degree and assist in teaching courses. Advanced Graduate Director (only one students then prepare and teach their elective permitted outside of Candidates must meet the general own undergraduate classes. Department of Political Science) requirements for the Ph.D. degree set by the Graduate School. Departmental E. Evaluation Spring: requirements are as follows: Graduate students in the Ph.D. program POL 502 Intermediate Statistics for are formally evaluated at the end of A. Core Courses Public Policy (three credits) each semester, based on grades received Students take four core courses: in the program and on evaluations by POL 536 Public Management and 1. POL 600 Research Project faculty familiar with the student’s work. Organizational Behavior (three The evaluation committee’s charge credits) 2. POL 601 Public Policy and Political is to make one of the following three POL 510 Personnel Systems for Economy possible determinations with regard to Public Policy (three credits) 3. POL 605 American Government the student’s progress: (1) recommend continuation of graduate study toward POL 534 Intergovernmental 4. POL 608 Political Psychology the Ph.D., (2) recommend that the Relations and Policy Delivery student be allowed to continue toward B. Methods (three credits) a terminal M.A. but not to continue in or Students are expected to master the Ph.D. program, or (3) recommend the methods necessary to engage in that the student not be permitted to 500-level elective (as approved) scholarly work: enroll in additional graduate courses Summer: 1. All students take a three-course in the Department. The evaluation also serves as the POL 599 Internship in Public Policy sequence in mathematics, statistics, and research methods (POL 602, 603, 604). basis for the decision as to whether the (six credits) student is to receive financial support or 2. All students are required to take during subsequent semesters of at least one advanced methods course graduate work. POL 597 Master’s Paper (six credits) either in this department or in a cognate F. Qualifying Examinations Full-time students without past field (e.g., economics). The student’s significant full-time public policy work choice of advanced elective(s) is decided 1. Timing of Examinations: Students experience are required to take the in conjunction with the student’s advisor. making normal progress toward the Internship in Public Policy. Part-time 3. In addition to requirements 1 and 2 Ph.D. should anticipate taking qualifying students can fulfill their capstone above, political psychology students examinations following the second year requirement by the Internship take POL 610, a graduate-level course in of coursework. Examinations in three (POL 599), the M.A. Paper (POL 597), or experimental design. Political economy fields compose the doctoral two additional elective courses approved and American Politics students must qualifying examinations. by the graduate program director. take POL 613, Public Choice. 2. Examination Fields: The B.A./M.A. Track 4. Students who have attended Department’s policy is to allow students to take exams only in those areas in Stony Brook University students the ICPSR Summer Program in Quantitative Methods at the University which its faculty strengths allow in- currently enrolled with a major in depth training, including: Political Science are eligible for the of Michigan can have the advanced five-year B.A./M.A. program, in which elective requirement waived. a. Methods up to six graduate credits are earned C. Electives b. American Politics during the senior year, while also fulfill- Students take a minimum of four ing the B.A. requirements. Consult the c. Political Economy and Public Policy advanced seminars in their area of Undergraduate Bulletin for B.A. specialization and three in their minor d. Political Psychology/Behavior requirements. Upon admission to the area. The seminars are typically at the program, the following two courses All students are required to take the 600 level and can be within the (or others approved by the graduate methods exam. Students then prepare Department or can be in cognate fields program director) are taken in the senior two of the three other substantive such as psychology, economics, or year and also satisfy the upper level areas for written examination. applied math. The course of study is undergraduate elective requirement: selected by the student in consultation 3. Preparation and Evaluation of POL 535 Public Policy Analysis with his or her advisor and must be Examinations: The graduate program and Evaluation (three credits) approved by the graduate program director appoints a committee (with director. a designated committee chair) responsi-

310 POLITICAL SCIENCE ble for each examination field. The POL 501 Introduction to Statistics for POL 535 Public Policy Analysis and committee prepares the written exami- Public Policy Evaluation nation, providing sufficient options for This course acquaints student with statistics. This course concentrates on the strategies It begins with the basics of applied statistical and methods of public policy analysis and questions on which students may write. analysis, including probability and hypothesis evaluation. Students debate the merits of The committee members read the stu- testing, and builds to simple regression proposed solutions to various policy issues dent’s examination and prepare an analysis. Requires use of computer packages. and discover the political constraints on the evaluation of that performance, which Prerequisites: Some elementary mathemat- policy making process. Skills stressed in the course include cost-benefit analysis, program is reviewed by the Ph.D. committee. ics/statistics background helpful Fall, 3 credits, ABCF grading evaluation, and basic microeconomics. G. Dissertation Prerequisites: Permission of graduate POL 502 Intermediate Statistics for studies director; Following successful completion of the Public Policy 3 credits, ABCF grading qualifying examinations, the student This course utilizes multivariate regression begins the process of preparing his or analysis and explores violations of the linear POL 536 Public Management and Organizational Behavior her dissertation. model. Requires use of computer. Prerequisites: POL 501 or equivalent This course examines how public sector The third year includes developing Spring, 3 credits, ABCF grading organizations work and how managers can a directed reading course under the operate in the public sector environment. A supervision of a dissertation director. POL 509 Public Budgeting and Finance range of theoretical perspectives, including Through the readings the student will This course develops the rationale for public sociological, economic, and institutional, will be employed as real public organizations are explore specialized research literature taxation and spending programs. It examines the role of public finance in the economy, and examined and analyzed. Public agencies will in the area of a proposed dissertation, explores the use of program and functional also be compared to their private sector coun- develop an initial bibliography, and for- budgets, capital and operating budgets, inter- terparts, and the nature of organizational mulate a specific question for research. governmental expenditures, etc. Focuses on efficiency will be explored. The second half of the year includes state and local governments. Spring, 3 credits, ABCF grading Fall, 3 credits, ABCF grading working with the dissertation director POL 537 Administrative Law for Policy and selecting a dissertation committee POL 510 Personnel Systems for Public Policy Analysts consisting of four faculty members— This course examines the development of This course examines the role of administra- three from the Department of Political civil service and other bureaucratic personnel tive law in the formulation, implementation, Science and one with whom the student systems in American government. It focuses and evaluation of public policy. The role of on the knowledge that managers must have legislation such as the Administrative has worked outside of the Department. to utilize human resources appropriately in Procedures Act is explored. Actual cases are The third year culminates with a pres- the constrained public sector environment. analyzed, as well as the broader set of prece- entation of the dissertation proposal by Focuses mainly on state and local government. dents that have emerged in federal, state, the student and its acceptance by the Spring, 3 credits, ABCF grading and local administrative law proceedings. dissertation committee. 3 credits, ABCF grading POL 530 Topics in Public Affairs Should the dissertation committee Specially organized seminars are offered on POL 538 The Politics of Local Economic reject the proposal, a candidate is topics of particular importance to students of Development allowed to revise the proposal for a public affairs. These courses are led by distin- This course examines the process of local subsequent defense. If this second guished experts in those policy areas. economic development with an emphasis on defense also results in failure, the 3 credits, ABCF grading the interaction of political and economic fac- May be repeated for credit tors. It explores the extent to which local (as student’s program is terminated. compared to state and federal) officials can Upon successful conclusion of POL 531 Topics in Public Affairs: Planning influence business location decisions, the spe- research, the student defends the com- This course addresses the planning process as cific strategies often utilized, and the way pleted dissertation to the committee a decision-making tool in the implementation of they have changed over time. It also consid- ers the winners and losers from the “eco- and the University community at large. public policy in housing, land-use, transporta- tion, and environmental management. The nomic development game” with a focus on course also investigates intergovernmental New York and Long Island. Courses relations and the impact of citizen participa- 3 credits, ABCF grading tion on policy changes. M.A. in Political Science with Emphasis on 3 credits, ABCF grading POL 543 Environmental Politics and Policy Public Policy May be repeated for credit Federal environmental policies, such as the National Environmental Policy Act, the Required courses (POL 501, POL 502, POL 534 Intergovernmental Relations and Coastal Zone Management Act, and the POL 509, POL 510, POL 535, POL 536) Policy Delivery Federal Pure Waters Management Act are are open to qualified students from other The examination of the formulation, imple- examined in this course. The policies, politics, programs with permission of the gradu- mentation, and impact of intergovernmental and administrative activities of federal, state, policy are the core concepts to be covered in and local levels are considered. Finally, the ate program director. Elective courses interaction of the public sector, the private are open to all graduate students. this course. Several policies are examined in- depth, including grant-in-aid programs, sector, and citizen groups in the implementa- General Revenue Sharing, housing and com- tion of environmental policy is discussed. Ph.D. Program munity development, and employment pro- This course is offered as both CES 553 and The required courses for first-year stu- grams. The historical, economic, and political POL 543. 3 credits, ABCF grading dents are given every year; electives are foundations of intergovernmental policy generally offered every other year. delivery systems are examined. 3 credits, ABCF grading POL 544 Human Behavior as Rational Action Courses are open to qualified students Rational behavior means choosing among pos- from other programs with permission of sible actions those that are most efficient in the graduate program director. meeting one’s goals. Whether people do so is one of the oldest unresolved disputes in philos-

311 POLITICAL SCIENCE ophy and the social sciences. We will trace the tion that deals with public policy. The student POL 607 Social Survey in Contemporary main positions in this dispute as they have works in the organization and prepares a Society evolved in philosophy, psychology, economics, daily journal of activities, as well as a paper This course on political socialization focuses anthropology, and sociology, paying special at the conclusion of the course, applying pro- on continuity and change in political attitudes attention to the argument between economics gram knowledge to the internship activities. and behavior across the life span. Topics and other social sciences as to whether eco- Prerequisites: POL 535 and permission of include the stability of political attitudes— nomic behavior exhibits strictly economic graduate program director contrasting the greater durability of political rationality or is heavily affected by noneco- 3-6 credits, S/U grading partisanship and basic values with the relative nomic obligations and aims. Another important May be repeated for credit instability of issue positions; the social psychol- topic is the relationship between individual ogy of attitude change, which lends some nationality and social institutions. Even if indi- POL 600 Research Project insight into the conditions under which atti- viduals do act rationally, can we assume that A two-semester introduction to research for tudes are most likely to change; the importance the large scale social patterns that result are first-year students. The course introduces of political period or era as a determinant of necessarily effective? Readings will consider issues of research design through lectures and political attitudes and behavior; and the exis- the topic abstractly, but also in the concrete set- presentations of current research by faculty tence and coherence of distinct political gener- tings of small intimate groups, formal organiza- members. Each student designs his or her ations. Some attention is also given to the tions, and primitive and modern economic own research paper under the guidance of a political changes that accompany old age, systems and political systems in both stable and faculty member familiar with his or her area including changes in attitude and behavior revolutionary situations. Knowledge of elemen- of interest. Final papers are due in the begin- linked to growing dependency on the Social tary economics is helpful but not required. ning of May. Security and Medicare systems. 3 credits, ABCF grading 3 credits, ABCF grading Prerequisites: POL 602 and POL 603 3 credits, ABCF grading POL 553 Foundations: Comparative, May be repeated for credit International POL 601 Foundations: Public Policy and POL 608 Foundations: Political Psychology, Survey and evaluation of the major theoretical Political Economy Behavior approaches, issues, and problems in compara- A systematic introduction to the principles of A review and analysis of the political behavior tive political analysis. The course examines political economy. Develops a microeconomic literature, including such topics as attitude such areas as political development, empirical model and approach to public policy analysis. formation and change, belief systems, political democratic theory, or political socialization, A major part of the course is devoted to stu- socialization, demographic and small group along with a detailed examination of one or dent projects that analyze the political econ- influences on political beliefs and conduct, more selected non-American political systems. omy of a governmental policy. political leadership, electoral behavior, elite vs. 3 credits, ABCF grading 3 credits, ABCF grading mass politics, decision making, personality and politics, political conformity, and protest. POL 560 American Democracy: Its Critics POL 602 Applied Data Analysis I 3 credits, ABCF grading and Defenders The application of statistical and mathemati- This course will examine the central compo- cal models to the analysis of political data: POL 609 Advanced Research Design nents of American democratic government. introduction to the research process and A practical application of topics in the philos- Critics and defenders of the over 200-year-old to topics in measurement, basic descriptive ophy of science to research design. Students Constitution (Congress, President, Supreme statistics, and inferential statistics. prepare their dissertation proposal as a part Court) will be discussed, as will arguments 3 credits, ABCF grading of this course. surrounding the role of political parties, Prerequisite: Permission of graduate pressure groups, and the bureaucracy. Most POL 603 Applied Data Analysis II program director readings will be from contemporary authors The application of statistical and mathematical 3 credits, ABCF grading and reference sources. This course is offered models to the analysis of political data: as both CEI 560 and POL 560. regression analysis. POL 610 Foundations II: Experimental 3 credits, ABCF grading Prerequisite: POL 602 or equivalent Design and Methods 3 credits, ABCF grading POL 595 Internship Public Policy An overview of experimental research with an emphasis on experimental design, data analy- 3-6 credits, ABCF grading POL 604 Applied Data Analysis III sis, and interpretation. Students develop the May be repeated for credit The application of statistical methods to the ability to critically evaluate experimental analysis of political data. The emphasis is on research. Students also participate in the POL 596 Directed Policy Research diagnosing and dealing with violations of development, implementation, and analysis Student works under supervision of faculty assumptions of statistical models. Topics cov- of a laboratory experiment. member on research project related to public ered include advanced regression, models for 3 credits, ABCF grading policy. discrete dependent variables, systems of 1-6 credits, ABCF grading equations, and selection bias. POL 612 Classics of American Politics Prerequisite: POL 603 or equivalent Reading and discussion of a selection of POL 597 Master’s Paper in Public Policy 3 credits, ABCF grading the most frequently cited works in the field This course is primarily for students already of American politics, with emphasis on rela- employed in the related field. In lieu of POL 605 Foundations: American Politics tively contemporary authors. internship, a student writes a Master’s Paper, A review of the basic political science litera- 3 credits, ABCF grading that goes beyond his or her normal employ- ture on American politics, with emphasis on ment duties to apply theory and methods to a American political institutions. POL 613 Game Theory for Political Science particular policy issue. 3 credits, ABCF grading Introduction to formal models of strategic Prerequisite: Permission of graduate behavior in static, dynamic, and repeated program director POL 606 Duration and Panel Models games. Technical emphasis is formulation and 6 credits, ABCF grading This seminar will consider statistical models solution of games of complete and incomplete for political processes observed over time. information; a variety of equilibrium concepts POL 598 Thesis Registration The major topics will include duration models will be introduced. Substantive applications 1 credit, S/U grading and methods for pooled cross-sectional include spatial models of candidate behavior May be repeated for credit (panel) data. in elections; agenda control and bargaining in 3 credits, ABCF grading legislatures; lobbying by interest groups; POL 599 Internship in Public Policy common pool resource problems; and cooper- This course is an applied internship in a pub- ation between rivals. lic, not-for-profit, or private sector organiza- 3 credits, ABCF grading

312 POLITICAL SCIENCE

POL 614 American Judiciary POL 622 Bureaucracy and the group methods and research applications. A seminar on judicial process and behavior. Policy Process 3 credits, ABCF grading Emphasis is placed on the Supreme Court, An examination of bureaucracy as part of the but trial courts and other appellate courts are policy-making process. This course reviews POL 634 Behavioral Decision Theory examined as well. Topics include constitu- theoretical explanations for the bureaucracy Emphasizes psychological theories of judg- tional interpretation and both legal and extra- as a political institution and implications of its ment and choice and prediction of the errors legal models of decision making. Students rapid growth since the New Deal. It also that individual decision makers are likely to should possess basic methodological skills. looks inside bureaucratic organizations, make. These ideas are applied to a variety of 3 credits, ABCF grading examining factors that influence the exercise political contexts. of discretion and policy implementation. 3 credits, ABCF grading POL 615 Legislative Process 3 credits, ABCF grading A seminar on the legislative process, focusing POL 635 Advanced Topics: Political on current research on the United States POL 623 Urban Politics Socialization Congress. This course concentrates on urban and subur- An interdisciplinary course on political social- 3 credits, ABCF grading ban growth, the decentralization of metropol- ization that focuses on continuity and change itan areas, land-use policy, and reforming in political attitudes and behavior across the POL 616 Political Parties and Groups metropolitan policy making. Specific policy life span. Readings cover research and theo- A seminar on parties, campaigns, and elections areas such as education, finance, and police rizing on conditions under which political atti- in the United States. Topics covered include are considered. Political phenomena, including tudes are most likely to change. Dual party organization and leadership, nomina- parties and ethnic groups, are also discussed. emphasis is placed on attitudes that prove to tion and general election campaigns, and the This course is offered as both CES 545 and be exceedingly stable over time and others role of parties in government. POL 623. that seem to have undergone considerable 3 credits, ABCF grading 3 credits, ABCF grading change over the past few decades. 3 credits, ABCF grading POL 617 Electoral Behavior POL 624 Decision Making in Organizations POL 664 Advanced Institutions Models of voting choices; key attitudes such A seminar on decision procedures in public as party identification, issue orientations, and and private organizations. The course begins 3 credits, ABCF grading ideology; the impact of group affiliations, with the rational choice model developed economic conditions; campaign strategies of primarily in economics and policy analysis, POL 670 Advanced Topics: Public Policy Analysis I candidates; congressional vs. presidential then considers common problems of decision- elections; historical change, e.g., party making arising from limited capabilities, An intensive examination of major substantive realignments. conflicts among organization members, and and methodological concerns involved in the investigation of the public policy process. 3 credits, ABCF grading uncertainties and ambiguity in the organiza- tion’s environment. Readings are from Prerequisite: Permission of graduate pro- POL 618 American Political Ideology several disciplines. gram director This course examines American political ide- 3 credits, ABCF grading 3 credits, ABCF grading ology as it is reflected in public opinion, polit- May be repeated for credit ical debate, and public policy. The goal is to POL 629 Experimental Game Theory understand the underlying bases of conflict Surveys experimental tests of formal models POL 671 Advanced Topics: Public Policy and consensus in American politics and the derived from political economy and game the- Analysis II ways in which they influence and constrain ory, and applies behavioral and social-psycho- A continuation of POL 670. debate over public policy. The course traces logical theories to explain deviations from 3 credits, ABCF grading the development of political conflict in the equilibrium behavior. The methodologies of psychological and economic experiments are United States and examines the basis of con- POL 673 Advanced Topics: American Politics I contrasted and explored. Substantive appli- temporary political debate. A seminar in American institutions and cations include social trust, bargaining power, processes, focusing on current research in such Prerequisites: POL 605 and permission of agenda control, committee decision making, instructor areas as Congress, the Supreme Court, the common pool resource problems, and political presidency, political parties, or bureaucracy. 3 credits, ABCF grading persuasion. Prerequisite: POL 605 3 credits, ABCF grading POL 620 Government Regulation of Business 3 credits, ABCF grading An examination of the scope of government POL 631 Political Cognition May be repeated for credit regulation of business in the United States Surveys the contemporary psychological today—regulation at both the federal and literature on human memory and cognition, POL 674 Advanced Topics: American Politics II state levels and by both economic and social with emphasis on applications to political A continuation of POL 673. agencies. The course compares market vs. information processing. 3 credits, ABCF grading regulatory policies as well as possible expla- Prerequisite: POL 608 May be repeated for credit nations for why some regulatory agencies 3 credits, ABCF grading change over time. Finally, the course consid- POL 675 Advanced Topics: Comparative ers proposed reforms, such as clearer legisla- POL 632 Mass Communication and Politics I tive standards, curbs on “revolving door” Political Persuasion Readings and research papers on topics in practices, greater citizen participation in In-depth examination of the role of mass comparative politics. Particular attention is agency proceedings, and deregulation. media in the political process and the psycho- given to concepts and methods identified 3 credits, ABCF grading logical dynamics of media influence. Effects with the field. of the media on public opinion and voting. Prerequisite: POL 553 POL 621 Theories of Policy Making Implications of media influence on demo- 3 credits, ABCF grading An introduction to theories of policy making, cratic theory. May be repeated for credit especially policy formulation, stressing read- 3 credits, ABCF grading ing and thinking about classics and acquiring POL 676 Advanced Topics: Methods I skills necessary for theorizing, including POL 633 Social Influence and Group A course reviewing the literature and method- mathematical modeling and formal theory. Processes in Political Decision Making ology of specific areas of political science Laboratories focus on improving special skills Review of contemporary theories of social research. The course relates directly to research (e.g., optimization) and theorizing about par- influence processes and group decision-mak- applications and provides students with an ticular policy areas (e.g., pork barrel politics). ing, with emphasis on applications to decision opportunity to apply advanced research tools to 3 credits, ABCF grading making in politics. Special focus on small- selected substantive problems.

313 POLITICAL SCIENCE

Prerequisite: Permission of graduate pro- POL 699 Dissertation Research On Campus gram director Dissertation research under direction of 3 credits, ABCF grading advisor. May be repeated for credit Prerequisite: Advancement to candidacy (G5); permission of Graduate Program POL 678 Political Decision Making Director; major portion of research must Review of the literature and methods related take place on SB campus, at Cold Spring to a topic or problem in contemporary political Harbor, or at Brookhaven National Lab science, voting behavior, issue formation, inter- Fall, spring, and summer, 1-9 credits, est groups, political economy, or personality. S/U grading Prerequisite: POL 605, 608 May be repeated for credit 3 credits, ABCF grading May be repeated for credit POL 700 Dissertation Research Off Campus– Domestic POL 679 Advanced Topics: Prerequisite: Must be advanced to candidacy Political Psychology/Behavior II (G5); major portion of research will take A continuation of POL 678. place off campus, but in the U.S. and/or U.S. 3 credits, ABCF grading provinces (Brookhaven National Lab and May be repeated for credit Cold Spring Harbor Lab are considered on POL 680 Directed Study campus); all international students must Individual studies under the guidance of a enroll in one of the graduate student faculty member. Subject matter varies insurance plans and should be advised according to the needs of the student. by an International Advisor Prerequisite: Permission of instructor and Fall, spring, and summer, 1-9 credits, graduate program director S/U grading 1-6 credits, ABCF grading May be repeated for credit May be repeated for credit POL 701 Dissertation Research Off Campus– POL 681 Directed Study International Individual studies under the guidance of a Prerequisite: Must be advanced to candidacy faculty member. Subject matter varies (G5); major portion of research will take according to the needs of the student. place outside the U.S. and/or U.S. provinces; Prerequisite: Permission of instructor and domestic students have the option of graduate program director the health plan and may also enroll in 1-9 credits, S/U grading May be repeated for credit MEDEX; international students who are in their home country are not covered by a POL 690 Research Colloquium mandatory health plan and must contact Students participate in weekly Departmental the Insurance Office for the insurance colloquia where they serve as discussants charge to be removed; international students of research reports presented by individual who are not in their home country are faculty members or outside investigators charged for the mandatory health insurance reporting on current research. (if they are to be covered by another Prerequisite: Permission of graduate pro- insurance plan, they must file a waiver by gram director the second week of classes; the charge will be 3 credits, ABCF grading removed only if the other plan is deemed POL 691 Research Practicum I comparable); all international students A course actively involving students in an must receive clearance from an ongoing research project under the direction International Advisor of a principal investigator. Students partici- Fall, spring, and summer, 1-9 credits, pate in all stages of the research project and S/U grading are required to prepare a research report on May be repeated for credit one aspect of the project. 3 credits, S/U grading POL 800 Summer Research 0 credit, S/U grading POL 692 Research Practicum II May be repeated for credit A continuation of POL 691. Students actively participate in either a second research proj- ect, where they will again prepare a research report, or continue their participation in the same project, where they are then assigned a subset of data for analysis or carry out a spe- cific research aim of the project. Prerequisite: POL 691 3 credits, S/U grading May be repeated for credit POL 693 Practicum in Teaching 1-3 credits, S/U grading

314 SCHOOL OF PROFESSIONAL DEVELOPMENT School of Professional Development (SPD)

Dean: Paul J. Edelson, Ward Melville Social and Behavioral Sciences Building Room N-203, (631) 632-7049 Associate Dean and Teacher Certification Officer: Marvin J. Glockner, Ward Melville Social and Behavioral Sciences Building Room N-223, (631) 632-7055 Assistant Dean for Curriculum and Academic Planning: Carolyn Jankowski, Ward Melville Social and Behavioral Sciences Building Room N-215, (631) 632-9159 Assistant Dean for Budget and Administration: Joyce Wellinger, Ward Melville Social and Behavioral Sciences Building Room N-203, (631) 632-7053 Assistant Dean for Academic Services: Judith Daly, Ward Melville Social and Behavioral Sciences Building Room N-201, (631) 632-7751 Advanced Graduate Certificates (AGCs) awarded: Coaching; Educational Computing; Environmental Management; Human Resource Management; Information Systems Management; Operations Research. Post-Master’s Advanced Graduate Certificates (AGCs) awarded: Educational Leadership and School District Business Leader. Degrees awarded: Master of Arts in Liberal Studies (M.A./L.S.); Master of Arts in Teaching (M.A.T.): M.A.T. in English, grades 7 to 12; M.A.T. in Foreign Languages, grades 7 to 12 (French, Italian, German, Russian, or Spanish); M.A.T. in Mathematics, grades 7 to 12; M.A.T. in Science, grades 7 to 12 (Biology, Chemistry, Earth Science, or Physics); M.A.T. in Social Studies, grades 7 to 12; Master of Professional Studies (M.P.S.), with a concentration in either Human Resource Management or Environmental Management. Also, most M.A.T.s are offered as dual-degree programs in conjunction with a B.A. or B.S. in the same content area.

The School of Professional Development dation to BOCES for a New York State Master of Arts in Liberal (SPD) offers graduate degree and cer- coaching license. Studies (M.A./L.S.): tificate programs designed for working SPD is also Stony Brook’s admissions Fully Online Program adults. Courses are scheduled in the gateway for non-matriculating graduate The M.A./L.S. is also available in a evenings, on Saturdays, off-campus, and students. These are students who hold a completely online, asynchronous format. online; students may enroll on a part- baccalaureate degree or higher and wish By providing courses through its time or full-time basis. to continue their studies by taking grad- Electronic Extension Program (EEP), From Human Resource Manage- uate or undergraduate courses without SPD makes it possible for students with ment to Environmental Management, committing to a degree program. busy schedules to pursue graduate SPD offers a wide range of programs study at Stony Brook without having to that address the needs of the Long For more information, visit the SPD come to campus. M.A./L.S. online stu- Island region and emerging professions. Web site at www.stonybrook.edu/spd dents take the same courses, learn from Its most popular programs, however, are the same distinguished faculty, and earn in the field of professional education. Master of Arts in Liberal the same degree credit as their on-cam- SPD supports educators in each step of Studies (M.A./L.S.): pus counterparts. This degree program their careers by preparing new teachers Traditional Program has been approved by the New York seeking initial licensure (the Master of The Master of Arts in Liberal Studies State Education Department and Arts in Teaching), assisting current program is a 33-credit interdisciplinary accredited by the Middle States teachers in obtaining their professional degree program that examines issues Association. license (the Master of Arts in Liberal and themes in the arts and humanities, The 33-credit degree program is sub- Studies), and helping advance seasoned social and behavioral sciences, and natu- stantially the same as the traditional teachers into the ranks of administration ral and applied sciences. Developed pri- M.A./L.S., however, areas of study are (the Educational Leadership programs). marily for adult students who seek limited to the online course offerings. educational enrichment and professional Because SPD expands its online offerings Since 1996, SPD has been at the fore- development on a part-time evening each semester, prospective students front of online learning and currently basis, the M.A./L.S. is not structured should visit the M.A./L.S. online Web has the highest online graduate enroll- specifically to serve as a prerequisite to site for program requirements and a ment of any SUNY school. As of Fall a more advanced degree. sample course selection. The address is 2007, SPD offers five fully online degree The M.A./L.S. is acceptable as a func- www.stonybrook.edu/spd/malsonline. and advanced graduate certificate pro- tionally relevant master’s degree that grams. All of SPD’s online graduate pro- initially licensed teachers may use to Master of Professional grams are accredited, and its Master of achieve professional certification Studies (M.P.S.) Arts in Liberal Studies and post-mas- through the New York State Education The Master of Professional Studies has ter’s Educational Leadership Advanced Department (provided that they com- been developed as the professional stud- Graduate Certificate have been plete a minimum of four courses in their ies counterpart to the Master of Arts in approved by the New York State content area of certification as part of Liberal Studies. It is an interdiscipli- Department of Education for the pur- their program). nary degree whose core curriculum poses of initial and professional certifi- The degree program is also available in focuses on the theoretical structure and cation. (Refer to individual program a completely online, asynchronous format methodology of social science disciplines descriptions for specific information that has been approved by the New York and their application to professional stud- about how these programs meet certifi- State Education Department. For com- ies. Two concentrations are available cation requirements.) In addition, the plete admission and program require- within this program: Human Resource Advanced Graduate Certificate in ments, visit SPD on the Web at Management or Environmental Manage- Coaching is valid for district recommen- www.stony brook.edu/spd/graduate/mals ment. The program stresses the applica-

315 SCHOOL OF PROFESSIONAL DEVELOPMENT tion of research and experience to com- Dr. Kenneth Lindblom Master of Arts in Teaching plex social and political issues. Director, M.A.T. in English Program (M.A.T.): Science Structured primarily for working adults Department of English who seek educational study and pro- Stony Brook University Biology, Chemistry, Earth Science, fessional development on a part-time Telephone: (631) 632-7403 or 632-7055 or Physics evening basis, the M.P.S. does not E-mail: [email protected] Offered by the Departments of Bio- specifically serve as a prerequisite for a chemistry and Cell Biology, Chemistry, more advanced degree. Master of Arts in Teaching Geosciences, Physics, and the Pro- The M.P.S. with a concentration in (M.A.T.): Foreign Languages fessional Education Program in collabo- Human Resource Management is also The Master of Arts in Teaching Foreign ration with SPD, these Master of Arts in available in an asynchronous, fully online Languages programs are individually Teaching programs are individually format. For complete admission and designed to lead to New York State designed to lead to New York State program requirements, visit SPD on certification for teaching French, certification for teaching Biology, the Web at www.stonybrook.edu/spd/ German, Italian, Russian, or Spanish in Chemistry, Earth Science, or Physics in graduate/mps.html the secondary schools (grades 7 to 12). the secondary schools (grades 7 to 12). Each program requires 44 graduate Each program consists of a total of Master of Arts in Teaching credits of coursework. (M.A.T.) 41 graduate credits of coursework. The programs are offered through SPD For complete admission and program Each Master of Arts in Teaching program in collaboration with the Professional requirements, visit SPD on the Web at includes a set of professional education Education Program and the Department www.stonybrook.edu/spd/graduate/mat courses and a concentration in an aca- of European Languages, Literatures, and science.html, or contact the appropriate demic discipline. Students who complete Cultures. For complete admission and program director at the phone numbers an M.A.T. program satisfy both the reg- program requirements, visit SPD on the listed below: istered and approved program require- Web at www.stonybrook.edu/spd/gradu- Biology M.A.T.: Dr. Zuzana Zachar; (631) ments for New York State secondary ate/matfl.html. Prospective students may 632-8970 or [email protected] grades 7 to 12 initial teacher certification also address inquiries to: Chemistry M.A.T.: Dr. Robert Kerber; in M.A.T. subject areas (i.e., Biology, Dr. Sarah Jourdain, Director (631) 632-7940 or Robert.Kerber@stony Chemistry, Earth Science, English, M.A.T. in Foreign Language Programs brook.edu French, German, Italian, Mathematics, Stony Brook University Earth Science M.A.T.: Dr. Gilbert Physics, Russian, Spanish, and Social Stony Brook, New York 11794-3359 Hanson; (631) 632-8210 or Gilbert.Hanson Studies) and the master’s degree require- Telephone (631) 632-7440 or 632-7055 @stonybrook.edu ment for professional certification. E-mail: [email protected] Physics M.A.T.: Dr. Robert McCarthy; SPD Office of Teacher Certification: (631) 632-8086 or Robert.McCarthy@stony [email protected]. Master of Arts in Teaching brook.edu sunysb.edu (M.A.T.): Mathematics All advisement on how to meet The Master of Arts in Teaching Master of Arts in Teaching requirements for state certification by Mathematics is a course of study leading (M.A.T.): Social Studies the alternate route (i.e., minimum to New York State certification for requirements) must be obtained from The Master of Arts in Teaching Social teaching mathematics in the secondary the State Education Department in Studies, with a concentration in history, schools (grades 7 to 12). This 42-credit Albany, (518) 474-3901, or visit NYSED is designed as a course of study leading program, offered in collaboration with online at http://ohe32.nysed.gov/tcert to New York State certification for the University’s Department of Math- teaching social studies in the secondary Master of Arts in Teaching ematics and Professional Education schools (grades 7 to 12). It is offered (M.A.T.): English Program, is designed for those who through SPD in collaboration with the have little or no previous coursework Professional Education Program and Offered through SPD in collaboration in education or formal classroom teach- the Department of History. The pro- with the Professional Education Program ing experience. gram consists of a total of 41 graduate and the Department of English, the For complete admission and program credits of coursework. Master of Arts in Teaching English is requirements, visit SPD on the Web For complete admission and program designed as a course of study leading to at www.stonybrook.edu/spd/graduate/ requirements, visit SPD on the Web at New York State certification for teach- matmath.html. Prospective students www.stonybrook.edu/spd/graduate/matss. ing English in the secondary schools may also address inquiries to: html. Prospective students may also (grades 7 to 12). This program consists Dr. Bernard Maskit, Director address inquiries to: of 41 credits of graduate coursework. M.A.T. in Mathematics Program Dr. Lawrence Frohman, Director For complete admission and program Stony Brook University MAT in Social Studies Program requirements, visit SPD on the Web at Stony Brook, New York 11794-3651 Stony Brook University www.stonybrook.edu/spd/graduate/mat Telephone (631) 632-8257 or 632-7055 Stony Brook, New York 11794-4333 english.html. Prospective students may Telephone (631) 632-7686 or 632-7055 also address inquiries to: E-mail: [email protected] E-mail: Lawrence.Frohman@stony brook.edu

316 SCHOOL OF PROFESSIONAL DEVELOPMENT

Educational Leadership Advanced Graduate Certificate technologies in a school setting. Program (AGC) Programs Graduates of this program may assume roles such as curriculum developers, SPD has the largest Educational SPD offers a variety of Advanced coordinators of instructional computing, Leadership program in New York State Graduate Certificate programs for or technology planners that help schools and is the first program of its kind to be individuals who seek a specialized profes- select appropriate hardware and soft- offered both in-person and completely sional credential beyond the baccalaure- ware to support technology-enriched online. The program is open to teachers ate degree. Programs are currently curricula. who have at least three years of full-time offered in the following areas of study: The business/industry track will train teaching experience and have already Coaching, Educational Computing, the student to become a leader in the Environmental Management, Human earned a master’s degree. Completion of use of the computer as a tool in training Resource Management, Information and education. In addition, the program this 36-credit Post-Master’s Advanced Systems Management, and Operations will help the student to become an Graduate Certificate program leads to a Research. Credit requirements range expert in the teaching of applications credential that serves as a pathway for from 18 to 21 credits, some of which may software such as spreadsheets and data- certification at both the district and be applicable toward a master’s degree. bases. Graduates of this program may building levels. Such positions include Please consult with an SPD academic assume roles as teachers of applications superintendent of schools, district super- advisor to determine how the graduate software, multimedia developers, experts intendent, assistant superintendent, courses that meet the requirements for on human-computer interface, or experts principal, assistant principal, department each of these certificates may, where on the infusion of computer-based tech- chair, or athletic director. The appropriate, also be used to satisfy SPD nologies in various business/industry Educational Leadership Program is offered degree program requirements. environments. in collaboration with the University’s For complete admission and program Advanced Graduate Certificate Professional Education Program. requirements, visit SPD on the Web at www.stonybrook.edu/spd/graduate/ For complete admission and program (AGC) in Coaching edcomputing.html. For academic ques- requirements, visit SPD on the Web at The Advanced Graduate Certificate in tions, prospective students may contact: www.stonybrook.edu/spd/edleadership. Coaching program offers the necessary Professor David Ferguson, Chair Prospective students may also e-mail course work to meet New York State cer- tification or licensing requirements. Department of Technology and Society inquiries to [email protected] Students will examine a broad range of Telephone: (631) 632-8763 or call (631) 632-7078. issues that impact the coach in today’s E-mail: [email protected] School District Business Leader educational climate, including learning Advanced Graduate Certificate (SDBL) Post-Master’s Advanced theories, social and psychological issues, (AGC) in Environmental Graduate Certificate principles of organization and administra- Management tion, kinesthetic theories, injury care, and SPD’s 18-credit Advanced Graduate This Post-Master’s Advanced Graduate exercise and nutritional considerations. Certificate in Environmental Management Certificate program prepares profes- This program can be completed in is offered in collaboration with Stony sionals from the corporate world, public person at our Stony Brook campus or Brook’s School of Marine and Atmospheric service agencies, and charitable institu- completely online. tions for access and advancement to Sciences. The certificate program quali- For complete admission and program fies individuals to confront the complex positions in a school district central requirements, visit SPD on the Web at and controversial problems of environ- office as assistant superintendent for www.stonybrook.edu/spd/graduate/ mental management by providing stu- school business positions. This 36-credit coaching.html. Prospective students dents with the educational background program is offered in collaboration with may contact Dr. Jack Foley, Program for making informed decisions on these the University’s Professional Education Director, at [email protected] matters. Areas to be covered in this pro- Program. Courses in this program can or at (516) 524-1791. gram include community land use be used to complete some requirements Advanced Graduate Certificate planning, systems and risk manage- toward the Ed.D. at St. John’s (AGC) in Educational Computing ment, policy and the democratic process, University and the Ed.D. in Educational wetland and water resource studies, and Administration at Hofstra University. The 18-credit Advanced Graduate issues relating to communication and For complete admission and program Certificate program in Educational participatory processes. Computing is offered in collaboration requirements, visit SPD on the Web at This certificate should appeal to those with the Department of Technology and www.stonybrook.edu/spd/graduate/sdbl/ who consider access to the most current Society. This certificate is designed to index.html. Prospective students may expertise in environmental manage- provide background training and inter- ment essential to working effectively in also address inquiries to: vention techniques for students who their professional careers or public serv- Dr. Robert Moraghan wish to become proficient in educational ice activities. It is designed to meet the School of Professional Development computing in either an education-based immediate demands for environmental Stony Brook University or business/industry-based situation. management solutions and the more Stony Brook, NY 11794-4310 The education track will train the long-range goal of promoting the envi- Telephone: (631) 632-7702 student to become a leader in the innova- ronmental and economic welfare of the E-mail: [email protected] tive use of computers and computer-based New York region.

317 SCHOOL OF PROFESSIONAL DEVELOPMENT

For complete admission and program workers in the information systems field requirements, visit SPD on the Web at without formal managerial training, the www.stonybrook.edu/spd/graduate/ program offers managerial courses and a environmental.html. For academic ques- professional credential. tions, prospective students may contact: For complete admission and program Dr. Larry Swanson requirements, visit SPD on the Web at School of Marine and Atmospheric Sciences www.stonybrook.edu/spd/graduate/ism. Telephone: (631) 632-8704 html. For academic questions, prospective E-mail: Lawrence.Swanson@stony students may contact: brook.edu Aristotle Lekacos College of Business Advanced Graduate Certificate Telephone: (631) 632-7389 (AGC) in Human Resource E-mail: Aristotle.Lekacos@stony Management brook.edu Offered in collaboration with the College of Business, this program pro- Advanced Graduate Certificate vides the educational background neces- (AGC) in Operations Research sary to make informed decisions in This certificate program is offered management and policy analysis as through SPD in collaboration with the related to human resource issues. It is Department of Applied Mathematics designed for private- and public-sector and Statistics in the College of managers, industrial relations specialists, Engineering and Applied Sciences and union representatives, human resource/ correlates with the M.S. in Applied personnel managers, and employee train- Mathematics and Statistics as well as ing professionals. Eighteen of the 21 the Master of Arts in Liberal Studies credits required to earn this Advanced offered through SPD. Graduate Certificate may be applied The Advanced Graduate Certificate in toward SPD’s Master of Professional Operations Research provides students Studies degree. Course work for this cer- with the fundamental applied mathe- tificate program may be completed on matics tools for developing protocols for campus, online, or in combination. the efficient management of private For complete admission and program companies, government agencies, and requirements, visit SPD on the Web at non-profit organizations. www.stonybrook.edu/spd/graduate/hrm. In today’s global marketplace, organi- html. For academic questions, prospec- zations need to be efficient to survive. tive students may contact: The Operations Research program will Dr. Manuel London provide formal training in methods of Associate Dean, College of Business optimization, modeling, and statistics Telephone: (631) 632-7159 used in operations research. The objec- E-mail: [email protected] tive of this program is to help individuals to assist organizations in making effi- Advanced Graduate Certificate cient use of their resources so as to max- (AGC) in Information Systems imize efficiency and minimize cost. Management Graduates of this program may be able This 18-credit program provides an to advance in management and organiza- educational opportunity to combine tional planning positions within their management education with technical current employment or obtain new training in specific areas related to employment. It is recommended that information systems. Offered in collabo- applicants to the program hold a bache- ration with the College of Business, this lor’s degree in mathematics, engineer- graduate certificate program should ing, or computer science. interest students from various pro- For complete admission and program fessional fields. For students without requirements, visit SPD on the Web formal training in management of infor- at www.stonybrook.edu/spd/graduate/ mation systems, the program can be operations.html. For academic ques- used as an introduction to the field. For tions, prospective students may contact: students with management experience, Dr. Alan Tucker the program offers specialized courses in Coordinator of Operations Research selected subjects such as systems analy- Department of Applied Mathematics sis and design, database management, and Statistics telecommunications, expert systems, Telephone: (631) 632-8365 and personal computing. For technical E-mail: [email protected]

318 PSYCHOLOGY

Psychology (PSY)

Chair: Nancy K. Squires, Psychology B Room 154, (631) 632-7808 Graduate Program Director: Arthur Samuel, Psychology B Room 152, (631) 632-7855 Graduate Program Coordinator: Marilynn Wollmuth, Psychology B Room 150, (631) 632-7855 Web site: www.psychology.sunysb.edu

Degrees awarded: Ph.D. in Biopsychology; Ph.D. in Clinical Psychology; Ph.D. in Cognitive/Experimental Psychology; Ph.D. in Social and Health Psychology

The Department of Psychology, in the goal of becoming active and original variety of disabilities. Affiliations have College of Arts and Sciences, is one of contributors. been established with the University’s Stony Brook’s largest graduate depart- Health Sciences Center, North Shore ments. More than 800 Ph.D. degrees Graduate Training Programs University Hospital, Long Island have been awarded since the program Faculty in each area maintain active lab- Jewish Hillside Hospital, local public began more than 40 years ago. In recent oratories with state-of-the-art equip- schools, an agency for the mentally years the population of students has ment for research and graduate training. retarded, and Northport Veteran’s been about 60 percent women, 15 percent The Clinical area research interests Administration Hospital. The Depart- students from underrepresented groups, of the core faculty center on depressive ment-sponsored University Preschool and 10 percent international students. disorders, anxiety disorders, personal- enrolls children from 18 months to five The Department is administratively ity disorders, discord and aggression years of age, permitting both research organized into four program areas: among couples, romantic competence and observation. Biopsychology, Clinical Psychology, among adolescents and adults, social The Biopsychology area research of Cognitive/Experimental Psychology, and problem solving, psychotherapy process core faculty spans the fields of behav- Social and Health Psychology. Students and outcome, lesbian/gay/bisexual ioral neuroscience, cognitive neuro- must be admitted to one of these four issues, and autism. Faculty labs are science and affective neuroscience, and program areas, but they are encouraged equipped with state-of-the-art facilities molecular biology. The breadth of the to receive training in more than one pro- including equipment for observational program allows students to obtain a gram area if appropriate. In conjunction research (e.g., digital cameras and broad foundation in neuroscience while with the Department of Neurobiology DVDs), psychophysiological equipment developing expertise in a focused and Behavior, Brookhaven National (e.g., heart rate, blood pressure, respira- research program. Faculty interested in Laboratory, and the Department of tory rate) as well as electrophysiology animal models study neurodevelopmen- Psychiatry, interdisciplinary training is (EEG, ERP). The clinical area also uti- tal disorders such as autism, the role offered in behavioral neuroscience. In lizes a number of other on- and off-cam- experience plays in shaping neural con- conjunction with the Departments of pus facilities for clinical research and nections, mediating damage, and behav- Linguistics and Computer Science, training, including the Psychological ioral performance, and the role peptides interdisciplinary training is offered in Center, a training, research, and service play in memory, attention, and motiva- cognitive science. Course offerings and unit that provides psychological serv- tion. Faculty studying human subjects research training are structured in such ices and consultation to the community are interested in the role of prefrontal a way that students can meet the as well as a site for graduate practicum cortex in cognitive control mechanisms requirements for a Ph.D. degree in and internships. Within the Psychologi- and working memory, and faculty in Biopsychology, Clinical Psychology, cal Center, an Anxiety Disorders Clinic affective neuroscience focus on the rela- Cognitive/Experimental Psychology, or provides assessment and treatment of tionship between personality, genes, and Social and Health Psychology. Stony various anxiety disorders such as obses- epigenetic regulation of gene expression, Brook’s doctoral program in clinical psy- sive-compulsive disorder and post-trau- and their impact on regional brain acti- chology is approved by the American matic stress disorder. The University vation. Human imaging is conducted on Psychological Association. Marital Therapy Clinic provides ther- the 3T MRI at Stony Brook University A detailed description of the graduate apy for couples and individuals in the Hospital. Additional facilities are cur- program, including requirements for community who are experiencing rela- rently being developed through an NSF students in each area of graduate stud- tionship difficulties. Personnel at the Instrumentation Grant. Faculty also ies, is available from the departmental Marital Clinic also provide forensic have individual facilities for molecular graduate office or at www.psychology. assessments for child custody and ther- biology, transcranial magnetic stimula- sunysb.edu apeutic visitation for the Supreme and tion, human electrophysiology, and In all four program areas, the primary Family Courts of Suffolk County, New eye-tracking. Overall, there are opportu- emphasis is on research training York. The Autism Help Center is a nities for rigorous, sophisticated tech- through apprenticeship, advisement, and private local agency that deals with niques that are often integrated. For independent research. New students are school and family issues for children studies in animals, investigators have encouraged to become involved immedi- with autism and related developmental basic histology facilities, a neuron trac- ately in ongoing research and to engage disabilities. The Developmental Dis- ing system, image analysis, and equip- in independent research when sufficient abilities Institute, another local agency, ment for numerous behavioral tests skills and knowledge permit, with the also offers services for people with a (operant conditioning, mazes, motor

319 PSYCHOLOGY tasks), and behavioral interventions adequate preparation for the intended behavioral economics, self-control, addiction, (pharmacological ICV infusion, exercise, area of study (ordinarily including gambling, and time allocation in humans and stress, enrichment). There are also statistics, research methodology, and/or other animals; Cognitive/Experimental Program. multi-user facilities for electron psychology laboratory) Professors microscopy. B. An average of 3.5 or better in Aron, Arthur, Ph.D., 1970, University of Toronto, The Cognitive/Experimental area offers academic undergraduate coursework Canada: Motivation and cognition in close training in cognitive science in its affil- relationships; intergroup relations; social iations with the Departments of C. One official copy of all previous col- neuroscience; Social and Health Program. Linguistics and Computer Science, and lege transcripts, with certified English Carr, Edward G., Ph.D., 1973, University of in cognitive neuroscience, in cooperation translations of any transcripts in a for- California, San Diego: Autism; developmental with the Biopsychology Program. The eign language disabilities; applied behavior analysis; positive Language, Mind, and Brain Initiative behavior support with families and schools; D. Letters of recommendation from regularly sponsors interdisciplinary Clinical Program, Social and Health Program. three instructors or academic advisors, seminars with participation from and, for applicants to Clinical D’Zurilla, Thomas J., Emeritus, Ph.D., 1964, Psychology, Linguistics, Computer University of Illinois: Social problem solving; Psychology, three supplementary Science, Philosophy, and Biology. problem-solving therapy; prevention problem- recommendations. The Clinical supple- Laboratory facilities include a Purkinje solving training; Clinical Program. mental recommendation form can be eyetracker and several lightweight found at the Departmental Web site: Gerrig, Richard, Ph.D., 1984, Stanford head-mounted eyetrackers for psy- University: Psycholinguistics; text understanding www.psychology.sunysb.edu cholinguistics and visual cognition stud- and representation; nonconventional language; ies, rooms equipped to study electronic E. The Graduate Record Examination cognitive experiences of narrative worlds; communication and human-computer (GRE) General Test (the subject GRE Cognitive/Experimental Program. interaction, sound-isolated chambers for is not required) Klein, Daniel N., Ph.D., 1983, University at perception and psycholinguistics experi- Buffalo: Psychopathology; mood disorders; F. For international students, ments, multimedia workstations for pre- assessment, classification, course, develop- TOEFL or IELTS scores (unless their senting stimuli and collecting data, and ment, familial transmission, and treatment of native language is English or they computer-controlled choice stations for depression; child temperament and personality attended college where English was the development; Clinical Program. testing human and non-human subjects. language of instruction) and the Faculty research is particularly strong Levine, Marvin, Emeritus, Ph.D., 1959, International Student Financial in language, memory, attention, visual University of Wisconsin: Problem solving, Affidavit especially heuristics, and the use of spatial cognition, and perception. Most information; comparison of Buddhist and research programs are funded by agen- G. Students who do not meet these Western views of human nature; Clinical cies such as the National Science requirements may also apply if they Program. Foundation, the National Institutes of feel that special circumstances should O’Leary, Susan G., Ph.D., 1972, Stony Brook Health, and the Army Research Office. be considered University: Theoretical and applied research Faculty, students, and postdoctoral asso- H. Acceptance by the Department on discipline practices in the home; prevention ciates rely primarily on the Department and Graduate School and early intervention vis-a-vis oppositional of Psychology’s large volunteer pool of and conduct-disordered children; Clinical human subjects. The deadline for receipt of applica- Program. The Social and Health area faculty tions and all supporting materials for Rajaram, Suparna, Ph.D., 1991, Rice have affiliations with the Department of fall admission is December 15. University: Human memory and amnesia; Psychiatry and Behavioral Science and Applications must be submitted online. implicit and explicit memory distinctions; new they collaborate with researchers and Links to the online application system learning in amnesia; priming, social influences clinicians in a variety of departments at are on the department Web site at on individual memory; experimental investiga- the Stony Brook School of Medicine and www.psychology.sunysb.edu tion of remembering and knowing the past. University Hospital. Social and Health Cognitive/Experimental Program. facilities include laboratories for studies Faculty Samuel, Arthur, Graduate Program Director, of attachment, women’s health, close Ph.D., 1979, University of California, relationships, stress and coping, social- Distinguished Professors San Diego: Perception, psycholinguistics, and attention; perception of speech as a domain cognitive development, prejudice and Goldfried, Marvin, Ph.D., 1961, University at of study in cognitive psychology; spatial and discrimination, social cognition, social Buffalo: Lesbian, gay, and bisexual issues; psychotherapy process research; cognitive temporal properties of visual attention; identity, social neuroscience, volun- Cognitive/Experimental Program. teerism, academic achievement, meta- behavior therapy; delineation of common thera- peutic principles across theoretical orientations. Squires, Nancy K., Chair, Ph.D., analysis, and medical decision-making. Clinical Program 1972, University of California, San Diego: Admission O’Leary, K. Daniel, Director of Clinical Training, Neuropsychology; neurophysiological Ph.D., 1967, University of Illinois: Etiology and measures of sensory and cognitive functions The requirements for admission to doc- treatment of marital discord and spouse abuse; of the human brain, both in normal and toral study, in addition to the minimum physical aggression in intimate relationships; the clinical populations; Biopsychology Program. Graduate School requirements, ordinarily effects of marital discord on partner depression; Waters, Everett, Ph.D., 1977, University of include: memory for interpersonal events; Clinical Program. Minnesota: Social and personality development; Rachlin, Howard, Emeritus, Ph.D., 1965, parent-child and adult-adult attachment A. A bachelor’s degree with a major in relationships; Social and Health Program. Psychology, or in a program providing Harvard University: Choice, decision making,

320 PSYCHOLOGY

Waters, Harriet Salatas, Ph.D., 1976, Assistant Professors Crowell, Judith A., Professor, Psychiatry: Child University of Minnesota: Cognitive development Freitas, Antonio L., Ph.D., 2002, Yale University: and Adolescent Psychiatry, M.D., 1978, (comprehension and production of prose; Social cognition; motivation; self-regulation; University of Vermont: the attachment system memory and problem solving) and social cog- Social and Health Program. across the life span; parent-child and adult- nition (mental representations of early social adult interactions; Social and Health Program. Hajcak, Greg, Ph.D., 2006, University of experience, co-construction and socialization Delaware. Psychophysiology, emotion, cognition; Evinger, Leslie Craig, Ph.D., 1978, University of processes); Social and Health Program. anxiety disorders and their treatment; Clinical Washington: Motor control and learning: move- Whitaker-Azmitia, Patricia, Undergraduate Program. ment disorders; Biopsychology Program. Program Director, Ph.D., 1979, University of Klonsky, E. David, Ph.D., 2005, University of Fischel, Janet, Professor, Pediatrics, Ph.D., Toronto: Animal models of autism and Down Virginia: Self-injurious behaviors; borderline 1978, Stony Brook University: Behavioral and syndrome; serotonin and its role in brain personality disorder; emotion and developmental pediatrics; developmental language development; Biopsychology Program. psychopathology; measurement of personality disorders and emergent literacy skills; psycholog- Wortman, Camille, Ph.D., 1972, Duke and psychopathology; Clinical Program. ical management of disorders of elimination; University: Reactions to stressful life Clinical Program. Leung, Hoi-Chung, Ph.D., 1997, Northwestern experiences; the role of social support and University: Prefrontal and parietal function Goldstein, Rita Z., Assistant Scientist, Ph.D., coping strategies in ameliorating the impact of in human cognition; neural mechanisms 1999, University of Miami: Neuroimaging life stress; predictors of good psychological underlying spatial information processing and (fMRI, PET, ERP); neuropsychology (reward adjustment among those who experience major eye movement control; FMRI applications in processing/salience attribution, inhibitory losses, including bereavement and serious cognitive neuroscience; Biopsychology Program. control, and extinction); drug addiction injury; others’ reactions to those who experi- (comorbidity with depression, PTSD, London, Bonita, Ph.D., 2006, Columbia ence life crisis; Social and Health Program. aggression, anger); Biopsychology Program. University: Social identity and intergroup Associate Professors processes; stereotyping and prejudice; Huffman, Marie K., Ph.D., 1989, University of Anderson, Brenda J., Head, Biopsychology, academic achievement; Social and Health California, Los Angeles: Phonetics: phonology; Ph.D., 1993, University of Illinois: Rodent Program. Cognitive/Experimental Program. models of the effects of exercise and stress on Moyer, Anne, Ph.D., 1995, Yale University: Kritzer, Mary, Associate Professor, Neurobiology brain structure, metabolism, and function; Psychosocial issues surrounding cancer risk; and Behavior, Ph.D., Yale University, 1989: Biopsychology Program. research synthesis and research methodology; Gonadal hormone influence over function and Brennan, Susan E., Ph.D., 1990, Stanford Social and Health Program. dysfunction in the cerebral cortex; University: Language production and Biopsychology Program. comprehension; speech disfluencies; Lecturer Krupp, Lauren, Associate Professor, Neurology, human/computer interaction; computational Kuchner, Joan, Ph.D., 1981, University of M.D., 1981, Albert Einstein College of Medicine: linguistics; eye gaze as a measure of language Chicago: Child and family studies; child devel- Neuropsychological and neurobehavioral processing and as a cue in conversation; opment; social policy, children’s environments. characteristics of chronic mental illness; interrelationship between memory performance Cognitive/Experimental Program. Research Faculty and mood disturbance in chronic fatigue Canli, Turhan, Ph.D., 1993, Yale University: Heyman, Richard, Professor, Ph.D., 1992, syndrome, Lyme disease, and multiple sclerosis; The genetic and neural basis of personality University of Oregon: Escalation and de-esca- Biopsychology Program. and emotion; Biopsychology Program. lation of family conflict; observation of couples; Kotov, Roman, Research Assistant Professor, Davila, Joanne, Ph.D., 1993, University defining and assessing family maltreatment; Department of Psychiatry: Psychiatric of California, Los Angeles: Interpersonal innovative approaches to prevalence Epidemiology, Ph.D., 2006, University of Iowa: functioning and psychopathology; depression; estimation of secretive problems Classification of mental illness; relationships maladaptive personality styles; close (family maltreatment, substance abuse, between personality and psychopathology; relationships; attachment processes; Clinical suicidality); community-based prevention of clinical assessment; Clinical Program. Program. secretive problems; clinical assessment and Lavine, Howard, Ph.D., 1994, University of Franklin, Nancy, Head, Cognitive/Experimental treatment of relationship dissatisfaction and Minnesota: Political psychology; cognition; Area, Ph.D., 1989, Stanford University: Human partner abuse; Clinical Program. Social and Health Program. memory; source monitoring; spatial cognition; Slep, Amy Smith, Associate Professor, Ph.D., mental models; Cognitive/Experimental 1995, Stony Brook University: Affect regulation London, Manuel, Professor, College of Business Program. in parent-child and marital dyads; etiology of and Center for Human Resource Management, Ph.D. 1974, Ohio State University: Organizational Levy, Sheri, Ph.D., 1998, Columbia University: parental and partner aggression/abuse; psychology; person perception applied to Ideologies and lay theories; intergroup connections between parenting and marital performance ratings, feedback, and perform- relations; prejudice reduction; volunteerism; functioning; Clinical Program. ance management systems; group learning and Social and Health Program. Vivian, Dina, Associate Professor, Ph.D., 1986, team development; dispositional factors affecting Stony Brook University: Marital therapy; Lobel, Marci, Ph.D., Head, Social and Health, involvement in social advocacy; Social and communication skills in maritally discordant 1989, University of California, Los Angeles: Health Program. couples; communication and problem solving Stress, coping, and physical health; psychoso- Maczaj, Marta, M.D., 1989, Stony Brook cial factors in women’s reproductive health; in physically abusive couples; cognitive and affective processes in physically abusive and University: Director, Sleep Disorders Center, social comparison processes; Social and Health University Hospital; Biopsychology Program. Program. maritally discordant couples; Clinical Program. Morin, Lawrence P., Professor, Psychiatry, Ph.D., Robinson, John, Ph.D., 1991, University of Joint and Associated Faculty 1974, Rutgers University, Institute of Animal New Hampshire: Behavioral neuroscience; Biegon, Anat, Senior Scientist, Medical Behavior: Biological rhythms; environment and Biopsychology Program. Department, Brookhaven National Laboratory, reproduction; endocrine system and behavior; Zelinsky, Gregory, Ph.D., 1994, Brown University: Ph.D., 1980, Weizmann Institute of Science, Biopsychology Program. Attention and eye movements during visual Israel: Brain response to traumatic, ischemic, search and visual working memory tasks; or inflammatory insults; Biopsychology Cognitive/Experimental Program. Program.

321 PSYCHOLOGY

Sprafkin, Joyce, Associate Professor, Psychiatry, students with graduate training else- study. The specialties paper is a review/ Ph.D., 1975, Stony Brook University: Child where can petition to satisfy course research paper suitable for submission psychopathology; ADHD; tic disorders; effects requirements on the basis of their previ- to a refereed journal. The paper must of television on child behavior; Clinical ous graduate work. No more than three be presented to and defended before a Psychology Program. Departmental course requirements will committee. The form of the specialties Stent, Amanda J., Assistant Professor, be waived. Petition to waive require- paper depends upon the student’s Computer Science-Cognitive/Experimental, ments or to satisfy them on the basis area of graduate studies, but all areas Ph.D., 2001, University of Rochester: Spoken of previous graduate work should be require its completion by the end of and multimodal dialogue systems; natural directed to the Graduate Office. Petitions language generation; theories of discourse; the third year in order for a student information extraction; Cognitive/Experimental concerning area requirements should to be considered to be on track. Program. be addressed to the student’s area head. F. Advancement to Candidacy Stone, Arthur, Professor, Psychiatry, Ph.D., 1978, B. Yearly Evaluation After successful completion of the Stony Brook University: Stress, coping, and ill- The progress of each graduate stu- ness; immune system functioning and health; specialties paper and examination, all dent is reviewed at the end of each aca- Clinical Program, Social and Health Program. required coursework, two SDI courses demic year by the student’s area’s Thanos, Peter, Staff Scientist, Laboratory for (see G), and the requirements of the faculty. This provides opportunities for Neuroimaging, Brookhaven National Lab, student’s area of studies, Ph.D., Eastern Virginia Medical School, 1997: both positive feedback about the stu- a majority vote of the faculty of the Addiction, including alcohol, drug abuse, and dent’s achievements and constructive student’s area is required to recom- obesity; Biopsychology Program. feedback for improving or accelerating mend advancement to candidacy the student’s progress. We expect for the Ph.D. The Graduate School Adjunct Faculty that all students admitted to the Ph.D. requires that students must advance Burkhard, Barbara, Assistant Professor and program have the potential to succeed; Director, Child Treatment Program, North to candidacy at least one year before however, any student whose perform- Suffolk Center, Ph.D., 1976, Stony Brook defending their dissertations. University: Child abuse and neglect. ance is below the standards established by the Department and the area may Peterson, Anne, Professor and Associate G. Research and Teaching be dismissed or asked to withdraw. Director, University Counseling Center, Ph.D., All four graduate training areas focus Under certain circumstances a student 1980, Ohio University: Psychopathology, heavily on research; research activity may be permitted to obtain a terminal assessment, psychodynamic psychotherapy, from the time of admission through the Master of Arts degree, satisfactorily women’s issues, couple’s therapy, and fourth year is required. Students who are multicultural issues. completing the required courses and funded on state lines serve as teaching 30 graduate credit hours of study, and Sternglanz, Sarah, Assistant Professor; Social assistants (TAs) for classes taught by Sciences Interdisciplinary Program, Ph.D., writing a second-year research paper. 1973, Stanford University: Human ethology; departmental faculty and instructors. sex roles; social learning theory; female C. Second-Year Paper For all students, regardless of source academic and career success. At the end of the second year of study, of funding, two semesters of substantial each student must submit an original direct instruction (SDI) in the classroom Degree Requirements research paper to the advisor and the area or laboratory is required (one of which head. Although the form of this paper The receipt of the Ph.D. signifies both a must be PSY 310). Students may sat- and the date it is due varies by area, scholarly mastery of the field of psy- isfy this requirement by providing sig- all second-year papers must include chology and the ability to conduct nificant hours of lecturing and data collection and analysis. The sec- independent research. In addition to student contact in a class for which ond-year paper must be approved the Graduate School’s degree require- they are serving as a TA, or by serving prior to the specialties paper (see item ments, students must satisfy the as the instructor of record for a class E). A copy of the approved paper following requirements (as well as of their own. During these semesters, must be provided to the Psychology graduate students must receive teach- requirements of their area of studies): Graduate Office. ing evaluations from their students. A. Course Requirements D. M.A. Degree in the Course of H. Residence A student must maintain a graduate Doctoral Studies G.P.A. of at least 3.0 and successfully The Department will recommend Minimum residence of two years and complete an approved program of study granting an M.A. degree to students who the equivalent of three years of full-time with a grade of at least B in each have successfully completed the second- graduate study are ordinarily required. required course. Two semesters of year requirements, including the sec- Unless admitted as part-time students quantitative methods and three ond-year research paper, upon the (which happens very rarely), residents breadth courses selected outside the recommendation of the faculty in the must register for full-time study until student’s area of graduate studies are student’s area of graduate studies. This they are advanced to candidacy. Full- required. In addition, two semesters of process is not automatic; students time study is 12 credits during the first First-Year Lectures (no credit) and two wishing to obtain an M.A. degree must year and nine thereafter. semesters of a practicum in statistical file for one. computer applications are required. I. Dissertation The four training areas of the E. Specialties Paper and Examination The approval of the dissertation Department have additional course This requirement should be completed proposal and successful oral defense of requirements. Following admission, by the end of the sixth semester of the completed dissertation are required.

322 PSYCHOLOGY

Within Area Course Requirements PSY 606 Supervised Practice area head. These quantitative courses In addition to satisfying Graduate PSY Breadth Course 1 count toward the Department’s breadth requirement. School and Departmental degree Complete the following courses in the requirements, students must satisfy third year: PSY 505 Structural Equation Modeling all of the course requirements of their and Advanced Multivariate Methods PSY 533 Principles Applicable to training programs. PSY 506 Psychometrics Clinical Psychology: Historical and Biopsychology Systemic Perspectives PSY 535 Advanced Research Methods PSY 610 Seminars in Selected Topics: Complete the following courses PSY 606 Supervised Practice (Fall Meta-Analysis (required of all Biopsychology area and Spring) students): PSY Breadth Course 2 PSY Breadth Course 3 Courses PSY 561 Cognitive and Behavioral PSY 698 Research (Fall and Spring) Neuroscience I PSY 501 Analysis of Variance and PSY 562 Cognitive and Behavioral Experimental Design Complete dissertation (PSY 699) dur- Neuroscience II The design and analysis of factorial experi- ing the fourth year and complete intern- ments having a single dependent variable. Complete at least two of the following ship (PSY 608) in the fifth year. Topics include between- and within-subjects courses: designs, mixed-factor designs, interactions, Cognitive/Experimental Psychology trend analysis, and planned comparisons. PSY 560 Neuropsychology Emphasis on applications in psychological Complete three of the following: PSY 564 Neuropsychopharmacology research. Required of all Ph.D. students in psychology. PSY 620 Seminars in Selected Topics: PSY 513 Attention and Thought Prerequisite: Undergraduate statistics Affective Neuroscience PSY 514 Sensation and Perception Co-requisite: PSY 508 PSY 620 Seminars in Selected Topics: PSY 518 Memory Fall, 3 credits, ABCF grading Cognitive Neuroscience) PSY 520 Psycholinguistics PSY 610 Seminars in Selected Topics: PSY 502 Correlation and Regression Sign up for the following Cognition Correlation, regression, multiple correlation, sequence each year (required of multiple regression, partial correlation, and all Biopsychology area students): Sign up for the following sequence introductions to some of the following topics: each year (required of all students): factor analysis, mediational analysis, struc- PSY 581 Cognitive and Behavioral tural equation modeling, relation of regres- Neuroscience Colloquium I PSY 583 Experimental Colloquium I sion to analysis of variance, analysis of PSY 582 Cognitive and Behavioral PSY 584 Experimental Colloquium II covariance, discriminant function analysis, Neuroscience Colloquium II and multivariate analysis of variance. The Cognitive/Experimental Area also Required of all Ph.D. students in psychology. Clinical Psychology requires submission of a First-Year Co-requisite: PSY 508 Research Paper requiring data collection Spring, 3 credits, ABCF grading Complete the following courses in and analysis. This paper must be the first year (required of all Clinical PSY 504 First-Year Lectures submitted to the advisor and area area students): Presentation and discussion of current head at the end of the second semester research progress and interests. Required of PSY 534 Assessment: General of graduate study. all first-year Ph.D. students. Principles, Clinical Interviews, and Fall and spring, 0 credit, S/U grading Adult Psychopathology Social and Health Psychology PSY 602 Assessment: Personality Complete two of the following courses: PSY 505 Structural Equation Modeling and Advanced Multivariate Methods Testing, Intellectual/Cognitive PSY 541 Social Psychology of Close Thorough coverage of structural equation Testing, and Child/Parent Assessment Relationships modeling and brief coverage of other special- PSY 537 Methods of Intervention: PSY 543 Attachment ized techniques used in data analysis in psy- Treatment of Internalizing Disorders chology, such as multi-level modeling and PSY 544 Emotions and Cognition PSY 538 Methods of Intervention: cluster analysis (topics for brief coverage PSY 549 Prejudice and Discrimination vary from year to year). The course empha- Treatment of Externalizing Disorders PSY 555 Social Psychology sizes hands-on work with real data sets, using and Relationship Problems PSY 558 Theories of Social standard statistical software packages. PSY 545 Psychopathology: Psychology: Health Applications Spring, 3 credits, ABCF grading Conceptual Models and Internalizing PSY 559 Psychology of Women’s Health Disorders PSY 506 Psychometric Methods PSY 596 Psychopathology: This course surveys traditional and evolving Complete an additional special topics views on item design, reliability, and validity, Externalizing and Psychotic Disorders course in the Social and Health area reviews statistical methods related to test PSY 603 Ethics and Professional Issues (PSY 610 or PSY 620). Alternatively, construction, and applies this material to the design and evaluation of observational, rat- students can complete an additional Complete the following courses in the ing, and self report measures in domains of course from the preceding category. second year (required of all Clinical interest to psychologists. The course also examines the impact of test characteristics on area students): Students must complete one of the data analysis and the role of test design in PSY 535 Advanced Research Methods quantitative courses listed below or an theory construction. PSY 604 Intervention Practicum additional methods or statistics course Fall or spring, alternate years, 3 credits, PSY 605 Advanced Clinical Practicum as approved by the student’s advisor or ABCF grading

323 PSYCHOLOGY

PSY 508 Introduction to Computer include (1) characteristics and constraints on PSY 541 Social Psychology of Close Applications in Statistics cognitive abilities in infancy, childhood, and Relationships Computer protocol and introduction to statis- adolescence; (2) mechanisms of developmental High-level overview of current theory and tical packages and necessary utility programs. change; and (3) links between cognitive devel- research on the social psychology of close Pre- or Co-requisite: PSY 501 or 502 opment and selected applied topics. relationships. Fall and spring, 0-1 credits, S/U grading Fall or spring, alternate years, 3 credits, Fall or spring, alternate years, 3 credits, May be repeated for credit ABCF grading ABCF grading PSY 510 History of Psychology PSY 533 Principles Applicable to Clinical PSY 542 Psychology of Addictive Behaviors Intensive reading in the history of psychology Psychology: Historical/Systemic Perspectives Study of psychological, behavioral, and bio- from original sources. Emphasis is on class A critical review of how principles of general logical theories of addiction. discussion and relation to modern problems. psychology apply to clinical psychology. The Fall or spring, alternate years, 3 credits, Fall or spring, alternate years, 3 credits, course material will be discussed within the ABCF grading ABCF grading context of the history of ideas and major sys- tems of thought as they relate to conceptual- PSY 543 Attachment PSY 511 Learning ization, assessment, and intervention. This course examines current psychological A consideration of the basic principles of learn- Prerequisite: Psychology doctoral student theories of infant-parent and child-parent rela- ing. Analysis of the leading theories of learning Fall or spring, alternate years, 3 credits, tionships and adult-adult attachment with as well as areas of controversy and dispute. ABCF grading special attention to assessment methods, clini- Fall or spring, alternate years, 3 credits, cal applications, and controversy regarding PSY 534 Assessment: General Principles, ABCF grading the importance of early experience. Clinical Interviews, and Adult Psychotherapy Fall or spring, alternate years, 3 credits, PSY 513 Theories of Attention General prinicples of assessment; clinical inter- ABCF grading This course covers some of the major theoret- viewing; structured interviews for assessing ical perspectives that have shaped the axis-I and axis-II psychopathology; ethics and PSY 544 Emotion and Cognition attention literature, starting with historical cultural diversity. This course focuses on fundamental questions distinctions of early versus late selection and Prerequisite: Clinical psychology doctoral regarding the interaction between emotion ending with more contemporary mathemati- student and cognition, and how this interaction can be cal, neurophysiological, and neuorcomputa- Fall, 2 credits, ABCF grading measured. Key topics will include: differenti- tional theories. Specific questions will include: ating emotions from other affective states, “What is attention?” (Is it a unitary thing or a PSY 535 Advanced Research Methods understanding the functions of discrete emo- grab-bag of assorted processes?), “How Advanced research methods employed in clini- tions, the role of the consciousness in emo- does it work?,” and “What paradigms have cal, personality, social, and behavioral research. tional experience, and whether emotions can researchers used to study attention?” (dichotic Prerequisites: PSY 501, 502; clinical be controlled; additionally, the course will listening, priming, search, etc.). doctoral student address emotion-cognition interactions in the Fall or spring, 3 credits, ABCF grading Fall or spring, alternate years, 3 credits, domains of memory, attention, perception, and ABCF grading reasoning/decision-making. We will also PSY 537 Methods of Intervention: Treatment address developmental changes and cross-cul- PSY 514 Sensation and Perception of Internalizing Disorders tural differences in emotion and cognition. This course covers the theory and research The goal of the course is to be able to develop This course covers the sensory mechanisms associated with the treatment of internalizing a translational research proposal rooted in that change physical stimuli (e.g., a picture of disorders of adults, adolescents, and children. basic research on emotion and cognition. your friend) into neural information, the major Among the topics covered are the treatment brain areas involved in processing this sensory Fall or spring, alternate years, 3 credits, of phobias, school refusal, panic disorder, gen- information for various perceptual abilities ABCF grading eral anxiety disorder, social anxiety, post-trau- (eg., motion perception, color perception, matic stress disorder, complicated grief, object perception, etc.), and the different theo- PSY 545 Psychopathology: Conceptual obsessive compulsive disorder, and mood dis- retical approaches to analyzing a given percep- Models and Internalizing Disorders orders. In the treatment of each, particular tual phenomenon. Theory and research on abnormal behavior in emphasis is placed on how therapy needs to be Fall or spring, alternate years, 3 credits, children, adolescents, and adults. A lifespan modified depending on whether one is work- development approach is taken, with a focus ABCF grading ing with a child, adolescent, or adult. on classification, conceptualizations, and Prerequisite: Psychology graduate student PSY 518 Memory models of psychological disorders, and the Fall, 3 credits, ABCF grading phenomenology, epidemiology, course, etiol- Review of theory and phenomena related to ogy, pathogenesis, psychopathology, and human memory. Topics include representation PSY 538 Method of Intervention: Treatment pathophysiology of internalizing disorders of schemas and categories, encoding, forgetting, of Externalizing Disorders and Relationship such as mood and anxiety disorders. implicit learning, and memory for procedures. Problems Prerequisite: Psychology graduate student Several recent models of long-term memory This course focuses on the treatment of Fall, 2 credits, ABCF grading representation are discussed and compared. externalizing disorders of adults and children Fall or spring, alternate years, 3 credits, as well as intimate partner problems like PSY 546 Measurement and Scaling ABCF grading relationship discord and partner abuse. A A historical introduction to the measurement developmental focus is taken as exemplified of psychological variables and survey of con- PSY 520 Psycholinguistics by coverage of child externalizing problems temporary scaling methods with an emphasis The psychology of language, including the such as Oppositional Defiant Disorder, on psychophysical scaling and experimental mental lexicon, sentence processing, prag- Conduct Disorder, Attention Deficit Disorder, applications. matics, discourse, production and comprehen- Borderline Personality Disorder, and Partner Fall or spring, alternate years, 3 credits, sion of utterances in conversation, language Abuse. Treatments of alcohol abuse and eating ABCF grading and thought, first-language acquisition, and disorders in both teens and adults are pre- computational approaches. sented. Finally, treatment of schizophrenia is PSY 549 Prejudice and Discrimination Fall or spring, alternate years, 3 credits, addressed along with coverage of the course of This course will provide an overview of theo- ABCF grading schizophrenia across the lifespan. Individual, retical perspectives, research methods, couple, and family treatments are reviewed. empirical findings, and practical applications of PSY 524 Cognitive Development Prerequisite: Psychology graduate student psychological research on prejudice, stigma, This course presents the developmental per- Spring, 3 credits, ABCF grading and intergroup relations. Critical thinking spective as applied to human cognition. Topics about theorizing and research in this area

324 PSYCHOLOGY will be emphasized during class discussions PSY 561 Cognitive and Behavioral of all students in the Biopsychology Program. and through a course project. Students are Neuroscience I Fall, 0-3 credits, S/U grading admitted with permission by instructor. This course introduces students to neural ele- May be repeated for credit Fall or spring, alternate years, 3 credits, ments responsible for processing information ABCF grading supporting sensation, perception, cognition, PSY 582 Cognitive and Behavioral and movement. Starting with the philosophy Neuroscience Colloquium II PSY 552 Social and Personality Development of the mind and the history of neuroscience, Colloquium presentations on current research A survey of milestones and processes of the course proceeds with an introduction of problems by advanced students, staff, and social development in infancy and childhood. cells, neural signaling, transmitters, and visiting scientists. This sequence is required of Relevance to understanding adult personal- receptors. How these elemental units are all students in the Biopsychology Program.. ity and social relationships is emphasized. integrated to support emergent properties, Spring, 0-3 credits, S/U grading usch as object recognition, is illustrated. Fall or spring, alternate years, 3 credits, May be repeated for credit Conversely, examples of complex behavioral ABCF grading impairments resulting from dysfunction in PSY 583 Experimental Psychology elemental units are illustrated. The course PSY 555 Social Psychology Colloquium proceeds to cover neural metabolism, and its Seminars on current research problems An introduction to social psychology, a field of relationship to disorders of memory and study examining how people feel about, think directed by students, staff, and invited scien- motor dysfunction. Last, stress and its role in tists. Required of all Experimental/Cognitive about, and influence others. Topics include neuropsychological disorders are discussed. attitudes, motivation, social judgments, and students. Spring, 3 credits, ABCF grading interpersonal behaviors. Coursework focuses Fall, 0-1 credit, S/U grading May be repeated for credit on identifying basic principles that transcend PSY 562 Cognitive and Behavioral particular content domains. Neuroscience II Fall or spring, alternate years, 3 credits, PSY 584 Experimental Psychology Cognitive and Behavioral Neuroscience illus- Colloquium ABCF grading trates how cellular circuits support function. Seminars on current research problems Classic experiments demonstrating function PSY 558 Theories of Social Psychology: directed by students, staff, and invited scien- for the use of electrophysiological data, tists. Required of all Experimental/Cognitive lesions, and transmitter manipulations are dis- Health Applications students. cussed. Students interested in understanding This course provides an overview of the ways Spring, 0-1 credit, ABCF grading in which social psychological theories and how individual neurons and neural circuits and May be repeated for credit perspectives can be used to understand integrated regional systems directly support specific behaviors will find this course of inter- thoughts and behavior relevant to health and PSY 594 Psychology of Gender illness. It covers social influence, social com- est. A textbook is used for the readings. Fall, 3 credits, ABCF grading This class examines how gender affects and is parison, pluralistic ignorance, social support, affected by behavior, thoughts, and emotions. cognitive dissonance, message framing, and PSY 563 Neuropsychological Assessment We investigate gender differences and similar- fear communication. The course also covers ities across the lifespan and consider various links between personality characteristics and Classroom discussions of issues in neuro- psychological assessment and design of perspectives on the study of gender, including health and how broader social and cultural psychobiology, social cognitive theory, social environment affects health and illness. assessment batteries are combined with practical experience in the assessment of clin- role theory, and cross-cultural research. Fall or spring, alternate years, 3 credits, ical populations. Each student is assigned to a Fall or spring, alternate years, 3 credits, ABCF grading supervisor to learn assessment techniques ABCF grading for research and/or clinical practice. PSY 559 Psychology of Women’s Health Fall or spring, alternate years, 3 credits, PSY 596 Psychopathology: Externalizing and This course covers a variety of psychologi- ABCF grading Psychotic Disorders cally important topics in women’s health Theory and research of abnormal behavior in based on current research findings. We PSY 564 Neuropsychopharmacology children, adolescents, and adults. A lifespan address psychological contributors to and This course covers the mechanisms of trans- development approach is taken, with a focus on consequences of women’s health and illness, mitters and related drug action in the nerv- the phenomenology, epidemiology, course, etiol- focusing on diseases that affect women differ- ous system. In addition to exploring ogy, pathogenisis, psychopathology, and patho- ently or disproportionately from men (includ- transmitter/receptor relationships, the physiology of externalizing disorders (e.g., ing coronary heart disease, cancer, AIDS, and course covers the sequence of events initi- conduct, disorder, personality disorders, sub- autoimmune diseases), women’s reproductive ated by this action. Through understanding stance use disorders) and psychotic disorders. health (including menstruation, contracep- of these processes, the course then links drug Prerequisite: Must be Psychology graduate tion, pregnancy, infertility, and menopause), action to nervous system outcomes such as student health behaviors (including substance abuse, movement, cognition, pain, and mood. Spring, 2 credits, ABCF grading exercise, and eating), and other topics such as Spring, alternate years, 3 credits, violence against women, women’s mental ABCF grading PSY 602 Assessment: Personality Testing, health, and women as health-care providers Intellectual/Cognitive Testing, and Child and health researchers. PSY 566 Laboratory Rotations in Cognitive Parent Assessment Fall or spring, alternate years, 3 credits, and Behavioral Neuroscience I, II Self-report and projective measures of per- ABCF grading This is a two-semester sequence devoted sonality and psychopathology; targeted to instruction in a variety of laboratory tech- assessments and measures; intellectual and PSY 560 Neuropsychology niques. Students spend a minimum of four cognitive assessment; assessment of children The functions of the normal and pathological weeks in each of three different laboratories and parents; ethics and cultural diversity. primate brain in behavior. Consideration of of faculty in the program. Prerequisite: Must be clinical doctoral anatomical, neurophysiological, and pharma- Fall (Section I); Spring (Section II), student cological correlates of behavioral functions 3 credits, S/U grading Spring, 2 credits, S/U grading such as perception, attention, motivation, May be repeated once for credit learning, memory, cognition, and language. PSY 603 Ethics and Professional Issues The behavioral consequences of various forms PSY 581 Cognitive and Behavioral Ethics and professional issues. Required of of brain pathology are discussed. Neuroscience Colloquium I all first-year clinical students. Fall or spring, alternate years, 3 credits, Colloquium presentations on current research Prerequisite: Clinical psychology doctoral ABCF grading problems by advanced students, staff, and student visiting scientists. This sequence is required Spring, 2 credits, S/U grading

325 PSYCHOLOGY

PSY 604 Intervention Practicum place on SB campus, at Cold Spring Harbor, Exposure of the application of clinical inter- or at Brookhaven National Lab vention procedures. Fall, spring, and summer, 1-9 credits, S/U Prerequisite: PSY 537 or PSY 538; must be grading Clinical psychology doctoral student May be repeated for credit Fall, 2 credits, S/U grading PSY 700 Dissertation Research Off Campus– PSY 605 Advanced Clinical Practicum Domestic Exposure to the application of advanced Prerequisite: Must be advanced to candidacy intervention procedures. (G5); major portion of research will take Prerequisite: PSY 604 and Clinical psychol- place off campus, but in the U.S. and/or U.S. ogy doctoral student provinces (Brookhaven National Lab and Fall and spring, 2 credits, S/U grading Cold Spring Harbor Lab are considered on PSY 606 Supervised Practice campus); all international students must Supervised experience for advanced clinical enroll in one of the graduate student insur- students. ance plans and should be advised by an Prerequisite: Clinical psychology doctoral International Advisor student Fall, spring, and summer, 1-9 credits, Fall and spring, 3 credits, S/U grading S/U grading May be repeated for credit PSY 608 Clinical Psychology Internship Qualified clinical students carry out super- PSY 701 Dissertation Research Off Campus– vised clinical responsibilities in settings International approved by the faculty. Prerequisite: Must be advanced to candidacy Prerequisite: Clinical psychology doctoral (G5); major portion of research will take student place outside of the U.S. and/or U.S. Fall and spring, 1 credit, S/U grading provinces; domestic students have the option of the health plan and may also enroll in PSY 610 Seminars in Selected Topics MEDEX; international students who are in Topics are selected on the basis of the needs their home country are not covered by the of the graduate program and research inter- mandatory health plan and must contact the ests of the staff. Insurance Office for the insurance charge to Prerequisite: Permission of instructor be removed; international students who are Fall, 0-3 credits, ABCF grading not in their home country are charged for the May be repeated for credit mandatory health insurance (if they are to PSY 620 Seminars in Selected Topics be covered by another insurance plan, they Topics are selected on the basis of the needs must file a waiver by the second week of of the graduate program and research inter- classes; the charge will only be removed if ests of the staff. the other plan is deemed comparable); all Prerequisite: Permission of instructor international students must receive clear- Spring, 0-3 credits, ABCF grading ance from an international advisor May be repeated for credit Fall, spring, and summer, 1-9 credits, S/U grading PSY 621 Seminar in Teaching Methods May be repeated for credit Theory and pragmatics of good college teach- ing. Topics include lecturing, use of discussion, PSY 800 Full-Time Summer Research types of evaluation of students and teachers, 0 credit, S/U grading factors affecting undergraduate learning, May be repeated ethics, student-faculty relations, course admin- istration, and audio-visual devices. PSY 810 Summer Research Prerequisites: Matriculated psychology 0 credit, S/U grading graduate student; permission of instructor PSY 820 Summer Teaching-CED Fall or spring, 0-3 credits, ABCF grading 0 credit, S/U grading May be repeated for credit PSY 696 Readings Prerequisite: Permission of instructor 1-12 credits, S/U grading May be repeated for credit PSY 698 Research Prerequisite: Permission of instructor 1-12 credits, S/U grading May be repeated for credit PSY 699 Dissertation Research On Campus Dissertation research under direction of advisor. Prerequisite: Advancement to candidacy (G5); major portion of research must take

326 PUBLIC HEALTH Public Health

Graduate Program Director: Raymond L. Goldsteen Graduate Program Coordinator: Judith Greene

Degrees awarded: Master of Public Health (M.P.H.), Bachelor of Science in Applied Mathematics and Statistics/Master of Public Health (B.S./M.P.H.), and Master of Public Health/Master of Business Administration (M.P.H./M.B.A.)

M.P.H. Degree behavioral determinants of health. The the causes of major health problems practicum is a field-based experience among County residents and develop pol- The graduate program in Public that introduces students to the real icy solutions. Areas of interest include Health’s Master of Public Health world of public health practice. Most increasing access to medical care, improv- (M.P.H.) degree program is a small, courses are offered in the late afternoon ing opportunities to lead a healthy selective program whose mission is to and evening, and there are course offer- lifestyle, reducing environmental risks, train individuals who wish to integrate ings throughout the year. and establishing programs to decrease public health knowledge, skills, and val- The Master of Public Health degree health disparities. ues into their careers and provide lead- can be obtained concurrently with the The Health Sciences Library serves ership in the field. M.D. degree. Medical students are the educational and research needs of The program emphasizes the popula- advised to begin their coursework for the faculty, staff, and students in the tion health approach to public health. the M.P.H. degree in the summer pre- program, the Medical Center, and the Achieving and maintaining healthy pop- ceding medical school in order to com- University. It also functions as a ulations, effectively and efficiently, are plete the program within four years. regional resource, assisting health care central to the population health orienta- There may be scholarships available for professionals throughout Nassau and tion. Effectiveness and efficiency are full-time medical students also pursuing Suffolk counties. It contains a large, particularly acute concerns for public an M.P.H. degree. well-equipped computer laboratory for health in today’s world of limited students. resources and competing agendas. The Facilities hallmarks of population health are an The graduate program in Public Health ecological understanding of the determi- Admission has established the Center for Health Although admissions requirements are nants of health and a systems approach Services and Clinical Outcomes rigorous, the graduate program in to solving health problems; emphasis on Research (CHSCOR). The CHSCOR is Public Health aims to develop cama- proactively stabilizing and improving a multidisciplinary research unit that raderie, cooperation, and cohesiveness health among all populations; and insis- combines expertise in economics, statis- among students in each cohort. For this tence on accountability, evidence-based tics, epidemiology, medicine, and other reason, admission to the program is dur- practice, and continuous performance clinical disciplines to address substan- ing the fall semester only. improvement. The population health tive issues in health care delivery. As The admissions requirements for the approach requires multidisciplinary col- part of its research mission, the Center program are: laboration among scholars in the social, seeks to develop joint projects with A. Bachelor’s degree from an accred- behavioral, clinical, and basic sciences researchers at Stony Brook University ited college or university with a 3.0 and the humanities; development of and with health organizations through- GPA or better; the major must have an comprehensive, sophisticated health out New York State. equivalent at the State University of information systems; and use of The graduate program in Public Health New York (SUNY); advanced analytical tools to examine has also established the Center for Public health problems and evaluate responses Health and Health Policy Research B. Official transcripts from all post- to them. (CPHHPR), which aims to increase secondary schools; transcripts for all The program is designed for persons knowledge about the determinants of degrees earned in schools outside the with an advanced clinical or related health and illness and the most effective U.S. or Canada must be evaluated by degree or currently studying for such a and efficient methods of improving an agency accredited by the National degree, as well as for students who have health. The Center is a multidisciplinary Association of Credential Evaluation only a bachelor’s degree. The curriculum research unit that combines expertise in Services; the requirement for evalua- is 45 credits and consists of a public economics, statistics, epidemiology, tion of transcripts is waived for gradu- health core (24 credits), a practicum, a demography, and medicine and other clin- ates of foreign medical schools with a capstone seminar, and a concentration in ical disciplines to address these substan- current license to practice in the U.S.; Evaluative Sciences, Community tive issues. As part of its mission, the C. Proof of licensure and good stand- Health, or Public Health Practice. The Center seeks to develop joint projects ing for licensed health professionals; core consists of ten required courses between researchers at Stony Brook including biostatistics, epidemiology, University and other health-related D. Official GRE (verbal, quantitative, environmental and occupational health, organizations throughout Long Island. and analytical) scores; applicants can data management and informatics, The Center has developed an ongoing submit scores from the MCAT, DAT, or research methods, health systems, cost relationship with the Suffolk County GMAT instead of the GRE; this benefit analysis, and the social and Department of Health Services to study requirement is waived for applicants

327 PUBLIC HEALTH who have been awarded a doctoral Physiology 101 and Medical Robbins, Charles L., Social Welfare, D.S.W., degree from an accredited U.S. or Terminology 101, available at www. Yeshiva University: Health, violence, and Canadian college or university; persons universalclass.com. Students are ethics; social justice; gender issues. currently employed for more than three admitted to the program on the condi- Tomes, Nancy J., History, Ph.D., University of years in the public health field may tion that these courses will be com- Pennsylvania: History of medicine and request a waiver of this requirement; pleted by the end of the first semester. public health. It is expected that incoming students E. Three references from persons Associate Professors will be computer literate and e-mail who can address the applicant’s capac- Berger, Candyce, Social Welfare, Ph.D., capable, and have library skills suffi- ity to provide leadership in public health University of California, Los Angeles: Child and cient for graduate work. For students maternal health. and complete a course of graduate with deficiencies in these areas, study; if the applicant is a student or McCrary, S. Van, Preventive Medicine, Ph.D., resources are available through the has graduated within the past two years, University of Texas Medical Branch; M.P.H., Health Sciences Center Library to Johns Hopkins University; J.D., University of at least one letter must be from a acquire or update them, as necessary. Tennessee: Bioethics and health law. college or university faculty member There are special admission require- O’Riordan, Thomas, Medicine, M.D., with whom the applicant has studied; if ments for international students. University College, Dublin: Asthma, COPD and the applicant is a member of the public other respiratory system diseases. health workforce, at least one letter must be from a senior administrator in Faculty Clinical Associate Professor the organization who is familiar with Professors Benz Scott, Lisa A., Health Care Policy and his/her work; Edelman, Norman, H. M.D., New York Management, Ph.D., Johns Hopkins University: Pulmonary medicine; health policy. University: Cardiovascular outcomes research. F. Two essays, no more than 500 words each: Goldsteen, Raymond L., Graduate Program Assistant Professor Director, Dr.P.H., Columbia University: Fairness Daroowalla, Feroza, Medicine, M.D., State and effectiveness of allocation policies for Essay 1: How does your background, University of New York at Syracuse, M.P.H., health-care resources. training, and experience prepare you University of Washington: Work-related lung for a leadership role in Public Health? Jonas, Steven, Preventive Medicine; M.D., diseases and asthma. Harvard University; M.P.H., Yale University: Essay 2: Select one of the following Health policy. Clinical Assistant Professor topics: (a) Explain how the graduate Shroyer, A. Laurie, Ph.D., M.S.H.A. University of Coane, Jeannette O., Nursing, R.N., M.A., program in Public Health and the Colorado: Clinical sciences research; cardiology. Teacher’s College, Columbia University: concentration chosen will help you Clinical practice in end-of-life care; hospice achieve your short-term and long-term Research Associate Professor and palliative care nursing. goals; (b) Define a time in your own life Goldsteen, Karen, M.P.H., Columbia University, when you have identified and captured Ph.D., University of Illinois, Urbana: Social Adjunct Professors an opportunity; (c) Define a unique determinants of child health and well-being. Chaudhry, Humayun, D.O., M.S., Commissioner, Suffolk County Department of quality you possess; or (d) How do you Research Clinical Associate Professor Health Services. expect to contribute to the improve- Rice, Nanci, Ph.D., New York University: ment of health in your community? Women’s health. Graham, David G., M.D., M.P.H., Chief Deputy Commissioner, Suffolk County Department of G. A personal interview, if requested Assistant Professors Health Services. by the Admissions Committee. Goodman, Melody, Ph.D., Harvard University: Winslow, Jason, M.D., M.P.H., F.A.C.E.P, H. Any other requirements of the Biostatistics; health disparities. Associate Professor of Clinical Medicine, New Graduate School not stated here. Hale, Lauren E., Ph.D., Princeton University: York College of Osteopathic Medicine. Social determinants of sleep; demography. The Admissions Committee considers Zaki, Mahfouz, M.D., Consultant, Suffolk County Department of Health Services. all factors including grades, GRE (or Meliker, Jaymie, Ph.D., University of Michigan: Environmental health; risk exposure assess- DAT, MCAT, or GMAT) scores, recom- ment; GIS. mendation letters, essays, prior training, M.P.H. Degree and professional experience. It is a goal Clinical Assistant Professor Curriculum Overview of the Admissions Committee to select Kaplan-Liss, Evonne, M.D., Mount Sinai applicants who have the academic capa- School of Medicine; M.P.H., Columbia M.P.H. Core (24 credits) University: Pediatrics; medical journalism; bility, aptitude, character, personal qual- HPH 500 Contemporary Issues in ities, and commitment to provide future environmental health. Public Health (Two credits) value to society through leadership and creative contributions to the field of Affiliated Faculty HPH 501 Introduction to the public health. Professors Research Process (Two credits) In addition, the program requires Ferguson, David L., Technology and Society, HPH 506 Biostatistics I (Two credits) that each entering student take a math- Ph.D., University of California, Berkeley: ematics placement examination prior to Quantitative reasoning; problem solving; HPH 507 Biostatistics II enrollment. Also, students without a educational technologies; decision-making. (Three credits) clinical background must provide cer- Rizzo, John A., Preventive Medicine, Ph.D., tificates of completion for the following Brown University: Health economics; clinical HPH 508 Health Systems two online courses: Anatomy and outcomes research. Performance (Three credits)

328 PUBLIC HEALTH

HPH 514 Epidemiology for Public clinical scientists such as geneticists, health behavior and health communica- Health (Three credits) environmental scientists, molecular biolo- tion, as well as planning, implementing, gists, and social scientists to develop our and evaluating health programs. HPH 516 Environmental and understanding of how to prevent disease Occupational Health (Three credits) (Courses from the Department of and disability. Health Care Policy and Management, HPH 523 Social and Behavioral (Courses from Department of School of Health Technology and Determinants of Health (Two credits) Preventive Medicine, Division of Management) HPH 562 Data Management and Evaluative Sciences, or Department Informatics (Two credits) of Economics) Students in this concentration must use their Core Selective toward the HPH 563 Cost Benefit and Cost Required Courses concentration. Effectiveness Analysis (Two credits) HPH 555 Demographic Theory and Required Courses M.P.H. Culminating Experience (Six credits) Methods (Three credits) HAS 527 Principles and Practices of HPH 580 Practicum (Three credits) HPH 560 Advanced Biostatistics Community Health (Three credits) (Three credits) HPH 581 Capstone Seminar: HAS 545 Ethics and Health Care Population Health Issues HPH 565 Health Services Research (Three credits) (Three credits) Applications (Three credits) HAS 557 Planning and Implementing HPH 567 Clinical Outcomes Research M.P.H. Concentration(15 credits) Community Health Programs (Three credits) Total Credit Hours for M.P.H. Program (Three credits) (45 credits) Selectives (Three credits from courses listed below. Each course may not be HAS 559 Health Behavior and Risk M.P.H. Concentrations offered every year.) Reduction (Three credits) Evaluative Sciences Concentration HPH 510 Advanced Epidemiology HAS 560 Evaluation of Community Increasingly, the health field is chal- (Three credits) Health Programs (Three credits) lenged to adopt an evidence-based HPH 513 Decision-Making in Or, with approval of advisor, other approach to preventing and treating dis- Medicine and Public Health community health-related courses in ease and disability. The concentration in (Three credits) the University may be substituted. Evaluative Sciences will play a critical role in meeting this challenge by provid- HPH 517 Continuous Quality Public Health Practice Concentration Improvement Methods (Two credits) ing public health professionals with the Students in this concentration are analytical and statistical skills necessary HPH 519 Independent Study required to take the History of Public to benchmark and evaluate health (variable credits) Health and Medicine, Strategic improvement initiatives in community Management of Public Health and health-care settings. The concentra- HPH 528 Survey Research Methods tion includes courses in advanced biosta- (Two credits) Organizations, Demographic Theory and Methods, Public Health Law, and tistics, clinical outcomes research, HPH 566 Clinical Trials (Two credits) demographic theory and methods, and Management Accounting and Financial health services research. There is a spe- HPH 570 Multilevel and Longitudinal Decision Analysis (ten credits total). The cial emphasis on integrating cost effec- Analyses (Two credits) remaining three credits are selected tiveness and cost benefit concepts into HPH 646 Continuous Quality from the following list of courses. the curriculum so that resource alloca- Improvement in Healthcare Working with one of the Public Health tion issues are considered. (Three credits) Practice advisors, students select The faculty has training in research HPH 657 Demographic Economics I courses that are related to their profes- design, implementation of research proj- (Zero to three credits) sional goals. ects, and analysis of data as well as expertise in evaluating the performance HPH 664 Economics of Health Required Courses of specific areas of the health-care sys- (Three credits) tem. Faculty members study a variety of HPH 524 Strategic Management of HPH 665 Health Economics health issues including health-care qual- Public Health Organizations (Three credits) ity improvement, patient decision-mak- (Two credits) ing, and determinants of health and Or, with approval of advisor, other HPH 530 History of Public Health and disease. Some work with physicians to research methods courses in the Medicine (Two credits) improve clinical outcomes for patients University may be substituted. with heart disease, cancer, asthma, and HPH 549 Public Health Law (Two other conditions. Others work with Community Health Concentration credits) health-care administrators to increase The Community Health Concentration HPH 555 Demographic Theory and efficiency in the use of health-care prepares students for community-based Methods (Three credits) resources in hospitals and other medical work in public health. The curriculum care settings. Some work with basic and includes courses on the theories of

329 PUBLIC HEALTH

HPH 660 Management Accounting and HPH 630 Chemical Dependency in HPH 672 Marine Management Financial Decision Analysis Special Populations (Two credits) (Three credits) (Three credits) HPH 631 Cultural Competence: An HPH 673 Groundwater Problems Selectives (select three credits from Ingredient Enhancing Treatment (Three credits) courses below; each course may not be Outcomes (Two credits) HPH 675 Environment and Public offered every year) HPH 632 Psychopathology and Health (Three credits) (Courses from Department of Psychopharmacology (Two credits) HPH 676 Environmental Law and Preventive Medicine, Division of HPH 633 Childhood Sexual Abuse and Regulation (Three credits) Evaluative Sciences) Long-Term Sequelae (Two credits) HPH 683 Air Pollution and Air HPH 504 Surveillance and Control of HPH 634 Program Evaluation Quality Management (Three credits) Infectious Diseases (Two credits) (Three credits) HPH 684 Environmental and Waste HPH 505 Topics in Population Health HPH 635 Seminar on Family Violence Management in Business and (One-half to three credits) (Two credits) Industry (Three credits) HPH 510 Advanced Epidemiology HPH 636 Community Analysis and HPH 686 Risk Assessment and (Three credits) Health Promotion (Two credits) Hazard Management (Three credits) HPH 513 Decision-Making in Medicine HPH 638 Qualitative Health Research HPH 687 Diagnosis of Environmental and Public Health (Three credits) Methods (Three credits) Disputes (Three credits) HPH 517 Continuous Quality (Course from Department of HPH 688 Principles of Environmental Improvement Methods (Two credits) Anthropology) Systems Analysis (Three credits) HPH 519 Independent Study (variable HPH 658 Use of Remote Sensing and HPH 689 Simulation Models for envi- credits) GIS in Environmental Analysis ronmental and Waste Management HPH 528 Survey Research Methods (Three credits) (Three credits) (Two credits) (Courses from Department of Or, with approval of academic advisor, HPH 542 Introduction to Global Economics) other courses in the University related to the student’s goals may be substituted. Health (Two credits) HPH 657 Demographic Economics I HPH 560 Advanced Biostatistics (Zero to three credits) (Three credits) B.S. in Applied Mathematics HPH 664 Economics of Health and Statistics/M.P.H. Degree HPH 565 Health Services Research (Three credits) The graduate program in Public Health Applications (Three credits) HPH 665 Health Economics offers a combined Bachelor of Science HPH 566 Clinical Trials (Two credits) (Three credits) (B.S.) degree in Applied Mathematics and Statistics with the Master of Public HPH 567 Clinical Outcomes Research (Courses from School of Marine and Health (M.P.H.) degree, with a concentra- (Three credits) Atmospheric Sciences or Department of Technology and Society) tion in Evaluative Sciences. Students take (Courses from Department of Health all required courses for their Applied Care Policy and Management, School of HPH 653 Introduction to Homeland Mathematics and Statistics undergradu- Health Technology and Management) Security (Three credits) ate major, all required general education courses, and the full 45-credit M.P.H. HAS 545 Ethics and Health Care HPH 654 Nuclear Safeguards and program. Students use 12 M.P.H. credits (Three credits) Security (Four credits) to fulfill credit requirements for the HAS 559 Health Behavior and Risk HPH 655 Chemical and Biological undergraduate degree. The program is Reduction (Three credits) Weapons: Safeguards and Security highly selective. (Four credits) The B.S. in Applied Mathematics and (Course from Department of Statistics is an excellent preparation for Molecular Genetics and Microbiology) HPH 656 Risk Assessment, Regulation, and Homeland Security the M.P.H. program, particularly the HPH 659 Biology of Cancer Evaluative Sciences concentration, which (Four credits) (One credit) focuses on the highly quantitative areas HPH 661 Methods of Socio-Techno- of biostatistics and research design. The (Courses from School of Social Welfare) logical Decision-Making current demand for M.P.H. graduates HPH 620 Parameters of Social and (Three credits) with quantitative skills is strong, and Health Policy I (Three credits) this combined B.S./M.P.H. program is HPH 662 Systems Approach to intended to help attract talented quantita- HPH 621 Parameters of Social and Human-Machine Systems tive students into the public health field. Health Policy II (Three credits) (Three credits) There is no similar B.S./M.P.H. degree HPH 626 Overview of Substance HPH 671 Marine Pollution program at any other public or private Abuse (Two credits) (Three credits) institution in New York State.

330 PUBLIC HEALTH

Admission to the M.P.H./M.B.A. Degree MBA 589 Operations Management B.S./M.P.H. Program The graduate program in Public Health (Three credits) Ordinarily, students will be considered for and the College of Business offer a com- MBA 592 Organizational Behavior admission into the combined B.S./M.P.H. bined M.P.H./M.B.A. degree program to (Three credits) degree program after completing their prepare students for a management junior year of undergraduate study— career in the health field. The M.P.H. Concentration Requirements either before the start of their senior year M.P.H./M.B.A. program includes 19 to 20 Evaluative Sciences Concentration or during their senior year. Students with credits (seven courses) of overlap, which HPH 555 Demographic Theory and exceptional records may be admitted dur- reduces the total number of credits in the Methods (Three credits) ing the junior year. Students who transfer joint program to 71 to 78 credits, depend- to Stony Brook after their junior year ing on which M.P.H. concentration is cho- HPH 560 Advanced Biostatistics must complete one semester at Stony sen. Students will receive both degrees (Three credits) Brook before they will be considered for upon completion of the entire program. admission to this combined B.S./M.P.H. HPH 565 Health Services Research program. The admissions requirements Admission to the Applications (Three credits) for students entering the combined M.P.H./M.B.A. Program HPH 567 Clinical Outcomes Research degree program are as follows: Students who wish to be considered for (Three credits) A. Overall Stony Brook undergradu- admission into the combined M.P.H./ ate GPA of at least 3.3 M.B.A. degree program must comply with or B. GPA in courses required in the all the requirements of admission for the Public Health Generalist Concentration Applied Math major of at least 3.5 M.P.H. degree alone. The M.P.H. Admissions Committee will review com- HPH 530 History of Public Health and C. Letters of recommendation from pleted M.P.H./M.B.A. applications initially Medicine (Two credits) two faculty who rank the student in the and recommend eligible applicants to the HPH 555 Demographic Theory and top 10 percent of their classes Admissions Committee of the School of Methods (Three credits) Business for approval. M.P.H./M.B.A. B.S./M.P.H. Required Course Work degree applicants may submit GMAT M.B.A. Electives (six credits) scores in lieu of GRE scores. The degree requirements for the M.B.A./M.P.H. Overlap Courses B.S./M.P.H. degree program do not differ from the requirements for the undergrad- Curriculum Overview Evaluative Sciences Concentration uate program and the M.P.H. program. M.P.H. Core (20 Credits) MBA 503 Data Analysis and Decision The benefit of the joint degree is that 12 HPH 500 Contemporary Issues for Making (Three credits) (in lieu of graduate M.P.H. credits count toward the Public Health (Two credits) M.P.H. selective) student’s undergraduate degree, with eight of the 12 credits counting as upper- HPH 506 Biostatistics I (Two credits) MBA Elective (in lieu of MPH selective) division electives in the Applied HPH 507 Biostatistics II Mathematics and Statistics major includ- (Three credits) HPH 549 Public Health Law ing: HPH 506, Biostatistics I (two cred- HPH 514 Epidemiology for Public (Two credits) (in lieu of MBA 507) its), HPH 507 Biostatistics II (three Health (Three credits) credits), and HPH 555 Demographic HPH 508 Health Systems Performance Theory and Methods (three credits). Four HPH 516 Environmental and (Three credits) additional M.P.H. graduate credits may Occupational Health (Three credits) (in lieu of MBA 507 Ethics and Law) be counted towards the 120 total credits HPH 523 Social and Behavioral HPH 563 Cost Benefit and Cost required for the B.S. degree. All required Determinants of Health (Two credits) Effectiveness Analysis courses and DEC/General Education (Two credits) or requirements remain. HPH 562 Data Management and Informatics (Two credits) MBA 501 Managerial Economics Completion Timetable (Three credits) Students in the combined B.S./M.P.H. M.B.A. Requirements (24 credits) HPH 580 Practicum (Three credits) or program can complete both degrees in ten MBA 502 Finance (Three credits) semesters. For the first three years (first MBA 504 Financial Accounting MBA 521 Industry Project six semesters) of a student’s career, he/she (Three credits) would complete required undergraduate Public Health Practice Concentration coursework for DEC/General Education MBA 505 Marketing (Three credits) HPH Concentration Elective and the undergraduate major. During the MBA 506 Leadership, Teamwork and (Three credits) fourth year (seventh and eighth semes- Communications (Three credits) (in lieu of MBA elective) ters), the student would take a combina- HPH 549 Public Health Law tion of undergraduate and graduate MBA 511 Technological Innovations (Two credits) (in lieu of MBA 507) courses. During the fifth year (ninth and (Three credits) tenth semesters) the student would MBA 512 Business Planning and HPH 508 Health Systems Performance complete the remaining graduate require- Strategic Management (Three credits) ments for the M.P.H. degree. (Three credits) (in lieu of MBA elective)

331 PUBLIC HEALTH

HPH 563 Cost Benefit and Cost computers for statistical analysis, summariz- ual behavior, and genetics and the interaction Effectiveness Analysis (Two credits) ing and exploring data, probability theory, of these factors. Also covered is the measure- or discrete and continuous probability distribu- ment of population health, sources of data tions, populations and samples, sampling about population health, and methods for MBA 501 Managerial Economics distributions and statistical inference, assessing population health improvements. hypothesis testing, sample size and power, 2 credits, ABCF grading (Three credits) two-sample comparisons, analysis of vari- MBA 589 Operations Management ance, association and correlation, simple lin- HPH 562 Data Management and Informatics ear regression and simple logistic regression. This course provides students with an intro- (Three credits) Prerequisites: High school algebra duction to the principles of public health (in lieu of HPH 524 Strategic 3 credits, ABCF grading informatics and data management using the Management of Public Health SAS systems. Lectures and labs will be Organizations HPH 508 Health Systems Performance aimed at developing hands-on skills about This course introduces students to the sys- how to create, maintain, and manage data- MBA 504 Financial Accounting tem that we have developed to deliver health bases using the SAS Systems for Windows, a (Three credits) (in lieu of HPH 660) care in the United States, with international major software package used frequently in comparisons. The topics include the organiza- public health and clinical research. In addi- MBA 503 Data Analysis and Decision tion and financing of health-care systems, tion, the student will learn how to retrieve Making (Three credits) access to health care including health insur- and summarize information about population (in lieu of HPH Concentration ance, regulation and policy issues, and the health from major public health information health-care workforce. systems in the U.S. Selective) 3 credits, ABCF grading 2 credits, ABCF grading Courses HPH 514 Epidemiology for Public Health HPH 563 Cost Benefit and Cost This course presents basic epidemiologic Effectiveness Analysis Core Courses concepts used to study health and disease in The course will introduce the uses and conduct populations. It provides an overview of the of cost benefit and cost effectiveness analyses major causes of morbidity and mortality, as decision-making aids in the health-care HPH 500 Contemporary Issues in including methods of measurement (e.g., Public Health research. It will provide students with an incidence, prevalence). Observational and understanding of the roles and limitations of This course will mainly examine the role of experimental epidemiologic studies will be cost benefit and cost effectiveness analyses and medicine and public health in improving the described and their advantages and disad- criteria for evaluating those studies. Critical health of the Suffolk County population. vantages compared. The course aims for stu- issues regarding measuring cost and effective- Students will be exposed to Field Preventive dents to begin developing the skills needed ness, evaluating outcomes, discounting, and Medicine as performed by public health prac- to evaluate data, interpret reports, and dealing with uncertainty will be discussed. titioners including investigations of infectious design and conduct studies. Students will be 2 credits, ABCF grading disease outbreaks and cancer clusters. As introduced to the various areas of epide- Suffolk is one of the most heavily mosquito- miologic study—cancer, molecular/genetic, and tick-infested counties in the country, the environmental, occupational, social and Culminating Experience Courses course will emphasize arthropod-borne dis- behavioral, and infectious disease/surveil- eases. The impact of drinking water standards lance. The course comprises both lectures HPH 580 Practicum and frequently encountered contaminants such and small group seminars for in-depth dis- The Practicum is a planned experience in a as synthetic organic compounds and pesticides cussions of previously assigned topics. supervised and evaluated public health- will be studied. Sanitary regulations and public 3 credits, ABCF grading related practice setting. A journal of field- health law will be discussed, as will bioterror- work and a project, with a written report, are ism and the modes most threatening to resi- HPH 516 Environmental and required. Students will be expected to demon- dents of Long Island. Global issues will include Occupational Health strate their capacity to organize, analyze, infectious diseases and food-borne illnesses This course is designed to provide the funda- interpret and communicate knowledge in an that affect morbidity and mortality worldwide. mentals of environmental and occupational applied manner. Health departments, as well 2-3 credits, ABCF grading health and to educate students on issues as a variety of other local organizations, offer related to major environmental and occupa- a wide array of potential sites for the HPH 506 Biostatistics I tional concerns. It will provide a forum for Practicum experience. This two-term course is intended to provide the discussion of local and national environ- 2-3 credits, ABCF grading students and researchers in public health with mental and occupational public health issues. an introduction to the principles of statistical The content of the course will focus on major HPH 581 Capstone Seminar: Population methods and their application in biomedical pollutants, their detection, impact on health, Health Issues and public health research. This course and principles of remediation. Using various This course will assist students in synthesiz- includes introductions in the use of computers teaching techniques, students will be exposed ing the basic public health knowledge through for statistical analysis, summarizing and to current environmental and occupational completion of a Capstone Project. Attendance exploring data, probability theory, discrete topics and approaches to prevention and at Public Health Grand Rounds will also be treatment. The course will emphasize the and continuous probability distributions, pop- required for this course. Most core and con- most recent research in the field. ulations and samples, sampling distributions centration course work must be complete and statistical inference, hypothesis testing, 3 credits, ABCF grading before the student can participate in the sample size and power, two-sample compar- Capstone Seminar. isons, analysis of variance, association and cor- HPH 523 Social and Behavioral 2-3 credits, S/F grading relation, simple linear regression, and simple Determinants of Health logistic regression. This course introduces students to population Evaluative Sciences Concentration 2-3 credits, ABCF grading health as one of the organizing concepts in public health and the orientation that differ- (Required Courses) HPH 507 Biostatistics II entiates public health from medicine. This two-term course is intended to provide Consistent with public health tradition, health HPH 510 Advanced Epidemiology students and researchers in public health is discussed from an ecological perspective, This course will introduce advanced statistical with an introduction to the principles of sta- and the course presents current knowledge methods for epidemiological investigations tistical methods and their application in bio- about the multiple determinants of population for infectious and non-infectious diseases. The medical and public health research. This health including socioeconomic status, the topics include interaction, standardization of course includes introductions to the use of physical environment, medical care, individ- rates and ratios, conditional logistic regres-

332 PUBLIC HEALTH sion, life tables, and survival analysis. ponents. The impact of federal health-care Public Health Practice Prerequisites: HPH 514 and HPH 511 or reform on the public health delivery system Concentration (Required Courses) other mathematically oriented introduction and the economic and fiscal implications of to statistics the system on state and local governments HPH 524 Strategic Management of Public 3 credits, ABCF grading will be discussed. Students will analyze the Health Organizations critical elements of a health-care system. This course introduces concepts and tools HPH 555 Demographic Theory and Methods 3 credits, ABCF grading needed to plan and implement health pro- This course introduces students to the basic grams within a public health setting. It cov- theory and methods employed in the study of HAS 545 Ethics and Health Care ers evidence-based best practices that will demography. The students will understand Provides an overview of ethics in health care ensure the effectiveness and efficiency of life table methodology, population projection, in a rapidly changing society. Teaches stu- health programs, including performance sources of demographic data, patterns in dents to approach ethical dilemmas using the- issues related to planning, developing, man- global fertility and mortality, the demo- oretical frameworks and decision making aging, and evaluating. graphic transition, current patterns in fertil- processes. Explores ethical issues surround- 2 credits, ABCF grading ity, marriage, and work, abortion and ing health-care reform and public health pol- contraception, and fertility/mortality interre- icy and includes distribution of resources and HPH 530 History of Public Health and lationships. rationing of services. Introduces students to Medicine 3 credits, ABCF grading the ethical perspectives of euthanasia, repro- This course explores major themes and inter- duction, transplants, and HIV/AIDS through pretations in the history of public health and HPH 560 Advanced Biostatistics case studies. Reviews classic cases in health- medicine since the 18th century. Particular This course will discuss aspects of practice care ethics and their shaping of health policy. emphasis is placed on the influence of social and statistical theory relevant to the design Discusses patient education and professional and cultural developments on medicine and of scientific investigations in the health sci- codes of ethics and standards. public health, and vice versa. American ences. Topics will include sample size consid- 3 credits, ABCF grading developments will be placed in a broad com- erations, basic principles of experimental parative perspective including both Western design, block designs, and factorial experi- HAS 557 Planning and Implementing and non-Western nations. ments, and multivariate analysis for continu- Community Health Programs 2 credits, ABCF grading ous and categorical data. Prepares students to conduct needs assess- HPH 549 Public Health Law 3 credits, ABCF grading ments of various diverse populations and to This course is a survey of legal and policy plan, implement, and evaluate programs to HPH 565 Health Services Research issues that have special relevance for public meet the needs. Plans include detailed goals, health professionals. Topics may vary, but typ- Applications behavioral objectives, methods, resource and The course is designed to introduce students ically will include many of the following: struc- budget allocation, including grant and con- ture of the U.S. legal system; power of state to the application of standard methods in tract considerations. health services research. The student will governments in matters affecting health care; 3 credits, ABCF grading learn the principles, methods, and terminol- governmental power and the right to privacy; constitutional issues in social welfare benefits; ogy specific to this field. Threats to validity, HAS 559 Health Behavior and Risk Reduction information bias, and the methods of control governmental regulation of health-care Discusses the impact of behavior on the health will be explored. Lectures will include risk providers and payers; the scope and discretion and well-being of the public. Addresses the adjustment, benchmarking, outcomes, and of administrative agencies in health care; the leading causes of death and disability that are effectiveness research. This course will empha- antitrust laws; the fraud and abuse laws; and size the theory of sampling and survey methods largely attributable to behaviors that can be negligence in the delivery and financing of and their application to health service research. modified or prevented through changes in health care. individual, community, and institutional or 2-3 credits, ABCF grading 2 credits, ABCF grading organizational behavior. The course is HPH 567 Clinical Outcomes Research designed to help students acquire knowledge HPH 555 Demographic Theory and Methods This course will: (i) introduce the basic con- of theories and concepts to describe, explain, This course introduces students to the basic cepts, methods, and topics in clinical out- and predict health-related behaviors as well as theory and methods employed in the study of comes research; and (ii) introduce the skills behavioral responses to risk communication; demography. The students will understand life necessary to evaluate the efficacy, effective- learn the skills to apply this knowledge to table methodology, population projection, ness, and cost effectiveness of devices, inter- evaluate the effectiveness of behavioral and sources of demographic data, patterns in vention, processes of care, and health-care health communication interventions; and global fertility and mortality, the demographic delivery systems. The specific topics to be develop a health-related behavioral interven- transition, current patterns in fertility, mar- covered include: outcomes measurement, tion project proposal that includes a plan to riage and work, abortion and contraception, population health assessment, valuing health evaluate behavior change outcomes. and fertility/mortality interrelationships. outcomes, risk adjustment, case-mix adjust- 3 credits, ABCF grading 3 credits, ABCF grading ment methods, effectiveness, efficacy, and cost effectiveness in clinical outcomes HAS 560 Evaluation of Community Health HPH 660 Managerial Accounting and reearch, and analysis methods. Programs Financial Decision Analysis 2 credits, ABCF grading Addresses basic principles and practices of Fundamentals of financial and managerial program evaluation including identifying the accounting with emphasis on concepts, ratio Community Health Concentration goals of a community health program; design- and break-even analysis, financial structure, (Required Courses) ing an evaluation plan that can determine if cost analysis, replacement of assets, and cash program goals are achieved; implementing an flow management. HAS 527 Principles and Practice of Public evaluation plan; interacting with stakeholders, Fall, 3 credits, ABCF grading and Community Health and using the results of the program evalua- Provides an overview of the public health tion to improve performance. Students are Selective Courses system, the philosophy and purpose of public required to design an evaluation component and community health, the managerial and for the community health program they HPH 504 Surveillance and Control of educational aspects of public health pro- developed in HAS 557. Infectious Diseases grams, how the public health sector responds Prerequisite: HAS 557 This course introduces the methods of surveil- to disease prevention, environmental issues, 3 credits, ABCF grading lance and control of infectious diseases in the community public health provisions and community and in health-care organizations other core public and community health com- including the design, implementation, and eval-

333 PUBLIC HEALTH uation of surveillance systems and the analysis HPH 521 Seminar in Evaluative Sciences HPH 566 Clinical Trials of surveillance system data. The course focuses This course introduces novice researchers to This course introduces the design, conduct, on infectious diseases common in the United the steps required to plan a clinical research and analysis of clinical trials. Topics will States, but also discusses the global situation. project and teaches some of the most basic prin- include types of clinical trials, study design, Bioterrorism will be discussed. ciples involved in each step. This eight-hour treatment allocation, randomization and 2 credits, ABCF grading seminar will discuss reviewing the literature stratification, quality control, sample size and building a library; developing a research requirements, patient consent, and interpre- HPH 505 Topics in Population Health Studies project including study design, sampling, data tation of results. This course presents current topics and collection and management, data analysis, and 2 credits, ABCF grading issues in population health studies. presenting results. Grant resources and the 1-3 credits, ABCF grading application process; copyright rules; human HPH 570 Multilevel and Longitudinal Analyses May be repeated for credit subjects protection and institutional review The course covers methods for the analysis of boards (including HIPAA); and when and how repeated measures, correlated outcomes and HPH 510 Advanced Epidemiology to use a statistics consultant will also be intro- longitudinal data, including the unbalanced This course will introduce advanced statisti- duced. Students are encouraged to use this and incomplete data sets characteristic of cal methods for epidemiological investigations seminar to develop their own research idea and health service research. Topics include for infectious and non-infectious diseases. The leave the seminar with a timeline for achieving ANOVA, random effects and growth curve topics include interaction, standardization of their own research goals. models, and generalized linear models for rates and ratios, conditional logistic regres- 0.5-3 credits, ABCF grading correlated data, including generalized esti- sion, life tables, and survival analysis. May be repeated three times for credit mating equations. Prerequisites: HPH 514 and HPH 511 or 2 credits, ABCF grading other mathematically oriented introduction HPH 526 Issues for Public Health HPH 620 Parameters of Social and Health to statistics Organizations 3 credits, ABCF grading Not all organizational change improves upon Policy I the past and most change is difficult. This Introduces students to U.S. social policy, with HPH 513 Decision Making in Medicine and course discusses the challenges facing public a special emphasis on political, economic, and Public Health health managers who are intent on imple- social factors that have affected its historical This course is designed to introduce the student menting organizational change. Top manage- development, particularly in reference to to the methods and range of applications of deci- ment processes for public health leaders will oppressed groups. Explores relationship of sion analysis in health-care technology assess- be explored including strategic planning, social policy to social work practice. ment, medical decision making, and health resource allocation, decision-making, learn- 3 credits, ABCF grading ing, and managing. resource allocation. Students will learn the HPH 621 Parameters of Social and Health basics of decision science and how to organize 2 credits, ABCF grading complex problems into an analyzable frame- Policy II work as a basis for decision making and its appli- HPH 528 Survey Research Methods Utilizes frameworks for social policy analysis. cations in public health and clinical settings. This course will introduce survey research Explores continuing dilemmas in policy This course will cover the following areas: mak- methods for community populations. It will development. Stresses effects of social move- ing use of probabilities in medicine, choice and include measurement of health status and ments and social change on social policy. interpretation of diagnostic tests, decision tree other factors related to the health of commu- Prerequisite: HWC 509 construction and analysis, quantifying patient nity populations including socioeconomic sta- 3 credits, ABCF grading preferences, and cost-effectiveness analysis. tus, health behavior, occupation, and social Students will learn methodologies for dealing support. Topics will include sampling and HPH 626 Overview of Substance Abuse with complex decisions both on an individual design strategies, instrument development, An examination of the history and develop- patient level and at a policy level, and will have scaling, assessment of reliability, validity ment of alcohol and substance abuse problems hands-on experience in applying these to a prob- and responsiveness to change; principal in the United States. Focuses on the etiology, lem of their choice. Component(s): analysis and factor analysis; psychopharmacology, and legal ramifications and item response theory. The course will Prerequisite: Biostatistics I and II; intro- of the use of licit and illicit substances in our introduce students to the many existing culture. Provides information on a variety of ductory economics is recommended but not sources of community health survey data services available to drug abusers, addicted required including the recurrent national surveys such individuals, and their families in the fields of 3 credits, ABCF grading as the National Health Interview Survey. prevention, education, and treatment. Co- scheduled with HWC 344. HPH 517 Continuous Quality Improvement 2 credits, ABCF grading 2 credits, ABCF grading Methods HPH 542 Introduction to Global Health This course introduces the principles and This course will provide health personnel with HPH 630 Chemical Dependency in Special methods of continuous quality improvement a basic awareness of the problems of the Populations (CQI) for public health and health-care worlds’ population with special focus on the Covers alcoholism and substance abuse with organizations including benchmarking, devel- poorest. To promote these objectives, this populations that have been traditionally opment of pertinent information systems, course has been designed to introduce medical devalued and oppressed. Focuses on develop- timely and regular analysis of data, and pres- and public health students to key population ment of skills and sensitivity to the needs of entation of performance results. The course health topics from a global perspective, with ethnic groups, women, the elderly, the men- also discusses implementation issues includ- special emphasis placed on the health and wel- tally ill and gay and lesbian people who are ing availability of relevant data and achieving fare of women and young children in low- chemically dependent. Explores policy and administrative and staff support. income countries. The health impact of practice issues related to these populations. 2 credits, ABCF grading emergent infectious diseases will be reviewed. 2-3 credits, ABCF grading The design and effectiveness of foreign aid HPH 519 Independent Study programs will be discussed. Students will be HPH 631 Cultural Competency: An Intensive reading, under supervision of one introduced to demography and the impact of Ingredient in Enhancing Treatment Outcomes or more instructors, of material not covered population increases on the global environ- Demonstrates that cultural competency, like in the formal curriculum, or execution of a ment. There will be discussions of the health computer literacy, is a necessity. Outlines research project under the supervision of one problems of immigrants to the U.S. from trop- how prevention messages and treatment or more faculty members. ical countries. Finally students will learn modalities provided within a cultural context Prerequisite: Permission of program director about vaccination and other safety issues are likely to change attitudes or redirect 1-6 credits, ABCF grading related to traveling and working in the tropics. behaviors. There is a new wave of immi- May be repeated up to five times for credit 2 credits, ABCF grading grants and a growing assertion of cultural

334 PUBLIC HEALTH identity by groups who were born in the HPH 653 Introduction to Homeland Security HPH 657 Demographic Economics I United States. Therefore, a new communica- The course is a combination of lectures and lab- This course deals with the economics of the tion edict of cultural dialogue is fast becoming oratory experience to introduce students to family. It utilizes recently developed tech- part of one’s professional mandate. Hence, critical issues and assess needs for homeland niques in economics and demography to deal the ability to interact with people who are security. The course includes invited lectures with questions concerning marriage, divorce, culturally different from the professional is a by experts on special topics such as fundamen- fertility, contraception, the intrafamily distri- prerequisite to providing culturally compe- tals of nuclear, chemical, and biological bution of resources, and the intergenera- tent services to these groups. Co-scheuled weapons and the associated threat to the tional distribution of resources. Students will with HWC 357. transportation of goods and the public. The do original theoretical and empirical research 2 credits, ABCF grading students will learn about cyber security, under the professor’s supervision. devices to safeguard materials from terrorist HPH 633 Childhood Sexual Abuse and Long- Prerequisite: ECO 501; Graduate standing threats, safety of nuclear power plants and Term Sequelae: Assessment and Intervention in Economics or permission of the graduate water supply, forensics, and emergency pre- program director Introduces students to the incidence and paredness. The students will submit a term Spring, 0-3 credits, ABCF grading prevalence of childhood sexual abuse as a paper on a selected topic in lieu of the final national problem. Covered are definition exam. Crosslisted with ESM 550 and HPH 643. issues, sequelae during childhood, family con- HPH 658 The Use of Remote Sensing and stellation, and adult sequelae. Addressed are Prerequisites: Undergraduate level biology, GIS in Environmental Analysis assessment and current treatment modalities, chemistry, and physics An introduction to the use of aerial and satel- particularly for families and offenders, ethical Fall and spring, 3 credits, ABCF grading lite imagery in environmental analysis and and legal dilemmas and the subsequent the manipulation of geographic data sets of HPH 654 Nuclear Security health-related difficulties of this childhood all types using Geographic Information trauma. Special attention is paid to the cul- The course will familiarize students with the Systems. This course is designed to teach tural dynamics in sexual abuse. Students are fundamentals of nuclear physics, radiation, students in archaeology, physical anthropol- expected to develop an awareness of and crit- mining, weapons, and fuel cycle, other than ogy, and related disciplines, how satellite ically analyze current research. Focus is also producing electricity, as it pertains to nuclear on examination of policy issues and legislation. imagery combined with various maps can be power plants. Topics include nuclear detection, manipulated using GIS software to perform 2-3 credits, ABCF grading devices to safeguard nuclear materials from powerful geographic analysis. Although stu- terrorist threats, needed physical protection dents are eventually likely to use these tools HPH 634 Program Evaluation for safe handling and its relevance to Provides an in-depth analysis of the technical in many different parts of the world, this Homeland Security. The course combines lec- course focuses on Long Island as a research requirements of program evaluation and the tures with hands-on experience at the newly area, and each student designs and completes organizational and political constraints that installed nuclear detection facility located at a research project on a particular section of influence the evaluation process. Covers the nearby United States Department of the area, focusing on the habitats of local techniques in the design and implementation Energy’s Brookhaven National Laboratory. wildlife, the locations of archaeological sites, of evaluation research in the health and Crosslisted as EST 553 or HPH 654. coastal regimes, etc. This course presumes human service fields. Prerequisite: Undergraduate equivalent Prerequisites: HWC 511 and 512 computer literacy and familiarity with data- physics and chemistry base management. This course is offered as 2-3 credits, ABCF grading Fall, spring, 4 credits, ABCF grading both ANT 526 and DPA 526 or HPH 658. Spring, 3 credits, ABCF grading HPH 635 Seminar on Family Violence HPH 655 Chemical and Biological Weapons: An overview of the phenomenon of family violence in the United States including child Safeguards and Security HPH 659 Biology of Cancer abuse, partner abuse, and elder abuse. This course deals with the fundamentals of A short course with the emphasis on cancer Explores theories of etiology, including patri- chemistry and biochemistry related to chem- as a disease of man. Lectures address human archy, intergenerational family dynamics, ical weapons (CW) and biological weapons cancer as seen by the clinician and as basic and substance abuse. Examines program- (BW) that could be used by terrorists. Topics research relates to human disease. This matic approaches including the legal system include CW and BW history, production, con- course provides students with a link between and programs for batterers by utilizing guest trol, detection, identification, and emergency courses in cell and molecular biology and the speakers from Suffolk County agencies. response measures to deal with intended or application of this basic information to tumor 2 credits, ABCF grading unintended release and escape, and security management. measures to protect and control stockpiles. Spring, even years, 1 credit, ABCF grading HPH 636 Community Analysis and Health Crosslisted with EST 554 and HPH 653. Promotion Prerequisite: Undergraduate equivalent HPH 661 Methods of Socio-Technological Explores diverse concepts of community, chemistry, biochemistry, and microbiology Decision Making analyzes a range of community structures, Fall, spring, 4 credits, ABCF grading Focus is on the application of decision-making processes, and power relationships. techniques to analyze problems involving Investigates contemporary models, strate- HPH 656 Risk Assessment, Regulation, and technology, particularly its social impacts. gies, and tactics of community organizing and Homeland Security Areas of study include decision making under health promotion in the United States and in The course focus is on risk assessment associ- uncertainty, decision making in a passive vs. selected other countries. Emphasizes efforts ated with nuclear, chemical, and biological active environment, sequential decisions, by poor people, ethnic minorities of color, and weapons as it relates to Homeland Security. estimating payoffs, forecasting, and technol- women to organize and mobilize community Topics include air dispersion, uncertainty ogy assessment. These systems-analysis groups and movements. Highlights group and analysis, exposure measurements, epidemiol- techniques are used to formulate and solve a community analysis and organization skills. ogy, toxicology, regulatory issues, risk man- variety of socio-technological problems, espe- 2-3 credits, ABCF grading agement, risk communication, risk perception, cially those that arise in educational, indus- and risk preparedness. The course will also trial, and environmental professions. HPH 638 Qualitative Health Research cover laws and regulations, discouraging ter- Prerequisite: Graduate standing in Methods rorism, disaster preparedness, and various department or permission of instructor The class works as a team on a joint project. acts passed by the U.S. Congress to regulate Fall, 3 credits, ABCF grading Topics include problem formulation, instru- water, air, and controlled substances. ment construction, sampling strategy, inter- Crosslisted as EST 560 and HPH 656. HPH 662 Systems Approach to Human- viewing, data transcription, and data analysis. Prerequisite: Undergraduate or equivalent Machine Systems Crosslisted with HWC 588. physics, math, and chemistry Systems concepts (feedback, stability, chaos, Prerequisites: HWC 511 and 512 Fall and spring, 4 credits, ABCF grading ergonomics) and analytical tools applied to 2-3 credits, ABCF grading dynamic systems in which technologies and/

335 PUBLIC HEALTH or natural environments interact with human HPH 675 Environment and Public Health tion, and numerical and analytical solutions to users, regulators, or designers. Examples: Review of the interactions of humans with differential equations. Crosslisted as EST 595 ecological systems, nuclear power plant oper- the atmosphere and water resources, espe- or HPH 688. ations, space shuttle missions, computer/Web cially in the Long Island coastal community. Prerequisites: MAT 132 and one year of educational technologies, regional planning. An introduction is provided to the field of quantitative science such as physics, chem- Students prepare a systems design study of environmental health and the practices rele- istry, or geology; or permission of instructor an industrial, educational, or environmental vant to an urban/suburban and coastal set- Fall, 3 credits, ABCF grading device, technology, or management system. ting. Crosslisted with HPH 675. Prerequisite: EST 581 or permission of instruc- Prerequisite: Permission of instructor HPH 689 Simulation Models for tor; graduate standing in the Department Spring, 3 credits, ABCF grading Environmental and Waste Management Spring, 3 credits, ABCF grading HPH 684 Environmental and Waste This course is intended for students inter- ested in developing computer models for HPH 664 Health Economics I Management in Business and Industry Theoretical and econometric analysis of technology assessment and for environmental Environmental and waste management prac- and waste management. Concepts developed selected aspects of the health-care delivery tices in industrial and other institutional system, such as the demand for medical serv- in EST 595 Environmental Systems settings. Technologies of hazardous waste Engineering and Analysis are applied to real- ices, the supply and distribution of physician prevention, treatment, storage, transporta- services, the utilization of non-physician med- world problems. Techniques in model devel- tion, and disposal are considered. Topics opment are presented in the context of ical personnel, alternative models of hospital include information systems and software behavior, third-party insurance reimburse- applications in surface and groundwater tools for environmental audits, regulatory management, acid rain, and health risks from ment, national health insurance and cost, and monitoring and compliance, cost estimation, price inflation in the hospital and long-term environmental contamination. Coscheduled recycling programs, air, land, and water emis- as EST 596 or HPH 689. care sectors. Coscheduled as ECO 646 or sions controls and permits. Employee health, Prerequisite: EST 595 or permission of HPH 664. safety, and education and quality manage- Prerequisites: ECO 501, ECO 521; graduate ment are examined. Field trips to several instructor standing in Economics or permission of the Long Island institutions. Cross-listed as EST Spring, 3 credits, ABCF grading Graduate Program Director 586 or HPH 684. HPH 501 Introduction to the Spring, 0-3 credits, ABCF grading 3 credits, ABCF grading Research Process HPH 665 Health Economics HPH 686 Risk Assessment and Hazard This course provides an overview of the This course applies advanced economic the- Management research process, including formulation of a ory and econometrics to issues within the A case-study approach to the assessment of research problem, conceptualization of the health market in more detail. Theoretical and risk and the management of natural and tech- research design, construction of the instru- econometric analysis of the health-care deliv- nological hazards, with emphasis on those ment for data collection, selection of the ery system, such as the demand for medical that can harm the environment. The course sample, collection of data, processing of services, the supply and distribution of physi- focuses on technological hazards involving data, and writing the research report. cian services, hospital behavior, third-party energy, transportation, agriculture, natural Topics include how to identify a research insurance reimbursement, national health resources, chemical technology, nuclear tech- question and, correspondingly, how to for- insurance and cost, price inflation, and wel- nology, and biotechnology, and on natural mulate a clear, concise hypothesis or set of fare economics and policy analysis. Co-sched- hazards such as climactic changes, droughts, hypotheses; reasons and procedures for uled with ECO 645. floods, and earthquakes. The first part of reviewing the literature; overview of obser- 2 credits, ABCF grading the course consists of readings on risk vational and interventional research assessment and hazard management and designs; review of measurement theory, HPH 671 Marine Pollution discussions of published case studies. During types of scales, and commonly used meas- Review of the physical and chemical character- the second part of the course, students con- ures in public health-related research; data istics and speciation in the marine environment duct their own case studies and use them as collection methods including survey and of organic pollutants, metals and radionuclides the basis for oral and written reports. qualitative methods; and the ethical conduct including bioavailability, assimilation by Coscheduled as EST 593 or HPH 686. of research. Through the introduction of marine organisms, toxicity, and policy issues. 3 credits, ABCF grading these topics, the course provides a general Coscheduled as MAR 512 or HPH 671. background for individuals who are inter- Prerequisites: MAR 502, MAR 503 HPH 687 Diagnosis of Environmental ested in learning the fundamentals of how Fall, 3 credits, ABCF grading Disputes to prepare a research proposal. Diagnosis of disagreements about environ- 2 credits, ABCF grading HPH 672 Marine Management mental and waste problems. Tools for evalu- The course discusses waste management ating disputes about (1) scientific theories HPH 503 Research Ethics issues particularly affecting the marine envi- and environmental models, (2) definitions and This course presents issues in the ethical ronment. Topics include ocean dumping, analytical methodologies for estimating risk, conduct of research. Topics include data col- sewage treatment, fish kills, beach pollution, “real” cost, net energy use, and life-cycle lection and management, research fraud, aca- and nuisance algal blooms. Techniques for environmental impact, (3) regulatory and demic misconduct, conflict of interest, federal managing the waste stream are presented. legal policy, (4) siting of controversial envi- and institutional guidelines regarding research Crosslisted as HPH 672 or MAR 514. ronmental facilities, and (5) fairness and using human and animal subjects, vulnerable Prerequisite: Permission of instructor other ethical issues. These diagnostic tools populations, confidentiality, and the Spring, 3 credits, ABCF grading are brought to bear upon case studies of pol- Institutional Review Board (IRB). lution prevention, recycling, nuclear waste 1 credit, ABCF grading HPH 673 Groundwater Problems disposal, and climate change. This course is Discussion of the hydraulic processes and offered as CEY 594, EST 594, and HPH 687. HPH 509 Methods for Population Health technologies that are central to the manage- 3 credits, ABCF grading Studies ment and monitoring of groundwater This course introduces population health resources including special problems of HPH 688 Principles of Environmental studies methods and their importance for evi- coastal hydrology and saltwater intrusion, as Systems Analysis dence-based public health practice. Topics well as the fate of contaminants. Remediation This course is intended for students interested include the design, implementation, and analy- approaches are also examined. Crosslisted as in learning systems engineering principles sis of community surveys, qualitative studies, MAR 521 or HPH 673. relevant to solving environmental and waste and evaluation studies for health programs. Prerequisite: Permission of instructor management problems. Concepts include com- Sources and uses of existing data for popula- Summer, 3 credits, ABCF grading partmental models, state variables, optimiza- tion health studies, including census, mortality,

336 PUBLIC HEALTH administrative, and survey, will be discussed. HPH 561 Design of Scientific Investigations sis to explore data and identify sources of 2 credits, ABCF grading This course is an overview of the theory and variation among studies is emphasized, as is methods relevant to health sciences research, the use of meta-analysis to identify future HPH 539 Global Epidemiology and beginning with the philosophy of scientific research questions. Preventive Medicine investigations, the role of literature in the 2 credits, ABCF grading This course focuses on strategies to reduce advancement of science and moving to prob- mortality and morbidity from specific condi- lem identification, formulation of research HPH 572 Introduction to Clinical Trials tions. The conditions selected are mainly questions, research design, and issues of sam- Targeted to graduate medical trainees and infectious diseases that account for the pling and sample selection, measurement, junior clinical faculty, this course provides an majority of preventable deaths and disability and analysis. overview of topics related to the design, con- in low-income countries, especially among 1 credit, ABCF grading duct, and analysis of clinical trials. Topics will children. Detailed discussion of disease due to include types of clinical trials, study design, protozoa and parasites will, however, be HPH 564 Research Methods for Community treatment allocation, randomization and deferred to another course. In addition, the Populations stratification, quality control, sample size increase in mortality from tobacco-related This course will introduce the design, meas- requirements, patient consent, and interpre- disease and trauma in poor countries will also urement, and analysis of research for commu- tation of results. be addressed. nity populations. It will include measurement 2 credits, S/F grading 3 credits, ABCF grading of health status and other factors related to the health of community populations includ- HPH 601 Health Behavior and Risk HPH 540 Medical Anthropology, Culture, and ing socioeconomic status, health behavior, Reduction Ethics occupation, and social support. Topics will Discusses the impact of behavior on the This course focuses on how patients in non- include instrument development, scaling, health and well-being of the public. Addresses western societies view issues related to health assessment of reliability, validity, and respon- the leading causes of death and disability that and disease and how medical interventions can siveness to change; principal component are largely attributable to behaviors that can be integrated into local beliefs and customs. analysis and factor analysis; and item be modified or prevented through changes in Particular attention will be devoted to the role response theory. The course will introduce individual, community, and institutional or of women in improving the health status of the many existing sources of community organizational behavior. The course is their communities. Region-specific overviews health information including the recurrent designed to help students acquire knowledge will be provided on how history and culture national surveys such as the Health of theories and concept to describe, explain, have influenced health in sub-Saharan Africa Interview Survey. and predict health-related behaviors as well and Latin America. Ethical issues related to 2 credits, ABCF grading as behavioral responses to risk communica- resource allocation and medical and public tion; learn the skills to apply this knowledge health research in low-income countries will HPH 568 Overview of Molecular Medicine to evaluate the effectiveness of behavioral also be addressed in this course. and Genomics and health communication interventions; and 3 credits, ABCF grading The course will introduce basic concepts of develop a health-related behavioral interven- molecular diagnostics currently in clinical tion project proposal that includes a plan to HPH 541 Provision of Health Care in Low- use. The principal topics to be covered evaluate behavior change outcomes. Income Countries include: an introduction to the human 3 credits, ABCF grading genome; principles of human genetics; This course focuses on the practical implemen- HPH 649 Health Physics tation of interventions to reduce disability and microarray, genomic, and bioinformatics premature death in low-income countries. It approaches to human disease; cancer genet- The course is the study of health physics, will cover funding and organization of health ics; animal models of human diseases; emerg- integration of radiation with matter, radia- care; primary health-care programs; role of ing pathogens; principles of genetic testing tion dosimetry, biological effects of radiation, expatriate health workers; and emergency strategies and test development; emerging and radiation protection. The course will medical care of refugee populations. molecular therapeutics; regulatory, patent- emphasize both the theoretical and opera- tional aspects of health physics. Crosslisted 3 credits, ABCF grading ing, and licensing issues of relevance to drug discovery and test development. as CEM 539 or HPH 649. HPH 544 Development and Demography 2 credits, ABCF grading Prerequisite: Permission of instructor This course focuses on broad issues of inter- 3 credits, ABCF grading national aid and development policies that HPH 569 Modeling for Evaluative Sciences impact human health and the global environ- This course will present an introduction to HPH 660 Management Accounting and ment. The course will help place the specific the methods of data mining and predictive Financial Decision Analysis clinical interventions discussed in other modeling, with particular emphasis on appli- Fundamentals of financial and managerial courses into a wider socioeconomic context. cations to health services research and clini- accounting with emphasis on concepts, ratio, Topics will include demography, poverty, cal outcomes research. Basic concepts and and break-even analysis, financial structure, health, and development; international and philosophy of data mining as well as appropri- cost analysis, replacement of assets, and cash U.S. aid policies; and global environment for ate applications will be discussed. Topics cov- flow management. sustainable development. ered will include multiple comparisons Fall, 3 credits, ABCF grading 3 credits, ABCF grading adjustment and predictive model building through logistic regression, classification and HPH 674 Environmental Toxicology and HPH 545 Clinical, Laboratory, and regression tress (CART), multivariate adap- Public Health Epidemiological Parasitology and tive splines (MARS), and neural networks. Principles of toxicology and epidemiology are Protozoology 2 credits, ABCF grading presented and effects associated with major classes of toxic chemicals and radiation on This is an integrated and detailed course on HPH 571 Research Synthesis and Meta the subjects of parasitology and protozoology. human and environmentall health are exam- The epidemiology, microbiology, clinical Analysis ined in case study format. presentation, and management, as well as lab- This course concerns the use of existing data Spring, 3 credits, ABCF grading oratory diagnosis, of these conditions will be to inform clinical decision-making and health- covered. The human and economic impact of care policy. The course focus is research syn- HPH 695 Applied Linear Algebra these conditions will be discussed. Preventive thesis (meta-analysis). The principles of Review of matrix operations. Elementary measures will be discussed in detail. It will be meta-analytic statistical methods are matrices and reduction of general matrices assumed that students have minimal or no reviewed, and the application of these to data by elementary operations, canonical forms, prior knowledge of these conditions. sets is explored. Application of methods and inverses. Applications to physical prob- 3 credits, ABCF grading includes considerations for clinical trials and lems. Crosslisted as AMS 505 or HPH 695. observational studies. The use of meta-analy- Fall, 3 credits, ABCF grading

337 PUBLIC HEALTH

HPH 696 Introduction to Probability The topics include sample spaces, axioms of probability, conditional probability and inde- pendence, discrete and continuos random variables, jointly distributed random vari- ables, characteristics of random variables, law of large numbers and central limit theo- rem, Markov chains. Note: Crosslisted as AMS 507 or CET 551 or HPH 696. 3 credits, ABCF grading HPH 697 Mathematical Statistics Sampling distribution; convergence concepts; classes of statistical models; sufficient statis- tics; likelihood principle; point estimation; Bayes estimators; consistence; Neyman- Pearson Lemma; UMP tests; UMPU tests; Likelihood ratio tests; large sample theory. Crosslisted as HPH 697 or AMS 571. Prerequisite: AMS 312; AMS 570 is pre- ferred but not required 3 credits, ABCF grading HPH 698 Data Analysis I Introduction to basic statistical procedures. Survey of elementary statistical procedures such as the t-test and chi-square test. Procedures to verify that assumptions are satisfied. Extensions of simple procedures to more complex situations and introduction to one-way analysis of variance. Basic exploratory data analysis procedures (stem and leaf plots, straightening regression lines, and techniques to establish equal variance). Crosslisted as AMS 572 or HPH 698. Prerequisite: AMS 312 or permission of instructor Fall, 3 credits, ABCF grading HPH 699 Design of Experiments Discussion of the accuracy of experiments, partitioning sums of squares, randomized designs, factorial experiments, Latin squares, confounding and fractional replica- tion, response surface experiments, and incomplete block designs. Crosslisted as AMS 582 or HPH 699. Prerequisite: AMS 572 or equivalent 3 credits, ABCF grading

338 SCHOOL OF SOCIAL WELFARE School of Social Welfare

Dean: Frances L. Brisbane, Health Sciences Center, Level 2, Room 093, (631) 444-2139 Graduate Program Director: Jeanne Finch, Health Sciences Center, Level 2, Room 093, (631) 444-3174 Doctoral Program Director: Joel Blau, Health Sciences Center, Level 2, Room 093, (631) 444-3149 Administrative Assistant for Master’s Program: Kathy Albin, Health Sciences Center, Level 2, Room 093, (631) 444-3141 Administrative Assistant for Doctoral Program: Edie Lundgren, Health Sciences Center, Level 2, Room 093, (631) 444-8361

Degrees awarded: M.S.W. in Social Work; M.S.W./J.D. (with Touro Law Center); Ph.D. in Social Welfare

The M.S.W. Program Office of Admissions and Drawing upon the social, behavioral, in Social Work Student Services and health sciences as well as social School of Social Welfare work knowledge and experience, the The School of Social Welfare offers an Health Sciences Center graduates of this program will have accredited two-year graduate program Stony Brook University the skills to expand the base of tested and a one-year advanced standing option Stony Brook, NY 11794-8230 knowledge that can guide the profession (open only to students who are graduates (631) 444-3141 of social work in its efforts to address of a C.S.W.E. accredited baccalaureate major social problems. program) leading to the Master of Social Apply online for the M.S.W. program at A second purpose is to develop leaders Work degree, which prepares students for www.uhmc.sunysb.edu/studserv/apply and educators who can effectively entry into advanced social work practice. hsc.html. contribute to contemporary social work The M.S.W. program provides students practice as defined in this school’s with the needed theoretical and practice Dual Degree Program mission statement. expertise needed to function with maxi- in Social Work and Law The core of this program is education mum competence at different adminis- This program offers the opportunity to for scholarly research leading to careers trative or policy levels in social welfare earn an M.S.W. from the School of Social as teachers, researchers, and policy ana- and in the provision of direct services Welfare and a Juris Doctor (J.D.) from lysts with a focus on the content areas of to individuals, families, groups, and Touro Law Center in four years rather health, mental health, and substance communities. The school provides than in the five that would be required abuse. The strength of such a program opportunities for study and practice if the degrees were earned separately. lies in its location within the Health that utilize the wealth of interdiscipli- Applicants may apply for the dual- Sciences Center. This is a natural setting nary resources available in the Health degree program prior to matriculation in which to bring together the basic sci- Sciences Center and the University. The or during their enrollment in the first ences and theoretical disciplines in applied curriculum provides for a general foun- year at either school. Applicants must policy/program analysis and thereby dation year of courses and field instruc- apply to and be accepted by both contribute to research in the social tion for all students. In the second year, schools. If accepted by both schools, the dimensions of health and mental health. students concentrate in advanced social student is automatically eligible for the work practice. Field instruction practicum dual-degree program. The first year Program Structure and Content sites are located throughout Nassau and may be spent at either school, with the The structure of this program consists of Suffolk counties and in some of the choice being up to the student. The sec- 12 required classroom courses (36 credits) boroughs of New York City. In addition, ond year is spent at the other school, as follows: the program offers one specialization the third year is divided between the in health with sub-specializations in two schools, and the fourth year is spent Statistics I and II alcohol and substance abuse or public primarily at the law school. A detailed Research Methods I and II health, and another specialization in description of the program is available student-community development. through the School of Social Welfare’s Social Welfare Policy Analysis I and II In addition to the regular full-time Admissions and Student Services Office. Social Welfare Administration two-year program, the school has two alternative pathways that extend the The Ph.D. Program Knowledge Building in Social Work: time necessary to achieve the degree. in Social Welfare The Philosophy of Applied Social Students who are employed in the field The primary purpose of the Ph.D. Research of social welfare may, under certain con- program is to produce scholars who Theories of Social Work Intervention ditions, use their employment site to ful- can use systematic methods to develop fill a part of the field instruction through research, and disseminate Seminar in Social Work Education requirements. Some courses are offered through teaching and writing, knowledge Dissertation Seminar I and II in concentrated form during the semes- concerning social welfare problems ters, intersession, and summer session. and professional social work practice. Also required are three electives A separate bulletin is available Professional social work practice includes (9 credits), a research practicum of 10 describing the M.S.W. program curricu- direct service with clients, the organiza- hours per week for two semesters under lum and requirements for admission. To tion and management of service delivery mentorship (6 credits), a teaching receive a copy of this bulletin and further systems, and the formulation and analysis practicum under mentorship (3 credits), information, contact: of social welfare policies. oral and written qualifying examinations,

339 SCHOOL OF SOCIAL WELFARE a scholarly paper of publication quality, D. A personal interview to the program. Upon evidence of sub- and the production and defense of a stantial progress, the Graduate School E. Professional competence as demon- scholarly dissertation. Fifty-four credits may grant a one-year extension. strated through substantial experience are required for graduation. In the first in responsible social work and/or human A separate application and bulletin three years, students take three courses services positions supported by three are available describing the Ph.D. each semester. The full-time program is letters of reference including one, if program in more detail, its curriculum, designed to be completed in a minimum possible, from someone familiar with the and requirements for admission. of four years. The scholarly research applicant’s capacity to conduct research To receive a copy of this bulletin, paper of publication quality is required application and further information, at the end of the fourth semester. F. A sample of writing in the form of a contact the School of Social Welfare’s A comprehensive examination is given published article, a manuscript submit- Ph.D. program office in writing or by when 36 credits of required coursework ted for publication, a document com- are completed. Once all coursework and pleted for the applicant’s agency or in telephone at (631) 444-8361. the qualifying exams are completed suc- connection with a research interest, or cessfully, students select a preliminary a paper prepared in your previous Faculty dissertation chair and committee and graduate studies Professors develop an approved dissertation pro- G. Personal qualities indicating a posal. The student is then advanced to can- Blau, Joel, Director of the Ph.D. Program, potential for leadership, compatibility D.S.W., Columbia University: Social policy; didacy and begins dissertation research. with the School’s mission statement, history of social welfare; poverty; homelessness; The fourth year is spent on completion flexibility and openness to new ideas, the political economy of social welfare; of the dissertation and defense. maturity, a spirit of inquiry, and a com- comparative social welfare. The Part-Time Option mitment to furthering the knowledge Brandwein, Ruth, Ph.D., Brandeis University: base of the profession of social work Family violence, welfare, and poverty; women Students who are approved for H. Competence in quantitative skills in administration; organizational and social the part-time option take a minimum of change; single-parent families; feminist six credits each semester until the as evidenced by performance on the Graduate Record Exam and a college frameworks; history of U.S. social policy; 54-credit sequence has been completed. international social welfare. In order to meet residence require- level course in statistics completed with a grade of B or better Brisbane, Frances, Dean, Ph.D., Union ments, they must take nine credits in Graduate School: Alcoholism; counseling with each of two consecutive semesters. Under special circumstances, people of color; complementary medicine. Part-time students sit for their qualifying applications from persons who do not Farberman, Harvey A., Ph.D., University of examinations at the end of the semester meet all of these requirements will Minnesota: Philosophy of social work; public when 36 credits of required coursework be considered. Applicants without the mental health services; research. are completed (usually the second M.S.W. degree must have a master’s semester of the third year). At the end Lurie, Abraham, Ph.D., New York University: degree in a closely related field and Mental health; case management; the aged. of the third year, once all coursework must demonstrate a high potential and the qualifying exams are completed for success in the program. Associate Professors successfully, part-time students submit Berger, Candyce S., Ph.D., University of a research paper of publication quality Requirements for the Ph.D. Degree Southern California: Health policy; social work for their oral exam. In the fourth year, practice in health-care settings; structure and they develop an approved dissertation A. One year in residence financing of health-care delivery; administration and leadership; resizing and restructuring proposal and select a dissertation sponsor. B. Satisfactory completion of all strategies; case management; women’s health. They are then advanced to candidacy. required and elective courses (54 credits) Dissertation research begins in the Campos, Angel P., Executive Associate Dean, fifth year. C. Satisfactory completion of research Ed.D., Columbia University: Hispanics/Latinos in and teaching practicum the United States; the Hispanic/Latino family; Criteria and Procedures for mental health and the Hispanic/Latino; Student Admission D. Submission of a research paper cross-cultural social work practice; cultural of publication quality prior to the competency in social work practice; social Newly admitted students may begin qualifying examinations gerontology; social work education. classes during the fall semester only. E. Satisfactory performance on the Lewis, Michael A., Ph.D., City University of Applications for admission the following qualifying examinations New York Graduate Center: Poverty and social fall should be received by February 1. policy; the application of sociology; economics; Admission requirements include: F. Advancement to candidacy by moral philosophy in the examination of social vote of the doctoral committee upon policy and social programs. A. A master’s degree from a program successful completion of all coursework Monahan, Kathleen, D.S.W., Adelphi University: accredited by the Council of Social and the qualifying examinations Siblings and sexual abuse; battered women; Work Education domestic violence; disability. G. Completion of a dissertation B. Academic promise as evidenced by Robbins, Charles, Associate Dean for Academic superior achievement in undergraduate H. Successful defense of the Affairs and Director of Social Work, University and master’s level education dissertation Hospital, D.S.W., Yeshiva University: Violence in intimate relationships and as public health prob- C. Satisfactory performance on the I. Completion of all work toward the lem; health-care policy; social work and health Graduate Record Examination degree within seven years of admission care; the use of complementary medicine.

340 SCHOOL OF SOCIAL WELFARE

Vidal, Carlos M., Associate Dean for External Courses Sciences Center program Affairs and Development, Ph.D., Fordham 3 credits, ABCF grading University: Child welfare policy and research HWC 500 Field Instruction I HWC 507 Master’s Project Placement in practice settings under super- methods; Hispanics; empowerment and advo- Students complete a Master’s Project under cacy; health-care issues among children of color; vision of an MSW. Must be taken concurrently the sponsorship of a faculty member. with HWC 513. violence in schools and communities of color. Prerequisite: Admission to graduate Health Prerequisite: Admission to graduate Health Sciences Center program Sciences Center program Clinical Associate Professors 3 credits, ABCF grading 4-6 credits, S/F graded Farrington, Jack, Ph.D., Nova Southeastern HWC 508 Continuation of Master’s Project University. Community health orientation; HWC 501 Field Instruction II A continuation of HWC 507 for students who advocacy; human rights for Long Island A continuation of HWC 500. Must be taken did not finish their Master’s Project during concurrently with HWC 514. teenagers; domestic violence. the term in which they had registered for it. Prerequisites: HWC 500 and 513; admission Prerequisites: HWC 507; admission to Finch, Jeanne Bertrand, Assistant Dean and to graduate Health Sciences Center program graduate Health Sciences Center program Director of Graduate Program, D.S.W., 4-6 credits, S/F graded S/F graded Columbia University: Child welfare; social work HWC 502 Field Instruction III practice, drug involved women and their HWC 509 Parameters of Social and Placement in advanced social work practice children; clinical practice with children in Health Policy I settings. Supervision provided by a qualified Introduces students to U.S. social policy, with MSW. Must be taken concurrently with HWC foster care; qualitative research; and quality a special emphasis on political, economic, and 515 and 516. assurance within non-profit organizations. social factors that have affected its historical Prerequisites: HWC 500, 501, 513, and 514; development, particularly in reference to Clinical Assistant Professors admission to graduate Health Sciences oppressed groups. Explores relationship of Bacon, Jean, Ph.D., University of South Center program social policy to social work practice. 4-6 credits, S/F graded Carolina: Death and dying; ethnic sensitive Prerequisite: Admission to graduate Health Sciences Center program practice; AIDS; child welfare; qualitative HWC 503 Field Instruction IV 3 credits, ABCF grading methods; mental health; student-community A continuation of HWC 502. Must be taken development; women’s studies. concurrently with HWC 517 and 518. HWC 510 Parameters of Social and Prerequisites: HWC 502, 515, and 516; Leung, Rose, Psy.D., Biola University: Health Policy II admission to graduate Health Sciences Utilizes frameworks for social policy analysis. Community psychology; community mental Center program Explores continuing dilemmas in policy health; psychosocial models of intervention; 4-6 credits, S/F graded development. Stresses effects of social move- Asian-American communities’ needs and ments and social change on social policy. HWC 504 Human Behavior and the assessments; racial/cultural sensitivity training Prerequisite: HWC 509; admission to gradu- Social Environment I and education. ate Health Sciences Center program Introduces a framework for understanding 3 credits, ABCF grading Morgan, Richard, Ph.D., Fordham University: how individuals and families grow, develop and Child welfare policy and programs; child sexual change within their social environment. HWC 511 Research I Critiques interpersonal, intrapersonal and abuse and juvenile sex offenders; research. Examines the basic concepts and methods of sociostructural theories and their impact on data collection (e.g., surveys, experimental Murphy, Bertha, M.S.W., Stony Brook special populations that have been exploited designs, field research, unobtrusive designs) University: Substance abuse and ethnically and alienated in society. used in social research. Primarily prepares Prerequisite: Admission to graduate Health sensitive practice. the student to understand and develop a Sciences Center program research proposal and to critique methods Peabody, Carolyn, Ph.D., Stony Brook 3 credits, ABCF grading used in research articles that address critical University: Advocacy/empowerment theory and issues in social work practice. HWC 505 Human Behavior and the Social practice; feminist theory and practice; mental Prerequisite: Admission to graduate Health Environment II Sciences Center program health; lesbian and gay issues; development of A continuation of HWC 504. Emphasizes an 3 credits, ABCF grading political issues among oppressed populations; understanding of the life course, the role of impact of sexual abuse histories among time, social events, trauma and the devel- HWC 512 Research II mental health populations. opmental process. Examines the social Provides instruction in the computation, institutions and their impact on people gen- interpretation, and application of data analytic Wrase, Betty-Jean, Director of Field Education, erally oppressed in society and the role of procedures used in social research. Covers M.S.W., Stony Brook University: Program empowerment. procedures such as descriptive statistics, evaluation; social welfare administration; case Prerequisite: HWC 504; admission to correlations, chi-square and t-test. Examines management and health. graduate Health Sciences Center program their relevancy for analyzing issues in social 3 credits, ABCF grading work practice. Lecturer Prerequisite: HWC 511; admission to gradu- HWC 506 Social Work in Health Adams, Gloria, Coordinator, Faith-Based ate Health Sciences Center program Introduces health as an organizing theme 3 credits, ABCF grading Community Partnerships, D. Min., Hartford for social work knowledge and practice. Seminary: Spirituality and religion in social work. Surveys the history of social work in health HWC 513 Social Work Practice I care settings, public health concepts and Provides the foundation for generalist prac- Colon, John, M.A., Inter-American University public problems, and social stratification of tice, including the knowledge base, values of Puerto Rico: Substance abuse; methodone health and illness. Critically examines the and skill development necessary for effective treatment; inner-city community-based structure of the health care system, reim- practice with individuals, families, groups organizations; grant reviewer for SAMSHA. bursements, interdisciplinary relationships, and communities. Challenges students to and models for social work practice in work politically, innovatively and with self- health care delivery in the 21st century. awareness in the service of alleviating human Prerequisite: Admission to graduate Health pain and enhancing people’s abilities and

341 SCHOOL OF SOCIAL WELFARE strengths within a framework of social jus- decisions based on the use of consumer ori- term care in this society. Identifies social tice. Must be taken concurrently with HWC ented methodologies. Focuses on professional policies and program formats that enhance 500. HWC 504 must have been completed or responsibility for continuing self-assessment wellness and support dependencies from taken concurrently. and evaluation. Must be taken concurrently a positive perspective. Co-scheduled with Prerequisite: Admission to graduate Health with HWC 503 Field Instruction IV and HWC HWC 323. Sciences Center program 517 Advanced Social Work Micro Practice II. 2-3 credits, ABCF grading 3 credits, ABCF grading Prerequisites: HWC 502, 515, and 516; admission to graduate Health Sciences HWC 524 Children and Adolescents HWC 514 Social Work Practice II Center program Who Grieve A continuation of HWC 513. Emphasizes 3 credits, ABCF grading Focuses on issues related to bereavement in work with small groups, community and children and young people. Children and ado- provider systems. Deepens knowledge of HWC 519 Aging and the Law lescents who struggle with the crisis of loss is generalist practice and skill development. Provides an overview of the many laws a special population that is often overlooked. Must be taken concurrently with HWC 501. and programs affecting the quality of life, Students explore the emotional response of HWC 505 must have been completed or taken concerns, and needs of the aged, with partic- young people who grieve. Mental health concurrently. ular emphasis on health care policy. The professionals that provide treatment to this Prerequisites: HWC 500, 504, and 513; major entitlement programs for the aged, population must acquire specialized knowledge admission to graduate Health Sciences including Social Security, SSI, Medicare and and skills to assist in healing wounded chil- dren. Upon completion students will have an Center program Medicaid are covered as well as institutions increased understanding of the developmental 3 credits, ABCF grading and programs serving the aged including nursing homes, protective services and home implications of loss in childhood, assessment HWC 515 Advanced Social Work care. Health care decision making, including of bereavement, and treatment interventions health care proxies, the “right to die” and specific to bereaved children and adolescents. Micro Practice I Co-scheduled with HWC 324. other ethical and legal issues are emphasized. Focuses on the helping process with integra- Prerequisite: Admission to graduate Health Prerequisite: Admission to graduate Health tion of increased understanding of the sig- Sciences Center program nificance of transactions between people and Sciences Center program 2 credits, ABCF grading their environments. Emphasizes development 2 credits, ABCF grading of advanced theory and practice skills. Must HWC 525 Anger Management be taken concurrently with HWC 502 Field HWC 520 Advanced Social Work Practice with the Aged Presents concepts of anger management Instruction III and HWC 516 Advanced within a bio-psychosocial context. Students Social Work Macro Practice I. Examines concepts and strategies for work- learn how to recognize external manifestations Prerequisites: HWC 500, 501, 513, and 514; ing with the elderly at the primary, second- of anger in themselves, clients, organizations admission to graduate Health Sciences ary, and tertiary levels of intervention. and communities. Focus is on assessment of Center program Presents and critically analyzes a variety of clients’ ability to both recognize anger (“resid- approaches in working with the elderly and 3 credits, ABCF grading ual” as well as anger “masking underlying feel- their families. Examines interventions with ings”) and methods used for coping. Anger HWC 516 Advanced Social Work the well elderly living in the community, the management concepts and skills at the micro, Macro Practice I elderly who suffer some disabilities but who mezzo and macro levels of practice are are still living in the community and the explored, including anger management Emphasizes the development of advanced elderly who are institutionalized. theory and practice in strategic planning, strategies that can be taught to clients as Prerequisite: Admission to graduate Health management, evaluation, policy analysis and part of an intervention plan. Environmental development, and program development as Sciences Center program and societal factors as “igniting events” of applied in the health and social welfare fields. 2 credits, ABCF grading anger in individuals, families, groups and Must be taken concurrently with HWC 502 communities are examined. Appropriate Field Instruction II and HWC 515 Advanced HWC 521 Ethnic Sensitive Social Work assessment and interventions at all levels of Social Work Micro Practice I. Practice practice are delineated. Co-scheduled with Prerequisites: HWC 500, 501, 513, and 514; Provides a theoretical framework and HWC 325. focuses on the development of the skills nec- admission to graduate Health Sciences 2 credits, ABCF grading essary to provide effective culturally sensitive Center program social work services to diverse individuals, HWC 526 Health Care Delivery with Diverse 3 credits, ABCF grading families, groups and communities. The spe- Populations HWC 517 Advanced Social Work cial problems faced by groups traditionally An overview of the many facets of health care devalued and oppressed are examined. delivery. Various systems and diverse popu- Micro Practice II Emphasizes skills in working for institutional lations and how they are treated by the Emphasizes professional responsibilities for change and social justice. Co-scheduled with health care systems are examined. Covered ongoing self-assessment. Examines agency HWC 321. are community-based health care services, effectiveness in meeting client needs and Prerequisite: Admission to graduate Health hospital care, long-term care and the health providing services. Focuses on further skill Sciences Center program care needs and impact of the health care sys- development in helping individuals, families 2 credits, ABCF grading tem on women, African Americans, Latinos, and groups and on strategies for achieving the developmentally disabled, children and necessary changes in agency policy and HWC 522 Human Sexuality the aged. Co-scheduled with HWC 326. service delivery systems to meet client Identifies personal attitudes and judgments Prerequisite: Admission to graduate Health needs. Must be taken concurrently with about sexually related behaviors. Critically Sciences Center program HWC 503 Field Instruction III and HWC 518 examines factual information derived from Advanced Social Work Macro Practice II. 2-3 credits, ABCF grading research in human sexuality and covers a Prerequisites: HWC 502, 515, and 516; wide range of sexual behavior from a knowl- HWC 527 Social and Behavioral Aspects of admission to graduate Health Sciences edge base. Public Health Practice Center program 2 credits, ABCF grading The psychosocial determinants of behavioral 3 credits, ABCF grading risk factors that affect health across the life span HWC 523 Growing Old in America: are examined within the conceptual frame- HWC 518 Advanced Social Work The Social Conditions—Policy and work for planning health promotion/disease Macro Practice II Practice Implications prevention programs. Social, economic, envi- Emphasizes advanced theory and practice Explores the social, political and economic ronmental and cultural variations in health, skills in program planning and management conditions related to aging including long- disease and quality of life are addressed,

342 SCHOOL OF SOCIAL WELFARE including the influence of race, ethnicity, gender, HWC 538 Death and Dying; Loss and HWC 543 Ethics in Health Care Practice sexual orientation and biological and genetic Separation Students will learn basic ethical principles factors. Barriers to access and utilization, Explores student values, attitudes, fears and and concepts. Utilizing a problem based strategies for health behavior change and conceptions relating to death and dying. learning model, students will have the oppor- methods of developing health promotion/ Examines issues of loss and separation in rela- tunity to examine many of the critical ethical disease prevention programs are examined. tion to various age groups, cultural orienta- issues that are impacting professional prac- 2-3 credits, ABCF grading tions and societal expectations. Focuses on the tice today. Students will use a professional acquisition of bereavement counseling skills. Code of Ethics and examine its implications HWC 528 Management and Technology in Prerequisite: Admission to graduate for practice. Health Care Health Sciences Center program Prerequisite: Admission to graduate Examines the new management styles and 2 credits, ABCF grading Health Sciences Center program methodologies currently utilized in the health 2-3 credits, ABCF grading care delivery systems. Complements the HWC 539 Ancestral Medicine knowledge gained in HWC 582. Students will There is an increasing integration of comple- HWC 544 Overview of Substance Abuse develop an understanding of the new technolo- mentary medicine and allopathic medicine. As An examination of the history and develop- gies that are critical in today’s health care deliv- health professionals, it is important to under- ment of alcohol and substance abuse problems ery systems and their appropriate applications. stand the beliefs and practices of our clients in in the United States. Focuses on the etiology, Prerequisite: Admission to graduate order to maximize their options and choices. psychopharmacology and legal ramifications of Health Sciences Center program Professionals must be knowledgeable about the use of licit and illicit substances in our 2 credits, ABCF grading the healing traditions anchored in different cul- culture. Provides information on a variety of tures and ethnicity. This course provides two services available to drug abusers, addicted HWC 529 Complementary and Alternative days of classes on campus and three full days at individuals and their families in the fields of Medicine a homeopathic clinic in Aruba or the United prevention, education and treatment. Human service workers are often required States. Students will have the opportunity to 2 credits, ABCF grading to discuss issues of health and healing. learn from presentations given by doctors at Many individuals, by virtue of their culture, the clinic as well as by observing their work. HWC 545 Individual, Group and Family experiences and/or choice, often adhere to a Co-scheduled with HWC 339. Treatment of Alcoholics and Substance combination of nontraditional and traditional Prerequisite: Admission to graduate Abusers beliefs regarding health care. Familiarizes Health Sciences Center program Covers alcoholism and substance abuse as students with those methods and beliefs most 2 credits, ABCF grading family illnesses and their stages of develop- often found in specific cultures. Students will develop an appreciation of each practice ment, as well as the impact these illnesses HWC 540 Social Issues in Popular Culture have on the families of active and recovering in order to interact with clients from a Movies have been a useful medium that can strengths perspective and will gain an alcoholics and substance abusers. Focuses on illustrate current social issues and family self-help groups and on traditional and rela- international perspective on health care dynamics as well as policy and research modalities. Co-scheduled with HWC 329. tively recent modalities used in the treatment dilemmas. Each week a film with a central of addicted individuals and their families. 2-3 credits, ABCF grading practice/research/policy issue provides the Prerequisite: Admission to graduate basis for a lecture and class discussion. Topics Health Sciences Center program HWC 530 Case Management in focus on a variety of social issues such as family Human Services dynamics, bereavement, adoption, domestic 2 credits, ABCF grading Case management has grown dramatically in violence, abuse, residential placement, policy the human service field over the last twenty and research. Co-scheduled with HWC 340. HWC 546 Working with Adult Children of Alcoholics and Substance Abusers years in response to the growing service 2 credits, ABCF grading needs of the individuals and families facing Focuses on adult children of alcoholic parents complex life situations and issues. Examines HWC 541 Youth and Violence and how parents’ illness affects their children’s both the macro level and micro level issues Examines the etiology of youth at risk for vio- social, emotional, and educational develop- facing case managers and agencies as they lence, using ecological and interpersonal per- ment from infancy to adulthood and into old provide quality services to often-oppressed spectives. Family, school and community risk age. Discusses survival roles of children in populations. Co-scheduled with HWC 330. factors are outlined as well as assessment, alcoholic families and how these affect adult Prerequisite: Admission to graduate intervention and treatment issues. Successful functioning. Examines the continuing effect Health Sciences Center program prevention programs are highlighted. family alcoholism has on adult children and the 2 credits, ABCF grading Prerequisite: Admission to graduate intervention strategies used in treatment. Health Sciences Center program Prerequisite: Admission to graduate HWC 531 Advanced Market Research 2 credits, ABCF grading Health Sciences Center program Includes advanced theory and applications of 2 credits, ABCF grading market research to health, mental health, and HWC 542 Children of Chaos: The Social human service issues. Includes a research Worker’s Role HWC 547 Managing Conflict practicum focused on testing the feasibility of Designed to provide an understanding of the A major concern for health and human service new methods of service delivery. special issues and concerns surrounding work managers is conflict in organization, community Prerequisite: Admission to graduate Health with children. Professional dilemmas and and group settings. The various types of Sciences Center program guidelines to aid practice are identified. conflicts and the concepts of negotiation and 2-3 credits, ABCF grading Special issues involved in work with young mediation as interventive strategies will be children are highlighted. Although the focus considered. Didactic and experiential learning HWC 533 Family Intervention in Health and is on direct work with children, a family- experiences are utilized. Focus is on analyzing Mental Health centered approach is presented. Practitioner conflict situations and selecting interventive Focuses on family and marital problems. roles, the impact of service settings, policy and strategies to reduce, contain or heighten the Examines the environmental, social, economic, legislation affecting this area of practice are conflict situation. Oppressive conditions, struc- psychological and institutional pressures reviewed as is the knowledge base that serves tures and processes are considered major that affect family functioning. Emphasizes to guide practice, including formulations of determinants of human suffering and individ- intervention skills. practice theory and empirical research findings. ual and social problems; students examine how Prerequisites: HWC 501, 514, or permission Co-scheduled with HWC 342. these oppressive conditions are present in of instructor; admission to graduate Prerequisite: Admission to graduate conflict situations and consider ways of deal- Health Sciences Center program Health Sciences Center program ing with them. Co-scheduled with HWC 347. 2 credits, ABCF grading 2 credits, ABCF grading 2-3 credits, ABCF grading

343 SCHOOL OF SOCIAL WELFARE

HWC 548 Adolescent Development and ethnic groups, women, the elderly, the men- with HWC 357. Health Promotion tally ill and gay and lesbian people who are Prerequisite: Admission to graduate Health Examines the effect on adolescent develop- chemically dependent. Explores policy and Sciences Center program ment of physiological changes, relationships practice issues related to these populations. 2 credits, ABCF grading with peers and family, and societal expecta- 2-3 credits, ABCF grading tions. Emphasis is on the development of HWC 558 Human Service Administration assessment and engagement skills for working HWC 554 Working with African Americans An introduction to the practice of administra- with adolescents and their families to help and Hispanics tion of public and non-profit agencies, theories counteract adolescent self-destructive behav- Teaches students to empower, counsel and of management including alternative decision- ior and promote well-being. work with African Americans and Hispanics making models, understanding of organizational Prerequisite: Admission to graduate in the context of their racial, cultural, social, structure and process, external and internal Health Sciences Center program economic, and political reality. Emphasizes functions including interagency collaboration 2 credits, ABCF grading students’ need to make a conscious inventory and personnel and financial management, of their own backgrounds, including their affirmative action and ethical issues. Combines HWC 549 Overview of Social Work with race, culture and geographic area of rearing theory with case examples, practical exer- Special Populations and residence, as factors that contribute to cises and other experiential learning modes. their attitudes, behaviors and biases. Covers Examines the issues that social workers must Prerequisite: Admission to graduate consider when working with traditionally dis- knowledge and skill areas that enhance enfranchised populations. Emphasis will students’ abilities to work effectively with Health Sciences Center program include micro and macro issues when inter- African American and Hispanic individuals, 2-3 credits, ABCF grading vening with gay and lesbian individuals, families, groups and communities. members of diverse racial and ethnic groups, Prerequisite: Admission to graduate HWC 559 Mental Health Evidence-Based and women, as well as others. The historic as Health Sciences Center program Practice for Social Workers well as contemporary experiences of these 2-3 credits, ABCF grading Develops the knowledge and skills necessary individuals' interactions with the health and for working with individuals with a diagnosis human service delivery system will be HWC 555 Supervision in Health and of serious mental illness using recovery-ori- explored. Co-scheduled with HWC 349. Human Service Organizations ented evidence-based practices. Designed 2 credits, ABCF grading Prepares social workers for the variety of for MSW students and MSW mental health tasks related to supervisory practice in health practitioners. Familiarizes students with HWC 550 Culture Centered Social Work care agencies. Supervision is introduced as evidence-based practices, within a recovery- Practice a teaching process, as an administrative oriented paradigm, as a general approach to Provides students with an opportunity for function and as a program development tool. practice as well as specific evidence-based self growth while preparing to work with Emphasis is on helping workers function interventions to use for individuals with a individuals and their families from a culture effectively with culturally diverse clients, diagnosis of serious mental illness. Students centered value base. The culture centered populations at risk and the chronically ill. should have a basic knowledge of serious men- foundation practice will provide students Content includes the historical perspective of tal illness as pre- or co-requisite; however, a with a frame of reference for better under- supervisory practice; supervisor and agency review will be provided. Will examine research standing and appreciation of the difference of structure; the organizational context of prac- literature to determine the various levels of their own culture from the cultures of others. tice; learning theories; concepts of power, support for specific interventions and essen- Prerequisite: Admission to graduate authority, and accountability; ethical and tial principles for translating research into Health Sciences Center program clinical issues; supervisory techniques, skill practice. Identifies the appropriate treatment 2 credits, ABCF grading and self awareness; staff and program devel- outcomes that reflect effective quality mental opment and evaluation. HWC 551 Law and Social Change health practice. Focus is on providing assess- Prerequisite: Admission to graduate ment and treatment to a diverse group of Introduces students to the interrelationship Health Sciences Center program individuals with a diagnosis of serious mental of the legal process in the United States and 2 credits, ABCF grading the profession of social work. Focuses on the illness. Will be discussed in detail. Prerequisite: Admission to graduate Health legal process in general, social welfare law, in HWC 556 Proposal Writing in the Health particular, and the implications for effective and Human Service Fields Sciences Center program social work practice. Co-scheduled with Provides a comprehensive study of the prin- 3 credits, ABCF grading HWC 351. ciples and methods used to prepare program, 2 credits, ABCF grading training, research, demonstration and other HWC 561 Implications of Racism for types of proposals. Includes extensive work- Social Welfare HWC 552 Lesbians and Gay Men: Issues in shop practice in developing appropriate writing Examines personal and institutional racism Health Care skills and in locating and accessing funding in the United States and the effect racism has An examination of the critical impact that sources. Co-scheduled with HWC 356. on the delivery of services to individuals who health care policies and services have on les- 2-3 credits, ABCF grading do not fit the traditional “American model.” bians and gay men in American society. Examines the historical relationship between Issues related to access to care, discrimina- HWC 557 Cultural Competency: An racism and social welfare policies, programs tion, services, health insurance, health care Ingredient in Enhancing Treatment Outcomes and practice, and contemporary strategies resources within geographical areas, and the Demonstrates that cultural competency, like for change. Co-scheduled with HWC 361. health status of lesbians and gay men are computer literacy, is a necessity. Outlines Prerequisite: Admission to graduate examined. Focuses on the issues that lesbians how prevention messages and treatment Health Sciences Center program and gay men encounter in their interactions modalities provided within a cultural context 2 credits, ABCF grading with the health care system. are likely to change attitudes or redirect Prerequisite: Admission to graduate behaviors. There is a new wave of immi- HWC 563 Homelessness, Politics, and Health Sciences Center program grants and a growing assertion of cultural 2-3 credits, ABCF grading identity by groups who were born in the Public Health United States. Therefore, a new communica- Analyzes homelessness as an issue of social HWC 553 Chemical Dependency in Special tion edict of cultural dialogue is fast becoming policy, including its history, recent causes, Populations part of one’s professional mandate. Hence, and current demographics. Emphasizes Covers alcoholism and substance abuse with the ability to interact with people who are the political and economic context that has populations that have been traditionally culturally different from the professional is a made homelessness a major social problem. devalued and oppressed. Focuses on develop- prerequisite to providing culturally compe- Co-scheduled with HWC 363. ment of skills and sensitivity to the needs of tent services to these groups. Co-scheduled 2-3 credits, ABCF grading

344 SCHOOL OF SOCIAL WELFARE

HWC 566 Student-Community Development introduction to the nature, function and use of health promotion and health education). Student Portfolio Project the computer in the human services. Emphasis 2-3 credits, ABCF grading Provides an opportunity for students to create is placed upon computer applications relating a portfolio composed of various components to client case management systems, report HWC 582 Organizational Dynamics and that integrates the student’s educational writing, fundraising, and research. Students Legal and Ethical Issues in Health Care experiences and achievements in the acquire elementary skills in report genera- Examines some of the traditional, as well as Student-Community Development Special- tion, information management, and in the use newer, models through which health care ization. Components may include literature of the internet. Students are introduced to services are delivered. Particular emphasis reviews, abstracting research articles, the worldwide web and how it can be used will be given to the issue of access to health analysis of field placements, review of in practice, administration and research. services as well as the location of the profes- President’s Symposium, etc. Extensive hands-on experience is provided. sional social worker within these systems. Prerequisite: Admission to graduate Prerequisite: Admission to graduate Students will gain the ability to conceptualize Health Sciences Center program Health Sciences Center program many of the critical ethical and legal issues 1-3 credits, ABCF grading 2 credits, ABCF grading impacting the field today. 2-3 credits, ABCF grading HWC 567 Psychopathology and HWC 575 Child Welfare: An Overview Psychopharmacology Covers the impact of historical and contempo- HWC 583 Theories of Social Work An overview of the DSM IV(TM) system of rary developments within the field of child wel- An examination of some basic epistemological Classification of Mental Disorders. Emphasizes fare. Examines the evaluation of child welfare issues followed by a consideration of concep- the social work component within the interdis- services and the role of child care workers. tual frameworks potentially useful in studying ciplinary team. Special emphasis on assess- Examines out-of-home care, foster care, group social work practice. Focus is on recent intel- ment. Introduces psychopharmacology and home care and institutional care within the lectual contributions to the social work litera- the social work role related to drug manage- context of traditional public/voluntary struc- ture, which enlighten professional practice, ment including side effects, risks and changes ture of services and the social/political context. purpose and function, and some historical over time. Critiques value systems involved Covers services in relation to the changing developments. Students utilize a critical ana- in diagnosis and definition of disorders. roles of the family, emergence of child care. lytic perspective to assess the state of the art Prerequisites: HWC 504-505 or permission Prerequisite: Admission to graduate in social work practice theory. Special empha- of instructor; admission to graduate Health Health Sciences Center program sis is directed to the program areas of social health, mental health and substance abuse and Sciences Center program 2-3 credits, ABCF grading formulations related to social change. Issues 2-3 credits, ABCF grading HWC 577 Program Evaluation and priorities for research are considered. HWC 568 The Workings of the Brain: Provides an in-depth analysis of the technical Prerequisite: Admission to graduate Practice Issues for Social Workers requirements of program evaluation and the Health Sciences Center program Addresses the organization, development, organizational and political constraints that 2-3 credits, ABCF grading and functions of the brain and how this influ- influence the evaluation process. Covers ences how we think, feel and behave. Causes techniques in the design and implementation HWC 584 Community Analysis and of organic changes in the brain such as of evaluation research in the health and Health Promotion substance abuse, disease and injury are human service fields. Explores diverse concepts of community, addressed. Advances in neuroscience that Prerequisites: HWC 511 and 512 analyzes a range of community structures, have aided in diagnosis and social work prac- 2-3 credits, ABCF grading processes, and power relationships. Investi- tice are covered. Innovative treatment gates contemporary models, strategies and modalities such as EMDR, biofeedback and HWC 579 Special Topics in Social Work tactics of community organizing and health vagal nerve implants are presented. Strongly Examines significant timely issues confronting promotion in the United States and in selected emphasizes the combination of science and the profession. Topics include violence as a other countries. Emphasizes efforts by poor practice issues. public health problem, issues of aging, people, ethnic minorities of color and women Prerequisite: Admission to graduate racism, gender, AIDS, the media, spirituality, to organize and mobilize community groups and movements. Highlights group and com- Health Sciences Center program forensic social work, international social work, and others. Topics vary each term as munity analysis and organization skills. 2 credits, ABCF grading faculty develop specific modules that address 2-3 credits, ABCF grading one or more of these issues. Co-scheduled HWC 569 Childhood Sexual Abuse and Long- HWC 585 Health and Social Planning Term Sequelae: Assessment and Intervention with HWC 379. Provides a generic understanding of the plan- Introduces students to the incidence and 1-3 credits, ABCF grading ning process and exposure to the planning prevalence of childhood sexual abuse as a May be repeated 4 times for credit processes used in the organization and delivery national problem. Covered are definition of health services. Explores the various back- issues, sequelae during childhood, family HWC 580 Seminar on Family Violence grounds, lifestyles, and coping mechanisms of constellation and adult sequelae. Addressed An overview of the phenomenon of family patients, with particular attention given to are assessment and current treatment modali- violence in the United States including child class, race, age, and sex and how the planning ties, particularly for families and offenders, abuse, partner abuse and elder abuse. process includes or excludes these factors. ethical and legal dilemmas and the subsequent Explores theories of etiology, including patri- health related difficulties of this childhood archy, intergenerational family dynamics and Prerequisite: Admission to graduate trauma. Special attention is paid to the cultural substance abuse. Examines programmatic Health Sciences Center program dynamics in sexual abuse. Students are approaches including the legal system and 2-3 credits, ABCF grading expected to develop an awareness of and criti- programs for batterers by utilizing guest cally analyze current research. Focus is also on speakers from Suffolk County agencies. HWC 586 Managed Care and Health Care examination of policy issues and legislation. 2 credits, ABCF grading Delivery Prerequisite: Admission to graduate Managed care is currently the main method HWC 581 Public Health and Community Health Sciences Center program being used for controlling costs and deliver- Health Invervention ing medical care to clients. Much of what 2-3 credits, ABCF grading Examines many of the critical public health social workers do in the future will take place HWC 570 Computer Technology for Research issues of today. Students gain an understanding within the context of managed care. Covers and Administration in Health and Human of the concepts underlying social epidemiology the history of managed care in the United Service Organizations and develop an appreciation of the ways in which States, the promises and pitfalls of managed the health status of different populations in this Introduces students to the application of care relative to other payment strategies and country is differentially impacted. Examines information technology for health and human how managed care affects the delivery of community health planning strategies (e.g., service programs and research. Serves as an services to people. Particular attention is

345 SCHOOL OF SOCIAL WELFARE paid to barriers to care and how managed modalities. Examines the history of higher HWC 598 Issues in Higher Education care affects people from disadvantaged back- education as related to the evolution of the Examines current issues that arise in institu- grounds (e.g., the homeless and mentally ill). American college campus and changes in tions of higher education, utilizing alternative Prerequisite: Admission to graduate student culture and needs. conflict resolution and mediation to provide Health Sciences Center program Prerequisite: Admission to graduate the framework to examine a variety of social 2-3 credits, ABCF grading Health Sciences Center program issues on college campuses. Explores such 2 credits, ABCF grading issues as diversity, violence, substance abuse, HWC 587 Empowering the Disenfranchised and mental health. Designed as a practicum that aims to enhance HWC 592 Student-Community Development 2 credits, ABCF grading the student’s ability to promote and work Independent Reading/Colloquia II with grass-roots community leaders as they A continuation of HWC 591. HWC 599 Maintenance of Matriculation mobilize themselves toward being a positive Prerequisites: HWC 591; admission to For students who are maintaining matricula- force in the arena of state politics on behalf of graduate Health Sciences Center program tion while engaging in consultation with those in need. faculty regarding completion of courses 2 credits, ABCF grading Prerequisite: Admission to graduate and/or the Master’s Project. Health Sciences Center program HWC 593 Student-Community Development Prerequisite: Admission to graduate 2 credits, ABCF grading Seminar I Health Sciences Center program Examines how political, socio-economic, 1 credit, S/F graded HWC 588 Qualitative Health Research cultural and health issues impact higher educa- May be repeated six times for credit Methods tion. Emphasizes how these systems influence The class works as a team on a joint project. and shape student community wellness on HWC 600 Statistics I Topics include problem formulation, instrument the college campus. Critically examines con- Provides instruction in the computation, construction, sampling strategy, interview- temporary higher education organizational interpretation, and application of data ing, data transcription, and data analysis. structures, planning modalities and inter- analytic procedures used in social research. Prerequisites: HWC 511 and 512; admission vention strategies. Discusses procedures such as descriptive to graduate Health Sciences Center program Prerequisite: Admission to graduate statistics, chi-square, and t-tests, while 2-3 credits, ABCF grading Health Sciences Center program examining their relevancy for analyzing issues in social work practice. HWC 589 Biostatistics 3 credits, ABCF grading Prerequisite: Admission to graduate An introduction to the analysis and interpre- HWC 594 Student-Community Development Health Sciences Center program tation of quantitative data using biostatistical Seminar II methods. Examines three interrelated issues: Fall, 3 credits, ABCF grading the nature of quantitative data and their rela- A continuation of HWC 593. Explores and tionship to social, psychological, and biologi- develops intervention strategies, organiza- HWC 601 Statistics II cal concepts, the different ways data can be tional structures and planning parameters Introduces students to multivariate techniques presented to help others understand utilizing campus-based case studies. Examines used in the analysis of various kinds of data. research questions and the answers to those the role and placement of change agents Analysis of Variance, Multiple Regression questions and the basic and intermediate bio- within the campus life-arena. Analysis, Logistic Regression Analysis, and statistical techniques available to analyzing Prerequisites: HWC 593; admission to Log-Linear Regression Analysis, as well as data. Focuses on how data relate to research graduate Health Sciences Center program more advanced techniques, such as path questions that are of interest to workers in 3 credits, ABCF grading analysis and survival analysis, are discussed. the health care field. Prerequisites: HWC 600 Statistics I or a Prerequisites: HWC 512 or equivalent; HWC 595 Independent Study comparable course and successful comple- admission to graduate Health Sciences Independent study with an individual faculty tion of a waiver examination; admission to Center program member. graduate Health Sciences Center program 2 credits, ABCF grading Prerequisite: Admission to graduate Health Spring, 3 credits, ABCF grading Sciences Center program HWC 590 HIV/AIDS 1-3 credits, ABCF grading HWC 602 Research Methods I Focuses on central aspects of the HIV/AIDS May be repeated three times for credit Presents an overview of the variety of pandemic, including the current state of research methodologies utilized in social medical knowledge, HIV/AIDS and the law, HWC 596 Marketing for Health and Human science and social work, with the goal of pro- prejudice and discrimination, AIDS activism Service Organizations viding students with the knowledge and com- and organizing, grief/death/dying, psycho- Presents theory, principles, and methods petencies needed to develop and conduct social issues, redefining the medical model, of marketing as applied to non-profit and their own research. The course will lead to a homophobia, racism, sexism and ableism in governmental health and human service sophisticated understanding of the research research, treatment and policy, IV drug use, organizations. Focuses on the planning and process, including the formulation of research drug treatment and other related issues. implementation of marketing projects aimed at questions, hypothesis development and test- Upon completion of this course, students will developing programs and attracting clientele, ing, and choice of research method, involving have met the educational requirements funds and public support. Requires students both quantitative and qualitative methods. established by the HIV Primary Care to analyze and develop a marketing plan for a Medicaid Provider Agreement. This require- Material on quantitative designs will include specific organization. ment is needed to conduct HIV pre- and post- experimental and quasi-experimental designs, test counseling in hospitals and clinic settings. Prerequisite: Admission to graduate Health data collection methodologies, scaling, instru- Co-scheduled with HWC 390. Sciences Center program ment development, and sampling procedures. Prerequisite: Admission to graduate Health 2 credits, ABCF grading Material on qualitative designs will address focus groups interviews, key informant inter- Sciences Center program HWC 597 Case Management views, participant observation, unobtrusive 2 credits, ABCF grading Open only to students who have completed observation, text and content analysis, and the HWC 591 Student-Community Development the Case Management Certificate Program use of archival and historical data. Special Independent Reading/Colloquia I and have completed 15 additional hours of attention is given to ethical and political issues Introduces the Student-Community Develop- assignments. in the conduct of research. ment Model as an integrated application of Prerequisite: Admission to graduate Prerequisite: Admission to graduate social work, community organizations, and Health Sciences Center program Health Sciences Center program student development theories and practice 4-6 credits, S/F graded Fall, 3 credits, ABCF grading

346 SCHOOL OF SOCIAL WELFARE

HWC 603 Research Methods II Health Sciences Center program HWC 614 Teaching Practicum A continuation of HWC 602. Fall, 3 credits, ABCF grading The teaching practicum is a supervised expe- Prerequisite: Admission to graduate Health rience in teaching at the master’s or under- Sciences Center program HWC 609 Social Welfare Policy Analysis II graduate level in the School of Social Welfare, Spring, 3 credits, ABCF grading A continuation of HWC 608. or in some aspect of academic administration, Prerequisite: HWC 608; admission to such as curriculum development, project HWC 604 Naturalistic and Qualitative graduate Health Sciences Center program planning, and/or proposal development. The educational practicum is typically available Research Spring, 3 credits, ABCF grading Considered is the application of alternative to doctoral students in the third year. An research methods for different questions. HWC 610 Organizational Theory and Social individualized plan will be developed for The distinction between quantitative and Welfare Administration implementing the teaching practicum. Practica may include teaching a section of a qualitative approaches and methods in the The focus is on theories and methods available analysis of qualitative data is explored. required graduate/undergraduate course, to planners and administrators who function in working as a teaching assistant with a faculty Prerequisite: Admission to graduate Health complex organizational settings. Decision Sciences Center program member, and/or co-teaching and working making, political and economic factors, infor- with the curriculum committees and area Fall, 3 credits, ABCF grading mation systems, value conflicts, and adapta- sequences in curriculum development. tions of rational models to emerging realities Prerequisite: Admission to graduate HWC 606 Research Practicum I will be studied. Health and mental health Students undertake significant and method- programs will be utilized as exemplars. Health Sciences Center program ologically rigorous research involving design, Prerequisite: Admission to graduate Spring, 3 credits, S/U grading implementation, analysis, and dissemination of Health Sciences Center program a research project. The substantive areas will HWC 615 Dissertation Seminar I Spring, 3 credits, ABCF grading include health, mental health, or substance Students are expected to survey the current abuse. School of Social Welfare faculty, affili- state of the art in their area of interest and to HWC 611 Knowledge Building in Social Work: develop a written prospectus on a question ated faculty members from the Health The Philosophy of Applied Social Research Sciences Center and University social science suitable for dissertation research. In the An examination of the major currents of departments, and principal investigators in second semester, students will refine disser- thought that shape the meta-theoretical, the- community research projects will serve as pre- tation proposals through presentation and oretical, and methodological issues related to ceptors. Students will spend ten hours each critique in the seminar. Specific techniques knowledge building in social work. The week for two semesters in a practicum setting. and alternatives in studying a variety of impact of pragmatic philosophy on the cur- Students have a supervised hands-on, practical dissertation questions are compared. rent “science versus non-science” debate experience with an ongoing research project. Prerequisite: Admission to graduate within social work is reviewed. Special atten- Typical activities include data analysis, inter- Health Sciences Center program tion is given to epistemological approaches pretation of results, research report writing, and their relationship to qualitative and Fall, 3 credits, ABCF grading subject recruitment and screening, instrument quantitative research strategies. development, or data collection. The primary HWC 616 Dissertation Seminar II Prerequisite: Admission to graduate objective is to strengthen students’ ability to A continuation of HWC 615. Health Sciences Center program synthesize various phases and components of Prerequisite: Admission to graduate Fall, 3 credits, ABCF grading social research. A focus is on articulating link- Health Sciences Center program ages among the research questions, the data Spring, 3 credits, ABCF grading gathered to address these questions, the tech- HWC 612 Theories of Social Work niques selected for manipulating and analyzing An examination of some basic epistemologi- HWC 695 Independent Study the data, and the interpretation of findings. cal issues followed by a consideration of Prerequisite: Admission to graduate Students are encouraged to pursue publication conceptual frameworks potentially useful in Health Sciences Center program stemming from the practicum. While the studying social work practice. Attention will be focused on recent intellectual contribu- research practicum may not necessarily HWC 699 Dissertation Research on Campus expose students to the specific population or tions to social work literature that enlighten Dissertation research under direction of problem of greatest interest to them, the skills professional practice, purpose, and function, advisor. or competencies mastered can prepare stu- as well as historical developments. Students dents methodologically to carry out their dis- will utilize a critical analytic perspective to Prerequisites: Advancement to candidacy sertation research plans. assess the state of the art in social work prac- (G5); major portion of research must take Prerequisite: Admission to graduate tice theory. Special emphasis will be directed place on SBU campus, at Cold Spring to the program areas of health, mental health Health Sciences Center program Harbor, or at Brookhaven National Lab; and substance abuse, and formulations Fall, 3 credits, S/U grading admission to graduate Health Sciences related to social change. Issues and priorities Center program for research will be considered. HWC 607 Research Practicum II Fall, spring, and summer, 1-9 credits, Prerequisite: Admission to graduate A continuation of HWC 606. Health Sciences Center Program S/U grading Prerequisite: Admission to graduate Fall, 3 credits, ABCF grading Health Sciences Center program HWC 700 Dissertation Research Off Campus- Spring, 3 credits, S/U grading HWC 613 Seminar in Social Work Education Domestic Focus is on the place of social work education Prerequisites: Advancement to candidacy HWC 608 Social Welfare Policy Analysis I in the university with attention to issues (G5); major portion of research will take An analytical approach to public policy for- of current concern such as the integration of place off-campus, but in the United States mulation in the areas of health, mental health, professional education with the scholarly and/or U.S. provinces. Please note: and substance abuse involving the impact of research focus of other academic disciplines. Brookhaven National Labs and the Cold environmental forces on policy content. Consideration will be given to educational pro- Spring Harbor Lab are considered on- Considered are the effects of various institu- gram structure, content, curriculum develop- campus. All international students must tional arrangements and political processes ment, evaluation, and teaching methodologies. enroll in one of the graduate student insur- as well as inquiry into the consequences of Students will be required to teach a course in ance plans and should be advised by an various contemporary public policies. Tools and the B.S.W. or M.S.W. curriculum under International Advisor; admission to graduate frameworks of policy analysis are examined. mentorship of a senior faculty member. Health Sciences Center program Policy alternatives and policy development Prerequisite: Admission to graduate Fall, spring, and summer, 1-9 credits, and implementation are also considered. Health Sciences Center program S/U grading Prerequisite: Admission to graduate Fall, 3 credits, ABCF grading May be repeated for credit

347 SCHOOL OF SOCIAL WELFARE

HWC 701 Dissertation Research Off Campus- International Prerequisites: Advancement to candidacy (G5); major portion of research will take place outside of the United States and/or U.S. provinces. Domestic students have the option of the health plan and may also enroll in MEDEX. International students who are in their home country are not cov- ered by a mandatory health plan and must contact the Insurance Office for the insur- ance charge to be removed. International students who are not in their home country are charged for the mandatory health insur- ance. If they are to be covered by another insurance plan they must file a waiver by the second week of classes. The charge will be removed only if another plan is deemed comparable. All international students must receive clearance from an International Advisor; admission to gradu- ate Health Sciences Center Program Fall, spring, and summer, 1-9 credits, S/U grading May be repeated for credit HWC 800 Full-Time Summer Research Prerequisite: Admission to graduate Health Sciences Center program 0 credits, S/U grading May be repeated for credit

348 SOCIOLOGY

Sociology (SOC)

Chair: Diane Barthel-Bouchier, Ward Melville Social and Behavioral Sciences Building Room S-409, (631) 632-7755 Graduate Program Director: Timothy P. Moran, Ward Melville Social and Behavioral Sciences Building Room S-415, (631) 632-4311 Graduate Program Coordinator: Wanda Vega, Ward Melville Social and Behavioral Sciences Building Room S-401, (631) 632-7730

Degrees awarded: M.A. in Sociology; Ph.D. in Sociology

The Department of Sociology, in the B. Undergraduate statistics course Schwartz, Michael,7 Ph.D., 1971, Harvard College of Arts and Sciences, offers a University: Methodology; historical; political C. Undergraduate grade point average nationally ranked graduate program lead- economy; business structure; social movements. of 3.0 or above ing to the Ph.D. degree. It also grants an Tyree, Andrea, Emerita, Ph.D., 1968, M.A. degree as a sign of progress toward D. Satisfactory results on the University of Chicago: Demography; social the doctorate and as a terminal degree in Graduate Record Examination (GRE) stratification; ethnicity; marital violence. a variety of specialities. General Test (International students, Associate Professors The Department provides graduate in addition to taking the GRE, must Auyero, Javier, Ph.D., 1997, The New School training in sociology that is informed by a take the TOEFL exam and receive a for Social Research: Collective behavior; global perspective. Whether a sociological score of 550 or better to be considered social movements; political; urban poverty question addresses individual-level for admission) and social inequality; Latin American studies; processes, ideas, or organizations, there E. Satisfactory recommendations social and cultural theory. are often global influences and implica- Chase, Ivan, Ph.D., 1972, Harvard University: tions connected to that phenomenon. from former instructors Social organization; behavioral processes in Students pursuing an advanced degree in F. Acceptance by both the small groups; resource allocation; collective sociology will have opportunities to focus Department and the Graduate School action; cross-species comparisons. on global sociology and to learn how socio- logical methods and theories can be Faculty Collver, O. Andrew, Emeritus, Ph.D., 1964, applied to the study of global social, cul- University of California, Berkeley: Human Distinguished Professors ecology; urban community; demography. tural, political, and economic processes. 1 The Sociology program grants the Cole, Stephen, Ph.D., 1967, Columbia Levy, Daniel, Ph.D., 1999, Columbia University: University: Science; gender; theory. doctorate to three to six students per Political sociology; comparative/historical 2 year. Most of these go on to university or Gagnon, John H., Emeritus, Ph.D., 1969, sociology; global sociology. college teaching positions or postdoctoral University of Chicago: AIDS research; simula- Moran, Timothy, Graduate Program Director, tions; sexual conduct; social control; cognitive. programs at other universities. A few Ph.D., 2000, University of Maryland: enter government service or business. Distinguished Service Professors Comparative; social inequality; economic; Arjomand, Said, Ph.D., 1980, University of political; stratification; quantitative methods. Facilities Chicago: Comparative; historical; political; Oyewumi, Oyeronke, Ph.D., 1993, University of The Ward Melville Social and Behavioral religion. California, Berkeley: Gender; race; family; culture; Sciences Building is networked by com- Goodman, Norman,3 also a Distinguished knowledge; social inequalities; globalization. puters to a divisional network, University Teaching Professor, Ph.D., 1963, New York Assistant Professors mainframes, and the Internet, as well as University: Social psychology; family; to the Social Sciences Data Lab’s com- socialization; emotions. Otis, Eileen M., Ph.D., 2003, University of California-Davis: Global sociology; sex puting facilities and data library. The Distinguished Teaching Professor and gender; economy and society. Department of Sociology has the only Tanur, Judith,4 Emerita, Ph.D., 1972, Stony Smith, Tammy, Ph.D., 2007, Columbia laboratory for the study of social sys- Brook University: Statistics; methodology; University: Comparative/historical sociology; tems in humans and animals existent in survey research; social psychology. a sociology department; it is devoted to political sociology; world conflict. basic research in social organization. Professors van de Rijt, Arnout, Ph.D., 2007, Cornell The Department also has a Sociology Barthel-Bouchier,5 Diane, Chair, Ph.D., 1977, University: Social networks; migration and Reading Room. Harvard University: Culture; community; immigration; quantitative methodology. historical; gender. Research Faculty Admission Feldman, Kenneth,6 Ph.D., 1965, University of Michigan: Social psychology; higher education; Schwartz, Joseph,8 Professor, Ph.D., 1978, Admission to the Ph.D. and M.A. socialization. Harvard University: Quantitative methods; social Programs in Sociology Kimmel, Michael, Ph.D., 1981, University stratification; sociology of work and occupations; For admission to graduate study in of California, Berkeley: Comparative and social networks. historical development; social movements; sociology, the following, in addition to Number of teaching, graduate, and research gender and sexuality. the minimum Graduate School require- assistants, Fall 2007: 28 ments, are normally required: Roxborough, Ian, Ph.D., 1977, University of Wisconsin, Madison: War and military; 1) Recipient of the President’s Award for Excellence A. A bachelor’s degree or its equivalent, historical; revolutions; economic. in Teaching, 1992 as attested to by transcripts of previous Rule, James B., Emeritus, Ph.D., 1969, 2) Joint appointment, Department of Psychology academic work Harvard University: Theory; political; technology.

349 SOCIOLOGY

3) Recipient of State University Chancellor’s Award Three of the remaining eight required student must submit a research report for Excellence in Teaching, 1976 courses may be taken outside the that demonstrates ability to analyze 4) Recipient of the State University Chancellor’s department, upon written approval empirical data and to present findings Award for Excellence in Teaching, 1990. Recipient of from the department’s graduate com- clearly and systematically. Upon the President’s Award for Excellence in Teaching, 1990 mittee. These three courses must be successful completion of all of the above 5) Recipient of the State University Chancellor’s completed with at least a B average. Award for Excellence in Teaching, 1989. Recipient of requirements, along with completion the President’s Award for Excellence in Teaching, 1989 During the first year of study full- of a minimum of 30 hours of graduate 6) Recipient of the State University Chancellor’s time students who have fewer than credit, the department will recommend Award for Excellence in Teaching, 1995. Recipient of 24 graduate credit hours take eight to the dean of the Graduate School that the President’s Award for Excellence in Teaching, 1995 courses; full-time students who have the student be awarded the M.A. degree 7) Recipient of the State University Chancellor’s 24 or more graduate credit hours from as a sign of progress toward the Ph.D. Award for Excellence in Teaching, 1975 prior graduate study take six courses. Recipients of the terminal M.A. will not 8) Joint appointment, Departments of Psychiatry These must include two two-course be granted permission to continue. sequences, one in sociological theory Degree Requirements (SOC 505 and 506) and one in statistics Option 2—The Two Papers: In Requirements for the Ph.D. Degree (SOC 501 and 502), plus a methods course (SOC 504) and one elective this option, a student can meet M.A. in Sociology course. For those holding graduate requirements and proceed to the second In addition to the minimum Graduate traineeships, a teaching assistantship half of doctoral work through the sub- School requirements, the following are under the supervision of a faculty mission of two papers written under required: member would consist of two of the faculty supervision. These should nor- eight courses (one each semester). mally be completed by the end A. Residence of the third academic year; each of Minimum residence is one year of C. M.A. Degree the two papers is designed to allow stu- full-time study. Students may be A student is awarded the M.A. dents to demonstrate a different com- admitted to the Ph.D. program on a degree as a sign of progress toward the petence. Each paper should be more part-time basis, but these arrange- Ph.D. To receive the M.A. a student substantial than a seminar paper and ments usually require that the students must complete: less substantial than an M.A. appear on campus during certain peri- thesis; two different substantive areas 1. Two consecutive semesters of full- ods of the normal working day. Full- must be represented in the papers. The time study, achieving a 3.0 grade point time study entails 12 or more graduate two papers are designed to demon- average for 30 hours of graduate work credit hours per semester for those stu- strate competence in the kinds of skills dents entering without prior graduate 2. One of the two papers required by that students will need in the profes- study or fewer than 24 graduate credit the writing option (Section D, Option 2) sion of sociology. One of these papers hours, and nine or more graduate credit for the Ph.D. program must be a theoretical/empirical paper hours per semester for those students and the second can be either a second D. Professional Competence Options entering with more than 24 graduate theoretical/empirical paper, an analyti- credit hours or with advanced standing Continuing doctoral students have cal review of the literature, or an ana- provided by prior graduate work. Since two options for completing the first lytical review of the literature a graduate traineeship is considered half of the doctoral program before embedded in a grant proposal. In other part of the academic program, credit moving on to work in a special field words, one paper must be hours will be given for teaching or and on their dissertation. theoretical/empirical and the second research assistantships as well as Option 1—Comprehensive may be chosen from among the three supervised teaching. Under specific Examination and M.A. Research possible kinds of papers described below. conditions credit may be given for Report: In this rather traditional option, 1. Mandatory Theoretical/Empirical individual research work outside formal the adequacy of a student’s general Paper: The majority of sociological courses but under the supervision of preparation is evaluated by means of articles use empirical data to answer faculty members. a written comprehensive examination. theoretical questions. Such questions This examination, to be taken between B. Courses often arise from previous research. the beginning of the fifth semester and They can also be the result of juxtapos- Course requirements for a Ph.D. the beginning of the sixth semester of ing two or more theories, or finding in sociology include five designated graduate study, must be passed at the that a theory could use further develop- courses, two in sociological theory standard set by the department for ment or clarification on a point, and and three in statistics and methods, doctoral-level work. A student who then showing how the proposed devel- all taken in the first year of graduate fails to pass this examination at the opment or clarification better explains study. Of an additional nine required required level, but whose performance some specific aspect or aspects of courses, one must be taken in intro- is satisfactory in all other aspects, may social reality. duction to global sociology and another, be permitted to take a terminal M.A. which must provide additional method- by completing 30 credits of graduate The empirical data explained or ological training, can be chosen by coursework and submitting an accept- clarified by the theory or theories can the student from a variety of suitable able research report. Upon passing take a number of forms. It can be the offerings specified by the department. the comprehensive examination, the product of ethnographies, comparative

350 SOCIOLOGY and/or historical research, social sur- has selected a dissertation topic. The Courses veys, small group or experimental labo- content of this area is to be defined Please refer to the Undergraduate ratory research, content analyses, etc. individually for each student. It con- and Graduate Class Schedules for The important point is to combine the- sists of a generally recognized, broad specific semester offerings. ory and empirical research. subfield and must deal with related materials from other subfields. 2. Analytical review of the literature: SOC 501 Multivariate Statistics for Social Science This paper is to be an assessment of the G. Advancement to Candidacy This course is an advanced treatment of state of the art in some substantive The department’s recommendation descriptive and inferential statistics with area of sociology. This paper can take emphasis on the latter. Students will gain that a student be advanced to candi- various forms. One possibility is a practical experience in analyzing current dacy for the Ph.D. is based on passing review essay and examples of this form data from the social sciences through the use the preliminary examination and of statistical computer programs. Topics can be found in the Journal of approval of a dissertation proposal. include: sampling, measures of central ten- Economic Literature, The dency and dispersion, probability theory, Psychological Review, or the Annual H. Doctoral Dissertation hypothesis testing, point and interval estima- Review of Sociology. A second tion, the normal, binomial, and chi-square dis- This must be an independent piece of tributions, parametric and non-parametric approach could be a review of a field research and scholarship representing measures of association and correlation, and that could serve as the substantive an original contribution, the results bi-variate regression. underpinning for a graduate seminar. of which are worthy of publication. 3 credits, ABCF grading 3. Analytical review of the literature Upon oral defense and acceptance of SOC 502 Multivariate Regression Techniques embedded in a grant proposal: This is the dissertation, the department will This course provides an in-depth overview of to be a major grant proposal. It should recommend to the dean of the Graduate regression analysis, primarily focused on normally include a review of the School that the student be awarded OLS modeling. Topics include: inferences in the Ph.D. degree. regression analysis, dummy variables, inter- relevant literature, statements of the action terms, and diagnostics and remedial theoretical framework being used, the The progress of every student will be measures. The course concludes with an hypotheses to be tested, and methodol- evaluated by the department at the end introduction to other regression techniques ogy to be employed in the project. The of the first full year of graduate study. such as logistic and probability modeling. proposal does not have to be submitted Those whose performance and ability 3 credits, ABCF grading to a funding agency, but all the materi- are clearly below the standard estab- SOC 504 Logic and Practice of Sociology als required by a particular agency or lished by the department for the Ph.D. This course provides an introduction to the foundation must be completed and, in will be asked to withdraw before they logic of empirical research in sociology. It takes addition, the project must receive have made a costly investment of time. a broad overview of both quantitative and If more than seven years have elapsed qualitative methods; inductive and deductive CORIHS (Committee on Research reasoning; and the process of theory construc- Involving Human Subjects) approval, if since the student completed 24 hours tion and testing, with an emphasis on research human subjects are involved. This of graduate courses in the department, design and the logic of causal analysis. A proposal must also be of substantial the student’s Ph.D. candidacy will lapse. knowledge of advanced statistics is not size. A very short proposal of just a few After the first year, a progressively assumed. Topics covered include survey larger proportion of a student’s time research, participant observation and field pages is not adequate even if that is methods, the comparative method, experimen- acceptable to some particular agency. will be spent as a participant in research tal and quasi-experimental design, content Upon successful completion of all of activities, under the supervision of analysis, and the logic of multivariate analysis. the above requirements, along with faculty members. Ordinarily, a student 3 credits, ABCF grading with adequate preparation and involved completion of 30 hours of graduate SOC 505 Classical Sociological Theory in full-time study should be able to credit, the student may proceed to the A review of the intellectual development of advanced stage of his or her doctoral earn a Ph.D. within five to six years the discipline, its epistemological founda- work. from the start of graduate work. tions, and classical theoretical statements. Students who arrive with an M.A. Fall, 3 credits, ABCF grading E. Teaching Requirement degree in sociology or with three SOC 506 Contemporary Sociological Theory Graduate training includes super- semesters of work in the discipline A review of the current major theoretical ori- vised teaching experience. In the fall will be expected to complete some of entations and newly developing theoretical semester of their third year, students the requirements above more quickly perspectives. enroll in a teaching practicum to than indicated. Spring, 3 credits, ABCF grading prepare them to teach their own course, under supervision, the following SOC 509 The Practice of Ethnography This course has four major objectives: (1) to semester or in the Fall semester of become familiar with contemporary ethnoga- their fourth year. phies; (2) to acquaint students with the methodological literature on qualitative F. Preliminary Examination sociology; (3) to consider theoretical and epis- This takes the form of an oral exami- temological issues in qualitative research; and (4) to put some data production tech- nation in the student’s specialty to be niques (observant participation, in-depth inter- given only after all the above require- views, and life stories) into practice. ments have been met. It is designed Fall or spring, alternate years, 3 credits, to appraise the depth of knowledge in ABCF grading the broad area from which the student May be repeated once for credit

351 SOCIOLOGY

SOC 510 Historical Methods in Sociology institution (i.e., labor, law), or the gendered SOC 549 Social Change Major approaches, philosophical problems of, dynamics of social interaction (in, for exam- The image of technological, generational, and and methods used in historical sociology. Topics ple, romantic relationships or sexuality). cultural forces on social organization from covered include causal analysis, macrosocio- Fall or spring, alternate years, 3 credits, historical and comparative perspectives. logical comparisons, case-oriented versus ABCF grading 3 credits, ABCF grading variable-oriented approaches, ideal types, May be repeated once for credit comparative typologies, narrative, and issues of SOC 555 War and the Military significance and objectivity. Special attention SOC 521 Social Psychology A comparative and historical study of the is given to the problem of concept formation. An analysis of the three major domains of social organization of war and the military; 3 credits, ABCF grading social psychology: (1) symbolic interactionism causes, conduct, and consequences of war. with a focus on the topic of identity; (2) psycho- 3 credits, ABCF grading SOC 512 Global Sociology, Identities, and logical social psychology with a focus on the Organizations in Global Perspective topics of personal perception and attitudes; and SOC 556 Political Sociology This course examines how increasing global (3) social structure and personality with a focus The study of political institutions and of the integration impacts human societies. It on the topics of norms, roles, and socialization. politically relevant actions and attitudes of reviews the broad trends that foster global- Fall or spring, alternate years, 3 credits, individuals and groups. Particular stress is ization in the economic, political, cultural, and ABCF grading placed on the reciprocal relationship between social movements and political institutions. social spheres, as well as the consequences May be repeated once for credit global change has had on how individuals and 3 credits, ABCF grading communities identify themselves and how SOC 523 Sociology of Education they organize for collective goals. Core issues Relationships between education and other SOC 561 Cultural Sociology on the global agenda such as conflict, environ- institutions. Internal dynamics of the school Cultural sociology is a multifaceted approach ment, technological and economic develop- and the classroom. used to analyze phenomena as varied as the arts and popular culture, social identities, ment, demographic change, gender, and 3 credits, ABCF grading human rights will be addressed; research social movements, markets, and politics. In methods for the study of global society will SOC 531 Economic Sociology this course the major theoretical approaches are presented along with the most significant be introduced. This course reviews the fundamental princi- empirical work done in recent years. 3 credits, ABCF grading ples of economic sociology and looks carefully Classical as well as contemporary texts are at the main areas of research in the resurgence considered. SOC 514 Advanced Topics in Global Sociology that began in the 1970s. The course covers clas- This course provides an advanced treatment sic texts and considers key areas that have ani- Fall or spring, alternate years, 3 credits, of major topics and debates in the increasingly mated the field in the recent era. Subjects ABCF grading globalized social sciences . The course is based would include the rise of the large corporation, May be repeated once for credit on research activities of the faculty and stu- ownership and control debate (including the dents. Topics may include global inequality; overlapping issues of corporate interlocks and SOC 562 Sociology of the Arts globalization and gender; sociology of human finance capital), the issue of markets and trans- The relations between social structure, social rights; war and revolution; transnational social actions costs, the development of the embed- change, and the development of major art movements; comparative political economy; dedness perspective, labor markets and the forms. globalization and immigration; globalization nature and extent of globalization. 3 credits, ABCF grading and work; issues in global culture. Fall or spring, alternate years, 3 credits, Fall or spring, alternate years, 3 credits, ABCF grading SOC 566 Funding and Grant Writing in ABCF grading May be repeated once for credit Sociology May be repeated once for credit This course will provide students with the SOC 532 Organizations skills necessary to write grant proposals for SOC 516 Social Inequality This course will review classic and current both government and private agencies. The Causes, consequences, and explanations of a research in the area of organizations. It will main requirement will be to prepare a pro- prevailing social, political, and economic phe- cover internal dynamics of organizations, posal suitable for submission to a particular nomenon. The course assesses long-run tra- beginning with classic Weberian theory, and agency that funds the kind of research the jectories of inequalities in their various forms continue by reviewing contemporary student plans to do. and dimensions, and analytically and theoret- approaches to human relations theory. It will Fall or spring, alternate years, 3 credits, ically considers the topic at the local, national, address key debates about the dynamics of ABCF grading and global levels. management-worker relations, and it will scru- May be repeated once for credit Fall or spring, 3 credits, ABCF grading tinize the debate of corporate control. Also it May be repeated once for credit will survey the literature on interorganiza- SOC 568 Dissertation Seminar tional relations and dynamics, such as interlock Under the direction of the seminar leader, SOC 518 Sociology of Gender research to new institutionalism. students help one another (1) prepare for the This course will familiarize students with the Fall or spring, alternate years, 3 credits, Preliminary Specialty Field Exam (which field through a broad survey. Topics include ABCF grading includes putting together a reading list) and theoretical debates about construction of May be repeated once for credit (2) work on a dissertation proposal and its gender identity, conceptual and empirical defense. The details of selecting a disserta- issues in the study of gender dynamics, and SOC 542 Deviance tion committee and writing a dissertation are empirical studies of the way gender is consti- Survey of recent research literature on vari- also explored. tuted by social institutions such as family, ous kinds of deviance (crime, delinquency, and Fall or spring, alternate years, 3 credits, education, workplace, and media. morally stigmatized behavior). Controversial ABCF grading Fall or spring, alternate years, 3 credits, issues in theory and research methods. May be repeated once for credit ABCF grading 3 credits, ABCF grading May be repeated once for credit SOC 590 Independent Study SOC 545 Social Movements Intensive reading, under supervision of one SOC 519 Advanced Topics in Gender Studies Unorganized collectives and their role in or more instructors, of material not covered This advanced course will continue the dis- change. Studies of specific social movements in the formal curriculum. cussion of the graduate seminar on Sociology and other collective behavior episodes. 1-12 credits, S/U grading of Gender by examining theoretical debates Fall or spring, alternate years, 3 credits, May be repeated for credit or controversies, examining specific gender ABCF grading identities, examining the gender of a specific May be repeated once for credit

352 SOCIOLOGY

SOC 591 Special Seminars SOC 604 Advanced Topics in SOC 701 Dissertation Research Off Topics to be arranged. The seminar is built Qualitative Analysis Campus–International around actual research activities of students The use of personal documents, official Prerequisite: Must be advanced to candidacy and faculty. The following topics have been records, field observations, and interviews. (G5); major portion of research will take covered: Cultural Theory; Sociology of 3 credits, ABCF grading place outside the U.S. and/or U.S. provinces; Technology; Micro-sociology; Advanced Topics domestic students have the option of in Marxist Theory; Sociology of Emotions; SOC 691 Practicum for Teaching and Historical Methods; Ethnic Relations; the health plan and may also enroll in Graduate Assistants MEDEX; international students who are Biosociology; Comparative Stratification; Max Individualized supervision of initial (first two in their home country are not covered by a Weber; Sociology of the Future; Science of semesters) teaching assistance. Discussion, Sociology and Everyday Life; The Study of the examination construction, student consulta- mandatory health plan and must contact World’s Advanced Societies; Methods of tion, and grading. Register for section of the Insurance Office for the insurance Behavioral Observation; Social Structure; supervising instructor. charge to be removed; international students Sociology of the Family; Cognitive Sociology; 3 credits, S/U grading who are not in their home country are Sociology of Work; Transnational Social charged for the mandatory health insurance Movements; Economic Sociology; War and SOC 692 Practicum in the Teaching of (if they are to be covered by another Revolution; Sociology of Gender; Sociology of Sociology insurance plan, they must file a waiver by Culture; Development of Capitalism; Film as a The exploration of teaching goals, processes, Sociological Research Tool; Funding and Grant the second week of classes; the charge will and outcomes. Practice lectures are video- only be removed if other plan is deemed Writing; The Three Faces of Social taped and discussed; classroom visits; planning, comparable); all international students must Psychology; A Structural Approach to outlining, selection of course material; writ- Organizational Behavior; Professionals and ing of syllabus for Introductory Sociology receive clearance from an International Professionalism; Sociology of Modernity; section to be taught as part of SOC 693 in Advisor Globalization and Immigration; Research following semester. Fall, spring, and summer, 1-9 credits, Support in Sociology; Sociology of Sexual S/U grading Behavior; Global Sociology; Gender and the 3 credits, ABCF grading May be repeated for credit Law; Poverty and Homelessness. SOC 693 Practicum for Graduate Teaching 3 credits, ABCF grading Interns SOC 800 Summer Research May be repeated for credit Supervised teaching of a section of Sociology 0 credit, S/U grading SOC 595 Special Seminars 105 using the outlines, materials, and tech- May be repeated for credit niques developed in SOC 692. Includes Topics to be arranged. The seminar is built weekly meetings of all persons registered for around actual research activities of students SOC 693 and observation of classes by both and faculty. The following topics have been faculty and fellow graduate students. covered: Cultural Theory; Sociology of Prerequisite: SOC 692 Technology; Micro-sociology; Advanced Topics in Marxist Theory; Sociology of Emotions; 3 credits, ABCF grading Historical Methods; Ethnic Relations; Biosociology; Comparative Stratification; Max SOC 699 Dissertation Research On Campus Weber; Sociology of the Future; Science of Dissertation research under direction of Sociology and Everyday Life; The Study of the advisor. World’s Advanced Societies; Methods of Prerequisite: Advancement to candidacy Behavioral Observation; Social Structure; (G5); major portion of research must take Sociology of the Family; Cognitive Sociology; place on SB campus, at Cold Spring Harbor, Sociology of Work; Transnational Social or at Brookhaven National Lab Movements; Economic Sociology; War and Fall, spring, and summer, 1-9 credits, Revolution; Sociology of Gender; Sociology of S/U grading Culture; Development of Capitalism; Film as a May be repeated for credit Sociological Research Tool; Funding and Grant Writing; The Three Faces of Social SOC 700 Dissertation Research Off Psychology; A Structural Approach to Campus–Domestic Organizational Behavior; Professionals and Prerequisite: Must be advanced to candi- Professionalism; Sociology of Modernity; Globalization and Immigration; Research dacy (G5); major portion of research will Support in Sociology; Sociology of Sexual take place off campus, but in the U.S. and/or Behavior; Global Sociology; Gender and the U.S. provinces (Brookhaven National Lab Law; Poverty and Homelessness. and Cold Spring Harbor Lab are considered 3 credits, ABCF grading on campus); all international students must May be repeated for credit enroll in one of the graduate student insur- ance plans and should be advised by an SOC 598 Research International Advisor Execution of a research project under the Fall, spring, and summer, 1-9 credits, supervision of one or more faculty members. S/U grading 1-12 credits, S/U grading May be repeated for credit May be repeated for credit SOC 603 Advanced Topics in Quantitative Analysis Mathematical and statistical methods in the analysis of quantitative data. Prerequisite: SOC 501, 502, and 503 3 credits, ABCF grading

353 TECHNOLOGY AND SOCIETY

Technology and Society (EST)

Chair: David L. Ferguson, Harriman Hall Room 347, (631) 632-8763 Graduate Program Director: Sheldon J. Reaven, Harriman Hall Room 343A, (631) 632-8768 Assistant to the Chair: Rita Reagan-Redko, Harriman Hall Room 335, (631) 632-1057 Graduate Program Coordinator: Carole Rose, Harriman Hall Room 347A, (631) 632-8765

Advanced Graduate Certificates awarded: Advanced Graduate Certificate in Educational Technology and in Global Operations Management. Degree awarded: M.S. in Technological Systems Management (concentrations: Educational Technology, Energy and Environmental Systems, Global Operations Management)

Technology shapes every facet of modern and educators to develop and teach Admission life. Familiarity with the characteristics, computer applications, multimedia tech- For admission to the M.S. program in capabilities, and limitations of current nologies, and computer-based documen- Technological Systems Management and emerging technologies is indispen- tation. Students elect either the school the following are required: sable to wise and effective decisions and track or the business/industry track. practices in government, business, and A. A bachelor’s degree in engineering, personal life. At all levels and in all Advanced Graduate Certificate in natural sciences, social sciences, mathe- disciplines, careers in industry, govern- Global Operations Management matics, or a closely related area from ment, and education ever more turn on an accredited college or university. This Certificate program helps managers the ability to see and seize the opportu- For admission to the Energy and develop their abilities to use advanced nities and address the problems that Environmental Systems concentration, technologies in their companies, under- technology often presents. Technologi- one year of calculus (MAT 131, 132, or stand their business processes, reduce cal developments are indeed re-defining equivalent) is required. For admission waste and inefficiencies, and improve the these very careers and changing the to the Global Operations Management bottom line of their companies. workplace itself. concentration, an introductory calculus Managing modern technologies calls Facilities course (MAT 123 or equivalent) is upon a synthesis of tools drawn from many required; areas: science and engineering, comput- Graduate students enrolled in the B. A minimum undergraduate grade ers and information, economics and reg- Department of Technology and Society point average of 3.0; ulation, psychology and community have access to several computing facili- values, design and assessment. The ties. The University maintains a wide C. Three letters of recommendation; Master’s Degree in Technological Systems range of mainframe facilities and per- D. Graduate Record Examination Management provides professionals in sonal computing laboratories. However, (GRE) General Test scores; all fields and people planning such the Department uses its two in-house, careers with state-of-the-art concepts, state-of-the-art computer laboratories as E. Acceptance by the Department analytical tools, and practical skills for hands-on enhancements of the graduate of Technology and Society and the managing specific technological systems student’s experience. The first lab has 20 Graduate School. and improving their performance. Pentium desktop computers that oper- In special cases, applicants who do Students may pursue one of three areas ate as stand-alone or within a basic net- not satisfy requirement A or B may of concentration: Educational Technology, work environment. The lab is integrated be admitted on a conditional basis, and Energy and Environmental Systems, into the campus WAN, with full Internet may be subject to additional course or Global Operations Management. access, and a wide array of educational, requirements. Students take a common core of six cred- academic, and professional software. Appropriate courses taken in non- its, a block of 15 credits specific to their Video cameras, scanners, printers, matriculated status may be applied concentration, and nine credits of elec- laptops, and a projection system are towards the M.S. degree in tives. A master’s project also must be available for student use within the lab. Technological Systems Management; completed by students in the Energy and The second computer laboratory is however, no more than 12 credits Environmental Systems and Educational used for research and teaching related taken in non-matriculated status can Technology concentrations. to computer-supported collaboration, be applied to the 30 credits for the Both part-time and full-time students e-learning technologies, and emerging M.S. degree. are accepted. Teaching or research educational technologies. The lab, avail- For admission to the Advanced assistantships are available to full-time able for faculty and students, consists of Graduate Certificate program, students who qualify. 20 Pentium desktop computers. students must have a bachelor’s Both labs are designed for student degree and an undergraduate GPA Advanced Graduate Certificate work and as open laboratories to of at least 3.0. Students with lower in Educational Technology give students the broadest in-depth averages may be admitted in non- The Certificate prepares current and exposure to information technologies. matriculated status, which may be prospective teachers to use advanced changed upon earning six or more graduate credits applicable to the technologies in learning and teaching, and Certificate with a GPA of 3.0 or higher. helps business and industrial trainers

354 TECHNOLOGY AND SOCIETY

Credits for Certificate program bridge scour; numerical modeling; computer 1) Recipient of the State University Chancellor’s Award courses may be applied to requirements applications; GIS. for Excellence in Teaching, 1992; recipient of the President’s Award for Excellence in Teaching, 1993; for the M.S. degree in Technological Tucker, Jessica M, Visiting Assistant Professor, Recipient of the Presidential Award for Excellence in Systems Management, subject to Ph.D., 2006, Carnegie Mellon University: Science, Mathematics, and Engineering Mentoring of Graduate School rules and limitations; Engineering ethics; bioethics; engineering edu- Under-represented Minority Students, 1997 cation; chemical engineering; biomaterials. however, no more than 12 credits may 2) Recipient of the State University Chancellor’s Award be transferred. Sun, Guodong, Ph.D., 2001, Carnegie Mellon for Excellence in Teaching, 1993; recipient of the University: Energy and environmental policy; President’s Award for Excellence in Teaching, 1993 Faculty technology assessment; technology innovation management. Degree Requirements Distinguished Service Professors Tonges, David J., Ph.D., 1998, Stony Brook 1 Refer to the following lists for course Ferguson, David L., Chair, Ph.D., 1980, University: Environmental management (salt University of California, Berkeley: Quantitative marshes, mosquito control, alternative energy requirements specific to each of methods; computer applications (especially sources); contamination (groundwater, pesti- the three concentrations. In general, intelligent tutoring systems and decision cides); monitoring (groundwater, surface water, students are expected to complete support systems); mathematics, science, and estuaries); public policy and communication two core courses for six credits, engineering education. (risk assessment, environmental impact analy- five required courses specific to Paldy, Lester G., M.S., 1966, Hofstra University: ses, environmental justice). the concentration for 15 credits, and Nuclear arms control; science policy. Adjunct Lecturers three eligible electives for nine credits. Electives for consideration are listed Distinguished Teaching Professor Gucciardo, Richard, M.B.A., 1986, New York for each concentration, but a student’s Liao, Thomas T.,2 Ed.D., 1971, Columbia Institute of Technology. selection of electives must be approved University: Computers in education; science Kornfeld, Edward, B.B.A., 1965, Pace by his or her advisor. and technology education. University. Requirements for the Advanced Professors Levanti, Gary, M.B.A., 1992, Binghamton Graduate Certificate are also displayed. University. Hogan, Joseph S., Emeritus, Ph.D., 1968, New York University: Planetary atmospheres; Laspina, Peter J., M.S., 1978, C.W. Post M.S. Program in Technological environmental satellites; climate change. College; M.S., 1987, Stony Brook University: Systems Management Piel, Emil J., Emeritus, Ed.D., 1960, Rutgers Technological systems management. (See course titles and descriptions below.) University: Decision making; technology- Lebel, Roy, B.S., 1979, Dowling College: society issues; human-machine systems. Aeronautics; aeronautical management. Core Courses (six credits): EST 581, Teng, Tian-Lih, Ph.D., 1969, University of Leonhardt, Nina, M.S., 1978, Stony Brook EST 582 Pittsburgh: Electrical engineering; computer University: Technological systems management. Note: Entering students are presumed science; management of information systems; Lynch, Margaret, M.B.A., 1983, New York to have essential communications, electronics commerce. University: Finance and marketing. computer, and mathematical skills. Visich, Marian Jr., Emeritus, Ph.D., 1956, MacLeod, Charles, M.A., 2004, Stony Brook Otherwise, prerequisite study in these Polytechnic Institute of Brooklyn: Aerospace University: Liberal studies. areas will be required. engineering; technology-society issues. Moriarty, Kevin, M.B.A., Dowling College. Associate Professors Global Operations Management O’Connor Gerry, M.A.L.S., 1970, Stony Brook Concentration Kaplan, Edward, Visiting Associate Professor, University: English. Ph.D., 1973, University of Pennsylvania: Required Courses (15 credits): EMP Petralia, Thomas, M.S., 1992, Stony Brook Environmental systems engineering. 501, EMP 506, EMP 509, EMP 518, University: Technological systems management. Morris, Samuel C., Visiting Associate EST 520 Reagan-Redko, Rita, M.S.,1998, Stony Brook Professor, Sc.D., 1973, University of Pittsburgh: University: Technological systems management. Suggested Electives (nine credits): Environmental science; risk analysis. Rotchford, Louise M., M.S., 1990, Polytechnic EMP 502, EMP 503, EMP 504, EMP Reaven, Sheldon J., Graduate Program 511, EMP 517, EMP 521, EMP 522, Director, Ph.D., 1975, University of California, University: Management. EMP 523, EST 530, EST 599 Berkeley: Science and technology policy; Schmid, Glenn, M.S., 1981, Stony Brook energy and environment problems and issues; University: Technological systems management. Educational Technology Concentration environmental and waste management, Shak, Arnold, M.S., 1976, New York Required Courses (15 credits): EST recycling and pollution prevention; risk analysis University: Computer science. and life-cycle analysis; nuclear, chemical, 568, EST 570, EST 571, EST 578, EST and biological threats; technology assessment; Shideler, Annette, Ed.D., 1989, Teachers 590, Master’s Project homeland security and the war on terrorism. College, Columbia University. Suggested Electives (nine credits): Scarlatos, Lori L., Ph.D. 1993, Stony Brook Siegel, Paul, M.S., 1997, Stony Brook University: EST 520, EST 574, EST 575, EST 576, University: Educational technology; tangible, Technological systems management. physical, multi-modal, and collaborative Stenton, Kenneth, M.B.A., 1992, Wharton School EST 579, EST 585, EST 589, EST 591, human-computer interfaces; serious games; of Business, University of Pennsylvania. EST 599 computer graphics; multimedia. Taveras, Marypat, M.S., 2002, Stony Brook Energy and Environmental Systems University: Technological systems management. Assistant Professors Required Courses (15 credits): EST Abouelenean, Gamal, Ph.D, 1998, Suez Canal Tong, Alvin, Ph.D., 1968, University of 593, EST 594, EST 595, EST 596 or Minnesota: Electrical engineering. University; University P.E. (Alabama): Civil EST 597, EST 590, Master’s Project engineering; water resources engineering; Number of teaching, graduate, and research hydraulics engineering; bridge hydraulics; assistants, Fall 2007: 6

355 TECHNOLOGY AND SOCIETY

Suggested Electives (nine credits): EMP 521 New Product Development with PC software packages that solve prob- EST 540, EST 550, EST 576, EST 584, and Design lems in all course topics. Interpretation of EST 586, EST 588, EST 591, EST 592, computer outputs is also stressed. EMP 522 Strategic Marketing: Prerequisite: MAT 123 or equivalent EST 599, CEY 503, CEY 505, CEY 509 Planning and Process Fall, 3 credits, ABCF grading Advanced Graduate Certificate in EMP 523 International Business and EMP 506 Global Operations Educational Technology Management A managerial approach to the concepts, issues, and techniques used to convert an (See course titles and descriptions EST 520 Computer Applications and organization’s resources into products and below.) Problem Solving services. Topics include strategic decisions for planning products, processes, and tech- A total of 18 credits (four core EST 530 Internet Electronic nologies, operating decisions for planning courses and two electives) are required. Commerce production to meet demand, and controlling decisions for planning and controlling opera- Core Courses: EST 565, EST 567 EST 581 Methods of Socio- tions through teamwork and Total Quality (formerly EST 572), EST 570, EST 571 Technological Decision Making Management (TQM). Operational problems in producing goods and services are reviewed. EST 582 Systems Approach to School Track Prerequisite: MGT 515 Human-Machine Systems Choose one of three: Spring, 3 credits, ABCF grading EST 563 (formerly EST 583), EST Courses EMP 507 Research and Special Topics in 573, EST 585 Global Industrial Management An individual study course for students Choose one of three: EMP 501 Behavioral and Organizational investigating special topics relating to global Aspects of Management industrial management. EST 591, CEI 511, CEN 580 This course provides an understanding of the Prerequisite: Permission of instructor management process by analyzing organiza- Fall and spring, 1-3 credits, ABCF grading Business Track tional behavior. Topics include behavior in Choose one of three: two-person situations, factors influencing EMP 509 Enterprise Information and attitudes and changes in organizational Knowledge Systems Management EMP 509, EST 520, EST 530 behavior, group influence on behavior, formal This course covers the different types of and informal organizational structures, con- enterprise systems, how they are used to Choose one of three: flict and conflict resolutions, and the dynam- manage an organization’s processes, re-engi- ics of planned change. neering the business with enterprise sys- EST 573, EST 591, EST 596 Fall, 3 credits, ABCF grading tems, and the relationship among technology, organization, and management. Knowledge- Advanced Graduate Certificate in EMP 502 Management Accounting and based and Web-based features in modern Global Operations Management Financial Decision Analysis enterprise systems will be emphasized. Fundamentals of financial and managerial Database management, security, control, eth- Core Courses (all three must be taken): accounting with emphasis on concepts, ratio, ical, and social issues of enterprise systems and break-even analysis, financial structure, will be discussed. EMP 502 Management Accounting cost analysis, replacement of assets, and cash Spring, 3 credits, ABCF grading and Financial Decision Analysis flow management. EMP 511 Starting a Business Venture EMP 506 Global Operations Fall, 3 credits, ABCF grading This course covers the necessities of begin- Management EMP 503 Legal and Regulatory Aspects of ning a business from turning a concept into a EMP 509 Enterprise Information and Management new venture and developing a business plan for a venture. Topics include how to identify Knowledge Systems Management A survey of business and regulatory law. Topics include contracts, sales, warranties, and evaluate the product and its market Required Courses (two of five must be and business partnerships and corporations. potential; management and organization taken): An overview is provided of high technology issues; production and channels of distribu- topics such as computer law, product liability, tion; and how to present a plan to the finan- EMP 501 Behavioral and patent, trademark, copyright, and environ- cial community. Specific case studies and Organizational Aspects of Management mental law and their impact on business. guest speakers are utilized. Summer, 3 credits, ABCF grading Summer, 3 credits, ABCF grading EMP 503 Legal and Regulatory Aspects of Management EMP 504 Quantitative Methods in EMP 517 Quality and Value Management Management Modern management’s approach to quality EMP 504 Quantitative Methods in This course is a rapid introduction to the has changed radically in the last 20 years; this Management application of modern mathematical concepts course explains why and how. It covers meth- and techniques in management science. ods used by both manufacturing and service EMP 511 Starting a Business Algebraic operations, mathematical functions organizations to achieve high quality: how Venture and their graphical representation, and each organizational function is involved in model formulation are reviewed. Topics cov- quality; how improving quality can reduce EMP 517 Quality and Value ered include the following: mathematics of costs; importance of communication; impor- Management interest, annuity, and mortgage; algebraic tance of involving all employees; need to and graphic methods of linear programming; measure quality; and introduction to statisti- Elective Courses (select one addi- PERT, CPM, and other network models; cal quality control and how it is used. tional from required courses above or and inventory theory. Simple management- Summer, 3 credits, ABCF grading one from the following below): oriented examples are used to introduce mathematical formulations and extensions to EMP 518 Program/Project Management EMP 518 Program/Project more general problems. The computer labo- We will examine how teams can be organized, Management ratory is used to give students experience directed, and monitored so that relatively

356 TECHNOLOGY AND SOCIETY complex projects can be carried out efficiently. EST 540 Marine Management Prerequisite: Undergraduate equivalent Topics include: planning, organizing, and con- The course discusses waste management chemistry, biochemistry, and microbiology trolling resources; monitoring progress toward issues particularly affecting the marine envi- Fall, spring, 4 credits, ABCF grading objectives; identifying and managing risks; ronment. Topics include ocean dumping, resolving conflicts; communicating effectively; sewage treatment, fish kills, beach pollution, EST 560 Risk Assessment, Regulation, and setting priorities; and writing proposals. The and nuisance algal blooms. Techniques for Homeland Security systems approach will be emphasized. managing the waste stream are presented. The course focus is on risk assessment associ- Fall, 3 credits, ABCF grading Crosslisted as HPH 672 or MAR 514. ated with nuclear, chemical, and biological Prerequisite: Permission of instructor weapons as it relates to Homeland Security. EMP 521 New Product Development and Spring, 3 credits, ABCF grading Topics include air dispersion, uncertainty Design analysis, exposure measurements, epidemiol- This course covers how to manage enterprise EST 541 Groundwater Problems ogy, toxicology, regulatory issues, risk manage- innovation, corporate innovation cultures, Discussion of the hydraulic processes and ment, risk communication, risk perception, and ideation and creative thinking, product technologies that are central to the manage- risk preparedness. The course will also cover design and development processes and phases, ment and monitoring of groundwater laws and regulation, discouraging terrorism, issues in product design, collaboration resources including special problems of and disaster preparedness, various acts between R&D, and operations/marketing. coastal hydrology and saltwater intrusion, as passed by the U.S. Congress to regulate Also, this class will focus on how to use fore- well as the fate of contaminants. Remediation water, air, and controlled substances. Cross casting to ensure the successful launch of a approaches are also examined. Crosslisted as listed as EST 560 and HPH 656. product. Case studies will be discussed. MAR 521 or HPH 673. Prerequisite: Undergraduate or equivalent 3 credits, ABCF grading Prerequisite: Permission of instructor physics, math, and chemistry Summer, 3 credits, ABCF grading EMP 522 Strategic Marketing: Planning and Fall and spring, 4 credits, ABCF grading Process EST 550 Introduction to Homeland Security EST 563 Computer Literacy for Educators This course will examine the vital role that The course is a combination of lectures and This course is an introduction to computer strategic marketing and planning plays in all laboratory experience to introduce students and software basics and was formerly listed businesses, as well as non-profit and govern- to critical issues and assess needs for home- as EST 583. Students will develop an under- ment organizations. Marketing’s role in our land security. The course includes invited lec- standing of the underlying concepts and prin- economy, society, and the appropriate mar- tures by experts on special topics such as ciples behind computers. Students will gain keting target and mix of media will also be fundamentals of nuclear, chemical, and bio- sufficient knowledge to successfully navigate presented. The various careers that exist in logical weapons and the associated threat to the digital world. Emphasis will focus on marketing and the structure of marketing the transportation of goods and the public. computer literacy areas used in education plans and departments are studied. The class The students will learn about cyber secu- and other professional environments. will create a marketing plan based on real rity, devices to safeguard materials from Students will leave this course with the abil- products and present it. terrorist threats, safety of nuclear power ity to grasp the risks and benefits surround- 3 credits, ABCF grading plants and water supply, forensics, and ing new and current computer technologies. emergency preparedness. The students will The following areas will be addressed; elec- EMP 523 International Business and submit a term paper on a selected topic in tronic communication, application-based Management lieu of the final exam. Cross listed with projects, information management, assess- This course covers the world’s marketplace, ESM 550 and HPH 643. ment, and the societal impacts of computer- international environment, managing interna- Prerequisites: Undergraduate level biology, based technologies. Students having tional business, and managing international chemistry, and physics completed EST 565 in a prior semester can- business operations. Additional topics include Fall and spring, 3 credits, ABCF grading not receive credit for EST 563. EST 563 and cultural issues in a global marketplace, the EST 565 may be taken in the same semester. impact of law and legal differences in the world EST 553 Nuclear Security Fall, 3 credits, ABCF grading marketplace compared to the U.S., and The course will familiarize students with the addressing competitive issues related to items fundamentals of nuclear physics, radiation, EST 565 Instructional Technologies such as a need for local contact. mining, weapons, and fuel cycle, other than This course examines issues in teaching and 3 credits, ABCF grading producing electricity, as it pertains to nuclear learning, especially the use of computers and power plants. Topics include nuclear detec- emerging technologies to investigate unique EST 520 Computer Applications and tion, devices to safeguard nuclear materials types of learning that are made possible, or Problem Solving from terrorist threats, needed physical pro- may be more efficient, with this technology. A problem-solving course for professionals tection for safe handling and its relevance to Exposure to generic software applications, who use applications software to address Homeland Security. The course combines lec- and an overview of commercial software administrative and managerial problems. tures with hands-on experience at the newly titles and applications are provided. Students Students develop skills in planning, forecast- installed nuclear detection facility located at have the opportunity to work collaboratively ing, and MIS requirements. The major the nearby U.S. Department of Energy’s with others in this field, and will develop a applications software packages used are Brookhaven National Laboratory. Crosslisted working application that could be used in an Excel and Access. Students learn to create as EST 553 and HPH 654. educational environment. advanced-level spreadsheets and data files, Prerequisite: Undergraduate equivalent Prerequisite: EST 563 or permission of and use them to find optimal solutions to physics and chemistry. instructor problems in all professions. Fall, spring, 4 credits, ABCF grading Fall, spring, and summer, 3 credits, ABCF Summer, 3 credits, ABCF grading grading EST 554 Chemical and Biological Weapons: EST 530 Internet Electronic Commerce Safeguards and Security EST 567 The Internet and Networking for Topics addressed in this course include: tech- This course deals with the fundamentals of E-Learning nology infrastructure, business models and chemistry and biochemistry related to chem- Students will learn the basic design concepts concepts, technological skills needed to build ical weapons (CW) and biological weapons behind the Internet, as well as wired and an E-Commerce Web site, marketing, commu- (BW) that could be used by terrorists. Topics wireless communication networks. Students nications, security and encryption, payment include CW and BW history, production, con- learn effective use of the Internet and net- systems in E-Commerce/M-commerce. trol, detection, identification, and emergency works for active learning. Discussion topics Financial transactions, advertising models, response measures to deal with intended or include: the role of the Internet as a 21st-cen- content ownership, and the prospects for unintended release and escape, and security tury global communication tool, ethical and E-Commerce are also covered. measures to protect and control stockpiles. societal issues as they relate to educational Summer, 3 credits, ABCF grading Cross listed as EST 554 and HPH 655. standards, and how to judge the benefits and

357 TECHNOLOGY AND SOCIETY risks associated with these networks. This tional systems through the development and estimating payoffs, forecasting, and technol- course was formerly listed as EST 572. Not implementation of E-learning applications. The ogy assessment. These systems-analysis for credit if you have already taken EST 572. focus of this course is on the design and imple- techniques are used to formulate and solve a Prerequisite: Computer experience mentation of effective modes of E-learning. variety of socio-technological problems, espe- Fall, spring, and summer, 3 credits, Fall, summer, every year, 3 credits, cially those that arise in educational, indus- ABCF grading ABCF grading trial, and environmental professions. Prerequisite: Graduate standing in EST 568 Network Communication—Wired EST 575 Developing Grants and Managing Department or permission of instructor and Wireless Projects Fall, 3 credits, ABCF grading This course examines the range of technolo- This course will develop the skills necessary gies used in teaching, learning, and communi- to take a program proposal from idea through EST 582 Systems Approach to Human- cation. Instructional technologies both reality with an emphasis on new technologi- Machine Systems stand-alone and networked are surveyed cal resources available to help with this Systems concepts (feedback, stability, chaos, with a focus on how they can be used effec- process. Topics include: techniques for suc- ergonomics) and analytical tools applied to tively to enhance learning. Students will cessful fundraising, grant writing, program dynamic systems in which technologies and/ learn fundamental hardware and software design, staffing, publicity and outreach, and or natural environments interact with human principles underlying the development of the reporting and evaluation. It is designed for users, regulators, or designers. Examples: Internet and other networked communica- current educators and administrators, as well ecological systems, nuclear power plant oper- tions tools. Emphasis will be placed on as students about to enter the education, ations, space shuttle missions, computer/Web assessment of these technologies in terms of social service, and health fields. educational technologies, regional planning. societal impacts and learning outcomes. This 3 credits, ABCF grading Students prepare a systems design study of course combines topics from EST 565 and an industrial, educational, or environmental EST 567. EST 576 Geographic Information Systems in device, technology, or management system. Fall, spring, summer, 3 credits, Education and Research Prerequisite: EST 581 or permission of ABCF grading Students use Geographical Information instructor, graduate standing in the Systems (GIS) software to create, manipu- Department late, and interpret layers of interactive maps EST 570 Design of Courseware Spring, 3 credits, ABCF grading and databases. Students collect and modify Principles of designing courseware modules geographical materials from the Internet, for K-12 schools, universities, and industry. EST 584 Air Pollution and Air Quality satellite and aerial imagery, and field data. Management Educational technologies used in courseware. They design and test scientific inquiry-driven Theories of learning and educational policy educational modules and/or visualizations for The effects of air pollution on the environ- making. Courseware design specification. research and analysis on global and local ment and public health are explored. Primary Each student will develop a courseware geography, for use in economics, earth sci- pollutants, such as particulates, oxides of sul- design specification that can be implemented ences, politics and civic action, history and fur, nitrogen and carbon, hydrocarbons, lead for his/her master’s project. sociology, global studies, and environmental and CFCs are considered, as are secondary Fall, every year, 3 credits, ABCF grading planning and assessment. pollutants, such as sulfuric acid, PAN, and surface ozone. The effect of atmospheric Prerequisite: EST 565 or EST 595 or EST 571 Research Methodologies for conditions on the dilution and dispersion of Educational Technologies permission of instructor pollutants and the impact of pollution on the Spring, 3 credits, ABCF grading This course evaluates the educational uses of global atmosphere are explained. Air pollution computer technology. Course goals include disasters and the impacts and ramifications of EST 578 Human-Computer Interaction the Clean Air Act of 1970, its 1990 amend- understanding research methodology and lit- Design for Construction erature, conducting a research study of educa- ments, and recent international accords are Principles of human-computer interaction tional technology, developing professional discussed. Case studies of air pollution reduc- applied to the design of educational course- leadership skills, and exploring micro-worlds tion, management, and regulation in local ware. Usability engineering, with a focus on industry are included. Other contemporary and constructivism. The course includes class the audience and learning objectives. topics include the loss of stratospheric ozone discussions to assess the quality of research Interface design principles. Human-com- and global warming due to human activities. articles on educational technology. puter dialogs. Multimedia as a communica- Crosslisted as EST 584 or HPH 683. Prerequisite: EST 565 tion tool, using images, audio, and video. Prerequisites: College chemistry or Fall and spring, 3 credits, ABCF grading Multimodal input devices and strategies. permission of instructor Students will use a multimedia authoring tool Spring, 3 credits, ABCF grading EST 573 Design of Multimedia Courseware to create a prototye of an educational applica- This course was designed for school teachers, tion or learning tool. EST 585 Technology in Learning Systems corporate trainers, and multimedia special- 3 credits, ABCF grading ists who are interested in the use of multime- This course is designed to provide educators with an overview of uses of technology to dia design techniques as a teaching tool. The EST 579 Educational Games class is half lecture and half hands-on training improve instruction. Standard and innovative, Simulations and computer games as a learn- nonconventional modes of learning are consid- in multimedia production tools. Students ing tool. Traditional game and simulation have a term project for which they have to genres, and their appropriate uses in educa- ered. Specific areas of study include a systems- based analysis of the design and function of create a courseware program. tion. Gameplay design. Game development learning environments, individual applications Prerequisite: EST 565 or permission of process, from storyboarding to delivery. Assessing games as learning tools. Students related to the student’s area of professional instructor will use a multimedia authoring tool to proto- practice, and assessment of educational uses of Co-requisite: EST 570 or permission of type an educational game or simulation of technology today and tomorrow. Students are instructor their own design. exposed to various educational technologies Spring, 3 credits, ABCF grading Prerequisite: EST 578 and they make a formal presentation applying a Summer, 3 credits, ABCF grading technology to an educational system. EST 574 Distance Education Prerequisite: EST 582, systems background, Web-based distance learning applications are EST 581 Methods of Socio-Technological or permission of instructor quickly growing within higher education insti- Decision Making 3 credits, ABCF grading tutions, K-12 schools, and corporate envrion- Focus is on the application of decision-making ments. This course is designed for higher techniques to analyze problems involving EST 586 Environmental and Waste education faculty, K-12 administrators and technology, particularly its social impacts. Management in Business and Industry teachers, educational computing coordinators, Areas of study include decision making under Environmental and waste management and corporate training personnel who would uncertainty, decision making in a passive vs. practices in industrial and other institutional like to investigate ways to enhance their educa- active environment, sequential decisions, settings. Technologies of hazardous waste pre-

358 TECHNOLOGY AND SOCIETY vention, treatment, storage, transportation, master’s project proposal. Each student also recycling, nuclear waste disposal, and climate and disposal are considered. Topics include: leads a discussion of an important technol- change. Cross-listed as EST 594 or CEY 594 Information systems and software tools for ogy-society problem, such as censorship of or HPH 687. environmental audits, regulatory monitoring the Internet, scientific decision making, or 3 credits, ABCF grading and compliance, cost estimation, recycling pro- environmental regulations. Each student grams, air, land, and water emissions controls works with a faculty advisor on background EST 595 Principles of Environmental and permits. Employee health, safety, educa- research and preparation of the master’s Systems Analysis tion, and quality management are examined. project proposal. This course is intended for students inter- Field trips to several Long Island institutions. Fall, 3 credits, ABCF grading ested in learning systems engineering princi- Crosslisted as EST 586 or HPH 684. ples relevant to solving environmental and 3 credits, ABCF grading EST 591 Independent Study in Technology waste management problems. Concepts include and Society compartmental models, state variables, opti- EST 587 Today’s Technology: Impact on The primary objective of independent study mization, and numerical and analytical solu- Education and Economics is to provide a student with opportunities to tions to differential equations. Crosslisted as This course involves the student in studies of interact with faculty members who can be of EST 595 or HPH 688. the science, technology, and economics of four assistance in his or her master’s project. Prerequisites: MAT 132 and one year of selected areas: electronics, transportation, Students should consult individually with quantitative science such as physics, chem- faculty members on workload and credit(s). energy, and health sciences. Classroom time istry, or geology; or permission of instructor is supplemented by visits to appropriate facil- Prerequisite: EST 590 or permission of Fall, 3 credits, ABCF grading ities in each area; individuals and groups also instructor plan for the use of the information in their 1-3 credits, ABCF grading EST 596 Simulation Models for specific areas of responsibility. For example, May be repeated for credit Environmental and Waste Management teachers are responsible for developing teaching strategies for use of the information This course is intended for students inter- EST 592 Sustainable Energy: Technologies, ested in developing computer models for in their classes and for student career advice Systems, Markets, and Policies and preparation. Those from commerce and technology assessment and for environmen- The ample supply and appropriate use of industry learn of the powerful influence of tal and waste management. Concepts devel- energy is critical to the well being of human technological development on regional eco- oped in EST 595 Environmental Systems society. Energy plays an enormous role in envi- nomics. This knowledge is helpful in carrying Engineering and Analysis are applied to real- ronmental degradation, national insecurity, world problems. Techniques in model devel- out strategic planning and forecasting within international conflict, and in solutions to these opment are presented in the context of the student’s organization. problems. This course aims to introduce the applications in surface and groundwater 3 credits, ABCF grading major energy issues to students in engineer- management, acid rain, and health risks from ing, business, and public policy areas. It dis- environmental contamination. Crosslisted as EST 588 Technical Communication for cusses energy choices to meet regional and EST 596 or HPH 689. Management and Engineering global energy needs. Major renewable and Prerequisite: EST 595 or permission of The ability to communicate technical ideas conventional energy sources, energy supply instructor clearly and effectively is critical to success in technologies, and end-use efficiency options Spring, 3 credits, ABCF grading management and engineering. Hours and will be assessed in the context of political, money are wasted when confused, distorted social, economic, and environmental goals. EST 597 Waste Management: Systems and writing and speaking obscure the information Prerequisite: Undergraduate major in sci- they are intended to convey. This course will Principles ence or engineering strongly preferred provide managers, engineers, and other techni- Students will learn about the technologies and cal professionals with practical methods for 3 credits, ABCF grading policy options in waste management, empha- making their memos, reports, and correspon- sizing recycling, incineration, landfilling, and dence clear, comprehensible, and persuasive. EST 593 Risk Assessment and Hazard source reduction options for municipal solid Students learn strategies for communicating Management waste on Long Island. Problems concerning with both nonspecialist and technical audi- A case-study approach to the assessment of paper, glass, plastic, organic materials, and ences, stating their purpose clearly, organizing risk and the management of natural and other waste stream components will be points most effectively, and expressing ideas technological hazards, with emphasis on explored. Environmental impacts and econom- concisely and precisely. Special attention is those that can harm the environment. The ics of landfills, materials recovery facilities, and given to technical presentations and to com- course focuses on technological hazards waste-to-energy systems are examined. The municating in meetings. involving energy, transportation, agriculture, institutional and regulatory climate, current 3 credits, ABCF grading natural resources, chemical technology, and planned practices in the region, and haz- nuclear technology, and biotechnology, and on ardous waste will be discussed. Cross-listed as EST 589 Technology-Enhanced Decision natural hazards such as climactic changes, CEY 597 or HPH 663 or EST 597. Making droughts, floods, and earthquakes. The first 3 credits, ABCF grading part of the course consists of readings on risk This course examines the use of technological assessment and hazard management and dis- devices, especially computers, as aids in EST 598 Teaching Practicum cussions of published case studies. During the decision making. A treatment is given of the Designed to give graduate students teaching second part of the course, students conduct cognitive science and artificial intelligence experience. Note: These credits cannot be their own case studies and use them as the methods used in the structure and operation counted as part of the 30 credits required for basis for oral and written reports. Cross- of some systems that support human decision- the degree. listed as EST 593 or HPH 686. making. Medical diagnosis systems, business 3 credits, S/U grading and industrial planning systems, and com- 3 credits, ABCF grading puter-aided dispatch systems are discussed. EST 594 Diagnosis of Environmental Disputes EST 599 Special Projects and Topics In addition, the application of high technology A technology assessment laboratory for Diagnosis of disagreements about environ- in air traffic control systems is examined. emerging problems and focused research. May mental and waste problems. Tools for evalu- be run as a hands-on, group research study of an Prerequisite: EST 581 ating disputes about (1) scientific theories important educational, environmental or waste Co-requisite: EST 582 or permission of and environmental models, (2) definitions and problem (perhaps to provide an assessment to a instructor analytical methodologies for estimating risk, regulatory agency or administrative system). 3 credits, ABCF grading “real” cost, net energy use, and life-cycle environmental impact, (3) regulatory and legal Fall, spring, 3 credits, ABCF grading EST 590 Seminar for MS, TSM Students policy, (4) siting of controversial environmen- A forum for the discussion of research meth- tal facilities, and (5) fairness and other ethical EST 800 Summer Research ods, project ideas, and proposal preparation. issues. These diagnostic tools are brought to 0 credit, ABCF grading A final product of this seminar is an approved bear upon case studies of pollution prevention, May be repeated for credit

359 THEATRE ARTS

Theatre Arts (THR, DRM)

Chair: Nick Mangano, Staller Center for the Arts Room 3046, (631) 632-7300 Interim Graduate Studies Director: Steve Marsh, Staller Center for the Arts Room 3037, (631) 632-7300 Graduate Secretary: Augusta Kuhn, Staller Center for the Arts Room 3046, (631) 632-7280

Degrees awarded: M.A. in Theatre; M.F.A. in Dramaturgy

The Department of Theatre Arts offers productions. The dramaturg must be 27,000 volumes related to the study of two graduate programs, a 30-credit well informed in historical, critical, and theatre arts. Special collections of play Master of Arts in Theatre and a 60-credit comparative studies, and sensitive to texts, including translations, and theatre Master of Fine Arts in Dramaturgy. every aspect of theatre practice. In a archives are being developed continu- Graduate study in this Department is three-year M.F.A. professional training ally. Manhattan is an easy commute by unique in a number of ways. First, our program, our graduate students work train, bus, or car, and its many theatres, program offers graduate students the in close contact with our faculty and exhibitions, archives, and libraries (most chance to produce their own work in our with professional theatres. Training in notably the New York Public Library of theatres. Graduate students create their dramaturgy is useful even to students the Performing Arts at Lincoln Center) own theatre pieces, serve as dramaturgs who later decide to pursue other careers are easily accessible. for the season’s offerings, and engage in the theatre or other media, or in with directors and designers on main- teaching at the university level. Admission stage productions. In the third year of the Professional dramaturgs often become Admission to the M.A. Program in M.F.A. professional training program, our directors, producers, administrators, Theatre Arts graduate students not only work in close drama critics, teachers, or playwrights, For admission to the M.A. program in contact with our faculty, but undertake and many combine two or three differ- Theatre Arts, the following, in addition internships with professional theatres. ent careers. Therefore, the Stony Brook to the minimum Graduate School Second, we provide a multicultural cur- program offers opportunities for stu- requirements, are normally required: riculum, with classes in Eastern and dents with a wide range of interests in Western styles of drama, styles of acting, theatre practice and dramatic criticism to A. A bachelor’s degree from an and cultural studies. Third, our program pursue individual development within a accredited college or university; reflects the interdisciplinary nature of the professional orientation. As this program B. Advanced undergraduate courses theatre arts. Among the faculty are is built on the bond between theory and in theatre history, dramatic literature, designers, performers, playwrights, theo- practice that we believe must lie at and/or theatre practice; rists, and dramaturgs, all of whom work the heart of dramaturgical training, the closely with graduate students. Finally, program culminates in the professional C. Undergraduate grade point we continue to develop an Art and internship and the M.F.A. project. average of at least 3.0; Technology Laboratory in conjunction Interested students should request D. Three letters of recommendation; with the Departments of Music and Art. information and application forms as Our graduates have the opportunity to early as possible, especially if they plan E. Graduate Record Examination get training in computer graphics, to apply for financial aid. (GRE) General Test scores; interactive media studies, and digital F. Supporting materials must include performance. Facilities a sample of the applicant’s writing as The goals of the M.A. program are The Department of Theatre Arts is well as other materials such as scripts, (1) to study the dramatic tradition and located in the Staller Center for the essays, publications, portfolio, etc. the history of the performing arts, Arts, which houses a 1,106-seat prosce- (for the returned work, the applicant (2) to develop an understanding of the nium stage and three black box the- must include a stamped, self-addressed vital relationship between theatre theory atres. Additional dance and theatre envelope with the completed application); and onstage practice, and (3) to prepare spaces are also available on campus. A students qualified to matriculate in newly acquired studio/theatre space in G. Acceptance by both the Department programs of study at the M.F.A. or the basement of the Staller Center is the of Theatre Arts and the Graduate School; Ph.D. level. home of the Graduate Student Cabaret. H. If a student accepted into the The M.F.A. program focuses on the This flexible, intimate, 50-seat perform- M.A. program wishes to offer, either work of the dramaturg, sometimes called ance space can also be used as a for credit toward the degree or for the literary manager. In the United studio/classroom. The Cabaret is run by exemption from enrollment in courses States and throughout the world, the the Stony Brook M.F.A. Dramaturgy required by Stony Brook, analogous dramaturg takes a vital part in the students as a production space and the- courses taken at another university, direction of professional theatre. He or atrical laboratory. Each year, eight to 12 he or she must present transcripts and she is responsible for advising on choice productions are presented. The other supporting materials for consid- of repertoire, choosing or commissioning Department has a Laboratory for eration by the graduate program director translations of foreign plays, collaborat- Technology in the Arts and an Electronic before the end of his or her first semester ing with directors and dramatists in Classroom. in the program (see Transfer of Credit research of many kinds, and making The University Library is adjacent to from Other Universities). public statements about policy and the Staller Center and holds in excess of

360 THEATRE ARTS

Admission to the M.F.A. Program K. Students in the M.F.A. program Degree Requirements in Dramaturgy are evaluated at the end of each year Requirements for the M.A. Degree This M.F.A. program is intensive, of study before permission is granted in Theatre and admission to it is highly selective. to continue. If a student completing his In addition to the minimum Graduate For admission, the following, in addition or her first year of study is not given School Requirements, the following are to the minimum Graduate School permission to continue, he or she may required: requirements, are normally required: instead be redesignated as a candidate for an M.A. degree. He or she must A. Courses A. A bachelor’s degree from an then fulfill all requirements for that Courses required for the degree are: accredited college or university; 30-credit degree (see above). THR 500 Introduction to Graduate B. Advanced undergraduate courses Studies in theatre history, dramatic literature, Faculty THR 510 and 521 Western Theatre and/or theatre practice; Professor History and South and Southeast C. Undergraduate grade point average Mangano, Nick, Chair, M.F.A., 1990, Columbia Asian Theatre and Drama of at least 3.0; University: Directing. Or: D. Three letters of recommendation; Associate Professors THR 511 and 520 Far Eastern Baldwin, Phillip, M.F.A., 1987, Yale University: E. Graduate Record Examination Theatre and Drama and Western Scene design; interactive media; cultural studies. (GRE) General Test scores; Dramatic Literature Kim, Theresa, Emeritus, Ph.D., 1988, F. Supporting materials must include New York University: Asian history; acting; THR 535 Theories of Theatre a sample of the applicant’s writing as Eastern styles. Or: well as other materials such as scripts, Lutterbie, John, Ph.D., 1983, University of essays, publications, portfolio, etc. Washington: Theatre history; performance THR 635 Theories of Performance (for the return of this work sample, the theory and criticism; dramaturgy; directing. THR 550 Teaching Practicum applicant must include a stamped, self- Mayo, Deborah, Director of Undergraduate THR 590 M.A. Thesis (six credits) addressed envelope with the completed Studies, M.F.A., 1973, Yale School of In addition, students select from among application); Drama: Acting. a range of courses in consultation with G. Acceptance by both the Department Sullivan, Amy, Director of DanceSpace, M.F.A., the graduate program director and a 1980, University of North Carolina, of Theatre Arts and the Graduate School; faculty advisor. A minimum of 30 credits Greensboro: Dance with emphasis on is required for graduation. H. Applicants who already hold an performance and choreography. M.A. in Theatre Arts from another Zelenak, Michael X., D.F.A., 1990, Yale B. Examination institution may be admitted provision- University: Dramaturgy; criticism; theatre history. Successful completion of the M.A. exam ally to the second year of the M.F.A. Lecturers is required, normally at the end of the program. Such students are required second semester of full-time residence. to fulfill M.F.A. first-year course require- Lantz-Gefroh, Valeri, M.F.A., 2003, Stony Brook University: Dramaturgy. ments not taken as part of their M.A. C. Foreign Language Marsh, Steve, Interim Graduate Studies Director, training elsewhere; Proficiency in a foreign language must M.F.A., 2000, Stony Brook University: be demonstrated. I. If a student accepted into the Dramaturgy. M.F.A. program wishes to offer, either Morin, Margaret, Head of Production, M.F.A., D. Teaching Experience for credit toward the degree or for 2001, Stony Brook University: Dramaturgy. Teaching for at least one semester exemption from enrollment in courses Adjunct Faculty at the University level is required of required by Stony Brook, analogous Bojsza, Elizabeth, M.F.A., 2004, Stony Brook all graduate students. courses taken at another university, University: Dramaturgy; theatre history. transcripts and other supporting material E. Master’s Thesis must be presented for consideration by Cardillo, Frank, M.F.A., 2004, Stony Brook University: Dramturgy; acting. A master’s thesis must be successfully the graduate program director before completed under the direction of a the end of the student’s first semester Franco-Hodges, Lydia, M.F.A., 2006, Stony Brook University: Dramaturgy; acting. faculty advisor. in the program (see Transfer of Credit from Other Universities); Jeffreys, Joe, Ph.D., 1996, New York University: Theatre history and criticism. F. Residency Requirement J. If so indicated on the application, Kern, Maxine, M.F.A., 1992, University of This program is normally completed an applicant for the M.F.A. program in Massachusetts, Amherst. in one to two years of full-time residency. dramaturgy can also be considered for Prusslin, Norman L., B.A., 1973, Stony Brook Students may be enrolled in the M.A. admission to the one-year (30-credit) University: Broadcast management. program on a full-time or part-time basis.

M.A. program in theatre arts, which 1 runs parallel to the first year of the Levy, Jonathan, Distinguished Teaching G. Time Limitations Professor, Ph.D., 1966, Columbia University: Depending on the student’s first-time, M.F.A. If such an applicant is admitted Playwriting; theatre for children; dramatic criti- instead to the M.A. program, he or she cism; Italian Renaissance drama. matriculated enrollment in the Graduate School, full-time students must complete may then be considered, upon successful Teaching assistants, Fall 2008: 15 completion of the M.A., for admission to all degree requirements within three 1) Recipient of the State University Chancellor’s years, part-time students in five years. the second year of the M.F.A. program; Award for Excellence in Teaching, 1991

361 THEATRE ARTS

Requirements for the M.F.A. Degree E. Teaching Experience Research tools and methods, investigations in Dramaturgy Teaching for at least one semester at of cultural and social history, critical writing, and issues in adaptation and translation are In addition to the minimum Graduate the University level is required of all discussed. Means of facilitating communica- School requirements, the following are graduate students. tion within a production team and between actors, designers, and directors are examined. required: F. Residence Requirement Other topics include season planning, promotion and publicity, educational outreach materials, A. Courses This program is normally completed preparation of protocols, post-play discussion, Courses required for the degree are: in three years of full-time residency. and other audience development techniques. One semester of the last year is spent Prerequisite: Permission of instructor THR 500 Introduction to Graduate in a professional internship program. Fall, 3 credits, ABCF grading Studies and Dramaturgy THR 505 Dramaturgy I: Production G. Time Limitation THR 506 Dramaturgy II: Literary Management Dramaturgy The M.F.A. program is normally Examining the roles of the literary manager in the contemporary theatre, this course THR 506 Dramaturgy II: Literary completed in three years. The time limit explores the process of new play develop- Management for completion of the M.F.A. program, ment and the preparation of a new play for THR 510 and 511 Western Theatre given unusual circumstances, is six years. production. The ability to read and write History and Far Eastern Theatre sensitively about new plays, reading new plays and preparing sophisticated play reports, and Drama University Requirements how to talk to playwrights about their plays, THR 520 and 521 Western Dramatic The granting of master’s degree is based and how to facilitate discussions with direc- Literature and South and Southeast upon the completion of any special tors and actors as they encounter a play for Asian Theatre and Drama Departmental requirements in addition the first time are issues examined in this THR 535 Theories of Theatre course. New plays from a variety of venues, to the items listed below. including professional theatres in New York THR 550 Teaching Practicum City, are read and discussed, and the process THR 635 Theories of Performance A. Courses and Grade Point Average of developing new plays from staged readings THR 680 Dramaturgy Workshop A student must achieve a 3.0 overall through public performances are studied. THR 690 M.F.A. Internship grade point average for a minimum of Prerequisite: Permission of instructor THR 691 M.F.A. Project 30 credits of graduate work to receive Spring, 3 credits, ABCF grading the M.A. degree and 60 credits for the THR 507 Dramaturgy of Process: Recommended courses are: M.F.A. degree. Theatre, Drama, and Performance THR 507 Performance Dramaturgy At the discretion of the Department, a This course for advanced students of THR 523 Theatre in New York student who retakes a course for which Dramaturgy allows them to apply practical THR 560 Acting: Theory and Practice an F grade was received may replace theatre skills to the development of new the F grade with the new grade in the work. Students will assist in the workshop THR 570 Directing: Theory and G.P.A. calculation. The student may use production of a new play. This will explore Practice NPD prcess as it exists in the American this option for one F grade only. THR 640 Scenography and New Media Regional Theatre, and learn the practical THR 650 Playwriting Workshop skills of running a play-reading series, com- B. Teaching missioning new plays, communicating with THR 660 Acting Workshop At least one semester of supervised playwrights, casting, and marketing. In addition, students select from a teaching experience is required except Spring, alternate years, 3 credits, range of courses in consultation with for those programs in which teaching is ABCF grading the graduate program director and a not germane to the degree objectives. THR 510 Western Theatre History faculty advisor. A minimum of 60 credits Theatre forms in the Western tradition, from C. Registration is required for graduation. ancient to modern. This course is centered on Degree candidates must be registered a particular critical or theoretic problem or B. Examination in the program granting their degree theme. for at least one credit in the semester Spring even years, 3 credits, ABCF grading Successful completion of the M.F.A. May be repeated for credit as an independent exam is required, normally at the end of in which the diploma is awarded. study with the permission of the instructor. the second semester of full-time residency. Courses THR 511 Far Eastern Theatre and Drama C. Projects Course surveys the traditional theatre of THR 500 Introduction to Graduate Study three Far Eastern (China, Korea, and Japan) Successful completion of the following in Theatre Arts countries as related to: history, dramatic lit- projects is required: This course surveys the field of theatre scholar- erature (Yuan drama and Beijing Opera of China; Pongsan Korean Masked Dance- THR 680 Dramaturgy Workshop ship, introducing students to research tools, research methods, critical writing, and schol- Drama; a Noh play cycle, Kabuki, and Joruri (six credits) arly values. Discussions include reference to Puppet Theatre of Japan). The points of THR 690 Internship (three credits) basic texts in dramatic literature and represen- departure will be: the Eastern world view THR 691 M.F.A. Project (three credits) tative research problems. (namely Shemanism, Confucianism, Daoism, Prerequisite: Admission to graduate program and Buddhism) and theatre; the concept of D. Foreign Language Fall, 3 credits, ABCF grading the actor’s body and mind as microcosmic presentation of a macrocosmic universe; his Proficiency in a foreign language THR 505 Dramaturgy I: Production performance as an act of becoming one with must be demonstrated usually through Dramaturgy the macrocosm; and the total nature of all the translation of a play. An introduction to production dramaturgy in performing arts elements harmoniously oper- which students explore the types of research ating together in creating beauty on stage. and concept development necessary to prepare Spring, every year, 3 credits, ABCF grading already produced scripts for performance. May be repeated once for credit

362 THEATRE ARTS

THR 520 Western Dramatic Literature THR 550 Teaching Seminar Course surveys forms of Western drama, with Supervised student teaching of undergraduate THR 640 Theatre Design Workshop particular reference to theatrical performance. courses accompanied by a seminar in methods Advanced assignments in theatre design. Focus is placed on key periods and themes and strategies of teaching theatre arts at the May include design work on Departmental such as gender issues, political violence, university level. An independent teaching productions. death and dying, love, etc. project, in which the student works with a par- Prerequisite: Permission of instructor Spring, odd years, 3 credits, ABCF grading ticular faculty member, may be substituted. Fall, 3 credits, ABCF grading May be repeated once for credit Fall or spring, 3 credits, ABCF grading May be repeated once for credit THR 521 South and Southeast Asian Theatre THR 560 Acting Theory and Practice THR 650 Playwrighting Workshop and Drama Course surveys the field of acting—its history, Students write and discuss original plays, Course surveys the traditional and modern formal principles, primary techniques, and con- evaluate their work, study techniques of com- theatre of South and Southeastern Asia temporary practice. Students develop course position and formal organization, and develop (India, Sri Lanka, Thailand, Indonesia, Tibet, papers and/or projects in conjunction with strategies for audience communication. Nepal, and Bhutan), as related to: mythic ori- advanced readings and instruction. Advanced students may study techniques for gins, history, dramatic literature, aesthetic Spring, alternate years, 3 credits, revision and the development of material theory, ritual functions, conventions of produc- ABCF grading for performance. Some plays may be selected tions, and actor training. The point of depar- for Department production. ture will be cosmology, especially that of THR 570 Directing Theory and Practice Prerequisite: Permission of instructor Hindusim, and the world view of the people. Course surveys the art and craft of the Fall, 3 credits, ABCF grading Fall, every year, 3 credits, ABCF grading Director, with focus on contemporary practices of directing and approaches to pedagogy. May be repeated once for credit THR 660 Acting Workshop Students will write papers and develop Intensive advanced study in a particular acting THR 523 Theatre in New York projects in conjunction with advanced reading technique, such as Kutiyattam, Suzuki, A workshop seminar on contemporary, alter- and instruction. musical theatre, Brecht, etc. Offered in native performance forms and mainstream 3 credits, ABCF grading conjunction with Departmental productions. theatre. Emphasis is on the development of Prerequisite: Permission of instructor critical perspectives and the writing skills THR 590 M.A. Thesis Fall or spring, alternate years, 3 credits, Independent study and research for M.A. needed to articulate them through seminar ABCF grading students, on special topics, theoretical or discussions and writing workshops relevant May be repeated for credit to performances seen on trips to theatres in cultural issues, or problems. Development of New York and the region. material for research paper. THR 670 Directing Workshop Spring, 3 credits, ABCF grading 1-3 credits, S/U grading Advanced training in directing, which may May be repeated for credit involve concentrated scene work, formal THR 525 Topics in Theatre and Drama experiments in performance, work on period Intensive studies of selected forms of theatre THR 591 Independent Project styles and problems, or preparation of per- and drama from various countries and periods, Special project allowing advanced individual formances for public showing. work in an area of theatre study or practice. designed to supplement rather than repeat Prerequisite: Permission of instructor areas of study already undertaken in the Must be scheduled by arrangement with Fall or spring, alternate years, 3 credits, curriculum. instructor. Should result in an advanced paper ABCF grading Prerequisite: Permission of instructor or project report. May be repeated once for credit Fall or spring, alternate years, 1-3 credits, Prerequisite: Permission of instructor ABCF grading 1-3 credits, ABCF grading THR 680 Dramaturgy Workshop May be repeated for credit May be repeated for credit Students serve as dramaturgs for the produc- THR 625 Theory and Criticism tion of a play, providing research support, THR 530 Directed Reading in Theatre and studying editorial and interpretive tech- Study of major issues in dramatic theory and Drama niques, attending rehearsals, and developing criticism and in performance theory. Students read and evaluate the literature on program materials for the audience. Fall or spring, alternate years, 3 credits, a topic of special academic interest under the Fall or spring, 3 credits, ABCF grading ABCF grading supervision of a faculty member. May be repeated for credit Prerequisite: Permission of instructor Prerequisite: Permission of instructor to Fall and spring, 1-3 credits, ABCF grading repeat course THR 690 Professional Internship May be repeated for credit May be repeated once for credit A full-term internship at a professional theatre. THR 630 Dramaturgy Colloquium Students should submit an internship descrip- THR 535 Theories of Theatre tion in the first month of work, then a journal Through interaction with theatre profession- Theories of the theatre, from the ancient to or evaluation of their work experience. als, students develop independent projects the contemporary, are read critically to Prerequisite: Permission of graduate stud- develop a complex and varied conception around topics of common concern to the profession, and develop strategies for imple- ies director of the philosophical basis underlying Fall or spring, 6 credits, ABCF grading approaches to the theatre. Theorists read menting alternate plans for improving and developing theatre. might include Aristotle, Plato, Diderot, THR 691 M.F.A. Project Fall or spring, alternate years, 3 credits, Rousseau, Nietzsche, Artaud, Brecht, The project is to be undertaken at a pro- ABCF grading Stanislavski, Grotowski, Barba, Mnouchkine, fessional theatre or as part of the mainstage Suzuki, and Zeami. May be repeated for credit production season at Stony Brook University. Fall, alternate years, 3 credits, ABCF grading THR 635 Theories of Performance Students submit a proposal for a project in which they have a major responsibility as This course examines different theories of THR 540 Design Theory and Practice an assistant dramaturg on a production or an performance as they relate to theatre and Course surveys principal design areas, pro- equivalent position. All proposals for projects everyday life. Students explore ways of viding information about aesthetic theory and outside of the University must be submitted thinking about the performing body and methods of stage design. Students address in writing to the faculty supervisor and grad- different modes of cultural expression. There design problems and analyze a topic in design uate program director for approval. is a performing component to the course in theory in conjunction with readings and Fall or spring, 3 credits, ABCF grading instruction. addition to a final paper. Fall, 3 credits, ABCF grading 3 credits, ABCF grading May be repeated once for credit

363 THEATRE ARTS

THR 800 Summer Research Independent study and research on special topics or problems related to work on the M.A. or M.F.A. degree. 0 credit, S/U grading May be repeated THR 850 Summer Teaching Supervised student teaching of undergraduate courses accompanied by a tutorial in methods and strategies of teaching theatre arts at the University level. 0 credit, S/U grading

364 WOMEN’S STUDIES

Women’s Studies (WST)

Interim Chair: Adrienne Munich, Old Chemistry Room 128C, (631) 632-1762 Associate Director: Sarah Hall Sternglanz, Old Chemistry Room 143D, (631) 632-4725 Senior Staff Assistant: Colleen Wallahora, Old Chemistry Room 105, (631) 632-9176

Graduate Certificate awarded: Graduate Certificate in Women’s Studies

The Women’s Studies program, in the readings with an affiliated faculty mem- Record Examination (GRE) General College of Arts and Sciences, offers a ber. Students may also count a relevant Test results course of study that leads to the course offered in their home program E. Acceptance by the Women’s Graduate Certificate in Women’s Studies. toward the certificate. Studies Program and the Graduate The program has affiliated faculty mem- It is expected that most students can School bers from more than 20 different pro- fulfill the requirements for the Graduate grams in the social and behavioral Certificate in Women’s Studies while work- sciences, humanities, and health sciences. ing toward the master’s, doctoral, or other Affiliated Faculty The program is designed to allow stu- degree. Students should consult with their Distinguished Professors dents working toward a degree in home program to determine whether Ihde, Don, Philosophy, Ph.D., 1964, Boston departments such as English, the credits earned in the certificate pro- University: Phenomenology; philosophy of Comparative Studies, History, Music, gram can be used toward their degrees. technology; hermeneutics. Philosophy, Psychology, Sociology, or Four teaching assistantships are typi- Kaplan, E. Ann, English, and Director of the Theatre to draw on faculty whose work cally available for student support. Humanities Institute, Ph.D., 1970, Rutgers deals with gender issues in a wide range Since most students receive program University: 19th- and 20th-century British and of disciplines. Since Women’s Studies has support in their early years, these are American literature; women’s studies; film. affiliates in nearly every department in usually assigned to advanced students. the social sciences and humanities, the Students unaffiliated with another Distinguished Service Professor certificate program offers graduate stu- Stony Brook graduate program may Paldy, Lester G., Technology and Society, dents the opportunity for an unusually also apply to Women’s Studies for M.S., 1966, Hofstra University: Nuclear rich interdisciplinary experience. admission as a free-standing graduate arms control; science policy. The program is particularly strong in certificate student. Such students are Distinguished Teaching Professors feminist theory, with faculty affiliates not eligible for teaching assistantships. Goodman, Norman, Sociology, Ph.D., 1963, from the Departments of Art, New York University: Social psychology; family; Comparative Studies, English, Hispanic Admission socialization. Languages and Literature, History, and Admission to the Graduate Certificate Lemay, Helen, History, Ph.D., 1976, City Philosophy offering courses in this area. Program in Women’s Studies is open to University: Medieval and Renaissance intellectual Other areas of concentration include any full-time student enrolled in a Stony history; women in premodern Europe. European and Latin American women’s Brook graduate degree-granting pro- history; women in British, American, gram, or to free-standing certificate Professors and Caribbean literature; women in the students, who have completed their Arens, William, Anthropology, Ph.D., 1970, Third World; women in science and med- B.A.s. For applicants already admitted University of Virginia: Africa; social anthropology. icine; and queer studies. to the University, admission involves Birns, Beverly, Emerita, Social Sciences Normally, students begin their work filling out a brief form. The forms and Interdisciplinary and Psychology, Ph.D., 1963, in the program with a seminar in femi- additional information are available Columbia University: Child development; psychology of women. nist theory and conclude the require- through the Women’s Studies office. For ments with an interdisciplinary admission to the free-standing Graduate Bogart, Michelle, Art, Ph.D., 1979, University research colloquium in women’s studies Certificate Program in Women’s Studies, of Chicago: 19th- and 20th-century American that considers research methods, peda- and European art and culture. students are required to have earned a gogy, epistemology, and curriculum bachelor’s degree and to have the intel- Brandwein, Ruth, School of Social Welfare, development. Additional courses can be lectual skills to do advanced work in Ph.D., 1978, Brandeis University: Family chosen from a list of seminars offered by violence, welfare, and poverty; women in Women’s Studies. The following material faculty affiliates on an intermittent administration; organizational/social change; basis; these cover such topics as the psy- is required: single-parent families; feminist frameworks; chology of women, modern British A. An official transcript of undergrad- history of U.S. social policy; international women writers, constructions of the uate record culminating in a bachelor’s social welfare. body, women in American history, femi- degree Charnon-Deutsch, Lou, Hispanic Languages nism and modern drama, women and and Literature, Ph.D., 1978, University of social movements, music and gender, the B. A minimum grade point average of Chicago: 18th- and 19th-century Spanish history and literature of reproduction, 2.75 (B-) in all undergraduate coursework literature; feminist theory. anthropological perspectives on women, C. Letters of recommendation from Hong, Young-sun, History, Ph.D., 1989, and the sociology of gender. Where three previous instructors University of Michigan, Ann Arbor: Modern courses are not available for a particular Germany; social theory; culture and politics in topic, students may arrange directed D. An official report of the Graduate Modern Europe; gender history.

365 WOMEN’S STUDIES

Huddy, Leonie, Political Science, Ph.D., 1987, Cooper, Helen, English, Ph.D., 1982, Rutgers and AIDS; student development; death and University of California, Los Angeles: Political University: Victorian, Latin American, and dying; treatment with people of color. Clinical psychology; public opinion; women in politics. Carribean literature; creative writing; Assistant Professor. Kimmel, Michael, Sociology, Ph.D., 1981, women’s studies. Diedrich, Lisa, Women’s Studies, Ph.D., 2001, University of California, Berkeley: Comparative Erickson, Christa, Art History and Criticism; Emory University: Feminist bioethics; disability and historical development; social movements; Studio Art, M.F.A., University of California, San studies; feminist theory; psychoanalysis. gender and sexuality. Diego: Electronic media; photography; video art. Hesford, Victoria, Women’s Studies, Ph.D., Kittay, Eva Feder, Philosophy, Ph.D., 1978, Frank, Barbara, Art History and Criticism; 2001. Emory University: American studies; City University of New York: Philosophy of Studio Art, Ph.D., Indiana University: African feminist histories; Feminist cultural memory; language; philosophy and feminism; modern art history. queer history and cultural studies. philosophy. Hutner, Heidi, English, Ph.D., 1993, University London, Bonita E., Psychology, Ph.D., 2006, Larson, Brooke, History, Ph.D., 1978, Columbia of Washington: 17th- and 18th-century British Columbia University: Social identity and University: Andean history; colonial and modern literature; women writers; colonial discourse; intergroup processes; stereotyping and Latin America; women in Latin America. feminist theory. prejudice; stress and coping; social and moti- Lochhead, Judith, Music, Ph.D., 1982, Stony Lim, Shirley, History, Ph.D., 1998, University vational factors in academic achievement. Brook University: 20th-century music theory of California, Los Angeles: U.S. social and cul- Otis, Eileen, Sociology, Ph.D., 2003, University and history. tural history; race, ethnicity, and gender his- of California-Berkeley: Global sociology; sex Munich, Adrienne, English, Ph.D., 1976, tory; popular culture. and gender; economy and society. City University of New York: Victorian studies; Lipton, Sarah, History, Ph.D., 1991, Walters, Tracey, Africana Studies and English, modern American women poets; feminist Yale University: Medieval studies; social Ph.D., Howard University: African American theory; women’s studies. and cultural history; gender history. literature; Caribbean literature; African litera- Nolan, Rita D., Philosophy, Ph.D., 1965, Lobel, Marci, Psychology, Ph.D., 1989, ture; Pan-African literature; Black British litera- University of Pennsylvania: Philosophy of University of California, Los Angeles: ture and culture; 20th-century American and language; theory of knowledge; philosophy of Stress and coping; women’s health. British literature; journalism. psychology. Man-Cheong, Iona, History, Ph.D., 1991, Lecturers Rosen, Carol, Theatre Arts, Ph.D., 1975, Yale University: Modern China and Japan; Calvin, Ritch, Comparative Literature, Ph.D., Columbia University: Theory; criticism; modern Chinese and Japanese women. 2000, Stony Brook University: Latina and modern drama. Marshik, Celia, English, Ph.D., 1999, Chicana literature and culture; feminist Rosenthal, Joel, Emeritus, History, Ph.D., Northwestern University: British and American science fiction; reproductive technologies. 1963, University of Chicago: Medieval Europe; modernism; literature and history; women’s England; social history. Kuchner, Joan, Social Sciences studies. Interdisciplinary, Ph.D., 1981, University of Squires, Nancy K., Psychology, Ph.D., 1972, Mendieta, Eduardo, Philosophy, Ph.D., 1996, Chicago: Child and family studies; child University of California, San Diego: Neuro- New School for Social Research: German phi- development; parent-child relationships; play psychology; neurophysiological measures of losophy; critical theory; American philosophy; and recreation through the lifespan; social sensory and cognitive functions of the human Latin American philosophy; postcolonial theory. policy; children’s environments. brain, both in normal and clinical populations. Oyewumi, Oyeronke, Sociology, Ph.D., 1993, Marrone, Catherine, Sociology, Ph.D., 1995, Taylor, William R., Emeritus, History, University of California, Berkeley: Sociology of Stony Brook University: Gender, aging, and Ph.D., 1956, Harvard University: 19th- and gender, race, and knowledge; transnational health care. 20th-century U.S. cultural and intellectual feminist theory; social inequalities (regional history. Sternglanz, Sarah Hall, Associate Graduate and global). Tomes, Nancy, History, Ph.D., 1978, Program Director; Women’s Studies and Rashkow, Ilona, Comparative Studies, Ph.D., University of Pennsylvania: U.S. social, Psychology, Ph.D., 1973, Stanford University: 1988, University of Maryland: Renaissance medical, and women’s history. Psychology of women; sex role development; literature; feminist literary criticism; the Bible human ethology. Wilson, Kathleen, History, Ph.D., 1985, Yale as literature. University: Modern British history; 18th- and Rawlinson, Mary C., Philosophy, Ph.D., 1978, 19th-century social and cultural history. Requirements for the Northwestern University: Feminist theory; Hegel; Wright, Patricia, C., Anthropology, Ph.D., aesthetics; 20th-century French philosophy. Graduate Certificate in 1985, City University of New York: Primate Women’s Studies behavior and ecology; rainforest conservation; Sugarman, Jane, Music, Ph.D., 1992, The Graduate Certificate Program in Madagascar. University of California, Los Angeles: Ethnomusicology; Albanian, Yugoslavian, Women’s Studies is designed to provide Associate Professors and Bulgarian folk music; music of Arabia, an interdisciplinary course of instruction Bona, Mary Jo, European Languages, Turkey, and Iran; gender issues. for students already enrolled in a gradu- Literatures, and Cultures, Ph.D., 1989, Vernon, Kathleen, Hispanic Languages and ate degree-granting program or to those University of Wisconsin, Madison: Italian- Literature, Ph.D., 1980, University of Chicago: admitted to the free-standing Graduate American literature and culture; colonial and Spanish and Latin American cinema; Hispanic Certificate Program. To earn the certifi- 19th-century American literature; American literature; modern Spanish literature. women’s literature. cate, students must complete a minimum Wishnia, Judith, Emerita, Social Sciences of 15 graduate credits in courses Cash, Floris Barnett, Africana Studies and Interdisciplinary and History, Ph.D., 1978, History, Ph.D., 1986, Stony Brook University: approved for the Certificate Program. Stony Brook University: Women’s history; labor Approved credits earned toward a grad- U.S. social and political history; African history; European history; anti-war history. American women. uate degree in another program or Cooper, Alix, History, Ph.D., 1998, Harvard Assistant Professors department may be applied toward the University: Early modern Europe; history of Bacon, Jean, School of Social Work, Ph.D., Graduate Certificate in Women’s Studies. science; environment. 1997, University of South Carolina: Women Students should consult with their home

366 WOMEN’S STUDIES programs to determine whether credits WST 559 Gender and Health Certificate Program in Women’s Studies earned for the certificate can be applied This course explores gender differences in Fall or spring, 3 credits, ABCF grading to the master’s or doctoral degree. physical and mental health through the study May be repeated for credit of psychology, sociology, medicine, and epi- Teaching assistantships may be available demiology. WST 610 Advanced Topics in Women’s for advanced students. Fall or spring, 3 credits, ABCF grading Studies May be repeated for credit A variable topics seminar course in women’s Minimum Requirements for the studies for the advanced student. Topics Certificate WST 595 Reading Colloquium in Women’s might include feminist peace politics, women History A. WST 600 History and Methods of in Third World cinema, feminist theology, or A topics course dealing with such subjects as feminist philosophy. Women’s Studies; women in social movements, the place of gen- Fall or spring, 3 credits, ABCF grading B. One course in feminist theory (WST der in particular historical circumstances, May be repeated as topic varies imperialism and woman, changing views of 601 Feminist Theory or WST 602 Social sexuality, or relations between family policies WST 611 Advanced Topics in Women’s Perspectives on Feminist Theory); and other political programs. This course is Studies offered as both HIS 595 and WST 595. C. An interdisciplinary research A variable topics seminar course in women’s Fall or spring, 3 credits, ABCF grading studies for the advanced student. Topics colloquium (WST 699 Practicum in might include feminist peace politics, women Women’s Studies). The syllabus devel- WST 599 Directed Readings in Women’s in Third World cinema, feminist theology, or oped in this course will be evaluated Studies feminist philosophy. Students study any subject not ordinarily Fall or spring, 3 credits, ABCF grading by the instructor, who will normally be covered by a course offering if the reading May be repeated as topic varies the director of the Women’s Studies course is supervised by a member of the Program; Affiliates Network and approved by the WST 690 Advanced Readings in Women’s director of the Graduate Certificate Program Studies D. The remaining six credits may in Women’s Studies. Advanced students read on any subject not be chosen from the list of approved Prerequisite: Permission of instructor normally covered by a course offering with Women’s Studies graduate courses. Fall or spring, 1-3 credits, ABCF grading any member of the Women’s Studies Faculty A number of these courses are cross- May be repeated as topic varies, but only Affiliates Network. listed or offered by faculty in other three credits count toward the certificate. Prerequisite: Permission of instructor departments. At least three of the and Director of the Graduate Certificate WST 600 History and Methods of Women’s Program in Women’s Studies six credits must be taken outside the Studies Fall or spring, 1-3 credits, ABCF grading student’s Ph.D. department. No more A study of the emergence of modem Western May be repeated for credit than three credits of WST 690 may be feminism provides the context for an analysis applied to the degree. of the formation of Women’s Studies as an WST 699 Practicum in Women’s Studies area of pedagogy and research. The course investigates the concepts and methods An interdisciplinary colloquium. The syllabus Courses appropriate to interdisciplinary research on developed in this course will be evaluated by women and gender, and how these the instructor who will normally be the director of Women’s Studies. WST 510, 511, 512 Gender and Culture approaches define Women’s Studies as a new Prerequisite: A graduate feminist theory A variable topics course on the many ways in area of knowledge. The effects of this inter- course which culture and gender interact. Possible disciplinary research on assumptions and topics include women in multiethnic America, methods in the traditional disciplines will be Co-requisite: Completion of the require- women in the labor movement, and women analyzed. ments for the Graduate Certificate in and social policy. Prerequisite: Admission to the Graduate Women’s Studies Prerequisite: Permission of instructor Certificate Program in Women’s Studies Spring, 3 credits, ABCF grading Fall or spring, 3 credits, ABCF grading Fall or spring, 3 credits, ABCF grading May be repeated for credit WST 601 Feminist Theory WST 550 Women of Color in The Modern This course covers critical works of feminist World; Shifting Identities and Feminist theory in the humanities. Readings focus Visions on significant works that deal either with the This course explores the various ways in theory and practice of feminism or with fem- which gender, race, and class, along with inist methods of scholarship. other aspects of identity, shape the lives and Prerequisite: Admission to the Graduate experiences of women of color in the United Certificate Program in Women’s Studies States and globally. It presents the ongoing Fall or spring, 3 credits, ABCF grading debates concerning the interconnections of May be repeated for credit gender, race, and shifting identities. It will examine the relationships between the con- WST 602 Social Perspectives on Feminist struction of personal identities, identity sta- Theory tuses, cultural and ideological meaning This course introduces students to the main systems, and the search for alternative currents of feminist social, political, and intel- images. Crosslisted with WST 550. lectual theory. It will explore theories and Prerequisite: Permission from advisor texts and the linkages between developing required feminism and such fields as economics, sociol- Fall, 3 credits, ABCF grading ogy, history, and philosophy. Prerequisite: Admission to the Graduate

367 WRITING AND RHETORIC

Writing and Rhetoric (WRT)

Interim Director: Patricia Belanoff, (631) 632-7390 Staff Assistant: Erik Andersen, (631) 632-7390

Graduate Certificate awarded: Graduate Certificate in Composition Studies

The program in Writing and Rhetoric, in with a B.A. or M.A. degree would start education; disability studies. conjunction with the Departments of with WRT/EGL 592, Problems in Finer, Daniel, Linguistics, 1976, University of English and Linguistics, offers a course Teaching of Writing. Massachusetts-Amherst: Syntax; semantics; of study that leads to the Graduate language acquisition. Certificate in Composition Studies. The Admission Lindblom, Kenneth, English, Director of the certificate program, a 15-unit graduate Admission to the Graduate Certificate English Teacher Education Program, Ph.D. program accredited by the State Program in Composition Studies is open 1996, Syracuse University: English education; University of New York, is designed to to any student enrolled in a graduate theory, history, and practice of composition- complement graduate work in literary degree-granting program at Stony Brook rhetoric; discourse pragmatics. studies or provide further professional University or to students who have Martinez-Pizarro, Joaquin, English, Ph.D., development for those already teaching completed their B.A.s who meet the 1976, Harvard University: Literary history of composition. admissions criteria. the Middle Ages; classical and medieval Composition Studies gained discipli- For applicants already admitted to the backgrounds; comparative studies. nary status in the early 1970s because of University, admission involves filling a growing body of research focused out a brief form. For direct admission to Executive Committee specifically on the learning processes the Certificate Program in Composition Glockner, Marvin, Associate Dean, School involved in gaining writing literacy. It Studies, students are required to have of Professional Development, Stony Brook is a multidisciplinary field, drawing its earned a bachelor’s degree with a cumu- University. theories, research, and practices from lative grade point average of 2.75 on a Joyce, Edward, Department of English, psycholinguistics, sociolinguistics, cogni- 4-point scale. The following must be Suffolk Community College. tive psychology, language acquisition submitted to the Program in Writing Kaufman, Dorit, Chair, TESOL Certification, research, genre theory, rhetorical theory, and Rhetoric for admission to the certifi- Department of Linguistics, Stony Brook and linguistic anthropology. cate program: University. Teachers who are grounded in this A. A letter of application stating the Lewis, Lorna, Executive Director of Teaching body of theory and research will be better purpose of study and Learning, Three Village School District. equipped to identify students’ writing B. A Graduate School application form Rianna, Maria, Assistant Superintendent of problems and implement effective teach- Schools, Port Jefferson. ing strategies or to begin a doctoral C. An official transcript of undergrad- Schneider, Howard, Dean, School of research project in composition. uate record culminating in a bachelor’s Journalism, Stony Brook University. Individuals who could benefit from degree and graduate degree transcript this certificate program include M.A. if applicable Spector, Stephen, Chair, Department of English, Stony Brook University. and M.A.T. candidates in English who D. Two letters of recommendation are preparing for a teaching career in from teaching supervisors and/or Certificate Requirements high school or community college teach- professors ing, Ph.D. candidates in English who The certificate, which can be completed would like a broad-based degree program The forms and additional information in two years, consists of five required and want to do research in Composition are available through the Program in courses: Writing and Rhetoric Office. Studies, and high school and college WRT 506/EGL 506 Studies in teachers seeking advanced training, Program in Writing and Rhetoric Literary Theory accreditation, or promotion. Stony Brook University The certificate may, but need not, be Stony Brook, New York 11794-5340 WRT 509/EGL 509 Studies in Language completed in four semesters and may be and Linguistics or LIN 527 Structure started in the first year of graduate study Affiliated Faculty of English or in subsequent years. It is recom- Bashford, Bruce, English, Ph.D., 1970, mended that students begin their work in WRT 612/EGL 612 Composition Northwestern University: Literary theory and the Theory the fall semester, with one of the history of criticism; rhetoric and the teaching practicum courses, so that the theoretical of composition; the logic of interpretation and WRT 613/EGL 613 Research in work in subsequent courses is grounded critical argument; humanism. Composition in first-hand experience of working with Broselow, Ellen, Linguistics, Ph.D., 1976, students on their writing. Graduate stu- University of Massachusetts-Amherst: WRT 698/EGL 698 Practicum in dents who have a teaching assistantship Phonology; phonetics; second language Teaching of Writing (for Ph.D. candi- in the Writing and Rhetoric program acquisition. dates or teachers with an M.A. degree) would take WRT/EGL 698. Master’s- Dunn, Patricia, English, D.A., 1991, University or WRT 592/EGL 592 Problems in level students and public school teachers at Albany: Composition and rhetoric; English the Teaching of Writing (for M.A. and

368 WRITING AND RHETORIC

M.A.T. candidates or teachers with a WRT 613 Research in Composition B.A. degree) This course provides an introduction to the nature of empirical research in Composition Note: Up to three units of coursework Studies. Students will survey landmark from another institution comparable to research studies, learn how to read research reports critically, and conduct a mini- these required courses can be applied research project in their own classrooms or toward the certificate. tutoring situations to analyze underlying causes of students’ writing problems. Courses Spring, alternate years, 3 credits, ABCF grading WRT 506 Studies in Literary Theory WRT 614 Topics in Composition and Writing Prerequisite: Matriculation in a graduate This course can be a directed reading in program or the composition studies certificate particular areas of interest for classroom 3 credits, ABCF grading teachers, or a pilot study to prepare for the Ph.D. dissertation in Composition Studies. WRT 509 Studies in Language and The shape of the course will be geared to the Linguistics needs of those enrolled. 3 credits, ABCF grading 3 credits, ABCF grading May be repeated for credit WRT 592 Problems in Teaching Writing or Composition WRT 690 Directed Readings This course provides an overview of writing 1-12 credits, ABCF grading pedagogy as applied to tutoring in a writing May be repeated for credit center or in an English classroom. Included in the course is fieldwork in the campus Writing WRT 698 Practicum in Teaching Writing Center. Students take the seminar in conjunction Fall, 3 credits, ABCF grading with teaching a section of WRT 101. This course provides hands-on experience and WRT 612 Theories in Composition instruction in the basics of writing pedagogy, This course explores the relationship between including designing writing assignments, reading and writing skills, the differences sequencing assignments, motivating writing, between speech production and writing pro- writing skill development and evaluating duction, and the relationship between literacy, writing. Students will also be given a prelim- culture, and language politics. inary overview of the major theories driving Spring, alternate years, 3 credits, composition pedagogy. ABCF grading Fall, 3 credits, S/U grading

369 Directories, Maps, Index, Subject Codes DIRECTORIES

STATE UNIVERSITY OF medicine, teaching, literature, dairy Campuses farming, medical technology, accounting, NEW YORK social work, forestry, and automotive University Centers technology. Additionally, its responsive- State University of New York at Albany General Statement ness to progress in all areas of learning State University of New York at Binghamton State University’s 64 geographically dis- and to tomorrow’s developing societal State University of New York at Buffalo persed campuses bring educational op- needs has resulted in concentrations that State University of New York at Stony Brook portunity within commuting distance of include the environment, urban studies, Colleges of Arts and Science virtually all New York citizens and com- computer science, immunology, pres- pose the nation’s largest centrally man- ervation of national resources, and State University College at Brockport aged system of public higher education. microbiology. State University College at Buffalo When founded in 1948, the University SUNY programs for the educationally State University College at Cortland consolidated 29 state-operated, but unaf- and economically disadvantaged have State University of New York Empire State College filiated, institutions. In response to need, become models for delivering better State University College at Fredonia learning opportunities to a once forgot- the University has grown to a point State University College at Geneseo where its impact is felt educationally, ten segment of society. Educational State University College at New Paltz culturally, and economically the length Opportunity Centers offer high school and breadth of the state. equivalency and college preparatory State University College at Old Westbury More than 400,000 students are pursu- courses to provide young people and State University College at Oneonta ing traditional study in classrooms or are adults with the opportunity to begin col- State University College at Oswego working at home, at their own pace, lege or to learn marketable skills. In State University College at Plattsburgh through such innovative institutions as addition, campus-based Educational State University College at Potsdam Empire State College, whose students Opportunity Programs provide counsel- State University College at Purchase follow individualized and often nontradi- ing, developmental education, and finan- tional paths to a degree. Of the total cial aid to disadvantaged students in tra- Colleges and Centers for the Health Sciences enrollment, approximately 36 percent of ditional degree programs. State University of New York Health Science the students are 25 years of age or older, Overall, at its EOCs, two-year colleges, Center at Brooklyn reflecting State University’s services to four-year campuses, and university and State University of New York Health Science specific constituencies, such as refresher medical centers, the University offers Center at Syracuse courses for the professional community, more than 4,000 academic programs. State University of New York College of Optometry continuing educational opportunities for Degree opportunities range from two- at New York City returning service personnel, and person- year associate programs to doctoral Health Sciences Center at SUNY at Buffalo* al enrichment for more mature persons. studies offered at 12 senior campuses. Health Sciences Center at SUNY at Stony Brook* State University’s research contribu- The 30 two-year community colleges tions are helping to solve some of mod- operating under the program of State Colleges of Technology and Colleges of Agriculture ern society’s most urgent problems. It University play a unique role in the and Technology was a State University scientist who expansion of educational opportunity. State University of New York College of Technology at Alfred first warned the world of potentially They provide local industry with trained technicians in a wide variety of occupa- State University of New York College of Technology harmful mercury deposits in canned fish, at Canton and another who made the connection tional curricula, and offer transfer options to students who wish to go on State University of New York College of Agriculture between automobile and industrial and Technology at Cobleskill exhaust combining to cause changes in and earn advanced degrees. State University of New York College of Technology weather patterns. Other University The University passed a major mile- stone in 1985 when it graduated its one- at Delhi researchers continue important studies in millionth alumnus. The majority of State University of New York College of Technology such wide-ranging areas as immunology, SUNY graduates pursue careers in com- at Farmingdale marine biology, sickle-cell anemia, and munities across the state. State University of New York College of Agriculture organ transplantation. State University is governed by a and Technology at Morrisville More than 1,000 public service activi- board of trustees, appointed by the gov- State University of New York College of Technology ties are currently being pursued on State ernor, that directly determines the poli- at Utica/Rome** (upper-division and University campuses. Examples of these cies to be followed by the 34 state-sup- master’s programs) efforts include special training courses ported campuses. Community colleges Fashion Institute of Technology at New York City*** for local government personnel, state have their own local boards of trustees civil service personnel, and the unem- Specialized Colleges whose relationship to the SUNY board is ployed; participation by campus person- State University of New York College of defined by law. The state contributes 33 nel in joint community planning or pro- Environmental Science and Forestry at Syracuse to 40 percent of their operating costs and ject work; and campus-community State University of New York Maritime College at 50 percent of their capital costs. arrangements for community use of cam- Fort Schuyler The State University motto is “To pus facilities. Learn—To Search—To Serve.” Statutory Colleges**** A distinguished faculty includes New York State College of Agriculture and Life nationally and internationally recognized Sciences at Cornell University figures in all the major disciplines. Their New York State College of Ceramics at Alfred efforts are recognized each year in the University form of such prestigious awards as New York State College of Human Ecology at Fulbright-Hayes, Guggenheim, and Cornell University Danforth fellowships. New York State School of Industrial and Labor The University offers training in a Relations at Cornell University wide diversity of conventional career New York State College of Veterinary Medicine at fields, such as business, engineering, law, Cornell University

372 DIRECTORIES

Community Colleges Board of Trustees Frances Brisbane, Dean, School of Social (Locally sponsored two-year colleges under the pro- Carl T. Hayden, Chair Welfare gram of State University) Randy A. Daniels, Vice Chair David Conover, Dean, School of Marine and Atmospheric Sciences Adirondack Community College at Glens Falls Aminy I. Audi Paul J. Edelson, Dean, School of Broome Community College at Binghamton Robert J. Bellafiore Professional Development Cayuga County Community College at Auburn Donald E. Boyce E. Christian Filstrup, Dean and Director of Clinton Community College at Plattsburgh Christopher P. Conners Libraries Columbia-Greene Community College at Hudson Edward F. Cox James Fiore, Director of Athletics Community College of the Finger Lakes at Thomas F. Egan Canandaigua Craig Lehmann, Interim Executive Dean Gordon R. Gross of the Health Sciences Center and Dean, Corning Community College at Corning Stephen J. Hunt School of Health Technology and Management Dutchess Community College at Poughkeepsie H. Carl McCall Lawrence Martin, Dean, Graduate School Erie Community College at Williamsville, Buffalo, Michael E. Russell Lenora J. McClean, Dean, School of Nursing and Orchard Park Linda S. Sanford Joseph McDonnell, Dean, College of Business Fashion Institute of Technology at New York Kay Stafford City*** Barry Rifkin, Dean, School of Dental Harvey F. Wachsman Fulton-Montgomery Community College at Medicine Johnstown Gerri Warren-Merrick Howard Schneider, Dean, School of Journalism Genesee Community College at Batavia Carl P. Wiezalis Martin Schoonen, Interim Dean, Stony Brook Herkimer County Community College at Herkimer Southampton STONY BROOK UNIVERSITY Hudson Valley Community College at Troy James V. Staros, Dean, College of Arts and Sciences Jamestown Community College at Jamestown Members of the Council Jerrold Stein, Dean of Students Jefferson Community College at Watertown Subject to the powers of State University Mohawk Valley Community College at Utica trustees defined by law, the operations The Graduate School Monroe Community College at Rochester and affairs of Stony Brook University are Lawrence B. Martin, Dean supervised locally by a council. The coun- Nassau Community College at Garden City Shaneen Washington, Executive Assistant to Niagara County Community College at Sanborn cil is appointed by the Governor, with the the Dean North Country Community College at Saranac Lake exception of a student member, who has Debra Caffrey, Assistant to the Dean all the rights and responsibilities of the Onondaga Community College at Syracuse John Peter Gergen, Associate Dean other members, and who is elected by the Orange County Community College at Middletown Nina Maung, Associate Dean for Diversity student body. All positions listed as of Rockland Community College at Suffern June 1, 2008. Toni Vicari, Turner Program Coordinator Schenectady County Community College at Kent Marks, Assistant Dean for Admissions and Schenectady Richard T. Nasti, Chair Records Suffolk County Community College at Selden, Leonard A. Benedict Barbara Byrne, Assistant Dean for Finance and Riverhead, and Brentwood John C. Cochrane Budget Sullivan County Community College at Loch John J. Corrado Monica Gentile, Senior Assistant for Admissions Sheldrake and Records Robert H. Flynn Tompkins Cortland Community College at Dryden Lauren Scavuzzo, Senior Assistant for John C. Gallagher Ulster County Community College at Stone Ridge Admissions and Records Jeanne Y. Garant Westchester Community College at Valhalla Carri Matteo, Assistant for Admissions and Louis T. Howard * The Health Sciences Centers at Buffalo and Records Stony Brook are operated under the admin- Diana Dominguez-Weir Rachael Patuano, Assistant for Admissions and istration of their respective university centers. Records ** This is an upper-division institution autho- Officers of Administration Cara Zavlick, File Clerk rized to offer baccalaureate and master’s Patricia Catalano, Receptionist degree programs. All positions listed as of June 1, 2008. Lynne Foerster, Receptionist *** While authorized to offer such baccalaureate Shirley Strum Kenny, President and master’s degree programs as may be International Services approved pursuant to the provisions of the Eric Kaler, Provost and Senior Vice President for Academic Affairs Elizabeth Barnum, Assistant Dean for Master Plan in addition to the associate International Services degree, the Fashion Institute of Technology Peter Baigent, Vice President for Student is financed and administered in the manner Affairs and Enrollment and Retention Elsy Arieta-Padro, Advisor to International provided for community colleges. Management Faculty and Scholars **** These operate as “contract colleges” on the Barbara Chernow, Vice President for Facilities Nancy Lannak, Advisor to International Faculty campus of independent universities. and Services and Scholars Antoinette D’Assomption, Advisor to Richard N. Fine, Dean, School of Medicine International Students and Scholars Karol Kain Gray, Vice President for Finance Erin Keffeler, Advisor to International Students Gail Habicht, Vice President for Research and Scholars Lance King, Vice President for Advancement Chris Kalesis, Advisor to International Students and President of the Stony Brook Foundation and Scholars Yacov Shamash, Vice President for Emily Ntia, Advisor to International Students Economic Development and Dean, College and Scholars of Engineering and Applied Sciences Gretchen Gosnell, Advisor to International Steven L. Strongwater, M.D., CEO of Students and Scholars Stony Brook University Hospital Joan Gumbs, Staff Assistant 373 CAMPUS MAP

D u- u- 0 - u- Inset A r

i

See Inset A

STATE UNIVERSllYOF NEW YORK 1 374 CAMPUS MAP Campus Map

INDEX Hamilton College*, 38...... A5 Rockland Hall, 73 ...... D1 Hand College*, 39...... C4 Roosevelt Café, 74 ...... B4 Accelerator, Van de Graaf, 1 ...... B6 Harriman Hall, 40 ...... B6 Roosevelt Quad, 75 ...... B4 Administration Bldg., 2 ...... C6,7 Health Sciences Center (HSC), 41 ...... E5 Roth Café, 76 ...... C4 Admin. Parking Garage, 3 ...... C7 HSC Garages, 42 ...... E6 Roth Quad, 77 ...... C4,5 Ambulatory Surgery Center, 4 ...... E3 HSC Library, 43 ...... E5 SAC (Student Activities Center), 78 ...... C6 Ammann College*, 5...... C8 Heavy Engineering Bldg., 44 ...... B5 Sanger College*, 79 ...... B3 Baruch College*, 6 ...... A5 Hendrix College*, 45 ...... C5 Schick College*, 80...... A5 Basic Science Tower, HSC, 7 ...... D5 Hospital, University, 46 ...... E5 Schomberg Apartments, 81...... A4 Benedict College*, 8 ...... C9 Hospital Parking Garage, 47 ...... E4 Social and Behavioral Sciences Cardozo College*, 9...... C4 Humanities Bldg., 48 ...... C6 Bldg., Ward Melville, 82...... C,D6 Centers for Molecular Medicine, 10 ...... D5 Irving & O’Neill College*, 49 ...... C8 South Campus, 83...... D2 Central Stores (Receiving), 11...... B6 James College*, 50 ...... C8 Sports Complex, 84 ...... B7 Challenger Hall, 12 ...... E2 Javits Lecture Center, 51 ...... C5,6 Stadium, Kenneth P. LaValle Chapin Apartment Bldgs. A-L*, 13....INSET B Keller College*, 52 ...... B4 Athletic, 55 ...... B7,8 Charles B. Wang Center, 14 ...... C7 Kelly Café, 53 ...... A5 Staller Center for the Arts, 85 ...... C7 Chemistry Bldg., 15...... B7 Kelly Quad, 54 ...... A5 Stimson College*, 86 ...... B4 Child Care Center, 16 ...... INSET A Kenneth P. LaValle Athletic Stadium, 55B7,8 Stony Brook Union, 87 ...... C7 Clinical Science Tower, HSC, 17 ...... D5 Langmuir College*, 56 ...... C9 Student Activities Center, 78...... C6 Computer Science Bldg.**, 18 ...... C5 Library, Frank Melville Jr. Memorial, 33 C6,7 Student Health Center, 88...... C8 Computing Center, 19 ...... B5 Life Sciences Bldg., 57 ...... C,D5 Suffolk Hall, 89 ...... D2 Dana Hall, 20 ...... D3 Life Sciences Library, 58 ...... C5 Sullivan Hall, 90 ...... D1 DEC (NYS Dept. of Environmental ...... Light Engineering Bldg., 59 ...... B5 Tabler Café, 91 ...... B4 Conservation), 21 ...... C9 L.I. High Technology Incubator, 60 ...... E6,7 Tabler Quad, 92...... B3 Dental Medicine, School of, 22 ...... D1 L.I. Rail Road Station, 61 ...... A8 Toscanini College*, 93 ...... B4 Dewey College*, 23 ...... A5 L.I. State Veterans Home, 62...... INSET B University Hospital, 46 ...... E5 Discovery Hall, 24 ...... E2 Mendelsohn Quad, 63 ...... C8 Veterans Home, L.I. State, 62...... INSET B Douglass College*, 25...... C3 Marine Sciences Research Center, 64 ..D,E2 Visitors’ Parking Dreiser College*, 26 ...... B3 Math Tower, 65 ...... B6 Hospital Garage, 47 ...... E4 Dutchess Hall, 27 ...... D2 Mount College*, 66 ...... C5 HSC Garages, 42...... E6 Earth & Space Sciences Bldg., 28...... B6 Nassau Hall, 67...... D3 West Campus, 3...... C7 Ed. Communications Ctr., 29 ...... C6 Old Chemistry Bldg., 68 ...... B6 Wagner College*, 94 ...... A,B4 Eisenhower College*, 30 ...... A5 Parking, Admin. Garage, 3 ...... C7 Wang Center, 14 ...... C7 Endeavour Hall, 31 ...... E2 Parking, Hospital Garage, 47 ...... E4 Ward Melville Social and Behavioral Engineering Bldg., 32 ...... C5 Parking, HSC Garages, 42 ...... E6 Sciences Bldg., 82...... C,D6 Frank Melville Jr. Memorial Library, 33 ..C6,7 Physics Bldg., 69...... B6 West Apartments, 95 ...... A4 Gershwin College*, 34...... C5 Point of Woods Bldgs. A-D, 70...... E7 Westchester Hall, 96 ...... D1 Gray College*, 35 ...... C8 Police, University, 27...... D2 Whitman College*, 97 ...... C4 Greeley College*, 36 ...... A4 Psychology Bldgs. A & B, 71 ...... C6 *Residence Hall H Quad, 37 ...... C9 Putnam Hall, 72...... D2,3 **Graduate School DIRECTIONS

DIRECTIONS TO STONY BROOK The Region

By Car Take the Long Island Expressway (Route 495) to exit 62; follow Nicolls Road (Route 97) north for nine miles.

Ferry Connection Connecticut car ferries run from Bridgeport to Port Jefferson (631-473-0286) and from New London to Orient Point (631-323- 2525); call for schedules and information.

By Train From Penn Station in Manhattan, take the Long Island Rail Road’s Port Jefferson line to Stony Brook (631-231-LIRR). Cross tracks for campus bus.

By Bus Call Suffolk County Transit (631-852-5200) for schedules, rates, and routes for buses Long Island to campus from many local towns.

By Air Orient Point Ferry to New London Land at Kennedy or LaGuardia airports, 50 miles west of campus, or at Long Island MacArthur Airport (631-467-3210), ten The University Port Jefferson Ferry miles south of campus. All airports offer to Bridgeport limousine and taxi service to campus. In addition, AirTrain JFK transports passen- gers between Kennedy Airport and Long LaGuardia Airport AY(ROUTE 495) ESSW L.I.E. Exit 62 Island Railroad trains (which go directly to XPR D E Nicolls Road LAN MacArthur campus), New York City Transit subways, IS (Northbound) LONG Airport and local buses. For more information, visit New York City www.panynj.gov/airtrain.

Kennedy Airport

University Area

Setauket Stony Brook Country Ro ad Port Jefferson North Station te 25 A East Setauket LIRR Rou ng Is Lo land R Stony Brook ail R oad Station The University ★ ay Route 112

nset Highw sco 7 Ne RR Route 34 Terryville To Route 97 Smithtown Nicolls Road Middle Country Road Route 25

Centereach Selden

376 INDEX

Biochemistry and Structural Biology, Dentistry, D.D.S...... 141 INDEX Ph.D...... 89 Directions to Stony Brook ...... 376 Biological Sciences, M.A...... 142 Disability Support Services ...... 18 Included in the Index, in boldface type, are the Biology 7-12, M.A.T...... 156, 316 offical degree programs that are registered with Doctor of Arts in Foreign the New York State Department of Education. Biomedical Engineering, M.S., Ph.D...... 93 Languages ...... 176 Enrollment on other than registered approved Biophysics ...... 302 Doctor of Musical Arts ...... 46, 266 programs may jeopardize a student’s eligibility Biopsychology, Ph.D...... 319 Doctor of Philosophy ...... 45 for certain student aid awards. Bookstores ...... 16 Dramaturgy, M.F.A...... 360 A Business, College of ...... 9, 100 Absence, Leave of ...... 39 E Absences, Religious ...... 41 C Earth Science 7-12, M.A.T. . . . .156, 195, 316 Academic Calendar ...... 42 Campus Description ...... 7 Ecology and Evolution, Ph.D...... 142 Academic Conduct, Standards of ...... 40 Campus-Community Ties ...... 12 Economics, M.A., Ph.D...... 147 Academic Honesty ...... 41 Campuses, SUNY ...... 372 Education and Teacher Certification Academic Level ...... 36 Campus Map ...... 374 Professional Education Program . .151 Academic Probation ...... 40 Campus Resources ...... 15 Educational Computing, Advanced Graduate Academic Progress Standards, Federal . . . .28 Certificate ...... 317 Career Center ...... 17 Academic Regulations and Procedures . . . .37 Educational Leadership Program ...... 317 Changing Courses ...... 38 Academic Units ...... 8 Educational Technology, Advanced Graduate Chemistry, M.S., Ph.D...... 110 Account Balances ...... 24 Certificate ...... 354 Chemistry 7-12, M.A.T...... 114, 156, 316 Activity Fee ...... 24 Electrical and Computer Engineering, Child Care ...... 17 M.S., Ph.D...... 160 Add/Drop Fee ...... 24 Clinical Psychology, Ph.D...... 319 Engineering and Applied Sciences, Administration, Officers of ...... 373 Coaching, Advanced Graduate Certificate . .317 College of ...... 9 Admission Process ...... 34 College of Arts and Sciences ...... 8 English, M.A., Ph.D...... 169 Admission Requirements (see also English 7-12, M.A.T...... 152, 169, 316 Departmental listings) ...... 34 College of Business ...... 9, 100 English Center, Intensive ...... 18 Advanced Graduate Certificates . . . . .50, 317 College of Engineering and Applied Sciences ...... 9 English Proficiency ...... 34 Advanced Graduate Certificate Program Descriptions ...... 53 Combined Bachelor’s/Master’s Environmental Management, Advanced Programs ...... 36 Graduate Certificate ...... 317 Advancement to Candidacy ...... 38 Comparative Literary and Cultural Studies, Equal Opportunity ...... 4, 41 Affirmative Action ...... 4 M.A., Ph.D...... 118 Equivalent Opportunity/Religious Africana Studies, M.A...... 54 Composition Studies, Advanced Graduate Absences ...... 41 Anatomical Sciences, Ph.D...... 58 Certificate ...... 368 Ethnomusicology, M.A., Ph.D...... 266 Anthropology, M.A...... 67 Computer Engineering ...... 160 European Languages, Literatures, and Apartments ...... 30 Computer Science, M.S., Ph.D...... 125 Cultures ...... 176 Application Fee ...... 24 Computing Services ...... 17 Evolution ...... 142 Application Fee, Waiver of ...... 35 Conditional Admission ...... 35 Exchange Program, SUNY ...... 39 Applied Ecology ...... 142 Conduct, Standards of Academic ...... 40 Expenses, Other ...... 32 Applied Mathematics and Statistics, Conduct Code, Student ...... 13 Experimental Psychology, Ph.D...... 319 M.S., Ph.D...... 71 Counseling Center ...... 18 Archaeology ...... 67 Craft Center ...... 21 Art, Studio, M.F.A...... 80 Creative Writing and Literature, M.F.A. . . . .138 F Art History and Criticism, M.A., Ph.D...... 80 Credit, Transfer of ...... 35 Faculty ...... 7 Arts and Sciences, College of ...... 8 Cultural Anthropology ...... 67 Federal Academic Progress Standards . . . .28 Assistantships ...... 27 Federal and State Aid ...... 28 Astronomy ...... 291 Fees ...... 24 Athletics ...... 13, 16 D Fellowships and Awards ...... 27 Atmospheric Sciences ...... 219 Dean’s Message ...... 2 Financial Aid ...... 26 Auditing ...... 40 Deferments ...... 25 Finance, Advanced Graduate Certificate . . .102 Award of Degree ...... 48 Degree Opportunities ...... 8 Financial and Residential Information . . . . .23 Degree Program Descriptions ...... 53 Food on Campus ...... 32 B Degree Programs, List of ...... 50 Foreign Languages, D.A...... 176 Degree Requirements ...... 43 French ...... 176 Bachelor’s/Master’s Programs, Combined . .36 Degree and Advanced Graduate Certificates French 7-12, M.A.T...... 153, 176, 316 Billing Statements ...... 24 Awarded ...... 49 Full-Time Students ...... 36

377 INDEX

G International Students ...... 32, 34 Music Composition ...... 266 International Services ...... 19 Music History and Theory ...... 266 Genetics, Ph.D...... 186 Introduction to Stony Brook ...... 5 Music Performance, M.M...... 266 Geosciences, M.S., Ph.D...... 190 Italian ...... 176 German ...... 176 Italian 7-12, M.A.T...... 154, 176, 316 N German 7-12, M.A.T...... 154, 176, 316 Neuroscience, Ph.D...... 277 Germanic Languages and Literature, M.A. . . .176 New York State Tuition Assistance Global Operations Management, Advanced Program (TAP) ...... 29 Graduate Certificate ...... 354 J Non-Matriculated Status ...... 35 Grade Changes ...... 40 Jacob K. Javits Fellowships ...... 29 Nursing, B.S./M.S., M.S...... 280 Grading System ...... 39 Judiciary, Student ...... 13 Graduate Assistance in Areas of National Need (GAANN) ...... 29 Graduate Assistantships ...... 27 L O Graduate Certificate Program Descriptions . . .53 Late Payment Fee ...... 24 Oceanography ...... 220 Graduate Certificates, List of ...... 50 Late Registration Fee ...... 24 Oceanic Science, Advanced Graduate Graduate Council ...... 38 Leave of Absence ...... 39 Certificate ...... 220 Graduate Education, Organization of ...... 38 Liberal Studies, M.A...... 315 Off-Campus Housing ...... 20, 31 Graduate Record Examination (GRE) . . . . .34 Libraries ...... 19 Ombuds Office ...... 20 Graduate School Administration ...... 373 Linguistics, M.A., Ph.D...... 214 On-Campus Housing ...... 30 Graduate School Traineeships ...... 27 Loans ...... 28 Operations Research, Advanced Graduate Certificate ...... 71, 318 Graduate Student Organization ...... 18 Long Island, Map of ...... 376 Graduate Student Survival Guide ...... 18 Oral Biology and Pathology, Long Island State Veterans Home ...... 12 M.S., Ph.D...... 141, 281 Graduate Studies, Areas of ...... 50 Organization of Graduate Education ...... 38 Graduate Studies Codes ...... 50, 380 Overview of Stony Brook ...... 6 Grievance Procedures ...... 41 M Maps ...... 374, 376 Marine and Atmospheric Sciences, P H M.S., Ph.D...... 10, 214 Parking and Traffic ...... 13 Health Care Management, Advanced Marine Sciences Research Center ...... 219 Part-Time Students ...... 36 Graduate Certificate ...... 102, 199 Master of Arts ...... 44 Payment of Tuition and Fees ...... 24 Health Insurance ...... 31 Master of Arts in Liberal Studies . . . . .45, 315 Perkins Loan ...... 28 Health Sciences Center ...... 9 Master of Arts in Teaching ...... 316 Philosophy, M.A., Ph.D...... 285 Health Services, Student ...... 22, 31 Master of Business Administration . . .44, 100 Physical Anthropology ...... 67 Health Technology and Management, Master of Fine Arts ...... 44 School of ...... 199 Physics, M.A., M.S., Ph.D...... 291 Master of Music ...... 44 Hispanic Languages and Literature, Physics 7-12, M.A.T...... 156, 316 Master of Philosophy ...... 47 M.A., Ph.D...... 200 Physiology and Biophysics, Ph.D...... 302 Master of Professional Studies ...... 315 History, M.A., Ph.D...... 207 Policies and Procedures ...... 13 Master of Public Health ...... 327 Hospital ...... 9, 12 Political Science, M.A., Ph.D...... 308 Master of Science ...... 44 Housing, Off-Campus ...... 20, 31 Probation, Academic ...... 40 Housing, On-Campus ...... 30 Materials Science and Engineering, M.S., Ph.D...... 228 Professional Studies ...... 315 Human Resource Management, Advanced Provost’s Message ...... 2 Graduate Certificate ...... 101, 318 Mathematics, M.A., Ph.D...... 235 Mathematics 7-12, M.A.T...... 155, 235, 316 Psychology, Clinical, Ph.D...... 319 M.B.A. Program ...... 100 Psychology, Experimental, Ph.D...... 319 I Mechanical Engineering, M.S., Ph.D...... 242 Psychology, Social/Health, Ph.D...... 319 Medicine, M.D., M.D./Ph.D., Ph.D...... 250 Public Health, M.A...... 327 I-20 Documentation ...... 35 Microbiology ...... 262 Public Policy, M.A...... 308 Identification Card, Fee for Lost ...... 24 Ministries, Campus ...... 20 Publications, Student ...... 21 Information Systems Engineering, M.S. . . .126 Molecular and Cellular Pharmacology, Information Systems Management, Advanced Ph.D...... 257 Graduate Certificate ...... 101, 318 Molecular and Cellular Biology, Ph.D. . . . .251 R Institute for Theoretical Physics ...... 293 Molecular Genetics and Microbiology, Readmission ...... 35 Institutional Aid ...... 27 Ph.D...... 262 Records, Educational ...... 41 Intensive English Center ...... 18 Music, M.A., D.M.A., Ph.D...... 266 Registration ...... 38 International Academic Programs ...... 19

378 INDEX

Regulations, Waiver of ...... 48 T Work Study, Federal ...... 28 Requirements, Degree ...... 43 Writing and Rhetoric ...... 368 TAP ...... 29 Religious Absences ...... 41 Writing Center ...... 22 Teaching, Master of Arts in ...... 151, 316 Research ...... 6, 11 Biology ...... 156, 316 Research Assistantships ...... 27 Chemistry ...... 114, 156, 316 Residence Halls ...... 30 Earth Science ...... 156, 195, 316 Residency Requirement, New York State . .29 English ...... 152, 169, 316 Residential Information ...... 30 French ...... 153, 176, 316 Resources, Campus ...... 15 German ...... 154, 176, 316 Returned Check Fee ...... 24 Italian ...... 154, 176, 316 Romance Languages and Literature, Mathematics ...... 155, 235, 316 M.A...... 176, 200 Physics ...... 156, 316 Russian ...... 176 Russian ...... 154, 176, 316 Russian 7-12, M.A.T...... 154, 176, 316 Social Studies ...... 157, 209, 316 Spanish ...... 154, 176, 202, 316 S TESOL ...... 158, 215 Teaching Assistantships ...... 27 Scholarships ...... 27 Teaching English to Speakers of Other School District Business Leader, Post-Master’s Languages (TESOL), M.A...... 158, 215 Advanced Graduate Certificate . . . . .317 Technological Systems Management, School of Dental Medicine ...... 141 M.S...... 354 School of Health Technology and Technology and Society ...... 354 Management ...... 199 TESOL ...... 158, 215 School of Medicine ...... 250 Theatre, M.A...... 360 School of Nursing ...... 280 Theoretical Physics, Institute for ...... 293 School of Professional Development . .11, 315 Traineeships ...... 27 School of Social Welfare ...... 339 Transcript Fee ...... 24 Slavic Languages and Literature, M.A. . . . .176 Transcripts ...... 41 Social/Health Psychology, Ph.D...... 319 Transfer of Credit ...... 35 Social Studies 7-12, M.A.T. ....157, 209, 316 Tuition and Fees ...... 24 Social Welfare, Ph.D...... 339 Tuition Assistance Program (TAP) ...... 29 Social Work, M.S.W...... 339 Tuition Liability Schedule ...... 25 Sociology, M.A., Ph.D...... 349 Tuition Scholarships ...... 27 Spanish ...... 154, 176, 202, 316 SPD ...... 11, 315 Stafford Loan ...... 28 U Staller Center for the Arts ...... 13 Union, Stony Brook ...... 20 Standards of Academic Conduct ...... 40 University Hospital ...... 9, 12 State University of New York ...... 372 Statistics ...... 71 Stony Brook Council ...... 373 V Stony Brook Union ...... 20 Student Activities ...... 21 Veterans Affairs ...... 22 Student Activities Center ...... 20 Veterans Educational Benefits ...... 28 Student Conduct Code ...... 13 Veterans Home, Long Island State ...... 12 Student Educational Records ...... 41 Student Expenses ...... 26 Student Health Services ...... 22, 31 W Student Judiciary, Office of the ...... 13 Waiver of Regulations ...... 48 Student Services ...... 15 Waste Management, Advanced Graduate Certificate ...... 220 Study Abroad ...... 19 Wellness Center ...... 21 Subject Codes ...... 380 Withdrawals ...... 25, 39 SUNY Exchange Program ...... 39 Women’s Studies, Advanced Graduate Certificate ...... 365

379 SUBJECT CODES Subject Codes

CODE SUBJECT CODE SUBJECT

AFH Africana Studies HBH Pharmacological Sciences AMS Applied Mathematics and Statistics HBM Molecular Genetics and Microbiology ANT Anthropology, Cultural and Archaeology HBP Cellular and Molecular Pathology ARH Art History HBY Physiology and Biophysics ARS Studio Art HD Dental Medicine BEE Ecology and Evolution HDO Oral Biology and Pathology (BHS–M.S.) BGE Genetics HIS History BHS Basic Health Sciences HWD Social Welfare (Ph.D. program) BIO Biological Sciences IDC Inter-University Doctoral Consortium BIP Biopsychology IEP International Exchange Program BME Biomedical Engineering ISE Information Systems Engineering BSB Biochemistry and Structural Biology ITL Romance Languages and Literature – Italian CHE Chemistry LIN Linguistics CLP Clinical Psychology MAS Marine and Atmospheric Sciences** CSE Computer Science MAT Mathematics CST Comparative Literary and Cultural Studies* MBA Business Administration CWL Creative Writing and Literature MCB Molecular and Cellular Biology DLF D.A. in Foreign Language–French MEC Mechanical Engineering DPA Anthropology (Inter-Doctoral Program in Anthropological Sciences) MUS Music (MUA, MUP) DRM Dramaturgy NEU Neuroscience*** ECO Economics OEM Optoelectromechanical Engineering EGL English PHI Philosophy EMP Engineering Management PHY Physics ESE Electrical Engineering POL Political Science ESL Teaching English to Speakers of Other Languages (TESOL) PPL Public Policy ESM Materials Science and Engineering PSY Psychology EST Technological Systems Management (Technology and Society) SCP Social/Health Psychology EXP Cognitive/Experimental Psychology SOC Sociology FLA Foreign Language Teacher Preparation SPN Hispanic Languages and Literature FRN Romance Languages and Literature – French THR Theatre Arts FSY Study Abroad TMP Technology Management Program GEO Geosciences WRT Writing and Rhetoric GRD The Graduate School WST Women’s Studies HBA Anatomical Sciences

*CST was formerly CLT **MAS was formerly MAR and OCN ***NEU was formerly BNB

For a list of School of Professional Development codes, consult the SPD Graduate Bulletin.

380 MEC 579 OPTICAL MEASUREMENT

CLT 501 COMPARATIVE LITERATURE METHODOLOGY

ST•• NY BR.\~(tK STATE UNIVERSITY OF NEW YORK